HomeMy WebLinkAbout5-23-1990
V
SPECIFICATIONS
AND
DOCUMENTS
CIT'Y' OF DENTON, TEXAS }
i j RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
GENERAL, CONSTRUCTION
BID NUMBER 1088
SPECIFICATION 10f;87,71,0000
-CONTRACT 1058771,0000
f
CONTRACT ISSUE
MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
2885 Grave! S
Fort Worth, 'texas 78118 ,
hareby oertlfy that thls speclfloetlon was prepared by me or ,
under my dlreot supervWon end that 1 am a duly Regletered
Profasslon gln er under the laws of the State of Texas,
V/4~
Date 5~3~>0..... Reg, No..
BLACK & VEATCI3
EngineemArohiteais
t Kansas City, Missouri t
1800
I.
1
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS
FOR
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
SPECIFICATION 10567.71,0000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page thru Page
I, CONTRACT FORMS
Contract Agreement CA-.1 CA-2
Performance Bond PFB-J PFB-2
Payment Cond PYB-1 PYB-2
Maintenance Bond MB-I MB-2
II, CONTRACT REGULATIONS
i
General Conditions CC-1 GC-22
Sample Price Breakdown Form I page
Special Conditlons SC-1 SC-18
f III. SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
f Section
IA - General Description and Scopd
of the Work IA-1 1A-6
1B - Drawing List 16-1 1B-5
10 - Engineering Data IC-1 1C-7
1D - Contractor's quality Assurance
Program ID-1 1D-.3
It - Construction Schedule 1L-1 lE-2
IF - Construction Services IF-1 1F-5
10 - Receiving, Handling, and Storage 1G-1 10-4
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
051690WbX/JWR/S8S )
TC..1
y
Page thru Page
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Section
2A - Earthwork 2A-1 2A-I5
2B - Construction Cofferdams 2B-1 2B-2
2C - Drainage Piping 2C-1 2C-3
2D - Dewatering 2D-1 2D-3
2E - Riprap 2E-1 2E-5
2F - Erosion Control 2F-1 2F-2
2G - Chain Link Fencing 2C--1 20-5
2H - Aggregate Surfacing 2H-1 2H-3
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section
3A - Cast-In-Place Concrete 3A-1 3A-28
' 38 Grouting 3B•-1 38-5
DIVISION 4 NOT USED
DIVISION 5 - METALS
I
Section
5A » Structural Steel and His-
Y<' cellaneous Metals 3A-1 5A-15
{ 5B - Motel Deck Form 58-1 5B_2
{ DIVISION 6 NOT USED
DIVISION 7 MOISTURE PROTECTIJN
Section
7A - Rlaetomeric Roof Coating, 7A-1 7A-2
j 7B - Caulking and Sealing 7B-1 7B-3
7C - Waterproofing 70.1 7C-3
7D - Aluminum Loubers 7D-1 7D-2
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section
8A - Hotel Doors, Frames, and Hardware 8A-.1 8A-8
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section
9A - Painting 9A-1 9A-17
IDENTON 1056717EN C014ST 71.00001
013190
TC-2 1
ti
9~ PaethruPae
r"VISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section
20A - Eyewash Station
1Ua-1
DIVISIONS 11 thru 14 (Not Used)
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section
15A - Owner-Furnished Equipment
and Materials 15A-1 15A-12
15B - Contractor-Vurnished Equipment 158-1
Subsection 15B-20
15B2 - Sump Pumps
1582 - Fire Extinguishers 2582-1
15B3 Welded Steel Penstock
LSB4 Sections 15B3-1 1583-5
- Concrete Pipe 15B4-1 1584-7
15B5 - Electric Unit Heaters 15B$-1 15B5-2
15B6 - Power Roof Ventilator 15B6-1
-1587 - Temperature Switches i5B6.8
15B8 Variable Speed Drive 1587-1
15B9 - Backdraft Dam ere 1SB8-1 i5B6-3
! 15C Auxiliary Mechanical Equipment 1589-1 15B9-2
Erection 15C-1 150-5
15D Miacellaneous Piping
Subsection 15D-1 15D-20
15D1 - Pipeline List
158 -Valves 15D1-1 15D2-5
Subsection 15E-1
15E1 - Valve List
1592 - Butterfly Valves Smaller 15E1-1 15F1-~7
Than 24 Inches 15E2-1 1SE2-2
1SE3 -:Butterfly Valves 24 Inch
and Larger 15E3-1 15E3~-7
15E4 Wefer Check Valves 15E4--1
1595 - Air Valves
15E6 Ball Valves S5S5-I.
15F - Penstock Inettfllation 15E6-1
1SG - Turbine-Generator Erection 15F-1 15P-8
15H - Startup 150-1_ I5G-25
15H-1 15H-4
(DENTON 10567 GEN CG,NSr 71,0000)
C 013190 )
TC-3
Y
Page thru Page
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Section
16A - Contractor-Furnished Equipment
and Materials 16A-1
Subsection
16A1 - Battery 16A1-1 16A.1-3
16A2 - Battery Charger 16A2-1 16A2-3
16A3 - Motor Starters 16A3-1 16A3-3
16A4 - AC and DC Panelboards 16A4-1 16A4-3
r - 16A5 - Dry Type Transformers 16A5-1
16A6 - Differential Pressure
Switches 16A6-1
16A7 - Contactors 16A7-1 16A7-2
16A8 - Power Transformer,, 16A8-1 16AS-12
16A9 - 15 kV outdoor. Circuit
Breaker 16A9-1 16A9-9
16A10 Outdoor Disconnect
Switches 16A10-1 leAio-3
J6A11 - Indoor Disconnect
Switches 16A1i-1 16AII-2
162 - Electrical Equipment Erection 16B-1 16B-7
16C Raceway 16C-1 16C-16
16D - Conductors 16D-1 16D,12
169 - Grounding -16E-1 16E-5
16F - Lighting L6Y-1 16F-5
160 - Substation Structure Erection 160-1 160-5
16H - Fire Detection and Alarm System 16H-1 16H-2
161 - Intrusion Alarm and Detection 161-1 16I-2
APPENDIX A
i
Regulatory Requirements 21 pages
Memorandum of Agreement 16 pages
APPENDIX B
Advertissmett A-1 A-2
Instructions to Bidders B-1 R-S
Proposal C-1 C-10
Secretarial Certification 2 pages
Proposal Date D-1 D-12
Supplemental Proposal Pages C-3 C-S
Supplemental Proposal Data Pages D-6 D-12
Bid Bond 1 page
Power of Attorney 1 page
Addenda 2 pages
Supplemental TnEormation 5 pages
Circuit and Raceway List Bound separately
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
051690
TC-4
. y
t
r;
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
THIS CONT&1Cf AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of
19_, by and between the City of Denton, Texas,
Party of the First Part and hereinafter called the ,"Owner," and MARTIN K.
EtY CONSTRUCTION CO .s INC.) a 1:an11Aa corporation with its principal office
in Fort Worth, Texas, Party of the Second Part and hereinafter called the
"Contractor,"
WITNESSETH:
THAT WHEREAS, the Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with the
' law, specifications, plans and other r.lntract documents for the work as
" herein specified; and
S WHEREAS, the said Contractor has submitted to the Owner a Proposal in sc-
eo`r ante with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and
j WHEREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and
declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and beat bidder for
the said work and has duly awarded to the said Contractor a contract
therefor, for the sum or sums named in the Contractor's Proposal, a copy
thereof being attached to and made a part of this Contract Agreement;
s NOW,•THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to the
+ Contractor and of the mutual agreementq herein contained; the parties to
these presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its
successors, and the Contractor for itself, himself, or themssives, or
its, his or their successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors
$ and administrators, as follows,
ARTICLE I, That the Contractor shall perform the General Construction
' work as specified and required in accordance with the provisions of the
contract documents, which are attached and made a part hereof, and shall
execute and complete all work included in and covered by the Owner's
official award of this Contract Agreement to the said Contractor,
ARTICLE II, That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and
mat-)rials embraced in ;his Contract Agreement, and the Contractor will
accept as full compensation therefor, the sum (subject to adjustments as
provided by the contract) of ONE MILLION SIX HUNDRED FORTY-SIX THOUSAND
k U,S, DOLLARS (U,S,$1,646,000) for all work covered by and included in the
contract award, designated in the foregoing Article 11 payment to be made
in cash or its equivalent in the manner provided in the specifications
a-.
attached hereto,
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
051690 1
CA-1
fg
' ~~ciir.F}gq,
1
ARTICLE III, That time of completion is a basic consideration of the
Contract Agreement, and that the Contractor shell proceed with the spee-
ified work and shall conform to the specified schedule.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agree-
ment ns o he day and year first above written,
z
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
( (SEAL)
i
,
By
Attest
r
I ~(lY' ~ ~ '[1U N 1 ~n
ontr tors ame (SEAL)
ti
t
By
At
r, V
The foregoing Contract Agreement is in correct legal form,
d Mir-^~-•
ttornoy or Owner
Z
1
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71.0000]
( 051690 ]
CA.2
P
R
e
V .
Sti i@:wY
j
I r it .
i~ DISCLOSURE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARTICIPATION
` In tho event the Insurance Company is unable to fulfill
tt
Its contractual obligation under this policy or contract
or application or certeficate or evidence of coverage,
the policyholder or oertlHcateholder Is not protected
I by on Insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro-
116010h orrangement.
.~.rnn.r..eae
-.._..n... 14IlKiarMaSp
t
„
s
C
y
{
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO ~o+ v8 YIA
TEXAS REVISED CIVIL STATUTES, ANN., ART. 5160
(MC GREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS)
(Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Award)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTSI
That, Wla1r
(hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and
a corporatio,a organized and
existing under the laws of the-"s" to of ~1~+~•N , with
its principal office in the City of CJ OAI,~ , (herein-
after called the Surety), as Surety, are held and fi ly bound unto CITY
OF DENTON, TEXAS-CITY COUNCIL (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the !
amount of'001_VV Y2c(~t~
U.S. DOLLARS (U.S.$ a71 boo.),
for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves,
l and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal 'has entered into a certain written con-
tract with the Obligee, dated the day of 1 19.-1
to ~n 10547
which contract is he by referred to and m e a part hereof as fully and
to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
y,
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDIT7fN OF THE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that
if the said Principal shall faithful."- nerform the work in accordance
with the plena, specifications and contract documents, then this oblige-
tion shall be voidl otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
1+:
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond Is execul.ed pursttant to the
13 provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Ciiil Statutes of Texas as
;J
.
,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
,3 I 102069
$ PFB_1
r~
F:
7777
!k'i':1
Ss T i9' ~RG
FC~1
222
amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accord-
ance with the provisions of said Article to the save extent as if it were
copied at length herein,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed
and sealed this instrument this day of , 19
WITNESS: n
(If individual or Firm) BYr (SEAL)
ATTESTS
Iff 'Co ora ?on) 1
I
l hartw G. >?Atr ,Assist. Sec, (s AL)
ice ~,utw Principal if 4f- (es$ ea
I
urety
BYE EAL)
1 ff1 J✓ 6 !AI~F.lG?
a
R
E
•
R~f3K~ ~FuR +
7 r ~ nn Ia~~-~~R
TY,
(DENTON 10567 GV CONST 71,0000)
[ 102069 J
PFB•-2
y
R`
f:
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know all Men by them P"Als, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 16 Muuntein Vlew Road, Warren, New Jersey, a New Jersey Corpora-
lion, has constituled and Lppolnted, and does horeby consiltule and appoint W. C, Cohen, Jr. p R. B. Matassarin, Joe E.
Moddrell, Jr., Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T, Post, Richard K. Stone, Jay E. Chapple, Roberta I.
Heorman, James Z. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A. Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita,
Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D. Weatcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and
Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas-------------------------------------------
ecn Its true and lawful Attorneydn•Fsol to execute under such dastgnatfon In its name and to affix Its corporate seal to rend dallver for and on ha behalf U
surety thereon or otherwise, bonds of any of the following classes, toawh:
1. Bonds and Undertakings filed In any suit, matter or proceeding In any Court, or filed with any Sheriff or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of anything
aiwifted In such Bond or Undertaking,
2. Surety bonds to the Unltad State of America or any agency thereof, Including those required or permftted under the laws or regulations relating to Cualorila {
or IMemu Revenue; License and Permit Bonds or other Indemnity bonds under the laws, ordinances of r ulalfons of any State, 04, Town, VNlapi,
Board or other body or organlzsWri, publlo of private; bonds to Transportation Companies, Lost Instrument bonds; Lea" bondo, Worfcen' Coml»Ma
Wn bonds, Miscellaneous Surety bonds and bonds on behalf of Notertes Publlo, Sheriffs, Deputy Sherths and eimllar public officials,
3. Bonds on behalf of contriMors In connection with bids, proposals or contracts,
In VA - Wewwa, uq wd 111100 LL WK W411" C010AW hN, Wsusn, a w eyt#", CSOW q»aa preMMS to b# alpnad by a, ANi1WtI VW'(" ] and A"WAM eaaala,y W W
wrpootIAW to bo hang athnw let 'my 11 January 'a 86
i capaaW aw
"DINIAL Mu 001110
o, O'Cww G" MtCMNn
f saM e«Yaary AaaMad Vk#, MMali
t 11ITAN WIN Jew"
County of Somereat KK'
o"11" 181: dye January w86 ,wipaMO«ra.wcanaAkhW000orM,vast.kwwnaMwmaNnaWnawANMadBaaatarydMwPeaaaAlrl
alrtAANCe COMIAAIY, aw eorPaalbndaNrww M W which rWeutW Ma rapolnp PeW+r orAMOrnay, W Mw wd pkhad O C',:Oaaa Iwh,7 W ma aloe awdm, dW dakoN W ay Mwt M N AaWUm
1 a Mw PIOp1AL M URANU COIWANY AW kgwm elf 0ap0" " Vaal Mw Ma Nil Wx6d to ft faayarq Peww of Nomy W auoh aorAoav aaaa and Wu IMSrslo arrwW by kmoAly a the ,r
1 6f OW may, and Mw M WAd"W PaWya Mwnay N MaWru$W44 y pl OW Company bYWO wdwMly; AM N( M k 400VAKW%" GW" MWM M W4 Mitt hen a M aM ANWOM Vke11 NM
of Wd 0""Iy, aw "M IM Mp1M6N a Na Wap mce" , word wd a IMd 100" of ANOW M M Mr 96wm hen 404 of Mad *we* McoWkn and was stereo µbw,IWp ;oy wdwity co "W
ff! eyL.,W W h rMpaWM's praaatn.
- NOIYW 6aa. L. ON
p
t „ IF kw~owraa•d a a kw to wMh i"
Dn Mr dAM YnMlsn.
O
ALICE LUINAIIg Nei" Puaw
i le, CIIITIPICATIOM ay pulluo N~1~4L4EY S
#IAT'C 011 NO MW M MY cal"I"111111111" C91:11111,11 1 CDUhfy Of SOM~
3
on mwth 1 I A A"»sknlyryra N+1nandld PIO AMrdI 1 1 VIf1 , 1141 1961 am t MI tMl COMPANY Mum , de tug kame g MMt tlN aNdw'eq M „rW .,arpa hen Mw ayU«l a Mw MM ComMrn K
adbMad b/ 1N eDMd a CM.CbM
I ByLrw it ft M NW aN1o1.
j "AAMLE kV 1,
410111M s. N M AI ultdartA W 0, oeMWCa W 6" kwaYUma,b W* Mwrl M ab&* * and on bahW a ft CampMy ~ N M WOMud by Mw at IM aurWr to aaaouta, May'
Aid"boaWftW16OWMVWanWaif olaMCeMpanyOWby00CMknWW04VkACh&M ofMPrwarnlof IV"Pfftkiwar,Ok*VMIN6000kyaAAA06W" '
Ik M". Wodo thw roapacan, I -Ift I lbws, #x6W Must uy ON a Mon ~ a aahwyorKW dos*AWd k, any rsWAI M of Mw e00d d DkAaara a"tto"" COtwild".
at h ay pawar of sto *V .x/wMd as prarWad IN A WON I WOW. May OW44 My mush b&W, UrlaMaldne a MW obAeaan Y "vWad In Weh Maokom of Po%w of WW,&y,
9aew1 S. Npewwaaf startwy band MMhaNM lha Ca,Wr,ymayaM MWllw aWpASdkf Mw rw+w W MbawMadw CA,ysny,aahaby awChakndr+afMVa►CMFrwralMMNdWd
a a Vw~haaaMa anAaaawAVb►PnadarX kk lh wAAaw Kaaaa ya AaMnaa eaeHaay, wda tlwk NapKMra dWtWtlena, yrd ag maws ea weh mimic nWyba npravw prM.d
aalwpamtwa"
I ArNwr a,Yy MWI Wd PROIAAL MMla1ANf a yOW ANY M duykyawW I* "t"d Adkwy std sway bwktaw h, "Mal ft NNwaoldw lhlMd Aw" 004 rnca, pesky atYawrNa, PwrolMae, &W 6kA a Ma
Pr0YkV OfC&"wwt Mw axapaha►rfna lrlomm kwd;WIs Wo d*lN*WdIOM60,W abNaaayonooMl. wldsrtakhNr. rdo,parmk,adaWplhad Wlaw,
1, a,.uwaagnaeAN+arMa«r.rry ofP 004 INalWWIWCOWPAW, do h"r yamyMW Mwfaagokq POwa of Ananay kin W brea WafMcrOheaundrrty hand WIN"4*f6 dCMpMytlw&W'N.J„Md,- ...days
Panlald0 , (,I61 tFAL Y0
UFA
A0.
r
.
Mfr 1.
D19CLOSUFIE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARMtpATtON
i In the event the Insurance Company is unable to }i+ltlll
Its contractual obligation under this
polloy.,r contract
or application or certificate or evidence of overage,
i the policyholder or cortlflcateholder fa not prowoted
E by an Insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro.
tActlOn arrangement.
4
e
r
F
~y h
V%
4
;A %I'm
1 k. R
r ti STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO ~rl ^r ~~51
TEXAS REVISED CIVIL STATUTES, ANN., ART, 5160
(MC GREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS)
(Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Award)
t KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
n
That,
(hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and rr
~r~~•ti,GtA , a corporation organized and existing
E under the laws of the State of with its principal office in I
t the City of h/VLC n (hereinafter called the Surety), as
Surety, are held and firmly b nd unto CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS ACTING
THROUGH ITS CITY COUNCIL (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the
amount of ~`4.5. DOLLARS (U.5,$ o o u for the payment whereof,
the said Principal and Surety ins themselves, and their heirs, adminis
tratora, executors, successors and assigns, Jointly and severally, firmly S
by these presents, a
t
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a contract with the
~~JO~}jblige48-,L s, dated the r day of to ~eniy rzcc
d'.~i.kw. ~12t' J -l G
h dVIZ-L1L'tJ ~Pu I_a s rp
which contract is he by roferred to and mad a part heraof as fully and
to the same extent as if copied at length herein, F
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that
? if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and mate-
rial to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided
fot in said contract, then, this obligation shall be voidr otherwise to
remain in full force and effect,
t
a
k
[DENTON 1056710EN CONST 71,0000)
PYB-1
1
F
b
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the
provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as
amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in ac-
cordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it
were copied at length herein,
-'t
i IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed
and sealed this instrument this day of 19
WITNUS s
(SEAL)
3
t
pill (If Individual Firm) HYt (SEAL)
(SEAL) f
f ;
ATTEST: 4
~y c (SEAL) }
If C poz t n) ~
(SEAL)
I
f ~11drew Gc Pied2Y, AsSiS4. SK, ,~«Principall~lcs rzs' ~a{ r';
k drew l
urety
L By l
LT
cQ 5c7 )j0A r-V
it
`rA4 RS kF / 1DFV'r 46,9:tir ;
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
j 102089 ) ~
PYB-2
- - - it
777
r
J
r1
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I(MOW 811 Men by Hesse Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 16 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, a New Jersey Corpora.
tlon, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint W. C, Cohen) Jr, , R. B. Matassarin, Joe E.
Moddrell, Jr., Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Poet, Richard K. Stone, Jay E. Chapple, Roberta I.
Heorman, James E. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A. Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita,
Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D, Westcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and t
Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas
each Ila true and lawful Attorney-In-Facl to execute under such deslgoaw In Its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on Its behalf u
surety thereon or otherwise, bonds of any of the following classes, toawil:
1 r Bond, and Undertakings fllsd in any suit, matter or proceeding In any Court, or filed with any Sheriff or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of anything
"Hied In such Band or Under leg,
2. Suretyborde to the United States of America of any agency therof, Includino those reclulred or permitted underline la is or reguiaNau elating ro CleSM" r
of Infernal Revenue; Ue"M and Permit Bonds or other Indemnky bonds under the laws, ordinances or rotpulationsof arty State, Cifttyy Town, Village,
Board or other body of organization, publlo Or privets; bonds to Transportation Componlas, LOW Instrument bonds; Lease bonds, Workirs' CompenW
Lion bonds, Mlaoeltanontls Surety bonds and bonds on behalf of Notaries Public. Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar public, offic,law. e
I 3, Bonds on behalf of contractor In connecllo t with bids, proposals or contracts.
In wlsw whose, Ow "W Ftmstui 0e1,41tMee OOMPANY ha, a"Wt NO No ey-La", Oeaaod Nwua Prem. a a sWoW by MO A#WW As Preiwent rd ANoWAM aw«rY rw YA
WWOO«drowhaeroaa,ed trtk 1st d"t'a January 10 86
cWperw row
I
"DIFLU F Jf
! 000110A P
j ti J[ sr
p O'Connor a(A, OWrgt AkC10kOn AONOLnt VNµpndrietd
eTAT! KWJlrMaY
County of Somerset u'
i on N+N lot day a January t o86 boron m pow**Y m" rid w o. orcawa ro MN tuawn end W M knovm a be Ar4 ,7f s.aMw d row Fa0lAAl If4 j
a1M141AWCOM/AMY,IM0000bn0" WM&WrticArwhNWlMWWkVPOW44 Attaney.WdrowOWAkAW0.0'06r~"bymed*#*W dlddgreerowwtlMMMAMMMNeknWY
of row FaO*W wreutA00 cowAW W Nr4w ft oapdabo ew Ihrea; IAd the ar dtaW b tM kn oN t+awd Of AWY*y is wch mporne NOW Ma rM 1W aMaad bye Of
N1e aYtewa
[ of MW Caro".W" M eWeed mW Mover of AnaMy w A&"ml Sooft Mya sW Ooro yby Aki 040**, led V*MNacgwMW wo oeaee Mee"Mand kMwN him to b+ NM M}WantVN►ArMIdeM
s of Mid two". W Nrt nM oigna we awe Owp 14604W wbaWed r sew Parer or AlWr*y is in ft ONWM hrwe+Minp a oW 0", M*CNaen aid wr VWW 0400e4 by &**Ny of mid
fi ay-tenet eMA n deparMY PM1eMOe.
Ii' IrFONr4d lkal L pet
AekMwldpW ew swan to bikes MN r
om do*
15
~A AUCE LONA" Nobly Pubko ;
Mr p a OlanraATM NOTARY Pulovo or NEW my
eTATr oP 1Kw y~aly u MY Commission Explna lane 20, 1111111118
county of sombrd
v
j I ft WWW$O dr A~ MakrY of P* POMML INSLOAllrk OOWANY, de WOW WRY Mat Me IOMm"N a IrW $*WM from W ey1tywd of NOW CaMv.ny N id*MW by W *WO at 01 A!
1 OM MOO 11, 1063 and meet ftk* &Widod Mreh f 1, 103 and Nett IAN eytaw N n 1uM bms and eMeol,
"MTtcte %VMIr
1e00M A, M bower luwerWAiss, dMN.ea W WW fttf ; COW Ih#A M above la W N boW of ft Company wlkeh M N AaMeaid by few or he 04*" b sawn mw
W"bd W11
n awl nave W on brAax a1M CalpAey aNhar by tM ClwmMn a fM VkecMnNn a rM►rwdr,I a a Yre►WN'deM, y,IMy wMh Nw 8eaeun a M MdNMt
aurlbarl, W#dr hW re100Q M deegnwW%, aMOW the any ON a Mlere OlMOef/ a dbmeyendad d"W*W M any rdedWW Of ft 46W d Okeaea a ar lkearare COMnMIIe,
I; Of n 1010 PAW of *WrAy e.MONAed ft pooled fa in 66M M a below, may ftoM My lroh WOO. wi&" of ~ ebap"M ore PuWdid In Weh re *4aft a pews d eMhby.
a,drMe.MOO" Of*W"dy#&Md e0"OlfM Cdnywyo*WW OMbi wiped M tM rwN andalbdwalft Cm0ay,~byftch offt V**AnW of NrPrwNrd
a1VIOM1N1 sNtvnAYWrd 4N►preelderM,Wh"VMrVA SW64ry61 en AewlrM aeerolry.laeu NNknepacweMNanel ond,TMMp~du»a1W oMOre mybaenaWewd.prinNd
o1NNaerephldl'
I Aeew ekNly Nrtaek ProatAl MMIayANC! QOWANY N dJy NNOryed N Nr1OerA MMMy W suety Mrk/ar n elcfi d dwMONe d Noe tJnhed alWi d Amedoa, UNOSOI aCekATW, Pwn/ akor x10 eabh b
ar
Plornowaerlw l11111dle OmbNMbndlMnOeEdwrdNleM;eMN WOeWy NNNedMO t.iCO.rleaoNrrayen bOndh underlakatperekramMlwaraeukedMlaw,
t ft WAmotolWAft%6W6 *Wy0!lMtnr4L NNOW#"COIfNMY, doheebyoortdydw NM lriaoky pawraAaaNyNnrWn AMeeWaMOdI..
ONenundrmyhWWN010ddWdCanpOnYMWararNJ,Ywr ~dOyd y td
• a
lbemllrfoosas oela!nAL 1)TA
1
1
DISCLOSURE OF GUARANTY FUND NOWANTK91PATION
4>
In the event the Insurance Company is unable to fulfill j
t Its contractual obligation under this policy nr contract
I or application or certificate or evidence of coverage, f
the policyholder or certificateholder Is not protected
by an insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro-
vs
tection arrangoment• t
tun N iO&M V<O J M
4Y,li!rj
i
4~ I
1
MAINTENANCE BOND h( < A'15f
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF DENTON §
t
That
---f-
~ as Principal, and
tea. u
-V I
a corporation authorized to do business in the state of Texas, as Surety,
do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the
1 City of Denton, a Municipal Corporatiun of the State of Texas, its sue
ceaeprs and aligns, at Denton, Denton County, Texas, the sum of 4~• i
uG y~7~' H IUCLl54►~ID QNL. ~<+KaD
RAW
{
nA~
p ~f.' , • mill („_.a...~aL,. 'T ~O~r 06 -
`d
4; ( the said sum being ten p„cent (10X) of the total
amount of the hereinafter mentioned contract for the payment of which sum
said Principal and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their successors and
assigns, jointly and severally,
f This obligation is conditioned, however, that:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the
said pity of Denton to build and construct
U
which contract and the plans and specifications therein mentioned, adorted
by the City of Denton, are filed with the City Secretary of said City and
are, hereby expressly incorporated herein by refereaee and made a part
hereof as though the same were written and set out in full herein; 5
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully
maintain and keep in good repair the work contracted to be done and per-
formed for a ~-ariod of one (1) year prom the date of official acceptance
in writing by the City of Denton and do all necessary work and repair of
any defective conditions growing out of or arising from the improper work
of the aame, including, but not limited to, any settling, breaking,
} cracking or other defective condition of any of the work or part thereof
n
_4- [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 013150 j
MB-1
1
t
,
arising from improper excavation, backfilling, compacting or any other
jr. cause or condition, known or unknown, at any time during the period of
this bond, which the City Engineer, whose ,judgment shall be final and
conclusive, determines to be the result of defective work, materials or
labor; then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full
force and effect.
In case the said Principal shall fail to maintain, repair or rocon-
struct any defective condition of the work as determined herein, it is
r agreed that the City may do said work and supply such materials as neces-
sary and charge the sum against the said Principal and Surety on this
obligation,
1
} It is further agreed that this obligation shall be continued one
against the Principal and Surety and that successive recoveries maybe
{ had hereon for successive breaches of the conditions herein provided un-
til the full amount of this bond shall have been exhausted, and it is ~
further understood that the obligation to maintain said work shall con-
tinua throughout said maintenance period, and the same shall not be
changed, diminished, or in any manner affected from any cause during said
tima, {
k
{i Provided, further, that if legal action be filed on this bond, venue
shall lie in Denton County,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in-duplicatep each !
k ( one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of
A.D., 14
Y +
SURETY PRINCIPAL t 11
e
aYi ByI
Title Ro f~1~ :I., NE~Q.u e
ri
5a Y1-A, W ~ ( ,
O:L ~D ~ . ~ t~ e Mn vi V i GY Y(YC_ ~ L Gt~ ; f
{~UBECr 5P0 GI - -
S- 711 i1-o. hl~uro."l( .r
a
tw~ (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 013140
MB-2
it
U a
it
m
31 f
F7
ti
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know Oil Man by these Presents, Thai the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPAt."!, 15 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, a NswJersay Corpora.
tkw. has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint W, C, Cohen, Jr. , R, B. Mataesarin, Joe E,
Moddrell., Jr„ Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Post, Richard K, Stone, Jay E, Chapple, Roberta I.
Heorman, James E, Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A. Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita,
Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D. Westcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and
Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas _ _ _ _
each Its true and lawful Atlorney-lo-Fact to execute under such dbignation In Its name and to affix Its corporate seal to and deliver for end on he behalf as
surety thereon or otherwise, bonds of any of the following classes, to-wltl
1, Bonds and Undertakings filed In anyy suit, matter or proeseding In any Court, or }fled with any Sheriff or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of anything
specified In such Bond or Undertaking.
2. Surety bonds to the United Ststee of Anwica or any agency thereof, Including those
or Internal Revenue; License and Permit Bonds or other Indemnity bondnder the larws, oorddinarlmce~t, or rye U11atatbns of my Statee,, CZ Tow Village, tooloms,
Board or other body or orprilution, public or prlvele; bonds to Transportation Compaales, Lost Instrument UOnds; Les" bonds, Vyorksm, Comperes,
ton bonds, Miscellaneous Surety bonds and bonds on behalf of Noted" Pubf o, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar public offloWs.
3. Bonds on behalf of contractors in Connection with bids, proposals or contracts,
In wren." WhOsO, sew «w ftbV%i erauww" cowrANY hu. punuaM to ar avt.w, "veal NO aeNna a a o4md by n, ,t,wtal vlOhPm'W M V4 AU4t M
donWrate "0 to be h"16 aneied 114 1st d'r of January Ie 86 seaavy end xI
oapmaq a.u
M*ML rweu
nlww b. OCenrw, Olage 1kCleean
of «I Iasi aaaw Allgad we►rrwwlh
'j eMn MW AMMty
County of somersot u
oh"" _lot
day or January 1986
blMre r« paeawMY w« afehW o. aCemla fe mI w+am area by ~ lugwq a M AseMUnf deaetay a M► etloltllld, ttF
k dRSwrUt MMLNIANCR C01MA~YId~low,n DoiPONq as M~ ~a ~ d" "d gkhad 0.0'COnna WInO bJml dwtyewom, did dlpd« en4 eaY d.M M M AleYlad aMxegry j
I ~ " dew Ca,yany, Ifnd awl M upwd sad wM+r a Aaemey«A«Wad raw~w s a« a Aeomey h weh ca,oasq sw ad ww sr«ro aM«e by wuwxY a u» ire i l q
aM'L~iM+Cd, q~ak' Ma~wsu« a. wd osas. rACcq«n a~b.d u~k t'aA b ~y qs Mhagid,~,M Wed Dea~O►1 raid why M,y p aea>b,lbly
f ° w+ANY "b Aehd awem~ mI
oh to dWA * /j
i $4' AM lEONARG NoWy hr*
drxttnoAtroN NgiARY Muup OF NEW lfASEY
F' er~ra or taew ON rr County of Somrxreel M' AW Cantnisskn ExplrN June 20, 11111111111
j
~1, aim ~.AA eraWry Of ft 11000tAL N4101AWtl COWANY, do hethy «mry OW ft hok" M a Ito* exo" from ew ey-lrwd of 1M Wrr Capeny"'do 1 d by Iq bad a OhMM
W" It.
h*K neeay ants mash 11, leg IM dwl nxI sr-LAW M M M NMI ad steel..
"ARYICLa k4111. .
ad IIW !I vi«iAld M I~IM Mm~i ad « bibs} a ew inHrum«q aha Man « Wag (er uw de Mrlar a !M CM~plny rhkh k Y wp,gi:Id by Nw a IN IAaW N ex«uMmay
ex Word of M" bytlw eo" of l sahamsIlw vi04M 41mwn a 1M ANY a a Of 00NIdlnt, 0 Dino wxh tl.I seeMMrya W Aa11Nad
MaMrY, under MW repaOtM delbeadaw,
nw111W.
a In any Pewa a Mlalwr eMecugd « adtided W M hall 8eolwn 3 lwlOw, nwy exec"*vN N any Wth hood bond, l undrfdlllpnfaxMp aldM of A dAy rMr ob4allon Of W rM prolow vlWdld d In
tJle w641h wn Neau a, F b tlx a ea pews k d Ca 111111111W.
W , obxyarf ln
asaaeafs xa,nA«41ada wAwaYwCallparyff.WW0rlfbeNneuld16 N%"&WonbNwxdewCowo".WWI)YMwChwrW0f Vx~cvwlmwlatMP""
a,r Ne►1Nadea,loMalwflhawewaryaaAwww9krltav,undaMewNWIaMd«grwmo.Y.nwegnaurdawMOMden
11! nwyiwayyrwd.prlnNd
P Meeaa wow ~ararwaNa oowANVNe~I,xawdburwaecndah'awlw«rarnww «a etdweaw.aawudgdwa«aAm«a. aWaaeaumekprrneraee,ad«ehaw
f e«esrwndMroe tlewLd WaN; adq WOduy eeMwad 6dbedaM l/N eurey«bddl, undMakNpa,ek.,plimNgdarapkadby Ww.
I,IMO^daapwdArsMNmJMwraryaNWllAL ttNIrlrAIICt C011►ANY, do MnbyeeMlydwltlwloreoarw►sera Andnwyafnlwlgroeadeseq,
olwM wda my had WIN axial Mrd Ca,yay a Wanes, N.J.,OW a
famll.IP0aa1 fltlNtlnAl. e
U, A
CONTRACT REGULATIONS
r_,,
TABLE OF' CONTENTS
~,aAe
GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1 thru GC-~22
GC,1 Contract Documents GC-1
GC.2 Definitions - GC-1
GC~3 Execution of Contract GG-3-
GC.4 Legal Addresses GC-3
GC,S Scope and Intent of Contract Documenta' GC-4
GC.b Indzpondent Contractor GC~4
GC,7 Aeaignment and 5ubcontrecting GC-4
GC.B Oral StaGOmente GC-5
GC,9 Reference SCandards CCWS
GC. 10 Source of Materials GC-S
GC, 11 Contraotax to Check Drawings
end Liats GC-S
GC. 12 Figured Dimenaicns to Govern GC-S
~ GC. 13 No Waiver of Rights GC-5
GC,s14 AuChority df the Rngineer GC-5
GC, 15 _hnginnering YnspecCiott GC-6
OC,16 Contract Tetisainaticn -Contractor
Default GC-b ,
GC, 17 Beginning, Progress, and Completion
of .the Work GC`7
I E GC, 1$' Hindrances And Delays GC~7
GC,19 Suspension of Work GC-9
GC,20 Cancellation of Work. GC-8
GC~21 Modifications GC»8
GC.22 Chgnges to the Contract GC-9
I CC.22,1 ContracC Price Changes GC-4
GC, 22, t,1 Increased Price GC-9
GC.22.1,2 Decresaed 1'r~.ce (1C-11 I
G0, 22,2 Contract Time Charges CC~12
GC,23 LaW$ and Regulationa GC-.l2
GC,24 T~xeu, Permits, and Licenses GC~12 I
40,25 PAtenta GC-12
OC,26 Materials and Equipment GC-13
GCr27 Hazardous tdatariela (3013
GG~'l8 Guarantee CC"13
GC, 29 Insurance GC-14
OC~29~1 Certificates of Insurance GC••14
~ CG, 29,2 Additional Insured8 GC-15
GC.29,3 Waiver of Subrogation GC-15
~ [DENTGN 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000}
[ Ot319A }
TccR-1
1
l
Page
GC. 29.4 Workman's Compensation and
Employer's Liability GC-15
GC,29,5 Comprehensive Automobile GC-16
Liability
GC,29.6 Comprehensive General GC-16
Liability GC-17
GC,29,7 Umbrella Liability Policy
GC,29.8 Installation Floater/Builder's Risk GC-17
GC.30 Indemnification GC-17
GC.3l Release of Liability GC-18
GC,32 Claims for Labor and Materials GC--18
GC.33 Final Inspection GC-19
GC.34 Payments GC-19
GC.34.1 Initial Payment GC19
0,C.34.1.1 Cost Breakdown GC-19
GC,34.1.2 Cash Flow Projection GC-19
GC.34,1.3 Construction Schedule and GC-20
Manpower Forecast GC-20
00,34,2• Estimates and Payments GC-20
j GC,35 Change Order Payments GC4 1
GC,36 Prevailing Wage Rates l page
Sample Price Breakdown Form
SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-i thrv SC-18
I SC,1 General SC-1
SC,2 Engineer's Drawings and Speci-
fications SC-1
S0.3 Project Management
SC.4 Contractor's 0ifice at Site of Work SC-1
$0.5 Field Records
$0,6 Contractor's Supervision at the Site SC-2
SC,7 Subcontracts SC-2
SC,8 Relations with Other Contractors SC-3
SC.9 Methods of Field Operation SC-3
50,10 safety$ Health, and Accident Ptevention SC-4
$0,11 Crane Inspections SC-5
S0.12 Fall Protection SC-5
SC.13 Lines and Grades SC-6
80.14 Preservation of Monuments and Stakes
$0.15 Protection of Property and SC-6
Public Liability
90,16 Emergency Protection $C-b
50.17 Losses from Natural Causes 10-7
80,18 Qualifications of Workmen SC-7
ar IDENTON 10567OEN CGNST 71.00001
013190
TCCR-2
Page
SC. 19 Sunday, Holiday, and Night Work SC-7
SC-7
SC.20 Unfavorable Construction Conditions SC-7
SC.21 Rejected Work and Materials SC-8
SC.22 Placing Work in Service SC-8
SC.23 Cleanliness SC-8
SC,24 Purchase Orders SC-8
3C.25 Fire Protection SC-9
SC,26 Security SC-9
SC,27 Construction Area Limits
SC,2E Access Roads, Parking Lots, and
SC-9
Storage Areas SC-9
SC.29 Food Services -9
SC,30 Protection of Work SCSC
SC,31 Protection of Concrete Surfaces
SC.32 Protection of Grating and
SC-10
Stair Treads
SC.33 Protection of Electrical Raceway, SC-10
Cable, and Lighting Fixtures
SC.34 Floor Loadings SC-14
SC,35 Repair of Damages SC-10
SC.36 Independent Testing Laboratory SC-11
SC37 Cooperation with CORPS SC-11
SC.38 Minor Defects SC-11
SC.39 Checkout and Initial Operation SC-11
SC,40 Construction Plant and Temporary SC-12
Facilities
SC.41 Raceiving, Handling, and Storage SC-12
8C.42 Equivalent Materials and Equipment SC-13
I SC-13'
M 43 Fences
f SC.44 Protection of Public and Private
Pvoperty SC-13
1 SC.43 Maintenance of Traffic SC-14
SC, 46 Barricades and Lights SC-14
5C,47 Underground Installations SC-14
SC. 49, Damage to Existing Ptoperty _SC-15
SC.49 Land for Construction Purposes SC-16
SC,50` Final Cleanup and Grading SC-16
SO.51 Energized Facilities SC-16
SC,52 Contract Changes for Electrical Raceway, 5C- U
Cable, and Termination SC-18
SC,53 Construction Review and Inspection SC-18
SC,54 Construction Contingency Plan
[DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71,0000'
TCCR-3
+a rax j -y
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the Adver.-
tisement, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Proposal Data, Contract
Agreement, Performance Bund, Payment Bond, General Conditions, Special
Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, and Change Orders issued
by the Owner or the Engin6er, and specifications and engineering data
furnished by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner, are each included
{ in this Contract and the work shall be done in accordance therewith.
r GC ,2 DEFINITIONS- Words
,phrases, or other expressions used in these
f contract documents shall have meanings as follows,
Z I
• 3 1, "Contract" or "contract documents" shall include the
items enumerated above under CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
2, "Owner," "City," or "Obligee" shall mean the City of
{ € Denton, Texas named and designated in the Contract
Agreement as "Party of the First Part," acting through
its City Council and their duly authorized agents. All
notices, letters, and other communication directed to
the Owner shall be addressed and delivered to City of
3 Denton, Texas, Municipal Building, 215 East McKinney, t
j I Denton, Texas 76201,
I a;
f I 3. "Contractor" or "Principal" shall mean the corporation,
I company,'partnership, firm, or individual named and
designated in the Contract Agreement as the "Party of
the Second Part," who has entered into this Contract
for the performance of the work covered thereby, and
its, his, or their duly authorized representatives,
4. "Subcontractor" shall mean and refer only to a corpo-
ration, partnership, or individual having a direct con-
tract with the Contractor for performing work at the
jobsits,
5. shall mean the firm of Black & Veatch,
Eng'%.~:era-Architects, 1500 Meadow take Parkway, mailing
address P,O. Box 9405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114, or
its duly authorized agents, such agents acting within
the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them in
each case,
6, "Corps" shall mean Department of the Army, Fort Worth
District, Corps of Engineers, Fort Worth, Texas,
~S
y [DLATON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 013190 ]
ti GC-1
a
3
r
Y a!-~49
1 1 a,
~r
F~
tx
7, "Date of contract," or equivalent words, shall mean the
date written in the first paragrapb of the Contract
Agreement,
8, "Day" or "days," unless herein otherwise expressly de-
fined, shall mean a calendar day or days of 24 hours
each.
9. "The work" shall mean the equipment, supplies, materi-
als, labor, and services to be furnished under the con-
tract and the carrying out of all obligations imposed
by the contract documents.
10. "Drawings" shall mean all (a) drawings furnished by the
Owner as a basis for proposals, (b) supplementary draw-
ings furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in
greater detail the intent of the contract drawings and
j specifications, (c) drawings submitted by the success-
ful bidder with his proposal, provided such drawings
€ are acceptable to the Owner, (d) drawings furnished by
the Owner to the Contractor during the progress of the
work, and (e) engineering data and drawings submitted
by the Contractor during the progress of the work, pro-
vided such drawings are acceptable to the Engineer.
11. Whenever in these contract•doruments the words "as
ordered,il I'as directed," "as required," "as permitted," I
f '.'as allowed," or words or phrases of like import arer
f used, it shall be understood that the order, direction,
requirement, permission, or allowance of the Owner or
Engineer is intended only to the extent of judging com-
pliance with the terms of the 'contract; none of these
terms shall imply that the Owner or the Engineer has
any authority or responsibility for supervision of t!'9
Contractor's forces or construction operations, such
supervision and the sole responsibility therefor being
strictly reserved for the Contractor,
12, similarly the words "approved," "reasonable," "suit
able," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or words
of like effect and import, unless otherwise particularly
specified herein, shall mean approved, reasonable, suit-
able, acceptable, proper, or satisfactory in the judg-
ment of the Owner or Engineer, to the extent provided
in "11" above.
13. Whenever in these contract documents the expression "it
is understood and agreed" or an expression of like im-
port is used, such expression shall mean the mutual
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
102089
cc-2
t
i
.
L 1
M1701if4 Vy.
Il{ [S
L~
l
r understanding and agreement of the parties executing
the Contract Agreement.
14. "Official acceptance" shell mean the Owner's written
acceptance of all work performed under this Contract,
based on the Engineer's final inspection and issuance
of a final payment certificate,
15. "Start-up" shall mean the time period required to bring
i. the hydroelectric generating unit from an inactive con- '
dition, when construction is essentially complete, to
the state ready for commercial operation. The startup
period shall include.preliminary inspection and checkout
n of equipment and supporting subsystems; trial operation
j of supporting equipment and subsystems; initial opera-
tion of the complete hydroelectric generating unit; l
operation of the complete unit to obtain data and to
perform calibration and airrective work; and shutdown,
E } inspection, and adjustment prior to achieving commer-
cial operating statue.
E 16. "Initial operation" shall 'mean the first integral oper-
ation of the complete hydroelectric generating unit
with subsystems and supporting equipment in service or
available for service, ;
i
17. "Commercial operation" shall mean the condition of open-
( ation in which the complete hydroelectric generating
i unit is officially declared by the Owner to be avail- j
i I able for-continuous operation at variable loads up to
F and including rated capacity.
GC.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Four copies of the contract documents will
be prepared by the Engineer. All copies will be aubmitted to the Con-
tractor and the Contractor shall execute the Contract Agreement, insert
executed copies of the squired bonds and power of attorney, and submit
all copies to the owner. The date of contract on the contract and bond
forms shall bs left blank for filling in by the Owner. The certification
date on the power of attorney shall also be left blank for filling in by
the owner.
The Owner will execute all copies, insert the date of contract on the
4 bonds and power of attorney, and return all copies to the Engineer for
review and distribution. Distribution of signed copies will be one copy
each to the Owner, Contractor, surety, and Engineer,
j, GC.4 LEGAL ADDRESSES. All notices, letters, and other communication to i
the Contractor will be mailed or d,Mvered to either the Contractor's
C
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 J
GC-3
!
f
business address listed in the Proposal or the Contractor's office in the
vicinity of the work, with delivery to either of these addresses being
deemed as delivery to the Contractor. The address of the Owner appearing '
on Page GC-1 is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, let-
ters, and other communication to the Owner shall be mailed or delivered.
Either party may change h1s address at any time by an Instrument in writ-
ing delivered to the Engineer and to the other patty.
GC.5 SCOPE AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The various parts of the
contract documents are intended to supplement but not necessarily dupli-
cate each other, Any work exhibited in one part and not in another shall
be executed as if it had been set forth in all parts, so that the work
will be constructed according to the complete design as determined by the k
~ Engineer.
I Should anything necessary for a clear understanding of the work be omit-
ted from the contract documents, or should the requirements appear to be
in conflict, the Contractor shall secure written instructions from the
Engineer before proceeding with the work affected thereby. It is under- j
stood•and agreed that the work shall be performed according to the true
intent of the contract documents.
GOA INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The relationship of the Contractor to the
Owner shall be that of an independent contractor.
GC.7 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING, The Contractor shall not assign or
subcontract the work, or any part thereof, without the previous written *
consent of the Owner, nor shall he assign, by power of attorney•or nth- ,I
erwise, any of the money payable under this Contract unless wr?.teen con-
sent of the Owner has been obta.fned, No right under this Contract, nor
claim for any monoy due or to become due hereundor shall be asserted
against the Owner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of any
so-called assignment of this Contract or' any part thereof, unless such
assignment has been authorized by the written consent of the Owner. In
case the Contractor is permitted to assign moneys due or to become due
under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause
subordinating the claim of the assignee to all prior liens for services
rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work,
Should any a0contractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manner the
work undertaken by him, his subcontract shall be immediately terminated
by the Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor shall be as
fully responsible and accountable to the owner for the acts and omissions
of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly am-
ployed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly
employed by him. Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any
contractual relationship between any subcontractor and the Owner,
E [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )
t GC-4
Gs n:arr.:~ I
k:
~S
r
GC.S ORAL STATEMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the written
terms and provisions of this agreement shall supersede all oral state-
ments of representatives of the Owner, and oral statements shall not be
effective or be construed as being a part of this Contract,
GC.9 REFERENCED STANDARDS. Reference to the standards of any technical
society, organization, or association, or to codes of local or state
authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or
tentative standard adopted and published at the date of taking bids,
unless specifically stated otherwise,
GC.10 SOURCE OF MATERIALS. To the extent possible, materials and equip-
meat (including components thereof) furnished under these specifications
shall be produced, processed, manufactured, and assembled within the
United States of America. Substitution of foreign materials for domestic
materials will not be permitted unless such substitution is clearly
stated in the Proposal and accepted by the Owner.
GC.11 CONTRACTOR TO CHECK DRAWINGS AND LISTS. The Contractor shall
i check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities indicated on the draw-
ings and lists furnished to him by the Engineer, The Contractor shall
notify the Engineer of any discrepancy between the drawings and the con-
ditions at the site, or any error or omission in the drawings, or in the
layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions, which he may discover
in the course of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take '
advantage of any error or omission in the the drawings or other *contract
- documents. Full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should
such error or omission be discovered, ind the Contractor shall carry out
such instructions as if originally specified.
f F #
s 00.12 FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN. Dimensions and elevations indicated
on the drawings shall be accurately followed even though different from
z scaled measurements. No work indicated on the drawings, the dimensions
of which are not indicated, shall be executed until necessary dimensions
' have been obtained from the Engineer,
} GC.13 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS. Neither the inspection by the owner or Engi-
near or any of their officials, employees, or agents, nor any order by
' the Owner or Engineer for payment of money, or any payment for, or ac-
ceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Owner or Engineer,
nor any extension of tima, nor any possession taken by the Owner or its
employees, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract,
k or of any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages
herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in this Contract be
held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach,
A~
GC,14 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. To prevent delays and dioputea, and tc
ti
discourage litdgaon, it is agroed by the parties to this Contract that
~a
S
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089 1
CC-5
Y.co;.Y)'r y
I~
r~
f
i
the Engineer shall determine the quantities of work which are to be paid
for under the contract and shall determine all questions in relation to
the work.
If in the opinion of the Contractor or the Owner a decision made by the
Engineer is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of the
contract, either party may file with the Engineer and the other party to
the contract, within 30 days after receipt of the decision, a written
objection to the decision. Failure to file an objection within the
allotted time will be considered acceptance of the Engineer's decision
and the decision shall become final and conclusive,
The Engineer's decision and the filing of the written objection thereto
f shall be a condition precedent to the right to start action in court.
i
It is the intent of this agreement that there shall be no delay in the
execution of the work and the decision of the Engineer as rendered shall
i be. promptly observed.
GC.15 ENGINEERING INSPECTION. The Owner may appoint (either directly or
through the Engineer) such inspectors as the Owner deems proper to inspect
the materials furnished and the work performed for compliance with the
contract documents. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assist-
ance required by the Engineer, or inspectors, for the proper inspection
of the work. Should the Contractor object to any order given by any In-
apector, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for a
I decision.
; i
{SYy^
Inspectors shall have the authority to reject work which is unsatisfac-
tory* faulty, or defective or does not conform to the requirements of the
contract documents. Inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any
obligation to construct the work strictly in accordance with the contract
documents. Work not so constructed shall be removed and replaced by the
w Contractor at his own expense.
GC.16 CONTRACT TERMINATION - CONTRACTOR DEFAULT. If the work to be done
under this contract is abandoned b- y the Contractor; or if this Contract
is assigned by him without the written consent of the owner; or if the
Contractor is adjudged bankrupt; or if a general assignment of his assets
is made for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appointed
for the Contractor on any of his property; or if at any time the Engineer
certifies in writing to the owner that the performance of the work under
this Contract is being unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is vio-
lating any of the conditions of this Contract, or that he is executing
the same in bad faith or otherwise not in accordance with the terms of
said contract; or if the work is not substantially completed within the
time nasaed for its completion or within the time to which such completion
date may be extended; then the owner may serve written notice upon the
I' (DENTON 1056) GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 j
GC-6
t
4
i
j
{r
i;
S~
Contractor and his surety of the owner's intention to :terminate this Con-
tract. Unless within 5 days after the serving of such notice, a satis-
factory arrangement is made for continuance, this Contract shall termi-
nate, In the event of such termination, the surety shall have the right
to take over and complete the work, provided that if the surety does not
commence performance within 30 days, the Owner may take over and prose-
cute the work to completion, by contract or otherwise. The Contractor
and his surety shall be liable to the Owner for all excess cost sustained
by the Owner by reason of such prosecution and completion. The Owner may
take possession of, and utilize•in completing the work, all materials,
# equipment, tools, and plant on the site of the work.
f~f GC.17 BEGINNING, PROGRESS, AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. The time of com-
pletion is a basic consideration of this Contract. Unless otherwise
specified in these contract documents or advised by written order of the
Owner, the Contractor shall begin work within 10 days after the date of
contract. The work shall be prosecuted to completion in accordance with
the specified schedule, subject to adjustment as provided in these con- E
tract documents, j
r
A detailed construction schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor and
submitted to the Owner for review. The schedule shall contain the vari-
SSS ous activities required to perform the work and the dates the activities
will be started and completed in order to complete the work in accordance
I with the specified schedule requirements, The Contractor is responsible
for determining the sequence and time estimates of the detailed conatruo-
tion activities. However, the Owner reserves the right to require the
Contractor to modify any portion of the schedule the Owner determines to
be impracticable or unreasonable; as required to coordinate the Contras-
ter's activities with those of other contractors, if any, engaged in work
for the owner on the site= to avoid undue interference with the Owner's
operations; and to assure completion of the work by the date or dates
stipulated. Upon acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's detailed
` construction schedule, the Contractor will be'responsible for maintaining
a such schedule,
If at any time the Contractor's work is behind schedule, he shall imme-
diately put into effect definite procedures for getting the work back on
schedule. The procedures shall be subject to review and modification by
the Owner.
GC.18 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. The Contractor expressly agrees that in
undertaking to complete the work within the time specified, he has made
allowances for all hindrances and delays which might usually be expected
E to occur in performing the work. No claims shall be made by the Contrac-
tor for such hindrances and delays.
If the Contractor experiences hindrances and delays which, in his opin-
ion, are not usually to be expected in the performance of the work and
~I
c I~~
`DENTON 105671GENI'ONST 71,00001
GC-7
y~ : rtSSn1
1.
E
E;
which affect the performance of the work, he may request a change in the
contract, Such hindrances and delays may include, but not be limited to,
acts or failure to act by the Owner or other contractors employed by the
Owner, fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather condi-
tions, or acts of God. Claims by the Contractor for any change in the
contract due to such hindrances and delays shall be made in accordance
with the requirements of Article GC.22, CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT, The
Contractor shall use all reasonable means to minimize the extent of the
delay.
GC.19 SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to suspend and
reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without invali-
dating the provisions of the contract.
Suspension or reinstatement of the work will be by written notice to the
Contractor from the Owner.
Suspension of work shall not automatically entitle the Contractor to
ad- ditional compensation or a change in the contract time; however, the Con-
tractor will be reimbursed for real and unavoidable direct costs incurred
by him as a result of such suspension and/or the contract will be ex-
tended as required to compensate for any deluy due to such suspension,
Claims by the Contractor for change of contract time or an adjustment of
the contract price, due to work suspensions ordered by the Owner shall be
made in accordance with the requirements of Article GC,22, CHANGES TO THE
CONTRACT. The Contractor shall use all reasonable means to minimize the {
- consequences of such suspension,
GC,20 CANCELLATION OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the
unfiniahed portion ofth work by giving written notice to the Contrac-
tor, In the event of cancellation, the Owner will pay the Contractor
reasonable and proper cancellation costs.
Cancellation of the work shall not constltute the basis for a claim for
damages or lose of anticipated profits.
The Contractor shall, after consultation with the Owner, take all reason-
able steps to minimize the costs related to cancellation, The Contractor
shall providr, the Owner with an accounting of costs claimed, including
adoquate supporting information, and the Owner may, at its expense, audit
the.claimed costs and supporting information.
GC,21 MODIFICATIONS, The Contractor shall modify the work whenever so
ordered by the Owner and such modifications shall not affect the validity
of the contract, Modifications may involve changes in the amount of the
work to be performed or changes in the contract time for which appropri-
ate changes to the contract will be made.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 sf
[ 102089 j
OC°8
i.
;j
r,
Contract changes due to modifications shall be made in accordance with
the requirements of Article GC.22, CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT,
GC.22 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT. The contract may be changed only by duly
executed change orders issued by the Owner,
If, in the opinion of the Owner or the Contractor, any event or action by
the other party justifies a change in the contract, either party shall
initiate with the other party, within 5 days after such event or action,
a request for a change to the contract. All documentation required to
} substantiate the proposed change shall be submitted within a minimum rea-
sonable time after initiating the request for change. Upon the parties
f reaching agreement regarding the proposed change, the Owner will issue a
€ written change order therefor.
'r
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions requiring duly authorized change
orders, in the event agreement has been reached between authorized repre-
sentatives of the parties regarding the change in the contract pending
processing of such change order, the Contractor shall proceed with the '
work on the basis of written interim authorization from the owner,
1111
If the Contractor claims that any instructions, request, drawing, speci-
fications or other directive or action of the Owner or the Engineer con-
stitutea a change in the contract, but has not been authorized as such by
a'change order in writing by the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately
request a written interim authorization and proceed without delay to per-
form the work in accordance with such authorization, The Contractor
shall provide written notice of the,claim or dispute to the Engineer and
i the Owner within 5 days of the request for interim authorization. The
I' Contractor's failure to give said written notice within the 5 day period
shall constitute a waiver and relinquishment of any such claim or dia- '
f puts. The Owner's written interim authorization shall not constitute
approval of the claim for increased or decreased work, but shall be a
condition precedent to the Contractor's right to receive payment for such
work and to the Contractor's right to prosecute or maintain any proceed-
Ing to recover for such work.
ti
GC.22.1 Contract Price Changes. The contract price may be changed due
to modifications which involve extra work or decreased workl or due to
{ work suspensions, hindrances, and delays over which the Contractor has no
{ control, Claims for changes in the contract price shall conform to the
requirements specified herein.
GC.22.1.1 Increased Prica, If a change in the contract is required due
z to work suspensions or hindrances and delays, the contract ;price will be
increased according to agreed lump sums, agreed acceleration costs, or
other demonstrable coats submitted by the Contractor and substantiated to
the satisfaction of the owner.
,
s
~ j
IUENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089
r GC-9
f
t+.
:
■ r ITO liciy~
of lA
YJ••/4}....
ri i7
if a change in the contract price is required due to a modification in
of the
E the work to be done, and the modification increases the amandtcharacter
work, and the added work or any part thereof is of a type
which can properly ar:d fairly be classified under one or more unit price
items of the contract, then the contract price will be increased accord-
ing to the amount actually done and at the applicable unit price. Other-
wise, such work shall be paid for as hereinafter provided.
Contract price changes for modifications involving extra work will be
based on agreed lump sums or on agreed unit prices whenever the Omer and
the Contractor agree upon such prices before the extra work is started;
otherwise, payments for extra work will be based on actual direct cost
plus the specified percentage allowance,
I For the purpose of determining whether proposed extra work will be auth-
orized, or for determining the payment method for extra work, the Con-
tractor shall submit to the Engineer, upon request, a detailed coat
{ estimate for proposed extra work. The estimate shall indicate itemized
1 quantities and chargea for all elements of direct cost. Charges for the
contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintend-
ence, extra field office expense, and extra overheads shall be indicated
as a percentage addition to the total estimated direct coat. Unless oth
erwise agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner, such percentage addi-
tions shall be 15 percent for the extra work performed by the Contractor's
own forces or 20 percent for extra work performed by a subcontractor.
When payment for extra work is based on actual direct cost, the Contrac-
tor will be paid the actual direct cost plus an allowance of 15 percent
if the extra work is performed by the Contractor's own forces or 20 por-
tent if the extra work is performed by a subcontractor. The allowance
will be paid as full compensation for the Contractor's and subcontrac-
tor's extra profit, extra general superintendet7ce, extra field office
i I expense, extra overheads, and all other elements of extra cost not do-
fined herein as actual direct cost,
The actual direct coat shall include only those extra costs for labor and
material expended in direct performance of the extra work and may include
the following. J
a. The actual payroll cost of all workmen such as labor-
ers, mechanics, craftsmen, and foremen
b, The Contractor's or subcontractor's net cost for mate-
rials and supplies
at The rental charge for vehicles and construction equip-
ment
d. The transportation charges for equipment
i `DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71.00001
102089 ]
GC-!0
i
'elk,1 .1
f~
e. The charges for extra power, fuel, lubricants, water,
and special services
f. The charges for extra payroll taxes, bond premiums, and
insurance premiums
The form in which actual direct coat records are kept, the construction
methods, and the type and quantity of equipment used shall be acceptable
to the Engineer. '
Construction equipment which the, Contractor has on the Jobsite and which
is of a type and size suitable for use in performing the extra work shall {
be used. The hourly rental charges for equipment shall not exceed one-
half of 1 percent of the latest applicable monthly rental rates as pub-
lished by Dataquest Incorporated in its "Rental Rate Blue Hook" and shall
apply to only the actual time the equipment is used in performing the ex
f tra work.
When extra work requires the use of equipment which the Contractor does
not have on the jobsite, the Contractor shall obtain the concurrence of
j the Engineer before renting or otherwise acquiring additional equipment.
iJ The rental charges for the additional equipment shall not exceed the E
latest applicable "Rental Rate Blue Hook" published rental rates. E
GC.22.1.2 Decreased Price, If a change in the contract price is re- I
I quired due to a modification in the work to be done, and the modification
decreases the amount of work, such decrease shall not constitute the
basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by
such decrease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by appli-
cable unit prices# the Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the
amount of (a) credit due the Owner for contract work deleted as a result
of an authorized change, (b) allowance to the Contractor for any actual
I loss incurred in connection with the purchase, delivery, and subsequent
disposal of materials or equipment.required for use on the work as planned
and which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built,
and (c) any other adjustment of the contract amount where the method to
( be used in making such adjustment is not clearly defined in the contract
documents.
Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the credit
due the Owner for rad%r.tions in the amount of work to oe done shall be
the estimated direct cost of the deleted work plus an overhead allowance
of the following.
10 percent of the estimated direct cost if the work was to
have been done by the Contractor's own forces, or
15 percent of the estimated direct cost if the work was to
i
have been done by a subcontractor
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
I 102089
GC-11
IE3
>frvSi xxSi
~i
.5 i h41 I'
E,
3
Direct cost referred to above shall include the category of costs listed
as actual direct costs, Items (a) to (f) inclusive of the article enti-
tled Increased Price.
GC.22.2 Contract Time Changes. The contract time may be changed due to
work modifications, hindrances and delays, and work suspensions, over
which the Contractor has no control
Contract time will not be changed for delays caused by unfavorable weather
or unsuitable ground conditions normally incident to the work, inadequate
construction force, failure to place timely orders for equipment and ma-
terials, or other causes within the control of the Contractor.
GC.23 LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Contractor shall observe and comply
with all ordinances, laws, and regulations, and shall protect and indem-
nify the Owner and the Owner's officers and agents, including the Engi-
neer, against any claim or liability arising from or based on any vio-
lation of the same.
The Lewisville Hydroelectric Project will be constructed on property
owned and operated by the Corps. The Contractor shall observe and comply
with all regulations promulgated by the Corps relating to construction
operations conductAd on property owned by the Corps. ;
j GC.24 TAXES, PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise specified in these
contract documents, the Contractor shall pay all sales, use, and other i
taxes that are lawfully assessed against the owner or Contractor in con-
nection with the work included in this Contract and shall obtain and pay
for all licenses, permits, and inspections required for the work which
f have not been expressly obtained by the Owner,
1 The Contractor will be compensated for any increase in tax rates, license
i 1 fees, and permit fees or any new taxes, licenses or permits imposed after
the date of the Proposal; provided however that this proviaion shall be
limited to sales, use, and excise taxes assessed against the completed
work and to licenses and permits required specifically for the proposed
work.
GC.25 PATENTS, Royalties and fees for patenta covering materials, ar-
ticles, apparatus, devices, equipment, or processes used in the work,
shall be included in the contract amount. The Contractor shall satisfy
all demands that may be made at any time for such royalties or fees and
he shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements.
The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, defend all suits or
proceedings that may be instituted against the Owner for alleged in-
fringement of any patents involved in the work and, in case of an award
of damages, the Contractor shall pay such award. Final payment to the
Contractor by the Owner will not be made while any such suit or claim
remains unsettled.
I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
I [ 102089 ]
GL'-12
i
S
4
GC.26 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. Unless specifically provided otherwise
in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent instal-
lation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifications
and shall be new, unused, and undamaged when installed or otherwise in-
corporated in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by
the contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified,
unless such use is gpecifically authorized by the owner in each case.
All required teots in connection with acceptance of source of materials
shall be made at th% Contractor's expense by a properly equipped labors-
S tory of estab).ished reputation whose work and testing facilities are
acceptable to the Owner. Any change in origin or method of preparation
fl ' i or manufacture of a material being routinely tested will require now tests.
Reports of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner in as
many copies as required.
GC.27 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, As required under Federal Hazardous Communi-
cations Standards and certain state and local laws, the Contractor shall
provide Material Safety Data Sheets covering all hazardous materials fur-
ls nished under or otherwise associated with the work under this Contract. ;
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with either copies of the applica-
ble Material Safety Data Sheets or copies of a document certifying that
no Material Safety Data Sheets are required under any federal, state, or
local law, regulation, statute, or ordinance in effect at the jobsite. s
Hazardous materials are defined in the applicable statute which may use
the terminology "toxic substances" instead of "hazardous materials," The
f Contractor is responsible for determining if any substance or materiel
i furnished, used, applied, or stored under this Contract is within the
provisions c.f any applicable statute,
The Contractor shall provide written notice of the presence of hazardous
materials to local fire, medical, and law enforcement agencies as re-
quired with a copy of such notice to the Owner.
1
The Contractor shall provide labeling of hazardous materials and training
of employees in the safe usage of such materials as required under any
applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, statute, or ordi-
nance.
GC.28 GUARANTEE. The Contractor shall guarantee the equipment, mate-
rials, and workmanship furnished under this Contract to be as specified
! and to be free from defects for a period of one year after the date of
`j final payment. In addition, the equipment and materials furnished by the
Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design.
Upon aotification, the Contractor shall promptly make all adjustments,
repairs, or replacements which, in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner,
}r arose out of defects and became necessary during the guarantee period.
r
4
f (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 )
GC-l3
19
ci
it
IS
The coat of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervialon,
special tools, and supplies required for replacement or repair of parts,
i
I
and for correction of defects shell be paid by the Contractor or by the
surety,
This guarantee shall be extended to cover all repairs and replacements
furnished under the guarantee and the period of the guarantee for each
such repair or replacement shall be one year after installation or com-
pletion,
if within 10 days after the Owner has notified the Contractor of a de-
fect, failure, or abnormality in the work, the Contractor has not 'started
to make the necessary repairs or adjustmenta, the Owner is hereby author-
ized to make the repairs or adjustments or to order the work to be done
1 by a third party, the cost of the work to be paid by the Contractor.
~ In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the owner, delay
would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by
the Owner, or a third party chosen by the Owner, without advance notice
to the Contractor and the cost of the work shall be paid by the-Contrac-
tor, or by the surety.
GC,29 INSURANCE. Except as otherwise apecified in this Contract, the
Contractor and his subcontractors of any tier will be required at their
own expense to maintain in effect at all times during the performance of
the work insurance coverages with limits not less than those set forth
below with insurers and under forma of policies satisfactory to the
f E Owner, it shall be the responsibility.of-the Contractor Co maintain ade-
quate insurance coverage and to. assure that subcontractors are adequately
insured at all times. Failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate
coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility or obli-
j gation,
The requirements specified herein as to types, limits, AM Owner's ap-
proval of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor and his
subcontractors are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or
qualify the liabilities and obligations assumed by the Contractor and his
subcontractors under this Contract,
Any insurance carried by the Owner or the Engineer which may be appli-
cable shall be deemed to be excess insurance and the Contractor's in-
surance primary for all purposes despite any conflicting provision in the
Contractor's policies to the contrary.
GC.29,1 Certificates of insurance, Within 14 days of execution of this
Contract and each subcontract, but in any event prior to commencing work
at the jobsite, and as a condition precedent to the Contractor's and his
subcontractors' initiation of performance, the Contractor and his sub-
contractors shall furnish the Owner and the Engineer with certificates of
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )
GC-14
i
i
II ,
pp'.U:116K'{ .I
~~11
i
1
I
Ahllls~~. CER'T'IFICATE OF INSURANCE SEDEDATE(A,MIDDYY)
6/7/90
PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS
INSURANCE MANAGEMENT ASS= INC. NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,
260 N. WATER, 600 IMA PLAZA EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAQE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW
WICHITA, KS 87202
PHONE: 316.267.9227
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPANY AETNA CASUALTY & SURETY CO,
CODE SUS-Cone LEtTEn A HARTFORD, CT
COMPANY i3
INSURED LETTER
COMPANY
MARTIN K. ESY CONSTRUCTION CO„ INC, LETTEn C
P. 0, Box 18337 COMPANY
Ft. Worth, TX 76118 LETTER D
COMPANY
LEMEn E
COVERAGES
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OP INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OP ANY CONTRACT OR OTHEI` DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE I..SUHANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DF60RIOEU HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TEAMS, ,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF AIMS.
` TYPE oPINSUnANCE SUCH POLICIES. POLICY LIMITS NUMBEp SHOWN MAY POHAVE LICY eEt'ECT RIVe ►0uo BY PAIU _
I LTA DATE(MMf0DfYY) DATE(MAWDNY) ALL LIMITS Ltl TWO A 0 }
`
Of' NtRAL LIABILITY 'AENEMI! AGGREGATE L. 4,000,
A x" COMMERCIALOEN£AALLIASILITY 30OL5001678SRA 01/01/90 01/01/91 rnODUCTSCOMPJOPP AOONEOAtE $ 4,000,
CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR. PERSONAL A ADVERIIEINO INJUI Y' ! 2,000"
.
x OWNER'S • CtWtRACTOA'S MT. EACH OCCUnnENCE ! 21 000,
i x contractual FIRE 0AMAOE(Any 066NO) ! 100,
x Underground, Collapse & EXP10SiOn MEDICAL EXPENSE (Any enaperuoo) ! S,
E AUTOMOSILE LIABILITY COMUIN£0 i
k A X ANY AUTO 01/01/90 01/01/91 LVAII S 2,000,
ALL OWNED AUTOS 30FJ543SRA (All Other) NOOILY
WHEDULEDAUTOS 30FJ545SRA Texas NJUtrv s
( ) IHar person)
KITED AUTOS DODILY l j.
x.. INJIIIIY S h!
x NON OWNED AUTOS
(Vol ucold.AU
OARAAE LIABILITY PIIOrEA1V
OAMAOV
e,. Y
EXCESS LIABILITY VACH AGGPEOATE
OCCUnnmcr
A x 30X S205476 01/01/90 01/01/91 s 10,000,1 10,000,
OtHEFl THAN UMBAELLA FOAM
STATUTORY
(YORKER'S COMPENSATION f}:
A AND 30C112705459SS 01/01/90 01/01/91 ! 500, IEACHACCOENT)
E•1PLOYLA!'L'ABILItY ! 500, (OISEASE••POLICY LIMIT)
1 $ 500r (DISPASE-FACH EMPLOYEE t,
OTHER $110000000 Each Occurrence
A OWNERS PROTECTIVE 30PC5002719SCA 07/15/90 07/15/91 51/0001000 Aggrognto
Borlily lnjury & Property 'i
LIABILITY
Dania e Combined
DEBCRIP1iON OF OPERATIONS!L00ATI0N31Y F.HICLEBfRESTntCIlON819PECIAL ITEMB CITY OF DEN'ION, Txt TIII•', x GINsm, 4'IN: CORPS, AND i
}'1'111:Tk OFFICIALS, PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES ARE NAME[) AS ADDITIONAL
INSUREDS WITH RE'SPEC'T' TO T1117 ACTIVTTIFS OF TfIF CONTRACTOR & SUBCONTRACTORS WVAI REGARD TO RAY
1101iE1R'PS HYDROELECTRIC PROJ. 10567 & LEWISVILL.E UYDROELECTRIC PROD, 10566 Job 111825
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION ••~!i{
SHOULD ANY OF'fHE ABOVE DESCRIBED POI.ICIt:S SE CANCELLER DcrORE TFIi?
CITY OF DENTON EXPIRATION UATE TjiEnroF, THE IISUINO COMPANY INNL ftu } R
901-B Texas St. MAIL _MQ DAYS WRITTEIJ NOTICI; TO TIIE CERTIFICATE HOLD(EI1 NAMED TO THE
Denton, TX LEFT, R9tXR?~k+A(}{XibXA~4KX71~k3AYf~aTkXX3(K4{k'i~;S3fR?t'RXR{IItX4QXkKX
_X94R7CRXRRX7tfiK_7@}tX1R3i~{XKfX4(4NpHSCrXXIX4(XVOXN]iJPkx.~X~}(XkYi?Pk1'fli.X .
AUtNOAIY R ESENTAT Or Ins. F{pMt,~lCS9tlC, t1C.~r
C01/107
ACOIID 25•913108)~ _ ?TACOFID CORPORATION 1980
I
V,ZfIfIN) I
AI`..L-19 V.
`i
F
J
INSURANCE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
MANAGEMENT
Fell ASSOCWV9. INC.
® 000 IMA PLAZA BUILDER'S F; ISI'MSTALLATIOH FLOATER
250 eoxru WAirn
WICNIIA. AAry 91$ 6007
Insurance Company ST. PAUL FIRr & MARING~INSURIINCE_COMPANY
- U1,
CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO: CITY OF DENTON
Nemedlnsured MARTIN K. EI3Y CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
Address: Number P. U. flex 1833'7
Ft. Worth State -'LX Zip Code„ 7011.1
City
~
Effective Dale 7/
Polley Number K1011,0001-18 _ J. 1 5/90 _
Project Covered: Ray Roberbs Hydroelectric Prof. 10567 and Lewisville Avdrociectric
I Pro'i. 105OG _ lob if1925
Locallow _ Dentort County,
~ riGPLnrt.M13NT COST $6,771,000.. a
Limit of Llabllity; - - - Job Slto; -
I I Temnorary Storage: 2D0,000 -
Transll: - ~DU,000.
1
Expiration Date: 715 91
$100000. All other Parlls including tasting
j Daductlble;~ ~'>0~ z lood & I3artliquakn
Perlis Insured: nLL RISKS Or nvL! ILq L LOSS OR DAMnCT
Modgageo or Lenders Interest: -
Miscellaneous Information: ~40VERN giCLUURq FOR nNV AND nLL SUl1CONTRhCTOR5
*Inclu~ -$z.5a0,uo0 owner rurnislted 1lvk)nent
C~ S_QP DENTON, TX, THI F'NGINI-LR, THL4_CORPS, ANll~CfIGIR r)FliCi)IIS PARTNERS, D RI:C'J'VRS, ,
Off=-991- tlENTS & EMPIAYEFS Attr HAMLU AS ADDITIONAL INLUREDS WITH REGARD TO 'Jill'
ABOVE PROJECT.
This is to certfly that the policy described has been Issued to the named Insured by tho company deslgnnled, Thls Certificate
does not amend, extend or otherwise alter the terms, condillons or oxcluslons of such policy,
If this poficyJ is cancelled orchangod In such mannerns to affact this Certificate, Thirty (30) days' wriflon nollco wfllbe mailed
t to the person or organlzallon to whom this cortilicata is issued.
1
}
~ r
Producer: nst3RANCR MANAGf3nmT Ar,OCIA,;%s, INC.
Data 5/30/90 by
Authorized naprosonlallvo
ILIA 198
GC r
G
~ii 4l:k • Y
1.'
k~
insurance as evidence that policies providing th4 required coverages and
limits of insurance are in full force and effect. The certificates shall
provide that any company issuing an insurance pclicy for the work under
this Contrast shall provide not less than 30 days advance notice in writ-
ing by registered mail to the owner, the Englaeer, and the Corps of Engi-
neers prior to cancellation, termination, or material change of any policy
of insurance. In addition, the Contractor shall immediately provide writ-
ten notice to the Owner, Engineer, and Corps of Engineers upon receipt of
notice of cancellation of an insurance policy or a decision to terminate
or alter an insurance policy. All certificates'of insurance shall clear-
ly state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied, including
certification that the policies are of the "occurrence" type. Certifi-
cates of insurance for Contractor- and subcontractor-furnished insurance
3 and notices of any cancellations, terminations, or alterations of such
} policies shall be mailed to the Owner and the Engineer at the addresses
listed in Article GC.2.
I Each certificate shall quote the i::suring agreement and all exclusions
I and additions as they appear in the policy; or in lieu of certificates,
I copies of the complete policy may be submitted,
GC.29.2 Additional Insureds. All insurance coverages furnished under j
this Contract shall include the Owner, the Engineer, the Corps, and their
officials, partners, directors, officers, agents, and employees as
additional insureds with respect to the activities of the Contractor and
his subcontractors.
E These policies shall contain a."cross-liability's or "severability of
interest" clause or endorsement. Notwithstanding any other provision of
these policies, the insurance afforded shall apply separately to each
insured, named insured, or additional insured with respect to any claim,
suit, or judgment made or brought by or for any other insured, named
insured, or additional insured as though a separate policy had been
issued to each, except the insurer's liability --hall not be increased
beyond the amount or amounts for which the insurer would have been
liable had only one insured been named.
The Owner, Engineer, or the Corps shall not by reason of their inclusion
under these policies incur liability to the insurance carrier for psyment
of premium for these polieieo.
GC.29.3 Waiver of Subrogation, The Contractor and his subcontractors
e shall require their insurance carrieral with respect to all insurance
policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against r'.ae Owner, the En- j
gineer, the Corps, and their officials, partners, directors, officers,
agents, and ~mployeea and against other contr6ctorN and subcontractors,
GC.29,4 Workmen's Compensation and Enelayer's Liability. This insurance
shall protect the Contractor and the additional insureds against all
s
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 )
GC-15
1
I
}.,UAY7
ti
1
I
i
claims under applicable state workmen's compensation laws. The insureds
shall also be protected against claims for injury, disease, or death of
employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a
workmen's compensation law. This policy shall include an "all states"
endorsement.
The liability limits shall not be less than:
workmen's compensation Statutory
Employer's liability $100,000 each occurrence
GC.29.5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability. This insurance shall be
written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor and the
additional insureds against all claims for injuries to members of the
! public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor
vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the site of all motor
vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, nonowned, or
hired.
The liability limits shall not be less than:
Bodily injury and $1,000,000 combined single
property damage limit each occurrence
GC.299 6 Comprehensive General Liability, This insurance shall be an
"occurrence type policy written in comprehensive form and shall protect,
J the Contractor and the additional insureds against all claims arising
from bodily injury, sickness, disease., or death of any person other than ;
f the (contractor's employees or damage to property of'the owner or others 1
i arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor or his agents, em-
ployees, or subcontractors. This policy shall. also include protection
against claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage, a
"protective liability" endorsement to insure the contractual liability
assumed by the Contractor under the article entitled INDEMNIFICATION, and
"Completed Operations and Products Liability" coverage (to remain in
force for 2 years after final payment),
If the Contractor's work, or work under his direction, requires blasting,
explosive conditions, or underground operations, the comprehensive gen-
eral liability coverage shall contain no exclusion relative to blasting,
explosion, collapse of structures, or damage to underground property.
The liability limits shall not be leas than:
Personal injury and $1,000,000 combined single limit
property damage each occurrence and $1,000,000
aggregate
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 102089
GC-16
j
r+
3
GC.29.7 Umbrella Liability Polite. This insurance shall protect the
Contractor and the additional insureds against all claims in excess of
the limits provided under the employer's liability, comprehensive auto-
mobile liability, and comprehensive general liability policies. The lia-
bility limits of the umbrella liability policy shall not be less titan
$5,000,000. The policy shall be an "occurrence" type policy.
GC.29.8 Installation Floater/Builder's Risk. This insurance shall pro-
test the Contractor and the additional insureds from all insurable risks
of physical loss or damage to buildings and structures and to materials
and equipment while at the site or in transit to the site, while in
warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing, and
j after the work is completed. This, insurance shall include coverages for
f flood and earthquake.
i
The amount of the installation floater/builder's risk insurance shall be
not less than the insurable value of the work at completion and shall in-
olude the aggregate value of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to
f i be erected or installed under this Contract. The aggregate value of
Owner-furnished equipment and materials, if applicable, is stated in'Sec- F
j tion )A.
Installation floater/builder's risk insurance shall provide for losses to
i be payable to the Contractor and the additional insureds as their inter-
ests may appear.
If the work does not include the construction of building structures,
builder's risk insurance may be omitted providing the installation float-
er insurance fully covers all work.
GC.30 INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold
harmless the Owner, the Corps, and their officials, officers, directors,
partners, consultants, agents, and employees from and against any allega-
tions, claims, or findings of negligence and damages on the part of the
Owner or the Corps made by the Contractor's om;loyees or members of the
ss' public arising out of any incident related to the work, and will be re-
quired to pay any judgment with coats including attorneys' fees which may
be obtained against the Owner, the Corps, or aay of their officers, agents,
i or employees arising out of such claims.
}
t+
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemni-
fy) and hold harmless the Engineer and its officials, officers,
direc- tors, partners, consultants, agents, and employees for and against all
claims, damages, losses, and expenses, direct, indirect, or consequential
x (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and court costs) arising out of or re-
sulting from the performance of the work by the Contractor, and subcon-
tractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose
(DENTON 10567 Gkii CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
CC-17
}
10
S i~ 1
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused
in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by
law and regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party, flow- AM
ever, this indemnity shall not apply to liability for bodily injury or
death to persons or damage to property of any person or expenses in con-
nection therewith caused by or resulting from defects in plans, designs I
or specifications prepared, approved or used by Engineer or negligence of
Engineer in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or
arising out of the Contract and the plans, designs, or specifications
which are a part hereof, i
In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, the Corps, or any J
of their officials, officers, directors, partners,, consultants, agents,
or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, any
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable, this indemnification obligation shall not be limited in
any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation,
or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any such subcontractor or
other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation
acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts, nor shall
this indemnification obligation be limited in any way by any limitation
on the amount or type of insurance coverage provided by the Owner, the
Contractor, or any of his subcontractors,
GC.31 RELEASE OF LIABILITY. Acceptance by the Contractor of the last
payment shall be a release to the Owner and every officer and agent
thereof, from all claims and liability hereunder for anything done or k,
I furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or negleci of the
Owner or of any person relating to or affecting the work.
GC.32 CLAIMS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS. The Contractor shall indemnify
and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials fur-
nished under this Contract. When requested by the Owner, the Contractor
shall submit satisfactory evidence that all persons, firms, or corpora-
tuns who hnve done work or furnished materials under this Contract, for
which the Owner may become legally liable, have been fully paid or satis-
factorily secured. In case such evidence is not furnished or is not
satisfactory, an amount will be retained from money due the Contrantor
which in addition to any other sums that may be retained will be suffi-
cient, in the opinion of the Owner, to liquidate all such claims. Such
sum will be retained until the claims as aforesaid are fully settled or
satisfactorily secured.
Before final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shall
submit to the Owner in duplicate a notarized affidavit stating that all
subcontractors, vendors, persons, or firms who have furnished labor or
materials for the work have been fully paid and that all taxes have been
[DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089
GC-18
J
!IRE f'~
n.
r et
5
paid. If a performance bond has been executed a statement from the surety
shall also be submitted consenting to the making of the final payment.
GC.33 FINAL INSPECTION. When the work has been substantially completed
and at a time mutually agreeable to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor,
the Engineer will make a final inspection of the work and report to the
Owner his findings as to the acceptability and completeness of the work.
GC.34 PAYMENTS. 1
GC.34.1 Initial Payment. The Contractor shalt submit the following doc-
umentation concurrently for review on or before the date specified in the
~j Schedule of Activities, Section IA. The acceptance of this documentation
shall be a condition precedent to the submittal of any request for paymlant.
I
f ( Coat breakdown
Cash flow projection
Construction schedule and manpower forecast
I
GC.34,1.1 Cost Breakdown. The contractor shall furnish the Owner a cost
breakdown of the contract price by retirement units In accord&uce with
system of accounts.established by the owner, which has been designed in
conformance with the uniform system of accounts prescribed by the Federal
ff f Energy Regulatory Commission.
{ The sum of the items listed in the Contractor's price breakdown shall
I equal the contract lump sum price. Overhead.and profit shall not be
f listed as separate items.
}
Acceptance by the Owner shall only indicate consent to the breakdown
estimate as a basis for preparation of
partial payment estimates and ,
' j ah.all not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item.
The Contractor's cost breakdown shall be prepared on forms provided by
I
the Engineer (a sample form is included at the and of these General
Conditions)
GC.34.1.2 Cash Flow Projection. The Contractor shall submit a cash flow,
projection to the Owner. The cash flow shall be in a form acceptable to
the Owner and shall show the amount and the date that invoices ire pro-
jected to be issued. The cash flow shall be broken down into separate
E onsite labor, manufactured equipment, and site supplied material cate-
gories. The labor values shall conform to the time frames for work to be
1 performed as submitted in the Contractor's construction schedule and man-
power forecast. The equipment and material values shall list, and con-
form to, the units or assemblies to be shipped The sum of the items
listed in the Contractor's cash flow projection shall equal the contract
lump sum price. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate
items.
{DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 ]
GC-I9
.
MEW
41
~j
f~
u
Such items as bond premium, temporary construction facilities, and plant
may be listed separately in the cash flow projection provided the costa
can be substantiated.
An unbalanced cash flow projection providing for overpayment of the Con-
tractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be ac-
ceptable. The cash flow projection shall be revised and resubmitted un-
til acceptable to the Owner.
Acceptance by the Owner shall only indicate consent to the cash flow as a
basis for preparation of partial payment estimates and shall not consti-
tute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item.
GC.34,1.3 Construction Schedule and Manpower Forecast, The Contractor's
{ construction schedule and manpower forecast shall be submitted in
accordance with the requirements of Sections 1A, 1C, and 1E.
' f GC.34.2 Estimates and Payments. On or about the first day of each
month, the Contractor shall make an estimate of the value of the work
completed and of unused materials stored on the site, The estimated cost
of repairing, replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing
materials which do not conform to the contract documents will be deducted
from the estimated value.
The Contractor shall submit the monthly estimates to the owner and shall
j furnish to the Owner such detailed information as he may request to aid
in the evaluation of monthly estimates. After each estimate has been µl~
J found acceptable by the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Contractor by
1 the 25th day of the month 90 percent of the estimated value less any
previous payments.
Payments for materials stored on the site shall be based only upon the
actual coat of such materialx to the Contractor and shall not include any
overhead or profit to the Contractor.
After official acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor will
be authorized to prepare a final estimate of the work done under this
Contract. Preparation of the final estimate will not be authorized until
the affidavit and statement required in the article entitled CLAIMS FOR
LABOR AND MATERIALS have been received. The final estimate will be sub-
mitted to the Owner within 10 days after its preparation has been author-
ized. The Owner wills within 30 days thereafter, pay the entire balance
due after deducting all amounts to be retained under any provision of
this Contract.
GC.35 CHANGE ORDER PAYMENTS, On or before the first day of each month,
the Contractor shall submit to the owner for review and acceptance all
authorized additions and deductions to the work completed during the
preceding month. In this manner, additions and deductions shall be ad-
ministered promptly after their Incurrence and shall not be allowed to
accumulate,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71.00001 ( 102089 J
GC-20
i
~t'iAUxti
q q't.YDY
]R¢j` 1j
a.
u
GC, 31 ; (EVAILING WAGE RATES. The rates below have been determined by
the of Denton, Texas, in accordance with the statutory requirements
and /ailing local wages.
Overtime shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half times the reg-
ular rates for every hour worked in excess of 40 hours per week.
Trade-Craft Classification Rate Per Hour
Asphalt Raker 6.55
1 Asphalt Shoveler 5.00
Batching Plant Scaleman 6.50
Carpenter 6.65
? Carpenter Helper 5.45
Concrete Finisher (Paving) 7.05 ;
} Concrete Finisher Helper (Paving) 5.50
Concrete Finisher (Structures) 6,80
Concrete Finisher Helper (Struct) 5.55
Electrician 9.50
Electrician Helper 5.50
} Form Builder (Structures) 6.70
Form Builder Helper (Struct) 5.00
Form Liner (Paving & Curb) 7.25
Form Setter (Paving & Curb) 6.10
j Form Setter Helper (Paving & Curb) 4.50
t Form Setter (Structures) 7.00
1 Form Setter Helper (Structures) 5,65
Laborer, Common 4.40
Laborer., Utility Man 4.90 i
6.70
Mechanic
Mechanic Helper 5,00
Oiler 6.05
Serviceman 5,75 i
Pipelayer 5.75
Pipelayer Helper 4.75
Powderman 7.00
Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) 5.00
Reinforcing Steel Setter (Struct) 6.60
Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper 4.50
Steel Worker (Structural) 5.25
f~ Sprea.dfr Box Man 6.00
4@ Swamper 4.95
Power Equipment Operators;
Asphalt Distributor 6.00
Asphalt Paving Machine 6,95
e' Broom or Sweeper Operator 5,20
Bulldozer 150 HP & Less 6.25
LJ (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 013190 1
E!, GC-21
t
li
1tt3!!.'ieYl-.
4
ail
i
Trade-Craft Classification Rate Per Hour
? Power Equipment Operators;
Bulldozer 150 HP 6.75
Concrete Paving Curing Machine 6.50
Concrete Paving Finishing Mach 6.50
Concrete Paving Longitudinal Float 6,35
Concrete Paving Mixer 7.75
Concrete Paving Saw 6,05 1
Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick,
Dragline, Shovel (Lean.than 1-1/2 CY) 7.00
Crane, Clamaha.ll, Backhoe, Derrick,
Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2 CY & Over)' 7.35
Foundation Drill Op. (Truck Mounted) 8,25
Foundation Drill Operator Helper 5.45
s Front End Loader (2-1/2 CY & Less) 6.15 r
Front End Loader (Over 2-1/2 CY) 7.25 i
Hoist (Over 2 drums) 6.00 f
Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade 7.55
Motor Grader Operator 7.25
Roller, Steel Wheel (Plant-Mix
PavementiO 6.35 '
Roller, Stijel Wheel (Other-Flat
Wheel or Tamping) 6.45
Roller, Pneumatic (Self-Propelled) -5,15
Scrapere (17 CY & Lessa) 6,25
Scrapers! (Over 17 CY) 6.90
Tractor (Crawler Type) over 150 HP 6,90
Tractor (Pneumatic) 80 HP & Leas 9,60
Tractor (Pneumatic) over 80 HP 6.75
S Wagon Drill, Boring Machine or Post
f Bole Driller Operator 5.25
Truck Drivers;
Single Axle, Light 5.35
Transit-Mix 5,70
Welder 7.15
The Contractor shall oosuply with all State and Federal Laws applicable to
such work.
The above are minimum rates. Bidders shall base their bide on rates they
-expect to pay, if in excess of those listed. The !)caner will not consider
claims for extra payment to Contractor on accour.c of payment of wages
higher than those specified.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 013190 j
GC-22
1~~1
IL
7~ S'i 1
N
c
4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SC.1 GENERAL. These Special Conditions are nontechnical in nature and
shall supplement the General Conditions in the administration and regula-
tion of field construction work performed under these specifications.
SC.2 ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor will be +
E, furnished five sets of all drawings Including revisions thereto and five
copies of the specifications without charge. Additional sets of drawings
and revisions thereto and additional copies of specifications may be ob-
tained by payment of printing, handling, and mailing costs. All drawings
and specifications shall be returned to the Engineer upon completion of
the work.
SM PROJECT MANAGEMENT. The coordination of all field construction
will be under the direction of the Owner, who will be responsible for
r-ordinating work between various contractors and for resolving any con-
flicts between contractors regarding scheduling or coordination.
The time of completion is a basic conaideration'of this Contract and the
k Contractor shall be responsible for performing his work in accordance
with the specified construction schedule. If at any time the Contrac-
torts work is behind schedule, the Contractor shall increase his forces,
work overtime, or otherwise accelerate his operations to comply with the
+ schedule, and shall put into effect definite procedures for getting the
v work beck on schedule. The proposed procedures shall be subject to the
Owner's acceptance or modification. The procedures'adopted shall be put
f I h into effect immediately.
~ d
a The Owner will not be responsible for the assignment of personnel, or for
1 obtaining materials or supplies, or for any other services to the Contrac-
tor except the coordination of work between contractors and as specifical-
ly set forth in the contract documents.
SC,4_ CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of
!i this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at or near
the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a representative
authorized to receive drawings, Instructions, or other communications or
articles, Any communication given to the said representative, or de-
livered at the Contractor's office at the site of the work in his ab-
sence, shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor,
t Copies of items listed under FIELD RECORDS shall be kept at the Contrac-
torts office at the site of the work, available for use at all times.
SC.5 FIELD RECORDS, The Contractor shall maintain in his office at the
project site so orderly and adequate file of up-to-date copies of all
is
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089 }
SC-1
,
T
F
1
I .4\ri`J
Engineer's drawings and specifications, manufacturer's prints and specifi-
cations, and other contract documents and supplementary data.
In addition, the Contractor shall maintain a continuous record of all
field changes by means of a set of drawings marked to indicate current
"as-built" conditions. This "as-built" set of drawings shall be avail-
able for check by the Engineer in order for him to ascertain that it is
being kept current. At the conclusion of the work, the "as-built" draw-
ings and other engineering data, accurately and neatly marked with field
changes, shall be submitted to the Owner in the required number of copies.
The "as-built" drawings and data shall include all revisions to the work
made under this Contract, including those made by subcontractors.
n SC.6 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISION AT THE SITE. The Contractor shall furnish
adequate management, supervisory, and technical personnel on the sa°a to
i ensure expeditious and competent handling of the work.
li A superintendent experienced in major construction of the type specified,
and who is a permanent member of the Contractor's organization, shall. be
a resident at the project throughout the construction, The superintendent
shall he fully authorized to act for the Contractor and to receive what-
ever orders or notices may be given for the proper prosecution of the
work.
The Contractor's field organization shall include an experienced staff of
qualified technical personnel to handle onsite engineering, planning, and
direction of all field work, The field organization shall also include a
E staff to handle timekeeping, employment, accounting, purchasing and ex-
,n1;,1 I
pediting, stores and warehouses, stock and tool rooms, and security,.;,
i
' i The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and control
of his subcontractors as though they were his own forces. Notice to the
Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected subcontractor.
SC.7 SUBCONTRACTS. It is toe intent of thew specifications that the
Contractor shall perform the majority of the work with his own forces and
under the management of his own organization. Specific portions of the
:•ork may be subcontracted only by subcontractors who have been listed in
the Proposal and who are accepted by the Owner as provided in the Ceneral
Conditions, All subcontractors shall be directly responsible to the Con-
tractor and shall be under his general supervision. All work performed
under subcontracts shall be subject to the some contract provisions as
the work performed by the Contractor's own forces,
SC.8 RELATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall cooperate
with all other contractors who may be performing work in behalf of the
Owner, and with workmen who may be employed by the Owner in the vicinity
of the work under this Contract, and he shall conduct his operations to
minimize interference with the work of such contractors or workmen, The
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 1 l+r{
SC-2
I
la
71
Ili
1
Contractor shall promptly make good, at his own expense, any injury or
damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of the
Owner due to activities associated with this Contract. Any difference or
conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractors, or
between the Contractor and workmen of the owner, in regard to their work
shall be resolved as determined by the Owner.
SC.9 METHODS OF FIELD OPERATION, The Contractor shall inform the Owner
in advance concerning his plans for carrying out each part of the field
work. Review by the Engineer or Owner of any plan or method of work pro-
r posed by the Contractor. shall not relieve the Contractor of any
respon- sibility therefor, and such review shall not be considered as an assump-
tion of any risk or liability by the Engineer or Owner or any officer,
agent, or employee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim because
of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method.so reviewed.
Any method of work suggested by the Engineer or Owner, but not specified,
R shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor, and the
Engineer or Owner will assume no responsibility therefor. The Contractor
alone shall be responsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of
his construction plant, equipment, and methods.
j
j The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions
of the jobsite, including safety of all persona and property during'per-
formanoe of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not
be limited to normal working hours. Neither the Engineer's nor the
Owner s construction review of the Contractoria performance is intended
I
to includO.. review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in,
on, or near the construction site. '
SC, 10 SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION. The Contractor shall
j r conduct all operations under this Contract in a manner to prevent bodily
harm and damage to property, The Contractor Shall continuously inspect
all operatioaas, work, materials, and equipment; shall conduct health sur-
t veys of all work areas; and shall be solely responsible for the diacov-
ury, determination, and correction of conditions which constitute a risk
of bodily harm or property damage.
The Contractor shall implement and maintain a written Safety, Health, and
Accident Prevention Program specifically applicable to the work, The Con-
tractor's program shall meet the requirements of the codes and regulations
ii of .federal, state, local, and other authorities having jurisdiction over
this work. The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Proms
gram shall include disciplinary procedures and safety orientation trnin-
ing procedures applicable to Contractor and subcontractor personnel.
The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program shall
include equipment to be used, sampling strategy and calculations, methods
~i
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
I 102089 ]
SC-3
,
,
F~
7V 'eSh.iLa
~ )t
of compliance, and personnel protective equipment. The calibration,
sampling, and analytical laboratory procedures used shall be in confor-
mance with OSHA's Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manual.
The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program shall be
submitted for review by the Owner 14 days after award of contract. This
review will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for safety
and health, nor shall such review be construed as limiting in any manner
the Contractor's obligation to undertake any action which may be neces-
sary or required to establish and maintain safe working conditions re-
specting his work at the project site. The Owner reserves the right to
require the Contractor to modify any portion of his Safety, Health, and
1 Accident Prevention Program.
The Contractor shall immediately correct any-unsafe conditions identified
by the owner. In the event the Contractor fails to immediately correct
such unsafe conditions, the Owner may either have the unsafe conditions
corrected by others at the Contractor's expense, or direct that the work
be stopped in the area of the unsafe condition; however, this right to
stop the work shell not give rise to any duty on the part of the owner to
exercise this right.
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Safety and Health Representative.
The Contractor's Safety and Health Representative shall have the
authority
{ to have unsafe conditions corrected and direct that the work be stopped
in the area of the unsafe condition, if deemed necessary,
The Contractor shall maintain accurate accident and injury reports and (°tz,ti
shall furnish the Owner a monthly summary of injuries and man-hours, lost
due to injuries,
f The Contractor shall hold regular scheduleid meetings to instruct his per-
sonnel and his subcontractors' porsonnel in safety and health practices.
The Contractor shall furnish safety and health equipment and enforce the
use of'such equipment by his employees and the employees of his subcon-
tractors,
The Contractor waives the right to bring claim for damages against the
Owner or Engineer for any cause whatsoever because of any action taken or
not, taken including but not limited to the correction of unsafe conditions
or work stoppages in connection with the Contractor's Safety, Health, aH
j Accident Prevention Propr am. If such a claim against the Owner or Engi-
If neer is brought by a taird party, the Contractor shall indemnify and de-
fend the Owner or Engineer against such claim in accordance with the
General Conditions article entitled INDEMNIFICATION,
SC.11 CRANE INSPECTIONS, All cranes in use on the project shall be in-
spected on a monthly basia by a competent person. Inspection results
shall be recorded on a Monthly Crane Inspection Report form which shall
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089
SC-4
t
s~
x
ti
{.x it
n i
I.
be submitted to the Owner by the fifth working day of each month, In-
spection Report forms may be obtained from the Owner.
Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a current annual crane in8pec-
tion report to the Owner for each crane used on the project. Annual
crane inspection reports shall be submitted prior to placing the crane in
service. The annual inspection shall be performed by a third party in-
5 spection service certified for such work by the U.S. Department of Labor.
E If the Contractor fails to submit the monthly or annual report as speci-
fled or if he submits a report that contains errors, misrepresentations,
or falsification of facts, he will be in violation of the terms of this
i Contrant, and use of the crane covered by the inaccurate report shall be
stopped until the violation is corrected, In addition, the Contractor
shall immediately discharge all persons responsible for knowingly submit-
ting either a monthly or annual crane inspection report that includes
f false information. Persons discharged for false crane reports shall not
be rehired for this project.
i
SC.12 FALL PROTECTION. OSHA Fall Protection Standards shall be strictly j
1 adhered to without exemption, including structural steel erectors. Strict
Interpretation of OSHA Instruction Standard 3-3,1 dated July 18, 1983,
+ ! shall be used as applicable to protect employees exposed to falling haz-
ards. Fall protection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
f E following.
Safety Belts, Lifelines
29CFR:1926,28(a)
and Lanyards 1926,104,
{ Safety. Nets and Flooring 29CM 1926.28(x)
Requirements 1926,105(a)
1926.750(b)(2)(i)
Falling Hazards to the 29CFRt1926.28(a)
Exterior of Buildings 1926.105(a)
SC,13 LINES AND GRADES. All work shall he clone to the lines, grades,
and elevations indicated on the d swings, The Contractor shall provide
u suitable equipment and competent workmen who shall locate and lay out the
€ work.
Measurements shall be made from permanent base lines and elevation refer-
once dat+tm previously established on the site. In addition, measurements
shall be coordinated with existing building column lines and floor eleva-
tions.
r
The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument personnel, competent
assistants, and such instruwents, tools, stakes, and other materials re-
quired to complete survey, layout, and measurement work. In addition,
the Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent personnel from
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 1
' SC-5
i
i'
1
•a i;AY:41
If
X17
Y
his force, and such tools, stakes, and other materials as the Owner or
Engineer may require in establishing or designating control points, in
establishing construction easement boundaries, or in checking surveys,
layouts, and measurements for work performed under this Contract.
The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed, a reasonable time in advance,
of the times and places at'which he wishes to do work, so that horizontal
and vertical control points may be established and any checking deemed
necessary by the Owner may be done with minimum inconvenience to the
Owner and minimum delay to the Contractor.
Any work done without being properly located may be ordered removed'and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
SC.14 PRESERVATION OF MONUMENTS AND STAKES. The Contractor shall care-
fully preserve all monuments, bench marks, reference points, and stakes.
The Contractor will be charged with the expense of replacement of any
such items destroyed and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of
time that may be caused. °ermanent monuments or bench marks which must
be removed or disturbed shall be protected until they can be properly
referenced for relocation, The Contractor shall furnish materials and
assistance for the proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks,
i F ! SC.15 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY, The Contractor shall
C be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations, He shall
be fully responsible for the protection of all persona including members
of the public, employees of the Owner, employees of the Engineer, and em- Y y
ployeas of other contractors or subcontractors, and all public and pri-
vate property including structures, sewers, and utilities, above and
below ground,
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary safety equipment,
such as barriers, signs, warning lights, and guards, to provide adequate
protection of persons and property.
The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owners of public o'.
private property and utilities when such property and utilities are
liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work and shall
make all necessary arrangements with such owners relative to the removal
and replacement or protection of such property or utilities,
SC,16 EMERGENCY PROTECTION, Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the
Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the pub-
lie or the protection of the work to be constructed under this Contract
or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the opinion of
the Owner, an emergency has arisen and immediate action is considered
necessary, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may
provide suitable protection by causing work to be done and material to be
:S
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 ]
SC-6
i
t.
~ L+
4)
r furnished and placed. The cost of such work and material shall be borne
by the contractors and if the same is not paid on presentation of the
bills therefor, such costs may be deducted from any amounts due or to
become due the Contractor. The performance of such emergency work shall
not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage which may
occur.
SC.17 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES, All loss or damage arising out of the
nature of R e work, or from the action of the elements, or from floods or
overflows, or from ground wator, or from any unusual obstruction or dif-
ficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstance either known or
unforeseen which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall
j be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense,
1
SC. 18 qllALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN, The Contractor shall employ only work-
men who are competent to perform the work assigned to them and, in the
case of skilled labor, who are adequately trained and experienced in
their respective trades and who do satisfactory work,
SC.19 SUNDAY, HOLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK. No work shall be done between
1 6tOO p.m, and 7700 a,m. or on Sundays or legal holidays without the writ-
ten consent of the Owner. Howevor, emergency work may be done without
prior consent,
4
SC,20 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION-CONDITIONS, During periods of
unfavor- able weather, wet ground`-or ether unsuitable construction conditions,
the Contractor shall confine his operations to work.which will not be ad-
versely affected thereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed
under conditions which would •adversely
thereof, unless special means or precautions tareetaken lby the Contractor
} to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner.
SC.2I REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS, The Contractor, upon written notice
from the Owner, shall remove from the premises all work and materials re-
jected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform
to the requirements of the contra,~,t documents, The Contractor shall at
his sole expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall
promptly replace materials damaged or improperly worked by him and re-
execute his own work in accordance with the contract. This includes re-
executing or replacing the work c,f any other contractor that is in any
way affected by the removal of the defective work. The obligations of
the Contractor under this article shall not extend to defective materials
or equipment supplied by the Owner, if any.
~i
If the Contractor does not remove his rejected work and materials within
f' 10 days after written notice, the Owner may remove and replace such work
{ and materiala at the expense of the Contractor.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089
SC-7
1~Se.R'1~ft t
t~
E~
~Ju, :`PJhiEI
A
SC,22 PLACING WORK IN SERVICE, If desired by the Owner, portions of the
work may be placed in service when completed and the Contractor shall pro-
vide proper access for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not f
constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable
for defects due to faulty construction throughout the duration of this
Contract and thereafter as provided under the "Guarantee" provisions of
the General Conditions.
SC.23 CLEANLINESS. The Contractor shall give special attention to keep-
ing the work Bite clean and free from trash and debris,
debbries, and
daily and disposed eoftbyaandmatathe
Contractor's expense.
Promptly upon completion of the construction work, all Contractor-owned
facilities, materials, and construction plant shall be removed from the
site. All surfaces damaged by deposits of foreign materials such as oil, 1
grease, weld spatter, and paint shall be restored to their original-con-
ditions.
SC,24 PURCHASE ORDERS. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner one
copy of each purchase order for all materials and equipment furnished
j under these specifications for incorporation in the permanent construc-
tion. Each purchase order shall indicate the vendor's name, manufac-
E turer's name, materiels, type, model number, size, quantity, accessory
list, and requested delivery date of the material and equipment ordered.
rrj The purchase order copies shall be submitted to the Owner before or at
the time when they are issued to-the vendor.
SC.25 FIRE PROTECTION, Only work procedures which minimize fire hazards
to the extent practicable shall be used, Combustible debris and waste
j materials shall be collected and rcmoved from the site each day, as pro-
IkE vided under. CLEANLINESS. Fuels, solvents, and other volatile or flamma-
ble materials shall be stored away from the construction and storage
areas in well marked, safe containers.
fire prevention and shall be practiced by tree
GothehContractor th r roeessential to
construction period. The Contractor shall follow the recommendations of
the AGO "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" regarding fire
hazards and prevention.
Temporary heating facilities shall not be left unattended,
The Contractor's supervisory personnel and a sufficient number of workmen
shall be instructed in proper methods for extinguishing fires and shall
be assigned specific fire protection duties,
the ,job, new personnel shall be trained in theireduttrained personnel
ies, All workmanlshall
be instructed in the selection and the operatioi of each typo of fire ex-
tinguisher for each type of fire which might be encountered.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 1 W10
SC-8
i
r
i
"a:.:.S y1Yl
i-i
r_ The Contractor shall provide adequate fire protection equipment in each
warehouse, office, and other temporary structures, and in each work area
he is occupying as specified herein. Access to sources of fire water
shall be identified and kept open at all times. Suitable fire extin-
guishers shall be provided in enclosed areas, in areas which are not ac-
cessible to fire water, or in areas which may be exposed to fire that
cannot be safely extinguished with water. Each fire extinguisher shall
be of a type suitable for extinguishing fires which might occur in the
area in which it is located. In areas where more than one type of fire
might occur, the type of fire extinguisher required in each case shall be
provided, Each extinguisher shall be placed in a convenient, clearly
identified location which will most likely be accessible in the event of
fire.
The Contractor alone shall be responsible for providing adequate fire
protection. Failure of the Contractor to comply with, or the Owner to
enforce, the above requirements shall not relieve the Contractor from any
responsibility or obligation under this Contract,
SC.26 SECURITY. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials
and equipment in his custody or placed in construction by him. Security
j methods shall be employed as required to ensure the protection of all ma-
terials, equipment, and oonstruction work from theft, vandalism, fire,
and all other damage and loss.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and the Corps regarding all
i security measures instituted at the Jobsite.
SC.27 CONSTRICTION AREA LIMITS. The Owner will designate the boundary
1 limits of access roads, parking areas, storage areas, and construction
areas, and the Contractor shall not trespass in or on areas not so des-
Ijinated, The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all of his
'i personnel out of areas not designated for the Contractor's use; except,
r in the case of isolated work located within such areas, the Owner will
j issue permits to specific Contractor personnel to enter and do the work,
The Contractor's employees shall park their automobiles, trucks, and other
vehicles in the assigned construction personnel parking ar4ia.
SC.28 ACCESS ROADS, PARKING LOTS, AND STORAGE AREAS. Construction ac-
ceen roads, parking lots, and storage areas, will be assigned for the Con-
tractor's use by the Owner.
SC.29 FOOD SERVICES. No food services will be permitted on the con-
struction site except for truck or trailer mounted canteens, Such
canteens will be permitted on the site only during hours f3pecifically ap-
proved by the Owner.
SC,30 PROTECTION OF WORK, The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for the protection of his work until its final acceptance b%, Owner.
r
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.000f)
( 102089 j
SC-9
PIF
s}-'"'0 1p1
Ij T'.
1: pn3S ~nJ~ii k;
17
The Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner or the Engineer be-
cause of cony damage or loss to the Contractor's work and shall be respon-
sible for the complete restoration of damaged work to its original condi-
tion complying with the contract documents.
tbp event the Contractor's cork is damaged by another party not under
his supervision or control, the, Contractor shall make his claim directly
with the party involved,
SC.31 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE SURFACES. Concrete floors and con-
crete surfaces shall be protected from chipping, gouging, scratching,
staining, and other damage. Damaged sections shall be repaired or re-
moved and replaced subject to the Owner's discretion and acceptance.
I Heavy planks and mats shall be placed under equipment and materials being
stored, moved, assembled, or installed on or above concrete floor surfaces,
Nonflammable, oil-resistant coverings shall be used to protect concrete
surfaces from staining.
~
SC.32 PROTECTION OF GRATING AND STAIR TREADS, Floor gratings and stair
treads s Fall be protected against damage from heavy loads, movement of
equipment, materials,, flame cutting, welding, and other such construction
damage, Where heavy equipment or material loads are to be stored or moved
over gratings, such loads shall be supported directly from the structural
sec-
supports and shall not be allowed to bear on the gratings.
tions shall be repaired or replaced subject to the Owner's discretion and s
acceptance.
SC.33 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, CABLE, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. j
The Contractor shall protect electrical raceway, cable, lighting fixW
tures, and associated support systems against damage from movement of
equipment and materials, welding, flame cutting, and other construction
damage. Raceway and supporting structures for raceway and lighting fix-
tunes shall not be used as access scaffolding at any time. Whenever
welding or flame cutting operations occur above or near raceways, '.abler,
or lighting fixtures not shielded from such operations by concrete floors
or other protective covers, the Contractor shall protect the raceways,
cables, and lighting fixtures from damage by means of fire-resistant
boards or blankets. Damaged materials shall. be repaired or replaced sub-
Sect to the Owner's discretion and acceptance.
SC,34 FLOOR LOADINGS. The contractor shall obsarve the floor loading
design limits dealgnated on the drawings.
SC,35 REPAIR OF DAMAGES. The Contractor shall immediately repair any
damage which results from this construction or abnormal use, including
damage done to the existing facilities, All such repair work shall be
acceptable to the Owner and the Corps,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 1
SC-10
j
i
I
I
ryyy:
'v P} 17
Y
•4~:5 df i1K
15
F~
SC,36 INDE4-P_ ENDENT TESTING LABORATORY, Except as otherwise specified,
laboratory testing required by hchnical requirements shall be done
by an independent testing laboratory retained by the Contractor and ac-
ceptable to the Owner or the Engineer. All costa for such laboratory
services shall be paid by the Contractor.
Field sampling and testing may also be done by a testing laboratory re-
tained and paid by the Owner. Testa
laboratory are described for the Contractortsdinby the formati0oneonlyCe9Th'e Con-
tractor phall provide access as required and shall cooperate with testing
laboratory personnel.
I f
I SC.37, COOPERATION WITH CORPS, The performance of construction work
f which affects the operation of the Corps' system facilities shall be
scheduled to be performed only at times acceptable to the Corps.
In the event that it is necessary to interrupt the Corps' operations or
the power supply or to impose abnormal operating conditions on the Corps'
project, such procedure must be acceptable to the Corps and a complete
understanding and agreement must be reached by all parties concerned well
in advance of the time scheduled for such operation, and such understand
J{ ing shall be definite as to date, time of day, and length of time required.
All work shall be scheduled to suit the Corps' convenience, taking into
consideration the facilities and requirements at all times during con j
struction.
SC.38 MINOR DEFECTS, The Contractor shall readjust, straighten, and re-
pair minor defects and fabrication errors which are normally encountered
1 in the Owner-furnished equipment and materials,
com-
pensation in connection wli:h such work will be considered sunlessXthe claim
I is made in accordance with the applicable provisions in the General Con-
ditions.
I
When field labor is needed to correct significant errors in Owner-
furnished equipment and materials, the Contractor shall furnish such
labor when so requested by the manufacturer or by the Owner with the
consent of the manufacturer. Such labor shall not be included in this
Contrnct, and the Contractor shall obtain payment for the labor from the
manufacturer.
SC.39 CHECKOUT AND INITIAL OPERATION. The Contractor shall render all
services and do lal work required to place each item of equipment It-
stalled by him, including all auxiliaries, piping, and wiring, in oper-
ating condition to the satisfaction of the Owner. Individual systems and
.y items of equipment shall be completed in a sequence that will permit sys-
tematic checkout and trial operation of each such component before it is
incorporated in the initial operation,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089
SC-11
r,
i
The Owner will furnish operating personnel during checkout and initial
operation. The Contractor shall provide all other personnel required to
make adjustments and correct deficiencies during the initial equipment
checking.
It is anticipated that Che startup testing and initial operation will be
in progress over extended periods of time.. The personnel required of the
Contractor shall be on the site at all times.
f
All regular and overtime payrolls and all other contingencies in connec-
'tion with the checkout and initial operation of equipment shall be in-
eluded as a part of the lump sum contract price.
i
The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and other de-
vices required during checkout and operation of equipment and systems
which he has installed.
The Owner will furnish, and the Contractor shall apply, all oils,
greases, and other lubricants required to place equipment in condition
ready for operation.
All rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect alignment as
practicable. Rotating machinery shall be free from excessive vibration,
3 ' overheating bearings, and other conditions which would tend to shorten
the life of the machinery. Bearings, shafts, and other moving parts
shall be checked for proper alignment, cleaned, and lubricated before the
f { equipment is initially started. The Contractor shall comply with each
i equipment manufacturer's specifications and instructions,
SC.40 CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. Unless otherwise
specified, the Contractor shall furnish all construction plant, utilities,
and temporary facilities and all materials, equipment, and supplies which
4 are required for prosecution of the work but which will not be
rated
I rated in the completed work, incorpo-
Detailed information covering construction services to be provided by the
Contractor and/or the Owner is included in Section IF of these specifica-
tions.
SC,41 RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall receive
from carriers at the plant site, check, unload, handle, and score all ma-
terials and equipment which are to be incorporated in the construction
under these specifications.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of materials
and equipment and shall pay any demurrage.
The Contractor shall provide all storage facilities. Storage areas on
the site shall be limited to those areas so designated by the Owner.
DENTON 10567 EN CONST 71.00001
102089
SC-12
,
• :ass ea
I
Detailed instructions covering receiving, handling, and storage of Owner-
- furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment and materials are included
in section IG of these specifications.
SC,42 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND E MEN_Te name Whenever
proprietary or artiC
cle is specified or described by using of a prod
or the name of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item
mentioned shall be understood as establishing the type, function, and
Other manufacturers' products will be accepted provided
ins
esixed.
quality d ;%ubmitted to allow the Engineer
sufficient information is to determ
'
that the products proposed are equivalent to those named.
anyon ex-
i be a
and equivalency fromonsidered untileafter
Requests for review
1 Dept the Contractor
the contract has been awarded.
E 80.43 FENCES. All existing fences which interfere with the construction
operations shall be maintained by the Contractor until the completion of
i ~ the work affected thereby, unless written permission is obtained from the
owner of the fence to leave the fence dismantled for an agreed period of
time. Where fences must be maintained across the construction easement,
adequate gates shall be installed. Gates shall be kept closed and locked
' at all times when not in use.
V On completion of the work, the Contractor shall restore all fences to
their original or better conditions ,
1 SC.44 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY, The Contractor shall
{ protect, shore, brace, support, and maintail underground pipes, con-
s duits, drains, structures, and other construction uncovered or otherwise
affected by the construction work performed by him. a facing, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface
structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and
outside thelconstructionalimits. Allireplacementsishallhbehmade within with new
materials.
t No trees shall. be removed outside of the construction limits, e%:zept
where authorized by the owner and the Corps. Tees left st operations. ..`call
be adequately protected against damage by oonstruction
4 The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads,
highways, shouldera, ditches, embanksients, culverts, bridges, and other
ii public or private property, regardless of location or character, which
s may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or personnel to or
from the work or any part or site thereof, whether by him or his subcon-
e
fi tractors. The Contractor shall make satisfactory nd acceptable
mente with the owner of, of the agency or Authority having
i
f;
v
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 102089 1 .
SC-13
i
i
t;
a3 0
7s
over, the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement, or pay-
ment of costs incurred in connection with the damage,
i
SC,45 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. The Contractor shall conduct his work so
as to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehic-
ular or pedestrian, Whenever it is necessary to crosa, obstruct, or
close roads, whether public or private, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or
other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private
travel, and shall give reasonable.notice to owners of private drives
before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be
required when the Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and
tenant of private property, or from the authority having ,jurisdiction
over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated
point,
In making open cut road crossings, the Contractor shall not block more
than one half of the street at a time, Whenever possible, the Contractor
f shall widen the shoulder on the opposite aide to facilitate traffic flow.
Temporary surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders,
{ SC,46 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS, All roads, highways, and other public
thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective
barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades
i I shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on
II each side of the blocked section.
All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable 4
barriers, signal and lights to the extent that adequate protection is
provided to the public. Obstructions, such as material pile' and equip-
ment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights.
All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning
lights from sunset to sunrise, Materials stored upon or alongside public
streets and highways shall be so placed, and the work at all times shall
be so conduotad, as to cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to
the traveling public.
All barricades, signs, lights, And other protective devices shall be in-
atalled and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory require-
ments and, where within highway right-of-way, as required by the authority
having jurisdiction thereover.
SC.47 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS. The Contractor shall conduct his open-
ations on the basis Chat underground installations may exist which are
not indicated on the Engineer's drawings.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating and identifying
all existing underground installations. Surveying shall include contact-
ing the owners of underground utilities. Locator services and detection
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
, i
102089
SC-14
k'
X{i
i!:..' r5
t ,f
G
:j
'i
i
-1
f devices provided by the utility owners shall be utilized when such are
available, The Contractor shall hand excavate and positively identify
all underground installations, All information relative to the under-
ground installations shall be recorded by the Contractor and incorporated
into the records required by the article herein entitled FIELD RECORDS,
Existing underground installations within the construction limits of the
work are indicated on the drawings only to the extent information on such
installations has been made available to, or discovered by, the Engineer
in the performance of the design work. The accuracy and completeness of I
this information is unknown and is presented solely to assist the Con-
tractor in determination of underground installations. The Engineer and
the Owner expressly discle-,m all responsibility for the accuracy and com-
i pleteneas of the information so indicated,
The Contractor _will be held responsible for any interruption in the serv-
ice of underground facilities resulting from his operations, unless-the
j facility owner and the Owner have given specific approval for the inter-
ruption in each case,
} Except where the damaged parties desire to conduct their own repair and
i restoration work, the'Contraator shall repair and fully restore any under- j
ground facility damaged during the construction poriod to a condition
I ! 1 equal to or better than that which existed just prior to the time of dam-
age, All repair and restoration work shall be done to the complete Fiat-
isfaction of the facility owners and the Owner,
i The Contractor shall make his own arrangements with any jurisdictional
i } authority requiring inspection of repaired or reconditioned utility fa-
cilities. All inspection fees applicable shell be paid by the Contrac-
tor,
Where Cho facility owners desire to conduct their own repair and re.store-
tion work, the Contractor shall render all assistance to facilitate this
corrective work. The Contractor shall assume all just and reasonable ex-
penses thus incurred by the facility owners.
a ~
i Any delay, additional work, or extra cost to the Contractor caused by
z existing underground installations shall not constitute a claim for
in- creased work, additional payment, or damages,
$0,48 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY, The Contractor will be held respon-
sible for any damage to existing structures, work, materials, or squip-
i meet because of his operatiou,v and shall repair or replace any damaged
structures, work, materials, or equipment to the satisfaction of, and at
no additional cost to the Corps or the Owner,
1
t;
yY} ~
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
~ 102099 1
SC-I5
10
r
i
The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and property from
damage and shall provide bracing, shoring, or other work necessary for
such protection.
SC.49 LAND FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES, The Contractor will be permitted
to use available land belonging to the Corps on or near the site of the
work, for construction purposes and for the storage of materials and
equipment. The location and extent of the areas so used shall be as
designated by the Corps.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining and shall. pay
all costs in connection with any additional work area, storage sites,
+ access to the site, or temporary right-of-way which may be required for
proper completion of the work,
i It shall be understood that the responsibility for protection and safe-
keeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will-be entirely
that of the Contractor and that no claim shall be made against the Corps
by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser. It shall be further
understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the
sites occupied by these stored materials and equipment, the Contractor
shall immediately move same, No materials or equipment may be planed
upon the property of the Corps until the Corps has agreed to the location
contemplated by the Contractor to be used for storage.
i
j S0,50 FINAL CLEANUP AND GRADING. It is the intent of these specifics-
tions that, at the end of construction work, all holes,.ruts, settle-
ments, and depressions resulting from the work be filled and graded to
match elevations of adjacent surfaces, and all areas disturbed by con-
struction shall be restored to their original condition to the maximum
extent practicable and as acceptable to the Corps and the Owner,
M SC.51 ENERGIZED FACILITIES, Existing transmission lines, operating
machinery, distribution lines, utility lines, telephone lines, and other
L J power and signal service lines will be encountered on the site of the
work, These service systems will remain energized and functional during
construction,
The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the safety and protec-
tion of his personnel and the public on the site of the work and shall
employ all methods necessary to achieve such safety and also assure con-
tinuity of all service systems encountered, These methods shall include,
but not be limited to, providing barriers, guard atructures, insulating
guards and sleeves, warning signs, and prevention of unauthorized access.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of and the pay-
ment of all costs associated with temporarily de-energizing or relocating
any of the existing service systems for the purpose of facilitating the
Contractor's construction operations,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
,»3
( 102099
SC-i6
i
E
SC,52 CONTRACT CHANGES FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, CABLE, AND, TERMINATION
INSTALLATION. In addition to the provisions for contract changes speci-
fied aleewhere in these Contract Documents, the contract price will be
changed at the time of Contract Award to account for the final quantities
of raceway, cable, and cable terminations in the Raceway Bank and the
Cable and Termination Bank,
The Circuit and Raceway Lists will be revised and reissued by the Engi-
neer as required to reflect changing conditions of the work or to add
circuits and raceway for which final design information is not available
on the date bids are requested. The Contractor shall procure and install
raceway and cable based on the Circuit and Raceway Lists and the draw-
; inge, The Raceway Bank and the Cable and Termination Bank shall not be
used for procurement of materials. It is anticipated that the circuit
and raceway design will be completed and the Circuit and Raceway Lists
will be issued at the time of Contract Award.
r
The Raceway Bank and the Cable and Termination Bank will be revised and
reissued with the revision of the Circuit List or Raceway List will be
6
s used to correspondingly credit or deduct quantities from the appropriate
Bank.
s
t The Contractor shall acknowledge his acceptance or register his disagree-
went with any revised quantity, in writing, within 14 days of the date of
the revision. Failure
. Co acknowledge the revisions in writing within
14 days of the date of such revision shall constitute acceptance of any
revised quantities of raceway, cable installation, or cable terminations
indicated therein. Upon registering disagreement with any revised quan-
tity, the Contractor, when required by the Engineer, shall'demonstrate to
i the satisfaction of the Engineer that the quantities contained in the re-
vision are inaccurate. After an agreement is reached, the Raceway Bank
and the Cable and Termination Bank will be revised to indicate the agreed
upon quantities and the total contract price change for electrical race-
way and circuits will be determined. The price change shall be based on
the quantities of each type and size of raceway, the
type, configuration, and size of Gable, and the quantitiaKlofeeach type
of cable termination included in the current bank balance of the Raceway
Bank and the Cable Termination Bank at the time of Contract Award. These
' quantities will be used to change the contract price as follows.
Where a negative quantity is listed in the current bank balance of the
F; Raceway Bank or the Cable and Termination Bank at the time of Contract
L Award, the price change will be determined by multiplying the quantity by
rf the corresponding unit prices for materials and installation for that
« items unit prices will be as stated in the Contract Documents. The con-
tract price will be increased accordingly for each such item,
Where a positive quantity remains In the current bank balance of the
Raceway Bank or the Cable and Termination Bank at the time of Contract
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,00001
f 013190
SC-17
t
Award, the price change will be determined by multiplying the quantity by
the corresponding unit prices for materials and installation for that
item; unit prices will be as stated in the Contract Documents. The f""1
contract price will be decreased accordingly for each such item.
It is an+acipated that the final overall quantities for cable and raceway
will be within plus or minus 20 percent of the overall bid quantities.
This margin is anticipated for the overall cable and raceway quantities
and will not apply to individual sizes and types of cable and raceway.
For changes within this margin, unit prices shall apply as outlined above
and no additional claims will be considered for inefficiencies, addition-
al supervision and administration overhead.
The aum of the contract price increases and decreases thus caiculatod
shall be the final contract price change for electrical raceway and cir-
cuits installed.
S0,53 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW AND INSPECTION, In addition to construction
inspection provided by the Owner, the Corps of Engineers and Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission (PERC) will review and inspect construction.
calculations, plane, and specifications for Contractor-furnished designs
for site excavation, dewatering, and cofferdams must be reviewed and ap-
proved prior to that phase of construction. The contractor shall be re-
sponsible for obtaining approval of Contractor-furnished designs and any
delays as a result of its failure to do so,
E ,
$0,54 CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY PLAN. The Contractor shall prepare a
construction contingency plan which will remain in effect for the dura-
tion of the work, The plan shall address procedures to be followed in
the event unexpected and/or hazardous conditions arise, Potential condi-
tions shall include high flood water levels, lose of the dewatering sys-
tem, failure of excavation or cofferdam, fire, and structural failure,
The plan shall include emergency telephone numbers, and names and tole-
phone numbers of interested parties and agencies, The plan shall be sub-
mitted prior to commencem3nt of work at the site,
I
{
(DENTON 10567 OMN CONST 71,0000) i02CA9
;iC-18
Y
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
r
TABLE OF CONTENTS
P_@ge
Section 1A - GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF
THE WORK IA-1 thru IA-6
1A,1 General
1A.2 Work Included Under These Specifications IA-1
1 1A,3 Work Not Included Under These Speci- A-1
fioat,ione
LA.4 Drawing Notations 1A-3
1A.5 Construction Management System IA-3
1A.6 Construction Management Requirements IA-3
1A.7 Submittal of Engineering Data IA-3
IA,g Coordination Meeting IA-3
1A,9 Schedule A~-4
1A,10 Proposal Pricing for Electrical IA-4
Raceway and Circuits
IA-5
Section 1B - DRAWING LIST
18-1 thru 18..5 .
1B.I General-
IB.2 Contract Drawings 18-1
1B.3 Reference Drawings 1B-1
1B.4 Reference Reports 15-2
IB.5 Supplementary Drawings 18-5
LB-5
Section IC - ENOINEBRING DATA
1C-1 Chru 1C-7 .
1C,1 General
1C„2 Correspondence IIC-
C- 0- 1
1C,3 Review of Engineering Data 1
1C.4 Motor Information IC-2
10,5 Drawings 1C-2
LC,b Wiring Diagrams IC-2
JC.7 Instruction Manuals 10-4
Motor Information Sheet l6r., 1-7
Section ID - CCNTRACTOV S QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
1D-1 thru ib-z
ID,I General
ID.2 Quality Assurance Program 1D-1
ID,3 Field Project Quality Control Engineer 1D-1
1D.4 Inspections and Audits 2
ID ,5 Rejection of Work 1D-2
1D,b Notification ID-3
1D.7 Nonconformance Reports 1D-3
1D-3
[DENTON 10517 GEN CONST 71,0000)
f 013190
)
TCI-I
Page
Section 1E - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE IE-1 thru 1F.-2
IE,1 General IE-1
1E,2 Construction Schedule IE-1
IE.3 Contractor's Detailed Schedule lE-1
1E.4 Coordination IE-2
Section IF - CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 1F-l thru 1F-5
1P,1 General
11,,2 Construction Plant and Temporary 1F-1
Faciliri,ea IFMI
' IF-3 Construction Utilities IF-2
Section IG - RECEIVING; HANDLING, AND STORAGE 10-1 thru 1G-4
30,1 General IG-1
10.2 Hazardous Materials 10-1
1G.3 Receiving 10-1
10.4 Handling IG-2
10,5 Storage 10-2
i
i
(DEMON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 010190 ,
T.01-2
~1
, 4~
'sa
~ ~
t~
Section lA -GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF THE WORK ,
r-
lA,l GENERAL. This section covers the general description, scope of the
work, ana supplementary requirements for the construction work included
under theca epecificatione,
The work covered by theca specifications will be incorporated in the Ray
Roberta Hydroelectric Pro~eet located at the outlet works of Ray Roberts
Lake near Aubrag, Texes, The unit is scheduled for initial operation as
~ indicated in the Schedule of Activities, `
I iA,2 WORK INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATTON9, The work under these i
j ~ specifications shall include furnishing all equipment and materials, ex-
I ~ cept those listed to be furnished by the Owner; providing all labor,
i ~ supervision, adminiatratton, and managetinent; and supplying all conatruc-
R ~ tion equipment, matarir+ls, and services necessary to perform the General ;
Construction complet In accordance with the specifications, drawings,
i' and other contract documents, except as epeclfically excluded under WORK
NOT INCLUDED'UNDER THESE SPFCIi'ICATIUNS,
(
~ j Mayor components of the work under these specifications for General Con-
j ~ atruetion are as follows,
Earthwork !
~ ~ Excavation and dewatering
I brainage piping.
J
~ ~ Riprap
I f
e
1 $YOBion oonCYOl
r
Chain link fencing
i Aggtegete surfacing
Cocicreta structures
t'.
Grouting
y
Structural steel
A;
Miscellaneous steal
Roof coating,
;i
a Caulking and sealing
~j
(bENTON 1U567 GEN CONST 71,O000~
{ o1319n 3
r 1A-1
;
f
r?
t'.
ljpn' `..q
i
Waterproofing
Doors
r
Painting
Heating and ventilating equipment
Turbine-generator and accessory equipment erection
steel penstock sections
Concrete penstock pipe
Sump pumps
Piping and valves
Transformers
Power and control equipment and conductors
Electrical raceway
Grounding
Lighting ~.vr.
Startup
The above explanations and listings are intended to give a general def-
inition of the scope of the work under these specifications, ahd shall
not be construed to be an itemized listing of each element of work re-
quired. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction of complete
facilities, conforming in all reapects to the details and requirements
of the specifications, drawings, and other contract documents.
1A,2,1 Owner-Furnighed Equipment and Materials, The Owner will furnish
the following equipment and materials which ssRall be installed under this
contract,
Turbine generator and associated equipment
Owner-furnished equipment and materials will he available to the Contrac-
tor at the Owner's storage facilities. The Contractor shall receive them
into his custody until final acceptance of tha work, and shall handle,
store, protect, transport, and install them in their final location,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 013190 1
1A-2
I
I
q
r'
The aggregate value of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be cov-
ered under the Contractor's insurance is $775,600.
1A.3 WORK NOT INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS, The following items
of woxk'will be furnished by the Owner.
Miscellaneous facilities specified as furnished by the Owner
in Section IF of these specifications
1A.4 DRAWING NOTATIONS. Certain'Engineer's drawings included as part of
these contract documents may have specific areas denoted "Hold," The
"Hold" notation indicates that the work so marked is not released for ex-
ecution; however, the work as indicated shall be included as part of the
Contractor's bid and in the contract price. If upon subsequent removal
j j of the "Hold," the work included thereunder has been materially 0hanged
from that initially included, the Contract will be subject to adjustment
as provided for in the General Conditions.
I 1A,5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, The Contractor and his subcontrac-
tors shall participate in the Construction Management System established
by the Owner. Under this program, the Contractor and his subcontractors
I shall provide, to the Owner, specific and accurate man-hours, quantity
and schedule information, and other information as required by the owner,
f ( Such information shall be provided in the detail and format and at the
frequency required by the Owner. The information shall be aubmitted by
the first of each month or more frequently is determined by the Owner.
R The information will be used by the Owner for schedule monitoring pur-
poses, to ensure that schadulo interfaces with other contractors are met,
and to monitor overall project performance,
IA.6 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS, The Contractor and his sub-
s k contractors shall actively participate in and adhere to the Owner's proj-
act management requirements, job rules and conduct, fire protection and
safety proceduros, and all other procedures initiated by the Owner for
the purpose of maintaining jobsita administrative control, The Cnntrae-
tor and his subcontractors shall attend project management meetings or
other meetings when deemed necessary by the Owner,
1A.7 SUBMITTAL OF ENGINEERING DATA, Drawings and other engineering data
for the equipment and materials furnished under this Contract are essen-
ti.al to the construction of the entire project,
i
The Contractor will be required to submit drawings and engineering data
t in accordance with the schedule and requirements specified herein to as-
sure compliance with the overall construction and operating schedule,
The Contractor shall allow a reasonable amount of time for mailing, proc-
essing, and Engineer's review of drawings and data,
1 [DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,00001
[ 013190 j
IA-3
ppi
S
tl
1A.8 COORDINATION MEETING. Representatives of the Contractor shall at-
tend a coordination meeting at a time and place selected by the Engineer
or Owner to discuss matters relative to the execution of this Contract= r""1
The Contractor's representatives shall attend additional meetings as re-
quired by the Engineer or Owner thereafter to expedite the work.
1A.9 SCHEDULE,. The time of completion of the.work is a basic consider-
ation of the contract. This shall include the completion of various ac-
tivities in accordance with the Schedule of Activities included at the
and of this article in addition to the timely completion of construction
in accordance with the milestone time periods and dates listed in the
Schedule of Activities. It is necessary that the Contractor perform the
activities shown on or before the dates indicated to avoid delay of the
entire project.
j 1A,9.1 Activity Periods and Dates, The time periods and dates listed in
the Schedule of Activities indicate the latest dates b which the listed
activities shall be completed. Data, drawings, and lists for planning,
engineering, and documentation may be submitted earlier than the indi-
cated dates at the Contractor's option.
1A.9.2 Construction Milestones, Construction milestone dates are spec-
ifi.ed in the Schedule of Activities. The date indicated therein for
J completion of all work is the latest acceptable date,
j
1A.9.3 Schedule of Activities,
Days After
i Activity Award of Contract'
J Planning, Engines ring, and Documentation
I
Contractor to deliver
completed Motor Information
Sheets to Engineer 30
Contractor to deliver cost
breakdown information to
Owner 14
Contractor to deliver
estimated cash flow
information to Owner 14
Contractor to deliver manpower
forecast to Owner 14
Contractor to deliver certifi-
cates of insurance 14
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 102089 ]
IA-4
i
-t
fir... e,:2... kf
sj
SUPPLEMENT TO CONTRACT
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTMIC PROJECT
PROJECT 140. 10687
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
Modification to dated items - Page 1A5 ,
A-0 VIT`( ATE
Contractor to deliver
j "Proof Copy" of Instruction
Manuals to Engineer December, 1, 1990
Contractor to deliver
6 copies of accepted
instructed Manuals as
directed by the Enginaer March 1, 1991
Commercial operation Jury 1, 1991
f Complete all work July 1, 1991
I s
1
IN WITNESS WHEREO' ~e arties these presents have executed this
Supplement this _ day of 1990,
(Ow Martin K. Eby Const. Co., Inc.
rn
i
Li J
J
1 By _ B
4- A 1,
Lind an, A,M,/Vine President
1
ATTEST; ATTEST:
A, eder, P, M. Assistant Secretary
z
I ;
i
i
Pr,s..,.~t If
.3
r, Days After
Activity Award of Contract
Contractor to deliver
quality assurance manual
to Engineer as specified
in Section 1D 21
f
f Contractor to deliver
quality assurance in-
on and teat out-
line t
. ~ line to Engineer as
specified in Section 1D 30
I Contractor to deliver
detailed schedule to
Owner. 14
{ Contractor to deliver
Safety, Health, and Ac-
oident Prevention Program 21
I f
Contractor to deliver
cofferdam, dewatering,
and excavation drawings;
calculations, and apeci- 45 days before
I fieations to Engineer construction
D
Contractor to deliver
"Proof Copy" of Instruc-
tion Manuals to Engineer October 1, 1990
Contractor to deliver
1 5 copies of accepted
Instruction Manuals as
directed by the Engineer January 1, 1991
Commercial operation May 1, 1991 ?t
Complete till work May 1, 1991
1A.10 PROPOSAL PRICING P'OR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND CIRCUITS. Included in
the bid documents are the Cable and Termination Bank and the Raceway
Bank, These documents together with the drawings provide information to
be used by the bidder in determining the length, size, type, and number
} of terminations of all circuits to be instal.ledl and the length, size,
and type of all raceway to be installeu.
4
,i
li
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 013190 ]
1A-5
i
y n5 aiga9.♦. 't
The Cable and Termination Bank and the Raceway Bank have been provided to
account for additional circuits and raceway for which final design infor-
motion is not available, Size, type, number of terminations and lengths
are indicated in these banks for cable and raceway, for bidding purposes.
The circuit and raceway design will be completed and the Circuit and
Raceway List will be issued to the Contrac,:~r at the date of Contract
Award. Each bidder shall base his bid upon the following quantities of
cable, raceway, and cable terminations.
1. The sum of all raceway, including all fittings and sup-
ports, as determined from the Raceway List, the Raceway
Bank and the drawings, plus lighting, fire protection,
and security raceway, including all fittings and sup-
ports, as determined from the drawings
I } 2. The sum of all cable and associated terminations as de-
termined from the Circuit List, the Cable and Tormina-
f I tion Bank and the drawings, plus lighting, fire protec-
tion, security and grounding cable.as determined from
the drawings
The Contract price will be changed for revisions to raceway and cable
quantities in accordance with the provisions of the Special Conditions
under Article 8C.52 CONTRACT CWGES FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, CABLE, AND
TERMINATION INSTALLATION,
i
i
`DENTON 10567 GEN CONST. 71,00001
102089 1
1A-6
3
I
?r+nrsn
1~
J
Section 1B - DRAWING LIST
1B,1 GENERAL, This section lists the drawings which have been prepatred
for the work under this Contract,
1B,2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS, The following listed drawings shall. be part of
the contract documeuts,
Drawing No, Rev No.
Title ~
10567-1VVV-S000I 1 TITLE SHEET & TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ii 10567-1STU-81001 2 PROJECT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
10567-1BSA-M1001 2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
PLANS AND SECTION
10567-1UUU-EOOOI I
t ELECTRICAL-GRAPHIC SYMBOLS -
t 10567-1APD-E1001 1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
OVERALL ON8-LINE
E 10567-1APD-E1601 I
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
k AC & DC PANELBOARDS
10567-.1EEC-E3001. I RACEW& - CONDUIT AND TRAY
i 10567-IEEC-E3011 1 RACEWAY - DETAILS
10567-1EEC-E3012 1 RACEWAY - DETAILS y
10567-1EEB-
E500i t GROUNDING AND DUCTBANK
PLANS AND SECTIONS !
1 10567-1EEC-E5002 1
GROUNDING DETAILS 't
10567-ILTU-E6001 1 LIGHTING - POWERHOUSE
4
10567-1PPA-88001 I SUBSTATION - PLAN AND 5LC'PIONS
10567~15TU»83000 2 SITE-GRADING & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
PLAN
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,0000]
013190
1B-1
i,.a.
,
„cigar
.a
t:ua r-'FpV4!
kA:;'16gi YJ
f it
f
t Drawing Nn. Rev No. Title
j
10567-1STU-S3001 1 SITE-GRADING b UNDF.RGRO'','D UTILITIES
PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS
1
10567-1STU-83002 1 SITE-GRADING & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
10567-1STU-S3020 1 PENSTOCK PLAN SECTIONS AND DETAILS
10567-1BSA-S5001 i CONCRETE-POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE
PLAN BELOW EL. 5391-6"
10567-1BSA-55002 1 CONCRETE-POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE
r1i
SECTIONS
10567-1B5A-55003 1 CONCRETE-POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE.
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
10567-1BSA-S5004 I CONCRETE-POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE
PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS
10567-IBSA-85005 1 CONCRETE-POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
10567-IBSU-95901 1 CONCRETE-GENERAL
GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND, SECTIONS & DETAILS
~
1B.3 REFERENCE DRAWINGS, The following listed drawings are for general
[ reference only. Theae drawings are not Port of the contract documents.
Drawing No. Title
L 49. OUTLET WORKS
PLAN AND PROFILE
51 OUTLET WORKS
EXCAVATION PLAN (STA(;E 1)
STA. 33+00 TO STA, 44+00
55 OUTLET WORKS
TYPICAL SECTIONS I
56 OUTLET WORKS
TYPICAL SECTIONS 11
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001 j
I 013190
1B»2
{
r
fi 6°
. I
Drawing No. Title
74 CONDUIT
PLAN, PROFILE AND SECTION
76 CONDUIT - VALVE VAULT
VALVE VAULT SECTIONS & DETAILS I
1 77 CONDUIT - VALVE VAULT
SEC'T'IONS, DETAILS AND REINFORCEMENT 1
I 78 OUTLET WORKS - STILLING BASIN II
GENERAL PLAN AND SECTION
79 OUTLET WORKS - STILLING BASIN HEADWALL
SECTIONS AND REINFORCEMENT {
80 OUTLET WORKS - STILLING BASIN
MONOLITHS I AND II
1 PLAN, ELEVATION AND SECTIONS r
I 81 OUTLET WORKS - STILLING BASIN
MONOLITHS III AND IV
3 PLAN, ELEVATION AND SECTIONS
j IJ 3
92 OUTLET WORKS - STILLING BASIN
110NOLITFiC V AND VI
PLAN, ELEVATION AND SECTIONS ;
1 83 OUTLET TWORKS STILLING BASIN
PLAN, ELEVATION AND SECTIONS
170 EMBANKMENT AND OUTLET WORKS ;
h' PLAN OF BORINGS III
175 OUTLET WORKS i
CENTERLINE PRO'F'ILE It
STATION 25+00 THRU STATION 39+00
202 OUT14ET WORKS
GEOLOGIC PROFILE i
P STATION 25+11 TO STATION 36+27
i~
j
r'l
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
C 013190
1B-3
s
,
-40
i
y
The following drawings have been prepared by the turbina generator
contractor, and should provide additional information on their scope of
supply. Manufacturer
B&V Drawing No. Drawing No. Title
10567.05,09001 P77612 FOUNDA'T'ION REQUIREMENTS
10567,05-03005 F77613 DISTRIBUTOR SECTION
10567,05-03006 F77614 TURBINE ASSEMBLY
i
10567,05-03007 F77606 GATE SERVOMOTOR ASSEMBLY
10567,05-03012 F77618 PRESSURE TEST PIPING IN5TALLA-
{
TION
10567,05-05004 C77600 GENERATOR SHAFT (END DIMENSIONS)
E €
10367,05-03003 APUB50006 HPU OUTLINE DRAWING
10967,05-03016 HPUB50007 HPU HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
i i
y 10567.05-05005 D-64542 GENERATOR OUTLINE DRAWING
10567,05-05006 C-64544 GENERATOR ACCESSORY INTERCONNECT
f DIAGRAM
i 10561,05-09002 C-64320 GENERATOR SOLEPLATP. INSTALLATION
~
a I DRAWING
i
10567.05-05009 14CSB-1375 INCOMING LINE CUBICLE
10567,05•-05008 140SB-1376 NEUTRAL GROUNDING TRANSFORMER
CUBICLE
10567,05-09003 P-BH-106-03 GENERATOR ANCHOR BOLT
10567,05-03014 D-64569 LUBE OIL SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
10567,05-03015 B-64632 LUBE OIL SYSTEM FLOW PIPING
SCELVATIC
10567.05,05007 B-64570 LUBE OIL 'SYSTEM CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
10567,05»05002 2617»1 SIMPLIFIED CONTROL AND ONE-LINE
DIAGRAM
• all
(DENTON 1056'1 GEN CONST 71.00001
&
013190 j `6m
1B-4
i
• Bit:^X[l~~
q`l4UYnS'!
=[Ji )
1
J
Manufacturer
B6V Drawing No, Drawin, No. Title
j 10567,05-05001 2617-2 SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROL PANEL
LAYOUT
10567.05,05022 2617-sk5 BLOCK LOGIC LAYOUT DRAWING
10567.05-05021 2617-20 ELECTRICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
is
1B,4 REFERENCE REPORTS. The following reports are for reference only
' and are not part of the contract documents.
F
y' CIRCUXT AND CABLE LENGTH REPORT
6 I
Illi RACEWAY LENGTH REPORT
i 6
1B.5 SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS, The supplementary drawings are not part of
the contract documents. The aupplamentary drawings are the schematic and
airing diagrams and do not affect the contract price. They indicate the
details necessary for termination of control and instrument circuits con-
twined in the Circuit List. 1
Schematic and wiring diagrams will be issued to the Contractor by the;En-
ginear sufficiently in advancer of the scheduled system and suheystom a m-
pletion dates to support the project schedule.
r;
3
k
t
t
IDENTON 1056700190 71.0000;
1
~ 1B-5 t
31~ t k -Ill .AI I 1 ~ 1 I! l l l~.:i)I4 I.i I J.A. i~' _ I-
E
f
.,i
tf ..+,u ~i
i` _ .f
d_
,t
i
Section 1C - ENGINEERING RATA
1C,1 GENERAL. This section covers engineering data including manufac-
tuner's drawings whl.ch the Contractor aha11 submit to the Engineer for
review. 'Timely submittal of engineering data is essential to the eohed~
uled progress end Completion of the project and is of Che essence of this
contract.
Engineering data covering a1L equipment and fabrics ed materials to be
` furnished under this ConCt:C~Veainfvrmation~intaufficient detailhtolshow
1
` clods drawings and deacrip onent arateriala and
the kind, sixa, arrangemenC, and operation of comp orta required;
devices; the external connections, anchorages, end eupp
performance oharacteristica; and dimenslona Headed for installation and
~ ~ ~ correlation with other materials end equipment.
The Engineer will accept engineering data submittals from the Contractor
~ i44 only.
4 All engineering daCa shall b~; identified with the equipm®nt: or aCruCCUre
{ it repreeenta by use o£ the nomenclature established by the,conCract,doc-
` ~ umeute, Equipment drawings shall have the Engineer's equipment name and
~ ~ number clearly displayed. Material drawinga,ehall have the Engineer's
atructtsr~e name and structure nuarber (when applicable) clearly diep).ayed,
1C.2 COR1tES~ PACE, Correspondence forWarding engineering data ~+hall
~ ~ 4
g be addressed to,th~'~ Engineer as fol~owa, _ ~
1 ~ 1
Original and anc~ (1) copy tot i
~ ~ Blank & Veatch, Engineers-Azchitec CS ~
P.O, Snx 4405 '
~ Kansas City, Missouri 64114
Attentions Mfr. D, F, Guyot .4
Letters of, transmittal shall accompany .all submittals of engineering; daCa
and shall include a list of the data included in th.~ transmittal, Trials f
shall include manufacturer's drawing northers identifi+~d witlicableorrAll
sponding project equipment or strunture nooianciature as app
correspondence shall be identified wiCh the project natua (City of DenCOn,
Texas, RaY Roberts Hydroelectric Project), 5pecificaCion Number 7t, 0000,
B6V Project Number 1056'1, end manufacturer's order number.
iC,S .REVIEW OF ENGINEERING RATA. The Engineer's review of engineering
data wfl.l cover only ganaral~conformity of the data Cu the epecificatlons
t
t `DENTON 105670131900N5'C 71,0000'
1C-1
a i
~i
L;
1
I
f1
i
and documents, external connections, interfaces with equipment and mate-
rials furnished under separate specifications, and dimensions which af-
fect plant arrangements, The Engineer's review does not indicate a thor-
ough review of all dimensions'
' , quantifies, and details of the equipment,
material, device, or item indicated or the accuracy of the information
submitted; nor shall review by the Engineer be construed as relieving the
Contractor from any responsibility for errors or deviations from the re-
quirements of the contract documents.
All engineering data submitted, after final processing by the Engineer
and acceptance by the Owner, shall become a part of the contract docu-
ments and the work indicated or described thereby shall be performed in
conformity therewith, unless otherwise required by the Owner.
1CA MOTOR INFORMATION, A Motor Information Sheet is included at the
and of this section. A copy of this sheet shall be completed for each
! motor furnished under these specifications. Copies of the completed
k sheets shall be submitted as specified in tuis section. The number of
copies submitted shall be the same as for other manufacturer's drawings.
f
1C.5 DRAWINGS. Each drawing submitted, regardless of origin, shall be
stamped with the approval of the contractor and clearly marked with the
name of the project, the unit designation, the specification title, the
specification number, the Contractor's name, and the Engineer's drawing
number (after it is assigned upon initial submittal of the drawing),
i Catalog pages are not acceptable. If standard drawings are submitted)
the applicable equipment and devices furnished'shall be clearly marked.
J The Contractor's stamp of approval will be representation to the owner
r i and the Engineer that the Contractor has assumed full responsibility for
determining and vericying all quantities, dimensions, field construction
criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has
reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work
and the contract,
1
1C,5.1 Drawing Submittal, Four prints of each drawing shall be submit-
ted. Prints shall be black line on white background (preferred) or blue
line on white background. Print size shall not exceed 34 inches by
44 inches unless due to the size of the equipment larger drawings are
necessary, Drawings shall be folded to 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches. Re-
producible prints shall be submitted rolled,
The Engineer will use a 35 mm microfilm system in processing drawings.
All drawings shall be suitable for microfilming, Drawing and lettering
practices shall be in general accordance with the requirements of U.S.
Department of Defense, Military Standard - Engineering Drawing Practices,
DOD-STD-1000. Drawings submitted which are nut suitable for microfilming
will not be accepted,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
l 102089 )
1C-2
10
F
s,
I
1C.5.2 Drawing Processing. A copy of each drawing reviewed will be re-
turned to the Contractor as stipulated herein. Copies of drawings re-
turned to the Contractor will be in the form of a print with the Engi-
neer,s marking, a print made from a microfilm of the marked up drawing,
or a marked reproducible print for drawings larger than 34 inches by
44 inches in size, at the option of the Engineer.
When drawings and data are returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, the changes
shall be made as noted thereon; and five corrected copies shall be sub-
mitted to the Engineer.
When the drawings and data are returned marked RETURNED FOR CORRECTION,
the corrections (hall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the
j Engineer; and five corrected copies shall be submitted.
f When a drawing is revised and resubmitted, the Contractor' shall include
I I an issue ninaber and revision description in the drawing revision block.
4 All revisions pertaining to that particular drawing issue shall be back-
circlvd or otherwise clearly noted on the drawing.
When the drawings are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or RECEIVLD FOR
DISTRIBUTION, the Contractor shall submit drawings for final distribution
as specified hereinafter under Final Drawings, Drawings marked RECEIVED
FOR DISTRIBUTION have been filed, but have not been reviewed,
( No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication or manufac-
tureof equipment and materials until the drawings and date therefor have
been reviewed by the Engineer except at.the Contractor's own risk and re-
sponsibility, Work may proceed on equipment and materials when the draw-
ings and data therefor have been returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or
RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUTION; and when drawings have been returned marked
EXCEPTIONS NOTED, provided the work is performed in accordance with the
Engineer's notations.
If changes are made at the project site to the equipment to correct for '
manufacturing errors, due to design changes, or due to wiring revisions,
revir-d ~,rx'jngs indicating the cha,,ges made shall be prepared by the
Contractor and submitted to the Engineer,
' f
1C.5.3 Final Drawings. Upon recaipt from the Engineer of drawings
marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUTION, the Contractor
shall transmit five additional prints of each drawing to the Engineer for
final distribution. However, if during the submittal process, the Con-
tractor makes further changes to drawings that have been reviewed by the
Engineer, the changes shall be clearly marked on the drawings and the
4 submittal process shall be repeated.
4
,
(DENTON 10567GEN8CCONST 71,0000]
LG
,
1C-3
4
. 'i
t~
4.~.i:.e
..r.,
1C.5.4 Rnnroduciblea. One reproducible print of each final electrical
wiring and elementary diagram for equipment shall be furnished. The re-
producible shall be right reading on 0.004 inch thick Du Pont wash-off
mylar and shell not exceed 34 inches by 44 inches in size. Uiazv sepias,
black line mylar, or auto-positive reproduciblea will not be acceptable,
Such drawings shall be submitted to thn Engineer in rolls attd not folded.
iC.6 WIRING DIAG_RAM5. Connection snd interconnection wiring diagrams
furnished by the Oontractor shall be se indicated in ANSI Y14.15a-1971,
Section 15-11, Article 15-11.3.2.1 and Figure 11-4 except that funcCion
information and wire run code are not required. teach device connection
shall have near each r.ermination, indicated in breaks, conductor identi-
fication consisting of the opposite end destination. The wiring diagrams
shall be drawn with all devices indicated in their relative physical lo-
cations and shall represent the equipment and eerminals arranged as they
~ would appear to a person wiring the equipment.
~ Wiring diagrams shall ba prepared on sheets approximately 30 inches by
~ ~ 42 inches. Where Interconnecting wiring from different items aE equip-
i i meet or sectional wiring diagrams of the saran item of equipment appear on
different wiring diagram sheets, all interconnections eha].1 be clearly
identified. Where sectional wiring diagrams era required for a single
item of equipment, such as a relay panel or control papal, that section
of the panel which is represented by rich individual wiring diagram sheet
' shall be keyed on that cheat in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
f Information indicated on the Contractor~a drawings shall tncludn Airing
of the iadlvidual panel items as they actually will appear in the panel, ('~Y~'~
i' ~ contact arrangements of switches, snd internal wiring of relays and in-
strumente. y
.Elementary diagrams shall be cross-referenced to terminal markings on the 111
f connection snd interconnection diagrams, but need not indicate complete.
I details of circuits external to Cha panels, Each item of penal mounted
equipment indicated on the diagrams shall be identified by item number
- } ' and Heals.
Sufficient specs shall be left on the Owner's aide of outgoing tai'minal
blocks for adding cable color nodes and circuit numbers. .Color codas and
circuit numbers will be added by the Engineer. The Contractor shell be
responsible for adding the color codes and ~arcuit numbsrs Co hie. dYnw-
Inge afrer they are assigned by Che Engineer,
1C.7 INSTRUCTION MANUALS, Instruction manuflls for the unlasding, stor-
age, installation, operation, and maintenance of the equipment shall be
furnished. Tha number of manuals and their required time of delivery are
specified in the Schedule of Activities in Section ]A.
i
~DNNTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71.0000
102089 1
1C~4
{~s$yy fN,il
f }bY. tt • ` ~t}
E
I
I~
1C.7.1 Content, Manuals shall include the following information spa-
cific to the furnished oquipment.
Table of Cont6nte and index tabs
Specifications, test data, and curves
Description of the equipment
Instructions in the methods of receiving, inspection, etor-
? age, and handling prior to installation
t
Installation Instructions
Operating Instructions
Maintenance instructions
Assembly drawings
I Parts lists
List of acceptable lubricants
Nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item
j of equipment and component part thereof
List of recommended spare parts
I List of maintenance tools furnished with the equipment
The above listed requirements are minimum= however, requirements which
are clearly not applicable to the equipment may be deleted. Additional
information which is necessary for proper operation and care of the
III equipment shall also he included.
10,7.2 Binding, Bach copy of the manuals shall be assembled and bound
in heavy-duty binders.
The covers of the manuals shall be permanently marked with lettering in-
dicating City of Denton, Texas; Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project; name
of equipment; and name of manufacturer, r
Binder capacities shall not exceed 3 inchaa, nor shall material included
exceed the designed binder capacity or be more than approximately 1/2 inch
greater than the thickness of the material within the binder.
l
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
F I 013190 )
1 1C-5
}t
f7tTY rtH
[ykldlF}.y1
{Apy9' C:i.{S.S#s },itiliJ, "
I'
1C.7.3 Submittal. One complete copy of the proposed manual shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review. The Engineer's review will be for
general conformity to specified requirements and is not intended to con-
stitute detailed review or approval of content.
I
i I
V:
I V
i
3
i
i
i
jI
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CUNST 71.0000)
[ 102089 ]
1C-6
i
ry
. 4ffL]52
i'1tl1.1
SPEC 10567
MOTOR PROJECT 7i
MOTOR DATA TO BE SUBMITTED
MODEL
MANUFACTURER HERB
'z HP VOLTS PHASE ,
NEMA DESIGN LETTER FULL LOAD SPEED RPM
SERVICE FACTOR
,
ENCLOSURE! TYPE FRAME 512E
INSULATION SYSTEM! CLASS-STANDARU._..J._SEALED.-•._.,AMB TEMP .0
TEMP. RISE C BY RESISTANCE AT SERVICE FACTOR OF 1.0 . 1.15
I
FULL LOAD CURPENT,;__ AMPS, LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT AMPS
SPACE HEATER I IF FURNISHED} NUMBER 0 UNITS UNIT RATING, WATTS _
I t
E
I VOLTS . PHASE f,
BEARINGS! TYPE _ AFBMA L-10 RATING LIFE, NOT LESS THAN HRS j
LUBRICATIONi TYPE AYSTEM _ - - {
1
SOUND LEVELS;
SOUND POWER LEVEL OVERALL MEAN NO-LOAD SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL
f ' RE 10"12 WATTS d9A R£ 20 MICROPASCALS (0.0002 MICRGBAR) 'REFERENCE DISTANCE
f h ( FREE FIELD OF1 METER 2METERS dBA FREE FIELD }I
TOTAL MOTOR WT LSS
FOR MULTISPEED MO?ORS! y
I VARIABLE TOROUE CONSTANT TORQUE , CONSTANT HORSEPOWER____....r.
MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTION DIAGRAM 40. (ATTACH COPY OF DIAGRAM)
I FOR WOUND TOR MOTORS:
SEC.
1 SEC. VOLOLTS SEC. AMPS ,SEC.RE3., OHMS M-M AT 25 C 1
FOR MOTORS IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONSt
MOTOR ENCLOSURE SURFACE TEMPERATURE,_ C AT SERVICE FACTOR OF 1.0 1.15~~- t
WILL MOTOR CONTAIN A SURFACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL THERMOSTAT REWIRING CONNECTION INTO THE MOTOR
STARTER CONTROL 0R7UIT) YES - NO
FOR DUST IGNITION-PROOF MOTORS) MOTOR ENCLOSURE SURFACE TEMPERATURE RISE UNDER ANY ABNORMAL
OPERATING CONDITION INCLUDING OVERLOAD, 31NGLE-PH43140, ETC., ASSU'IIHG ENCLOSURE SURFACE
TEMPERATURE OF 120 C WN£N ABNORMAL CONDITION OEYELOPSt
MINIMUM TIME TO REACH 155 C SECS
MAXIMUM RATE OF RISE___C IN 5 SECS
t
a BLACK & VEATCH
CONSUIrTINs ENGINEERS
t (E3I MOTOR
INFORMATION SHEET
s 1C-7
i
E(
Section ID - CONTRACTOR'S QUALT'PY ASSURANCE PROGRAM
1D.1 GENERAL. As a means of assuring that the performance of the work,
either at the site or at other locations that support the site, fulfills
the requirements of the contract documents, the Contractor and his sub-
conf.ractors shall establish and implement a program for quality assurance
and quality control,
The Owner's representatives referred to in this section may b3 direct em-
ployees of the Owner or may be any person or firm designated by the Own.-
er, including the Engineer.
I ~ 1D,2 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM The program shall he capable of provid-
ing assurance that design, purchasing, manufacturing, shipping, storage,
erection, installation, testing, and examination of all -equipment, mate-
rials, and services will comply with the requirements of these contract ;
f } documents,
r 1D,2,1 aQu lity Assurance Manuals. The quality assurance program shall
be documented in a quality assurance manual. The form and format of
quality assurance manuals is et the discretion of the Contractor and his
4 ; subcontractors, Content of th,e quality assurance manual may be in the
{ form of written descriptions of quality assurance policiAo, and/or qual-
f ity control procedures, methods, instructions, exhibits, or other quality
assurance method descriptions. Controlled copies of the manual shall be
submitted in accordance with Section 1A, The quality assurance manual
shall be kept current by submittal of revisions as applicable throughout t
the. life of this Contract,
The +s manual shall describe the authority
~ quality assurance
Contractor
1 { and responsibility of the persons in charge of the quality avauranoe pro-
gram and inspection activities, The manual shall also include, as a min-
i f imum, control procedures or methods to assure the following,
Design documents, drawings, specificationa, quality assur-
ance procedures, purchase documents, and records are main-
E twined current, accurate, and under control,
j Purchased materials, equipment, and services conform to con-
f# tract requirements,
Receipt inspection, In-proceas inspection, examination.,
3 testing, and checkout
I
Adequate inspection of oubcontracted work i
t
f '
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
1D-1
y
r
RIO
J ~ ~ a
i
Quality of sp^_iat processes such as welding, heat treating,
hot forming, and nondestructive testing
Proper methods are employed for the qualification of person-
nel performing welding and those performing nondestructive
examination.
Control of all required tests and inspection procedures
Proper documentation, control, and disposition of noncon-
forming materials
Calibration of equipment, instruments, and recording con-
trols
Proper surface preparation for and application of all shop
and field applied coatings in accordance with Owner apeci-
fications and the coating manufacturer's recommendations
1D.3 FIELD PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL ENGINEER. The Contractor's organs- zation shall be staffed in the field with an engineer experienced in
quality assurance work who shall be designated as the Field Project Qual-
ity Control Engineer. It shall be his responsibility to assure that the
testa, examinations, qualifications, and reco:`d keeping requirements of
this Contract are being implemented by the contractor's organization.
His position in the Contractor's organization shall be free of the influ-
ences of project cost and project schedule. tie shall have the authority
to reject defective work performed by the Contractor and his subcontiac-
tors.and to require the Contractor to take corrective action. f.._.
f
10.4 INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS. The Contractor's work and related records
shall be subject to inspection and audit by the Owner's representatives
to assure compliance with applicable requirements. Upon detection of a
noncompliance with the requirements of the contract documents, the ac-
cepted quality assurance manual, and/or control procedures, a request for
corrective action may be issued by the Owner. The Contractor shall cot-
rect in n timely manner all such deficiencies so identified.
1D.5 REJECTION OF WORK, All materials or equipment furnished or work
performed under this Contract shall be subject to inspection by the
Owner. Inspection will include any additional testing for determining
compliance with the contract documents. All expense of such additional
teats will be borne by the Owner. The expense of subsequent tests due to
failure of materials or equipment first offered will be charged against
the Contractor,
If any equipment, work, or materials are found not to meet the require-
ments of the specifications, the lot, or any faulty portion thereof, may
j
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 1.02089 1
1D-2
-1J
'±:=H.1e1.11.yy 1
J
(111RM1IY f1 ri 6.S'P
'l
!rl
t
be rejected, Before offering work for inspection by the Owner, the Con-
tractor shall, by his own inspection, eliminate any items which, in his
opinion, are defective or do not meet the requirements of the contract -
documents. The fact that the equipment, work, or materials have been
successfully inspected, tested, and accepted shall not relieve the Con-
tractor of responsibility in the case of later discovery of flaws or de-
fects.
1D.6 NOTIFICATION, 1
~ For all activities identified by the Owner for wit-
nessing, the Contractor shall provide advance notice as directed by the
\ Owners representatives, I
I 1D,7 NONCONFORWCE REPORTS. The Owner's representatives shall have ac- i'
E case to all nonconformance reports and the Contractor shall provide a
I I copy of those nonconformance reports if requested. Disposition of non-
conformances in which the acceptance and use of an item could contribute
to less than daaired appearance, required performance, longterm relia-
bility, or Interchangeability shall be subject to acceptance by the Owner,
I
J
,
~c
A
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
'
f 102089 j
1D-a
}
S
,
41 i
Ii 3
s
~i
{1
:gym f
Section lE - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
i
1E.1 GENERAL. This section covers the schedule and scheduling require-
ments for performance and completion of the work included under this
Contract.
1E.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. The time of completion is a basic consider-
ation of the contract. The Contractor shall comply with the dates estab-
1'shed in the detailed construction schedule agreed to by the Owner and
the Contractor.
1E.2.1 Milestone Dates. The milestone dates listed in Section IA of
these specifications are associat.d only with the major items of work
under this Contract or indicate key interface dates with the work of
other contractors. The completion dates indicated are essential to the
work under this Contract and to the coordination and continuity of all
work at the site.
E
E The listing of activities and dates is not intended to be a complete or' j
detailed listing of all work under this Contract or of all interfaces
with the work of other contractors.
It is understood and agreed that the dates shown in Section 1A are the
I i latest feasible completion dates and that earlier dates may be attained
k as agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor.
1E,3 CON`TRACTOR`S DETAILED CHEDULE. Vithin 14 days after the date of
contract award letter of intent:), the Contractor shall submit a detailed
I construction schedule, The detailed schedule shall be based upon the
dates specified in the construction schedule included in Section IA.
~ I
The detailed construction schedule shall be in bar graph form acceptable
I to the Owner,
1
The detailed construction schedule shall contain all activities of the
construction plan, including acquisition and installation of special
r equipment and materials. For all equipment and materials fabricated or
supplied by the Contractor especially for this project, the schedule
shall include the sequence of activitiecs including issuance of purchase
[ orders, preparation of shop drawings, fabrication, and delivery. Each
activity shall be identified on the schedule by a descriptive title and
shall be assigned an estimated numbar of working days required and an ex-
pected completion date.
P
The Contractor is respon6ible for determining the sequence and time esti-
mates of the detailed dc,ily construction activitiecs; however, the Owner
4
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
{ [ 102.089 ]
1E-7
t
re qG'. l"rt~
lA
L•u.
,1 Iti
reserves the right to require the Contractor to modify any portion of the
schedule the Owner determines to be impractical, infeasible, or unreason-
able, and as required to coordinate the Contractor's activities with i
those of other contractors, and to assure the completion of the work by
the stipulated date,
Schedules returned to the Contractor for revision or correction shall be
resubmitted for review within 7 calendar days. Upon acceptance by the
Owner of the detailed schedule of activities, the Contractor will be re-
sponsible for maintaining such schedule.
Each month the Contractor shall submit a complete list of all deviations
from the detailed construction schedule to reflect the actual progress of
the work, together with his proposed actions to alleviate any delays
caused by the deviations.
1E.4 COORDINATION. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with that
of other contractors and shall cooperate fully with the Owner in main-
twining orderly progress towards completion of the work as scheduled,
The Owner's decision regarding priority between the Contractor's work and
j the work of other contractors at the project site shall be final and
shall not be cause for extra compensation or extension of time, except
where extension of time is granted because of actual and unavoidable de-
f lay'
The dates shown in the construction schedule included in Section 1A for
delivery of Owner-furnished equipment and materials are based on dates
' set forth in separate contracts with the Owner and represent the beat
1 information available at this time. It should be recognized that these
dates may vary due to causes beyond the Owner's control and appropriate
allowance should be made in the Contractor's planning of the work,
Failure of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to arrive as scheduled
shall. not be justification for an extension of time, except where such
failure causes, in the opinion of the Owner, an unreasonable delny in the
Contractor's work, in which case the provisions of the Genoral Conditions
regarding changes to the contract shall apply,
The Contractor shall keep himself, atld his subcontractors, advised at all,
times during the course of construction as to the delivery status of
Owner--furnished equipment and materials,
The Owner will, upon written request by the Contractor., furnish informa-
tion which may be available to the Owner regarding the ntatus of the
Owner-furnished equipment and materials,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089
lE-2
i
I,
i
7
a
n .,rl
Section IF - CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
1F,1 GENERAL, This section covers the requirements for construction
services to be provided by tho Contractor and the Owner in the prosecu-
tion of the work.
All construction plant and temporary facilities provided by the Owner for
the Contractor's use shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be
returned to the Owner in satisfactory condition when the work is cam-
plated. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of damage to
Owner-furnished construction plant and temporary facilities when such
! damage has resulted from the construction activities under this Contract.
f
11,2 CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. The Contractor shall
furnish all construction plant, utilities, temporary facilities, equip-
ment, materials, and supplies required for prosecution of the work but
j which will not be incorporated in the completed work, unless otherwise
i specified herein.
Prior to installation of any Contractor.-furnished temporary facilities on
the jobsite, proposals for such facilities shall be submitted to and
written approval received from the Owner.
I s
i All temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall
remain the property of the Contractor and shall be maintained throughout j
the r,.)rk. Any materia.la, equipment, or temporary stilucturea installed or
erected on the jobaite or within permanent buildings by the Contractor
3{ shall be removed by him when so directed by the Owner to permit he exe-
cution of other work in connection with the project of at the completion
ofthe Contractor's work,
All Contractor-furnished co~istruction plant and facilities shall be in
f first-class condition and shall be of the proper type and size to perform
the wor'.c, The plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically
maintained throughout the work to ensure proper, efficient operation,
Plant and facilities which are inadequete or improperly maintained shall
j be promptly modified, repaired, or removed from the site and replaced as
directed by the Owner, and at the Contractor's expense.
When the work is completed, all Contractor-furnished temporary structures
and facilities shall be removed from the site and the area shall be re- ;
stored to its original condition to the maximum extent practicable,
All construction plant and temporary facilities requiring use of wood
shall be constructed of Class A Fire Retardant Pressure Impregnated Wood,
6
t
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 10208? 1
IF-1
:
t
r.cat_acry ..15
rf
Temporary structures for offices, change houses, warehouses, and other
uses for the Contractor or his subcontractors shall be provided by the
Contractor. Suitable construction trailers may be used in lieu of
temporary structures, Such structures or trailers shall be placed only
in the locations assigned by the Owner.
1F.3 CONSTRUCTION UTILITIES. Construction utilities required for the
prosecution of the work shall be provided by the Contractor or the Owner
as herein specified,
r
1F.3.1 Telephones and Other Site Communication Rsquirements, The Con-
tractor shall provide his own tellephone and other site communications to I
ff meet hip needs and shall pay all costa associated with such services.
I
j 1F.3.2 Compressed Air, The Contractor shall provide all air compres-
sore, fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other apparatus required for
supplying compressed air required for prosecution of his work.
J.F,3.3 Construction Power. The Contractor shall furnish energy for
I construction electric power, welding, and temporary lighting. The
Contractor shall provide and install the initial construction power
j facilities and area lighting. The Contractor shall maintain these
facilities until completion of his contract. The facilities shall be
? removed at the end of the construction period,
The Contractor shall provide all disconnect switches, breakers, trans
formers,. Wiring, and other devices required to distribute power for his
use and for the use of his subcontractors, u.
Temporary power facilities shall conform with applicable safety and code
requirementa, shall be constructed to provide
{ minimum interference with constructionand shall be acceptable todthe
Owner. All temporary electrical installations must be scheduled by the
Contractor and shall be submitted to the Owner in writing with drawings.
Approval will only be given in writing,
All temporary wiring shall conform with Article 305 TEMPORARY WIRING of
the National Electrical Code,
1F.3,l4 Temnorary Lighting. All temporary lights required by law or or-
dinanee or necessary for the proper protection of the public and workmen
or for the proper execution and inspection of the Contractor's work shall
be furnished, placed, and maintained by the Contractor at his expense.
Conductors shall be not less than 12 AWG copper and insulated for
600 volts, A fuse shall be provided for the protection of each circuit,
I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
,
( 102089 )
1F-2
j
i
i
l?
.e::~.wwst t>
r~
1F,3.5 Water. The Contractor shall furnish his own water for construe-
tion and drinking, including facilities for construction distribution,
and coolers, cups, cup dispensers, and a trash barrel at each water
cooler,
1F.3.6 Heat. The Contractor shall provide all heat for the efficient
prosecution of the work and to prevent 'freeze damage during construction.
Heating methods shall be submitted to the Owner for acceptance prior to
use.
Salamanders, open fires, or other methods which constitute a hazard to
personnel or x property shall
not be used. All heating equipment shall be
j provided with adequate safeguards,
! f
' 1F.3.7 Sanity Facilities.
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain
sanitary facilities, including chemical toilets, for the use of his per-
sonnel. Chemical toilets shall he furnished in numbers and locations as
required to adequately and conveniently serve the needs of all of the
Contractors personnel and shall meet the requirements of applicable reg-
ulations of the appropriate local health agency. Maintenance of the
! chemical toilets shall include daily inspection, cleaning, and replen-
ishment of chemicals,
~ t
IF.3.8 Access Roads,
Parking, and Storage Areas. The Owner will provide
parking and storage areas as available within the project easomunt
boundaries. The Contractor shall provide all- temporary surface improve-
ments to roads, parking areas, and storage areas required for his opera-
tions.
{ E Road surfaces cut by the Contractor shall be promptly repaired by the
I Contractor. at his expense. Roadbeds and drainage facilities damaged by
( the Contractor during installation of buried facilities shall be
promptly
repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
IF.3,9 Security, The Contractor shall be responsible for all security
affecting the prosecution of his own work,
t•
LP.3.10 First Aid, The Contractor shall provide for his own first aid
raquirements.-
c
1F.3.11 Trash Disposal, The Contractor shall be responsible for polic-
ing his own work areas and removing his own trash, rubbiah, and construc-
tion debris from the site. The Contractor shall haul the trash to an
offaite landfill area for disposal,
} 1F.3,12 Scaffolding, The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding,
t staging, ladders, flooring, runways, and any other temporary construction
required for the execution of his work.
S
a
,
t
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
[ .102089 )
1F-3
1
(
' IOy G'.rp~n
^ ~l
All scaffolding, runways, and other temporary construction shall be self-
supporting throughout and shall be rigidly built oo as to support safely
the weight of all materials, apparatus, equipment, and construction per- { j
sonnel to be placed thereon as required by federal, state, and local
laws.
1F,3,13 Fire Protection, The Contractor shall provide and maintain ade-
quate fire protection equipment in each area for which he is responsible
including each temporary office, tool room, storage area, and warehouse
he uses, Fire protection equipment size and quantity shall satisfy
inourance requirements and shall be satisfactory to the Owner.
1F.4 RESIDENT ENGINEER FIELD OFFICE. A residentengineer field office
shall be provided for tht% Engineer, The field office shall have a mini-
( ) mum floor space of 150 square feet, The field office shall be equipped
with adequate heating, air conditioning, lighting, and toilet facilities.
The toilet facilities may be portable orequal to the Contractor's facil-
ities. The walls, floor, and roof shall be properly insulated.
! The field office shall be located onsite and may be a
j Y part of the Con-
tractor's office facilities. It may be necessary during' the course of
the construction work to move the field office; if suet, is the case, the
I Contractor shall relocate the field office as directed by the Engineer,
At the conclusion of the work and when directed by the Engineer, the
field office shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be
removed from the site of the construction work.
I 1I.4,1 Utilities, The field office shall have water, electricity, and '
I telephone service available, The t
Engineer
shall have access to an onsite
photocopy machine. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial
installation of the utilities, The Engineer will assume all monthly and
long-distAnce costs of the telephone, All other utility costs shall be
paid by the Contractor.
f 1F.4,2 Furnishings, The following furnishings shall be provided,
Desk
Swivel arm chair
Drafting table and stool
Plan rack
Filing cabinet, three drawer
l
(DENTON 1056) GEN CONST 71,00001
E~iJ
013190
IF-4
uuvrnrk
!tl
I,
Side chair
pp f
Metal wastebasket
IP,4,3 Miscellaneous Materials, Furnishings, and Services Provided
Others, The Engineer will provide his own miscellaneous office supplies.
The Contractor shall arrange for janitorial services.
I
i
33~ ~ I
i
s
1 E
J [DENTON 10567 GEN COMST 71,00001 [ 01.3190 ]
1Fw5
i
_ ..-Y
l; y
t
it
Section 1G - RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
1G,1 GENERAL, The Contractor shall promptly receive, unload, and place
into storage all equipment, materials, and supplies arriving at the proj-
ect site for the work under this Contract. This shall include equipment
and materials furnished by the Owner and sper,ified to be erected and in-
stalled under this Contract.
Storage areas on the site will be allocated for the Contractor's use by
the Owner. Equipment and materials shall be stored in assigned laydown
j areas.
}f
IF The Contractor shall provide all required storage facilities.
~ i
1G.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. For all shipments of Contractor-furnished
equipment or materials arriving at the dobsite, the Contractor shall pro-
i vide the documentation required by the article entitled HAZARDOUS MATERI-
ALS in the General Conditions,
Hazardous materials documentation provided by suppXiers of Owner-furnished
equipment and materials will, be furnished to the Contractor.
i
1G.3 RECEIVING. The Contractor shall examine all shipments of Owner-
furnitted equipment and material, except spare parts and maintenance
tools, and shall. notify the Owner immediately of any shortages,
discrep- ancies, or damage,
The Contractor shall.receive Owner-furnished equipment at the Owner's
storage facility at 1701A Spencer Road, Denton, Texas 76205, The Con-
tractor shall be responsible for transportation of Owner-furnished equip-
ment to the project site. The Contractor shall advise the Owner of an;
G damage to the equipment at the time of receipt prior to transportation t„
the site and shall be responsible for any damage not so noted. i
f The Contractor shall prepare a listing of the materials or equipment re-
r ceived and acknowledge receipt of such items from the Owner. The Con-
tractor shall take Immediate custody of all materials and equipment re-
ceived in good condition and shall thereafter be solely respcns:(ble for
any damage or shortage until final acceptance of the Contractor'n work.
~s
The Contractor shall be responsibllu for the prompt unloading of all
equipment and materials received into his custody and shall pay any de-
murrage. If any Owner-furnished materials and equipment arrive after
working hours, the Contractor shall assign personnel to receive and in-
spect all such shipments and shall pay all base time and overtime costs
Y' for such work.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
013190 [
1G-1
:.,esarni ,y
Vte~'dr v':1
}y
If
.j
S~
The Contractor shall replace all Owner-furnished materials and equipment
which are :Lost or damaged while in the custody of the Contractor, Iie-
Placement materials and equipment shall be of a type and quality equal to
the original materials and equipment, shall be acceptable to the nngi
neer, and shall be obtained expeditiously to prevent delay of the wont.
Extensions of time will not be granted for delays caused by failure tc
receive replacement materials and equipment at the time required for +
their installation.
The Contractor shall maintain a current, accurate inventory and record ;~f
location for all equipment and materials in his custody.
1G.4 HANDLING. The Contractor shall handle al.l equipment and materials
carefully eo prevent damage or loss, shall store them in an orderly man-
ner, shall keep adequate and convenient records of their .location, and
E shall. keep a continuously accurate inventory,
The use of bare wire rope slings for unloading and handling materials and
equipment is prohibited except with the specific permission of the Owner.
The Contractor shall rehandle and reload, if required, all Owner-furnished
materials and equipment which have been rejected.
i
f The Contractor shall handle and load all returnablo packing boxes, spe-
cial. handling devices, and cable reels for Owner-furnished materials and
equipment and shall prepare shipping papers therefor, if, required. All
I , such materials shall be returned as promptly as possibla.
The Contractor shall receive into his custody Owner-furnished equipment C~c
i held in the Owner's storage.for placement at the _Jobaite.
( 16'.5 STORAGE, Stored equipment and materials shall be adequately
ported and protected to prevent damage. Equipment shall be moved sup-
1 the permanent buildin or onto its e into
struction will 'permitg Permanent foundation as soon as con-
,
Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the
ground. In warehouses that do not have dry concrete or suspended floors,
materials and equipment shall be stored on platforms or shoring.
Strip heaters and similar heating devices furnished with electrical
equipment shall be electrically connected to provide protection during
storage, Heaters shall be energized immediately upon placement of the
equipment in storage, and maintained in an energized condition until they
can be energized from a permanent electrical connection. If permanent
electrical power is not available when the equipment Js installed in its
permanent location, electrical equipment requiring strip heaters and sim-
Ilar heating devices shall be suitably connected to a reliable temporary
power soureea
[DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71,0000)
013190
1G-7, J
,e
Motor bearings, collector rings, commutators, control components, and
r other exposed parts shall be protected against corrosion and periodically
inspected. Brushes shall be lifted from dugs to prevent galvanic corro
si.on. Bearing oil reservoirs shall be filled to the indicated level with
the proper lubricating oil. At the end of every 3 months in storage, the
rotor shall be rotated until the journals are covered with oil to lubri- I
Cate the journals and prevent corrosion. Where bearings are grease lu-
bricated, the rotors shall be rotated not less than five revolutions at
the end of every 3 months to cover the bearing parts with new grease,
Where moisture condensation or flooding does occur, sleeve bearings shall
be removed from housin A to prevent corrosion of the journal. Shoes of
r vertical' pivoted shoe type bearings shall be removed and the rotor sup-
ported on jacks to prevent galvanic corrosion of the runner surface.
i
Electric motors, generators, and couplings in storage shall have the
in- sulation resistance of the windings chocked at the end of every 3 otonths,
and records kiapt, to determine if the winding requires drying out.
Mechanical dehydrators provided in control panels shall be maintained in
t operation from the date of receipt of equipment until directed otherwise
by the Owner,
j f All openings in equipment and piping noc stored under weatherproof covers
shall be closed to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture during storage.
E
All platforms, enclosures, shoring, and weatherproof coverings for ator-
aga use shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed ;
upon completion of the work,
1G.5.1 Indoor Storage Facilities. fndo'or storage furnished by the Con-
tractor shall consist of suitable construction trailers or portable en-
closures and shall be weathertight, well ventilated, and secure against
thaft and vandalism, Equipment and materials shell be placed on shoring
to permit air circulation under the stored item. Access doora shall be
adequate to accommodate the movement and handling of materials and equip-
ment to be stored and shall be equippad with secu•ce locks,
Indoor storage facilities shall be acceptable to the Owner.
i
1G,5.2 Open Platforms. Open platforms shall be Contractor-constructed
t from sound lumber not'less than 2 inches nominal thickness, Open plat-
forms shall be adequately constructed to support the loads imposed by the
stored materials and equipment, Platforms shall be level, shall be sup-
ported on concrete block piurg, and shall be not less than 18 inches
above grade,
z
Shoring for"storage of materials and equipment shall utilize sound tim-
bers not less than 6 inches by 8 inches nominal size, Shoring shall be
arranged to provide 8 inches of clearance above grade,
[DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,00001
[ 013190
i
' ,.rsi¢ -
1G.5.3 Coverings, Weatherproof coverings for outdoor storage shall uti-
lize a waterproof flame resistant type sheeting. Sheeting widths shall
be the maximum practicable and, if necessary, widths may be built up by _i
using waterproof taped splices. The sheeting shall be carefully placed
and tied down to prevent moisture from entering the laps and to prevent
wind damage to the coverings,
1G.5.4 Storage Methods. Except as otherwise specified, the storage
method to be used for various materials and equipment shall be determined
as follows.
Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equip-
ment or which have finish painted surfaces, and other items
which would be damaged by outdoor exposure, shall be stored
indoors. When such storage would present an unreasonable
building space or volume requirement, the equipment or mate-
rials may, when acceptable to the Owner, be stored under
weatherproof coverings on shoring or platforms. The cover-
ings shall cover the top and aides of the equipment, shall
be lapped to shed water, and shall be fastened securely
around the base of the equipment,
F All small loose items which could be easily lost, stolen,
broken, or misused Hhall be stored indoors.
I All other equipment and materials shall be stored on open I
platforms or shoring.
Combustible and flammable materials shall be handled and
stored as specified in the Special Conditions under the.ar-
ticle entitled FIRE PROTECTION.
i
All storage methods shall be acceptable to the Owner,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000 4y3ni
[ 013190
' LG_4
I
DIVISION 2 - SITE14ORK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 2A - EARTHWORK 2A-1 thru 2A-15
2A.1 General 2A-1
2A.2 Sheeting and Shoring 2A-1
2A.3 Removal of Water 2A-1-
2A.4 Blasting 2A-1
2A.5 Classification of Excavated Materials 2A-1
2A.6 Freezing Weather Restrictions 2A-2
2A.7 Maintenance of Traffic 2A-2
2A,8 Protection of Underground Construction 2A-2
2A,9 Praoervation of Trees 2A-2
2.A.10 Unauthorized Excavation 2A-2
2A.1I Testing 2A-2
2A-9
3A.12 Site Preparation
2A.13 Roadbeds 2A-3
2A.14 Fills and Embankments 2A-4
21..15 Structure Excavation 2A-4
2A,16 Stabilization 2A-5
2A.17 Structure Backfill 2A-6
2A.18 Drainage Fills 2A-6
2A.19 Pipe Tr,inch Excavation 2A-7
2A.20 Pipe Embedment 2A-8
2A.21'-Trench 'Backfill 24-9
2A. 2A Duct Batik Trenching 2A-9
2A,23 Maintenance and Restoration of Fills,
Embankments, and Backfills 2A-! 10
2A.24 Final Grading 2A-I0
2A,25 Dioposition of Materiels 2A-11
Table 3 Unified Soil Classification 2A-r12 thru 2A-14 `
Wipe Embedment Sketch (81112-DS-0053) 2A-15
f~
Section 2H - CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS 28-1 ehru 2B-2
2B.1 0oneral 28-1
2B,2 Drawings and Data 28-1
2B.3 Design 2B.-1
2B.4 Movement Monitoring 2B-2
2B.5 Materials 2B-2
2B.6 Wald.ing 2B-2
2B.7 BulkheaduRemoval 2B-2
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 013190 }
TC2-1
i
Page
Section 2C - DRAINAGE PIPING 2C-1 thru 2C-3
2C,1 General 2C-1
2C.2 Drawings and Data 2C-1
2C.'3 Laws and Ordinances 2C-1
2C,4 Materials 2C--I
20.5 General Pipe Installation Requirements 2C-l
2C.6 Pipe Joints 2C-2
2C.7 Drainage Piping 2C-2
2C,8 Floor Drains 2C-2
2C.9 Protective Coatings 2C-2
2C.10 Cloaning and Testing 2C-3
Section 2D - DEWATERING 2D-1 thru 2D-3
2D.1 General 2D-1
-
2D.2 Dewatering System 2D-1
2D.3 Design 2D-1
2D,4 Damages 2D-2
2D,5 Record of Dewataring 2D-2
j 2D.6 Maintaining Excavation in Dewaterad
Condition 2D-3
2D,7 Dewatering System Removal 2D-3
Section 2E - RIPRAP 2E-1 thru 2E-5
29.1 General 2E-1
26.2 Control Testing 2E-1
2E.3 Materials 2E-1
21;.4 Reference Samples 2E-3
I 29,5 Preliminary Review 2E-3
26.6 Placemant 2E-4
2F-1 thru 2):-2
Section 2F - EROSION C'6Ii7.'ROt
2F.1 General 2p-1
2F'.2 Materials 2F-1
2F.3 Workmanship 2F-2
2F.4 Establishment and Maintenance 2F-2
Sectiort'LC CHAIN LINK FENCING 20-1 thru 20-5
20.1 Oeneral 2G-1
2G.2 Drawings and Data 2G-1
203 Fence Type 2G-1
\ 2G,4 Materials 20-1
26,5 Swing Oates 2G-3
20.6 Fence Construction 20-•4
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST`71.0000]
[ 102189 ]
T02-2
e
Section 2H AGGREGATE SURFACING
2H-1 thru 2H-3
2H.1 General
2H,2 Protection of Subgrade 2H-
1
2H.3 Subgrade Preparation 2H-1
2H.4 Materials 2H-1
2H.5 Application 2H-1
2H.6 Sampling,and Testing 2H-2
f l 2H-3
U
(DENTON '0567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 J
TC2-3
Y
fc
t~tti
G
Section 2A - EARTHWORK
2A.1 GENERAL, This section covers general earthwork and shall include
the necessary preparation of the construction areas; removal and disposal
of all debris; excavation and trenching as required; the handling, stor-
age,•transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary
sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgrades; protec-
tion of adjacent construction; back£illing; pipe embedment; construction
of fills and embankments; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant
work.
2A,2 SHEETING AND SHORING. The stability of previously constructed
1 structures and facilities shall not be impaired or endangered by exca-
vation work. Previously constructed structures and facilities include
j f both structures and facilities existing when this construction began and
E! structures and facilities already provided under these epecifications.
€ Adequate sheeting and shoring shall be provided as required to protect
and maintain the stability of previously constructed structures and fa
If cilities and the sides of excavations and trenches until they are back-
filled. Sheeting, bracing, and shoring shall be designed and built to 1
withstand all loads that might be caused by earth movement or pressure,
i and 'shall maintain the shape of the excavation under all circumstances.
A rigid nonyielding excavation support system shall be used at the
j eastern edge of the penstock, powerhouse, and tailrace excavations to
protect the existing outlet works chute and stilling basin. The support
I system shall be designed to prevent movement in the soil adjacent to the
3 outlet works, its foundation and its drainage system.
i #
2A.3 REMOVAL OF WATER. Removal"of water shall be 1r, accordance with the
section titled DEWATERING,
2A.4 BLASTING. Blasting or other use of explosives for excavation will
not be permitted.
2A.5 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS. No classification of exca-
vated materiala will be made except for i enti£ieation purposes. Ex-
cavation work shall include the removal and subsequent handling of all
materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the contract
' work, regardless of the type, character, composition, or condition thereof.
All rock which cannot be handled and compacted as earth shall be kept
separate from other excavated materials and shall not be mixed with back-
fill, fill, or embankment materials except as specified or directed,
Soil identification shall be in accordance with Table 3 of the Unified
Soil Classification System which is bound at the end of this section,
Identification and classification shall be based upon visual examination
and simple manual tests performed by qualified personnel furnished by the
Contractor.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
[ 013190 ]
2A-1
1
110" kkI
c, e Y'Fa+:3~~ 1
Ii
1
2A.6 FREEZING WEATHER RESTRICTIONS. Backfilling and construction of
fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by,
permission of the Owner. No earth material shall be placed on frozen
surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any
backfill, fill, or embankment.
2A.7 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. The Contractor shall conduct hip; work with
as little interference as possible with the Owner's operations and the
operation.of the Corps of Engineers. Whenever it is necessary to cross,
obstruct, or close roads, driveways, parking areas, and walks, the Con-
tractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or
other temporary expedients at his own expense. In making open cut road
crossings, the Contractor shall not block more than one half of the road
at any time.
i
f,f 2A.8 PRITECTION OF UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall lo-
cate, protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all existing under-
ground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction which
may be uncovered or otherwise affected by the work.
2A.9 PRESERVATION OF TREES. Trees shall be preserved and protected as
much as possible. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, trees
I shall be removed from only those areas which will be excavated, filled,
j or built upon. Consideration will be given to the removal of additional
trees only where essential, in the opinion of the Owner, for the effec-
tive execution of the work. Tree removal shall be approved by the Corps
of Engineers.
Trees left standing shall be adequately protected from permanent damage
by construction operations. Trimming of standing trees, where required,
shall be as directed by the Owner.
2A.10 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION. Except where otherwise authorized, indi-
cated, or specified, all material excavated below the bottom of concrete
structures which will be supported by the subgrade shall be replaced with
concrete placed monolithic with the concrete above,
2A.11 TESTING. All field and laboratory testing required to determine
compliance with the requirements of this section shall be provided by the
Contractor. All field and laboratory testing shall be done by an inde-
pendent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer and retained and
paid by the Contractor. Field sampling shall be done by the testing lab-
oratory or by a qualified employee of the Contractor,
At least one field density determination shall be performed for each
300 cubic yards of compacted material. Field samples shall be taken at
locations selected by the Owner. If additional field control tests are
necessary, in the opinion of the Owner, such tests shall be made.
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )
I_ 2A-2
0 ,
f~
E
f q:o o;,ry
f e;
i;
'a ,
J i
G;
Maximum density for cohesive compactad materials shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM D698. The terms "maximum density" and "optimum
moisture content" shall be as defined in ASTM D698.
The following tests will be required for the trenching work.
I Two gradation testa for each type of granular embedment or
backfill material
Two tests for laboratory density (ASTM D695) for each type
of embedment or backfill material proposed
In-place field density tests at average intervals of one
i test per 25 feet o° trench
A copy of each test result shall be promptly furnished to the Owner.
i
2A.12 SITE PREPARATION. Ground surfaces within the construction areas
shall be cleared of all trees, brush, debris, and surface vegetation, ! f
Stumps and roots. larger than 2 inches in diameter shall be completely 11
7 grubbed and removed. Matted roots shall be removed regardless of size.
i Surface vegetation shall be removed complete with roots to a depth of not
less than k inches below the ground surface.
ff
All combustible and other waste materials shall be removed from the con-
struction araaa and disposed of by and at the expense of the Contractor.
( Open burning is not permitted at the site.
Organic topsoil which is free of trash, vegetation, rocks, and roots
shall be stockpiled for later use under these specifications.
, t
2A.13 ROADBEDS. Roadbed construction shall include excavation and ,
subgrade preparation, and fills and embankments where requirod. Fills
and embankments shall be constructed as specified hereinafter. In axes-
vated roadbed areas, overburden shall be removed and the subgrade shall
be shaped to line, grade, and cross section, and compacted to a depth of
at least 6 inches to 95 percent of maximum density between ±2 percent of
optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. This operation
shall include any scarifying, reshaping, and wetting required to obtain
proper compaction. Soft, organic, and otherwise unsuitable material
shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with suitable material.
Suitable material shall meet the requirements of the article titled
STRUCTURE BACKFILL,
The subgrade shall be compacted and finished to a true surface and no
depression shall be left that will hold water or prevent proper drainage.
The subgrade shall be finished to within 0.1 foot of the elevation indi-
cated on the drawings. Any deviation of the subgrade surface in excess
of 1 inch as indicated by a 16 foot straightedge, or template cut to
j
t [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 11.00001
i [ 102089
2A-3
f
i
t ,
k)
i
ii
f1
typical section, shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing
material, reshaping, and recompacting. ~w-
Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained as required for
effective drainage. Whenever ruts of 2 inches or more in depth are
formed, the subgrade shall be brought to grade, reshaped, and recom-
patted. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the subgrade will not be
permitted.
Roadway surfacing is covered in the section titled AGGREGATE SURFACING.
2A.14 FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS, Suitable earth materials obtained from
excavation shaI1 be used for the construction of fills and embankments.
Suitable earth materials shall meet the requirements of the article
E titled STRUCTURE BACKFILL. After preparation of the fill or embankment
site, the subgrade shall be scarified, leveled, and rolled so that sur-
face materials of the subgredo will be compact and well bonded with the
first layer of the fill or embankment, All material deposited in fills
and embankments shall be free from rocks or atones, brush, stumps, logs,
roots, debris, and organic or other objectionable materials, Fills and
embankments shall be constructed in horizontal layers not exceeding
8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Material deposited in piles or wind-
rows by excavating and hauling equipment shall be spread and leveled
prior to compaction.
Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted. The compacted density of each
layer shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density within 32 per-
cent of optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698.- If the me
terial fails to meet the density specified, compaction methods shall be
modified as required to attain the specified density,
i
2A.15 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION. Excavation for structures shall be done to
the minimum lines and elevations indicated on the drawings and to the
limits required to perform the construction work. Machine excavation
shall be controlled to prevent undercutting the proper subgrade eleva-
tions and shall not be used within 2 feet of permanent structures and
facilities. Only hand tools shall be used for excavation around perma-
nent structures and facilities.
The structure excavation shall be designed by a registered professional
engineer in the state of Texas. The registered professional engineer
shall have a minimum of 7 years of relevent experience in excavation de-
sign. The excavation may consist of cut; side slopes designed to remain
stable, sheeting and bracing or construction cofferdams. Design of
cofferdams is specified in the section titled CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS,
Design of the dewatering shall be as specified in the section titled
DEWATERING.
t
due
(DENTON 10567 GEW NST 71.0000,
102069
2A-4
i
i
f~
F ail.
1.
J
Plans, calculations, and specifications, bearing the seal of the regis-
r tered professional engineer for the deep excavation shall be submitted to
the Engineer 45 days before construction. As a condition of the con-
struction lieen»e, construction may not begin until 30 days after the
plans are submitted to the governing agencies. The Contractor shall ob-
tain approval of the governing agencies as required by Article SC.53,
prior to excavation.
i
s The professional engineer who designed the excavation shall make a mini-
mum of two site visits. The engineer shall visit the site at least once
f approximately s third of the way into the excavation work and upon com-
^1 pletion of excavation before any construction takes place. The engineer
shall submit a formal trip report to the Engineer and to the Corps of
f Engineers no later than 7 calendar days after the visit. The trip
A reports shall become a part of the Contractor's permanent field records.
3 The professional engineer who designed the excavation shall certify in
j ! writing to the Engineer that the excavation, including slope and excava-
tion support stability, is in accordance with the excavation design.
Work shall be done so the construction areas will be as free as possible
from obstructions and from interference with the transportation, storage,
or handling of materials. Excavated materials free of trash, rocks,
roots, and other foreign muteciala, and which meet the specified require-
ments, may be used as required for the fills, embankments, and backfills
{ 1 constructed under these specifications.
Vertice..l faces of n.ccavati.ons shall not be undercut to provide for 'ex-
tended footiugs,
2A.16 STABILIZATION. Subgrades for structures and the bottom of trenches '
shall he. firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted to at least 90 percent of
mu>:L,OIAm density within 12 percent of optimum moisture content as deter-
miae23 by ASTM b698; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall be suffi-
ciently stable to remain firm.
}
Trench subgrades which run beneath road3 or pasa through structural back-
, fill, shall be compacted to 95
r percent of maximum density as determined
E by ASTM D698. The moisture content shall be 12 percent of optimum.
j Subgrades for structures and trench bottoms which are otherwise solid but
which become mucky on top due to construction operations shall be rain-
forced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel.
a }
The finished elevation of stabilized structure subgrades shall not be
above the subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings.
z
Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on
f stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe embedment material is placed
thereon,
i
i
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
f 013190 ]
2A-5
"s
d
hi
4}
All. stabilization work shall be performed by and at the expe,,9e of the
Contractor.
P""1
2A.17 :STRUCTURE BACKF'ILL. Backfill around and outside of structures
shall be deposited in layers not to exceed 6 inches in uncompacted I:hick-
ness and mechanically compacted, using acceptable compaction techniques,
to at least 95 percent of maximum density within ±2 percent of optimum
moisture content as determined by ASTM A698. Compaction of structure
backfill by rolling will be permitted provided the desired compaction is
obtained and damage to the structure is prevented. Compaction of struc-
ture backfill by inundation with water will. not be permitted.
Material for structure backfill shall be composed of granular material
and shall contain no wood, grass, roots, broken concrete, stones, trash
or debris of any kind.
j No tamped, rolled, or otherwise mechanically compacted backfill shall be
deposited or compacted in water.
I
{ All backfill shall consist of loose granular material having a moisture
content such that the required donsity of the compacted soil will be
j obtained with the compaction method used'. Moisture content shall be
distributed uniformly and water for correction of moisture content shall
be added sufficiently in advance so proper moisture distribution and
I
compaction will be obtained. Granular material shall be wet, not just
damp,
~ when compacted.
Granular backfills.shall be capped with a 2'-0" thick completed layer of {
Impervious material consisting of silty clay, CL or CH, in accordance
with Table 3 of the Unified Soil Classification System bound at the end
of this section.
Particular care shall be taken to compact structure backfill which will
be beneath pipes, drives, roads, or other surface construction or struc-
tures, In addition, wherever a trench will peas through structure back-
fill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an eleva-
tion at least 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is
excavated,
2A.18 DRAINAGE FILLS, Drainage fills shall consist of clean concrete
sand as specified in ASTM C33 for fine aggregate.
Sand drainage fill shall be placed in a single layer which will have a
compacted thickness of 6 inches. Sand shall be compacted with a vibrat-
ing compactor, Moisture content of the sand shall be adjusted to achieve
maximum density.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000) fit; t
[ 013190 )
2A-6
s
2A.19 PIPE TRENCH EXCAVATION, No more trench shall be opened in advance
of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work.
The excavation
required under Articlek2At.151titledsSTRUCTUREbEXCAVATION. certi-
fied 2A.19. as 1 Alignment and Grade. The alignment and grade or elevation of
each pipeline shall he fixed and determined by means of batter boards and
offset stakes, laser beam equipment, or surveying instruments unless oth-
erwise accepted, Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and the
maximum con-
formity with tredeflection quirements uofdthe specification section covering instal-
lation of pipe.
III.
~ 2A.19.2 Limiting Trench Widths. Trenches shall be excavated to a width
which will provide adequate working apace and pipe clearance for proper
pipe installation, ,pointing, and embedment, However, excepting trenches
for ai.eel piping and encased piping, the width of trench below an eleva_
tion 12 .nchea above the top of the pipe shall not be more than 18 inches
greater than the outside diameter of the pipe unless otherwise indicated
on the drawings,
Where necessary to reduce earth load an trench banks to prevent sliding
may be cut back on slopes which shall. not extend lower
i
I
and caving, banks
than 1 foot above the top of the pipe,
E
~ t
'i
2A.19.3 Unauthorized Trench Widths. Where, for any reason, the width of
f the lover portion of the excavated trench exceeds the maximum specified,
pipe of adequate strength, special pipe embedment, or arch concrete en-
casemeni:, as required by loading, conditions and with the concurrence of
the Engineer, shall be furnished and installed by and at the expenae of
the Contractor.
1 2A.19,4 Mechanical Excavation. The use of mechanical equipment will not
be permitCed in locations where its operation would cause damage to
trees, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or
structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating
methods shall be used.
2A,19.5 Trench Depth, Except where otherwise required for coon`rete on-
easement, ro c clearance, or trench bottom stabilization, pip
i
shall be excavated to the depth required for the installation of embed-
went pipe foundation material below the underside of the pipe as indi-
cated on tho drawing bound at the end of this aecti.on.
S
If concrete encasement is required, concrete base slabs or support pads
j shall be placed in the pipe trench and foundation material shall be
omitted, Wedges and struts shall also be provided to bring the pipe to
grade, hold alignment, and prevent flotation.
}
[DE:NTON 10567 EN 90 NST 71.00001
0
2A,. 7
'r
if
[i
,
2A,20 pIpE EMBEDMENT. Embedment materials both below and above the born
tom of the p pep classes of embedment Co be used, and placement and com-
paction of embedment materiae at the endfa£mthistsectionlandetosthedfol-
cated on the drawing included
lowing supplementary requirements.
2A,20,1 Embedment Classes. Pipe embedment classes shall be as indicated
on the drawl g lncludad~at the and of this section and as specified
herein.
Second-class embedment shall be used for all piping materi-
als. have Sand embedment material
sieveaandanotion
shall be No.
such that that 95 5 percent ll No. 100 sieve,
~ f more than 5 percent she pass a
Embedment material shall be spread on
2A.20 0 he t2 Placement and Compaction.
i t
the trench bottom and the surface graded to provide a uniform and contin-
i
uous support beneath the pipe at all points between pipe joints,
compactorscThComa
terial shall be compacted with vibrating platform type
pactive effort and moisture content shall be adjusted to provide a firm
i but slightly yielding support for the pipe. It will be permissible to
] I slightly disturb the finished subgrade surface by withdrawal of pipe
j slings or other lifting tackle.
i I
After each pipe has been graded, aligned, and placed in final position on be depos 1 the bedding material, sufficient pipe embedment materiale shalland
thereof
ited and compacted under and around each aide of the pip
to hold the pipe in proper position and alignment during subsequent pipe
i jointing and embedment operations,
I I Embedment material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simul-
taneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral. displacement. Em-
bedment material Shall be placed in layers of 8 inches or less and each
layer shall be uniformly compacted. Sand embedment shall be compacted-to
95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698 within ±2 per-
cent of optimum moisture content..
Embedment materials shall be placed in uniform layers and shall have a
moiature content which will ensure that maximum density will be obtained
with the compaction method compactors shall shall be wet, not just damp, when
compacted. Vibrating All tools used in the placement and compaction sfthe embedment of coated
pipe shall be selected and used so the pip
Second-class embedment shall extend 12 inches above the pipe.
(DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.0000]
( 013190 ]
2A-8
nl
~r lS
1' 1 1
I~
A
i~
2A.21 TRENCH BACKFILL, All trench backfill above pipe embedment shall
conform to the following requirements.
2A.21.1 Compacted Backfill. Compacted backfill will be required for the
full depth of the trench above the embedment,
I
The top portion of backfill beneath grass areas shall be finished with at
least 6 Inches of topsoil corresponding to, or better than, the topsoil
underlying adjoining grass areas.
Compacted backfill material shall meet the requirements specified here-
Inafter. Compacted backfill material shall be either suitable job exca-
vated material or suitable material furnished by the Contractor from his
own sources. .
Compacted backfill material shall be finely divided and free from debris,
f organic material, and stones_.larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension.
Compacted backfill materiel shall be placed in uniform layers not
exceed- ing 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Increased layer thickness may be
permitted for noncohesive material if the Contractor demonstrates to the
E satisfaction of the Owner that the specified compacted density will be
I, obtained, Tha method of compaction and the equipment used shall be ap-
propriate for the material to be compacted and shall not transmit damag-
ing shocks to the pipe. Trench backfill shall be compacted to not less
than 90 percent of maximum density.
Backfill for trenches traversing sub races of roads,
g parking areas, un-
derground piping, underground electrical ducts and conduit, and other
facilities subject to damage by settlement shall be compacted to not less
than 95 percent of maximum density. Moisture content of backfill nate-
rial shall be adjusted as required to obtain the specified density with
I the compaction equipment used.
Backfill material shall be compacted to the denvities specified hereinbe-
fore as determined by ASTM D698 within ±2 percent of optimum moisture
{ content.
2A.22 DUCT BANK TRENCHING. Trenches for duct banks.shall be dug to
lines indicated on the drawings or at other locations acceptable to the
Owner, and to the exact depth required for the proper grade of the ducts
with encasement. Wherever possible, the trenches shall be excavated to
permit the duct bank to rest on undisturbed earth or rock. Where it is
necessary to trench through backfill, the earth shall be well compacted
before the duct bank is installed.
All trenches shall be wide enough to provide ample room for workmen en-
gaged in handling and installing ducts. Where it is necessary to reduce
the earth load on trench banks to prevent sliding or caving, trench banks
s may be cut back on slopes which shall not extend lower than 12 inches
above the top of the duct bank.
1
(T;E:NTON 10561 GEN CONST 11.OO00J
( 013190 )
2A-9
4
i~
1a ~
Duct bank backfill shall be compacted backfill. Backfill material shall
be either suitable job excavated material or suitable material furnished
by the Contractor from his own sources, Compacted backfill material shall, be finely divided and free from debris,
organic material, and stones larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension,
Compacted backfill material shall be placed in uniform lw.,irs not exceed-
ing 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Increased layer thickness'may be
permitted for noncohesive material if the Contractor demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the owner that the specified compacted density will be
obtained. The method of compaction and the equipment used shall be ap-
propriate for the material to be compacted and shall not transmit damag-
ing shocks to the duct bank, Trench backfill shall be compacted to not
leas than 90 percent of maximum density. Backfill for trenches travera-
ing subgrades of roads, parking areas, underground piping, other under-
ground electrical ducts and conduit, and other facilities subject to
1 damage by settlement shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of
maximum density. Moisture content of backfill material shall be adjusted
as required to obtain the specified density with the compaction equipment
used.
Backfill materials shall be compacted to the densities specified hevoin-
before as determined by ASTM D698 within #2 percent of optimum moisture
content.
2A,23 MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION OF FILLS, EMBANKMENTS, AND BACKFILLS,
Fills, emban ants, and backfille'that settle or erode before final ac-
ceptance of the work, and surfaces, structures, and other cacilities dam-
{ aged by such settlement or erosion, shall be repaired. The settled or
eroded areas shall be refilled, compacted, and graded to conform to the
elevation indicated on the drawings or to the elevation of the adjacent
ground surface. Damaged facilities shall be repaired in a manner ac-
ceptable to the Owner,
Earth slopes of the roads constructed under these specifications shall be
maintained to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings until the
final acceptance of the road slopes by the authorities having ,jurisdic-
tion.
2A.24 FINAL. GRADING. After all construction work hats been completed,
all ground surface areas disturbed by this construction plant and opera-
tions shall be graded. The grading shall he finished to the contours and
elevations indicated on the drawings or, if not indicated, to the match-
ing contours and elevations of the original, undisturbed ground surface.
The final grading shall provide smooth uniform surfacing and effective
drainage of the ground areas,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
013190
2A-10
~a&txN RAYYAt
1 "3~
2A.25 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS. Excavated earth material shall be used
to construct fills, embankments, and backfilla to the extent required.
Surplus earth, if any, and materials which are not suitable for fills,
embankments, and backfilla shall be spoiled on Corps of Engineers prop-
erty off the immediate construction site in a manner and location as di-
rected by the Owner.
r
Materials shall be deposited in the disposal areas and leveled and com-
pacted in 12 inch maximum layers. Compaction shall be by not less than
n three passes of a bulldozer,
E
I ~ 1
f ~ I
j
1
P ,
j
(DENTON 10567 GE.N CONST 71,0000)
f 013190 j
7 2A-11
'T
1}
LI
n Ar1i
111
T.&BLE 3
Unified Soil Classification System
Sopplamcntary
Primary Divisions for Field and Croup laboratory Clsastfi- Criteria For Visual
laborato Ideatification Symbol ical Nsmas cation Criteria IdentIfICAtion
Coarw travel. Clew ill Well grade D Wide range in grain
,.r
% gntnd (More gravels, gravels, Cy - 60 size and substantial
soils. than hall (Laos gravel-eacd 010 mounts of all Later-
(More than of the than 3X mixtures, little, greater than 4. am4iata particle size.
half of coarse of or no fines
material fraction material (D30)2
finer than is larger smaller Cz . -
-3-inch than No. thin No. DIO x 060
sieve is 4 sieve 200 sieve betxen 1 slid 3.
larger than size about size.)
No. 200 1/4 inch.)
i
sieve CF Poorly graded Not meeting both Predominantly one sit
i airs.) gravel, gravel- criteria for Cll. (unifonmly graded) or
sand mixtures, a range of sizes with
{ lithe or no some lntansediste
fine$.* sins missing (gap
+ !1 graded).
I r ~
.....Ao.... .....do.... travels CM Silty gravels, Attarbarg Attetbnrg hbnplaetic tin" or
with and gravel-sad- limits limits fines of low Pine- i
!tees, gilt mixtures. below "r above "A" ticity.
(hors lino, or line with I
f 4 than 122 Pl less PI betwau
of meta than 4. 4 6 7 1.0,
rial borderlbs
iallor CC Mayor gravslt, Attetbsrg toga Ot-M Plastic it"*.
i than hb, chi grayal-sash- limits
200 ;love clay mlxtursa# above "A"
aim. A lingo and
PI great-
it than 7.
....do...., Sands. Clam SW Wall grsdd Cu - 060 Wide range in grain
(Mors than goads. suds, gravelly O10 sizes ad substsnt"Al
half of the (Lass cards, little or greater than 6. amounts of all intro
coarse than 5% no finas.e ( )2 sadists particle
fraction is of iota- C= sires.
1 smaller rw NO t V60
1 thoa NO. 4 sma1lor between I and 3.
stove than No.
size.) 200 sieve SP Poorly graded Not esatiag both Predominately one size
Oise,) sands and criteria for SW. (uniformly graded) or
gravelly goods, it range of sits with
little or no, sow Lntem*dlata
finas.a sires missing (gap
graded).
....,do.,.. .,,4.db,44. Scads at Silty sands, Atterberg Attarbarg N"plastic fines or
with aomd-silt mina limits limits floss of low plasti«~
lingo. tune. Wow "A" abon "K city.
(Moto lino, or line with
than I2Z Pt less PI betwon
of anti- than 4. 4 and 7 is
alai borderline
amaller cast SH-M
them Lb.
200 star" SC Clayey ands, Attecbatg Plastic fines,
F siae,)e ssud-clay mix- limits
tures. above "r
j lint ndth
PI greater
thw,n 7.
f
• NatetlAla with S to 12 percent smaller than No. 200 sieve are borderline saes, dasignatdt CSI-CM, SW-SC, etc.
2A--12
I
I
TABLE 3 (continued)
Unified Soil Classification System
Prima Dlviolow for Field and Crou Supplementary
} H Lat.oatory Claasifl- Criteria For Visual
Laboratory Idamtificatloa Symbol r,iCal Noes cation Criteria Identlflution
Toughs
near
i Reaction Near
Dry to Plastic
Z Steen ch Shs;l r!L Limit
E Fins Silts and clays. Ft. Inorganic silts, Atterberg Atterbarg Fond to W,.,k to Nona
grained (Liquid limit less very fine r"a, limits lints alight slow
f roils. than 50.) rock flow, silty below "r above "A"
i (Fore or clayey fine line, or line with
than half WAN. PI ltia PI be-
of rate- thr.i 4. twen 4
rlal is and 7 is
ssaller ........do........ CL Inorganic clays of Attarberg tocdet- Medium Mona to Fadiue
than W. low to aadius lildts line can to high wry
200 rievr plasticity; above "A" m-CL. slow
sire.) gravelly clays, line,
(Vi seal! silty Clay/, r&MY with PI
more than clays, loan clays. greater
halt of L.,An I.
~ i pay t iels r {
are so ........do........ OL Organic silts and Attarberg Slight Slow slight
fins tat organic silt-clsys liana w
of low plasticity. below or radium I
f notybe can-
II mean by Ilne. E
naked
eye.)
SupPImmtary
Primary Divistous far Field and croup laboratory Massif,- Criteria roe Visual
Iaborato Ideotlfitation Symbol icil Names cation Criteria Identification
Tough-
near
illAC CiLj >>ar y
Dry to Plastic
Str th SFukt. Limit
...do..., Silts and clays. MH ImrgwLe silts, Atterber SlijhL Slow Slight
(Liquid limit micaceae or limits below to to to
} grsatar than 504 diatemstsoua flag 'A" line. medium none midlum
J sorts jr silts,
alastle Gilts.
A ........do.,..,... CH lmorpoie clsys of ~eberg NUghto None high
high plAsticityo
fat clays, or lima. high
........do........ CH Organic ciayo of Atterber Medium Fond Slight
medium to high 1Lait below to to very to
pLesticity. "A" line high slow medium
,,,do.... Highly orpolo Pt that, ruck and High ignition loss, Organic rotor and
i soils............ other highly LL and PI decrease odor, opongy feel,
orgraia sotlm, after dryiq, frequently fibrous
texture.
.
{
r
2A-13
rl
11
PLASTICITY CHART
►no
l
Nfl 120
\4 IN~p1~iJSIMO Pt
I
LAM no 6110Ur OF SAIMLES so
OF THE $*I ONXO ILAt ORO
Po"ON UIIE ApmcwUATAY
FARALLELTOA'LMK so 0000
N-~I~flCitllE3
qRY
^'t 1
~ ~ ~ .1 R~AlINO Ll ~
OM
1 OR
L UNIFIC pA
1 "A UWE"
! Oq 20 AQ w 40 so 100 120 140 0 180 200 220
€ LIQUID LIMIT (LL)
f
f {
FIGURE 2
Utilization of Attarberg Plasticity Limits
)
r
(
r
t
2A-i4
I -;re:Y
t~
r~
j~ 11
t\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
CCU..77
•
:lo
. N N
FIRST CLASS BEDDING SECOND CLASS BEDDING
!!LEGEND
V 0 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
k \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\t
r, ~ ~ ~ Bo OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE
I
H LAVER ABOVE TOP OF PIPE
a FOUNDATION DEPTH BELOW PIPE
F
SEE TABLE
CRUSHED ROCK OR C??USHED GRAVEL
{ w EMBEDMENT
i \ M= COMPACTED SACKFILL j
002-1 SAM EMBEOMENT
THIRD CLASS BEDDING. NOTES
`F FOR FIRST CLASS 8EOOrN0 BENEATH 'i
t RAILppApg, ROADS.- AND PARKING AREAS, j
EXTEM CRUSHED RWK EMBEDMENT TO TOP
SUSGRADE OR 5 FEET ABOVE TOP OF PIPE.
SEE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR
PIPE FOUNDATION DEPTH MATERIALS. COMPACTION, AND TRENCH
WIDTHS.
i it
n SOIL: MRM
60" & SMALLER 4" S"
68" TO 90" 6" 12"
96. 1 LARGER 12" L2"
fi
S
BLACK a VEATCH
® pwYjgnoWAMj-MCn 2 06\30\99 GENERAL REVISIONS JC ORN VHS
ENGINER I 10/01/97 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE JC ORN VHS
M VHS AGO 0 10/06/92 INITIAL ISSUE JC ORN VHS
ORM 10/06/82 NO DATE REVISIONS AND RECOND OF ISM SY CHK APP fill
PROJEDT DRIWINO NUMBER REV
82112-'DS--OOS3 2
$N~
&~o PIPE EMBEDMENT cwe
~ ~ AREA .
2A-L5
a
a
y
I
~i
Section 2B - CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS
2B,1 GENERAL, This section covers the furniahing of all necessary
design, equipment, materials, and labor required to construct optional
cofferdams.
The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the stability and
adequacy of cofferdams designed and erected by him and all coats and +
{ damages resulting from any failure thereof,
Dowatering Is specified in the section titled DEWATERING.
I
1 ( The Contractor shall notify the Owner prior to beginning construction of
any cofferdam.
r' ` ! *Approval has been 0e4J bf granted to perform limited dredge and fill
! operations at the project site under Corps of Engineers General Per-
mit SWF-87-DISTRICT-RGP-5. A copy of the requirements and specifications
I of'this permit is included in the Appendix,
It will be necessary Por the Contractor to inform the Corps of Engineers
as to the scope and nature of the work and the time of construction, and
to provide additional data on cofferdam design and construction, The
Contractor will be notified regarding submittal of the necessary data to
the Corps of Engineers.
2B.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Plana, calculations, and specifications shall
be submitted to the Engineer at least 45 calendar days before starting
! any work on each cofferdam, Drawings shall bear the seal, of a registered
professional engineer. Calculations, specifications, or submittals other
than drawings shall be submitted as securely bound documents certified by
a registered professional engineer. The Contractor shall obtain approval
of the governing agencies as required by Article SC.53 prior to construc-
tion of cofferdam.
2B.3 DESIGN, Cofferdams shall be designed by a firm experienced in this
? type of construction. The design firm for the cofferdams shall be listed
in the Proposal.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all steel materials used in the con-
struction of cofferdams shall be designed and the work performed in ac-
cordance with the AISC "Manual of Steel Construction, Eighth Edition."
Cofferdams shall be designed to withstand the forces which will be en-
countered and to provide adequate space for the construction, etude,
walera, lagging, brackets, anchors, and other supporting members,
;
s
i *Revised for Contract
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
+
I 051690 J
2B-1
yy~~
,~r \.11\IV
Sy'r 1. • 1
,r
k` 1
I
During the construction of cofferdams, tests shall be conducted to
demonstrate that tiebacks, rock anchors, deadmen, or other anchorage
devices will perform according to the design assumptions. A copy of the
test results shall be submitted to the Engineer,
J
2B,4 MOVEMENT MONITORING. Cofferdams shall be continuously monitored
for any kind of movement. Daily records of measured movements shall be
maintained,
2B.5 MATERIALS, Data related to materials, proposed by the Contractor
to be used for the cofferdam system construction, shall be submitted with
the drawings and calculations described in the article titled DRAWINGS
AND DATA, Materials for cofferdam system construction including studs,
walers, lagging, brackets, anchors, and other supporting members may be
j used materials that are undamaged and free from defects which impair the
strength or suitability of the material.
r I
21,b WELDING. Except as otherwise specified, all welds, welding, and
related operations for structural steel shall be in conformity with the
applicable provisions of the AWS Structural Welding Code, AWS D1.1-88.-
Welding processes, materials, and joint designs that are not in accord-
ance with the referenced AWS code shall be qualified by tests prescribed
by the code, and the Contractor shall include the procedure qualification
test records with the welding procedures submitted to the Engineer.
i
All welders, welding operators, and tackers nhall be qualified by an
independent testing laboratory in accordance with the applicable pro
visions of the referenced AWS code. Accurate records of welder, welding
operator, and tacker qualifications shall be maintained by the Contractor
and shall be made available to the Owner and the Engineer upon request,
2B,7 BULKHEAD REMOVAL. Removal of cofferdams shall be complete Includ-
ing all sheet piling, struts, braces, and other structural members.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 j
2B-?.
r ~
3
f~ ct
ii
i.3
Section 2C - DRAINAGE PIPING
i
2C.1 GENERAL, This section covers the furilishing of materials, devices,
appurtenances, and labor required
system as specified in this sect to install a complete drainage piping
ion and as indicated on the drawings.
1
21.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Specifications and other data
Includinom-
plate data covering all materials shall be submitted in accordancecwith
4 the requirements of Section 1C of these specifications,
2C.3 LAWS AND ORDINANCES.
in accordance with all plicaAll
blermunicipalpcodesoandeordinances, and
es
laws and regulations of the state, which pertain to such work, in case
{ of conflict between these specifications and any law or ordinance of
i state or city, the latter shall govern, In the absence of a local or
III state plumbing code or ordinance, plumbing work shall conform to all ap-
plicable provisions of the Uniform Plumbing code.
2C.4 MATERIALS, Drainage piping materials indicated on'the drawin s
shall a In ordance with the following requirements, g
! Cast iron soil pipe
and fittings
ASTM A74, service weight
Rubber compression
! gaskets ASTM C564, except gaskets '
i shall be neoprene or other
} synthetic rubber, Natural
rubber will-not be accepted,
i h
j ± Bituminous coatis
8 Manufacturer's standard
Foundation drain pipe ADS corrugated polyethylene
drainage piping, perforated
with sock fabric where indi-
cated on drawings
2C,5 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION kE UIREFI>NTS,
me shall be t
easurements taken et the ng and not frompthe drawings.cuAllrneces-
nary provisions shall be taken in laying out piping to provide throughout
1 for expansion and contraction. Piping shall be properly supported and
anchored,
Piping shall. be routed to avoid interference with planned and dimensioned
locations for conduit or mechanical piping.
Before installation or assembly, pipe shall be cleaned of all dirt and
scale, and all burrs in the ends of pipe and nipples shall be removed by
reaming.
y
i
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
102089
2C-1
's y
f
y
l
t!
/ t
q
2C.6 PIPE JOINTS. Joints in cast iron drainage piping shall be made
with rubber gasketed push-on Joints in accordance with the instructions
and recommendations of the manufacturer, Joint surfaces shall be lubri-
cated with heavy vegetable soap solution immediately before the joint is
completed. Each spigot end shall be suitably beveled to facilitate as-
sembly.
2C.7 DRAINAGE PIPING. Drainage piping shall be installed where required
and shall, in general, conform to the locations indicated on the draw-
Inge.
All drainage lines shall be laid on uniformly descending grades. Trench-
ing, embedment, and backfilling shall be as specified in the the section
titled EARTHWORK.
~ i
Pipe having premolded Joints shall be stored and handled so that the
j joints are not damaged. Joint surfsce:i shall be properly lubricated im-
E mediately before the pipe is installed.
i
All drainage piping under th•i . -jjnd floor slab shall be encased in con-
I creto as indicated on the drawings, Concrete and reinforcing steel shall
be in accordance with the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. All pipe
which is to be encased shall be supported and blocked in position and
anchored against flotation,
Horizontal soil pipes shall be given a grade of 1/4 inch per foot
wherever possible, but in no case shall the elope downward toward the
"s
drainage outlet of any drain pipe be less than 1/8 inch per foot,
Bell-upe shall be installed with the top rim at the :,levation indicated
on the drawings.
2C.8 FLOOR DRAINS. Floor drains shall be of the type and size noted on
I the drawings. Floor drains shall be carefully adjusted to the correct
elevation for proper drainage.
2C.9 PROTECTIVE COATINGS. Protective coatings shall be furnished and
applied to the exterior surfaces of underground piping as specified
herein.
Concrete encasement shall not preclude the requirement for coating of
metal piping.
All surfaces of the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil,
greaae, dirt, rust, mill scale, weld scale, and other foreign material
prior to the application of any coating. This shall be accomplished by
the use of suitable solvents to remove oi.l and grease, followed by sand-
blasting.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
{ 102089
2C-2
I
g 5
E
r~
Protective coatings for cast iron drain piping shall consist of shop
applied bituminous coating.
i
2C.10 CLEANING AM TESTING, All piping systems constructed under this
Contract shell b-e ttested for leakage and obstructions. Piping which wilt
he embedded in concrete shall be tested before the concrete is placed.
Each pipe shall be rodded throughout its entire length and all obstruc-
tions shall be removed.
3
Eaoh drain system shall be hydrostatically tested at a head of at least
ii 10 feet measured from the highest part of the system. The Contractor
shall provide a temporary riser pipe which shall be used to apply the
specified 10 foot head. Each system shall hold the 10 foot head for at
least 30 minutes without visible leakage. Leaks shall be located and re-
paired and the hydrostatic tests shall be repeated until each system will
j i
hold the 10 foot head for 30 minutes without measurable water loss in the
standpipe,
€ Upon completion of the work, all arts of
f
p the installation shall be clean
All pipe and fittin s shall
and g be cleaned to remove grease, metal cuttin a
sludge.
Any stoppage y oppage or other dame e
E g , due to the Contractor's failure
to clean the piping system properly, shall be repaired by the Contractor
i at his own expcase.
f
r
k
E
4
a
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102099 ?
2C-3
t
3
4 tt
j
,
Section 2D - DEWATERING
2D.1 GENERAL. The dewatering system for the excavations shall be de-
signed and installed by the Contractor using accepted and professional
methods of design and engineering consistent with the best modern prac-
tice,
Considerable underseepage and high pressures are being encountered at the
downstream toe of Ray Roberts Dam, The Corps of Engineers has plans to
f add a number of relief wells and collector systems in the area.
l
{ 2D.2 DEWATERING SYSTEM, The dewatering system shall be of sufficient
size and capacity as required to control ground and surface water flow
into the excavation, to allow all work to be accomplished in the "dry,"
and shall be capable of maintaining the water level a minimum of 12 inches
below the bottom of any part of the excavation.
The dewatering shall be operated continuously until the structures, in-
eluding backfill, have been completed to an elevation above the existing
water table,
In addition to the dewatering system, a backup dewatering method shall be
provided in the event the main dewatering system fails.
The Contractor shall control, by acceptable means, all water regardless
k of source and shall be fully responsible for disposal of the water. Water
s from the dewatering system shall be routed to the existing outlet chan-
nel,. Sufficient pipe shall be furnished to.route the discharge away from
the foundation excavations.
The quality of all water discharged by the dewatering system from all
construction operations shall meet all the requirements of the permits
E! provided in Appendix E.
1 2D,3 DESIGN. The Contractor shall obtain the services of a qualified
dewatering expert" to provide a detailed plan for dewatering the exca-
vation, The "expert" shall be a registered professional engineer in the
i state of Texas and shall have a minimum of 7 years relevant experience in
the design of dewatering systems,
The Contractor shall submit detailed plans, procedures, and calculations
for the proposed dewatering system bearing the aeal of the registered
professional engineer to the Engineer for review and approval at least
45 days before starting any work on the dewatering system. As a condi-
tion of the construction license, construction may not begin until 30 days
after the Engineer accepts and submits the plans to the governing agencies,
i
F
1
1111
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
f 013190
2D-1
1
,
j
j
r
s+t J
s y
V
L
e!
7
The material to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to, the
following.
a. The qualifications and experience of the selected dewa-
tering "expert" (minimum of 7 years of proven experience
in the design of equivalent system required)
b. Drawings showing the soil conditions, stra.ification,
and characteristics; location and size c: germs, ditches,
and deep wells; piezometerst well points, and sumps and
discharge lines or ditches
f c. Capacities of pumps, prime movers, and standby equip-
ment
d. Design calculations including design parameters and
basis of such parameters, factors of safety, charac-
{ teri;tics of pumping equipment, piping, etc.
e. Detailed description of procedures for installing,
main- taining, and monitoring performance of the system
i f. Description of the backup dewatering method
Review and approval by the Engineer or receipt of the dewatering plans
and data submitted by the Contractor shall not in any way be considered
to relieve the Contractor from'fuli responsibility for errors therein or
from the entire responsibility for complete and adequate design and per-
i formance of the system in controlling the ground water in the excavated
areas. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper design, in-
stallation, operation, maintenance, and any failures of any component of
the system.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, de-
sign data, and operational records required.
2D.4 DAMAGES. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair
without cost to the Owner any damage to work iu place, other contractor's
equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads, railroads, private and
municipal well systems, and the excavation, that may result from his or
her neglignnee, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dewa-
tering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering
i
system.
2D.5 RECORD OF DEWATERYNG. At a minimum, the following records of the
dewatering aystem shall be maintained by the Contractor and submitted to
the Engineer.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 ]
2D-2
y
of ,
i
:r
2D.5.1 Water Levels, At a minimum, three piezometers shall be installed
at the site.
The piezometers shall be located in a manner that will best aid the
dewatering designer, The piezometer tips shall be placed to measure
water levels or pressures within the basal sand and gravel layers
y immediately above the shale.
t
ff Water levels in all piezometers shall be monitored and reported to the 1
f Engineer on a daily basis by the Contractor.
( 1 2D.5.2 Flow. Daily records of the time and amount of water pumped shall
11 j be maintained.
k 2D.6 MAINTAINING EXCAVATION IN DEWATERED CONDITION. Subsequent to
com- pletion of excavation and during the installation of all work in the ex-
cavated area, the Contractor shall maintain the excavations in a dews-
tered condition. System maintenance mall include but not be limited to
f 24 hour supervision by personnel skilled in the operation, maintenance,
and replacement of system components, and any other work required to
maintain the excavation in a dewatered condition. Dewatering shall be a
continuous operation and interruptions due to outages, or any other rea-
son) shall not be permitted.
2D,7 DEWATERING SYSTEM REMOVAL, The Contractor shall remove all dews-~
tering equipment from the site, including related temporary electrical
service.
When the dewatering system is removed from the site, ditches and other
I construction that have been eroded shall be repaired,
1
f
i
S
I
S
,
` (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
E 013190 ]
2D-3
j
t
Ii
~f
51 ~Il
~I
Section 2E - RIPRAP
2E,1 GENERAL, This section covers materials and procedures for the
installation of dumped riprap and riprap bedding.
Riprap and riprap bedding will be required to restore existing riprap
lined areas disturbed by excavations and construction required by these
specifications. Unless noted otherwise, thicknesses of riprap and riprap
bedding shall equal the existing riprap and bedding thicknesses. Addi-
tional areas to be lined with riprap and riprap thickness shall be as in-
I dicated on the drawings.
I
Riprap shall be obtained from the Contractor's own sources off the site,
I E j At the Contractor's option, the existing riprap and riprap bedding mate-
j ! rials removed by excavations and construction required by these specifi-
cations may be salvaged, Salvaged riprap and riprap bedding materials
meeting the material requirements of these specifications may be used to
restore existing riprap lined areas,
p Riprap material sources shall be submitted with the proposal data and
shall not be changed without prior approval of the Owner.
t
2E.2 CONTROL TESTING. All control testing required to determine com-
pliance with these specifications shell be done by an independent test-
ing laboratory retained and paid by the Contractor.
Two copies of test results shall be promptly submitted to the Ownor,
{ 2E.3 MATERIALS. Stone used for dumped riprap shall meet the gradation
requirements for the class specified and be hard, durable, angular in
shape; resistant to weathering and to water action; free from overburden,
spoil, shale, and organic material. Neither width nor thickness of a
single stone shou!.d be less than one third its length. Rounded atone or
boulders will not be accepted. Shale and stone with shale seams will not
be acceptable. The minimum weight of the stone shall be 162 pounds per
cubic foot as computed by multiplying the specific gravity (bulk saturat-
ed surface dry basis, AASNTO T85) by 62,4 pounds per cubic foot.
Stone used for riprap bedding shall consist of crushed stone meeting the
gradation requirements for the class specified and shall be composed of
tough, durable particles, reasonably free from thin, flat, and elongated
pieces, and shall contain no organic matter nor soft, friable particles
II in quantit,ea In excess of those specified,
s
Gypsum, shale, and soft or weathered rock will not be acceptable for
riprap or bedding material.
,
,
a
1
f fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I 102089 )
2E-1
f
{
2E.3.1 Dumped R_ iprap. Each load of riprap shall be reasonably well
graded from the smallest to the maximum size specified.
The dumped riprap gradation requirements shall be as follows unless
otherwise acceptable to the Owner,
Class and Stone Size Percent of Total Weight
Nominal Thickness (in pounds) Smaller than the Given Size
Class 36 (36"),. 39600 100
20150 - 3,250 90
800 1,200 50
100 8
Class 24 (24") 1,000 100
550 - 850 90
200 325 50
i 30 8
j Class 18 (18") 1,000 100
G 550 - 850 90
200 - 325 50
30 8
2E,3,2 R. iprap Bedding. Riprap bedding shall be reasonably well graded
in-place. The riprap bedding gradation shall be as follows unless other-
wise acceptable to the owner.
Bedding Type and US Standard. Percent Passing
Nominal Thickness Sieve Size by Weight
i Type 1 (12") 12 inch 100
8 inch 50 - 100
6 inch 25 - 60
3 inch 0 - 15
Type 2 (9") 6 inch 100
3 inch 65 - 100
1-1/2 inch 40 - 60
3/4 inch 25 - 45
No, 4 0 - 15
No. 40 0 5
Type 3 (6") 3 inch 100
1-1/2 inch 55 100
3/4 inch 20 - 60
3/8 inch 5 - 30
No, 4 0 - 10
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 j
2E-2
i
r'
2E.4 REFERENCE SAMPLES. Control of gradation will be by visual inspec-
tion. The Contractor shall provide a sample of stone of at least 5 tons,
meeting the gradation for the class specified. The sample shall be suf-
ficient to cover at least 36 square feet to the full thickness of the
class specified. A sample of each class shall be located at the con-
struction site near the location where the riprap is to be placed, The
sample shall'be used as a frequent reference for judging the gradation of
the riprap supplied and shall be in place and acceptable to the Owner
before riprap placing work begins. Any difference of opinion between the
Owner and the Contractor concerning gradation shall be resolved by dump-
ing and checking the gradation of two random truckloads of stone, The
Owner will check the gradation of random truckloads of stone. Mechanical
equipment, a sorting site, and labor needed to assist in checking grada-
tion shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
owner.
2E,5 PRELIMINARY REVIEW. The Owner's acceptance of the source and
quslity of riprap materials shall be obtained before the riprap work is
t started. For such acceptance, certified reports prepared by an indepen-
dent testing laboratory retained by the Contractor shall be submitted to
t the Engineer in accordance with Section 1C. Acceptance given on the
basis of these reports will be a general acceptance only and continued
compliance with all contract provisions will be required. Acceptable
riprap shall match existing riprap in color and appearance to the maximum
extent practicable.
2E.5.1 Dumped Riprap and Riprap Bedding. The sources from which the
1 stone will be obtained shall be selected well in advance of the time when
the stone will be required in the work. The acceptability of the stone
shall be determined by tests. Suitable samples of stone shall be taken
in the presence of the Owner at least 25. days in advance of the time when
} the placing of riprap is expected to begin. The scr.eptanca of some rock
fragments from a particular quarry site shall not be construed as conati-
f { tuting the acceptance of all rock fragments taken from that quarry.
j Dumped riprap materials shall meet the following requirements when tested
in accordance with the specified procedures.
i
Test Designation Requirements
Specific gravity AASHTO T85 Greater than 2,50
(bulk saturated
surface dry)
Abrasion (Abrasive AASHTO T96 Less than 40 percent
Grading A) loss of weight after
500 revolutions
a
a
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089
2E-3
3
v
ti
Test Designation Requirements
Freezing and thaw- AASHTO T1O3 Less than 10 percent
ing (ledge rock loss after 12 cycles
type test and
sample tested by
Procedure A)
Organic matter AASHTO 'r2i Test solution
(Alternate Proce- lighter in color
,
dure A) than standard
Clay lumps AASHTO T112 Not to exceed 1.5
percent by weight
Lightweight pieces AASHTO T113 Not to exceed 2 per-
cent by weight
The riprap bedding blanket shall be placed within an allowable tolerance
j of plus or minus 6 inches from the theoretical slope lines and grades to
the full specified thickness of the bedding in one operations using meth-
ode which will not cause segregation of particle sizes within the bed-
ding. Where the slope is below the allowable minus tolerance limits the
slope shall be brought to grade by filling with bedding at the expense of
the Contractor. The surface of the bedding blanket shall be uniform and
free from mounds or windrows.
t Documented service records of the proposed material will b.e considered by
the Owner in lieu of the above tests in determining the acceptability of
the stone.
2E.6 PLACEMENT. Riprap work shall not start until acceptance of materi-
als as apecified in the article titled MATERIALS. Dumped riprap and rip-
rap bedding materials shall be placed on the slopes and areas indicated
on the drawings.
Earth slopes shall be prepared by compacting as specified in the section
titled EARTHWORK.
Stone for riprap shall be placed on the riprap bedding blanket in a man-
ner which will produce a reasonably well graded mass of stone with the
minimum practicable percentage of voids, The entire mass of stone shall
be placed in conformance with the lines and grades indicated ou the draw-
ings. Riprap shall be p1tteed to its full course specified or indicated
thickness in one operation and in such a manner ee to avoid displacing
the underlying material, Riprap shall not be placed in layers or dumped
into chutes, end similar methods likely to cause segregation shall not be
used.
[DVNTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.0000) #
102064 j
2E-4
f
Y
x rte. ,
4I
j
The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass of stone
shall conform to the gradation specified, All material placed as riprap
protection shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large
accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of stone.
Stone fragments in riprap need not be compacted by mechanical means, but
shall be dumped and graded off in a manner which will, ensure that the
larger rock fragments are uniformly distributed and that the smaller rock 1
t fragments fill the spaces between the larger rock fragments. The result
shall be a compact, uniform riprap layer of the specified thickness, in
1 ,
f
which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions. Hand
i I placing will be required only to the extent necessary to obtain the re-
cults specified herein,
A tolerance of plus 12 inches or minus 3 inches from the slope lines and
grades indicated on the drawings will be allowed in the finished surface
of the riprap except that either extreme of such tolerance shall not be
continuous over an area greater than 200 square feet,
I {
{
E
I
'F
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000
j [ 102089
( 2E-5
i
Section 2F - EROSION CONTROL
2F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing of materials and
equipment, and the performance of all operations in connection with re-
establishing turf on areas disturbed by the construction.
Soil erosion control work shall include preparation of the soil surface,
fertilizing, planting of seed, compacting, mulching, placement of sod,
watering, and maintenance.
All soil erosion control work shall be performed by a contractor who is
E experienced and regularly engaged in the type of work specified and whose
work is acceptable to the Owner.
!
j The work shall be performed using acceptable equipment manufactured
expressly for its intended purpose such as a seed drill equipped with
coulter openers and depth bands spaced not more than 12 inches apart, a
1 mulch blower for the application of hay or straw mulch, mulch puncher or
straight serrated disc weighted to anchor the mulch into the soil a min-
imum of 2 inches, and a cultipacker.
!i Mulch, seed, and fertilizer may be applied simultaneously with a hy-
draulic applicator manufactured specifically for this urpo
p se, provided
j all othor requirements of the specifications are met. The hydraulic.
{ j applicator shall be capable of applying the mulch, seed, and fertilizer
I{ slurry in the proper proportions under its own power to slopes at least
I as steep as 2 feet horizontal to l foot vertical,
i When operating standard equipment such as seed drills, mulching machines,
and sprigging machines on slopes of 2 feet horizontal t 1
i to foot vertical
or steeper, provisions shall be, made to prevent the equipment from slid-
ing by cabling the equipment to a-heavy anchor vehicle at the top of the
slope or by other, suitable means.
The Contractor shall not start erosion protection or preparatory work
until notified by the Owner and until excavation and trenching, backfill,
embankments, rough grading, and surfacing are completed in the vicinity
of the erosion protection work,
2F.2 MATERIALS, Materials and workmanship shall comply with Sections 160
to 169 of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transporta-
tion, Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and
Bridges (hereinafter referred to ae SSCHSB),
2F.2,1 Topsoil. All areas to be seeded shall have a minimum of 6 inches
of topao
F
E
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
013190 )
2F-1
c
2F.2.2 Commercial Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be a commercial mixture
containing the following minimum percentages by weight.
10 per cent nitrogen
6 per cent phosphoric acid
4 per cent potash
Fertilizer shall be uniform in composition, free flowing, and suitable
for application with acceptable equipment. Fertilizer shall be delivered
to the site in standard size bags indicating weight, analysis, and name
of manufacturer. Fertilizer shall be stored in a weatherproof place in
such a manner that it will be kept dry and its effectiveness will not be
impaired,
f
2F.3 WORKMANSHIP. Workmanbhip shall conform to the construction re-
quirements of the SSCHSB.
I
2F,4 ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE. After seeding and sodding, the
planted areas shall be watered and maintained as required until the grass
is wall established. Once established, the grass shall be maintained
i , until the work is accepted by the Owner. Maintenance of the planted
j areas shall include protecting, mowing if necessary, one application of
weed spray if necessary, and other such work as may be necessary to es
I tablish.permanent turf.
.
i
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,0000)
I 102089 )
2F-2
A
k 1:e
!f '
Section 2G - CHAIN LINK FENCING
2G.1 GENERAL. This section covers the materials and installation re-
quirements for chain link fencing and gates.
Fencing shall be provided in the alignment indicated on the drawings.
r
Any materials found not to be in compliance with these specifications
shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense,
2G,2 DRAWINGS AND RATA, Drawings and specifications for the fence,
gates, and accessories shall be submitted in accordance with the re-
quirements of section 1C.
2G,3 PENCE TYPE, Fencing shall consist of galvanized steel framework
j and galvanized steel fabric with a height of 8 feet unless indicated
otherwise on the drawings. The fence shall have a top rail and bottom
tension wire, Where indicated to bt~ security fence, the fence shall have
three strands of barbed wire mounted on 45 degree extension arms. The
upper strand shall be approximately 12 inches out from the fence and
12 inches above the top of the fabric. Posts shall be set in concrete or
in sleeves.
20,4 MATERIALS,
~ Materials for chain link fencing shall be as follows.
All atee 'or malleable iron pafts and accessories shall be hot-dip gal-
vanized in accordance with ASTM A123 after fabrication.
j Fabric 9 gauge, 2 Inch mesh; galva-
nized ASTM A392, Class 2;
twisted selvage on top,
knuckled selvage on bottom
Poets Steel H-section, ASTM A572;
steel pipe, ASTM A120 standard
weight (Schedule 40); steel
hollow structural tubing, ASTM
A500 or A501; or C-sections ;
and roll formed sections, ASTM
A570
Line posts H-section, 3,26 lb per ft;
2-3/8 inch OA pipe, 3.65 lb
E per ft= 2 inch square, 4,32 lb
per ft; or standard C-section,
2.64 lb per it
q~q
(k i
f
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
f 102089 )
2G-1
INK-_
k'
4
R o
ry {
'j.
Terminal posts 2-7/8 inch OD pipet 5.79 lb ; 2-1 (end, corner, and 5e59ftb per/2 inch squares
pull) 3-1/2 inch roit or 3-1 by
ll formed sec-
tions with integral fabric
loops, 4,85 lb per it
Gate posts cats or leaf 6 ft wide or less,
(swing gates) 2-7/8 inch OD pipe, 5.79 lb
per ft; 2-1/2 inch squaret
5.59 lb per ft{ or 3-1/2 by
3-1/2 inch roll formed sec-
tions, 4.85 lb per ft; gate or
leaf over 6 ft wide and up to'
13 its 4 inch OD pipe, 9.10 lb
{ per ft; or 3 inch squarer
I 8.81 lb per ft; gate or leaf
over 13 it and up to 18 it
f wide, 6-5/8 inch OD pipe,
18.97 lb per ft
Top rail 1-5/8 inch OD (Schedule 40)
pipet 2.27 lb per ft; or 1-5/8
by 1-1/4 inch roll formed sec
tions weighing 1.35 lb per it .
}
E Rail couplings sleeve type, 6 inches long
expansion spring in every t
fifth coupling
Bracing Pipe brace same as top rail,
steel
with 3/8 inch diameter
rod truss and tightener
Post tops with barbed Pressed steel, malleable iron
wire with pressed steel extension
arm, or one-piece aluminum
casting; with hole for top
rail, designed to fit over the
outside of the posts and to
prevent entry of moisture into
tubular posts
Post tops without Pressed steel, malleable iron,
barbed wire or cast aluminum; designed to
fit over the outside of the
posts and to prevent entry of
moisture into tubular posts
a
[DENTON 10567 GEN GON5T 71.0000)
[ 102089 )
2G-2
i
(t
a
F
E
It
ii
15 1
ti
Barbed wire Galvanized, ASTM A121 glass 3;
two 12-1/2 gauge ster,l wires
with 4 point round 14 gauge
barbs spaced 4 inches apart
Stretcher bars Steel, 3/16 by 3/4 inch, or
equivalent cross-sectional
area
1
/ Fabric ties Aluminum bands or wires
Gate frames 1-7/8 inch OD (Schedule 40)
pipe, 2.72 lb per ft; or
2 inch square, 4,32 lb per ft
Tension wire Galvanized or aluminum coated
coil spring wire, 7 gauge
Setting cement Minwax "Super Por-Rok Cement"
or Master Builders "Sat 45"
Padlocks Furnished by Owner
~ I Snake guard mesh Galvanized steel hardware
i cloth, 1/4 inch mesh
j 2G.5 SWING GATES. Gates shall.be awing type, hinged to owing 90 degrees
f ` from closed to open, complete with frames, latches, stops, keepers, hinges,
fabric, braces, and three strands of barbed wire, Gate leaves, except
! those on walk-through gates, shall have intermediate members and diagonal
truss rode as required for rigid construction and shall be free from sag
or twist. Gates shall be fitted with vertical extension arms or shall
have frame and members extended to carry barbed wire. Joints between
I frame members shall be made by welding or by means of heavy fittings and
shall be rigid and watertight. Truss rods shall be not less than 3/8 inch
diameter, Gate fabric shall be same as fence fabric and shall be attached
to frame ends by stretcher bars, bolt hooks, or other mechanical means.
Hinges shall be heavy pattern with large bearing surfaces and shall not
twist or turn under the action of the gate.
Latches shall be plunger bar type, full gate neight, and arranged to
engage the gate stop, except single gates less than 10 feet wide may be
] provided with a forked latch. Latches shall be arranged for padlocking
F with the padlock accessible from both aides of the gate.
]
f
1
s
i 1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
t ( 102089 ]
! 2G-3
1
4•iltil
4.
f L1
S
Stops shall consist of a roadway plate with anchor set in concrete and
arranged to engage the plunger.
Keepers shall consist of mechanical devices for securing and supporting the free end of the gates when in the f,.;.l open position. Keepers shall
be mounted on 2-7/8 inch outside diameter pipe posts filled with concrete
and set in concrete foundations.
Gates shall be installed so that they cannot be removed without disas-
sembly of the hardware, Hardware attachment bolts shall be peened so
that removal will be difficult.
2G.6 FENCE CONSTRUCTION. The installed fence shall conform to the align-
I ment and finish grade indicated. Unless otherwise indicated or specified,
all posts shall be plumb and spaced 10 feet apart, Where necessary, the
fence grade shall be adjusted to fit the ground contour by slipping the
fence fabric links, On steep grades, the posts may be set normal to the
slope, provided transition sections are constructed,
Ground surface irregularities shall be graded as renuired to eliminate
frequent changes in vertical alignment and to provide a smooth profile
for the fence. Clearance below the bottom of the fence shall not exceed
i 2 inches.
{ All surfaces of aluminum which will be in contact with conorete or mortar
j shall be given a heavy coat of coal tar paint.
Where the fencing is supported by a concrete structure, posts shall be }
set in sleeves that
~ provide at least 1/4 inch clearance all around.
Sleeves shall be fabricated from standard weight black steel pipe and
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Sleeves shall have a minimum
length of 6 inches. Sleeves shall be rigidly supported in accurate
alignment in the forme and shall be positioned vertically so that ap-
proximately 1/2 inch of sleeve is exposed above the finished concrete
surface. Posts shall be wedged in accurate alignment, and the annular
space between posts and sleeves shall be filled with setting cement. The
top surface of the filler shall be finished smooth and shall slope away
from the post,
Where posts are set in earth, concrete foundations 36 inches deep shall
be provided. If bedrock is encountered, post excavation shall be con-
tinued to the 36 inch depth or 18 inches into the rock, whichever is
less. Concrete foundations shall be circular in horizontal section, not
less than 10 inches in diameter for line posts, and with a diameter not
less than the post OD plus 9 inches for terminal and gate posts., except
that foundations in bedrock shall be a minimum of 6 inches larger than
the outside dimension of the post. Foundations shall extend above the
ground surface and shall be crowned approximately 1 inch, Concrete for
(DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089
2G-4 )
I
4
f
foundations shall conform to the requirements of the section titled CAST-
TN-PLACE CONCRETE. Each foundation shall be cured for at least 72 hours
before further work is done on the post.
Top rails and bottom tension wires shall be installed before the fabric. i
Top rails shall be furnished in at least 18 foot lengths and shall be
securely connected to gate and terminal posts. Tension wires shall be
installed approximately 6 inches above grade and shall be attached to
each post and securely anchored at terminal and gate posts. A terminal
poet shall be provided at each change in slope.
i
Fabric shall be attached to the top rail and bottom tension wire at
f 24 inch centers and to the line posts at 15 inch centers, all on the
security aide of the fence. Barbed wire shall be faatened to each exten-
sion arm by internal clips or external fabric ties. Stretcher bars shall
r j 1 be provided at each gate, terminal, and pull post. Each stretcher bar
j shall be threaded through the fabric and anchored to the post at 15 inch
j centers by positive mechanical means.
Each gate and terminal post shall be braced by a horizontal pipe brace
and an adjustable truss extending to an adjacent line post. Corner posts
located where the deflection angle is 10 degrees or greater shall be
braced in both directions.
J Fabric shall be stretched taut.and anchored so that a pull of 150 pounds
at the middle of a panel will not lift the bottom of the fabric more than
6 inches.
Snake guard mesh 18 inches high for substations shall be attached to the
outside of the chain link fence. The mash shall extend 6 inches below
the top of the crushed rock surfacing and 12 inches above with a 45 degree ;
1 bend of the top 3 inches, The mesh shall be attached to the fence fabric
] with aluminum ties spaced not more than 12 inches, One row of ties shall
be at the top of the mesh and another row at the bottom of the chain link
fabric. A section of mesh shall. overlap at least three links of the chain
link fabric,
Snake guard shall not be attached to the gates.
y
s
II
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
[ 102089 ]
2G-5
k
f
4r
k5
6
hS
Li
Section 2H - AGGREGATE SURFACING
2H.1 GENERAL, This section covers the materials and construction for
aggregate surfaced access roads; parking areas, substation, and other
areas indicated on the drawings.
i
.
} Unless otherwise specified herein, the materials, application of aggre-
gate surfacing, and the sampling and testing of aggregates shall comply
with Division II of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public
Transportation, Standard Specification for Construction of Highways,
Streeta, and Bridges,
i
Earthwork for eubgrade, to be surfaced shall be as apecifi^d in the sec-
Ii tion titled EARTHWORX.
All aggregate surfaced areas constructed under these specifications shall
f ! be maintained by the Contractor until final acceptance of the work by the
F Owner,
2H.2 PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. Ditches and drains along the eubgrade
shall be maintained As required for effective drainage. Whenever ruts of
j 2 inches or more in depth are formed, the eubgrade shall be brought to
i grade,•reshaped, and recompacted. In no case shall any aggregate surfac-
ing be placed on a muddy eubgrade. Storage or stockpiling of materials
on the eubgrade will not be permitted.
2H.3 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. Immediately prior to surfacing, the eubgrade
shall be shaped to the grade and cross section indicated on the drawings. !
The top 6 inches of the eubgrade shall be compacted to 95 percent of max-
imum density within ±2 percent of optimum'moisture content as determined
1 by ASTM D698. This operation shall include any scarifying, reshaping,
and wetting required Co obtain proper compaction. Soft, organic, and
otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed from the eubgrade and re-
placed with suitable material.
Any deviation of the eubgrade surface in excess of 1 inch as indicated by
a 16 foot straightedge, or template cut to typical section, shall be cor-
rected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and recom-
pacting.
2H.4 MATERIALS. Materials for the aggregate base course and surface
course shall conform to the following requirements.
Gradation shall conform to Type A, Grade 1, base material specified by
the Texas State Highway specifications.
i
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I 102089
2H-1
r
r
}
V
a.i :11 v
~t
t+
t'
1
The aggregate material shall consist of crushed atone aggregate free from
lumps or balls of clay and other soft and objectionable material. The
abrasion loss shall be no more than 40 percent when subjected to 500 rev-
olutions in a Los Angeles abrasion machine as determined by ASTM C131.
That fraction passing the 3/4 inch sieve and retained on the No. 4 sieve
shall have a logs not greater than 15 percent by weighted average at
5 cycles of ASTM C88. The specific gravity shall noi. be less than 2.54.
That fraction of the material passing the 3/4 inch sieve and retained on
the No. 4 sieve shall contain less than 20 percent by weight of flat and
elongated particles. The materials shall consist of angular particles
with not lees than 90 percent of particle count having two or more frac-
tured surfaces.
I A job mix formula shall be established by the Contractor and shall be
acceptable to the Owner prior to the start of work. This mix shall not
be changed without prior authorization from the Owner.
I
2H.5 APPLICATION. Aggregate shall be placed upon an acceptable subgrade
in layers of uniform thickness not exceeding 4 inches in compacted depth.
The aggregates for each course shall be handled and spread in a manner
that will prevent segregation of sizes. When vibrating or other accept-
able types of special compacting equipment are used, acceptance may be
given to increasing the permissible thickness of layers, provided the
ability of such equipment to achieve acceptable compaction to the full
layer depth is demonstrated.
1 When the aggregate surfacing is constructed in more than one layer, the
previously constructed layers shall be cleaned of loose and foreign mat-
j ter. Water content of the material she 11 be maintained during placement
I to ensure maximum compaction at optimum moisture content. Moisture con-
tent shall be maintained at t1-1/2 percent of optimum.
I! While at optimum moisture content, the aggregate shall be compacted to
not less than 95 percent of the maximum laboratory density as determined '
by ASTM D1557, Method D. In-place density shall be measured by A$TiH
D2167.
Top surface of the compacted aggregate base course shall be finished by
blading or with automated equipment especially designed for the purpose
and rolled with a steel-wheeled roller. In no case shall thin ;layers of
fine materials be added to the top layer of the base course in order to
meet the grade.
Surface of the completed aggregate base shall not deviate more than
1/2 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. The completed com-
pacted thickness of any course shall be within plus 3/4 inch and minus
1/2 inch of indicated thickness, and the average thickness shall not be
less than the design thickness indicated.
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
{ 102089
2H-2
ei;tya:ay 1
4
~S
r ~
2H.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING. All field and laboratory sampling and test-
ing required to determine compliance with these specifications shall be
provided by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner,
7 All expenses incurred for sampling and testing shall be borne by the Con-
tractor.
Samples of the in-place compacted aggregate shall be taken at random in
accordance with the requirements of ASTM D75, A minimum of one sample
per day or one sample for every 100 cubic yards of compacted in-place
aggregate, whichever is greater, shall be taken.
i
~ l
f
1
I .
I
3
1
f
. I
i
i
j
r
;i
f (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
I 102089 1
2H-3
r
i
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-1 thru 3A-28
3A.1 General 3A-1
3A.2 Materials 3A-1
3A.3 Preliminary Review 3A-4
3A.4 Limiting Requirements 3A-7
3A.5 Storage of Materials 3A-9
3A.6 Batching and Mixing 3A-9
3A.7 Field Control Testing 3A-12
3A.8 Reinforcement 3A-14
3A.9 Forms 3A-15
" 3A.10 Embedments 3A-17
3A.11 Turbine-Generator Foundation 3A-18
3A,12 Placement 3A-19
3A.13 Construction Joints '3A-22
i 3A.14 Expansion Joints 3A-2a
3A.15 Contraction Joints 3A-23
3A.16 Flexible Water Stops U-23
3A.17 Openings in Concrete 3A-23
3A.18 Finishing Formed Surfaces 3.A-24
3A.19 Finishing Unformed Surfaces 3A-24
3A, 20 Separate Finishes 3A-25
3A.21 Curing 3A-26
3A,22 Floor Sealer 3A-26
3A.23 Repairing Defective Concrete 3A-26
3A;24 Duct Bank Concrete 3A-27 I
3A.25 Tolerances for Substation Bases 3A-27
' Table 1 Concrete Classes and Mix'Design 3A-28
Section 38 - GROUTING 3B-1 thru 3B-5
3B.1 General 3B-1
3B.2 Materials 3B-1
3B.3 Grouting of Baaea for Equipment
and Structures 3B-2
3B,4 Curing 3B-4
3B.5 Grouting of Reinforcing Steel and
Anchor Bolts 3B-4
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 J
T03-1
ra
R
S ,
7
Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3A,1 GENERAL, This section covers all cast-in-place concrete and in-
cludes reinforcing steel, forme, finishing, curing, and other appurtenant
work.
Cast-in-place concrete shall be in accordance with the latest applicable
requirements of the Federal Specifications, ACI, ASTM, and CRSI, except
as modified by these specifications.
The Contractor shall inform the Ownor at leaat 24 hours in advance of the
times and places at which he intends to place concrete,
j The Contractor shall provide all testa and reports specified hereinafter
{ under the articles titled FIELD CONTROL TESTING and PRELIMINARY REVIEW,
1 } 3A,2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be in accordance with the following re-
quirementa.
Cement ASTM C150, Type I or II
Fine aggregate Clean natural sand, ASTM C33.
Artificial or manufactured
sand will not be acceptable.
t
Coarse aggregate crushed atone, washed gravel,
or other acceptable inert
I 1 ~
granular material conforming
to ASTM C33, except that clay 1
I and shale particles shall not
exceed 1 percent
Water Clean and free from mud, oil,
organic matter, or other del-
eterious substances
Admixtures
Plasticizer ASTM 0494, Type A; Grace ;
"WRDA," Master Builders "Poz-
zolith Normal," Protex "PDA
25BL Normal Set," Sika Chemi-
cal "Plastocrete 161," or
acceptable equal
d
k
i
,I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 1
3A-1
f
Y
r i
T
v ,
i~
~ k
Air-entraining agent eCer2Builderae"MDcroXAir,°'I
Protex "Air Entraining Solu-
tion," Sika Chemical "AER," or
acceptable equal
Plasticizin}; retarder °U~acard,"TMaster Builders
"Pozzolith Retarder," Protex
"PDA 25R Retarder," Sika
Chemical "Plastocrete 161R,"
or acceptable equal
Reinforcing steel
Bare not ollherwise AS A615-85 Grade 60. Yield
noted
by full size bar tests.
~ E
Mechanical splices Erico Products "Cadweld"
Welded wire fabric ASTM A185 or A497
f Flexible water stops
Type 1 PVC ribbed or serrated, 9 inches
i by 318 inch, with "0" bulb
Closed center sections. Grace N,,,
i "lkurajoint Type 7," W, R. Meadows
"Sealtight Type 9380, or Vinylex
f "R89-38"
' Type 2 PVC ribber' or serrated, 12 inch
width, Vinylex "RB12-12" or
acceptable equal
Forms
Prefabricated Patent's "Mod-U-Forms" Symons
"Steel Ply," or Universal
"Uni-•formu
Metal deck As specified ,'.n METAL DECK
FORM section
Plywood Product Standard PSI, water-
proof, resin-bonded, exterior
type Douglas firl face adja-
cent to concrete Grade B
plywood or better
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000 !
[ 102089 i
3A-2
k.ZUl2€=~ +
ki
Wf.YiV
1
fi k1% 73
p ' .I
`13
sr
Fiberboard Fed Spec LLL-R-810, Type 11;
tempered, waterproof, screen-
back
Fibertubes Spiral or seamless, wax impreg-
nated interior and exterior
surfaces, nonwater sensitive
adhesive
i
Lumber Straight, uniform width and
I thickness, and free from
? knots, offsets, holes, dents,
and other surface defeots
1
f ( l Chamfer strips Clear pine, surface against
concrete shall be planed.
1 Form coating Nox-Crete "Nox-Crete Form !
Coating," L 6 M "Debond," Pro-
tax "Pro-Cote," or Richmond
} Polyethylene film Fed Spec L-P-378, Type I;
6 mil
Expansion joint materials
t
Filler Preformed, A5TM D17520 Type I
(sponge rubber) or closed cell
plastic foam (PVC or polyeth
Jane)
Y
M Urethane sealant Two component, Fed Spec TT-S-
(self-leveling) 002270 Type 1, Class A; Pecora
t'NR-200 Urexpan." or Tremco
'ITCH-900)" gray color
Primer As recommended by sealant
manufacturer
t
Epoxy bonding compound Sika Chemical "Sikadur Hi-Mod,"
U.S, Grout "Five Star Epoxy,"
or acceptable equal
Membrane curing compound Styrene-acrylate or styrene-
and floor sealer butadiene; minimum 18 percent
solids, nonyellowing, unit
moisture loss 0,039 g/sq cm
f
i
;
OENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.00001
102089
3A-3
i
F
v
• dY,:~z':: da4
yt •
V
1J
maximum, Gifford-Hill "Sealco
800," Prosoco "Kure and Seal,"
Protex "Acryseall" Sonneborn
"Kure-N-Seal," or L&M "Dress
& Seal"
Bond breaker ASTM C309, Type 2, Class At
wax based, Protex 11PW-3,"
Burke "White Pigmented Curing
compound," or acceptable equal
3A.3 PRELIMINARY REVIEW. The.source and quality of concrete materials
and the concrete proportions proposed for the work shall be submitted to
f the Engineer for review before the concrete work is started. Complete
certified reports covering the materials shall be prepared by an inde-
pendent tenting laboratory and submitted to the Engineer. Concrete mix
design shall be proportioned by either existing field experience or trial
+ batches prepared by an independent testing laboratory. Review of these
r ! reports will be for general acceptability only, continued compliance with
all contract provisions will be required.
3A.3.1 Materials. Reports on cement shall include the type, brand, man-
ufacturer, composition, and method of handling (sack or bulk).
{ Reports on admixtures shall include the ASTM C494 classification, brand,
j manufacturer, and active chemical ingredients. All admixtures shall be
I j the products of one manufacturer.
J f~
I Reports on fine aggregates shall include the source, type, gradation,
deleterious substances, soundness, reactivity, and the results of all
f tests required to verify compliance with specified material requirements.
Reports on coarse aggregates shall include the source, type, gradation,
deleterious substances, soundness, abrasion loss, reactivity, and the re-
sults of all tests required to verify compliance with specified material
requirements.
3A.3.2 Concrete Mix Desi n. The Contractor shall proportion the con-
crate mixes based on batch plants field experience as required by I
ACI 318; or the Contractor, using the services of an independent testing
laboratory retained and paid for by the Contractor, shall proportion and
qualify initial concrete mixes. Proportions of initial mixes shall be
within the requirements in the article titled LIMITING REQUIREMENTS. If
based on
the Contractor chooses tdata qualify mix
the Proposal.
all required aupporting
The Contractor shall proportion concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 211,
ACI 318, and these specifications. Representative samples of concrete
constituents acceptable to the Owner shall be used in the mix design.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 7].0000)
102089 j
3A-4
A
x
f '
r '
4v
f,
„
The required mix design average compressive strength (f'cr) shall be
based on concrete production facility records, as required by ACI 318,
except that f'cr shall not be less than 800 psi greater than f'c. If
production facility data are not available, f'cr shall be that required
by Table 4.3.2.2 of ACI 318.
3A.3.3 Concrete Mix Desig Verification, Concrete mix design for con-
crate Classes I and 11 shall be verified either by field experience or
with trial mixes in accordance with ACI 318 and the following require-
ments. Mixes shall be evaluated for workability, consistency, yield, and
strength.
If mixes are qualified by trial batches, the Contractor shall sample the
concrete in accordance with ASTM C172 and shall test the concrete for
specified slump, air content, and yield. Concrete mixes shall contain
all aggregate size groups up to and including the.maximum size used in
the concrete mix. Trial batches shall be made from materials to be used.
J for the work. Compressive strength test specimens shall be made in so-
JJ ' cordance with ASTM C31 and tested for compressive strength in accordance
with ASTM C39.
The Contractor shall mix and teat at least three batches of each concrete
mix required which produce strengths above and below that required for
the mix, The Contractor shall plot two curves indicating the relation-
ship between water cement ratio and 7 and 28 day compressive strengths.
! f Each point on each curve shall represent the average of three specimeno
f tested at the applicable 7 and 28 day period. The maximum design water-
cement ratio shall be that required to produce f'cr provided it does not
exceed that specified under LIMITING REQUIREMENTS,' Should the concrete
mix not meet the specified requirements, the Contractor shall determine
3I
the corrective action required to achieve compliance with the specifica-
1 tions. After appropriate action, the concrete mix shall be reverified as
I specified herein.
The Contractor will not receive additional compensation for any Increase
of noncrete cement contents above that required to meet the trial batch
strength except to meet the minimums specified under LIMITING REQUIRE-
MENTS.
The establishes; and verified mix designs shall not be altered without
written acceptance of the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to modify
and reverify or establish new mix designs as required, Mixes may be ad-
justed in accordance with ACI 214 and,ACI 318 criteria when sufficient
4 quality control history is available to warrant such adjustment but only
with the Owner's written acceptance. Costs for such changes or addi-
tions, if required, will be negotiated between the Owner and the Con-
tractor,
f
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
3A-5
4
=Frrvem -
[1
T~
w
,a
r~
The report for each tentative concrete mix submitted for review shall
contain the following information,
Slump on which design is based
Total gallons of water per cubic yard
Cement factor
Ratio of fine to total aggregates
Weight (surface dry) of each aggregate per cubic yard
Quantity of each admixture
Air content
Compressive strength based on 7 day and 28 day compression
taste
Times of initial set
! 3A.3.4 Testing, Aggregates shall be sampled and tested in accordance
"i with ASTM C33. Aggregate soundness may be determined by either the sodi-
um sulfate or magnesium sulfate teat. The bulk specific gravity of eaoh
f aggregate shall be determined in accordance with AM C127 and AM C128.
Potential reactivity testa (ASTM C289) and petrographic examinations
(ASTM C295) shall be performed or have been recently performed on aggre-
gates from the proposed source. The results'of the potential reactivity
teats and petrographic examinations together with the results of a prev-
ious mortar bar test (ASTM C227) shall be submitted with the certified
reports. Potentially reactive aggregates shall be as defined in ASTM C33,
Appendix 11. Any aggregate source judged potentially reactive shall be
unacceptable for the work.
For trial batches two sets of compression teat cylinders, three cylinders
per set, shall be made from each batch of each proposed concrete mix,
One set of three cylinders shall be tested at an age of 7 days and the
other set shall be tested at an age of 28 days. Concrete teat specimens
shall be made, cured, and stored in conformity with ASTM C192 and tested
in conformity with ASTM C39,
Slump shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C143 and total air con-
tent shall be determined in conformity with ASTM 0231. Temperatures of
the mixes shall be recorded,
i
(OENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
( .102089 )
3A~6
If
~-'~DL14
r
r
i
Initial set tests shall be made at ambient temperatures of 70 F and 90 F
to determine compliance with the initial set time specified hereinafter.
The test at 70 F shall be made using concrete containing the specified
plasticizing and air-entraining admixtures. The test at 90 F shall be
made using concrete containing the specified plasticizing retarder and
air-entraining admixtures. Initial set shall be determined in accordance
with ASTM C403.
i
Yield tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C138. Testa shall give the
weight per cubic foot of freshly mixed concrete, the volume of concrete
per unit of cement, the actual cement factor, and the air content of the
k i concrete.
j ! 3A.4 LIMITING REQUIREMENTS. Each concrete mix shall be designed and
f concrete shall be controlled within the following limiting requirements.
The acceptability of concrete will be judged on the basis of compliance
with all of the specified requirements and not on the basis of strength
ff alone.
Coarse aggregate sizes listed hereinafter are the nominal sizes given in
Table 2 of ASTM C33. To qualify as a certain aggregate size, the grada-
tion of the aggregate must be within the tabulated limits.
The 1-1/2 inch size shall not be used in concrete which has congested
reinforcing.
3A.4.1 Minimum Cement Content. The quantity of portlaiid cement, ex-
pressed in pounds per cubic yard, shall•be not less than that indicated
in Table 1 at the end of the section. These minimum cement factors shall
apply only to concrete containing either the specified plasticizer or
plasticizing retarder. If, for any reason, both the plasticizer and
plasticizing retarder are omitted, the cement factor, shall be increuoed
by 10 percent.
.
3A.4.2 Concrete Classes. Several classes of concrete will be required.
Mix classes, concrete use, compressive strength at 28 days, coarse ag-
gregate size, minimum cement content, and permissible range of slump for
the concrete shall be as specified in Table 1 at the and of this section.
a
Lean concrete (Mix Class III) shall be composed of the same materials and
meet the same requirements an the concrete specified hereinbefora, except
that its 28 day compressive strength shall not be less than 2,000 psi and
it shall not contain less than four sacks of cement per cubic yard.
Mortar puddle shall be required as a bedding between hardened concrete
and freshly poured concrete. The mortar puddle shall be the same as that
used in the structural mix class except that coarse aggregate shall be
omitted.
f
j
( [DENTON 105671GGEN8
000NST 71.0000]
3A-7
9.1 NMI
]SYNnt
F;
r F~
l
i
I
3A.4.3 Total Water Content. Water-cement ratio of concrete shall not
exceed 0.45 by weight.
3A.4.4 Slump. Concrete slump shall be kept as low as possible consis-
tent with proper handling and thorough compaction. Unless otherwise au-
thorized by the Engineer, slump shall be within the limits specified in
Table 1.
3A.4.5 Ratio of Fine to Total Aggregates. The ratio of fine to total
aggregates based on solid volumes (not weights) shall be as follows.
Coarse Aggregate Size Minimum Ratio Maximum Ratio
3/4 inch to No. 4 0.35 0.50
f 1-1/2 inch to No. 4 0.25 0.42
i
j
fk 3A.4.6 Initial Set. The initial act as determined by ASTM C403 shall
not be-attained until at least 5 hours after the water and cement are
added to the aggregates. The quantity of retarding admixture shall be
adjusted as necessary to compensate for variations in temperature and job
conditions.'
3A,4.7 Total Air Content. The total volumetric air content of concrete
after placement shall be 5 percent plus or minus I percent. Air entrain-
meet may be omitted from interior slabs which,are to be trowel finished.
I 3h,4.8 Admixturea. The admixture content, batching method, and time of
I intzaduction to the mix shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations for compliance with these specifications.
A plasticizing or plasticizing retarder admixture shall be included in
all eonclete, unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer
Plasticizing retarder admixture shall be adjusted as specified under
Initial Set.
Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium. chloride shall not be
used.
3A.4.9 Temperature, The temperature of the concrete at placement shall
be as specified herein and in the articles titled HOT WEATHER CONCRETING
and COLD WEATHER CONCRETING.
Air Least Dimension of Concrete Section
Temp (F 30" or Less Greater than 30'f
Over 30 50 to 80 F 45 to 70 F
0 to 30 55 to 80 F 50 to 70 F
Less than 0 60 to 80 F 55 to 75 F
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089
3A-8
li
IM V,
y
ah
!r\'!4•i
. jI)'Q9Yj{
j
i~
3A.4.10 Strength. The minimum acceptable compressive strengths as
determined by ASTM C39 shall be as follows.
Minimum Strength
Age
Class III Class I!I Class IV
7 days 3,000 psi 1,500 psi 2,250 psi
28 days 4,000 psi 2,000 psi 3,000 psi ,
i
All concrete shall exceed the specified minimum compressive strengths.
f Each test cylinder will be evaluated separately and the Owner shall bn
the sole judge of the validity and representative qualities of the testa.
In the event any test cylinder indicates concrete strength less than the
specified minimum, the concrete represented by the test shall be sub act
( to further investigation at the Owner's option,
Such investigation shall
( include sampling and testing of the concrete in place to verify or dis-
prove the results of the cylinder test. The Contractor shall cooperate
with the Owner in the sampling and testing procedure and shall pay all `
costs in connection therewith, including the replacement of concrete for
the cotes or samples removed,
G # If the additional investigation verifies the existence of defective con-
orate, the Contractor shall be responsible for one of the following re-
medial actions as determined by the Owner,
l The removal and replacement of all defective concrete
i ! The cost of design and construction changes necessary to
s incorporate the inferior concrete
i
Satisfactory reimbursement or allowance to the Owner for the
acceptance of the lower quality concrete
( 3A.5 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Cement shall be stored in suitable moisture-
proof enclosures, Reclaimed cement or cement which has become caked or
lumpy shall not be used.
L
j Aggregates shall be stored so that segregation and the inclusion of for-
eign materials are prevented. The bottom 6 inches of aggregate piles
that have been in contact with the ground shall not be used.
Reinforcing steel shall be carefully handled and shall be stored on sup-
ports which will keep the steel from contact with the ground.
3A,6 BATCHING AND MIXING„ Batching and mixing shall be performed with
suitable equipment located off the construction site at a location deter-
mined and acgaired by the Contractor or by an acceptable ready-mix con-
crete supplier, Personnel at the batching and mixing plant shall be
a
I
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 )
3A-9
~tti'd.Mi
qualified and experienced. Batching and mixing equipment and procedures
shall comply with ASTM C94, ACI 304, and the recommendations of the Con-
crete Plant Manufacturers' Bureau.
A jelivery ticket shall be prepared for each load of ready-mixed concrete
delivered. A copy of each ticket shall be handed to the Owner by the
truck operator at the time of delivery, Tickets shall indicate the mix
identification, the number of yards delivered, the quantities of each
whichitheicementbwashadded,oandothetnumericalesein the quencesofdthetdelivery.
3A.6.1 Batchin . The measurement of aggregates and cement shall be by
weight. Aggregate weights and mixing water shall be adjusted for aggre-
gate moisture contents,
Each admixture shall be dispensed by a mechanical device that will ensure
I I accurate and automatic measurement.
3A,6,2 Central Mixed Concrete, The minimum amount of water required to
produce the desired slump shall be batched automatically. Additionaone
water required to produce and maintain a uniform slump may be added
time manually by the mixer operator provided the total water- does not
exceed mix requirements, Slump shall be kept uniform. Aggregates shall
float uniformly throughout the mass, and the concrete shall flow slug-
I gishly when vibrated.
Concrete shall be mixed until all ingredients are uniformly distributed s.
throughout the batch. Mixers shall not be loaded in excess of their
rated capacities, Each batch shall be completely discharged ')afore the
mixer is recharged.
3A.6,3 Truck Mixed Concrete, Only the prescribed amount of mixing water
shall be placed in the truck mixing water tank for any one batch, unless
the tank is equipped with a device by which the amount of water added to
each batch can be readily verified by the Owner.
The truck mixer and agitator speeds shall be as designated on the manu-
facturer's data plate, and mixing and agitation shall be performed within
these ranges. While transit mixing, truck mixers shall be rotated at
mixing speeds for not less than 70 revolutions nor more than 100 revoluO
tions for completion of mixing under normal conditions.
revolutions at mixing speed shall be required if water is added one time
in the field.
3A, 6.4 Truck Mixers. Trucks each capable of mixing and deliverinb
8 cubic yards of concrete shall be furnished for either central-mixed or
trucked-mixed concrete, The base fleet shall be capable of delivering
100 cubic yards of concrete per hour from the batch plant to the onsite
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 1
3A-10
r,
5\'. R5: 111
work areas. Additional truck mixers shall be furnished by the Contractor
to accommodate large pours as required and to serve as spare trucks.
Fuel for the truck mixers shall be furnished by the Contractor.
All trucks furnished by the Contractor shall be in sound, reliable me-
chanical condition. All trucks shall be provided with the same type of
water measuring system.
' All trucks shall be equipped with a two-way radio.
7
e Washing of transit mix trucks shall be confined to an offsite waste dis-
posal area determined by the Contractor.
Truck mixers shall be the inclined axis revolving drum type designed to
I
j ensure end-to-end exchange of the constituent concrete materials parallel
to the axis of rotation with a rolling, folding, and spreading movament
of the batch over itself as the batch is mixed.
Truck mixers shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM C94 and
I NRMCA.
The truck mixers shall have a certificate of conformance indicating that
they have been inspected and have the physical capability to furnish and
deliver concrete of the quality aad quantity specified. This certificate
shall be issued in accordance with NRMCA (National Ready-Misted Concrete
j i Association) checklist titled "Certification of Ready-Mixed Concrete Fa-
cilities." Two copies of the certification shall be submitted in accord-
once with Section 1C and shall be accepted prior to the start of any cony
crate production, The Contractor shall be rasponsibl.e for obtaining such
I certification. The Contractor's certification inspector shall be a rag I
i iatered professional engineer.
Truck mixers shall be capable of receiving concrete and concrete constit-
uents as charged from the batch plant.
Truck mixers shall be provided with a water tank. Each truck shall have
a water measuring system, either a flow through water meter or sight I
glass graduated in 1 gallon (maximum) increments. The measuring device
shall measure water delivered to the batch within 1 percent accuracy or
1 gallon, whichever is greater,
A water pump or other method for delivery of water shall be furnished
with the truck mixer. The water system shall be capable of delivering
not less than 45 gallons of water per minute into the 'patch.
Water measuring devices on all trucks shall be calibrated initially and
every b months thereafter. Water systems shall be maintained free of
Z leaks and shall not be allowed to become inoperable.
1 i
i
i
(UENTON 10.567 GEN CONST 71.00001
10'1089 ]
3A-11 -
i
°~yJ l'D ~ h
yII
2!
y1
{
Fi
Each truck mixer shall be provided with an operating counter which shell
count the number of drum revolutions. The Contractor shall be responei-
ble for checking the revolution counters at least once each month. Con-
crete mixed or transported in trucks with nonexistent or defective revo-
lution counters shall be rejected by the Owner or cores shall be taken
and tested by the Contractor at his own expense should concrete from such
trucks be placed.
Concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge shall
be completed within 1-1/2 hours, or before the drum has been revolved 300
revolutions, whichever comes first, after the introduction of the mixing
water to the cement and aggregates. In hot weather, or under conditions
contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, a time less than 1-1/2
hours may be required by the Owner. When a truck mixer is used for the
complete mixing of the concrete, the mixing operation shall begin within
30 minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregates,
Truck mixers shall be provided with a hatch in the periphery of the drum
shell of such design to permit access to the inside of the drum for in-
spection, cleaning, and repair of drum blades.
r
Each truck shall have a unique number legible at a distance of at least
50 feet and placed in such locations as may be required by the Owner.
All truck mixers shall be completely discharged and flushed before being
recharged, shall be kept clean and in good working order, and shall be
inspected routinely and cleaned of any accumulations of hardened concrete
or mortar.
3A.7 FIELD CONTROL TESTING. Field control tests consisting of slump
tests, air content testa, unit weight regts, temperature tests, material
tests, and the preparation of concrete test specimens shall be made by an
Independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor.
1
The frequency hereinafter specified for each field control test is a min-
imvm. If additional field control tests are necessary, in the,opinion of
the Owner, such testa shall be made.
3A.7.1 A re ate Gradation. Fine and coarse aggregate shall be sampled
and tested in acaordance with ASTM D75 and 0136 as directed by the Owner.
3A,7.2 Aggregate Reactivity. Potential reactivity tests (ASTM C289)
petrographic examinations (ASTM 0295), and mortar bar tests (ASTM C227)
shall be made on aggregates when directed by the Owner.
3A.7.3 Cement. When directed by the Owner, cement shall be sampled and
tested for compliance with the specifications.
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f . 102089 J
3A-12
KE41`ti
F6'f24:'d
pR~ !s
,.Y,.•~e - fj
f~
J pI7
11
3A,7,4 Slump, A slump test shall be wade from each of the first three
batches mixed each day. An additional slump test shall be made for each
additional 50 cubic yards of concrete placed in any one day. Slump shall
be determined in accordance with ASTM C143.
t Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the
1
slump.
~I
•3A,7.5 Air Content, An air content test shell be made. from each of the
first three batches mixed each day and from each additional 50 cubic
yards placed in any one day. Air content shall be determined in accord-
ance with ASTM C231,
k
I i Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the
air content.
3A.7.6 Unit Weight. A unit weight test shall be made from each batch
from which concrete compression test cylinders are made. Unit weight ,
shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C138.
3A.7,7 Temperature, Concrete temperature shall be determined from each
concrete sample.
Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked with the concrete
i temperature.
3A.7.8 Compression Teats, A set of four concrete compression test cyl-
inders shall be made each day concrete is placed. An additional set of
j cylinders shall be made when from 25 to 100 cubic yards of concrete are
placed, Fat each additional 100 cubic yards, or major fraction thereof,
placed in any one day, an additional set of cylinders shall be made. One
cylinder of each set shall be tested at an age of 7'days`, and two of the
cylinders of each set shall be tested at an age of 28 days. The remain-
ing cylinder shall be a spare and shall be tested as directed by the
i Owner.
i
Concrete test cylinders shall be made, cured, stored, and delivered to
the laboratory in accordance with ASTM C31, The cylinders shall be
tested in accordance with ASTM C39.
Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the
date and time of day the cylinders were made, the location in the work
where the concrete represented by the cylinders was placed, the delivery
truck or batch number, the air content, slump, and concrete temperature.
3A.7,9 Moisture Content Tests. The Contractor shall perform daily mois-
turfs content tests on the aggregates, in accordance with ASTM C566.
Moisture content values determined shall be used by the Contractor in ad- }
justing concrete constituent weights. The adjustment and actual weight
s
}
fDENTON 10567 GEN CON8T 71.0000]
f 102089
3A-13
3if E'Stry ,
iru; rat.
f
i1
if
r
of aggregate shall be documented on the tickets specified in the article
titled BATCHING AND MIXING.
3A.7.10 Test Reports. The Contractor shall promptly furnish two copies
of all test reports made by the laboratory to the Owner.
3A.9 REINFORCEMENT. Reinforcements shall be accurately formed. Unless
otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein, the details of
fabrication shall conform to ACT 318-83.
3A.8,1 Accessories. The Contractor shall provide all bar supports,
ties, spacers,-bolsters, inserts, screeds, and other concrete accessories
required to maintain reinforcing in its proper position and permit proper
placement of concrete,
I
The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of all bar support
systems.
3A.8.2 Certification. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a
certification that the reinforcing steel furnished complies with the re-
quirements specified in the article titled MATERIALS. The certification
shall be signed by the Contractor and the reinforcing steel fabricator.
3A,8,3 Tensile Tests. Tensile tests on Number 3 through Number 11 bars
shall be performed in accordance with ASTM A615.
r ~ •
3A,8.4 Welding. Except where indicated or, the drawings, welding of re-
inforcement for any purpose, and tack welding in partivular, is expressly
{ prohibited. Reinforcements upon which unauthorized welding has been done
shall be presumed to be damaged and such reinforcing shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense, Replacement materials shall con-
form to all applicable requirements of these specifications.
Welded chairs and supports may be used provided they are clamped or wired
to the reinforcement.
3A.8.5 Shop Drawings and Bar Lists. Bar lists and drawinga for the fab-
rication and placement of reinforcements shall 'ue prepared, checked, and
submitted as specified in Section 1C, Each bar list and placement draw-
ing shall have noted thereon "ASTM A615 Grade 60 only" or a similar
statement which identifies the grade of reinforcing indicated on that
drawing.
3A.8.6 Concrete Cover. Except as otherwise indicated on the drawings,
metal reinforcement for concrete shall have the concrete protective cover
specified in Chapter 7 of ACT 318-83.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
t;
I 102089 ]
3A-14
I
r
3A.8.7 Placement, Reinforcements shall be accurately positioned on sup-
ports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements, and shell be secured in
place with wire ties or suitable clips. Bare metal supports shall not be
used in contact with forms for exposed surfaces.
With the exception of lapped portions of spliced bars which are wired or
clamped together, the clear distance between parallel bars shall be not
less than 1,5 times the maximum size of coarse aggregate in the concrete,
or less than 1 inch in beams, 1-1/2 inches in columns, or 2 inches in
other locations. Where reinforcements in beams are placed in two or more
layers, the bars in the upper layer shall be placed directly above the
bars in the lower layer and the clear distance between bars shall be not
less than 1 inch,
E 3A.8.8 Splices, Unless otherwise required by the specifications or
1 drawings, splices shall conform to ACI 318-83. Splices shall be Class C
tension-lapped splices unless a different class is indicated on the En
r E glneer's drawings. Splices in horizontal reinforcement placed in verti-
cal wall sections sh411 be detailed in accordance with the top reinforce-
went requirements of ACT 318-83.
! Splices shall not be used in regions of maximum bending stress. If re-
quired, welded splices shall be used only as specified hereinafter.
"Cadweld" tension splices shall be as manufactured and recommended by
f Erico Products, Incorporated. The first four splices made by each oper-
ator shall be made in the presence of an Erico representative gild the
Owner. Each operator shall make splices in the same splicing positions
(Vertical, horizontal, angle, or special) he will make for the project.
All materials and procedures used shall be subject to the acceptance of
the Erico representative and the Owner:, Cadweld splices shall develop in
tension at least the minimum ultimate tensile strength specified for the
spliced bars. Unless otherwise accepted, splices shall be "T-Series"
splices,
t
f The Erico representative shall provide the Owner with three copies of
Erico's latest inspection criteria.
3A.9 FORMS. Forms shall be designed to produce hardened concrete having
s the shape, lines, and dimensions indicated on the drawings, Forms shall
be constructed and maintained in proper position and accurate alignment,
Forms shall conform to ACI 347 and the ,°ollowing additional requirements,
Concrete shall be placed against job-built plywood forms or forms that
are lined with plywood or fiberboard, except as otherwise specified,
Prefabricated forms, metal forms, or metal frames with plywood inserts
will be permitted only for surfaces which are not normally exposed to
,
,
t (DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
( 107089
3A-15
o-,
~ wnr.vvo
L
W
view when construction has been completed. Plywood and fiberboard shall
be new when it is brought to the construction site and shall be properly
coated, protected, and maintained throughout its use. All plywood and
fiberboard materials which are damaged, cracked, weathered, or otherwise
unsuited, in the Owner's opinion, for producing Smooth, uniformly text-
ured formed surfaces shall be rejected as form material.
Metal deck forms shall be inst,:11ed as specified in the section titled
METAL DECK FORM.
Expanded metal formwork shall not be used.
r
Vertical surfaces of footing extended above grade shall be formed.
i
3A.9.2 Design. Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to
prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied so that
they will maintain the desired position, Shape, Sud alignment during and
after placing concrete therein. Walerss studs, internal ties, and other
form support# shall be of sufficient size and number and shall be located
and spaced so that proper working stresses therein are not exceeded.
Suspended members which are supported by concrete columns and piers
j shall be formed so that the column and pier forms may be removed without
III disturbing the supports for the suspended members.
The top edges of forms for walla, equipment bases, and other concrete
which is to be finished to a specified elevations slope, or contobr,
J shall be brought-to a true line and grade so that the-top concrete sur-
face can be finished with a screed or template resting on the top edges
j I of the forma, Wall forms, on one side at least, shall not extend above
horizontal construction ,joints.
Temporary openings shall be provided at the bottom of column anG wall
forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and
inspection.
3A.9.2 Form Ties. Form ties shall be of the removable end, permanently
embedded body type, and shall have sufficient strength, stiffness, and
rigidity to support and maintain the form in proper position and align-
ment without the use of auxiliary spreaders. Outer ends of the perma-
nently embedded portions of form ties shall be at least 1 inch back from
adjacent outer concrete faces. Permanently embedded portions of form
ties which are not provided with threaded ends shall be constructed so
that the removable ends can be broken off by twisting, without chipping
or spalling the concrete surface. The type of form ties used shall be
acceptable to the Engineer.
Form ties in exposed surfaces shall be uniformly spaced and aligned in
horizontal and vertical rows,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089
3A-16
i
I
1 3~
x,ciT
.-is
1~ f
I.'
.t .
^1
3A.9.3 Edges and Corners. Chamfer Strips shall be placed in forms to
bevel all salient edges and corners except edges which are to be buried
and edges which are indicated on the drawings with a special treatment.
Equipment bases shall have formed beveled salient edges for all vertical
and horizontal corners unless specifically indicated otherwise on the
drawings. Bevel dimensions shall be 3/4 by 3/4 inch unless indicated
otherwise on the drawings.
i y
3A.9.4 Form Removal. Forms shall not be removed or disturbed until the
i concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely support all dead and
live loads to be imposed thereon. Supports beneath beams or slabs shall
be left in place and reinforced as necessary to carry any construction
j equipment or materials placed thereon. Care shall be taken in form re-
moval to avoid surface gouging, cornar or edge breakage, or other damage
#f to the concrete.
i { 3A.9.5 Water Passa es. The water passages and draft tubes are important
I structures to the generating capacity of the plant. Special care will be
required to ensure that the correct geometric shapes are constructed.
All necessary bracing and shoring shall be provided.
The completed concrete-lined water passages shall he w1thin 1/4 inch of
the locatlons and elevations indicated on the drawings. Abrupt
irregu- larities shall be limited to 1/8 inch and gradual irregularities (within
a 5 foot length) to 1/4 inch, Abrupt irregularities perpendicular to the
direction of flow•and with tha low side upstream shall be ground smooth,
i
A portion of the penstock and draft tube, and the bypass pipe, shall be
formed by use of Owner-furnished steel liners and pipes, Welding of the
liners shall be as specified in the section titled MISCELLANEOUS STEEL,
I~I The liners shall be erected to tolerances required by the turbine-generator
i manufacturer. Accurate positioning and rigid placement are critical,
The liners and pipes shall be firmly braced and anchored to prevent any
lateral or buoyant movements during concrete placement. The Contractor
shall design and provide any temporary internal stiffeners required for
f the assembly and handling of the liners and placement of, concrete,
Assembly of the draft tube liner shall follow the manufacturer's instruc-
tions,
3A.10 EMBEDMENT. Anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit,
sleeves, and other materials that are to be embedded in the concrete
shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored.
t
Unless installed in pipe sleeves, anchor bolts shall be provided with
sufficient threads to permit a nut to be installed on the concrete side
`s
[AENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
[ 013190 J
3A-17
i
t
~j
a
of the form or template. A second nut shall be installed on the other
aide of the form or template and the two nuts shall be adjusted so the
bolt will be held rigidly in proper position,
Embedments shall not be welded to reinforcement.
Embedments shall be clean when they are installed. After concrete place-
went, surfaces not in contact w:th concrete shall be cleaned of all con-
crete spatter and other foreign substances.
Anchor bolt sleeves, handrail sleeves, and similar openings in concrete
which are subject to filling with water and freezing shall be filled with
closed cell PVC expansion joint filler. For Wilson anchor sleeves, the
upper neck of the sleeve shall be cut out and the annular space filled
with closed cell PVC expansion joint filler. Expansion joint filler
shall be W. R. Grace Grade 300 or acceptable equal.
3A.11 TURBINE-GENERATOR FOUNDATION. The turbine-generator foundation
will carry heavy loads end may be subjected to severe vibration condi-
tions. The forming and the placing of reinforcements and embadments will
' be complicated. Special care will be required at each step of the con-
struction to ensure proper strength, stability, and appearance.
Anchor bolts and attachments shall be located and secured during concrete
placement with accurately made templates to ensure proper fit with the
equipment. All templates shall be interconnected and braced with members
as required to maintain,the proper relationship between all anchor bolts
set with templates. ~r
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design and construc-
tion of the templates. Improperly located bolts and embedments shall be
corrected at the Contractor's expense.
Turbine foundation forms shall be accurately constructed and securely
braced such that all surfaces of the completed foundation shall be within
1/4 inch of the-locations and elevations indicated on the drawings unless
tighter tolerance is required by the turbine-generator manufacturer.
The Contractor shall carefully check all forming and the placement of re-
inforcements, embedments, and anchor bolts for each pour before placing
any concrete in the pour, The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the
turbine-generator manufacturer's representative at the completion of
setting embedments, so bracing, leveling, elevations, and locations can
be checked prior to concrete placement. Concrete shall be placed as
specified under PLACEMENT.
The Contractor shall conform to the construction requirements, sequence,
and instructions of the turbine-generator manufacturer.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
10'2089
3A-18
RM"
~i
I
i+ I
3A.12 PLACEMENT, The handling, depositing, and compacting of concrete
shall conform to these specifications subject to adjustment by the Owner
for weather or placement conditions.
Concrete shall not be pumped through aluminum pipe or aluminum alloy
E pipe.
j Where construction joints are Indicated on the drawings, the limits of
r t each concrete pour shall be as defined by construction joint locations,
If the Contractor prefers construction joint locations other than the
locations indicated on the drawings, he shall prede,ermine such other
I joint locations and request the Owner's acceptance of the revised joint
arrangement as specified hereinafter in the arti.clc: titled CONSTRUCTION
j JOINTS.
All concrete within the established pour limits shall be placed in one
continuous operation. Prior to placing concrete for pours that require
f ( more than one lift over a relatively large area, the Contractor shall
f demonstrate that the pour requirements do not exceed his placing ability.
Except for concrete retaining wa2.ls, where concrete is placed against dry
or porous nonbedrock surfaces, such surfaces shall be covered with poly-
ethylene film to protect the concrete from lose of water. Joints in the
4 film shall be sealed with waterproof sealing tape. Grade beneath retain-
ing walls shall be saturated prior to placement.
C
j Where concrete is placed against rock, all loose pieces of rock shall be
removed and the exposed surface cleaned with a high-pressure hose,
Before concrete is placed, forms, reinforcements, water stops, anchor
r i
bolts, and embedments shall be rigidly secured in proper position; all
dirt, mud, water) and debris shall be removed from the space to be occu-
pied by the concrete; all surfaces which may have become incrusted with
Li I
dried mortar or concrete from previous placement operations shall be 1
cleaned; and the entire installation shall be acceptable to the Owner,
i
f
3A.12,1 Bonding to Hardened Concrete, The surface of hardened concrete
] upon which fresh concrete is to be placed shall he rough, clean, and
damp. Surface mortar shall be removed to expose the aggregate. The
hardened surface shall be cleaned of all foreign substances (including
curing compound),, washed with clean water, and saturated preceding place-
ment of fresh concrete.
Coarse aggregate shall be omitted from the first batch or batches of con-
crate deposited on hardened concrete in wall or column forms. The mortar
puddle shall cover the hardened concrete to a depth of not less than
2 inches at every point,
i
r
t
l
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102084 ]
r 3A-14
j
P'
ff
3A,12.2 Conveyance and Distribution. Concrete shall be conveyed to the
point of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or
lose of the ingredients. Concrete shall be deposited in its final posi-
tion without moving it laterally in the forms fora distance in excess of
5 feet.
3A.12.3 Aepositing Concrete. Concrete shall be deposited in appi-
mately horizontal layers of proper depth for effective compaction;ohow-
ever, the depth of a layer shall not exceed 20 inches. Each layer of
concrete shall be plastic when covered with the following layer, and the
forms shall be filled at a rate of vertical rise of not less than 2 feet
per hour except encasement of steel liners may be at a slower rate
pro-
vided the Contractor ensures the concrete remains plastic. Horizontal
and vertical construction joints shall be provided as necessary and as
accepted by the Owner to comply with these requirements.
j
Plastic concrete is defined as concrete which can be revibrated at least
to the extent that an immersion type vibrator spud will
penetrate
concrete at least 1 inch by vibration action and its own weight. Con-
i.nitialhcontactaof cementcanto this extent for d water. Concrete a which least is 2-1/2
no / longer aplafter
astic
but which must be covered by an additional lift shall be immediately
chipped back to well consolidated concrete, slushed with mortar puddle as
specified in the article titled Bonding to Hardened Concrete, and other-
wise treated as accepted by the Owner to ensure that a cold joint will
not occur. If the pour requirements do not exceed the Contractor's
placing ability, these measures should not be necessary,
Except where placed with a drop pipe, concrete shall be deposited and
compacted in wall or column forms before any reinforcing steel is placed
in the system to be supported by such walls or columns. Concrete in
walls or columns shall settle at least 2 hours before concrete is placed
in the structural systems to be supported by such walls or columns.
The manipulation of the concrete adjacent to the surface of the lift, in
connection with completing lift placement, shall be kept to the minimum
necessary to produce not only the degree of consolidation desired in the
surface layer of concrete, but also a surface with the desired degree of
roughness for bond with the next lift. Surface vibration or excessive
surface working will not be permitted,
Concrete shall be thoroughly settled when top finished, All laitance,
debris, and surplus water shall be removed from concrete surfaces at top
of forms by screeding, scraping, or other effective means. Wherever the
top of a wall will be exposed to weathering, the forms shall be over-
filled and after the concrete has settled the excess shall be screeded.
off.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089
3A-20
m
I
,R
11
I~
,.t
7 "
tj
F 3A.12.4 Compaction. During and immediately after depositing, all con-
~rete shall be thoroughly compacted, worked around reinforcements and
embedments, and worked into the corners of the forms,
All concrete shall be compacted by means of mechanical vibrativig equip-
ment, except duct bank concrete shall be nodded or spaded and concrete
slabs 6 inches or less in thickness may be either vibrated or tamped.
Unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer, mechanical vibrators shall be
spud typo immersion vibrators which will maintain at least 9,000 cycles
per minute when immersed in the concrete. The number and type of vibra-
tors shall be subject to the acceptance of the Owner. Vibrators shall be
applied systematically so that vibrated zones overlap. Techniques shall
be It. conformance with recommendations of the ACT Manual of Concrete
Inspection.
3A.12.5 Hot Weather Concreting, Except as modified herein, hot weather
concreting shall comply with AC1 305. At air temperatures of 90 T- or
3 above, special procedures shall be adopted to keep the concrete as cool
i as possible during placement and curing, The temperature of the concrete
! when it is placed in the work shall not exceed that specified in the
article titled LIMITING REQUIREMENTS.
I
Whenever the air temperature exceeds 95 F, membrane cured slabs shall be
kept wet to promote cooling of the concrete during the curing period.
i
i 3A.12.6 Cold Weather Concreting. Except as modified herein, cold
I f weather concreting shall comply with ACT 306,
When deposited, the temperature of heated concrete shall be within the
range specified in the article titled LIMITING REQUIREMENTS.
' s When freezing temperatures may be expected during the curing periods,
suitable means shall be provided for maintaining the concrete at tempera-
tures of not less than 50 F for 5 days or 70 P for 3 days after the con=
crate is placed, Concrete and adjacent form surfaces shall be kept moist
f at all times. Sudden cooling of concrete will not be permitted. During
or at the conclusion of the curing period, means shall be provided to
ensure that the temperature of the air adjacent to the concrete does not
4 fall more than 3 P in any I hour and not more than 30 F in any 24 hours.
f
Care shall be taken to avoid thermal shock when the forme are removed,
The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted,
{
3A.12.7 Underwater Placement of Concrete. Underwater placement of con-
Crete shall be placed -only for -temporary construction facilities unless
specifically permitted by the Owner. Concrete shall be placed by moans
of a tremie or by pumping at the Contractor's option. Underwater con-
Crete shall be in accordance with the recommendations of ACT 304 and the
following requirements.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CUNST 71.00001
E 102089
3A-21
The tremie shall be equipped with a tremie seal at the lower and and a
hopper at the upper end. The tremie shall be watertight and large enough
to allow a free flow of concrete.
Hoisting equipment shall be continuously available for raising and
lowering the pipe as concrete is placed.
After the flow of concrete is started, the lower, end of the tremie shall
be kept below the surface of the deposited concrete. The tremie shall be
kept full of concrete at all times while depositing. Agitation of the
deposited concrete shall be avoided. The concrete flow shall be main-
tained as nearly uniform as practicable, and concrete shall, not be dropped
through the water. If the concrete charge is lost while depositing, the
tremie shall be withdrawn anO. refilled. When restarting, the seal shall
be at the bottom of the pipe so that no water is forced ahead of the new
1 concrete into the previously placed plastic concrete. A positive head
must be maintained on the concrete while deposited regard-less of the
I method of deposit, tremie or pumping.
If necessary to move the tremie laterally, the tremie shall be lifted
free of the concrete, resealed, and lowered vertically at the new loca-
tion. The'entire mass of underwater concrete shall be placed as quickly
as possible so that it will flow into place without the necessity of
horizontal shifting !slow water,
3A,13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. Construction joints shall be located and
constructed as indicated on the drawings. If additional construction
joints are desired by the Contractor, drawings indicating the locations
f and details of the proposed joints shall be submitted to the Owner. Such
additional joints shall be installed only where acceptable to the
Owner.
Joints ad designated on the drawings and additional Contractor's joints,
Li if any, which will be subjected to differential hydrostatic pressure,
shall be provided with a water stop.
Water stops shall. b,, clean and free from coatings that would weaken the
bond with concrete. Each water stop shall be continuous throughout the
length of the construction joint in which it is installed. All water
stops shall be maintained in proper position until the surrounding con-
crete has been deposited and compacted,
3A,14 EXPANSION JOINTS, Expansion joints shall be located and con-
structed as indicated on the drawings. Expansion joint filler shall be
firmly bonded to the previously poured joint face with a suitable adhe»
aive and the new concrete shall be poured directly against the joint
filler. Accessible edges of each expansion joint shall be sealed with
the sealer specified in the article titled MATERIALS applied in accord-
ance with the mam•ifacturer's directions,
IDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089
3A-22
i
t 1(6•f1J
i
Expansion joints so designated on the drawings and any additional Tepsan-
sion joints, which will be subjected to differential hydrostatic pres-
sure, shall be on veach ided with flexible water stop. Water stop embedment
th joint.
shall be equal
i 3A.15 CONTRACTION JOINTS. Contraction joints shall be located where in-
f dictated onthe drawings' Concrete to be placed adjacent to a contraction
i joint seagnated shboformed or Placed directly against nd breaker. Reinforcing or other pmaterlalywhiclti
with ed
concret e 2 flexible water
1 would promote bond should not cross the joint. Type
stops shall be used where indicated on the drawings.
i
s 3A.16 FLEXIBLE WATER STOPS. Flexible water stops shall be spliced -
strict ations of the water atop mauufec
I ronformity -with the recommend
f tuner. A sample 90 degree corner splice miteredTat 45 degrees shall be
prepared and submitted for the owner's review. the nample shall
procedure intended
be made by the Contractor's field personnel using
for use on the work. The samsplice
intendedshall
first usage tofdflexible twater
2 weeks prior to the contractor's
stop for this project,
Rubber and plastic materials shall be stored in a cool place and shall s
not be exposed to direct sunlight.
Flexible water stops shall be placed in joints as indicated on the draw-
ings. The bottoms of water stops which extend to rock shall be sealed,
lled so as to form
e jshall be insta
All water stops
diaphragm in a Adequate proviF,i<nashallcbetprovided atoraupht ~I
{
port and protect the ;Dater stops. The Cgai:ractor shall repair, at his I
ter stops punctured or otherwise damaged. The concrete
I , any we
expense
f shall be worked thoroughly in the vicinity of the water stops to pre'veut
honeycomb and co enure partially embedded watertstops shallabe protectedgfrom
and ends of p Y
damage until the water stop is completely embedded in the concrete. ,
nings p
3A.17 OPENINGS IN CONCRETE.
beninstalledlafterftherwallsand fl0orsgre
ent size that e apace and other fixtures whi ;
mpactionfoficoncrete whichawillabe placed ilater available
built lcobe of suf
the proper
pipe or fixture. All sides of each opening shall be provided with con-
tinuous
provideyadequate space £orepltacinglandecompacting theepipedembedmented
h are exposeditodwearound ather orlsubmergencebelow grade
and floor stops
and floor openings which
S
t
1
(DENTON 10567GEN C NST 71,0000
102089
( 3A-23
l- a S""l4
~epp nt tff3N
i~
3A.18 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES, Formed surfaces shall be finished to
the following surfaces and tolerances as specified by ACI 301 and herein,
Location Finish
Concrete in contact with
earth or other concrete Rough formed
Powerhouse below grade Rough formed (1)
Exterior powerhouse above
grade Smooth formed
Interior powerhouse Smooth formed
Exposed nonpowerhquse Smooth formed
M Water passages shall be finished to the additional
requirements listed in the article titled Water
Passages.
All fins and other surface projections shall be removed from all formed
surfaces from which the forms are stripped except exterior surfaces that
will be in contact with earth backfill, Projecting ends of all form ties
shall be removed and the resulting recesses shall be cleaned, wetted, and
{ filled with patching mortar. No rubbing will be required.
3A,19 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES. Unformed surfaces designated as
screeded aurfaces on the drawings shall be finished by screeding only,
E Surfaces designated as floated surfaces and all surfaces not otherwise
designated shall be finished by screeding and floating, Surfaces desig-
nated as troweled surfaces shall be finished by screeding, floating, and
troweling,
J Float finished surfaces shall be finished to provide a flat profile with-
in 1/4 inch deviation as measured from a 10 foot straightedge. Trowel
finished surfaces shall be finished to form a flat plane in which the
profile shall not deviate more than 1/8 inch when measured from a 10 foot
straightedge.
3A.19.1 Screeding. Screeding shall provide a concrete surface conform-
ing to the proper elevation and contour with all aggregates completely
embedded in adjacent mortar. Surface irregularities in screeded surfaces
shall be limited as required to produce finished surfaces within the
tolerances specified. No other finishing will be required for surfaces
designated on the drawings as screeded surfaces. Surfaces designated as
screeded surfaces shall be finished to provide a flat profile within
1/4 inch deviation as measured from a 10 foot straightedge.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089
3A-24
i
i
n
3A.19.2 Floating, Screeded surfaces shall be given an initial float
finish as soon as the concrete has stiffened sufficiently for proper
working. Any piece of coarse aggregate which may be disturbed by the
float or which causes a surface irregularity shall be removed and re-
placed with mortar. Initial floating shall produce a surface of uniform
texture and appearance with no unnecessary working of the surface with
the float.
Initial floating shall be followed by a second floating at the time of
initial set. The second floating shall produce a smooth, uniform, and
workmanlike float finish of uniform texture and color. The completed
finish for all unformed surfaces designated as float finished and sur-
faces not otherwise designated shall be a float finish as produced by the
second floating.
i
Floating shall be performed with hand floats or suitable mechanical com-
pactor floats,
j 3A.19,3 Troweling. All surfaces designated on the drawings and the ex-
posed portions of the tops of equipment bases shall be steel trowel fin-
ished. Troweling shall be performed after the second floating when the
surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent an excess
drawn to the surface. Troweling shall produce a dense, osmooth,ttunbeing
iform
j surface free from blemishes and trowel marks.
i Surfaces to be covered with neo rene-h
C troweled but not burnished, P YPalon coatings shall be lightly
I
3A.19,4 A re ate Ex oaure. All surface mortar shall be removed from
surfaces which are to be later covered with mortar, concrete, or grout.
The coarse aggregate shall be exposed in all such surfaces to improve
bonding. The method employed shall be effective and acceptable to the
Owner.
1 `
3A.19.5 Ed 1ng, Unless specified to be beveled, exposed edges of floated
or troweled surfaces shall be edged with a tool having a 1/4 inch corner
radius
i 3A.19,6 Finishing Mortar. Finishing mortar shall be added if there is
! not sufficient mortar available from the concrete mix, The proportions
for this finishing mortar shall be 225 pounds of concrete sand (fine ag-
gregate) to one sack of portland cement, mixed with enough water for
proper application, Slump for finishing mortar shall not exceed 2 inches.
3A.20 SEPARATE FINISHES. In certain areas, slab surfaces shall be fin-
ished with 'a separate concrete finish which shall be a r~
crete base slab.
con-
PP11. to the (DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 )
3A-25
{
~a
i~
i
3A,21 CURING. Concrete shall be protected from loss of moisture for not
less than -7 days after the concrete is placed.
Curing of concrete shall be by methods which will keep the concrete sur-
faces adequately wet during the specified curing period. Curing shall be
by saturation with water unless otherwise specified.
Troweled surfaces, except those which will receive a separate finish or
coating, shall be cured with the membrane curing compound specified in
the article titled MATERIALS. Float finished surfaces, except those
which will receive a separate finish, may be cured with either the mem-
brane coxing compound specified in the article titled MATERIALS or with
water. Water curing only will be permitted on the surfaces which will
± receive a separate finish or any coating.
3A.21.1 Water Curin Water saturation of concrete surfaces shall begin
as soon as it-will not damage un€o,.-med surfaces and immediately upon.
stripping of formed surfaces. The rate of water application shall be
regulated to provide complete surface coverage with a minimum of runoff.
3A.21.2 Membrane Curing. Membrane curing compound shall be applied within
-
34 minutes after final finishing of the surface or as soon as possible
without damaging the surface. Membrane curing compound shall be spray
J, applied at a coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gallon, Hem-
! { I brane curing shall not be used on surfaces which will be covered at a
later date with mortar, concrete, dampproofing, or any coating.
3A.22 FLOOR SEALER. All concrete floors shall be given two coats of
clear floor sealer in addition to any which may have been applied as
membrane curing compound. The first cost shall be applied at the and of
i the curing period and before any traffic is permitted on the floor. The
second coat shall be applied after the floor has been cleaned in prepara-
tion for the final inspection, Floor sealer shall be applied in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3A.23 REPAIRING DEFECTIVE CONCRETE. Defects in formed concrete surfaces
shall be repaired to --the atisfaction of the Owner within 24 hours, and
defective concrete shall be replaced within 48 hours after the adjacent
forms have been removed. All concrete which is porous, honeycombed, or
otherwise defective to a depth in excess of 1 inch shall be cut out and
removed to sound concrete, with edges square cut to avoid feathering.
Cut surfaces shall be coated with epoxy bonding compound before the re-
pair concrete is placed.
Concrete repair work shall be performed in a manner that will not inter-
used in air work shall be adequately cured and shall be finished to
match adjacent surfaces.
(DENTON 1056710EN CONST 71.00001
(
3A-26
- I
„
The Contractor shall repair cracks and Ether defects which leak after the
structures are subject to hydraulic preeouYes and other cracks which the
owner determines to be detrimental, The 6ontractor's repair procedures
shAll be submitted to the Owner for review and acroptance before any
repairs are initiated.
3A.24 DUCT BANK CONCRETE. Concrete for duct banks shall be as specified
in the article titled LIMITING REQUIREMENTS and Table 1. ,
All reinforcing steel and other magnetic materials installed in duct
banks shall be parallel to the lengths of the individual ducts unless
they enclose all the ducts of the duct bank.
f + All construction joints shall conform to the require.a;nts specified
hereinbefore for watertight joints in the article titled CONSTRUCTION
JOINTS. Hardened surfaces that are to receive additional concrete shall
be prepared by being cleaned of all loose particles, scum, and laitanc.6
so that the aggregate is exposed. The hardened surface shall then be
I thoroughly wetted and a thin coating of neat cement mortar shall be
spread over the entire surface just before the fresh concrete is placed.
j E The fresh concrete shall be puddled and spaded to eliminate any honeycomb
or lack of mortar at or near the joint.
Duct bank concrote'shall be compacted by rodding or spading only. Care
shall be taken whf.le nodding concrete to avoid breaking ducts. Mechani-
cal vibrators shall not be used. Concrete shall be,worked around rein-
forcements and emb.+.dments, and worked into the corners of the forms.
i
J 3A.25 TOLERANCES FOR SUBSTATION BASES. The concrete bases and their
embedments for substation yard structures and equipment shall meet the
following tolerance requirements in addition to those specified herein-
before.
Concrete form dimensions and placement shall be within 1/2 inch of the
plan dimensions and locations indicated on the drawings. rho top of the
t' forms shall be accurately set to the elevation required to produce fin-
ished surfaces within the specified tolerances.
} The elevation of all points on all float finished surfaces shall be with-
in 1/4 inch of the elevation indicated on the drawings. The elevation of
all points on all trowel finished surfaces shall be within 1/9 inch of
the elevation indicated on the drawings.
Anchor bolts and all other materials that are to be embedded in the con-
crete shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored. The center
of each anchor bolt group or cluster shall be within 1/8 inch of the lo-
cation indicated on the drawings. The center-to-center dimensions between
the anchor bolts in a group or cluster shall be within 1/16 inch of the
dimensions indicated on the drawings.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1 102089 ]
3A-27
d
4 IV4NI
~r
k
9z. VE
t 61bZOT )
E 10000'TL ISN40 NSO 19501 NOIN3Q)
} Ifu
e N H m 1
N
~J
4
A.
ro
bum
C w ti
b O O a
ji rty
I
O, W In l/f A ~ m
a H
y
M _
}IJ
r
MINE
esy.N" ' y
i{tlpp3{ li4Y1Y`
:,?;A mo
J )1 n~l
Section 38 - GROUTING
3B.1 GENERAL. This section covers materials and proced+ires for grouting
equipment, structural baseplates, and dowels.
All grouting shall be dqne with
portland cement grout except where non-
shrinking grout and epoxy grout are indicated on the drawings.
i
f 3B.2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be in accordance with these require-
ments.
~
f Portland cement grout
Cement ASTM C1500 Type I
Sand ASTM 033 fine aggregate.
I Clean well graded natural sand
Water
Clean and free from mud, oil,
organic matterp and other
deleterious substances
Pea gravel ASTM C33 coarse aggregate, j
with 100 percent passing a
3/8 inch sieve and 90 percent
retained on a No. 4 sieve
A"onshrinking grout Minimum 5,000 psi, 28 day com-
pressive strength; Master i
Builders 'Wasterflow 713
Grout," Sauereisen Cements
E "F-100 Level Fill Grout,d
i U.S. Grout "Five Star Grout,"
Gifford Hill "Supreme Grouts"
USM "Upcon Hiflow," LsM
"Crystex," or acceptable
equal
Epoxy grout Sika "Sikadur Ai-Mod," U.S.
Grout "Five Star Epoxy,"
or acceptable equal
Aggregate As recommended by the epoxy
A
grout manufacturer
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST. 71.00003 102089 ]
3B,-1
j
r
WI
i fi%.Vu1<..• t
~j
Dowels ASTM A615 Grade 60 reinforcing
bare including Supplement S-1. y
Yield strength shall be deter-
mined by full size bar tests,
3B.3 GROUTING OF BASES FOR EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES. All equipment and
structural baseplates shall be firmly and solidly grouted in place, util-
izing Portland cement grout and nonshrink grout as indicated on the draw-
ings, by methods that will ensure complete, uniform, and permanent fill-
ing of all apace beneath the base without disturbing or displacing the
alignment or level of the base in its correct position. Should the in-
stallation of any equipment be done under the supervision and direction
of a manufacturer's erection superintendent, or other accredited super-
visor provided by the manufacturer of the equipment, then the grouting
E procedure shall follow his direction. Otherwise, these specifications
shall govern.
3B.3.1 Surface Preparation. The surfaces of hardened concrete upon
which grout will be placed shall be chipped to remove laitance and
surface mortar and to expose the aggregate. The surface of the hardened
concrete shall be cleaned of all oil, grease, laitance, curing compound,
and other foreign loose materials and shall be saturated with water for
not less than 2 hours, for Portland cement grout, and 24 hours, for non-
shrinking grout, immediately before the grout is placed. All excess
water shall be removed.
3B,3.2 Alignment and Leveling. Each baso shall be set in place over its
anchor bolts and shall be carefully aligned in proper position and then
brought to accurate level-preferably by means of leveling screws having
nuts above and below temporary lugs attached to the edges of the bass.
i If permission is given by the Owner in the case of small bases, at-eel
j wedges may be used for leveling, but such wedges shall be of a type that
( cannot be easily or accidentally dislodged, Unless otherwise accepted,
leveling shall have three-point control. The use of wood blocking or
wood wedges to hold the base in position will not be permitted.
Wedges shall be removed after the grout has hardened if so indicated by
the equipment manufacturer's installation instructions, directed by the
equipment manufacturer's representative, or directed by the Owner. Voids
left due to such removal shall be filled with grout.
Small structural bases may be leveled by means of an extra nut below the
base on each anchor bolt.
38,3;3 Portland Cament Grout. Unless otherwise specified or indicated,
Portland cement grout for use in grouting bases shall be composed of a
mixture of Portland cement, sand, and water, The proportions of cement
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 J
3B-2
13
1'1
f
to sand for flat bases where the grouting space does not exceed 1-1/2
inches shall be one suck of cement to 150 pounds of sand. For thicker
mortar or grout beds up to 2-1/2 inches, the amount of sand shall be
increased to 225 pounds per sack of cement. Bases which are hollow and
are to be filled full of grout shall be filled to an elevation 1 inch
above the outside rim with a mortar mixed in the proportions of 1 part
by volume of cement, 1-1/2 parts sand, and 1-1/2 parts of 1/4 inch pea
gravel.
All grout or mortar mixtures, whatever the proportion, shall be thor-
oughly mixed for not lose than 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer of ac-
ceptable type. After mixing, the grout shall be used immediately and
before any stiffening sets in.
j 38.3.4 Nonabrinking Grout. Nonshrinking grout shall be furnished fee-
tory premixed so only water is added at the jobsite. Grout shall be
mixed in a mechanical mixer for a minimum of 3 minutes. No more water
} shall be used than +_s recommended by the manufacturer.
i
j 3B.3.5 Placing of Grout. After the base has been set, its alignment and
level shall. be checked and accepted before placing any grout.
f The temperature of the grout when it is placed shall not exceed 90 F.
Portland cement grout may be placed by the "dry pack" method when the `
least dimension of the base being grouted is 2'-0" or less, the grout
k space is more than 1 i.neh$ and the grout apace is readily accessible.
l{ Dry pack grout shall contain only enough water to
~ produce a grout which .
can be tamped in place. Grout shall be tamped in place from one of the
+I longer sides of the base, working against a backing board rigidly wedged
against the opposite aide of the base. Tamping shall be done with tho
end of a board at least 1 by 4 inches in nominal size. The board shall
i be struck with a hammer or mallet as required to compact the grout into a
dense mass, free from voids. After the initial set of the grout, all
grout which extends beyond the edge of the base shall be cut off flush a
and removed.
I Portland cement grout shall be placed by the "flow" method when the least
dimension of the base being grouted exceeds 2'-0". Bases set in recesses
I and all other bases whose grout spaces are not readily accessible shall
also be grouted using the flow method. This type of grout shall contain
only enough water to produce a grout which is flowable, but which will
not show excess water on top when it is being puddled in place.
Nonshrinking grout shull be placed by the "flow" method immediately after
mixing and before stiffening sets in, Grout shall be placed in strict
accordance with the directions of the manufacturer so that all grout
apace is completely filled without voids.
.
1
i
[DENTON 105671GGENN89ONST 71.00001
1
3B-3
r~
~ a
h
t1
Nonshrinking grout shall be finished smooth in all locations where the
grout will be exposed to view after it has reached its initial set.
For fl.owable grout, a low dam or frame shall be set around the base at
such a diotance all around that it will permit pouring and manipulation
of the grout, with the top of the dam higher than the bottom of the base.
Grout shall be consolidated with "pencil" vibrators. Chains will not be
permitted.
Pouring of flowable grout shall take place through grout holes if such
are provided. Otherwise the grout shall be poured at one side or at two
adjacent sides, giving it a head to cause it to move in a solid mass
under the base and out the opposite aide. The pouring shall be continued
until the entire space below the base is filled and the grout stands at
least 1 inch higher all around than the bottom of the base. Care shall
E be taken to eliminate any and all air or water pockets beneath the base.
k
3B.3.6 Finishing of Edges. When the placing of the grout has been com-
pleted, it shall be allowed to stand undisturbed until set stiff. Then
immediately the form or dam, if any, shall be taken off, and the portions
of the grout which extend beyond the edges of the base shall be cut off
flush and removed, except where a sloping surface is indicated on the
drawings. The edges of the portl.end cement grout shall be sloped to a
one-to-one slope,
All grouting shall be completed in a proper and workmanlike manner with
the exposed edges of the foundation and the surfaces adjacent thereto
left clean and free from cement and grout.
3B,4 CURING. All grout shall be protected against rapid loss of water
by covering with wet rags and polyethylene sheets, After edge finishing
is completed, the grout shall be wet cured for at least 7 days. When air
temperatures of 90 F or above may be expected during curing, special pro-
cedures shall be adopted by the Contractor Co keep the grout as cool as
possible.
When sir temperatures of 45 F or below may be expected during curing,
special procedures shall be adopted by the Contractor for maintaining the
grout at temperatures of not leas than 50 F for 5 days or 70 F for 3 days
after t.'te grout is placed. Grout and adjacent form surfaces shall be
kept moist at all times. Sudden cooling of grout shall not be permitted.
3B.5 GROUTING OF REINFORCING STEEL AND ANCHOR BOLTS. Reinforcing steel
and anchor bolts shall be firmly and solidly grouted in place by methods
that will ensure complete and permanent filling of the annular space sur-
rounding the reinforcing steel or anchor bolts. Grouting of reinforcing
steel and anchor bolts shall be done with epoxy grout.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1 102089
3B-4
r •
.
yyy~~~'...-lFil'Jili
r;
Epoxy grout shall consist of a two component liquid epoxy adhesive and an
inert aggregate filler component. Components shall be packaged separate-
ly at the factory and field mixed in a mechanical mixer. All proportion..
ing and mixing of the components shall be in accordance with the manufac-
turer's recommendations. i
Materials and methods fur grouting reinforcing steel and anchor bolts
shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the epoxy grout unless
r otherwise specified herein.
3B.5.1 Hole Preparation. Diameter of holes shall be 1/4 inch larger
~ than the belt heed or 1/2 inch larger than the bar diameter. Depth of
i
holes shall be not less than 10 bar diameters, unless otherwise indicated
on the drawings. Holes for reinforcing steel and anchor bolts shall be
1€ washed clean of all loose materials. The bottom elevation of each hole
shall be checked to ensure that the reinforcing steel and anchor bolts
will have the required embedment and will project to the required eleva-
tion. Holes that are too deep shall be filled with dry packed portland
cement grout as required to supl)rt the reinforcing steal and anchor
bolts at the proper elevation.
j
3B.5.2 Installation. Reinforcing steel and anchor bolts shall be
cleaned of all looae materials before they are installed in the hole.
Hooka or bands in bars shall be carefully oriented to clear anchor bolts,
reinforcements, and other embedments which wil!, be installed later,
if pressure equipment will be used to place the grout, the bolts and bars
shall have spacers at acceptable intervals, Spacers shall keep the bolts
f and bars approximately centered in the holes.
Hales shall be clean and all excess water shall be :removed before the
ii belts and bars are installed.
38.5.3 Placement. Grout may be placed by the use of acceptable pressure
equipment or shall be rodded in place with a spl,.t pipe or similar de-
vice. Placement methods shall be in strict accordance with the direc-
' tiona of the manufacturer of the grout so that the entire annular space
surrounding the bolts and bars is completely filled.
r
i
(DENT'ON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
E'E 107.089 ~
I 3B-5
.
f
DIVISION 5 - METALS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Ljje
Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS
METALS 5A-1 thru 5A-15
r-~ 5A.1 General 5A-1
5A.2 Drawings 5A-1
5A.3 Materials 5A-1
5A,4 Imbrication 5A-5
SA.5 Welding 5A-9
5A.6 Galvanizing 5A-20
5A.7 Shop Fainting 5A-10
5A.8 Erection 5A-11
5A,9 Touchup Painting $A-13
5A,10 Touchup Galvanizing 5A-13
Standard Beam Connections 5A-14
Coating System Data Sheet
SA-15
Section 52 - METAL DECK FORM SB-.t thres 5B-2
5B.1 General
5B.2 Materials SB~1
5B 4
+ $B,3 Fabrication SB-2
5B.4 Accessories
58,5 Handling and Storage 5B-2
5B.6 Installation 5B-2
k 5B.7 Cleanup 58-2
SB-2
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 ]
TC5-1
rFSY All
t
N l
A dcJ '?=ly
Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS
I
5A.1 GENERAL. This section covers the materials, fabrication, and erec-
tion requirements for structural steel and miscellaneous metals,
Except as otherwise specifically noted on the drawings, or specified
herein, all materials furnished and work performed in connection with
i structural steel and miscellaneous metals work shall be in conformity
t with the RISC "Manual of Steel Construction, Eighth Edition."
1 5A.2 DRAWINGS. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings for all mate-
rials shall be prepared, checked, and submitted in accordance w:'.th the
requirements of Section 1C,
5A.3 MATERIALS. Materials shall be new and undamaged and shall conform
to pertlnent'AISC and ASTM standard specifications and the following re-
quirements.
Structural shapes and AST'M A36 steel, shop prime
plates not otherwise painted. Minimum yield
3 point ;
i noted of 36,000 psi including ap-
purtenant materials
€ Shapes and plates noted
„galy" or "galvanized" !
on the drawings ASTM A36 steel, galvanized
i
j Steel pipe ASTM AI20 or ASTM A53 ±
lE Checkered floor plates
Steel
ASTM A786; carbon steel, skid
resistant pattern as standard
with.the manufacturer; Inland
114-Way Floor Plate," U.S.
Steel "Multigrip Floor Plate,"
or acceptable equal. Galva-
nized
Fasteners for checkered
floor plates
Installed on grating Saddle-clips as specified for
with saddle-clips grating and 3/8 inch slotted
and machine screws steel flathead machine screws
with nuts and washers. Zinc.
$ chromate
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 10'1089 1
{ 5A-1
i
TT
„gq(y:G::trv4
y :P
y1i/
`4 X444-N
7
Installed on beams 3/8 inch slotted steel flat-
with machine screws head machine screws. Zincj
chromate
Tread plates Aluminum, Alcoa 3003 alloy
abrasive tread plate or ac-
ceptable equal
Shop and field bolts ASTM A325 Type 1 bolts, nuts,
and washers. Galvanized whore
any connection component is
galvanized steel! Galvanized
nuts shall be tapped oversize
and lubricated as specified in
ASTM A325.
ASTM A325, quenched and
I ~ Flat and beveled
washers tempered, compatible with
Type i bolts. Galvanized if
any connection component is
galvanized
Unfinished bona ASTM A30' Grade A with lock
washers. Galvanized where
i
I ( either connection component is
aluminum or galvanized steel
Anchor bolts 3/4 inch ASTM A36 threaded bars, with and larger nuts conforming to'ASTM A563
Grade A heavy hexagon; ASTM
f 653 standard steel pipe sleeves
i where indicated; all galva-
nized after fabrication
Anchor bolts smaller ASTM A307 Grade A with hexagon
than 3/4 inch heads and ASTM A563 Grade A
hexagon nuts; all galvanized
after fabrication
Expansion anchors Fed Spec FF-S-3251 Group II,
Type 39 Class 3; Group II,
Type 41 Class 1; or Group
VIII, Type 1 or Type 2,-Hilti
Kwik- Bolt, ITT Phillips Red
Head Wedge and Sleeve Anchors,
Ramset Trubolt and Dynabolt,
Drillco Maxi-Bolt, or accept-
able equal
i
1
l
(DENTON 10567GEN GONST 71.00001
102089
5A-2
i
:..F4
r6
Concrete anchors Welded stud type, 3/8 inch by
4 4 inches, Nelson Stud Welding,
Erico Products "Blue Arc," KSM
,i Welding Systems, or acceptable
c equal, unless otherwise indi-
cated on drawings
Plastic anchor bolt
sleeves Wilson Anchor Sleeve, Inc.
Sleeves ASTM A120 standard weight pipe
or formed ASTM A36 plate.
Galvanized
3 Welding electrodes American made including flux
ASTM A36 steel Low hydrogen types, AWS
111.1-88 (as specified in '
Table 4.1.1 "Matching filler
metal requirements"). Tensile
strength range of 70,000 psi
minimum
Iron castings ASTM A480 Class 35 or better,
with hot-dipped asphalt
varnish coating or coal tar
paint applied at the foundry
Coal tar paint Koppers "Bitumastic Super- i
Service Black," Porter
"Tnrmastic L03," Tnemec "450 j
i Heavy Tnemecol," or acceptable 1
equal
Asphalt varnish Fed Spec TT-V-51
Floor grating Fsd Spec RR-G-661, Type I
steel, welded rectangular i
type. Galvanized
f
Steel for bearing ASTM A569 including the thick-
bars, crossbars, ness tolerances required therein
bands, and kick-
plates
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 ]
,
s 5A-3
j
r
i
i
:
Fasteners for floor
grating
Grating Saddle-clips and welded stue
type bolts as illustrated in
NAAMM manual. Studs shall be
Nelson Stud Welding, Erico
Products "Blue Arc," KSM
Welding Systema, or acceptable
equal welded stud type bolts;
or "EP1 GRATE CLAMP" fasteners
as manufactured by E.P.T.,
/ 1844 Ardmore Boulevard, Pitts-
If burgh, Pennsylvania or accept-
able equal.
Abrasive nosings for Wooster "Alumogrit Type 101"
concrete treads or acceptable equal, 3 inches
wide with three wing type an-
chors per nosing. Anchors at-
tached with countersunk stain-
less steel machine bolts
` i Handrailings
I
Posts and rails Steel pipe, AM A53 Type E or
1 S, Grade B, 1-1/2 inch nominal
diameter, Schedule 40, shop
prime painted indo~irs, galva-
nized outdoors
Kickplates and,
angles ASTM A36
1
Railing fittings R&B Wagner railing fittings
with wedgelock welding connec-
tors at each end
Handrail setting Minwax "Super Por-Rok Cement,"
cement Master Builders "Set 45," or
acceptable equal
Shop applied coatings
Primer paint System A1P as specified in the
Coating System Data Sheet at
the eud of this section
Galvanizing ASTM A123, AS11i A153, and
ASTM A385
i
i
• j
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 J l
5A-4
r Z
rs, -
'i
5A.3.1 Bolt Inspection - Manufacturer, Bolts shall be inspection test-
ed, by the manufacturer, prior to shipment in accordance with the Ship-
ping Lot Method described in ASTM A325, Article 9.3. A copy of the in-
spection test reports shall be forwarded by the contractor to the Owner
and tht+ Engineer.
Random samples of the bolts may be field tested to verify that bolt ten-
silo requirements and chemical composition are met. A lot shall be.re-
jected if any field test or metallurgic investigation falls to meet the
applicable test requirement.
5A.4 FABRICATION, Miscellaneous metals shall be fabricated in conform-'
ity with the dimenaions, arrangements, sizes, and weights or thicknesseu
indicated on the drawings or stipulated in the specifications. Framing'
and connections of all members shall be detailed and fabricated in ac-
cordance with AISC standards, specifications, and details unless other-
wise indicated on the drawings or specified herein.
All fabricated materials shall conform to the tolerances specified in the
€ AISC Manual and ASTM A6,
i
J 5A.4.1 Sh_ apes and Plates. Shapes and plates shall be fabricated and
as- sembled in the shop to the greatest extent practicable, Shearing, flame
cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully, neatly,
Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to theusurface
j and shall not be made or enlarged by burning, Holes shall be clean-cut
J without torn or ragged edges, and burrs'rpeulting from drilling or ream-
1ng operations shall be removed with the proper tool.
Shapes and plates shall be fabricated to tolerances that will permit
field erection within AISC tolerances except as otherwise specified,
Contact surfaces at all connections shall be free of loosa scale, dirt,
burrs, oil, and other foreign materials that would prevent solid seating
of the parts,
t
Plates bent at an angle greater than 90 degrees shall be forged to pre-
vent crackioig and reduction in metal thickness.
i 5A.4,2 Bolting, High strength bolts and their installation and bolting
tools and equipment shall conform to all requirements for A325 boltu of
I the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts"
3 including the commentary given therewith, as approved by the Research
Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foun-
dation, and endorsed by AISC, except as othorwis.3 modified and supple-
1 manted herein, The Research Council specification is dated August 14,
1980.
i
.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
I l 102089
' 5A-5
F!
.;1
}
~r
I.r-+.'
tp
r)
Typical shop beam connections shall be all welded, Wheeremo ship bolted
'connections are required, gauges,of connections shall bdfied to
provide adequate clearance for power wrench type bolting tools when the
steel is erected. If slotted connections are required, gauges of connac-
tions shall be modified to provide for bolting tool clearances. Typical
field beam connections shall be bolted. When a particular connection
method (bolting or welding) is specified or detailed for a particular
connection or class of connections, such particular method shall take
precedence over the typical connections.
All bolts shall be 118 inch diameter unless otherwise indicated on the
drawings.
"Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, both shop and
field beam connections shall correspond to the details indicated on the
following drawing which is bound at the end of this section,
Drawing No, ~
Title
3 81112-DS-0001 STANDARD BEAM CONNECTIONS
SHOP WELDED - FIELD BOLTED
3/8 INCH THICK ANGLES
ASTM A325 7/8 INCH BOLTS
5A.4.3 Anchor Bolts, Anchor bolts furnished under these specifications
shall be as listed and detailed on the drawings,
and an
plates shall be provided where they ara indicated one thesdrawings oryn-
less otherwise indicated on the drawings, fabrication details for all an-
chor bolts shall comply with ASTM A307, Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers
shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, threads being undercut to
provide a tolerance equal to ANSI Class 2A, Anchor bolts, nuta and
washers shall be prime painted after fabrication, Each bolt without a
ale eve shall be furnished with two nuts and sufficient threads to permit
a nut to be installed on each aide of the concrete form or template,
SA,4.4 Floor Plates, Floor plates shall be designed so there are no re-
cesses or pocketa which might collect water or debris, All plates shall
be shop straightened after fabrication to lie perfectly flat, Steel
plates shall be straightened after galvanizing.
Floor plates shall be fabricated to provide the edge clearances indicated
on the drawings and a clearance of not more than 1/8 inch between adja-
cent plates. All cuts shall be made with mechanical cutting tools;
burning will not be permitted,
5A.4.5 Iron Cast Iron castings shall be made of tough gray pig
iron, free from cracks, swells, holes, and cold shuts, and shall have a
smooth finish. All acceptable castings shall be hot-dipped in asphalt
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001 C 102085
5A-6
Ff
~ is
d
s
fvarnish or given a shop coat of coal tar paint. Should the protective
coating on the iron castings become damaged in transit or otherwise, the
Contractor shall touchup paint the castings with one heavy coat of coal
tar paint. Before touchup painting, castings shall be thoroughly
cleaned. All loose rust shall be removed by wire brushing. Castings
shall not be handled until paint is dry and hard.
5A.4.6 Embedments, Embedded materials shall be accurately fabricated
/ and assembled. Warped or bent sections, which do not fit into the con-
( y~ crete forms as required, shall be replaced with suitable material. All
Ilh materials embedded in concrete shall be galvanized after fabrication
except steel framing members, reinforcing steel, baseplates, concrete
anchors, and pipe hangar supports.
l
Sleeves through concrete, except as otherwise noted, shall be fabricated
from standard weight steel pipe or from 3/16 inch thick steel plate,
Sleeves shall be machine cut or flame cut and ground smooth. Sleeves
having a diameter greater than 12 inches shall be made from 3/8 inch
thick steel plate. Each sleeve shall be provided with anchors welded to
the sleeve as indicated on the drawings. Tta maximum spacing of anchors
shall be 18 inches-except that a minimum of three anchors shall be pro-
vided for each sleeve, Floor sleeves shall project 4 inches above the
j # floor line unless noted otherwise,
5A,4.7 Floor Grating, All rectangular floor grating shall be in accord-
J F ance with the "Metal Bar Grating Manual" published by the National Asso-
ciation of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAA?24), except as modified
I herein.
Bearing (main load carrying) bars shall be 3/16 inch wide by 1-1/2 inches
deep. Spacing for bearing burs shall be 1-3/16 inches center-to-center,
Spacer bars shall be 9/32 inch hexagonal sections or 1/4 inch twisted
square sections and shall be spaced on 4 inch centers. Round spacer bars
shall not be used, Tops of spacer bars shall be flush with the taps of
the bearing bars,
Where openings are indicated in gratings, such as for the passage of
pipes, grating sections shall be laid out so each opening will be cen-
tered on a joint between sections. All openings shall be provided with a
kickpl.ate of formed 3/16 inch steel plate or standard weight steel pipe
welded to the bearing bars. Kickplates shall extend the full depth of
# the grating and project 4 inches above the top of the grating unless
otherwise indicated on the drawings. Kickplates shall be welded to each
R intersecting bearing bar, Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, y
bands shall be 3/16 inch thick and the same depth as the bearing bars.
Bands shall he welded to the first, last, and every fourth bearing bar of
each panel.
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089
5A-7
f
N
~i
"Every fourth hearing bar" shall mean there hall be no more than three
bars without welds between bars that are welded. Welds between kick-
plates, bands, and bearing bare shall be 1/8 inch fillet welds at least
3/4 inch in length applied on one side of each welded ,joint.
Both enda of all sections of grating shall be banded, except ends so
designated on the drawings shall have kickplate in lieu of banding,
Grating shall be galvanized after fabrication.
Two fasteners as listed under the article titled MATERIALS shall be pro-
vided for each section of grating.at each supporting member, Fasteners
shall be galvanized or shall be corrosion-resistant alloy steel accept-
eble to the Engineer.
When saddle-clips are supplied, welded stud type bolts including nuts
f and washers shalt be included. Welded stud type bolts shall be size
L 1/4-20 with pitch diameter base. Stud length after welding shall be
jj approximately 1/8 inch lose than the grating depth, Nuts shall conform
to ANSI B18,2,2, Studs, washers, and nuts shall be zinc plated In
accordance. with ASTM A164 Type RS.
When EP1 GRATE CLAMP fasteners are supplied, clamps shall be fully assem-
bled with a 1/4-20 hardened bolt, The entire assembly shall be alva-
nixed, Clamps shall have color coded bottom clips. Colors shall be cor-
related with the following support flange thicknesses.
3
Blue 3/16 to 7/16 inch flanges
Silver r..,.,,
1/2 to 7/8 inch flanges
Gold .
15/16 to 1-1/4 inch flanges
5A,4.8 Handrailings, Handrailings shall be constructed of new material
which is smooth and free of will scale, roll marks, and pitting,
Handrailings shall be smooth, with all projecting Joints and sharp cor-
ners ground smooth, Welded joints shall be of the flush type. Members
shall be neatly coped and continuously welded at all junctions of posts
and railo, Flattening of the rail or post ends at junctions of posts and
rails will not be permitted, Fittings or other connectors shall not be
used at ,junotions of posts and rails, For galvanized handrailings,
,joints shall have internal openings so that there are no closed or blind
sections of pipe.
All welding shall be done neatly and substantially, with all fillets
dressed to uniform radius, all excess metal removed, and all welds ground
smooth and flush.
I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
E 102089 1
5A-8
k
P~
!i
When assembled, all posts shall he vertical, and longitudinal members
shall be parallel with each other and with the platform or walkway sur-
face or other supporting members. I. any section or run of railing, the
center lines of all members shall be in true alignment, lying in the sane
vertical plane, Except as otherwise indicated on the drawings, the top
rails shall run continuously over the posts and the posts shall be con-
tinuous through the lower rail.
All angles, offsets, and other changes in alignment of railings shall be
made with accurately mitered joints.
Maximum spacing of poets shell be 6 feet,
! Handrailings shall be removable where indicated on the drawings,
Handrailings which are to be installed indoors shall be shop painted
[ after fabrication. Handrailings which ate to be installed outdoors shall
I be galvanized after fabrication,
I
{ 5A,5 WELDING.
5A,5,1 Steel Welding, Except as otherwise specified, all welds, weld-
ing, and related operations for steel shall be in conformity with the ap-
plicable provisions of the AWS Structural Welding Code, AWS D1,1-88 as
issued by the American Welding Society.
k Except as otherwise specified, welding shall be performed using only
f those Joint details and welding procedures which are prequalified in ac-
cordance with the referenced AWS code.
jI 5A.5.2 General Inspection. The Contractor shall visually inspect all
welds, Inspection criteria for all
~ i.nsPaction methods shall comply with
i AWS D1.1-881 Section 8 Design of New Buildings,
The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of the work to assure
conformance to the requirements of these documents, Personnel responsi-
ble for visual inspection and acceptance of welding shall be Certified
i Welding Inspectors qualified and certified to accordance with American
Welding Society AWS QC1, Standard for Qualification and Certification of
Welding Inspectors, Article 6,1,3.2 of the referenced edition of AWS
D1,1 shall not be applicable to the work under this Contract.
Personnel performing welding inspection shall be responsibla for verify-
ing that all aspects of the welding operation are i,n accordance with the
requirements defined in Section 6 of the referenced edition of AWS D1.1,
Additional welding inspection may be performed by a testing laboratory
retained by the Owner, The Contractor shall repair any welds found to be
defective,
i
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
{ 102089 )
! 5A-9
f
f
,
r
f
+f
Workmanship standards for the production work for weld size reinforce-
ment, fitting, camber, tilt, defect ,sizes, etc., shall comply with Sec-
tions 3 and 8 of AWS D1.1.
5A.6 GALVANIZING. Metal materials which are specified herein or indi-
cated on the drawings to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A123, ASTM A153, and ASTM A385, Materials specified
to be galvanized shall be prepared for galvanizing by being properly
cleaned, pickled, rinsed, and dried. The cleaned materials shall be
immediately galvanized before any rusting can occur,
5A.7 SHOP PAINTING, Unless specifically exempted, all Structural steel
shall be painted with one coat of paint after fabrication and before mov-
ing from the fabricating shop. Surfaces to receive paint shall be cleaned
in accordance with SSPC Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 Commer-
cial Blast Cleaning,
i
All shop primer paint shall be purchased from the some manufacturer.
j Shop paint, painting, and related work shall comply with the requirements
i of Steel Structures Painting Council Specification No. 12,00 Guide to
Zinc-Rich Coatings System unless otherwise noted herein. Paint shall be
an inorganic zinc rich type which is suitable as both a single coat
finish system and a shop primer,
Cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and clean and shall be prime coated
within 8 hours after cleaning.
All shop paint shall be applied in a skillful manner by acceptable meth-
ods which will provide a closely adhering coating of uniform thickness.
During painting, the ambient and metal surface temperature shall be kept
at the temperature recommended by the paint manufacturer but in no case
shall this temperature drop below 35 F. The surfaces to receive paint
shall be kept free of all moisture at the time of paint application. All
painting and related work shall be in accordance with the recommendations
of the paint manufacturer. During damp or wat weather all painting shall
be done in a dry shelter.
Materials shall not be handled in any manner until the shop paint is dry
and hard,
Shop paint shall not be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of any field
welded connection.
Paints other than those listed in the Coating System Data Sheet may be
considered as acceptable equal provided adequate technical data is pro-
vided and submitted with the Proposal Data, This data shall include
(DENTON 10567 GSN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 J
5A-10
A
it
formulation information readily derivable ip a laboratory, including the
general nature of the vehicle, pigment, and volatile portions, the weight
per gallon, the percent solids by volume, and procedures used for qual-
ity control during manufacture.
5A,8 ERECTION. Metal materials shall be erected in accordance with
RISC, the Engineer's drawings, the erection drawings, and these specifi-
cations, Unless specified otherwise, erection tolerances shall be the
same as those specified hereinbefore under the article titled FABRICATION,
All parts shall be assembled accurately and matchmarks shall be carefully
followed, Light drifting to draw the parts together will be acceptable,
1 but drifting to match unfair holes will not be acceptable. Any enlarge-
meats of holes necessary to make connections in the field shall be done
by reaming with twist drills, care being taken not to weaken the adjoin-
ing metal, Enlarging of holes by burning is prohibited.
Anchor bolts and other materials embedded in concrete shall be installed
j as specified in the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,
5A.8.1 Field Bolting, Field bolting shall be in accordance
with the
article titled Bolting end'the following requirements.
i
E Field connections e.i.,11 be Class F friction connections in accordance
with Table 2a of the raferan:ed edition of the Research Council specifi-
cation. The condition of the contact surfaces of each friction type con-
nection shell be in accordance with the friction connection class re-
quirements for which the connection was designed. Prior to erecting the
steel, the Contractor shall inspect the contact surfaces for compliance
with the requirements given in the referenced edition of the Research
j Council specification.
1 { Tightening of bolts shall be controlled using load indicator washers as
1 specified by AI5C, The work shall be done by competent and experienced
i bolting crews.
v
Bolted connections shall be drifted to proper position and the holes in-
spected to ensure that bolt threads will not be damaged by forcing the
bolts in place, Connections shall be tightly drawn together using not
r less than 25 percent of the total number of bolts in the completed joint
but never less than two bolts. Bolts for initial tightening shall be
distributed uniformly about the ,point. Either fitting-up bolts or high
strength bolts may be used for this purpose.
Smooth beveled washers shall be used when the bearing faces of the bolted
parts have a slope of 1:20 or greater with respect to a plane normal to
the bolt axis.
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 11.00001
E ! 102089 j
SA-tL
q
If
[l 1
5A.8.2 GretinR, Each section of rectangular bar grating shall be se-
curely fastened in place with not less than two fasteners at each sup-
port. Fasteners shall be saddle-clips or "EPI GRATE CLAMP" fasteners
supplied with the grating.
The saddle-clips shall be fastened to the supporting steel with stud type
bolts furnished and installed under these specifications.
Stud type bolts shall be attached to the supporting steel by thr. arc-stud
welding process. The finished length after welding shall be anproxi-
mataly 1/8 inch less than the grating depth.
Grate clamp fasteners shall be attached to the supporting steel flanges
in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Care shall
j be taken to aasurs that the manufacturer's recommended clamp size is used
at each flange.
Rectangular grating shall be installed so that spacer bars and load car-
° Tying bars in adjacent panels are in alignment.
i
Where necessary to produce a stable platform, additional supporting steel
shall be provided for grating support around openings.
Stair treads shall be bolted to the stair stringers with galvanized un-
finished bolts, nuts, and look washers furnished with the treads.
I
As soon as practicable after grating panels are aligned, the grating
shall be secured to its supports,
5A.8.3 Floor Platea, Removable floor plates shall be secured to the
supporting steel with 3/8 inch slotted flathead zinc chromate steel
machine screws unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Each section
r of floor plate shall be anchored to its supporting steel with not lose
than four machine screws, Maximum spacing between machine screws shall
not exceed 1'-6" on centers,
5A.8.4 Nandreilii Handrailings shall be rigidly attached to the sup-
porting structure as indicated on the drawings. Handrailings that in-
tersect structural bracing shall be field cut and welded to the bracing.
All welding shall be done neatly and substantially. After welding hand-
rail posts and rails to bracing or other supporta, all fillets shall be
dressed to a uniform radius and all welds shall be ground smooth and
flush with the adjacent surface. Rail splices shall be welded and ground
smooth,
Field erected sections of handrailings shall have the longitudinal rails
parallel and horizontal, except handrailings attached to sloping surfaces
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )wt~
5A-12
I
y e..
dl
Ej
3 ~f
is
such as stair atringura shall parallel the sloping surface, posts ahall
be tartical
Handrailings set in concrete shall be set in sockets formed by means of
accurately aligned sleeves cast in the concrete. The position of all
sockets shall be carefully checked with the spacing of the posts. Posts
for removable handrailing shall be secured to the sleeve as indicated on
the drawings. Posts for fixed handrailings shall be wedged in accurate
alignment and the apace between the posts and sleeves shall be caulked
with handrail setting cement.
5A.8,5 Field Welding. Field welding shall conform to the requirements
r specified under the article titled WELDING and to these additional re-
quirements. Each weldi-ag operator shall be qualified for all welding pogi-
tiona required in a joint that he welds. The entire weld of any struc-
tural joint shall be made by one operator.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have all welders,
welding operators, and tackers tested and examined by an independent test-
ing laboratory in accordance with applicable code requirements before
work is begun. Qualification shall be made in accordance with the AWS
Structural Welding Code, AWS D1,1-88.
5A.9 TOUCHUP PAINTING. Damaged or inadequate paint films of shop paint-
ed structural steel and miscellaneous metal materials, and all accessible
{ surfaces of field welds and connection bolts, shall be cleaned and prime
painted as specified in the section titled PAINTING,
5A,10 TOUCHUP GALVANIZING, Galvanized surfaces scratched or otherwise
damaged during delivery, unloading, or erection shall be thoroughly
cleaned by wire brushing the damaged area to remove all loose, cracked,
or bruised galvanizing. Cleaned areas shall then be painted with gal-
vanizing repair paint as specified in the section titled PAINTING,
I
f
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
f 102089 ]
5A-13
{
j
i
i.
1/2" TYP 1/2" TYP
TYP TYP
>M
20 B 21-5 1/2" 10 a l'-2 1/2"
W 21 a S20
(ALL HEIGHTS) (ALL WEIGHTS)
2L'S 4X3X3/8 2L'S 4X3X3/8
I 11 1/2"
w18 a 16
i ! 18 a 2'-2 1/2" 8 B S18 d 15
+J
f` )ALL WEIGHTS) (ALL WEcis
IGHTS)
2L'8 4X3X3/8 2L'S 4X3X3/e
j 11E F2 1/z"
18 8 2" M14 d 12
1
W 30 S12
W 30 G i 2L'S 4x3x3/9 WE GHTS1
ML' 31 d 12
/8
{ E 1/2"
W.10 4 8
14 8 i'-6 1/2" h!10 a b
t (ALL WE=21GHT51 C10o 9a ~8 8
1 2L'S 4X3X3/8 M
11
2L'S 4XOX3/8
8
l'
( 3"
WS d S
M7.6 d 5
4AS24 28 S
7oS45
WEIGHTS) VAS d 5
t E4X3X3/9
2L'9 4X3X3/8 MC7 6
. F7/80 80LTS r HELD SIZE
IN O,S, LEGS (TYP1
358"FCONNECTION ANGLES;IWITH HELDHSIZE05/16 4AXIMMM ANDT3/16HMINIMUM
Q BLACK A VEATCH
sko~s~ns-aoc~rscrs ;
iNM VHS ORANN ACQ 1 10/01/87 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE JC ORN VHS
! c►sC DAN DATE 0 10106182 INITIAL 15SU5
JC OORN W VHS
N 10/08/82 HG DATE REVIRtONB AND PEI;OfiD OF 18811E BY CNK APt• FLN
STANAARd BEAM C NNECTIONS
F4
SHOP WELDED - FIELD BOLTED
m 81112-pS-bbbl 1
3/8 INCH THICK ANGLES cuDE
E ASTM A 5 '7/8 INCH BOLTS AMA
t
5A-14
r
-10
sl
P--
TS
:1 jtynl DESCRIPTION: Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals SYSTEM NO
Environmental Zones 1A (Interior, normally dry), IS (exterior, normally dry), e l P
2A (frequently wet by fresh water), 28 (frequently wet by salt water)
SURFACE SSPC•SPS Commerolal Blast Cleaning,
PREPARATION Profile depth 1 to 2.6 mlls as recommended by
paint manufacturer,
I COATING DRY FILM SPECIAL NOTES
THICKNESS
FIRST COAT 3 mile Two component Inorganic zinc with a minimum
I 76 percent zinc by weight In dry film
1 s 3 mlis Organic zinc or modified epoxy,
TOUCHUP Power tool clean damaged surfaces only (shop or
E field applied).
SECOND COAT II
J THIRD COAT
E TOTAL SYSTEM 3 mils
i PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
COATING
MANUFACTURER . FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
i
i Ameron Dlmetoote 9 FT Amercost 8BA or f
Amerlock 400
Carbollne Ceiba Zino 12 668 or
Carbomestlo 16
Glidden 663816637 6628!27/28 or
647616478
Porter Zinc-Lock 312 Zlno•Lock 308
Tnemao 905.76 90.93
Velsper 13-F•11 13.0.14
i
I
j ,
1 ,
i y
1
~ N$
BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
ENGINEEFIS•AFtCHITSCTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 061666 JCw {
5A-15
1
tS .
r :,lA S
t f:{
F3
~a
Sec*ion 5B - METAL DECK FORM
5p.1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing and erection of metal
deck form* including flashings, closures, fieatening devices, and other
accessories and appurtenances required for the »..rk.
The computatione of the metal deck form section properties contained in
the manufacturer's literature and used in design shall conform to the
latest issue of the American Iron and Steel Institute's "Specification
i for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
I 5B.2 MATERIALS, Materials used in the manufacture and installation of
E the metal deck form shall be as follows.
E
M%;al deck form (for con- 0.0454 minimum uncoated
stets slabs up to metal thickness _(18 gauge
12 inches thick) minimum), metal coated
steel, ASTM A4460 Grade Al
hot-dip galvanized in so-
i cordance with ASTM A525,
designation G90, before
formingl prefabricated,
interlocking side lap
1. unital 3 inch depth
' I Bowman - 11312 V-Grip"
Epic - "EC-366" or "EC-30011
Inryco - "N deok" or
"3 inch V"
H. H. Robertson - "Sec-
tion 21" or 113 inch
f n
j QL-99
I Zinc coating Fed Spec QQ-•8-775, Type 1,
Class d
Welding washers
Next heavier thickness
(gauge) than metal being
welded
Scaling tape Permacal 670, 2 inch, or
acceptable equal ,
?tal closures Manufacturer's standard
metal coated steel, same
thickness (ga-•gs) as metal
deck form
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
E 102089 j
5H-1
+1
513.3 FABRICATION, Metal dock form units shall be cut to lengths such
that joints occur on supporting members with typical lengths extending
over two or more spans.
58.4 ACCESSORIES. All necessary accessories such as closure pieces, and
other items as indicated or required, shall be fabricated of the same ma-
terial and finish as the metal deck form units, with thicknesses (gouges)
as indicated or recommended by the deck manufacturer, Accessories shall
be welded or uecured with self-tapping screws.
,
5B.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE, Metal deck form materials shall be handled,
hauled, and delivered by competent workmen in a manner which will prevent
bending, dents, scratches, or damage of any kind, Damaged deck form
units shall be promptly replaced, Materials shall be stored above ground
and under cover.
5B,6 INSTALLATION, Metal deck form panels shall be secured at each sup- J
poking member with 3/4 inch round fusion welds through welding washers,
including end joints, at 12 inch centers. Welds shall seal the metal
completely, leaving no openings through the deck, Side joints shall be
I button punched at least once between supports with a maximum spacing of
36 inches. Welds shall penetrate ail layers of deck material at the
point of welding and shall have aomplece fusion to the supporting member,
The deck attachment shall be secure against a net uplift of 30 pounds per
square foot.
I The installed metal dock form surface shall be smooth, unbroken, and free
I of unnecessary openings, holem, or crevices which might allow leakage of (,7)
wet concrete, Such openings shall he closed with the specified sealing
tape or metal closures, or otherwise repaired to the satisfaction of the
'I Owner,
Field cut holes required for passage of piping or other projections shall.
be neatly cut and sealed with metal closures in accordance with the de-
tails on the drawings,
5B.7 CLEANUP, At the completion of installation, all surplua materials,
rubbish, or other debris shall be removed from the surface of the metal
deck form,
j
{
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
5B»2
i
DIVISION 7 MOISTURE PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 7A - ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING 7A-1 thru 7A-2
7A.1 General 7A-1
7A,2 Specifications and Data 7A-1
7A.3 Materials 7A-1
7A,4 Surfaces to be Covered 7A-1
7A.5 Surface Preparation 7A-1
7A.6 Construction 7A-1
7A.7 Application 7A-2
7A.8 Testing 7A-2
7A.9 Guarantee 7A-2
Section 7B - CAULKING AND SEALING 7B-1 thru 7B-3
j
78.1 General 7g-1
7B,2 Data and Samples 7B-1
7B,3 Materials 7B-1
78.4 Colors 7B-2
7B.5 Locations to be Caulked or Sealed 7B-2
75,6 Joint Preparation 7B-2
7B.7 Installation 7B-3
Section 76.- WATERPROOFING 704 thru 7C-3
70.1 General 7C-1
7C.2 Materials 7C-1
7C.3 Exterior Surfaces to be Waterproofed 7C-1
70,4 Surface Preparation 7C-1
7C.5 Application 7C-2
Section 7D - ALUMINUM LOUVERS 7D-1 thru 7D-2
7D.1 general 7D-1
7D,2 Drawings and Data 7D-1
7n,3 Louvers Ill-1
7D,4 Finish 7D-1
7D.~) Installation 7D-2
IDENTON 105671G
EN CONST 71,00003
02089
TC7-1
5
Y~
{VN\p ~.t ' IrtV... ~ i
R
Section 7A - ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING
7A,1 GENERAL. This section covers a cold applied liquid roof coating
system. The system shall be applied over the concrete roof deck as indi-
cated on the drawings,
7A,2 SPECIFICATIONS AND DATA, Complete specifications and data covering
the materials furnished under this section shall be submitted in accord-
ance with the requirements of Section 1C of these specifications,
7A.3 MATERIALS, Materials described are Gaco-Wastern, Inc, standard
materials, A liquid roof coating system of equivalent quality by another
j company will be considered for acceptance providing adequate supporting
I data is provided to indicate equivalence, All materials shall be the
products of a single firm having national distribution and reputation.
I'! Materials shall conform to the following.
Liquid applied neoprene "Gacoflex N-1400"
u
i ~ Liquid applied hypelon Gacoflex K.22011 Color White
Primer U-5677
Sealer E-5321
i Flashing, flashing adhe As recommended and supplied
sive, thinner and cleaner, by the manufacturer ;
j reinforcing tape,
caulk- ing, and flashing cement
7A,4 SURFACES TO BE COVERED, The roof of the powerhouse including remov-
able hatn ea shall be covered with elastomeric roof covering.
7A,5 SURFACE PREPARATION. Surfaces to be covered shall be clean and
dry. Aldirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grea.ve, and other foreign
matter shall,be removed. Adjacent surfaces shall be protected against s
spillage or other damage by use of suitable dropclothe and masking,
~ i
7A.6 CONSTRUCTION. All surfaces to be coated with the elastomeric roof
coating shall receive one coat of primer and one coat of sealer. The
primer shall be roller or spray applied at a rate of 1/3 gallon per
square. Primer shall be allowed to dry for a minimum of 1 hour and a
maximum of 72 hours before applying sealer. The sealer shall be applied
at a rate of 1/2 gallon per square, The sealer shall be allowed to cure
as recommended by the manufacturer,
i
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 j
E 7A•-1
I
i
All flashings, expansion ,joints, and reinforcing tape shall be applied in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer,
The elastomeric roof coating shall be applied as follows,
Two uniform coats of liquid neoprene applied undiluted at a
minimum rate of 1-1/2 gallons per square per coat, Each
coat shall be of a different color, Total dry film thick-
ness including primer shall be at least 15 mils,
Two or more uniform coats of liquid hypalon applied undi-
luted at a minimum rate of 1 gallon per square per coat,
All coats shall be of the same color. Total dry film thick-
ness of primer, neoprene, and hypalon shall be at least
j 20 mils,
j 7A.7 APPLICATION, Elastomeric roof coating materials shall not be ap-
plied in wet weather or on damp or frozen surfaces. The coatings shall
be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer by
workmen skilled in the application of these materials. Coatings shall be
applied by using either hand or pressure rollers with lamb's wool nap.
Coatings shall completely cover the surfaces of designated areas, termi-
nating at adjacent vertical surfaces, unless otherwise specified or indi-
cated on the drawings.
Plashing for projections through roofs shall be installed in accordance
E I with the details on the drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations,
7A.8 TESTING. To verify compliance with the thickness requiremahta, the
Owner may, at its discretion, require that four 6 inch square samples of
the completed coating be stripped at the locations directed, After samples
have been taken, the coating shall be repaired with the same materials
that were used in the original application.
If test sample examination reveals faulty construction or insufficient
quantity of materials, additional materials shall be furnished and ap-
plied and other corrective measures taken by the Contractor as directed
by a representative of the coating material manufacturer, Additiottal
teat cuts shall then be made if requested by the owner.
7A,9 GUARANTEE, The applicator shall guarantee the elastomeric roof
coating ?or at least 2 years,
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 j
7A-2
i
i
L• I
Section 7B - CAULKING AND SEALING
7B.1 GENERAL, This section covers materials and installation for caulk-
ing and sealing.
The terms "caulking" and "sealing,}' as used on the drawings and in these
specifications, are synonymous and either or both tarns shall indicate
the materials specified herein. There shall be no oil-base caulking used
on this project.
Sealants shall be neatly and properly installed where indicated on the
i
drawings. Where a joint requiring sealing is indicated and the sealant
is not noted, the correct sealant for the particular application shall be
a installed,
I 4
r..• ' ~ ! 7B,2 DATA AND SAMPLES. Specifications and data covering the materials
proposed for use, together with color cards showing the manufacturer'e
full line of sealant colors, shall be submitted in accordance with the
I requirements of Section 1C,
I 7B.3 MATERIALS,
I Thiokol sealant Polysulfids rubber, two compote
(nonsag) nent, Fed Spec TT-S-00227E,
Type II, Class A; Pecora 11GC-5
Synthacaik," or acceptable
equal j
Urethane sealant
(noneag) Gun grade
Multicomponent Two or three component, modi-
fied polyurethane, Fed Spec
TT-5-002279, Type 11', Class A;
Pecora "Dynatrol 1I,11 Sonne-
born "Sonolaatic NP-I1," or
Tremoo "Dymoric"
Single component Fed Spec TT-S-00230C, Type II,
Class Al Pecora "Dynatrol 11"
Sonneborn "Sonolaatic NP-I," a
or Tremco "Dymonic"
,
Urethane sealant Two component, Fed Spec
(self-leveling) TT-S-00227E, Typo 1, Class Al
Pecora 11NR-200 Urexpan" or
Tremco "THC-900"
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71.00001
{ ( 102089
`II 7B-1
I
1
,
Rif 1+V>
n ~M'\
`SySy~' I
'h
Primer As recommended by the sealant
manufacturer
Backup material Polyethylene or polyurethane
foam= Backer Rod Mfg, and Sup-
ply Co, "Denverfoam," Dow
"Ethafoam SB," or Hercules
Inc. "Hercules Backer Rod"
7B,4 COLORS, Colors of sealants shall be as selected by'the Owner from
the manufacturer's colon range. Different colors may be required for
different applications. Where not specified, sealants shall be manufac-
turer's standard gray color.
4 7B.5 LOCATIONS TO BE CAULKED OR SEALED,
f 7B.5.1 With Thiokol (Nona ) or Urethane Sealant (Nonsag).
Entire perimeter of frames for exterior metal doors, both
sides
Entire perimeter of metal louvers, both sides
Entire perimeter of metal dampers and metal shutters
Watertight joints in aluminum sheet metal work, unless oth-
erwise specified
I
Other locations where caulking is indicated on the drawings*
specified in other sections, or required for weatherproofing
7B,5.2 With Urethane Sealant (Self-level_ing).
Horizontal joints in concrete decks and slabs
7B.6 JOINT PREPARATION, All surfaces to receive sealants shall be
clean, dry, and~free of loose materials, duet, grease, oil, or wax, All
such surfaces shall be wiped with a clean cloth saturated with a suitable
solvent, and primed if required, before the sealant is ap;lied.
Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer and permitted by
the Engineer, the depth of sealant in a joint shall be equal to the width
of the ,joint, but not more then 1/2 inch. Backup material shall be pro-
vidsd as necessary to control the depth of sealant= it shall be of suit-
able size so that when compresabd 25 to 50 percent, the space will be
filled. Backup material shall be rolled or pressed into piece in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's instnllation instructions, avoiding punctur-
joints
For of
ing or longthwise stretching,
backup material shall be installed before sealant is placed, j
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,00003
( 102089 3
7B-2
1
~ri gas
1 7B.7 INSTALLATION, Caulking and sealing work shall be done before any
field painting work is started. The air temperature and the temperature
of the surfaces to be caulked or sealed shall be above 40 F when the work
is performed but not above 100 F, except as recommended by the manufac-
turer.
Sealants shall be applied with either a cartridge type or bulk type
j caulking gun, either hand or air pressure activated. Beads shall be run
slowly to assure complete filling of the joint cavity to avoid air pock-
eta. Sealed joints shall be neatly tooled using solutions and methods as
recommended by the sealant manufacturer,
Upon completion of the caulking and sealing work, each sealed joint shall
f have a smooth, even finish, flush with the edges of the sealing recess,
' and all adjacent surfaces shall be clean. Sealant shall not lap onto
adjacent surfaces. Any sealant applied which prevents the painting of
adjacent surfaces to a clean line, or leaves an excess of material out-
side the joint and feathered onto surfaces, shall be removed and the
joint resealed,
Polysulfide rubber (thiokol type) sealants shall not be used in contact
with bituminous or asphaltic materials. j
f
t
j
i
1
1
f tDENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
1E 102089
7B-3
1W 7--
hJiY{l?V{
~f
Section 70 - WATERPROOFING
i
MI GENERAL. This section covers liquid waterproofing for deep con-
crate structures.
7C,2 MATERIALS, Materials shall be as follows.
Liquid waterproofing Modified moisture or chemi
(for exterior surfaces cally curing urethane; Mameco
of concrete structures "vulkem 201," Pecore "Duramem
! V-500 or H-500," Sonneborn
below grade)
NLM Series," Tremco "Tram-
proof 60," 3M "Scotch-Clad
3 Brand Deck Coating System W oll
I or acceptable equal; nonflow
for vertical surfaces
i
Protection board (for Asphalt impregnated) 1/8 inch
exterior surfaces of thick; Celotax "Elaatibord"
concrete structures or W. R. Meadows."Premoulded
f below grade) .Membrane"
I Primer As recommended by liquid wa-
terproofing manufacturer
i
Backer rod Polyethylene or polyurethane
foam; Backer Rod Mfg, and Sup
f ply Co. "Danverfoam," Dow
"Ethafoam SB011 or Hercules, i
Inc, "Hercules Backer Rod" i
Sealant Low modulus, two or three com-
ponent modified polyurethane; 1
Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP-I1," {
Tremco "pymeric," Pecore
"Dynatrol I1," or acceptable
equal
7C,3 EXTERIOR SURFACES TO BE WATERPROOFED. Exterior powerhouse wall con-
crate surfaces below grade shall be waterproofed with a single coat of
the specified liquid waterproofing.
'i
E 70.4 SURFACE PREPARATION. Liquid waterproofing shall be applied to
clean, dry concrete surfaces. All cjirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, i
grease, and other foreign matter shall be removed. Oil and grease shall
be removed with solvents before mechanical cleaning is started. Surfaces
4
`DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102049
~ 7C-1
1
1
iF=L
a
t
M1 FN .n
{
1411
I
which are not to be coated shall be adequately protected from contamina-
tion, discoloration, or other damage, Surfaces to receive urethane water-
proofing systems shall cure for 28 days and be thuroughly dry before water-
proofing materials are applied.
7C.5 APPLICATION. Concrete shall be dry when waterproofed and the tem-
perature shall be such that adequate'penetr,ation is obtained. Sufficient
forced ventilation shall be provided when applying waterproofing materials
in enclosed or restricted spaces to remove all vapors from solvents as
rapidly as produced and to ensure that the workmen applying the materials
are adequately protected. No be.nzol or other volatile toxic material shall
be used in thinning. Care shall be taken that no material is permitted
to get on top of concrete walla, exposed wall surfaces, or adjacent mate-
rials.
3
Surfaces shall be dry and at recommended temperature when waterproofing
f is applied, Coatings shall not be applied in wet, damp, or foggy weather
Flo or when windblown dust, dirt, or debris, or insects will collect on the
coating. Waterproofing materials shall not be applied when the temper-
attire of the air or the surface is below 50 F.
{ s
7C.5.1 Exterior Waterproofing. The specified waterproofing materials
shall be applied to clean, dry, properly cured exterior concrete sur-
faces, as designated, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommenda-
tions and the following procedures.
Cracks wider than 1/16 inch and all penetrations shall be cleaned out
J and repaired as recommended by the waterproofing materials manufacturet.
Hacker rod of the required diameter shall be placed in the opening around
{ ) the perimeter of each penetration, and the remaining apace shall be filled
with sealant.' A detail coat of waterproofing material shall be applied
over repaired cracks and penetrations to a thickness of 60 mils dry film
thickness and extending at least 3 inches beyond each edge of the crack
or penetration,
Cracks 1/16 inch or loss shall be pratreated with a 6 inch wide, 60 mil
coat of waterproofing material.
A coat of primer, if required, shall be applied to all surfaces to be
waterproofed, Coverage rate for primer shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer of the waterproofing material.
Waterproofing materials shall be applied by airleas spray or other rec-
ommended method to all primed surfaces as a single coat application to a
minimum dry film thickness of 60 mils, Self-leveling type material shall
be used on areas with a 5 percent slope or less and nonflow type material
shall be used on areas having a slope of 5 percent or more, Waterproof-
ing materials shall cure for at least 24 hours before protection board is
placed, or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089
7C-2
(({{LEl'iNlil
1 Y:+ uq:~{
,ulpya9$
rnf~YbS
Iy
Protection board shall be applied shingle fashion with all edges lapped.
r Methods of securing protection board to waterproofed vertical surfaces
shall be as recommended by the waterproofing materials manufacturer and
the waterproofing materials applicator,
i
I
{
!!I
f I
9
h
d
i
t
i
N
r
i (llgNTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I ( 102089 ]
{ 7C-3
1
111... v1n'.,
ht ♦f (t
l
i
II
,
1
Section 7D - ALUMINUM LOWERS
1 7D,1 GENERAL. This section covers aluminum louvers, Except as other-
wise spa ied, louver blades, frames, sills and mullions shall be ex-
truded aluminum alloy 6063T52, rinimum 0.081 inch (2.06 mm) thick.
i
All louver blades shall be of the drainable type, 'The entire louver as-
sembly shall be designed to carry a wind load of 25 pounds per square
toot,
Sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings.
7D.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Complete detail drawings and specifications for
11 louvers and operetora shall be submitted in accordance with the require-
ments of Section 1C of these specifications.
i
7D,3 LOWERS, Louvers shall be manufactured by Arrow United Industries,
;no,, onst~ruction Specialties, Inc., The Airolite Co., or Ruskin Manu-
facturing Company. Equal quality.products of cthar manufacturers may be
accepted, subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer.
All louvers shall have 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) mesh bird screen in rawirable
extruded aluminum frames, with stainless steel fasteners and extended ex-
truded aluminum sills as indicated,
Model numbers used in this section are those of Construction Specialties,
Inc.
Louvers shall be Model 6157 as indicated on the drawings. Louvers having
an area greater than 75 square feet, or any blade dimepsion exceeding
63 inches, shall be built in multiple sections.
Drainable blades shall have front lip gutter and recessed second gutter
designed to catch and direct watet to jamb and mullion drains. Closed E
cell PVC compression gaskets shall be provided between bottom of mullion j
or jamb and top of sill to ensure leaktight connections. {
7D,4 FINISH. Louvere, sills, and frames shall be finished with the i
manufacturer's standard fluorocarbon (polyvinylidene fluoride) finish f
equal to Nluropon by Desoto Chemical Coatings, Inc,
Color shall be as selected by the Owner from the louver manufacturer's
standard colors,
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
'
( 102089 ]
7D-1
.u:,atl~zzy
7D.5 INSTALLATION. Louvers shall be installed plumb and straight with
blades aligned between units. Frames shall be secured to supporting
walls with stainless steel fasteners as indicated. Caulking of louver perimeter at adjoining materiels shall be as specified
in Section 7B. Any abraded or otherwise damaged finish shall be touchup
painted with air drying material furnished,by the louver manufacturer and
matching the color of the factory applied finish,
I
I
1
:
i
j
:
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 j
7D-2
f
y
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOUS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 8A - METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE 8A-1 thru 8A-8
8A.1 General 8A-1
8A.2 Drawings and Data 8A-1
8A,3 Materials BA-2
8A.4 Frames 8A-2
8A,5 Doors dA-3
'8A,6 Finish BA•S
8A,7 Hardware 8A-5
8A.8 Hardware List 8A-5
8A.9 Door List 8A-8
' s
i
I
I~
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00003
f 102089
T08-i
G i15.yar
`i
Section 8A - METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE
8A-1 GENERAL, This section covers types, materials, general construc-
tion requirements, and finishing of heavy-duty metal doors, frames, and
hardware. Doors shall be seamless - composite construction except as
otherwise specified.
Doors shall be installed complete with frames, hardware, and other
accessories as indicated on the drawings or specified,
Location of doors, frames, and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the
drawings. The construction of all doors, frames, and appurtenances shall
be as specified herein. Doors, frames, and hardware shall be the products
of manufacturers who are regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type
of items specified.
f Doors shall be Amweld "Series 1700," Ceco "Imperial," Masker "DiamonDor
Pioneer "CHT, Pio-Core," or acceptable equal which meets the requirements
of Steal Door Institute Recommended Specifications 100-85, Grade II, Hod-
e1 4.
Frames shall be supplied by the door manufacturer and shall be
j to Amweld Serer 400," Ceco "CFO" equivalent
1 or Pioneer "Series F Integral."
8A.1.1 Steel Sheet Metal. Gauges of steel sheet metal specified refer
to US Standard gauge, and are minimum permissible thicknesses. Steel
sheet metal shall conform to ASTM A366 for cold rolled steel and AM
A525 WO or G60) for hot-dip galvanized steel,
8A.1.2 Nomenclature, The nomenclature used in this section conforms to
} ANSI A123,1. ,
! 8A.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete detail drawings of all items specified
shall, be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 10 of
these specifications. Drawings shall indicate elevations of each door
1 type; details of each frame type= location or identifLcation of each
a item; typical and special details of construction;. methods of assembling
sections; location and installation requirements for hardware; size,
shape, and thickness of materials; joints; connections; finish; anchorage
and fastening methods; and wall opening construction details,
A complete list of finish hardware as specified shall he submitted in
accordance with the requirements of Section 1C of these specifications,
The list shall indicate each item of hardware required for each opening,
manufacturer's name, manufacturer's number or symbol, special installa-
tion requirements, and finish.
i
r
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089
i 8A-1
4B4B4B ( tl:~!~Al...~. li
~1~9U}'p4RX
N:2 Nr t,J
8A.3 MATERIALS. Materials used in the mrnufacture and installation of
metal doors and frames shall be as follows,
Doors and frames Cold rolled steel with a
stretcher level degree of
flntness; smooth, Olean sur-
face; hot-dip galvanized
Internal reinforcing Cold rolled steel
Urethane core Liquid urethane, expended in
place; self-bonding, self-
her - deningo and self-
extinguishing
Polystyrene core Polystyrene foamboard bonded
to face sheets with thereto-
setting adhesive
Anchoring devices Cadmium plated where exposed;
cadmium plated or galvanized
i' where concealed
Expansion anchors Fed Spec FF-5-325; Group Ii,
f Type 3, Class 3; Group'll,
IJ Type 4, Class 1; or Group VIII,
Type 1 or Type 2, Hilti Kwik-
bolt, ITT Phillip$ Red Head
Wedge and Sleeve Anchors,
RAmset Trubolt and Dynabolt,
Drillco Maxi-Bolt, or accept
accept-
able equal
Mastic Plastic roofing cement, 'F'ed
Spec SS"C-153
Tape sealant PVC or neoprene closed-cell
foam, black, 1/2 inch wide by
1/4 inch thi(:k strip with
pressure sensitive adhesive
beck
8A,4 FRAMES, Door frames shall be formed of 16
and gauge steel to the sizes
shapes indicated,
8A.441 Workmanship. The finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat
in appearance- e, and free from defects. Molded members shall be fabricated
.straight and true with corner p
oncealed where practicable oints well formed and with fastenings
,
i
{
`DHNTON 1056710E0NST 71,00001
4.+
089
8A-2 ~
s
i
f
i
ry .Yl;l.LY
11yyy71
1
~r 'S.C54 I
4
It
- 8A.4.2 Joints. Joints for frames shall be mitered or butted and contin-
uously-welded on the reverse side to produce rigid, invisible joints,
Frame bottoms shall be held rigidly in position by spreader bars to main-
tain proper alignment during shipment and erection.
i
8A,4,3 Hardware Provisions. Frames shall be prepared for the specified
hardware, Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped for
mortised hardware, and shall be reinforced for surface applied hardware.
Cover boxes, shall be provided in back of all hardware cutouts, Lock
strikes shall be set out and adjusted to. provide clearance for silencers.
Concealed metal reinforcements for door hardware shall be provided in the
following minimum thicknesses.
Hinge reinforcement 10 gauge
Strike reinforcement 14 gauge
Ik Closer reinforcement 12 gauge
Other reinforcement 14 gauge
8A.4.4 Wall and Floor Anchors. Metal anchors of sizes and shapes re-
quired for the adjoining concrete wall construction shall be provided.
Jamb anchors shall be fabricated from steel, with thickness not less than
the gauge used for frames. Anchors shall be located near the top and
bottom of each frame and at intermediate points not to exceed 12 inch
spacing.
F ,
For frames set in hardened concrete walls, anchorage shall be provided as
indicated on the drawings.
1 Door frames shall be provided with 16 gauge floor anchors at each jamb,
Anchors shall be, sized and drilled for at least two anchoring devices.
8A.4,5 Installation, Frames shall be set in position, plumbed, aligned,
and braced; securely until permanent anchors are set. Frames shall be
anchored to floors with two, minimum 18 gauge, expansion anchors. Jamb
anchors shall be secured to adjoining construction. Spreader bars shall
remain in place until frames have been built into the walls,
8A.5 DOORS. -Doors shall be as specified herein and in the fist at the
and of the section, Doors shall be prepared to receive the hardware as
specified herein.
8A,5.1 Workmanship. Doors shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and free
from defects. Molded members for glazed doors shall be formed straight
and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed, and in true align-
ment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so
that they are invisible after finishing,
f
,i
p+p [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1 I 102089 ) .
[ 8A-3
4
A l12J4~ 1 k' Yd CIA,,
f C'.fi SEMI.-.
SI '
i
41 Lt. u'
1
8A.5,2 Sizes and Clearances, Doors shall be 1-3/4 inches thick seamless
type, of the siiea and design indicated, Clearances for doors, except
fire doors, shall be 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/4 inch at meeting
edges of pairs of doors, and 3/4 inch at bottom unless otherwise indi-
cated or specified.
8A.5.3 Construction. Doors shall have 18 gauge seamless outer sheets.
Side edges of doors shall be flush and closed watertight, with all seams
either mechanically interlocked, continuously welded, or spot welded at
4 inch centers maximum, filled with filler metal, and dressed smooth.
Doors shall be prepared at the,factory for hardware as specified. Door
edges shall be beveled or rounded.
Foam filled doors shall have all internal spaces completely filled with
the specified core material,
Outswinging exterior doors shall be finished flush at the top, with all
seams and joints closed watertight as specified for door edges,
8A,5.4 Hardware Provisions, Doors shall be mortised, reinforced,
drilled and tapped at the factory for mortised hardware. Reinforcing
units shall be provided for locksets. Reinforcing plates shall be
1 provided for mortised and surface applied hardware in the following
thicknesses,
Hinge reinforcement 10 gauge
f Surface applied cloaers
and hold open arms 12 gauge
Other reinforcement 14 gauge
i The location of hardware items shall be in accordance with DHT "Recom-
1 mended Locations for Builder's Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and
Li Frames,"
8A,5,5 Stops and Betide. Metal glazing beads shall be furnished with
hollow metal doors. Glazing stops may be formed as an integral part of
the doors, or separate glazing beads provided for both sides of the glass.
Doors shall be prepared to receive the glazing beads'. Beads shall be
snapped into place, or shall be fastened with oval head machine screws
spaced at 9 inch centers maximum, Beads having a molded shape shall be
mitered at corners, Rectangular beads may be either mitered or butted at
corners.
}
Where doors are exposed to weather., all seams and joints on all sides of
the glass panel, except joints in removable beads, shall be closed water- j
tight as specified for side edges. In addition, all surfaces of glazing
beads, including unexposed back surfaces, shall be prime painted;
. it
f ~
(DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71,0000)
102089 ]
8A-4
t ~
''•ytCItR1
9 i13.FfrJA"-~ [
~t'l.Si-tr..a
I
1
9A.6 FINISH. A primer shall be applied to all surfaces of ferrous metal
furnished under this section. All metal surfaces shall be cleaned and
given phosphate or equivalent treatment to assure maximum corrosion
protection and paint adherence. A dip or spray coat of synthetic resin,
rust-inhibitive, metallic oxide or zinc chromate primer shall be applied
E to all surfaces, then baked or oven dried. Finished surfaces shall be
smooth and free from irregularities,
ware shall be furnished in accordance with the following requirements.
Hinges. Hinges shall be brass or bronze unless otherwise
indicated,
I Pins. Exterior hinges shall have nonremovable pins.
Hine Requirements. Three butt hinges shall be provided for
} each door.
i
a ~ Butt Ftinga Sizes. Butt hinges shall by ',I" by 4-1/2"•
Door Closers. Closer requirements shall be as follows.
Closer size and function shall be as recommended
! by the manufacturer,
Brackets for closers shall be provided as required
to make a complete and satisfactory installation.
j 1 All closers shall be adjusted for maximum door
awing available.
9A.7.1 !3gerien9e, Each item of finish hardware shall be the product of
a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the production of hij:h quality
i builder's hardware, 'The supplier of finish hardware shall provide, AS
i necessary and without additional coat to the Owner, the services of .
I trained and experienoed,hardware consultants to service and adjust
installed hardware.
8A.7.2 Templates. Each hardware manufacturer shall prepare and deliver
[ to the door and frame manufacturer a template for each item of mortised
hardware. Each template shall be labeled with the menufacturer'.s name,
€ hardware item, opening number, and location on the door or frame where
the item is to be installed. ;
8A.9 HARDWARE LIST, Hardware shall be furnished in accordance with the
list which follows. Doors are listed by opening numbers with a complete
set of hardware listed for each opening.
[DENTON 10567 M CONST 71,00001
1 [ 1h2Q89 ]
r SA"5
1
1
I
3
8A.8.1 Substitutions. "ardware is identified by manufacturer's name and
catalog number. Similar prdware of other makes will be considered, pro- l`"•
vided full information is furnished with the request, including the manu-
faeturer's name and catalog number. Complete specifications and cuts of
each item shall be furnished,
8A.8.2 Finish. Finishes shall be as indicated by catalog numbers. Door
closers and brackets shall have a sprayed aluminum satin finish. Machine
screws, bolts, and other'exposed attachments shall be finished to match
hardware.
8A.1.3 lap;apin s. Concealed fastenings shall be provided wherever pos-
sible. T e use o self-tapping or cheat metal screws is prohibited ex-
cept for the application of flush mounted push, kick, mop or armor plates
and door edgings.
Hardware items shall be furnished with the appropriate type and length of
screws or other fastenings to assure proper and permanent anchorage,
Where concealed fastening is not possible, countersunk Phillips oval head
screws shall be provided (except that flathead screws shall be provided
for hinges). The finish of all screws and fasteners shall match that of
the hardware item being fastened.
8A.8.4 Manufacturers. Catalog numbers indicated in the Hardware List
identify products a~ths first-named of the manufacturers listed for each
E item. Equivalent products of the other listed manufacturers will be ac pw-
ceptable, provided the basic requirements of type, function, and mate-
rials are met.
! Butts Stanley, Hager, or Lawrence
Loaxsets, latehaets,
and cylinders Schlage, Corbin, or Russwin
Closers and. brackets LCN, Corbin, or Rusewin
Thresholds Reese, Zero, or Pemco
Weatherstripping Reese, Pemko, or Zero
8A.8.5 List.
Opening
No. Item Quantity Catalog No.
1010 102 Butts 1-1/2 pair CB1961, NRP; US26D
Loekset 1 Comet, Series D; L9010;
US26D
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)'i
[ 102089 l
8A-G
1
t
fQJt -ti'.~,a,
4.
4
y:
Opening
No. Item Quantity Catalo No.
Closer 1 4110 Series
Weatherstrip 1 set DS78AH
Threshold 1 S205A-PG
Sweep 1 772 AB
6A,8.6 Keying. All cylinder locks shall be keyed alike. Two nickel
silver keys shall be furnished with each lockeet.
f All locks shall be operable by a single master key, Six master keys
E
shall be furnished,
' E II 8A.8.6,1 Extra Blanks. The hardware supplier shall furnish the Company
1 dozen extra-Vey banks of the same design and material as the keys sup-
plied with the locksets.
i
8A.8.7 Pa_c_k_sging,. Each item of hardware shall be packaged separately in
an i.ndividu-container complete with screws, keys, special wrenches, in-
structions, and installation templates necessary for accurately locating,
' j setting, adjusting, and attaching hardware. Each container shall be marked
with the number of the opening to which hardware item is to be applied.
8A.8,8 Installation. Hardware items shall be accurately fitted, se
I curely applied, carefully adjusted, and lubricated in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
i 8A,8.8.1 Location. Before hardware is installed, the locations of
mortise preparations and hardware reinforcements shall be checkad.and any
} necessary revisions made, Unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer,
the locations of hardware items shall be in accordance with DHI "Recom-
mended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames,"
,
8A.8,8,2 Thresholds. Thresholds shall have ends notched to fit frame
profile and ahall be field drilled to receive flush bolts where required.
Where fastened to concrete, thresholds shall be anchored with 5/16 inch
stainless steel flathead countersunk machine screws and expansion anchors
spaced at 8 inch centers. Thresholds shall be set in mastic.
8A,8.8.3 Protection. The Contractor shall exercise special care not to
injure fins sur aces or other work when installing hardware, Hardware
on which finish has been damaged prior to final acceptance of the work
shall be replaced with undamaged items at the Contractor's expense.
SA,8.9 Final Adjustment. The hardware supplier shall assist the Con- 1
tractor in adjusting and checking the installation of finish hardware.
1 Proper lubricants, graphite, or special oils shall be uaed for lubricat-
ing, as recommended by the hardware manufacturer. All moving parts shall
J (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 l
8A-7
I
f
I ,
y,+av~nn 'y
QAgj COMM]
jl
GG :rcrs
F
be checked, tested, and adjusted to assure free and smooth operation.
Special tools shall be furnished to the Owner as required to adjust and
maintain the installed hardware.
Just before final acceptance of the building by the Company, a factory
representative of the lock and latch manufacturer shall examine, along
with a representative of the Owner, all hardware furnished, Hardware
shall be adjusted for proper operation. Damaged hardware shall be re-
placed, installed, and adjusted,
8A.9 DOOR LIST. Doors and frames shall be furnished in accordance with
the following list.
Mark Type Size Swing Labal
!
201 F 31-0" x 71-0" LHit
f 102 F 31-0" x 71_0" RHR
j ,
,.r
1
LJ
j
[DENTON 10567 ORN CONST 71,00001
1 102089 )
BA-B
i
Y!
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page a
Section 9A - PAINTING 9A-1 thru 9A-17
9A.1 General 9A-1. 1
9A,2 Scope of Painting 9A-1
` 9A.3 Paint Systems 9A-3
1 1 9A.4 Materials 9A-3
9A,5 Surface Preparation 9A-5
9A.6, Paint Application 9A-6
9A.7 Safety 9A-9
9A.8 Cleanliness 9A-~9
-9A.9 General Listof Colors 9A-10
Coating System Data Sheets 9A-11 thru 9A-17
i
{
I ) ,
i (DENTON 10567 GUI CONST 71,0000)
102089 J
T09-1
I
2'a3%ir'eti .
rrta.-F,vf
Y;,.':
'•^i~
'-tT Ur7d ~f
i3
l
section 9A - PAINTING
9A.I GENERAL. This section covers field painting work,
4laterproofing of concrete surfaces and neoprene-hypalon roof coatings ere
z covered in other sections,
Painting work shall include the protection of surfaces not to be painted
~ and surface preparation, furnishing and applying paint materials, and
other work incidental to painting which is required to properly execute
the painting woY.k. ,
i ~ 9A+2 SCOPE OF PAINTING. Except for those aurfacea excluded hereinafter,
{ i ~ all exposed surfaces of aI1 facilities conatruated or otherwise incorpo-
~ 4 ~ rated in the Ray Roberta HydroelecCric Project shall be painted+
~ ~ Exposed aurfacea shall mean sYl interior and exterior aurfacea whiah are
not encased or covered by the finished building structure or :equipment
and which are visible and aacessible for painting.
I
J i Areas which would be difficult nr impossible to paint after a1L eons
atruction fa complete shall be painted at a stage during construction
j ~ when painting is possible,
Bolted connections shall nut be cleaned and prima painted until after the ,
{ j find bolting is cnmplata. j j
Any abraded_or damaged areas of shop painted aurfacea as specified herein fi
{ shell beelsaned and touch^up painted before applying finish paint system. 4
Motors end acceasoriea for equipment shall be painted with the same paint
system and color specified Ecz the equipmenC+ +
Exposed aurfacea of electrical gonduit, conduit boxes, and fittings shall
be painted only. where they are adjacent to painted parts of the building
structure or equipment These aurfacea shall be painted the same color
as the adjacent building surfaces,
9A~2.1 Surfaces to be Painted, Surfaces to be painted include exposed
aurfacea of ths~interior and exterior of all building structures and the r
exposed surfaces of all equipment, piping, valves, and hangers, unless ,
excluded hereinafter. The following lists include the major aurfanas of
materials and equipment to be painted and are as nomplate as possible ~
Surfaces of materials and minor equipment not 11sCed but requiring paint-
ing for protection shall also be painted.
~4
j 1
~DENTON 10567i020890NST 71.0000
5A~1
< ,
.
- ~I~~+.y
77
jL,Rpr,}]j elf ^ij
9A.2.1.1 Materials_ and Structures.
Concrete surfaces where indicated
Miscellaneous supports for tray, bus duct, conduit, lighting,
ductwork, electric unit heaters, etc.
Structural steel and all ungalvanized steel surfaces
Interior handrail
Doors and frames
9A.2.1.2 Equipment. The following equipment will have an operating
temperature range from ambient to 200 F.
Lighting and 120 volt power panels
Piping, valves, and hangers (uninsulated)
Power roof ventilators
i
9A,2.2 Surfaces Not to be Painted. Some materials or equipment will not
1 require field painting or will have been shop finish painted or field
painted under other specifications. Except as otherwise specified or
directed, the surfaces of the following shall not be painted.
9A.2.2.1 Materials.
Aluminum surfaces
Brass
Bronze
j Bus duct enclosures
Cahle trays
Chromium plated metals
Electrical conductors, insulated or uiainsulated
Electrical Conduits, wireways, and junction boxes (except
as otherwise specified)
Embedments (galvanized)
k Floor plates
cages
Galvanized ductwork, dampers, and fan boxes
Galvanized grating and handrailing
Galvanized metal deck form
Galvanized structural steel
Hardware
Light fixtures, except supports
Polished or machined surfaces
Porcelain enameled surfaces
porcelain bushings
Rotating shafts and couplings
Rubber belts, skirting, gaskets, and idler discs
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 1020x9 1
9A-2
i
r ~
n,
~~9q•SbZJIS'[
I
9A.2,2.2 Equipment.
r -
All mechanical and electrical equipment except as noted
otherwise
9A.2.3 Surfaces to be Touch-up Painted. Damaged areas of shop painted
surfaces shall be repaired by spot priming as required and repainting
with materials of a type and color equal to the shop paint system, Re-
3 pair painting shall be applied as directed to
-produce a finish equal to
the shop paint finish. The following materials and equipment will be
provided with a complete shop applied painting system and shall not be
field painted, except for repair of damaged areas of the finish painted
surfaces as directed by the Owner.
Material and equipment furnished with the turbine generator,
Contract 62,0200
9A.3 PAINT SYSTEMS. Paint systems shall be in accordance with the
following listing, Paint system designations refer to the Coating System
J data Sheets at the end of this section,
1
Material/Equipment Paint System
f Designation Designation
Interior and exterior
shop primed structural
steel shapes and plates System A1F
k Machinery, equipment,
f piping, valves, and
hangers below 200 F System E5F
Shop primed metal
doors and frames System A25F t
Concrete floor and
curbs at the battery d
area System 08 ;
Galvanize touch-up System A19 k
Interior concrete System
C
3
Galvanized surfaces
I System A21
9A,4 MATERIALS.. Paint materials shall be as indicated on the coating
System Data Sheets at the and of this section.
j
`DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71,00001
102089
l
9A-3
i
i
r I
Paint materials shall be delivered in sealed, original labelled containers,
bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color designation,
and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. The manufacturer's recom-
mended application instructions for each type of paint shall be included
with each shipment of paint.
Except for field-catalyzed coatings, all paint shall be factory mixed
in correct proportions and consistency suitable for direct application
in warm weather without addition of thinners. Pigments shall be fully
ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily
and uniformly dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture.
Materials from the same manufacturer shall be applied for all coats in
each field applied coating system. Compatibility of specified field
applied systems with previously coated surfaces shall be determined by
the Contractor. The Owner shall be informed if field applied coatings
wrinkle, lift off, or otherwise deteriorate or fail to adhere to previous
coatings. Materials not specified but required for successful applica-
tion of the specified coating systems shall be as recommended by the
E coating manufacturer.
j When specified materials of a manufacturer have been disconi.inued, only
substitutions recommended by that manufacturer will be accepted.
I 9A.4.1 Manufacturers. Except as otherwise acceptable to the owner,
I 1111 coatings shall be formulated and compounded by manufacturers .tamed in the
Coating System Data Sheets at the end of this section. Coatings by other
manufacturers will be considered for acceptance only when complete in-
formation concerning the following is submitted for evaluation with the
Proposal.
Coating composition
Coating characteristics
Coating performance
Assurance of equal or better quality than the coating
specified
After acceptance of coatings, there shall be no substitutions.
9A.4.2 Colors. Finish paint colors shall be in accordance with the
General List of Colors included in these specifications.
Where colors for surfaces are not indicated, they shall be painted to
match adjacent or similar surfaces.
9A.4.3 Samples. After receipt of the Engineer's color chipa, matching
4 inch by 6 inch sample color chips for each color and sheen of all
selected finish paint colors shall be prepared and three sets of samples
'DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 Vk_d
[ 102089 ]
9A--4
a
submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the correspondence address
in Section 1C. When possible, color samples shall be applied on iden-
tical type materials to which they will be applied on the project.
Formulas for mixing and tinting of colors shall be included with samples.
Materials shall not be shipped to the jobsits until acceptance of color
samples. After examination and acceptance of color samples, the samples
shall become standards of color and sheen for all project painting work.
i
9A,4.4 Data. A list of all proposed painting materials, with Identi-
fying numbers or codes, and product data sheets shall be submitted to the
\I Owner within 60 days after award of contract. The listing shall indicate
the specified system number for which each material is proposed. Mate-
rials shall not be shipped to the ,jobsite until acceptance of the pro-
posed materials.
9A.4.5 Storage of Paint Materials. Paint materials shall be stored
under cover, in a well ventilated area, at a minimum ambient temperature
f of 45 F, and within 10 F of the anticipated surface application tempera-
ture.
A lockable enclosure or area for storage of materials and equipment .;hall
be provided by the Contractor. The enclosure shall be located away from
other structures to minimize fire hazards, in an area a3signed by the
f Owner.
All paint mixing, thinning, and tinting shall be performed in this area.
I
Rags, paint, and solvent'shall be stored in closed metal containers at,
all times.
{
9A.5 SURFACE PREPARATION. All dirt, dust, sands grit, mud, oil• grease,
rust, loose mill scale, and other objectionable substances shall be
removed from surfaces to be painted before applying paint. Surface prep--
oration shall be performed in a manner which will prevent dust and other
airborne particles from contaminating freshly painted surfaces. All oil
or grease shall be removed from surfaces with solvents before starting
mechanical cleaning, I
Manufacturer's instructions for surface preparation and application
requirements peculiar to each material &pplied shall be followed.
Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used for solvent cleaning to avoid
leaving -a film on the surface being cleaned. Surfaces not to be painted
shall be protected from contamination, discoloration, or other damage
resulting from surface preparation operations.
E
j
[DENTON 10567 UEN CONST 71,0000)
E 102089 )
9A-5
ii
Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared so they are free of cracks, pits,
projections, or other imperfections which would prevent the formation of
a smooth, unbroken paint film.
Touch-up paint shall be applied and previously painted surfaces repaired
as required to provide a continuous protective film over each surface to
be painted. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned, rubbed, sanded,
or wire brushed so that edger; of adjacent
paint wise smoothed so they will not be noticeable when p n
feathered or nn o All galvanizing made brittle or otherwise damaged by heat from welding paint or
cutting shall be completely removed.
Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with the latest
edition of the Steel Structures Painting Council surface prerathti
specification as indicated on the Coating System Data Sheetaoa et eonend
of this section and specified herein,
.5,1 Ferrous Metal. All shop coated ferrous metal cleaned ao they are free from dust, dirt, chalk) andallrloose matte
matter,
j The Contractor shall ensure that therehop coated materials are dry and
tightly bonded.
Rough surfaces of shop applied
rubbed with fine galvanized screening nto removerdust8 dirt, or drydoverr
spray.
9A.S,2 Concrete, Concrete surfaces to be
removing all dirt, dust, oil or grease stains# ordotherlforeignpsuba by
stances Oil and grease shall be removed with a solution of trisodium
phosphate, rinsed well, and allowed to thoroughly dry. To provide good
adhesion of the applied paint, surfaces shall be cleaned or roughened as
recommended by the coating manufacturer. Any bleat cleaning of interior
concrete surfaces shall be restricted to the wet or vacuum type. Fine and
othr.r projections shall be removed by stoning, sanding, or grinding.
New concrete floors shall have contamination removed, shall be acid etched,
and shall be rinsed with clear water prior to painting, The contractor
shall ensure that the required acid-alkali balance is achieved and the
surface allowed to thoroughly dry,
9A.5,3 Surface Preparation Crew, A separate surface preparation crew
shall work ahead of the finish painters, properly cleaning and preparing
surfaces for painting,
9A.6 PAINT APPLICATION, Paint shall be applied in accordance with SJPC
Paint Application Specification No. I "Shop, Field, and Maintenance
Fainting," and as specified herein. Paint shall be applied only when
[DENTON 10561 GEN CONST 71,0000]
I 102089
9A-ti
10
i
temperature of surfaces to be painted is abol,e the minimum surface tem-
! patature recommended by the paint manufacturer, Paint shall not be ap-
plied under any of the following conditions.
When the temperature of the surface to be coated is below
40 F, or when air temperature is below 50 F or above 100 F
When insects or windblown dust, dirt, or debris would adhere
to the freshly applied paint
i 1
When atmospheric conditions are causing condensation on the
surface
{ E
3 hen temperature of surface to be
painted is less than 5 F
above the dew point
Painting materials shall be applied in accordance with the paint manufac-
turer's recommendations using competent and experienced painters, Appli-
cation of paint shall be started as directed by the Owner.
Compatibility of field applied coatings with factory primed or factory
finished surfaces shall be checked by spot testing to determine adequate
adhesion or softening of the shop coating. If spot testing indieatea
incompatibility, a tie coat shall be applied or the surface treated as
recommended by the manufacturer of the field paint and acceptable to the
Owner, The Owner shall be notified at once when spot tests 'indicate In-
compatibility.
The application of any paint or coating to a surface shall constitute
acceptance of that surface by the Contractor. If the surface is not
acceptable for painting, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing
E before starting application of the paint or coating,
9A.6.1 Mixing, Paint shall be thoroughly mixed each time any is with-
drawn from the container. Containers shall be kept tightly closed at all
times, except when paint is being withdrawn,
9A.6.2 Tinting. Jobsite tinting of finish coats shall be performed only
when acceptable to the Owner. Only tinting colors recommended by the
manufacturer of the paint being tinted shall be used,
9A,6,3 Thinning, Paints shall not be thinned except as directed by the
paint manufacturer for specific application.
9A,6,4 AP21Ying, Paint shall be applied by air or airless spray equip-
ment except as otherwise specified or acceptable to the Owner. Paint
shall be applied without interruption to all surfaces between corners,
' seams, or other surface breaks. No laps will be permitted except at such
E
t [DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102099
9A-7
i
-r
o~ F
surface breaks, Spray application shall be followed immediately with a
paint brush applied along vertical and lower horizontal edges of steel P
abutting surfaces, edges of connections, and between bolt head
members, s
and nuts, to remov
e all surplus paint and smooth out all runs. All in paint films shall be brushed out immediately. Special precauons
shall be taken with spray applications to prevent drifting or spreading
of airborne material which might damage adjacent equipment$ materislator
Property, Spray gun nozzles shall be held perpendicular
close to the surface being painted to avoid excessive loss of material
into the air, evaporation of volatile paint solvents, and dry overspray
from angle application.
Paint shall be roller or brush applied, as required by the Owner in areas
where spraying may present hazardous conditions to personnel or equip-
ment.
Air spray equipment shall be provided with mechanical agitators~o zlesure
gages, pressure regulators, and moisture traps or separators.
shall be of proper size and type for the paint being applied in each case.
tthe spray he propernozzlecshall be tdry and he paintrusufficient and suita-
Air delivered to
ble pressure i
Airless spray equipment shall be provided withoubleatipcnozzles of
proper size and type for the paint being applied
f
Resin emulsion paints shall be applied by roller whenever the paint manu-
facturer's instructions permit roller application. Resin emulsion paint
shall be brush applied to edges, corners, depressions, and other surfaces
inaccessible *y roller. for ap The oats technique"
toafilletheepores inplithceaprimertion
topcoat be used as recommended
to prevent topcoat bubbling. Other procedures may
by the paint manufacturer and acceptable to the Owner.
Each coat of paint shall be of a visibly different color or shade from
the preceding coat. Paints shall be'factory tinted except as otherwise
acceptable to the Owner.
I
Compliance by the Contractor to the minimum film thickness requirements
for each type of coating will be chocked by the Owner.
-coating shall be applied at the wet film thickness required to obtain the
dry film thickness specified herein.
A minimum of 20 foot-candles of illumination shall be provided for all
surfaces to be painted or coated.
,p
[DENTON 10567 EN CONST 71.00001
1
9A-8
ga,,~Mq y
f~j k , a
5
i
t,
t
Ventilation in the work area shall be adequate to remove all particulates
and solvent vapors. Where natural ventilation is inadequate, a mechani-
cal ventilation system shall be employed, The ventilation system shall
provide a clean air supply during all phases of painting operations.
The Owner shall be notified after completion of each coat of paint and
before application of the next coat. Only after the Owner's inspection
is made will credit be given for that coat. The final coat shall present
visual evidence of complete hiding and uniform appearance.
i
9A.6,5 Curin . The paint manufacturer's recommendations shall be fol-
lowed for minimum drying time between coats and drying time before sub-
mergence of coatings in water or other liquids,
f I i 9A.6.6 Defects, Any finish coats which show sags, checks, blisters,
j teardrops, or fat edges shall be removed and reapplied. Defects in any
undercoats, including shop coats, shall be repaired to the satisfaction
of the Owner before additional paint coats are applied,
9A.7 SAFETY, All painting operations shall be conducted in a manner to
protect all construction personnel and property from accidents or injury
f from falls, vapors, fire, explosion, or other hazard. Federal, state,
and local regulations shall be followed in determinirg safe procedures
for surface preparation and paint application. In addition, all safety
precautions noted on the manufacturer's product data sheets and applica-
tion. instructions shall be observed.
{ Stec. Structures Painting Council "Paint Application Guide No, 3"
(SSPC-PA3) November 11 1982, A Guide to Safety in Paint Application, may
be used as a source of information on safe practices, j
9A,8 CLEANLINESS. Throughout the work, proper dropclotha, masking
tapes, and other protective measures shall be provided and used as neces-
sary to protect surfaces from accidental spraying, splattering, or spill-
ing of paint. Any damaged condition resulting from painting operations
shall be corrected and repaired. Any paint deposited on surfaces not
being painted shall be immediately removed. In case bituminous paints
I are spilled or dropped on any material, the spots shall be cleaned and
painted with aluminum paint before applying the specified paint,
The Contractor shall remove and reinstall, or provide adequate in-place
protection for, all installed hardware, accessories, lighting and elec-
trical components, factory finished materials, and any other materials
that may become splattered or damaged by paint or coating matarials.
Any exposed concrete not specified to be painted which is damaged by
y paint shall be either removed and rebuilt or, where so authorized,
painted at the Contractor's expense with a complete paint system ac-
? caltable to the Owner.
i
J
[DENTON 10567 GtiN CON5T 71,0000
102089
9A-9
L
i
riA1s
m aP piv~s
F
During the progress of work, the premises shall be kept free from any
unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and
debris. Scaffolds and ladders shall be removed when not in daily use,
so they will not interfere with work of other trades.
Upon completion of painting work, the premises shall be left neat and
clean to the satisfaction of the Owner.
9A.9 GENERAL LIST OF COLORS. Finish colors for the designated surfaces
shall be as follows. Colors listed by number and name are selected from
Pittsburgh Paints "Architect/Designer Color Collection." Matching colors
from other manufacturers will be acceptable,
Surface or Equipment Color
Interior concrete walls No. 2522 "Sunny White"
Structural steel No. 4064 "Cadet Blue"
Interior handrail No, 7183 "Eldorado"
Doors No. 4064 "Cadet Blue"
+ Miscellaneous supports No. 4064 "Cadet Blue"
Piping and accessories No. 7183 "Eldorado"
1
(
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 ]
9A-10
i
r
DESCRIPTION: Structural Stec) and MlsceNeneous Metals SYSTEM NO
Environmentai Zones 18 lexterlor, normally dry), 2A (frequently wet by fresh water),
2B Ifrequently wet by salt water), 3B (chemical, neutral) /r
j r A
SURFACE ,
PREPARATION Clean and dry as recommended by paint manufacture(.
COATING DRY FILM
T I S SPECIAL NOTES
i
1
FIRST COAT 3 mils Two component Inorganic zinc (shop applied)
TOUCHUP J3 mile Orpanlc zinc or modified epoxy
I Power tool clean damaged surfaces only,
I i SECOND COAT 4.6 mlla Polyemid*0
poxy tie coot
Apply by mist cost-full coat technique.
THIRD COAT
{ 1,6.2 mile Aliphatic polyurethane
TOTAL SYSTEM 8.6.11 ml Is
i
i COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
{ MANUFACTURER
ii FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
I Anteren N/A Amercoat 88A or Amercost 383HS Amercoat 4606E
Amadock 400
Carbollne N/A 668 or 890
Carbomastlc 16 134
Glidden N/A 6628!27118 or 6 2 40164 6 2 g
6476/6478 6200 Series
Porter NIA Zinc-Lock 308 43 High Build 4600 Series
Tnemec NIA 80.93 Seder 88 ;
Series 72 '
Vaisper N/A 13•P-4 89•W•4HS 40 Series
,y
1
i
BLACK & VEATCH DATE =PFtEPAFA1'eDD ! ENGINEERS•ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET
081689A-II
I
i
w r
l Ei
a it
A
DESCRIPTION: Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals SYSTEM NO.
Touchup for galvanized surfaces not to t» finlah painted A19
SURFACE
I PREPARATION SSPC•SP1 Solvent Cleaning and SSPC•SP3 Power Tool
Cleaning. Remove oil and loose rust.
DRY FILM
COATING TH KNES SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT 2.3 mile Organic zinc rich - light grev color
i
TOUCHUP
SECOND COAT
THIRD COAT
~ I
2.3 mils
TOTAL SYSTEM
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
i COATING
I MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
1 ICarboiine 876
SUboX GAIYanoX
i
Type I
Tnemeo 90.93
velspar 13•F•22
ZRC ZRC Cold
Galvanizing
3 Compound l
1
1 0
a
BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET
ENG(NEERS•ARCHITECTS 071188 JCw
9A-12
'Y:SN.U! jg1a
t
k
i~ tl
, ll
DESCRIPTION: Galvanized Steel and Sheet Metal
I Environmental 7.ones 1A (Interior, normally dry) and 113 (exterior, normally dry) SYSTEM NO,
A21
SURFACE
PREPARATION SSPC•SP1 Solvent Cleanlr g. Surface shall be clean and dry as recommended by
paint manufacturer,
i
I
3 COATING DRY FILM
I THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT
0,6 mlls Wash primer
p
TOUCHUP
N/A
I SECOND COAT 1,6.2 mile Gloss alkyd
THIRD COAT 1,6.2 mils Gloss alkyd
)
I TOTAL SYSTEM
j :5,6.4.5 mUs
E
f ,
P
COATING RODUCT ID
GN
TIFiC
AT10N
MANUFACTURER. FIRST COAT
TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
Ameron Amercoat 178 N/A
Carbollne 1037 WP 5401 ' 6401-
N/A GP-62
Glidden 6290 GP-62
N/A 4660 4660
1 Potter Galvaprep SG N/A
I,A:24 l,A:24
Tnemeo 324210 N/A
Series 2N Series 2H
Valapar 13 Y•8 '
N/A 20 Series 20 Series
I
v
K
~ BLACK & VEATCH
ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARE[) BY
090889 JCW
1 9A•-19
,
r I
rr{iK [iil$
y
'f
DESCRIPTION; Shop Primed Ferrous Metal Surfaces SYSTEM NO,
Environmental Zones 1A Iimterior, normally dry) and 30 (chemical, mild) a 25F
r1
i
i
SURFACE
PREPARATION Clean and dry as recommended by paint manufacturer
SSPC•SP3 Power Toot Cleaning of areas to be touchup paln(ed
l
DRY FILM
i COATING THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
i
FIRST COAT Varles Shop applledr Spot teat for adhesion,
I
3 TOUCHUP 2.3 mils Bar fist coat
3 SECOND COAT 2.3 mile Barrier coat
THIRD COAT 4.8 mile Potyamide epoxy
{ j TOTAL SYSTEM 8.9 mlls Not including shop applled tint coat.
{ PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
COATING
MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
Ameron N/A 186. 186 Ameriook 400
II+
Carboline N/A Rustbond 888 Ruatbomd OHS 890
I Glidden NIA 6206 6206 6240/6462 +
Porter NIA 286 288 4361 Series
Tiemec NIA Series 37 Series 37 Series 86
Velspar NIA 13•R•28 13•R•28 89 Sarles
i
j
1
i p
j BLACK & WATCH DATE PREPARED BY
MWINEERS~ARCH)TECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 071188 ~cw
{
I
9A-14
1t M1 c,
ii
I
„11st!'-;H
~ yl
1
it I
DESCRIPTION; Concrete and Concrete Masonry SYSTEM NO,
Environmental Zones 1A (Interior, normally dry( and 113 (exterior, normally dry)
C3
} F`
SURFACE
PREPARATION Clean, dry, and free of contaminants as recommended by paint manufacturer
f
j COATING DAY FILM
THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT Varies Ma50nr7 tiller applied at rate recommended by manufacturer; for porous
i concrete and concrete masonry only
TOUCHUP NIA
A {
f J SECOND COAT 2.3 mils Acrylic latex (semigloss)
THIRD COAT 2.3 mils Acrylic latex (eemlgloss)
I
TOTAL SYSTEM 4.6 mils Not Including filler
COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MANUFACTURER
FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
! Ameron Amerguard 147 NIA Amerguard ?20 Amerguard 220
Carbolins 3560 N/A 3360 3360
Glidden 6317 NIA
6200 6200
j Porter 898 NIA 34 Series
34 Series
I Tnemso 64.562 NIA
Series 7 Series 7
1
F
I'
BLACK & VEATCH LATE PREPARED BY
ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET
101389 JCW
9A-15
r
i
-7
R41 v:`I
C' „'~~1uyyyppp
n I~
r rJ
!y'
DESCRIPTION; Cosvin-Place Concrete SYSTEMQNO
Environmental Zone 3E (chemical; severe including extreme pHs) C 8
SURFACE Well cured concrete with surface tensile strength no less than 276 psi as required
PREPARATION by manufacturer. Concrete shall be brush blasted or acid etched to remove dirt,
dust, and laltance. Projections shall be ground.
f COATING THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT Varies Spray or roller applied primer/saturate as recommended by manufacturer
i
1
I I j TOUCHUP NIA r .
63 mile Trowel apply base coat, Press fiberglass cloth into bass cost,
SECOND COAT Apply liquid and hardener,
1 THIRD COAT a3 mile Trowel apply topcoat and brush lightly with smoothing liquid.
TOTAL SYSTEM 126 rolls Not Including Primer
I
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
COATING I
I' MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
i
f I
~ Ceilcote Prime with liquid NIA Ceilcrete 696 Ceilcrate 696
,
{ r and hardener
f lceilcrets 6961
j
{ Dudlok Primer 27 NIA Protecto•Lins 900 Protecto•L1ne 900
Protecto•Line 900 S•30 Smoothing a
f Liquid Liquid
1
1
v
I
I ~ f
BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 091286 RRHlCHF
c ENl31NEERS•ARCHI'I'l?CTS
1 9A-16
t
li
DESCRIPTION! Mechanical Equipment
SYSTEM NO
Environmental Zones - 1A Iinterlor, normaify dry) and 18 (exterior, normally dry) C
5F
G
SURFACE Clean, dry, and free of contaminants as recommended by PREPARATION SSPC•SP3 Power Tool Cleaning of areas to be touchup pa nt d manufacturer
i
? COATING DRY FILM
t ICK ESS SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT Varies Shop applied. Spot test for adhesion.
j TOUCHUP 2.3 mFs Barrier :oat
SECOND COAT
2.3 mile Barrier Coat
I
THIRD COAT
1,6.2 mile rt,ea ,
TOTAL SYSTEM
3,6.6 mils Not including shop applied first coat
COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MANUFACTURER
FIRST CW,T TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT i
Ameron N/A
AmGrcoat i$b Amercoat 1$5 6401
Ca+6oline NIA Rustbond 81-18 Rustbond 81-18
AD-61
1 I , Glidden NIA 6210 6210
4560
Keeler d, Long NIA 6000 6853 ,
B•1 Series
j Koppers NIA PUG PUG
.601
I Porter NIA f
286 U•Prime 286 U•Prlme LA,-24
PPG NIA Multlprime 97.682 Multlprime 97.682
i 8.270 5erfea
f Sharwin•Wiltems NIA 86ON2 860W1
854 Series
Tnemec ' N/A Series 37 Series 37 Series 2H ;
Valspar N/A 13•R-28 13•R•28
12 Series
Q
p
LFN K & VEA7CH
ERS• ARCHiTEOTS COATINQ SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED 8V
050788 JCW
9A-17
i
1
r
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
F, age
Section l0A - EYEWASH STATION 1OA-1
10A,1 General 1OA-1
10A,2 Material 10A-I
10A,3 Installation 1OA-1
i
'j
1 e
k
I f
I
i ~
f t
i
J
}
C-
J
i
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089
TC10-1
r
YWntk1 r YS4sT i'.`
VLF'-'fA~
I
,i au~u
1
Section 10A - EYEWASH STATION
f
10A-1 GENERAL. This section covers the eyewash station to be furnished
j and installed as indicated on the drawings. I
' 10A.2 MATERIAL. The self-contained wall mounted eyewash station shall
be McMaster-Carr No. 5515416 or acceptable equal. The station shall bo
furnished comp;.ete with 8 gallon fiberglass tank. -
10AJ INSTALLATION.. The station shall be located adjacent to the bat-
teries as directed. The station shall be clearly labeled with iisstruc-
tions for use,
f
f
f
I }
3
i
{
,
i
y
JD8NTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 102089
10A-1
,
y
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
TALL: OF CONTENTS
Pie
Section 15A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATE-
RIALS
15A-1 thru 15A-12
15A.1 General
15A.2 Turbine 1SA-1
15A.3 Generator and Excitation System 15A-1
15A.4 Controls 15A-3
15A.5 Hydraulic Pressure Unit 15A-7
15A.6 Bearing Lube Oil System 15A-8
Generator Specification and Data Sheet 15A-
15A-12
Section 15B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
'15B-1 thru 158-20
15B.1 General
155.2 Engineering Data 15B-1
15B.3 Correction of Errors 15B1592
15B.4 'Manufactueer'a Technical Services -2
15b.5 Referenced Standards 155-2
159.6 ` Laws and Ordinances 15B-2
15B,7 Environmental Conditions 15B-2
158.8 Materials and Equipment 155-2
f 158,9 Hazardous Materials 152.3
159.10 Identification 15B-3-
1SB,•11 Preshipment Inspection 15E-3,
155,12 Quality As$uranee 15B-3
15B,13` Numbering System 15B-3
15B.14 Nameplates 155-3
158.15 Factory Aseamb.ly 15B-4
158.16 Packaging and Identification of I5B-4
Spare Parts
15B,17 Shop Coating 15B-4
15B.18 Protection 15B-4
158,19 Tools 152-7
15B,20 Alignment and Balance 15B-7
15B,21 Noise Level 15B-7
15B.22, benign coordination 15B-8
15B.23 Lub-rication 15B_8
155.24 Safety Guards 158-8
15B.25 Shaft Couplings 158-8
15B,26- Equipment Bases 158-9
15B.27 Control Power 158-9
15B.28 Auxiliary Power 15B1
15B,29 Raceway 15B-10
1SB-10
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
013190 ]
TC15-.1
Y
Page
158.30 Wiring 15B-10
15B.31 Terminal Blocks 15B-13
15B.32 Fuse Blocks 1SE-13
15B,33 Fuses
158-13
158,34 Electrical Accessory Devices 15B-13
15B.35 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 15B-15
15B.36 Weatherproofing 15B-15
Coating System Data Sheets 15B-16 thru 158-20
Subsection 15BI - SUMP PUMPS 15B1-1 thru 15B1-5
j 15BI.1 General 1561-1
15B1.2 Codes and Standards 15B1-I
15B1,3 Scope 15B1-1
15B1.4 Drawings and Data 15BI-1
15B1.5 Design Requirements 1591-2
1581.6 Water Quality 1581-2
15B1.7 Materials 1581-3
15B1,8 Controls 15B1-3
15B1.9 Pump Characteristics 15B1-4
15B1,10 Characteristic Curves 15BI-4
1531.11. Guarantees 1581-4
15B1.12 Tests 15B1-5
Subsection 1582 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 15B2-1
15B2,1 General 15B2-1
15B2.2 Code Requirements 15B2-1
1582.3 Wall Mounted Portable Fire
Extinguishers 1582-1
k Subsection 15B3 - WELDED STEEL PENSTOCK
SECTIONS 1583-1 thru 15B3-5
1583.1 General 15B3-1
1583.2 Drawings and Data 1583-1
15B3.3 Materials 1583-1
15B3,4 Steel Pipe ISB3-2
15B3.5 Welded Joints 15B3-3
15B3.6 Flanges 15B3-3
15B3.7 Inspection and Testing 15B3-3
1533.8 Protective Coatings 15B3-3
1563.9 Handling 15BI-5
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
i 102089 j
TC15-2
Page
r1
Subsection 15B4 - CONCRETE PIPE 15B4-1 thru 15B4-7
15B4.1 General 15B4-1
15B4.2 Type 15B4-1
15B4.3 Code Requirements. 1584-1
15B4,4 Materials 15B4-2
15B4.5 Basis of Design 15B4-3
15B4.6 Proof-of-Design Tests 1584-3
1584.7 Specials and Fittings 15B4-4
} 1584.8 Marking 1584-5
1584.9 Inspection and Testing 1584-6
15B4.10 Handling 15B4-6
15B4.11 Protective Coatings 15B4-7
15B4,12 Cathodic Protection 1584-7
Subsection 15BS - ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS 15B5-1 thru 15B5-2
1565.1 General 15B5-1
15B5.2 Codes and Standards 15B5-1
15B5.3 Drawings and Data 15B5-1
15B5.4 Design Requirements 1585-1
Subsection 1586 - POWER ROOF VENTILATOR 15B6-1 thru 15B6-8
15B6.1 General 15B6-1
15B6.2 Codes and Standards 1586-1
15B6.3 Drawings and Data 15B6-1
15B6.4 Design and Performance 1586-1
15'66.5 Construction 1586-2,
1586.6 Motor 15B6-3
15B6.7 Accessories 15B6-5
1586.8 Electrical Accessories 15B6-7
15116.9 Capacity 15B6-8
Subsection 15B7 - TEMPERATURE SWITCHES 1587-1
15B7.1 General 1587-1
1587.2 Drawings and Data 15B7-1
Subsection 15B8 - VARIABLE S?EED DRIVE 1588-1 thru 15B8-3
15B8.1 General 15B8-1
15B8,2 Codes and Standards 15B8-1
15B8.3 Design and Construction 15B8-1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 013190 9
T015-3
r
Page
Subsection 15B9 - BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
15B9-1 thru 15B9-2
15B9,1 General
1589,2 Codes and Standards 15B9-1
15B9,3 Design I5B9-1
1589-1'
Section 15C - AREUXCILIARY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
• ETION
150-1 thru 150-5
15C.1 General
15C.2 Code Requirements 15C-1
15C.3 Cleaning 15C-1
I5C.4 Erection Materials 15C-1
15C.5 Location Tolerances I5C-1
15C.6 Piping Connections 15C-2
15C.7 Grouting 150- 150-2
15C.8 Equipment Piping 2
15C.9 Pump Suction Strainers 150-2
150.10 Shaft Alignment 15C-2
15C.11 Doweling 15C-2
150,12 motors 150-3
15C.13 Equipment Checkout 15C.3
150.14 Miscellaneous Equipment 15C-4
150.15 Defects 15C-4
15C.16 Manufacturer's Field Representatives 150-4
150.17 Equipment Protection 150-4
150.18 Repair of Painted Surfaces 150-4.
15C.19 Maintenance Tools' 150-5
_150-5
Section 15D - MISCELLANEOUS PIPING
15D-1 thr
u 15D-20
15D.1 General
15D.2 Code Requirements 15D-1
15D.3 Drawings and Data 15D-1
15D.4 Materials . 15D-1
15D,5 Flexible Hoses 15D-1
15D.6 Service and Type Requirements 15D-2
15D.7 Pipe insulation 15D-2
15D.8 Pipe Joints 15D-3
15D.9 Pipe Sleeves 15D-3
15D.10 Piping Supports 15D-3
15D.11 Pipe installation 150
15D.12 Insulation Installation 15D-7
15D.13 Hanger installation 15D-7
15D.14 Cleaning 15D-8
15D.15 Testing 15D-8
Pipe Support Selection Guides and Hanger 151)-8
Details
15D--10 thru 151)-20
(DENTON 10567 GEN C014ST 71,0000]
t 102089 ]
TC15-4
M
Page
Subsection 15D1 - PIPELINE LIST 15D1-1 thru 13D1-5
151)1,1 General 15D1-1
Pipeline List 1551-2 thru 15D1-5
Section 15E - VALVES 15E-1
15E.1 General 15E-1
15E,2 Drawings and Data 15E-1
15E.3 Valve Application 15E-1
Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST 1581-1 thru 15E1-7
1591.1 General 15E1-1
Valve Lien 15E1-2 thru 1581-7 J
1
Subsection 15E2 BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER
THAN 24 INCHES 15E2-1 thru 15E2-2`
j
15E2.1 General 15E2-1
15E2.2 Valve Application 15E2-1
15E2,3 Code Requirements 15E2-1
15E2.4 Valve Construction 15E2-1
1592.5 VelvM Operators 15E2-2
Subsection 15E3 BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH
AND LARGER 15E3-1 thru 15E3-7
15E3 L General 1583-1
j 15E3.2 Code Requirements 1583-1
j~ 15E3.3 Design 15E3-1
15E3.4 Materials 15E3.1
15E3.5 Components 15E3-2
15E3.6 Valve Operators £5EI-3
15E3.7 Protection 1583-6
1583.8 Testa 15E3-6
15E3.9 Shop Coating 15E3-6
15E3.10 Rating Curves 15E3-6
Coating System Data Sheet 15E3-7
Subsection 15E4 - WAFER CHECK VALVES 1594-L
15E4.1 General 15E4-1
1594,2 Code Requirements 15E4-1
15E4,3 Service Conditions 15E4-1
15E4.4 Valve Construction 15E4-1
15E4.5 Testing 15E4-1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 013190 )
TC15-5
r
Page
Subsection 15E5 - AIR VALVES 15E5-1
15E5.1 General 15E5-1
15E5.2 Valve Application 15E5-1
Subsection 15E6 - BALL VALVES 15E6-1
15E6.1 General 15E6-1
15E6.2 Ball Valves 15E6-1
Section 15F - PENSTOCK INSTALLATION 15F-1 thru 15F-8
15F.1 General 15F-1
15F.2 Drawings and Engineering Data 159-1
15F.3 Governing Standat'a 15F-1
15F.4 Materials 15F-1
15F.5 Welded Joints 15F-2
15F46 Shop and Field Applied Protective
Coatings 15F-3
15F.7 Concrete Pipe Installations 15F-4
15F.8 Handling 15F-5
15F.9 Field Procedure and Installation 15F-5
15F.10 Concrete Encasement 15F-7
{ 15F.11 Cleaning 15F-7
15F.12 Hydrostatic Teat 15F-7
Section 15G - TURBINE-GENERATOR ERECTION 15G-1 thru 15G-25
150.1 General 15G-1
150.2 Manufacturer's Representative 15G-1
15G.3 General,Erection and Installation
~J Procedures 15G-2
15G.4 Additional Work Included Under
Turbine-Generator Erection 15G-17
15G.5 Erection 15G-18
15G.6 Testa and Verification During
and After Erection 15G-18
15G.7 Commissioning Tests 15G-20
Section i5H - STARTUP 15H-1 thru 1511-4
15H.1 General 15H-1
15H.2 Equipment Checks 15H-1
15H.3 Trial Operation of Equipment 15H-2
15H.4 Main Systems Checkout 15H-3
15H.5 On-Line Operational Checks 15H-3.
JDENTON 1056710EN CONST 71.00001
TC15-6
i
f {
Section 15A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
15A,1 GENERAL. The mechanical equipment and materials described in this
section wwilse furnished by the Owner under separate specifications for
3 erection and/or installation by the Contractor.
Except as indicated otherwise herein, all work, materials, and additional
equipment required for complete erection of the equipment, including re-
ceiving from carriers, unloading, and storage prior to erection, shall be
provided by the Contractor. Receiving, handling, and storage shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Section 1G. Mechanical equipment in-
stallation and/or erection shall be in accordance with Section 15F for
i
the penstock and Section 15G for the turbine generator.
s Information describing the equipment will give only an approximate scope
( of the erection work and is not intended to be a detailed itemization of
all work to be dono as a part of these specifications. The manufacturers'
drawings and other information furnished with the specification are listed
in Section 1B, If necessary, supplementer. information may be obtained
from the manufacturer concerning the extent of field erection work, The
weights and dimensions given are approximate.
i 1
A complete set of all manufacturers' shop drawings will be furnished to
E the successful bidder.
All spare parts and maintenance tools provided with Owner-furnish^d
equipment shall be delivered to the Owner.
i
All Owner-furnished equipment is purchased under Specification 10567,62,0200.
! The overall contractor for this specification is Bouvier Hydropower, Inc,,
General Sales Office, 105 Old Matawan Road, P,0, Box 997, Old Bridge, NJ
08857. Throughout the following articles, any other company listed is
acting a's a subcontractor to Bouvier, This information will not be re-
iterated in each article.
F
15A.2 TURBINE, The turbine will be as described herein.
Manufacturer Ateliers Bouvier
Grenoble, France
{ Type Horizontal Francis (overhung)
Model FR 265
Intake type Spiral case
[ Draft tube type Elbow
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 102089 ]
15A-1
c'
r
n•{
FI
{I
f{
x
Runner disch, diameter,
mm (in.) 920 (36.22)
Speed, rpm 450
Runaway speed, max, rpm 906
Maximum output, kW 1,250 @ 99.5' net head and
167 cfs
Center line setting, ft
above T.W. (maximum) 10.5
I ( No. of wicket gates 16
Inertia, lb-ft' 4,120
Servomotor type 1 - double acting/spring +
i closing
Servomotor stroke, mm 182 (rated)
200 (max mechanical)
I
Servomotor volume, gal 0.52
Servomotor pressure, psi 455 (min to open)
800 (normal operating)
Gate opening time As limited by faileafe orifice
I
Gate closing time Orifice to limit to approx
1 minute, closing time to be
finalized by the Engineer
Electrical devices L - linear potentiometer on
gate setvomotor; types
penny & Giles Type LCPX,
SE - 250
1 - pressure differential
transducer to be field
mounted to taps on spiral
case, Transducer provided
by SEDCO (alternatively,
two pressure transmitters
with differential calcula-
tion by PLC)
j
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 J
15A-2
t I
e
ki
!I
4
1(
Electrical termination No turbine electrical device
leads will be brought to a
terminal box. All connections
shall be made at the device,
Total weight, lb 21,000
Heaviest piece to be
moved during construc-
tion - stay ring and
distributor assembly, lb 110000
i
Total weight of runner, lb 11870
i
i ; Stay vane weight, lb 5,280
j Material of stay vanes
I (by ASTM No.) APNOR E24-2 (ASTM A285 Gr B)
Material of wicket gates Aluminum bronze,'AFNOR VA ION
(by ASTM No.) (Later)
Type of lubrication of
i gate bearings Self-lube
! Leakage rate for new
wicket gates, all closed
runner dewatered, gpm Approx 605 gpm @ 93.5 ft head
Complete distributor
J assembly weight, lb 5,700
Draft tube liner weight,
elbow plus straight see-
tion, lb 7,700
S
15A,3 GENERATOR AND EXCITATION SYSTEM, Generator and excitation system
will be as described herein, A Generator Specification Sheet is bound at
the and of this Section 15A.
Manufacturer Ideal Electric Co.
Mansfield, Ohio
Type Horizontal synchronous with
brushless excitation
Rating, kW 1,200; 70 C rise over 50 C
ambient
!
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089
15A-3
!
I
t
mii
t,
ri
Power factor 0.9
Speed, rpm 450
i
Voltage 4,160 - 3-phase
Service factor 1.15
Inertia, lb-ft 2 18,580
Housing type Open drip-proof, top air
discharge
i' Rotation Clockwise when viewed from
j turbine end
i
Shaft weight, lb 3,000
Short-circuit torque +/-.12,339 lb reaction load
Number of stator RTD9 6,100 ohm platinum, 130 C to
alarm, 140 C for shutdown
i Bearing type
i Guide RENK EMNLQ-14-160
Guide/thrust RENK EFZLA-28-280 `
.
i Number of bearing RTDa 3 (1 per guide bearing and 1
in thrust pad), 100 ohm
platinum
i
Number of bearing temp 2 Fenwall 400 temperature
relays relays (1 per bearing),
80 C to alarm (initial) 85 C
for shutdown (initial)
NOTE: After norm operating
temps established, alarm y
norm + 10 C, shutdown
norm + 15 C, 80 C and 85 C
are not to be exceeded.
Vibration switches 2 (1 per bearing), Robert Shaw
Model 366-A8, (5A 0 120 V ac).
Measurement range 0-4.5 g. To
initiate shutdown
j
i
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 j
15A-G
u
H
l`
i
Space heaters 3-phase, 208 volts approx
1600 watts. Number of ale-
ments may vary.
e
Mech speed switch 2 seta spdt contacts rated 3 A
@ 120 V ac, 0.25 A @ 125 V do
(set at an overspeed condition
to be finalized with the
Engineer)
,
Speed sensor 2 active mag pickups with 120
tooth wheel gear for use with
AIRPAX Tach-Pac 3 switch
Termination Above accessory leads will be
brought out and terminated at
j separate terminal boxes
Cooling air 5,000 cfm; back pressure not
to exceed 0,5" H2O
Brake Hydraulic cylinder actuated
j with spring to disengage.
If Operated from pressure and
` solenoid valves on HPU. Brake
to engage at 1.0 percent speed
! after shutdown and on any
I { creep speed indication
f Brake pressure switch Square D, Type ACW-20, dpdt
contacts rated 115/600 V ac/
V dc. Pressure for engaged;
` no pressure for disengaged
f i Brake servo pressure 800 psi
Items mounted in main 3 - lightning arresters I
terminal box 1 -surge capacitor
3 - differential Us
1 - CT for voltage regulator
Components supplied Voltage regulator i
loose and mounted in
control/switchgear Motor-operated potentiometer
cabinets
VAR/PF controller
Min-max excitation limiter
(DENTON 10567 GRN CONST 71,00001
f 102089 ]
15A-5
l
y.V .5 .:fit
ij{gy11~ F .1r
f:
Underfrequency-overvoltage module
2-pole circuit breaker
Power transformer
Manual voltage control
Exciter diode monitor
AIRPAX Tach-Pae 3 switch
Neutral grounding system Separate free-standing cabinet
f including:
C
1 - 4,160/240/120 volt, grounding
transformer, single-phase
1 - secondary resistor, stain-
less steel grid type
j Ac lube pump starter
cubicle NEMA 12 cubicle including:
Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
f
` Red/green indicating lights
Starter, 3-pole, 480 volt
Size 00 with overloads
i Molded case air circuit
breaker, 3-pole, 30 amp,
manually operated
Control transformer, fused type
De lube pump starter NEMA 12 cubicle including:
cubicle
Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
Red/green indicating lights
Starter, 2-poiej 125 V do with
overload
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089 1 s
15A-6
j
f
[4[j
rf
S1
t 15A.4 CONTROLS. Electrical controls and switchgear will be as described
herein.
The metal-clad 5 kV 8witchgear and turbine-generator controls will be
E arranged in a free-standing indoor lineup measuring approximately
96 inches high by 76 inches wide by 86 inches deep, and designed to pro-
tect, monitor and control one Francis type turbine driven synchronous
generator set with a rating of 1,200 kW, 3-phase, 4 wire, 4,160 volts,
60 hertz.
The NEMA 12 turbine-generator control package will be enclosed in a
free-standing floor mounted enclosure measuring approximately 96 inches
I~I high by 72 inches wide by 24 inches deep.
I I f
I The metal-clad switchgear will include the following.
3-pole, 12 amp drawout power vacuum circuit breakers rated
4,150 volts @ 250 MVA (GE)
f 75 kVA station auxiliary transformer, 4,160/480 volt,
3-phase
i
Specified protective relays - utility grade (Basler/GE/Backwith)
{ E~ I Control switches (ESCO Series 24)
I Drawout potential transformers
Bushing mounted current transformers
Mounting and wiring of voltage regulator and accessory
equipment
i
Automatic level controller and submersible transducer
I,
! Indicating lamps and terminal blocks
The turbine-generator control package will include the following.
Automatic flow controller (SEDCO FC340)
Turbine-generator control and protective equipment
Automatic control
Full manual hardwired backup controls
Annunciator equipment
f
i
4 (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 j
15A-7
GE Series six, programmable logic controller
Switchboard metering (GE/Crompton)
Dot matrix printer (Citizen)
Protective relays (GE/Basler/Beckwith)
RTD monitor (Recorder)
Automatic synchronizer (25A). `
w~ Digital penstock flowmeter
Electronic governor (SEDCO GM170)
I
15A.5 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE UNIT. The hydraulic pressure unit will be as
I described herein.-
Manufacturer Anchor Darling Industries, Inc.
i Laconia, N.H.
I Number of motor/pumps 2
Motor type/rating 2 hp, 460 V ac, 1,200 rpm,
3-phase 0,4 hp norm operating
power)
Pump type Parker'PAVC 16
Pump pressure setting, psi 800
Pump capacity, gpm Approx 2.5 (0 800 psi)
Number of solenoid valves Fourt
1 for brake engage,
1 for brake disengage,
2 for wicket gate emer-
gency shutdown
Solenoid rating, V do 110
Wicket gate circuit Servovalve with solenoid valve
shutdown
Servovalve type Parker BD15, two analog
inputs, 0-60 mA current,
60 ohms +/-10 percent
[DENTON 1056710EN CONST 71.00001
'
15A-8
i
;5 Fktg
%
b
Servovalve amplifier board Supplied loose and mounted in
control cabinet
Number of pressure switches 1 dpdt; switch to indicate low
oil pressure, initiating
alarm/shutdown after delay.
Prelim setting at 500 psi de-
creasing
1
Number of level swii-.ches - Three spat:
f 1 - Low Oil Level (alarm)
I i 1 - Low-Low Oil Level (normal
shutdown)
1 High Oil Level (alarm)
Motor starters Mounted on HPU
I
Motor space heaters 1 per motor; 120 volts,
single-phase, approx 200 W
each
Local control Local on/off control for
j _ pump/motors and sol valves
included on HPU
3
! I Miscellaneous 1 filter differential switch
f (alarm) - factory set
Termination All electrical accessory leads
(except for motors) will be
brought out to terminal box on !
HPU tank.
The designated motor/pump will be operated continuously during turbine-
generator operation,
1 15A.6 BEARING LUBE OIL SYSTEM. The bearing lobe oil system will be as
described herein, -
Manufacturer Ideal Electric Co.
M»nsfield, Ohio
Type Forced oil, water cooled, for
generator drive and bearing
only. Opposite drive end
bearing is oil-ring lube.
Number of motor/pumps 1 - primary, 1 - backup
E
E
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 102089
( 15A-9
r,
T
t _
F1
a
Primary motor/pump 460 V ac, I hp, 3-phase,
11 gpm @ 50 psi f'"\
Backup motor/pump 125 V dc, I hp, 13 gpm @
50 psi
Oil sump capacity, gal 38 •6 5 in lines
Cooling water required, 5 (max press 50 psi)
8pm
Number of flow switches 2, spdt; 15 amp - 48 V
(field
ac/0.5 amp
mounted near drive end bear-
ing), Low flow to initiate
shutdown and operation of do
i backup motor/pump. Ac motor/
pump to remain operating dur-
ing shutdown
1, dpdt, 15 A continuous
Number of pressure
switches 1151600 V ac(V dc. Low pres-
sure to initiate shutdown and
operation of do backup motor/
pump. Ac motor/pump to remain
` operating during shutdown
1 _ Number of level switches 1, 5 A - 120 VAC (Switch & i
Switch Load Pack), Lori oil
level to initiate emergency
shutdown
II Number of oil temp 1, 100 ohm platinum RTD,
detectors High oil temperature (49 C)
to initiate shutdown. Low
oil temperature (12 C) to
prevent unit startup {
Immersion heater 500 W, single-phase, 120 V ac.
Heater to be continuously op-
erated (as required by thermo-
statically controlled switch)
Termination All electrical accessory leads
will be brought out/wired to
various terminal blocks on the
unit,
j
(
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 1
15A-10
I
Motor starters Provided separate, field
mounted
Miscellaneous
On turbine start, do motor/pump
to be first started and then
shut down as a check before ac
f motor/pump is operated, Loss
of ac primary motor/pump opera-
Lion to initiate emergency shut-
down and do backup motor/pump
start
i
f
i
t
j 111!
1
i
i
1
x
k
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089
15A-11
I
3 '
7
H r.ASY~
7 2
The generator will be designed and constructed in accordance with the
following requirements.
` Type! Salient pole synchronous
i
Voltage! 4160Y/2400 volts (6 terminals), 3 phase
Power factor! 0.9, over excited
Frequency: 60 hertz, +2 percent, -3 percent
Dutyt Continuous
I Excitation system: Brushless rotating rectifier
Service! Indoor
~ Mountings Horizontal
I j
Ambient temperature ranges -18 C minimum, 50 C maximum
E Enclosure types Dripproof
Bearing typal Split sleeve
Bearing lubrication systems Oil rings, self-cooled
Shafts Solid
i
The generator will be furnished with soieplatea.
' The generator will be furnished with the following temperature
I detectors.
Bearings! Thermocouples or resistance temperature de-
tectore for temperature monitoring, tempera-
ture switches for tripping f
Armature windings! Resistance temperature detectors t
z
I
The generator will be furnished with three current trans-
formers for differential protection, 600:5 ampere ratio, j
C100 accuracy class, and one current transformer for use
with the power factor controller, 600!5 ampere ratio, ANSI
m metering accuracy Class 0.31 8.1-1.0.
O
s The generator rotor and flywheel total inertia (WR2) will be
y a minimum of 42'200 lb-ft2 (referenced to 720 rpm)
a
II cc~~ ppu
DLACX & UGlt~4H PROJUT 10567
ENOINEERS•ARCNITECTS SPEC 71,0000
E
l_ ~J GENERATOR SPECIFICATION
l I AND DATA SHEET
15A-12
I
j
4
(ry ij
2
Section 15B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
15B.1 GENERAL, The mechanical equipment and materials included in this
section shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The equip-
ment and materials are in addition to those specified elsewhere and are
necessary to make a complete operational installation as intended by the
drawings and these specifications.
All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a
complete installation of the equipment shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor.
l The requirements of this section apply in general to mechanical equipment
and materials specified in this Section 15tt Section 15D, Section ISE and
Section 15H. If requirements specified herein are in conflict with re- IIII
quirements specified in the detailed sections or subsections, the de-
tailed sections or subsections shall govern to the extent of such con-
flict.
The Proposal shall be based upon the use of equipment and materials com-
plying fully with the requirements specified herein. It is recognized
that the Contractor may have standardized on the use of certain compo-
nents, materials, processes, or procedures different than those specified
herein. Alternates in addition to the base proposal on the basis of sup-
plying the contractor's standard components, materials, processes, or
k procedures will be considered. The alternate proposal shall clearly
stipulate the alternate proposed, the specific exceptions to the specifi-
cations, and the price change applicable for supplying such alternate,
The following subsections of this section specify the individual equip-
r went requirements for the Contractor-furnished mechanical equipment.
Subsection Title
15B1 SUMP PUMPS
15B2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
1583 WELDED STEEL PENSTOCK SECTIONS
15B4 CONCRETE PIPE
1585 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS
15B6 POWER ROOF VENTILATOR
15B7 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
15B8 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE
€€i I5B9 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
f These specifications covering Contractor-furnished equipment and maters-
ala describe the type, functions, and general arrangements desired, The
j scope of these specifications does not necessarily cover all design de-
tails and features,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102189 ]
LSB-1
f
s
15B,2 ENGINEERING DATA. The Contractor shall submit data to the Engi-
neer covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished
under these specifications. The engineering data shall be submitted as
specified in Section 1C, and not later than 60 da s after
tract, y award of con-
15B,3 CORRECTION OF ERRORS. Equipment and materials shall be complete
in all respects the limits herein outlined. All errors or omis-
sions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by the manufac-
turer or his duly authorized representative at the Contractor's expense,
15B.4 MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL SERVICES. Manufacturer's technical serv-
ices ahall be provided where indicated in the equipment subsections.
15B,5 REFERENCED STANDARDS, Reference to the standards of any technical
f society, organization`r association, or to the laws, ordinances, or
~ codes of
governmental authorities shall mean the latest standard, code,
or specification adopted, published, and effective at the date of taking
bids unless specifically stated otherwise in these specifications,
f !
The specifications, codes, and standards referenced in these specifica-
tions (including addenda, amendments, and errata) shall
govern
in all
cases where references thereto are made. In case of conflict between the
referenced specifications, codes, or standards and these specifications,
the latter shall govern to the extent of such difference.
15B,6 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. All work covered by this section shall be
1 performed in accorda-'nce`with all applicable municipal codes and ordi-
nances, and the laws and regulations of the state of Texas, which pertain {r
to such work, In case of conflict between these specifications and any
state law or municipal ordinance, the latter shall govern.
15B,7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, Unless otherwise specified, equipment
furnished shall be design` and constructed to be suitable for operation
under any of the following site environmental conditions,
shall be guaranteed to provide the specified capacities andTflowgrateant
when the equipment is operating within the limits of the design environ-
mental conditions.
Mean elevation 476 feet above sea level
i
Barometric pressure 29.4 inches Hg absolute
Maximum design outdoor
temperature 99 F dry-bulb
17 F wet-bulb
Minimum design outdoor
temperature 22 F dry-bulb
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ,
156-2
15B.8 MATERIALS AND E UQ IPMENT, Unless specifically provided otherwise
in each case, all materials, and equipment furnished for permanent instal-
lation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifications
and shall be new, unused, and undamaged.
Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so
that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field.
Like parts of duplicate unite shall be interchangeable.
15B.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. All shipments of hazardous materials shall ,
be identified on the materials list. A copy of the hazardous materials
documentation required by the article entitled HAZARDOUS MATERIALS in the
General Conditions shall be included with the materials list and shall
also be included with the shipping papers attached to the shipment.
i
15B.10 IDENTIFICATION. All correspondence, specifications, engineering
data, and other documents pertaining to the equipment and materials fur-
? niched under these specifications shall be identified b the Owner's
j name, the project name, the unit number; the specification number, and
the Engineer's project number,
15B.1I PRESHIPMENT INSPECTION. The Owner reserves the right to inspect
the equipment prior to shipment.
E
F The Contractor shall notify the Owner of all shipments not leas than
II 1 10 days prior to the date of shipment to allow the Owner to inspect the
4 equipment if so desired.
` 158.12 UALYTY ASSURANCE. The Contractor shall maintain a gualit as-
surance program that provides that equipment, materials, and services
Z under these specifications, whether manufactured or performed within the
Contractor's plant or at any other source, shall be controlled at all
points necessary to assure conformance to contractual requirements. The
j program shall provide for the prevention and ready detection of discrep-
ancies and for timely and positive corrective action. The Contractor
shall make objective evidence of quality conformance readily available to
the Owner and the Engineer. Instructions and records for quality assur-
ante shall be controlled.
j 158.13 NUMBERING SYSTEM. The Engineer will establish an identification
numbering system to provide consistent numbering throughout the gener-
ating unit. All electrical devices, control and instrumentation equip-
ment, valves, and other items of similar nature shall be permanently
identified with the identification number supplied by the Engineer.
Except as specified otherwise in these specifications, the identification
shall be engraved on stainless steel or laminated phenolic tags or name-
plates at the option of, and as acceptable to, the Engineer and perma-
nently affixed to the device. The Engineer's identification numbers
shall be included on the manufacturer's drawings.
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
l 102089 1
15B-3
I
Fi
t.'
t•
'•t
tk
158.14 NAMEPLATES, Nameplates shall be furnished when specified in the
detailed specification subsections. Nameplates shall be made of lami-
nated black phenolic engraving stock with white core. The lettering
shall be not less than 1/4 inch square, bold engraved through the outside
layer so that the letters are the color of the core. Nameplates shall be
attached to the equipment with stainless steel panhead screws.
15B.15 FACTORY ASSEMBLY, Equipment shall be shipped completely factory
assembled, except when the physical size, arrangement or configuration of
the equipment, or shipping and handling limitations make.the shipment of
completely assembled equipment impracticable,
158.16 PACKAGING AND IDENTIFICATION OF SPARE FARTS. Spare parts shall
be shipped in heavi3y constructed wooden boxes. The boxes shall be de-
signedas permanent storage enclosures. Separate boxes shall be used for
the spare parts for each major piece of equipment. Where applicable,
boxes shall be designed and constructed for return shipment of damaged or
worn components for repair.
I ~
Spare parts shall be protected from damage due,to moisture and dirt ac-
cumulation during an extended storage period by use of special coatings,
airtight membranes, bags of desiccant, or other means acceptable to the
! Engineer and Owner.
E Each box shall be marked with the large painted legend as follows.
CITY OF DENTON; TEXAS
I RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
SPARE PARTS FOR _ (Name of Equipment)
ERECTION CONTRACTOR DO NOT OPEN EXCEPT WITH PROJECT FIELD
MANAGER'S PERMISSION
A weatherproofed itemized list of the contents shall be attached to the
outside of each box, A similar list shall be inside each box.
15B.17 SHOP COATING. All metallic surfaces subject to corrosion shall
be protected by suitable coatings applied in the shop. Surfaces which
will be inaccessible after assembly shall be protected for the life of
the equipment, The surfaces shall be cleaned and prepared in the shop,
Exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled
as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Surfaces to
be finish painted after installation, or requiring paint for corrosion
protection until installation, shall be shop painted with one or more
coats of paint'as hereinafter specified.
15B,I7.1 Painting. Shop coating systems for steel equipment and other
ferrous metal surfaces shall be as specified on the indicated Coating
System Data Sheets, included at the end of this section, Where specific
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
[ 102089 ]
15B-4
I
1
J
l
t[
yet _ .M
~ t
y 1 ~
N
products are not listed, the coating materials shall meet the criteria
indicated, Where specific products are listed, coating materials by
other manufacturers may be acceptable. In either case, information
assuring conformance with the specified criteria shall be submitted with
the Proposal.
1
Coatings shall not be applied when the surface temperature is within 5 F
of the dew point.
I
1.5B.17.1.1 Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment including panels,
switchgear, or control centers, transformers, motors, and other aim-
ilar equipment shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance with
J Coating System Data Sheet El.
15B.17.1.1.1 Touchup Paint. The Contractor shall furnish sufficient
h ` touchup paint for repairing 25 percent of the area on all exterior fac-
tory painted surfaces of each item of electrical equipment. The touchup
paint shall be of the same type and color as the factory applied paint
and shall be carefully packed to avoid damage during shipment. Complete
painting instructions shall be furnished.
15B.17.1.2 Mechanical Equipment, Mechanical equipment including pumps,
compressors, valves, valve operators, dampers, damper drives, mills,
grinding apparatus, external piping surfaces and supports, conveying
machinery, and other similar equipment shall be cleaned, prepared, and
€k coated in accordance with Coating System Data Sheet ESP,
No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of field welded
f
connectiona,
j 15B.17.1.3 Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals. Structural steel
and miscellaneous metals including all items fabricated of structural and
U I miscellaneous steel such as ducts, hangers, supports, and similar fab-
ricatad steel assemblies shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in
accordance with Coating,System Data Sheet A1P,
No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of field welded
connections.
15B.17.1.4 Hot Metal Surfaces. Hot metal surfaces include metal sur-
faces of electrical or mechanical equipment or structural steel and mis-
cellaneous metals as defined hereinbefore which have an operating or
service temperature above 200 F and which will not be insulated and
{ lagged.
f
f
E,
i
jDENTON I0567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 J
i 15B-5
{:e
tL4!'k3 kGj
f
'g'B:e6 Qj
tl
Hot metal surfaces shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance r
with the following.
Surface Temperature Coati!% System
200 F to 450 F A8P
451 F to 750 F A9P
751 F to 1,000 F ATOP
No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of field welded
connections.
158.17.2 Preservative Coatings. Ferrous surfaces which should not be
painted and are subject to corrosion shell be protected with preservative
coatings. All preservative coatings which are used to protect surfaces
of equipment that are exposed to the feedwatar or steam shall be com-
pletely water soluble. Other surfaces shall be coated with rust-
f reventive compound, equivalent to Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum
"R-9." The manufacturer and manufacturer's designation of all preserva-
tive coatings proposed to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer for
acceptance prior,to application.
Machined surfaces of weld-end preparations shall be coated with consum-
able rust-preventive coating equivalent to "Deoxaluminite" manufactured
by Special Chemicals Corp., or "Bloxide" manufactured by Tempil Division
of Big Three Industries.
1 15B.17.3. Galvanizing. Galvanizing specified in the detailed specifica-
tions shall be in accordance with the following requirements.
Structural steel members and steel assemblies shall be "pickled" after
all cutting, punching, reaming, drilling, tapping,'and other fabrication
processes which would damage galvanizing, have been completed. The
pickling shall be done in accordance with the latest accepted praotice
and all continue until all scale, rust, grease, and other impuritieized
have been completely removed. The steel shall then be hot dip galvan
in accordance with ASTM A123.
I
Where either member to be bolted is galvanized and where required by the
detailed specifications, erection and structural bolts shall be galva-
nized in accordance with ASTM A153.
158.18 PROTECTION. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise
suitably protected during shipment, handling, and storage.
having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be protected by weathertight
enclosures.
i
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001 '
{ 102089 l
15B-6
u
rf
Coated surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discolora-
tion, and other damages, Surfaces which are damaged shall be repaired.
Electrical equipment, controls, and insulations shall be protected
against moisture and water damage. All external gasket surfaces and
flange faces, couplings, rotating equipment shafts, bearings, and like
items shall be thoroughly
cleaned coated
, with rust-preventive compound
as specified above, and protected with suitable wood, metal, or other
substantial type covering to ensure their full protection. All exposed
threaded parts shall be-greaaed and protected with metallic or other sub-
atantial type protectors.
All piping, tubing, and conduit connections on equipment and other equip-
ment openings shall be closed with rough usage covers or plugs. Female
threaded openings shall be closed with forged steel plugs, The closures
I shall be taped to seal the interior of the equipment, Open ends of
pip- ing, tubing, and conduit shall be sealed and taped.
15B,19 TOOLS. The Contractor shall furnish and ship with each piece of
equipmenC one set of all special tools required for dismantling and main
I tenance of the equipment. The tools shall be shipped in separate heavily
constructed wooden boxes provided with hinged covers and padlock hasps.
Maintenance tools for each piece of equipment shall be boxed separately
and the boxes shall be marked with the large painted legend as follows.
i J CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
MAINTENANCE TOOLS FOR (Name of Equipment)
ERECTION CONTRACTOR DO NOT OPEN EXCEPT WITH PROJECT FIELD
MANAGER'S PERMISSION k
I
i
A weatherproofed itemized list of the contents shall also be attached to
the outside of each box.
The maintenance tools shall include all special handling rigs, bare, 1
slings, and cable. All maintenance tools shall be in new and unused con-
dition and shall become the property of the Owner.
158,20 ALIGNMENT AND BALANCE. All rotating parts shall be true and dy-
namically balanced. Excessive noise or vibration, in the opinion of the
Owner, will be sufficient cause for rejection of the equipment. All ro-
tating equipment shall be balanced at the factory.
All rotating equipment, except electric motors, shall be factory balanced
to a level such that vibration displacement in mils peek-to-peak is not
l
f
i
F
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 j
15B-7
f
'z
`F
Mkt
i,
13
(4
1
~f
more than indicated under "FAIR" on IRD Mechanalysis, Inc. Curve 305D)
"General Machinery Vibration Severity Chart," or as required for relia-
bility and longevity, whichever requirement, as determined by the Engi- °
veer, is the more stringent. Electric motors shall be balanced by the
manufacturer in accordance with NEMA standards,
158.21 NOISE LEVEL, The equivalent "A" weighted sound level, measured
at 5 feet elevation above floor level and 3 feet horizontally from the
base of any of the equipment furnished under these specifications, ex-
pressed in decibels to a reference of 0.0002 micr.obar, shall not exceed
85 dBA except as otherwise specified. For indoor equipment, the Con-
tractor shall assume the environment is hardwall construction.
15B.22 DESIGN COORDINATION. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
l selection and design of all equipment and materials which will provide
! the beat coordinated performance of the entire system. Components of ro-
tating equipment shall be selected so that the natural frequency of the
complete unit is not at or critically near the operating range of the
unit, Where actual design characteristics of proposed components vary
from those quoted in the Proposal or specified, the Contractor shall take
these into account in the establishment of design criteria for related
I components. The Contractor shall coordinate the interconnection of all
electrical devices specified herein.
j '
158.23 LUBRICATION. Equipment shall be lubricated by systems designed
for continuous operation, Lubrication systems shall not waste lubricants
and shall not require attention during startup and shutdown, or routine
inspection more frequently than once weekly,
Oil lubricant level indicators shall be furnished and marked to indicate
proper levels under both standstill and operating conditions.
15B,24 SAFETY GUARDS. Guards shall be provided for protection of per-
sonnel from all exposed moving and/or rotating machine elements.
Each guard shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel plate having a minimum
thickness of 10 BWG and designed for easy installation and removal. Nec-
essary supports and accessories shall be furnished with each guard.
Guards for outdoor installation shall be galvanized,
15B.24.1 Horizontal Shaft Equipment, Safety guards for horizontal
shafts, Shaft couplings, belt sheaves, etc,, shall be of the inverted "U".
design with aides extending to the equipment base or baseplate,
158,24.2 Vertical Shaft Equipment. Safety guards for vertical shafts,
shaft couplings, etc., shall be of 360 degree construction with bolted
vertical joints. Hinged sections shall be provided for Inspection of
couplings and glands,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 I
15B-8
i
j
1f
'Sl L, rs.
It
158.24.3 Belt Guards. Belt guards shall be fabricated from 1/2 inch,
18 US gauge, flattened, carbon steel expanded metal. Belt guards shall
be complete with supports of 1/8 inch minimum thickness, accessories, and
braces. The entire assembly shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrica-
tion.
A permanent metal tag shall be attached to each belt guard. The tag
shall indicate the manufacturer's model number, size, and style of re-
placement belt sets,
Grease fittings shall be extended through the safety guards. Each belt
guard shall also be furnished with holes suitable for insertion of a
I i tachometer.
i ~
€ 158,25 SHAFT COUPLINGS. Shaft couplings shall be used between all
drives and driven equipment. Couplings shall be attached to driver and
driven shafts by press fits and keys. Couplings shall be of f,he all
metal lubricated gear flexible type, Koppers "Fast" or acceptable equal.
Shaft couplings shall be sized to transmit the maximum brake horsepower
i requirements of the driven equipment with a service factor of not less
t j than 2.
15B.26 EQUIP MENT BASES. A cast iron or welded steel baseplats shall be
provided for all rotating equipment which is to be installed on a con-
crete base. Each baseplate shall support the unit and its drive assembly
and shall be of a neat design with pads for anchoring the units. Base
plates for equipment subject to water or oil leakage shall be provided
with a raised lip all around and shall have a threaded drain connection.,
I 158.27 CONTROL POWER. Electrical power for control and instrumentation
will be a nominal 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz, alternating current,
I or a nominal 125 volt direct current, The Contractor shall provide any j
devices required for proper operation and protection of the equipment
during electrical power supply and ambient temperature fluctuations de-
scribed in the following paragraphs.
All do electrical control devices shall be designed for continuous opera-
tion on an ungrounded station battery at any voltage from 100 to 140 volts
de, Electrical devices served from this supply shall not impose any
ground connections on it.
+
All ac electrical, control devices shall, unless otherwise specified, be
designed for continuous operation at any voltage from 102 to 132 volts
alternating current. The drop-out voltage shall be less than 75 volts
for relays and 90 volts for contactors and starters. Alternating current
electrical control devices operating at nominal voltages other than
j 120 volts shall be designed for continuous operation over proportional
voltage variations.
3
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 J
158-9
77
i
All devices shall be guaranteed to operate satisfactorily under voltage
conditions specified in the above paragraphs and at a range of ambient r.,
temperatures and from 40 C to 0 C indoors.
15B.28 AUXILIARY POWER. Auxiliary equipment, such as motors, trans--
formers, and rectifiers, requiring electrical power shall be designed to
operate from one of the nominal electrical power sources as follows.
Volts Phase Hertz
120 1 60
125 do (Emergency)
3 60
480
208
480 3 60
Alternating current motor voltage ratings with relation to horsepower
shall be in accordance with the following.
i
Horsepower Volta Phase
Below 3/4 115 1
3/4 and above 460 3
Variations from motor design voltages specified must be acceptable to the
Engineer.
15B.29 RACEWAY. Unless specified otherwise* all raceway interconnec-
tions between devices, panels, boxes, and fittings shall conform to
ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. All conduit connections shall be of the threaded
type. Unless specified otherwise, all conduit shall be hot-dip galva-
nized rigid steel. All conduit entering outdoor enclosures shall enter
through Efcor "Water-Tate" malleable iron hubs or threaded openings.
158.30 WIRING. In general, all devices furnished under these specifica-
tions and requiring electrical connections shall be designed for wiring
into electrical enclosures with terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall
be furnished for conductors requiring connection to circuits external to
the specified equipment, for internal circuits crossing shipping splits,
and where equipment parts replacement and maintenance will be facili-
tated.
Splices will not be permitted in control wiring or instrument leads,
All spare contacts on all electrical devices except control switches and
lockout relays shall be wired out to accessible terminal blocks for fu-
ture external connection. One spare normally open and one spare normally
closed contact on each control switch and lockout relay shall be wired
out to terminal blocks.
I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 )
15B-10
V
F
is
All wiring leaving an enclosure shall leave from terminal blocks and not
from other devices in the enclosure,
Auxiliary equipment such as terminal blocks, auxiliary relays, or contac-
tore shall be readily accessible, Auxiliary equipment shall be located
in compartments, enclosures, or junction boxes in such arrangement that a '
serviceman will have direct access to the equipment without removal of
barriers, cover plates, or wiring.
Terminal blocks for external connections shall be grouped in the instru-
ment and control compartment for easy accessibility unrestricted by in-
terference from structural members and instruments. Sufficient space
shall be provided on each side of each terminal block to allow an orderly
arrangement of all leads to be terminated on the block, Arrangement of
circuits on terminal blocks shall be such that all•connectiona for one
'I
circuit plus any spare conductors shall be on adjacent terminals.
Terminal blocks shall not be mounted in compartments containing cables o
buses operating at voltages above 600 volts. r
` I All electrical, cables shall be conservatively selected for the electrical
and environmental conditions of the installations and shall be of the
E beat construction for the service where unusual service conditions are
encountered. Oil resistant and proper temperature application cable
i shall be used throughout. Except where required to be otherwise to per-
form satisfactorily in the service, all electrical conductor B, stranded copper, 14 AWG or larger. MI cable isnot acceptable,
Control panel and cabinet wiring shall be stranded copper conductor with
flame retardant cross-linked polyethylene insulation rated 600 volts and
E shall meet the requirements of UL 44 for Type SIS. The insulation shall
also meet the requirements of rCEA S-66-524, Paragraph 7.8.3.1, and shall
be Rockbestos Firewall SIS, General Electric Vulkene T
No. 57275, or acceptable equal, Ype SIS, SI
General service power and control cables, integral to the equipment fur-
nished but not internal wiring of control cabinets or panels, shall be
' rated for the maximum service voltage but not less than 600 volts. Power
conductors and single conductor control cables shall have ethylene propy-
lens rubber insulation with a neoprene conductor jacket, and multiconduc-
for control cables shall have flame resistant cross-linked polyethylene
j conductor insulation and an overall neoprene jacket or acceptable equal
insulation systems, except NEC Type SF-2 silicone rubber insulated cable
with braided glass jacket shall be used where ambient conditions cause
conductor operating temperatures to exceed the temperature ratings of the
general service cable insulation furnished.
.
r
f
J JMTON 19567 GEN CONST 71,00001
I 102089 j
156-11
fJ
T
ii
l
f:
F
Control conductor terminal connectors shall be compression type connec-
tors properly sized for the conductor and the terminal. The connectors
shall be constructed of copper and shall be tin plated. The interior
surface of the connector wire barrel shall be serrated, and the exterior
surface of the connector wire barrel shall be furnished with crimp
guides.
Noninsulated terminal connectors are acceptable for conductors terminated
on devices equipped with individual fitted covers, such as General Elec-
tric Type SB-1 control switches and General Electric Type HEA lockout re-
lays. All other terminal connectors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG
shall be preinsulated ring type.
Preinsulated terminal connectors shall include a vinyl sleeve, color
i coded to indicate conductor size.
i
Ring type connectors shall be manufactured by AMP, 3M, or acceptable
equal.
Each terminal block, terminal, conductor, relay, breaker, fuse block,
and other auxiliary device shall be permanently labeled to coincide with
the identification indicated on the drawings. All terminals provided for
i termination of external circuits shall be identified by inscribing
circuit designations acceptable to the Engineer on the terminal block
marking strips with black paint. All other wiring terminations shall be
identified by printing on conductor identification sleeves. A conductor
{ identification sleeve shall be provided on each end of each internal
conductor. Each sleeve shall be marked with the opposite end destination t
identification described in the section titled WIRING DIAGRAMS. Conduc-
tor identification sleeves shall be not less than 1/2 inch long and shall
be as manufactured by the Dura Mark Company, Port Washington, New York or
acceptable equal. Conductor identification shall be printed on the
sleeve with a Thomas & Betts Company Catalog No, WT163M-1 marking pen,
Panduit Corp. Part No. PX marking pen, or acceptable equal. After in-
scription of the conductor identification, the marking sleeve shall be
coated with clear acrylic spray coating, Krylon No. 1303 as manufactured
by Borden, Inc., or acceptable equal. Conductor identification shall be
permanent, unaffected by heat, solvents, or steam, and not easily dis-
lodged. Adhesive labels are not acceptable.
The arrangement of connections on terminal blocks shall be acceptable to
the Engineer.
All connections requiring disconnect plug and receptacle type devices
shall be provided with factory terminated conductors on each plug and
receptacle. Plugs and receptacles shall be factory wired into junction
boxes containing terminal blocks for external connections. All conduc-
tors on the disconnect portion of plug receptacle assemblies shall be in
a common jacket,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I 102089 J^~~
15B-12
tl
F'
.~I
All temporary wiring installed in the factory for equipment testing shall
be removed prior to shipment of the equipment.
15B.31 TERMINAL BLOCKS. Terminal blocks shall be furnished with white
marking strips and, where permitted by the safety codes and standards,
shall be without covers, Spare unused terminals shall be furnished on
each birminal block for circuit modifications and for termination of all
coniuctors in a multiconductor control cable. Not less than two spare
unused terminals shall be furnished for every 10 terminals used.
Fuses sUaLl n b
urinal blocksnoranglenmountingeofiterminal blocks. Neither will be e acceptable
All terminal blocks, except internal terminal blacks in factory prewired
{ electronic systems cabinets, shall be rated 600 volts minimum and shall
have strap screw terminals, Terminal bloc.;-3 for 10 AWG and smaller
600 volt insulated conductors shall be Marar.l,on 1500 Series or acceptable
equal. Terminal blocks shall be appropriately sized for larger wire size
i or highsr voltage insulated incoming conductors as necessary.,
I 1511.32 FUSE BLOCKS, Where fuse blocks rated 30 amperes, 250 volts are
G' required, they shall be modular typewith bakelite frame and reinforced
H25030-2SR
retaining clips. Blocks shall be Class H, 2-pole, Model No.
{ I screw terminal fuse blocks as manufactured by Underwriters Safety Device
1 Co., 7300 West Wilson Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60656 or acceptable
equal. Blocks for other current and voltage ratings shall be similar in'
construction and by the same manufacturer.
j 15B.33 FUSES. Where slow blow fuses are required for protection of
equipment, they shall be Busemann Type MDL, or acceptable equal, with
ampere ratings of 114, 1/2, 1, or 2. Where fast acting fuses are re-
quired for protection of equipment, they shall be Bussmann Type NON, or
acceptable squal, with ampere ratings of 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, or 30.
15B,34 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY DEVICES. E?ectrical accessory devices shall
be furnished in accordance with the requirements stated herein unless
otherwise specified in the detailed specification sections.
15B.34.1 Control Relays, General service auxiliary relays shall be
Gould Incorporated I-T-E Imperial) Type J1OA, J11A, J13P, or acceptable
equal, Where current carrying requirements exceed the capacity of the
f general service auxiliary relays, auxiliary relays shall be General
h Electric Type HFA or HGA, Westinghouse Type MG-6, or acceptable equal,
j Timing relays where the delay period is 3 minutes or less shall be Gould
Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) Type J12A or acceptable equal, Timing
relays where the delay period may exceed 3 minutes shall be Agastat
Series 7000 or acceptable equal,
t
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 )
15B-13
s
it
F
y nakt.t _ y
t{iylyy
~ X61 G1'.y.
F+
Gould Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) relays shall be purchased directly
from the Gould Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) relay manufacturing plant
and not from any warehouse or assembly center.
15B.34.2 Push Buttons and Selector Switches. Push buttons and selector
switches shall be heavy-duty oiltight, Honeywell Micro Switch Type PT,
Square D Class 9001 Type K, or acceptable equal. Toggle switches shall
be Honeywell Micro Switch Type TL or acceptable equal,
15B.34.3 Indicating Lights. Status indicating lights shall be Honeywell
Micro Switch Type PTW, with Type 387 lamps, plastic lenses, and appropri-
ately sized resistors.
Indicating light lens colors shall be coordinated with indicated condi-
tions as specified in the following table. Indicating lights shall be
energized when the condition exists and shall be de-energized when the
condition does not exist.
Lens Color Condition'
! ~ 1
f, Red Equipment energizad, such as
1 motor running, valve open, or
J breaker closed
I i
I I Green Equipment de-energized, such '
E as motor stopped, valve
closed, or breaker open
j 1 White
Equipment abnormality, such as
E motor trip or breaker trip
Li 158.34,4 Alarm Contacts. Alarm contacts for remote annunication shall
be suitable for operation at 125 volts dc. Alarm contacts shall be
normally open contacts which close on alarm condition.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 J
15B-14
j
i
C
f
15B,35 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS, Molded case circuit breakers used
in equipment furnished under these specifications shall be as listed in
the following table.
I
AC SERVICE
I
Interrupting Capacitv (NEMA
Service Frame Try, B AC DC
P ymmetrical
Poles Volts Rating Rain a Amperes Volts Am ores Volts
ac amperes amperes
f 1 120 100 1.5 - 100 100000 120 51000 125
2 208 100 15 - 100 10,000 208 50000 250
,r
2 480 100 15 - 100 140000 480 100000 250
3 208 100 15 - 100 10,000 208
3 480 100 15 100 140000 480
3 480 225 18,000 .480 * * ,
1
*The construction of all 3-pole circuit breakers furnished
{ under these specifications shall be equivalent to the single-
pole and 2-pole circuit breakers specified, This shall In-
clude heavy-duty construction and spacing between poles as
required for do rated circuit breakers,
J ~
f DC SERVICE
€IIII i
I E
Interrupting Capacitv (NEMA)
Service Frame Tri S AC DC
P ymmetrical i
Poles Volts Rating Range Am erea Volts Am ores
P Vo
do lts
I amperes
amperes E
! 2 125 100 15 - 100 10000 120 51000 125
158,36 WEATHERPROOFING, All outdoor electrical equipment and all appur-
tenances shall, be designed for satisfactory operation during 60 mile per
hour wind and driving rain. All exposed unpainted parts shall be fabri
Gated of corrosion resisting metal. All ventilating openings shall be
louvered on outdoor electrical equipment to prevent entrants of rain
under weather conditions described above, All ventilating openings on
outdoor electrical equipment shall be equipped with fine mesh filters and
stainless steel bug screens,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
1 102089 ]
J5B-15
j~
I
t'R4? pi31-,. ~
j1~ fL3
C'v1 J
:t1
DESCRIPTION; Structural Steel and M(acellaneoua Metals SYSTEM NO
j Environmental Tones 1A (interior, normally dry), 18 {exterlor, normally dry), A 7 P
2A (frequently wet by fresh water), 28 (frequently wet by salt water)
SURFACE SSPC-SP6 Commerclel Bleat Cleaning.
PREPARATION Profile depth 1 to 2,6 mils as recommended by
paint manufacturer,
COATING THR KFILM SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT 3 mNa Two component Inorganic Zino with a minimum
76 percent zinc by weight In dry film
3 mila Organic zinc or modffled epoxy.
TOUCHUP Power tool clean damaged surfaces only {shop or
` }laid applledL
SECOND COAT
I! . THIRD COAT
TOTAL SYSTEM f 3 mile
E COATING 'PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
i MANUFACTURER. FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
1 Arneron Dlmatcote 9 FT Amercoat 68A or
i j Amerlook 400
Carboline Carbo Zinc 12 866 or I
Carbomestlo 16
Glidden 5638/6637 6526/27128 or
647616478
Porter Zlnc•Lock 312 Zino-Lock 309
Tnemea 90E•76 80.93
Valapar 13•F•11 13-G-14 ±
i
BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
ENGINEERS.ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET
081688 JCW
158-16
II
1
;i
DESCRIPTION: Ferrous Metal Surfaces
Surface Tsmpersturea up to 750 F SYSTEM N0.
A9P
SURFACE SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning
PREPARATION Profile depth 1 to 2 mile as recommended by
Paint manufacturer,
I COATING DRY FILM
SPECIAL NOTES
~I
FIRST COAT 2.5 m0s Zino rich primer whh a minimum 78 percent
zinc by weight !n dry flim,
TOUCHUP 2.5 His Zinc rich primer,
Pbwer tool clean damaged surfaces only.
i
r SECOND COAT
THIRD COAT
E TOTAL SYSTEM 2.5 mill
F
I
^OATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP
SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
Ameron EZIIA
f
EZIIA
Carboilne Carbo Zinc 11 Carbo Zinc 11
10 U
Glidden 6630/6531 6630/5531
Tnemec 90E 92
90E•92
Wlspar 13•F•12 13.014
t
O
BLACK & VEATCH
ENGINEERS.IRCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED BY
i
071188 JCW
I
15B-L7
y
~i
DESCRIPTION; Electrical Equipment SYSTEM NO
j Environmental Zones - to llnter)or, normally dry), 1B (exterior, normally dry). C r~
c 1
SURFACE
PREPARATION SSPC•SP3 Power Tool Cleaning or S6PC•SP7 Brushoff
Blast Cleaning
i
DRY FILM
COATING THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
FIRST COAT 2 mlls Rust inhibitive alkyd primer with a minimum
40 percent solids by volume
I
TOUCHUP NIA
SECOND COAT 1,5 mils High gloss alkyd enamel with a minimum 40 percent
solids by volume. Indoor ANSI 61; Outdoor ANSI 70.
E THIRD COAT 1,5 HIS High gloss alkyd enamel with a minimum 40 percent
solids by volume, Indoor ANSI 81; Outdoor ANSI 70,
TOTAL SYSTEM 6 mile Interior surfaces of panels, swkehgear, and motor control
J centers 00 bugloss white enamel.
ill !
COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
I J MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
Note; Complete men facturer's Information oncorning the compo Mon,
characteristics, and performance of p oposed coatings shall
{ submitted wit each Proposal.
k•
,
E
BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
ENOINEERS•ARCHITECT5 'COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 050186 JCW
1SR-1A
r
DESCRIPTION: Ferous Metal Surfaces
SYSTEM N0.
Surface Temperatures up to 450 F ASP
I
SURFACE
PREPARATION SSPC•SPO Commercial Bleat Cleaning,
Profile depth 1 to 2 mlis as recommended by
paint manufacturer,
{
COATING DRY FILM
SPECIAL NOTES ,
FIRST COAT 3 mile Zinc rich primer with a minimum 75 percent
zinc by weight In dry film,
TOUCHUP 3 mils Zinc rich primer, l
Power tool clean damaged surfsces only (shop or field epplledl.
SECOND COAT
I
f
j THIRD COAT
1 TOTAL SYSTEM 3 mlle
i COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
I MANUFACTURER
FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
i Amaron EZII EZII
Carboline Cotbo Zino 112 Carbo Zinc 10
i Glidden 663615637 6538/5537
i Tnemec 90E•76 90E•76
i
Velopar 13-6•10W 13•G•14
I
' a
Lf LACK VEATCH
( 41NEERSti4RCNMCT8 COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED BY
o711ee ,fcw
j
i
1 15B-19
t~
f) 98:1
DESCRIPTION; Ferrous Metal Surfaces
SYSTEM NO,
Surface temperatures up to 1000 F
A10P
SURFACE
PREPARATION SSPC•SP10 Neer White Blast Owing,
fthlt depth as recommended by paint manufacturer.
COATING DRY FILM ,
NESS SPECIAL NOTES '
FIRST COAT 0.5.2 mils Silicone aluminum i"Ses note beiowl
TOUCHUP 0.6.2 mile Silicone siuminum I'S" not* below)
1 power tool clean damaged surfaces only,
i SECOND COAT
I THIRD COAT
I
TOTAL SYSTEM 0.6.2 mils
f
I COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT
THIRD COAT `
Ameron 878 878
I Cafbollns •Cerbo Zinc 11 Carbo Zfnc 11 i
1
Glidden 6642 6642
Tnemeo 38.1061 39.1081 e
Volspar 37-A•1 37•A-1
'Carbolins requires 2. to 3 mile of two corn onent Inorganic zinc j
Instead of silicone al Inum,
F
I !
a
r
1
1 0
a
BLACK & V
TCH 9Y
ENG)NeEns ARCkITEC1s COATING SYSTEM DATE PREPARED
DATA SHEET
071166 JCW
15B-20
;a
kti4 of I
lilt}~I i3
] a
~jsn W..
t,
~i
Subsection 15B1 - SUMP PUMPS
15B1.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers the two sump pumps to be fur-
nished and installed under these specifications, The sump pumps shall be
installed in the powerhouse.
Pumping units shall be heavy-duty, nonclog, sewage type, submersible
pumps, Well, Gould, Aurora, Flygt, or acceptable equal
The pumps shall be of the vertical, submersible, self-priming, abrasive
11 slurry, nonclog type, The pumps shall be suitable for removal from the
sumps without disconnection of any bolts or a complete dewatering of the
p pit. The discharge connection on each pump shall automatically seal
itselfwhen the pump is lowered into position. If necessary for proper {
1 guide rails for pump placement shall be designed, fabricated,
and installed under these specifications.
The sump pumps shall be provided at the locations and in the arrangements
r indicated on the drawings,
15B1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS, All equipment and materiels furnished under,
I' E this subsection of these specifications shall be designed and constructed
1 in accordance with the 'Latest applicable requirements of ANSI, ASTM,
f NEMA, IEEE, EEI, the Hydraulic Institute, and any other such regular pub-
lished and accepted standards, except where modified or supplemented by
these specifications; and in accordance with the applicable requirements
( of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards." Any conflict
between standards shall be referred to the Engineer who will determine
which standard shall govern,
15B1,3 SCOPE. The two pumps ,
and placed in proper operating scondition aInifull aconformity dwithedraw~
ings, specifications, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations
of the equipment manufacturer unless exceptions are noted by the Engi
near.
Each sump pump shall be furnished complete with float actuated controls,
anchor bolts, electric motor, waterproof junction box, cabling from junc-
tion box to motor, and all other accessories required for proper opera-
tion, Unless otherwise specified, a horizontally mounted check valve,
plug valve, and union shall be provided in the discharge piping adjacent
to each sump pump. Piping and valves are covered in Sections 15D and
15E, respectively.
(J 15B1,4 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Complete fabrication, assembly, wiring dia-
gram, and installation drawings, together with detailed specifications
and data covering material used
j , parts, devices, and other accessories
j
I
E ,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 1
15HI-1
`i
S~
Ft .cA1Va
1y'
ry ~
1
forming a part of the equipment furnished, shall be submitted in accor-
dance with Section 1C,
15B1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. Pumping units shall be designed to meet the
following conditions,
Capacity Speed,
per Pump, Total Head, gpm feet Horsepower rpm
100 30 3-1/2 1,750
The liquid level limits of the sump are as follows.
Elevation, feet
r' J 4 High-high level alarm 5311-611
High level alarm 531'-0"
Lag pump start 5301_61'
Lead pump start 5301-0"
All pumps off 528'-0"
Elactrical power supply to all units will be 480 volts, 60 hertz, three-
phase, '
1551,51 Vibration. The pumps `shall be designed such that the maximum
vibration during the complete range of normal operation as well as start-
up and shutdown transients are no greater than those permitted by the Hy-
draulic Institute Standards. The pumps shall be designed so that the
lowest critical speed shall be greater than 25 percent above operating
speed,
15B1,5.2 Normal Operation, The pumps shall be suitable for continuous
operation' anywhere on their pump curves from minimum flow to maximum run-
out without damage.
15B1.6 WATER OALITY, The pumps shall be suitable for pumping water
that has the following analysts.
River water temperature ranges from 40 to 90 F. A typical water quality
analysis is as follows,
Parameter Value (mg/1 as such
Calcium 80
k 1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 }
[ 102089 1
15B 1-2
tFty,
r
' '43153V
~ ~X to i
V
Paremetar
Value (mg_ es such
Magnesium
6.5
Sodium
70
Bicarbonate
I
Sulfate 270
41.
Chloride
79
Fluoride
0.3
Nitrate
1,5
Phosphate 1
0.5
Dissolved Oxygen
BOD 9.4
1.9
PH
7.7
River water from the reservoir is screened
f
in th
gs of 1-'1/2 inch by 4 inch size, rough trash racks with o
Pen-
j 1581,7 MATES.
Material for the sum
J P Pumps shall be as follows.
s Pump casing
Cast Iron
Impeller
Pump Shaft High chromium iron
i
Stainless steel `
Bearings
Grease lubricated, -antifrie'
tion
Pump seals C
rr Mechanical seal f
Float and float rod
Type 316 stainless steel
Anchor bolts, nuts, and
washers }
Type 316 stainless steel #
1581.8 CONTROLS,
for
shall be pr`-` dId Ind2shallaconsistnofofloa
starters Operation duplex the sump pumps
ta,oduplex alternat
overloads, disconnects, and enclosures, Starters shall r
s the requirements of Subsection 6A3, or control,
1
meet is
4
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089
l
15813
1
}
'A 11~
ti
lei
J
~i
The floats shall control pump "OFF," "LEAD PUMP START," "LAC PUMP START,"
and shall alarm high level and high-high level, The alarms shall be
wired to terminal blocks for connection to a remote annunciator. The
alarms shall not rely on the sump pump power supply for operation and
shall operate properly if power to the sump pumps is not available.
All contactors, alternator controls, disconnects, and other devices not
mounted in the sumps shall be enclosed in a NEMA 12 control panel suit-
able for mounting near the sumps. The alternator control shall automat-
ically alternate the lead-lag sequence on each successive cycle of opera-
tion. An H-O-A selector switch shall be provided for each pump.
15B1,9 PUMP CHARACTERISTICS. The pumps shall have a head-capacity curve
~l which rises steadily €rom rated capacity to shutoff,
1 h The pumps shall be nonoverloading.
15B1.10 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES. Characteristic curves shall be submitted
for each pump, The curves shall indicate head, horsepower, efficiency,
j and required ntst positive auction head as ordinates and capacity as the
abscissa, Pump rotation speed at the design condition shall also be in-
dicated. Curves shall be submitted for the maximum and minimum diameter
impellers which may be fitted to the pump casings. Speed torque curves
shall also be submitted for the pumps,
15B1.11 GUARANTEES. The pumps shall be guaranteed to perform as spec-
ified, as indicated by the performance curves, and as stated in the Pro-
`I poaal. The pumps shall be guaranteed to operate under all conditions
f without pitting, cavitation, excessive vibration, or excessive noise.
The following shall be guaranteed,
i
Capacity at the design point head
Total head at the design point
NPSH values indicated on the pump characteristic curves
Efficiency at design point
Horsepower input at the design point, and maximum horsepower
requirement at pump runout conditions
Ability to operate in parallel
Ability to operate under all specified operating conditions
Maximum shutoff head
i
s
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089
15B1-4
I4H"if ~
}i
f~
3
t No critical speed shall occur at, near, or below the pump
operating speed.
i
i Noise levels as specified in Section 15B
i
No vibration or axial thrust shall be transmitted from the
pump to the drive motor.
15B1.12 TESTS. After installation of the equipment, tests will be made
by the Owner to check the performance of the pumps and to determine the
actual pump characteristic curves when operating under the design con-
ditions listed on the specification sheets.
If the difference between field performance and the exp,!e:iad ;lump perfor-
II mance indicated on the certified pump curves for any pump is din the
opinion of the Engineer or Owner) too great, the Contractor shall modify
i the pump as required in accordance with the procedures givers in the
i GENERAL CONDITIONS,
is In the event the pumps fail to meet the guarantees, end the Contractor
E has made such alterations and modifications as he feels necessary to ob-
tain the guaranteed performance, the pumps will be retested. The entire
E expense of the additional tests, required to demonstrate the effects of
such alterations and modifications, shall be borne by the Contractor.
( The "entire expense" shall be interpreted as all outside charges incurred
during the retesting other than for use of the normal operating forces of
- the Owner.
I
i
a
rr
i
[AFNTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 l
15B1-5
I
f
i
f Subsection 15B2 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
s
' 1582.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the design and construction re-
quirementa for the portable fire extinguishers to be furnished and in-
stalled under these specifications.
(.ODE REQUIREMENTS. All equipment and materials furnished under
this
this subsection shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
latest applicable requirements of the standard specifications and codes
of ANSI, ASME, NEMA, IEEE, AGRA$ SAE, UL, NFPA and other such regularly
i published and accepted standards, except where modified or supplemented
f by these specifications.
f The portable fire extinguishers shall be "UL Listed" where applicable.
1582,3 WALT. MOUNTED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. Four multipurpose dry
chemical portable fire extinguishers rates Class A, B, and C fires
shall be furnished as specified herein. All extinguishers shall be fur-
niched with appropriate wall brackets.
The dry chemical extinguishers shall be Potter-Roemer Figure 3020 or ac-
ceptable equal. The extinguishers shall be furnished in the 20 pound
1 size with squeeze grip, hose, and directional nozzle.
f
t
I
1
i
i
ss ~
{
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 1
15B2-i
j
1
1
V
t
r
Subsection I5B3 - WELDED STEEL PENSTOCK SECTIONS
15B3.1 GENERAL, The Contractor shall furnish the welded steel penstock
j sections in accordance with the following specifications and the attached
drawings,
I
I5A3.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Detailed fabrication and erection drawings,
co.4ting data, and storage and installation instructions shall be submit-
ted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C.
15B3.3 MATERIALS. Except as modified or supplemented herein, all steel
pipe, fittings, and specials shall conform to the applicable ASTM, AWS,
I ANSI, API, and AWWA specifications and standards,
I
Penstock sections
I Material A8714 A516, Grade 60 (or
[ higher)
Fabrication AWWA C200; size as indicated
on the drawings
f f Welding electrodes
f F Carbon steel Low hydrogen types. Tensile
strength range of 70,000 psi
minimum
Stainless steel As recommended by the steel
and electrode manufacturers to
provide full strength welds
without reduction in corrosion
resistance.of the parent mat-
al. Corrosion resistance of
the weld metal shall not bed
less than the corrosion re-
sistance of the parent metal.
I Fittings and specials AWWA C208 and AWWA C200
Flanged joints
f
Flanges AWWA C207, Class D, steel
slip-on, hub
t
i
1
E
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1 [ 102089
1583-1
i
i
.wrst
~ji't sr1Q!
f Flange bolting
Bolts and studs ASTM A307, chamfered or
rounded ends projecting 1/4 to
1/2 inch beyond outer face of
nut
Nuts ASTM A307, hexagonal, ANSI B18.2,
heavy semifinished pattern
Flange gaskets AWWA C207, cloth inserted rub-
ber, Crane Packing Company
"Style 777," Garlock "Style 19,"
or equal
Pipe coating
Exterior tape coating AWWA C209, AWWA C214
! Interior Cement mortar AWWA C205
i
! Cement ASTM C150, Type lI
Sand AWWA C20% Section 2.3
Epoxy bonding ASTM C881, Type IT, moisture
agent insensitive
I Latex admixture Protex Industriea, Inc, "Pro-
bond Vinyl"
Water screenE:
Grating Fed Spec RR-G-661, welded rec-
tangular bar type, stainless
steel
Stainless steel ASTM A167 and A2760 Type S04L
Bolts (SS) 1F1-104, Grade 303 or 305
15B3.4 STEEL PIPE, The pipe shall have the inside steel diameter and
wall thicknesses as indicated on the drawings. Lt shall be fabricated
from ASTM A516, Grade 60 (minimum) steel. The pipe shall be furnished
fabricated to the length and grade indicated on the drawings. All indi-
cated fittings, closures, and flanges shall be furnished.
No shop hydrostatic testing of the steel pipe, fittings, and specials
will be required.
k
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000
( 102089 ) r
15B3-2
11
ry ! i.
JI
y ,
15B3.5 WELDED JOINTS. Welded joints shall conform to AWWA 0200, AWWA
C206, AWS D1.1-88, and the following, Ends of pipe, fittings, and spe-
cials for field-welded joints shall be prepared for butt welding and
shall be outside beveled to an angle of 37-1/2 degrees plus or minus
2-1/2 degrees with the plane of the pipe end, with an average flat at the
end of the pipe of 1/16 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch,
All shop welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale or slag, shall
have tensile strength across the weld not less than that of the thinner
of the connected sections, and shall be watertight. Butt welds shall be
used for all welded joints in line pipe assemblies and in the fabrication
of bends and other specials.
A production weld test shall be made by an independent testing laboratory
! at the beginning of the work by each welding operator and machine. Fre-
quency of tests shall be as specified by AWWA C200. All costs for lab-
oratory testing shall be paid for by the Contractor,
Qualification of welding operators, prequalified jointa, and the welding
of stainless steel and stainless to carbon steel shall be in accordance
with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
j
1583.6 FLANGES, Flange faces shall be normal to the pipe axis and
angular deflection (or layback) of the flange faces shall not be
excessive. All flanges, after welding to the pipe, shall be refaced, if
necessary, to prevent distortion of connecting valve bodies from
excessive flange bolt tightening or any leakage at the joint,
1 Blind flanges shall conform in diameter and drilling to the flanges to
which they attach. Thickness of blind flanges shall be as required to
produce a watertight joint under 75 psi. Details of blind flanges shall
be acceptable to the Engineer.
15B3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING. Except as.required for welding inspec-
tion and testing, inspection and testing by an independent laboratory
will not be required at the fabricating or coating shop; however, the
{ Contractor shall furnish an affidavit of compliance certifying that all
materials used and work performed comply with the specified requirements.
I 15B3,8 PROTECTIVE COATINGS. All welded steel penstock sections, fit-
tings, specials, and wall fittings shall be prepared, primed, lined,
coated, or wrapped as follows. All protective exterior and interior
coatings shall he shop applied, Exterior coating shall not be applied
until after the specified interior cement mortar lining has been applied
f and cured. Protective coatings shall be held back 4 inches from ends
that are to be field welded.
15B3,8,1 Exterior Coate, Exterior surfacos of all steel surfaces of
the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil, grease, dirt,
rust, mill scale, weld scale, and other foreign material prior to the
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 )
1583-3
I
I
y
application of any coating, This shall be accomplished by the use of
suitable solvents to remove oil and grease followed by abrasive blasting,
15B38.1,1 Shop-Applied Tape Coat. Except as modified or supplemented
herein, ;hop-applied tape coating shall comply with AWWA C214, The tape
coating system shall be composed of four layers consisting of a primer
layer, one inner layer of tape for corrosion protection, and two outer
layers of tape for mechanical protection. The total thickness of the
tape coating system shall be not less than 75 mils, The outer layer of
tape shall be white in color.
15B3.8.1.1,1 Exterior Coating Inspection. The manufacturer shall In-
spect 100 percent of all coated areas using an electric holiday detector.
Holiday detector voltage shall be between 12,000 and 14,000 volts. The
~II pipe shall be inspected after application of the inner tape layer, If
r.. j flaws or holidays are detected, they shall be repaired immediately before
the outer layer of tape is applied.
E s
f 1583.8.1.1,2 Application. The application of exterior coating materials
including the preparation of surfaces, priming, and lining and coating of
the pipe, fittings, and specials shall be done in the shop by an estab-
lished pipe lining and coating company acceptable to the manufacturer of
j the coating materials and to the Owner.
i
E 1583,8.1,1,3 Affidavit of Compliance. The pipe lining and coating com-
pany shall submit an affidavit of compliance indicating that all instruc-
tiona and requirements of the exterior coating materials manufacturer
will be followed and that the company is acceptable to the materials man- t~
j j ufacturer..
15B3,8,1.2 Coal Tar I= System. A coal tar epoxy system shall be ap-
plied where indicated on the drawings and shall consist of two coats of
coal tar epoxy applied over the blast cleaned steel and cast iron sur-
faces; The surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP6, Com-
mercial Blast Cleaning, with a profile depth of 2 to 3 mile, The coal
tar epoxy shall meet or exceed the requirements of SSPC-Paint 16 and
shall be applied in a minimum of two coats to a total dry film thickness
of 16 mile, minimum.
The Koppers Bitumastic Super Tank Solution shall be applied as a touchup
system to shop coated steel surfaces of the prestressed concrete pressure
pipe,
15B3.8,2 Interior Coating, The interior surfaces of all steel pipe,
fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and then lined with 1/2 inch plus
or minus 1/16 inch cement mortar,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 ]
1583-4
i
i
1
` a.
i {
15B3.8.2.1 Surface Preparation. Surface to be lined shall be clean.
All loose mill scale, dirt, debris, and oil or grease shall be removed.
Tightly adhering mill scale need not be removed if it is not loosened by
ordinary cleaning methods.
i
15B3,8.2.2 Cement Mortar. The mortar shall be of the proper consistency
to obtain a dense, homogenous lining that adheres firmly to the surface,
15B3.8.2.3 Application. Except as modified herein, the shop-applied
mortar lining shall comply with AWWA C205, Straight sections of pipe 1
shall be lined in a spinning machine. Linings shall be applied to fit-
tings and specials by mectanical placement, by pneumatic placement, or by
hand troweling. Ends of lining shall be finished square and uniform
without feathering and shall be held back from the end of the pipe as
necessary for the specified joint.
15B3.8.2.4 Specials. Wire fabric reinforcement 'shall be used in lining
of fittings and specials in conformance with Section 4,5, AWWA C205,
15B3.8,2,5 Curing. The cement mortar linings shall be steam or water
cured. If steam curing is used, the lining shall be cured for 48 hours,
{
~i 15B3.8,3 Machined Surfaces. All machined surfaces shall be shop coated
j with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum
"R-9."
1583.9 HANDLING. The welded steel penstock, fittings, specials, and
appurtenances shall at all times be handled and stored in a manner that
will ensure installation in sound, undamaged condition. Handling methods
and equipment used shell prevent damage to the coating and lining, and
shall include the use of wide canvas slings and wide padded skids. Bare
cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids shall not be used, i
Coated pipe shall not be handled when the ambient temperature is below
freezing,
All penstock sections shall be carefully supported during shipment on
padded saddles not less than 12 inches wide. Each end of each length of
pipe, fitting, or special shall be so laterally supported and braced that I
it will maintain a true circular shape. Pipe, fittings, and specials
shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other, and the
whole load shall be securely fastened to prevent movement in transit.
i
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 . j
j 1563-5
j
T
WWAII
{ttb{If
ri
i
Subsection 15B4 - CONCRETE PIPE
' i
1584.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the design and construction re-
quirements for the concrete penstock piping. The piping shall be fur-
nished complete as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings.
The piping shall include all fittings, flanges, specials, jointing mate-
rials, accessories, and necessary appurtenances.
15B4.2 TYPE. Piping shall be prestressed concrete embedded cylinder
pipe (ECP) as specified herein under BASIS OF DESIGN, The piping ohall
have rubber and steel joints except as otherwise indicated on the draw-
I ings or specified herein. All gasketed joints shall be provided with
double gaskets and steel plugs to allow the integrity of the joint to be
tasted at the time of installation, before the pipe is encased in con-
crate. Each joint shall be capable of leaktight sealing with the axial
joint movement and the joint rotation as stated in the Proposal Data,
~ t
1584.3 CODE REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise specified, the pipe, fit-
tings* and specials shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C301-
84.
The following information applies to the use of AWWA C301-84.
1 I
Affidavit of Compliance (Sea.-
tion 1.10) Required
I
Design Calculations (Section
Required
Tabulated Layout Schedule (Sec-
tion 1.5.2) Required
Identification Marks (Section 1.6) Required
Steel Test ?sports (Section 1.,9.3) Required ~
! Rubber Gasket Test Results (Sao-
! tions 1.9.5 and 2.11.8) Required
III
Concrete Aggregate Test Results
(Section 1.9.2) Required
Protective Coating on Joint F.ings
(Section 3.3.1) Metallic zinc
Welding Details and Procedures
! (Section 3.5.2) Required
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
I ( 102089
15B4-1 ,
f
I
I
i
• wtxJ»':1'~
41
A5y@ y'
1t , ~ 1
Specials and Fittings (Sec-
tion 4,0 As specified herein
outlets and Connections interior lining
(Section 4.4) required
Pozzolanic Materials (Section
Not permitted
Cement (Section 2.1,1) As specified herein
15B4.4 MATERIALS. Except as otherwise specified, all materials used in ,
the manufacture of pipe, fittings, and accessories shall conform to AWWA , I
C301-84.
L
Cement ASTM C150-86, Type II
li
Prestressing wire ASTM A648-86a. Wire diameter
shall be not less than 0,192
I inch.
Steel sheets for Not less than 16 gauge thick-
pipe cylinders neae
Fine aggregate Clean natural sand, ASTM C33-
86. Artificial or manufac-
tured sand will not be ac-
ceptable.
j Gaskets AWWA 0301-84, except polymer
r shall be neoprene or other
h synthetic rubber. Natural
rubber will not be acceptable.
•
Joint diapers
24 inch pipe and Mar-Mac, cotton fabric with
smaller wire in hems or heavy-duty
fabric with steel strap in
hems, at least 6 inches wide
25 inch pipe and Mar-Mac, heavy-duty fabric
larger with steel strap in hems, at
least 7 inches wide
For restrained in accordance with pipe manu-
joints and bonded facturer's recommendations
joints, all diameters
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102064 )
15B4-2 < +
y11 Y,Yp'.H1
7l¢q$ F
+V'A=RYA
d
flanges AWWA C207-86, Class D standard
steel ring type
Joint harness
Bolts ASTM A193-87, Grade B7
Nuts ASTM A194-87, Grade 2H
15B4.5 BASIS OF DESIGN. Pipe and fittings shall be designed to withstand
simultaneous application of the following external loadings (expressed in
terms of equivalent three-edge bearing loads) and internal pressures.
4 _ Simultaneous Loadings
External Load
~s I Three-Edge Rearing Internal Pressure
Equivalent, pounds per
Pipe pounds per lin ft square inch
Cond. Cond. Cond. Cond. Cond. Cond.
t Size ~A B C A B C
{ (ID)
in.
j 60 3,400 31800 3,400 50 50 75
The combined loads of Condition A shall not exceed those represented by
1 the design,load curve in Appendix A or Appendix B of AWWA C301'-84,
The combined loads of Condition B, or of Condition Co shall not exceed
those represented by the transient load curve in Appendix A or Appendix B
? of AWWA 0301-84.
Incipient crack is defined as a 0,001 inch crack, 12 inches long.
The combination of the internal load and 1-1/2 times the external load of
Condition B and the combination of .the external load and 2 times the In-
ternal load of Condition C shall be within the ultimate strength of the,
pipe. 3
The limits of piping and concrete encasement details are indicated on the
drawings.
' 15B4.6 PROOF-OF-DESIGN TESTS. The design of concrete pipe shall be }
chocked by tests conducted on representative specimens, The tests de-
scribed below are for proof of design only and it is not necessary that
such tests be made on pipe manufactured specifically for this Contract.
Certified reports covering tests made on other pipe of the same size,
class, and design as specified herein and manufactured from materials of
equivalent type and quality may be accepted as adequate proof of design.
J (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 j
15B4-3
the proof-of-design tests shall be as follows.
a, Three-Edge Bearing. Each three-edge bearing test shall
determine the load require6 to produce:
1. Incipient cracking (first visible crack)
2. First 0,01 inch crack
3. Ultimate destruction of the pipe
Conduct of three-edge bearing tests shall be as speci-
fied in ASTM C457-86.
b. Hydrostatic. Hydrostatic tests shall be made by apply-
ing suitable bulkheads at each and and filling the pipe
with water. Each hydrostatic test shall determine the
pressure required to produce the first visible crack.
i
15B4.7 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS. In addition to straight pipe, the Con-
tractor shall furniah all bends, tees, adapters, access manholes, closure
pieces, and other fittings or specials indicated on the drawings or re-
quired to complete the work. Except as modified'or otherwise provided
herein, the design and manufacture of fittings and specials shall be gov-
erned by the same requirements as the connecting piping.
1584.7.1 Connections. Connections to steel pipe shall be of the
flanged, butt welding, or screwed type as indicated on the drawings.
Where butt welding connections are indicated on the drawings, the con-
crate pipe ends shall be prepared for butt welding to the steel pipe.
The concrete pipe steel cylinder to be welded to the steel pipe shall be
the same diameter, material, and wall thickness as the steel pipe$ and
shall be prepared for welding with a 37-1/2 degree bevel.
15B4.7.2 Beveled Joints. When angular deflection is required, special
beveled Joints shall be provided for the exact angle. Deflection ob-
tained by opening Joints on one side will not be acceptable.
15B4.7.3 Restrained Joints. Joints shall be restrained as required to
prevent joint rupture resulting from hydrodynamic forces or application
of the specified test preasure. Restrained Joints shall be of the har-
ness bolt type, clamp harness type, snap ring harness type, or other
mechanical restraining method acceptable to the Engineer. Welding of
joint rings and restrained joint types which result in point loading will
not be acceptable.
~r=r
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 013190
1584-4
I
~r
Ey
c~
ri
Harness bolt design stress for harness type restraints shall not exceed
40,000 psi, Harnessed joints shall utilize a minimum of two 2 inch
diameter bolts with turnbuckle and anchorage. Restraint bolts ahall'be
equai.ly spaced around the circumference of the pipe.
All fittings resulting in change of direction shall have restrained
joints. The number of joints to be restrained on each side of fittings
shall be clearly stated in the Proposal Date, indicating the applicable
j restraint type for each joint location. All joints shall be designed so
that blocking at the fittings will not be required for normal operation
or for hydrostatic testing before concrete encasement and backfilling.
When angular deflection is required at restrained bell and spigot joints,
special bevels shall be provided for the exact angle. Deflection ob-
tained by opening Joints on one side will not be acceptable,
15B4,7.4 Field Measured Closure Sections, Field measured closure see-
tions shall be provided for installation in the general locations indi-
cated on the drawings. The closure sections shall be prepared in the
shop based on exact field measurements provided by the Contractor during
the installation process. The field measurements will be taken after the
1 remainder of the piping has been .installed. The closure sections shall
have testable joints.
15B4.8 MARKING. Each pipe, fitting, or special section shall be plainly
11 I and permanently marked with the following information.
~ Pipe type
Pipe class (if applicable)
Date of manufacture
Manufacturer's name or trademark
IIIJ
On bends, the angle turned thereby and location of short and
long aides
Identification of specials to show proper location in line
s
On beveled pipe, amount of bevel and point of maximum bevel,
marked on the beveled end
Markings shall be indented in the pipe or painted thereon with waterproof
paint.
;
i
t
ONST 71.00001
(DENTON 105670 EN 9C
1584-5
1
1
C
H
r
?rggiryl l
r
Each and of each bevel end pipe, fitting, or special shall be marked and
indexed with a stripe of paint, approximately 1-1/2 inches wide and
2 feet long, applied along the top center line.
i
15B4.9 INSPECTION AND TESTING. Teets for preliminary approval of mate-
rials, methods of manufacture, and proof of design shall be made at the
expense of the Contractor. Control tests during manufacture of concrete
pipe shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of
the Contractor.
The Owner reserves the right to sample and test any pipe after delivery
f and to reject all pipe represented by any sample which fails to comply
with the specified requirements.
Prior to shipment, all pipe, fittings, and specials shall be inspected
for cracks in the concrete.
1
Cracks greater then 0,003 inch in width`in the outer concrete or mortar
coating will be cause for rejection.
i
Spiral or longitudinal cracks in the inner concrete core shall be cause
for rejection. Circumferential cracks in the inner concrete core will be
allowed with the following qualifications.
Circumferential cracks 0.01 inch or leas in width will be
acceptable without repair.
f k Circumferential cracks greater than 0.01 inch in width but
equal to or leas than 0.0625 inch in width shall. be filled
with a cement slurry or epoxy.
Circumferential cracks greater than 0,0625 inch in width
shall be repaired by chipping out to a minimum of 1 inch
width and regrouting.
f Gaps between the inner concrete core and the steel spigot shall be cause
for refection.
The integrity of gasketed joints will be hydrostatically tested by apply-
ing a test pressure of 50 psi to each double gasketed joint. The joint
integrity test will be performed by the installation contractor prior to
backfill.
The piping will be hydrostatically tested by the owner after installation
and before concrete encasement and backfill at a pressure of (Later) psi,
1584.10 HANDLING. Concrete pipe and fittings shall be handled carefully
and shall not be bumped or dropped. Hooks shall not be permitted to come
in contact with joint surfaces.
[DENTON 1056:7 GEN CONST 71.00001 ~ s
102089
1584-6
s
.a
i~
15B4.1I PROTECTIVE COATINGS. Unless otherwise specified, metal surfaces
shall be protectoi ea specified herein.
Flange faces shall be shop coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton
"Rust Veto 344," Rust-Oleum 11R-9," or acceptable equal, All other metal
surfaces except steel joint rings and weld end preparations shall be shop
primed with Koppers "Bitumastic Mill Undercoat."
All surfaces of steel joint rings exposed in Unished pipe shall be pro-
tected from corrosion by means of a coating of metallic zinc not less
r~ than 0.002 inch thick applied by the metalizing process.
G 1 Machined surfaces of weld end preparations shall be coated with consum-
able rust-preventive coating such
~~as "Deoxaluminite" manufactured by
Special Chemicals Corp., Bloxide as manufactured by Tempil Division of
Big Three Industries, or acceptable equal.
I 1584.12 CATHODIC PROTECTION. All pipe reinforcing steel shall be made
I ~
electrically continuous. `hroughuut the full length of the pipe. Jumper
cables shall be furnished ecroas the joints and the design shall assure'
f i continuity between reinforcing wires and steel cylinders. The cables
f shall be copper, not less than 4 AWG. The jumper cables shall be con-
nocted to each section of piping in the shop to limit the extent of field
erection work required to mechanically connect the wires.
hI
Li
j
3
4
i
l
i
II
I
j
I
,
1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 '
102089 1
1584-7
1
~7/
;j
t)
~~•:!stis.
Subsection ISB5 - ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS
15B5.1 GENERAL, Electric unit heaters shall be furnished as specified
herein and installed as indicated on the drawings.
i'
15B5,2 CODES AND STANDARDS, Equipment and materials furnished under
this subsection shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
latest applicable requirements of NEC, NFPA, UL, and any other such regu-
lar published and accepted standards, except where modified or supple-
mented by these specifications= and in accordance with the applicable re-
quirementa of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Standards."
Any conflict between standards shell be referred to the Engineer who will
determine which standard shall govern.
15B5.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Shop drawinga$ schematics, and wirin i -
8 shell be submitted in accordance e with Section 1C, g d a
15B5.4 DESIGN RE UIREMENTS. Electric unit heaters designated UHT shall
be Emerson-Chromalox Type LUH or Brasch Type BTU, Heaters shall be hori-
zontal, Electric unit heaters and all accessories shall meet the re-
quirements of UL 1025 as a unit, and the applicable requirements of Arti-
cle 424 of NFPA 70.
Each unit heater shall operate from a 480 volt, 3- haae 60
power supply, p her.fz~ 3 wire
I ~
F,ach heater shall be encased in a furniture steel cabinet, properly
braced for maximum rigidity, with mounting brackets and factory applied
' ~ f heat resistant enamel paint. Heating elements shall be metal sheath fin
' tubes, each wired to built-in line voltage automatic thermal cutouts with
a reset push button, series connected to the contactors. A 1/4 inch wire
guard around the fan shall be provided,
1
' A factory furnished wall mounting swivel bracket shall be furnished with
each unit heater.
t
Contactors shall be rated for a minimum of 100,000 operations and shall
be furnished with 120 volt ac, single-phase, 60 hertz operating coil,
The contactors shall be rated for full load of the heating coils plus
full load rating of the fan motor.
Electric unit heaters furnished with 115 volt ac, single-phase, 60 hertz
i fan motors shall be provided with one bimetal type thermal overload ele-
men,. Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a 480-120 volt
dry type transformer with the primary windings fused, one secondary lead
fused and the other secondary lead grounded.
,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
# t 102089
15B5-1
~J
j(14p4r1
q]rdi;:L ti4{~
Electric unit heaters furnished with 480 volt, 3-phase, 60 hertz fan mo-
tors shall be provided with three manual reset thermal overload relays.
Motors shall be air over type.
Heaters shall have adjustable directional louvers.
Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a factory installed
nameplate. Nameplates shall be as specified in Section 15B.
Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a 120 volt ac, 60 hertz
thermostat. The contacts shall be apdt and rated for the control trans-
former load. Each thermostat shall be remotely located and shall be de-
signed to be mounted on a single gang cast junction box. All thermostats
shall have a temperature range of 40 F to 80 F with adjustable set point,
Thermostats shall be complete with cast aluminum or wire guard and base-
plate.
The thermostats shall be located as indicated on the drawings.
Electric unit heaters, designated UHT, shall be designed in accordance
with the following requirements,
Min
Unit Airflow, Unit
Heater kW cfm Type Thermostat
j UHT-1 7.5 750 Horizontal TTS-I
S-2 `
UHT-2 7.5 750 Horizontal
i
I
i
JUENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 )
1585-2
r:
{
Subsection 15B6 - POWER ROOF VENTILATOR
15B6.1 GENERAL. The power roof ventilator shall be furnished as speci-
fied herein. The power roof ventilator shall be complete with fan, drive
motor, variable speed drive (as specified in Subsection 15B8), and all
mechanical and electrical accessories specified herein.
The power roof ventilator shall be the supply type with an inlet hood,
filters, and propeller fan. The power roof ventilator shall be manu-
factured by Aerovent, Buffalo Forge, Industrial Air, or acceptable equal.
1586.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Equipment and materials furnished under
this subsection shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
latest applicable requirements of AMCA, ANSI, IEEE, NEC, NEMA, and any
other such regular published and accepted standards, except where
modi- fied or supplemented by these specifications; and in accordance with the
E i applicable requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health
Standards." Any conflict between standards shall be referred to the
Engineer who will determine which standard shall govern.
15B6.3 DRAWING AND DATA. Power roof ventilator shop drawings shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C,
t
j Shop drawing submittal shall include fan sound ratings, sound test veri-
fications, performance curves, motor information, variable speed drive
i
drawings, and dimensional data for the unit. Shop drawing submittal
shall also include forces exerted on the roof curb and method of attach-
ing the unit to the curb, The PRV'manufacturer shall be responsible for,
1 providing schematics and wiring diagrams for the interconnection of the
PRV motor, variable speed drive, transducer, and the thermostat,
J( 15B6.4 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE, Capacity and performance shall be as
{ indicate herein and shall be guaranteed, Static pressure indicated is
external to the complete power roof ventilator unit and for operation at
the site environmental condition as specified in Section 158. Losses for
j screens and other accessories specified are not included in the static
pressure listed. Static pressure loss includes loss for a dirty filter.
Rotating parts shall be dynamically balanced for quiet operation.
j Power roof ventilator performance shall be rated in accordance with AMCA
standard test code,
i
Noise generated by tha power roof ventilator when operating at the spec-
ified volume flow rate and pressure shall be determined according to the
latest requirements of AMCA Bulletin 300, Test Code for Sound Rating.
j Sound ratings shall bt reported according to AMCA Bulletin 301 in terms
i
f
}
i (DENTON 10567 GF.N CONST 71.00001
102089 1
1586-1
of sound power to a reference of 10-12 watts in the eight octave bands
between, and including, 63 hertz to 8,000 hertz, The fan data submittal
shall include a certified copy of the sound power data for the fan fur- r-,
nished,
AMCA Bulletin 303, Application of Sound Power Level Ratings for Fans,
methods shall be used to convert certified sound power values to sound
pressure levels to determine if furnished equipment meets the specified
sound pressure level requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the power
roof ventilator shall have sound pressure levels of 92 dBA or less at the
fan inlet, outlet, and casing, I
rr~ The following assumptions shall be used in the AMCA 303 computational
methods.
Sound power levels from the AMCA 300 teat results
Computed for the power roof ventilator inlet, outlet, and
casing
A-weighted
i Directivity factor of two
I Free field
I
Sound pressure results at 5 feet from the power roof venti-
lator inlet, outlet, and casing
1586,5 CONSTRUCTION. The power roof ventilator shall be completely fac-
tory assembled unless the phyoical size, configuration or shipping and
handling limitations make the shipment of completely assembled equipment
1 impracticable, in which case the unit shall be assembled in the field be-
fore installation.
The power roof ventilator shall be designed to withstand all imposed
shipping, installation, snow, and wind loads, All bracing and reinforc-
ing members required to transmit loading to the roof curbs shall be inte-
gral to the power roof ventilator. External supports requiring separate
attachment to the building structures will not be permitted.
A power roof ventilator constructed of steel shall have a 1/8 inch thick
black asphaltum type coating on all interior surfaces with exterior sur-
faces finish painted. Aluminum surfaces shall not be painted or coated,
A'curb flange shall be provided for the unit. The curb flange shall be
constructed of the same material as the stack. Curb flango material
thickness shall not be less than, the stack thickness to provide a solid
base for mounting to the roof curb. The curb flange shall be turned down 1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 013190
15B6-7.
s,
i;
9
at the outside to allow weathertight flashing of the roof curb. Internal
surfaces of the curb flange shall be coated with a 1/8 inch thick as-
phaltum coating. External surfaces shall have a factory applied finish
paint.
1
The hood shall be constructed of steel. Where the hood is split for +
shipment, sealant shall be supplied with the unit for coating and sealing
the seams.
The power roof ventilator shall have the hood inlet area sized to limit 1
inlet air velocity through the filtering media to 500 fpm.
Steel sheets used for construction shall have a minimum thickness of
18 gauge for the hood and 14 gauge for the stack.
Construction with sheets lighter than those specified shall require inte-
gral welded-structural bracing.
{ The fan shall be mounted in a heavy gauge steel panel with fan orifice
J and flanged edges. The panel shall be of all welded construction, with
bracing and mounts to properly support the fan and motor.
The fan shall be direct driven, mounted directly on the motor shaft or on
f
a direct driven fan shaft..
{ 15B6.6 MOTOR. The motor shall conform to the following requirements.
The power roof ventilators shall be furnished with TEAO motor,
The motor shall. conform Co applicable standards.of ANSI, IEEE, NEMA, and
J AFBMA, except where modified or supplemented by these specifications., In
j case of conflict between any of the industry standards relative to manu-
facturing requirements covered in these specifications only by reference
to the standards, the requirements of NF.MA shall govern.
The motor shall be designed for full voltage starting and frequent start-
ing where required and shall be suitable for continuous duty in a 50 C
! ambient environment. An intermittent duty motor may be furnished where
recognized and defined as standard by the equipment codes and standards
and acceptable to the Engineer. The motor shall be sized for the alti-
tude at which the equipment will be installed.
Motor voltage rating shall be 460 volts, 3-phase.
The torque characteristics of the motor at any voltage from 90 percent
rated voltage to 110 percent rated voltage shall be as required to accel-
erate the inertia loads of the motor and driven equipment to full speed
without damage to the motor or the equipment.
I
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102069 }
15B6-3
i
i
k
The enclosure shall meet NEMA MG 1 requirements for a fully guarded ma-
chine.
Crouse-HindstType ECDl"Universal"scombinationn water drain-breathereplugs ~
or acceptable equal.
Insulated windings shall have sealed Class B nonhygroscopic insulation
apecifiedin accordance
clasetemperature
therise
insulationambient
MG dI for standards temperature
with a NEMA rated
Class Class F Insulation insulation provided not available,
the temperature eriseoismin be
furnishedwith with
accordance with NEMA MG 1 values for Class B insulation and provided all
other requirements are as specified, including bearing life and sealed
n insulation.
Insulated winding conductors shall be copper.
I Each sealed insulation system shall include two additional-dips and bakes
E
j of epoxy varnish or vacuum-pressure impregnation to provide a premium
insulation for random windings. Sealed insulation for formed coil wind-
ings shall be in accordance with the requirements of NEMA MG 1 standards.
- The insulation resistance corrected to 40 C shall be not less than motor
1 rated kV+1 megohms for all windings,
i
Motor power leads and space heater leads shall be wlred into the motor
f terminal housing. Motor leads and their terminals shall be permanently
marked in accordance with the requirements of NEMA MG 1, Part 2. Each
I ( lead marking shall be visible after taping of the terminals,
The motor shall be furnished with a grounding connector attached to the
motor frame inside the motor power lead terminal housing. The grounding
connector may be a lug or terminal or other acceptable grounding connee-
tor, Grounding connector size shall be as required to terminate ground
conductors sized in accordance with the NEC.
Nameplate inscriptions and lead or terminal identifications shall be in
accordance with NEMA MG 1, ,
The motor shall be provided with grease lubricated, double-shielded,
rolling element, self-lubricaLing, regreaseable typo bearings,
Bearing mountings shall be designed to prevent the entrance of lubricant
into the motor enclosure or dirt into the bearings, and shall be provided
with pipes and drain plugs.
Fittings for grease lubricated bearings shall be arranged for safe, easy
relubrication from the outside of the motor while the motor is in serv-
ice.
(DENTGN 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 L
( 102089
15B6-4
Y,
t
The motor shall be provided with squirrel-cage rotor and solid shaft.
A motor furnished in NEMA 180 Frame Series or larger shall have space
heaters. Space heaters shall be rated 120 volts, single-phase, 60 hertz.
The motor shall be designed to keep torsional, and rotational natural fre-
quencies of vibration at least 25 percent above the motor rated speed
ranges to avoid resonant vibration over the operating speed range of the
driven equipment-motor unit.
The motor sound level shall be selected by the Contractor to conform with
the overall motor driven equipment assembly sound level requirements.
i
The motor shall be tested and inspected at the manufacturer's factory-to
determine that it is free from electrical or mechanical defects and to
provide assurance that it meets the requirements of these specifications.
Test procedures shall be in accordance with IEEE No. 112A Teat Procedure
j for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. Routine tests as listed
in NEMA MG 1-12.51 shall be performed on the motor.
~ E
The motor shall be as manufactured by one or more of the following.
Brown Boveri
Century
General Electric
Louis Allis
Reliance
Siemens-Allis
U,S. Motors
An air over motor shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with
NEMA MG 1, Part 18.
j The rated horsepower of the motor shall not be less than the horsepower
required by the driven equipment when the velocity of the air over the
motor is equal to or greater than that which exists when the fan rated ,
volume of air is being delivered.
In addition to the nameplate provided on the motor, a duplicate nameplate
shall be provided on the fan casing.
Fan rpm specified is a maximum value. Horsepower values specified are
minimum horsepower ratings. Where larger horsepower motors are required
to meet the requirements of this article, they shall be provided.
15B6.7 ACCESSORIES. The power roof ventilator shall be furnished with
accessories as specified herein. Accessory components shall meet or ex-
ceed the minimum requirements specified in the following articles.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 1
15B6-5
.
3
1SB6.7,1 Damper. The power roof ventilator shall be furnished with an
isolation damper.
The damper shall be Ruskin Manufacturing Company Type CD-50, Arrow United
Industries, Inc. Type OBDAF-207 or PBDAF-206, or acceptable equal,
The damper shall be factory installed in the power roof ventilator in-
cluding all necessary linkage, operator connections, jackshafts, Jack-
shaft mounting brackets, and hardware to provide a complete and operable
unit,.
Linkage components shall be installed so full damper operator closing
torque is applied to the damper blades.
Blades shall be airfoil shaped of minimum 12 gauge reinforced extruded
6063-T5 aluminum, mounted approximately 6 inches on centers. Clearance
between blade ends and supporting frame shall not exceed 1/8 inch, Con-
trol dampers shall have opposed blades. Blade edges shall have replace-
able vinyl or silicon seals.
Damper blade axles shall be 1/2 inch plated hex steel or extruded alumi-
num with positive locking to the damper blade. Axles shall extend
through molded synthetic bearings pressed into the fram6, The control
shaft where required shall be 1/2 inch minimum diameter and extend
6 inches beyond the frame.
f •
4 The damper frame shall be constructed of 1/8 inch thick extruded 6063-T5
' aluminum. A channel damper frame shall have a maximum depth of 6 inches.
The frame shall be corner braced and sized to fit the construction where.
it is to be installed,
i
15B6.7.2 Damper Operator. The damper operator shall be furnished as
i specified herein. The damper shall be provided with a two-position
elec- tric damper operator.
r The operator Phall be complete with necessary linkage and mounting brack-
ets.
The damper operator shall be designed for a minimum of 20 square feet of
damper area and shall have sufficient torque to operate the damper.
The electric operator shall be electric power open, spring closing Ray-
mond Series SR or acceptable equal.
The operator shall contain an electric motor which rotates an output
shaft. The operator shall be housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure.
E
{
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CCNST 71.00001
[ 102089 ] (o
15B6-6
µ
?,Oat
b
The operator shall be rated for constant duty cycle at locked-rotor output. Speed of rotation shall be 90 degrees per 15 seconds, Spring i,
clos-
ing action shall be dampened to prevent damage to the operator or damper.
i The motor shall be designed to operate on a 120 volt, single-phase,
' 60 hertz power supply, provided in the motor windings.
The Contractor shall furnish detailed drawings of the internal wiring of
the operator and of the damper/operator drive assembly (outline of opera-
tor and mounting platform, damper assembly) and damper linkage assembly).
1586.7.3 Birdscreen. The birdscreen shall have a minimum 1/2 inch mesh
and shall 9 reinforced to support the screens in the design air veloci=
E ties.
The birdscreen may be constructed of aluminum or galvanized steel. The
birdscreen shall be removable to facilitate maintenance.
15B6.7.4 Filter. The low efficiency filter shall be ARI 850, Group Is
individually raplaceable cartridge, flat type with viscous coated fiber-
Filter thickness shall
glass media or nonwoven reinforced cotton fabric.
be 2 inches. The filter shall have a minimum average dust spot effi-
I ciency of 25 percent at rated flow. The low efficiency filter shall be
American Air Filter "AM-AIR 300," Farr "30/30," or Cambridge Filter
J "Aeropleat." One initial and one spare filter shall be furnished.
The filter shall have an initial resistance of 0.25 in water gauge at
flow velocities of 500 fpm-. The filters shall be suitable for operation
at resistances up to 1.0 inch water gauge at 500 fpm. Two inch metal
filter holding frames shall be provided for each filter location. The
holding frames shall have a factory applied primer finish. The low effi-
ciency filters shall be Class 1 or 2 filters when tested in accordance
with UL 900.
The filter holding frames shall be made of minimum 16 gauge galvanized
I steel. They shall be designed to ensure a positive eeal against leakage
of unfiltered air. The PRV hood shall. be equipped with the necessary
firmly with inta-
filter racks and
atches retaining to clips,
gral gral spring type l
15B6.7.5 Access Doors. Access doors shall be provided
d and shall ebecom
plate with hinges, operable latches and gaskets.
and located to provide access to all internal components from outside the
power roof ventilator.
15B6.6 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES. Electrical accessories shall be as fol-
lows.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
'k 102089 1
[ 15B6-7
I
1
I:
yxu~s:+.ti _ i
titq ms`l
~1 M1Q1N
1586.8,1 Disconnect Switch. The power roof ventilator shall be fur-
nished with a factory installed and wired disconnect switch. The di8con-
nect switch shall be in a NENA 12 enclosure.
The disconnect switch shall be sized for the motor horsepower and shall
be 600 volt, 3 pole, nonfused disconnects.
The disconnect switch shall be wired to the motor using properly sized
wire for the motor horsepower and voltage. The wiring to the motor shall
be enclosed in conduit that meets NEC specifications.
i
All power roof ventilator electrical devices (including damper operator,
limit switches, motor space heaters, etc.) shell be factory wired through
the disconnect switch enclosure or junction box and the flexible raceway.
i 15B6.9 CAPACITY. PRV-1 shall have a minimum capacity of 23,000 cfm at a
static pressure of 1.0 inch of water gauge. Maximum fan speed shall be
E
~ 1,160 rpm. The fan shall have a diameter of 48 inches minimum. The fan
shall have a minimum 10 horsepower motor.
I ~
1
Ills
}
}
}
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 013190 ]
i 1586-8 '
f
1'a~_; is r
e
r+
i
t
Subsection 1587 - TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
i
15B7.1 GENERAL, Two room temperature switches, designated TS-4 and
TS-5, shall be furnished and wall mounted as indicated on the drawings.
The temperature switches shall have a dial range of 40 to 180 F with a
5 degree differential. The spat switches shall make on temperature rise.
Each switch shall be enclosed in a steel,, surface mounting box with re-
movable cover and a bracket for wall mounting the capillary element.
Switches shall be Honeywell Model T4031F or equivalent.
i
15B7.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Shop drawings and 'schematics for the'tempera-
ture switches shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1C.
r
j
II
I
f
E
.i
r
ri
r
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
102089 ]
15B7-1
1
~s
l
Subsection 15B3 - VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE
15B8,1 GENERAL. An adjustable frequency and voltage control system
shall be furnished to provide speed control for PRV-1, It is the general
Intent of these specifications that the motor controller manufacturer
provide his standard and proven design for the control system, The
following articles specify minimum requirements of the speed control sys-
tem. Any deviations from these specifications shall be fully explained
in the proposal. Shop drawings for the adjustable frequency variable
speed motor controller shall be provided. The variable speed drive shall
be as manufactured by Emerson, Parametrica, or Reliance.
The variable speed motor control equipment shall be
in an ambient temperature range of 50 F to log F.
designed to operate
1588,2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Eq
and uip subsection shall be designed ndnconst materials furnished under
latest applicable rutted in ac
with the
requirements of NEC, NEMA, IEEE, and any ocheer such
regular published and accepted standards, except where modified or sup-
plemented by these specifications{ and in accordance with the applicable
requirements of the Federal 'Occupational Safety and Health Standards."
Any conflict between standards shall be referred to the Engineer who will
determine which standard shall govern.
1588.3 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION,
control system ;hall be furnished One
PRV-1. Thedsystem 'shell based
designed to vary the speed of a 10 horsepower motor.
3-phase 60 I Thecon,erter/inverter assembly shall accept a nominal 480 volt ae,
hertz, grounded source, This source shall be rectified by a
full wave converter to provide a controlled variable voltage do I
source,
power
The inverter portion of the assembly shall accept the variable voltage do
power source and produce a constant volts per hertz, variable voltage and
frequency power source to be applied to the drive motor so that the input
power factor is near unity over the desired speed range,
The motor controller shall be capable of operating any standard "off-the-
shelf" squirrel-cage induction motor with a load rating within the capac-f the
troller, withItY
new ornrewound motorginltheefieldpossible
modifi the driven motor
withoutreplace
motor controller, edification of the
The motor controller shall be capable of starting, stoppingo and running
t with stable operation under no-load conditions,
1
DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
1588-1
I
a
x
The motor controller shall be furnished with a door mounted speed
potentiometer for manual speed control,
The controller shall have a manual-off auto switch with start/stop push
buttons.
The motor controller shall have an automatic bypass system housed in a
separate enclosure, to bypass the controller and reconnect the motor
direct to the incoming power line. While the motor is in bypass mode,
the controller cabinet shall be electrically isolated from the load side
of the incoming circuit breaker to the output starter in the bypass
cabinet. The controller shall be capable of all maintenance checks with
'
motor operating on the bypass starter,
II/ \f The bypass enclosure shall include incoming line circuit breaker, starter,
necessary relays, motor start/stop push buttons, controller/line selector
j switch for manual bypass mode, and capability of automatic avitchover row
i controller to line operation when given a contact signal from the coar,.,~JJir
internal fault circuit. The enclosure shall be NEMA 12.
Acceleration shall be smooth and continuous throughout the entire speed
range. The acceleration time shall be adjustable between 2 and 15 sac-
ends from zero to full speed, with torque limit override acceleration
protection, and regeneration protection during deceleration: The speed
i control assembly shall be capable of controlling the speed of
n e ui menua
and drive percent the motor
speed, and shall have a low voltage/low frequency start with olineersad-
,lustment ramp up to preselected speed.
With the selector switch in the auto position, the speed of the driven
equipment shall be controlled by a temperature controller. The adjusta-
ble frequency variable speed motor concroller shall be designed to accept
i the demand signal furnished by a temperature controller with a sensor.
The controller shall be operable, in the case of an electronics failure,
at a constant speed with the electronics removed.
The variable speed drive manufacturer shall supply a temperature con-
troller, a temperature sensor, and all other components required for a
comalete speed control system. The components which are outside the`var-
iable speed drive enclosure, except the temperature sensor, shall be in-
stalled in one NEMA 12 enclosure. The variable speed drive shall be de-
signed to accept one of two control signal inputs. The control signal
shall be either 0 - 10 volts do or 4-20 mA. The temperature controller
shall receive a signal from the temperature sensor and shall condition
the signal into one of these signals. Any additional components required
to complete this conditioning shall be supplied, The variable speed
drive shall include a control voltage transformer to supply the external
controls with a maximum of 120 volts, If an additional transformer is
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 ) 1
ISB8-2
1
y iy
IJ L
3.
required to further reduce the voltage for the controlo, the variable
speed drive manufacturer shall supply it.
The speed controller manufacturer shah provide all protective equipment,
including fuses, circuit breakers and protective relays as required to
fully protect the equipment from damage due to electrical failure or
overload, The speed control equipment shall be designed to protect it-
self and the motor from overtemperature, single-phasing, incorrect phase
sequence, and overcurrent. All fuses shall be monitored for a fuse blown
condition.
All components shall be accessible from the cabinet door for service.
f ~
I The temperature sensor shall be wall mounted. The temperature sensor and
temperature controller combination shall have a minimum variable set
point range of 50 to 90 F.
All field control wiring shall terminate on terminal blocks.
j
i
1
I
h {
I
i
1
i
I
I
,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71,00001
102089
1588-3
I
i
N
ii
}
t ;~l
Subsection 1589 - BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
1589.1 GENERAL. Backdraft dampers shall be furnished as specified
herein and shall be installed as indicated on the drawings.
15B9.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Equipment and materials furnished under
this subsection shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
latest applicable requirements of ASTM, AMCA, and any other such regular
published and accepted standards, except where modified or supplemented
by these specifications; and in accordance with the applicable require-
ments of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards." Any
conflict between standards shall be referred to the Engineer who will de-
termine which standard shall govern.
15B9.3 DESIGN. Dampers shall be manufactured by Air Balance, Inc.;
American Warming; Arrow United Industries, Inc.; or Ruskin Mfg.
f Dampers with any blade dimension exceeding 48 inches or any damper ex
j t cea%.ing the manufacturer's recommended size shall be built in multiple
sections. All dampers shall be carefully inspected before installation
and any damper having poorly fitted blades, insufficient frame rigidity,
or excessive clearance or backlash in moving parts shall be rejected.
i
Manufacturer's data shall be submitted for each model of damper to be
furnished. Data shall include dimensional information and AMCA certified
performance for pressire drop and leakage.
Dampers shall be sized and'located as indicated on the drawings with ap-
propriate clearances for the construction.
Unless otherwise specified, dampers installed in a vertical position
shall have horizontal blades; dampers installed in the horizontal posi-
tion shall have blades parallel to the short dimension.
Damper blades shall be mounted on cadmium plated or stainless steel
shafts in self-lubricating bearings. The bearing or sleeve shall be of
high impacted molded plastic, precluding metal-to-metal wear or galling.
Backdraft dampers, designated on the drawings by "UD" or by the appropri-
ate symbol, shall be heavy gauge, extruded aluminum, gravity closing
j dampers, furnished and installed where indicated on the drawings. Damp-
iJ ers shall be suitable for 3,500 fpm velocities.
Dampers shall be extruded 6063-T5 or -T53 aluminum of 16 gauge minimum
thickness, in a 2 inch by 7/8 inch by 0.081 inch minimum extruded alumi-
num frame, braced in larger sections as required.
j
i
f
! (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089 J
j` 15B9-1
=:!sa! lI
11 r~
J
Barkdraft dampers shall be American Warming Model BDY-410 Air Balance
Model DY 1002 V or H, Arrow United 655, or Ruskin CBD-6. r„*
Backdraft dampers shall be furnished with adjustable counterweights re-
quired to maintain a static pressure drop of 1/10 inch water gauge
(0.10 inch H20).
j
1
1
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
15B9-2
a
E'
A I
Section 15C - AUXILIARY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION
15C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements for erection of all
mechanical equipment to be erected by the Contractor whether Owner-
furnished, Contractor-furnished, or existing. Equipment erection shall
include all work required for complete installation from unloading to
placing the equipment in successful operation.
Erection procedures not specified herein shall be in accordance with the
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and accepted good engineer-
ing practice,
j Equipment shall be checked prior to its installation to ensure that it is
in conformancc with the manufacturer's drawings. Any discrepancies shall A
be reported to the Owner.
When Owner-furnished equipment is shipped unassembled, the complete as-
sembly of such equipment shall be a part of the'work included under these
specifications,
Motors and other equipment having electrical connections will be electri-
cally connected under Division 16 of these specifications. All other
erection work on this equipment shall be performed under these specifica-
tions.
15C..2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. All erection procedures shall conform with ac-
cepted good engineering practice, the latest applicable requirements of
the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping, the appropriate sections of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and all federal and state laws and local
regulationa.
1
15C.3 CLEANING. All equipment shall be cleaned of all sand, dirt, and
other foreign materials immediately after removal from storage and before
the equipment is brought inside the power plant building or to other in-
stallation sites. All piping and tubes shall be air blown,
150.4 ERECTION MATERIALS. All materials required for complete erection
of the equipment shall be furnished except those materials specified to
f be furnished by the Company, The material shall include, but not be
j limited to, grout, shims, wedges, dowels, anchors, supports, bolting,
II gaskets, packing, welding rod, and consumable gases,
Concrete equipment bases, where required, shall be furnished as a part of
the work under Division 3 of these specifications.
s
Anchor bolts for major items of equipment shall be furnished cast into
the concrete equipment bases. Self-drilling cone type expansion anchors
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 ]
15C-1
r
E4
M
P
Rv f
shall be furnished for securing all remaining equipment not specifically
indicated to have cast-in-place anchor bolts.
All bolting required for structural attachments shall be furnished and
shall conform to ASTM A449.
15C.5 LOCATION TOLERANCES, All equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch
of the dimensioned locations indicated on the drawings,
15C.6 PIPING CONNECTIONS. All equipment having piping connections shall
be leveled, aligned, and wedged in place but shall not be grouted or
bolted prior to the initial fitting and alignment of connecting piping.
All equipment shall, however, be grouted o
or ~ I
or to final bolting or welding of the connectionepipingts foundation pri-
i. All flanged joints shall be checked and retightened after approximately
10 days of operation at normal operating temperatures.
15C.7 GROUTING, The metal bases of all equipment installed under these
specifications shall be solidly grouted in place. Grouting materials and
procedures shall be in accordance with Section 3B of these specifications.
15C.8 E UIPMENT PIPING, All piping, valves, and fittings furnished with
the equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of
Section 15D of these specifications.
All equipment drains shall be piped to bell-ups or floor drains. Con-
neetion to bell-ups shall be caulked unless otherwise directed by the-
Owner, Equipment oil drain points shall be provided with a bronze plug
1 cock of the same size as the connection, and a screwed cap or plug, `
15C.9 PUMP SUCTION STRAINERS, All pump suction strainers shall be 'in-
stalled before stflrtIng the associated equipment.
150,10 SHAFT ALIGNMENT. The alignment of rotating machinery shafts shall
be ae perfect as pre t cable. Parallel offset between coupling halves
shall not exceed 0.001 inch with proper allowance for expansion of the
driver or driven unit when operating. The faces of coupling halves, with
the halves square on their shafts, shall be parallel within 0.001 inch.
Parallel offset measurements shall be made with a dial indicator. Angu-
lar offset measurements shall preferably be made with a dial indicator;
feeler gauges may be used to measure angular offset when the coupling is
on a motor having sleeve bearings, and when space limitations prevent the
use of a dial indicator.
Alignment records shall be maintained by the Contractor for each piece of
equipment. Records shall be submitted to the owner.
(DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089
I5C-2
k.
s
IS ,
V
A
15C.11 DOWELING. Shaft driven mechanical equipment, including the motor
drives, with a rating of 25 horsepower or larger, shall be doweled using
tapered dowels after shafts have been aligned and accepted. Doweling
shall not be accomplished until after 48 hours of operation have been
successfully demonstrated.
After 48 hours of operation, coupling alignment shall be rechecked by the
Contractor. ff the coupling alignment has chanPed appreciably and is no
longer within the alignment tolerances specified in the above article ti-
tled SHAFT ALIGNMENT, corrective measures shall be taken as directed by
the Owner. If the coupling alignment is still acceptable to the Owner,
permission shall be requested to proceed with equipment doweliug,
i
The Owner may elect to authorize the Contractor to dowel a piece of
equipment without the specified alignment recheck if the equipment has
been running satisfactorily for the specified leng h of time,
Doweling shall include step drilling the dowel holes in the equipment,
base, or soleplates, taper reaming the holm, and installing dowels as
specified herein.
Each component or item of equipment to be doweled shall receive one dowel
in each of two opposite corners, near an anchor or hold-down bolt.
Dowels shall be American National Standard taper pins, tapered 0.25 inch
4 per foot. Dowels and dowel dimensions, hole drilling sizes, and number
of drill steps shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard B18.8.2. The
large and of each dowel shall be turned down, threaded, and provided with
a heavy hex nut for withdrawal purposes,
Unless otherwise specified by the equipment manufacturer, dowel sizes
shall be as follows.
Horsepower Range Tapr< Pin Basic Pin
_ of Equipment Size Number (Major) Diameter, in.
25 to 100 6 0.341
101 to 200' 7 0.409
201 to 500 8 0.492
501 to 2,000 9 01591
2,000 up 10
0,706
15C.12 MOTORS. Each electric motor shall be examined for damage and the
insulation meggered before energization. If the motor insulation megger
values are below rated kV +1 megohm for all windings, the motor windings
shall be dried by application of a metered do current to the windings in
j a manner acceptable to the Owner.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
I 102089 ]
15C-3
s
e
All motors shall be checked for proper rotation before connection to the r
driven equipment. A record shall be kept of all motor rotation checks.
Stainless steel shims, cut to the same size as the motor foot, shall be
installed beneath each motor wherever practicable when aligning shafts so j
that future realignment may be performed without grinding the motor base-
plate.
15C.13 E UIQ PMENT CHECKOUT. All equipment shall be cleaned. Rotating
machinery shall be lubricated, checked for freedom of movement by hand if
possible, and all prerequisite operating conditions established before
the application of motive power. Equipment subject to pressure shall be
checked for leakage.
After erection, all equipment having moving parts, electrical apparatus,
or equipment subject to pressure shall be given trial operation in ac-
cordance with the section titled STARTUP.
15C.14 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. Items of miscellaneous equipment such
as locally mounted pressure and flow transmitters, pilot controls for
control valves, etc., shall be installed in locations in accordance with
the drawings if indicated. Such items not indicated on the drawings
shall be installed in easily accessible locations and subject to the ac-
ceptance of the owner. All such items shall be rigidly supported from
the building structure by means of suitable brackets,
15C.15 DEFECTS. All defects in erection shall be corrected to the sat-
e I isfaation of the Owner.. The dismantling and reassembly of Contractor-
furnished equipment to remove defective parts, replace parts, or make
adjustments shall be included as a part of the work under these speci-
fications,
15C.16 1ANUFAr CTURERIS FIELD REPRESENTATIVES, The services of manufac-
turer's field representatives to inspect and advise in the erection work
will be furnished for the Owner-furnished turbl.ne hydraulic governor.
The presence of these representatives shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for obtaining a proper equipment installation.
Service representatives' time required in addition to that already con-
tracted for, owing to failure of the Contractor to effectively utilize
the time, shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the owner as
to the times manufacturers' representatives are required. At least
3 weeks advance notice shall be given.
15C.17 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. All equipment to be erected under these
specifications shall be protected from damage of any kind from the time
it is unloaded until it is ready for initial operation.
[DENTON 10567GGENCCONST 71.0000'
102089
150-4
3
.ice sP1-J'n..
The equipment shall be protected during storage as described in Sec-
tion 1G.
Equipment shall be protected from weld spatter during construction.
Equipment having glass components such as gauges, or equipment having
other easily broken components, shall be protected during the construc-
tion period with plywood enclosures or other suitable means,
Machine finished surfaces, polished surfaces, or other bare metal sur-
faces which are not to be painted, sAich as machinery shafts and cou-
plinge, shall be provided temporary protection during storage and con-
struction periods by a coating of Rust-Ol.eum "R-9" or other suitable non-
drying, oily type, rust-preventive compound.
i +
15C.I8 REPAIR OF PAINTED SURFACES. After erection, touchup paint shall
be furnished and applied to all abraded or damaged areas on shop painted
equipment surfaces. Surfaces shall be properly prepared before applica-
tion of paint. The touchup paint shall be of a type equivalent to the
shop paint.
Where touchup paint is provided by the equipment supplier, that paint
shall be used for touchup and all surface preparation and paint applica-
tion procedures furnished by the supplier shall be followed,
15C.19 MAINTENANCE TOOLS, Except as otherwise specified, all tools pur-
chased with equipment for maintenance purposes shall not be used for
erection purposes, All such tools shall be stored as directed by the
Owner.
~ i
f
j
f
1
I
3
i
i
t
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
' 15C-5
i
i
;A
S
Secrion 15D - MISCELLANEOUS PIPING
15D.1 GENERAL. This section covers sump pump piping, other miscellane-
ous piping, and pipe hangers to be furnished and installed under these
specifications. It also covers installation of piping supplied by the
Owner.
Miscellaneous piping shall be furnished and installed complete with all
fittings, jointing materials, hangers and supports, anchors, and other
necessary appurtenances.
General equipment requirements are specified in Section 15B,
Cast iron drain pipe is specified in Section 20.
j !
15D.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. Exce",, as otherwise specified, all piping and
piping support materials, fabrication, erection, testing, and application
I j of piping materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping, including all
addenda through the latest applicable addendum; the Uniform Plumbing
Code; all federal, state, and local regulations, when applicable; and the
applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health
Standards."
15D.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Piping materials, specifications, drawings,
_l and data covering the piping and accessories furnished shall be submitted
in accordance with Section 1C.
15D.4 MATERIALS, Miscellaneous piping materials shall be as follows,
Steel pipe and accessories
Standard weight pipe ANSI B36.10, galvanized, ASTM
A106, Grade B, standard weight
(Schedule 40)
Extra strong pipe ANSI B36.10, galvanized, seem-
less ASTM A106, Grade D, extra
strong (Schedule 80)
Schedule 160 pipe ANSI B36.10, galvanized, ASTM
A106, Grade B, Schedule 160
Joints 2 inch and smaller - socket
welded, flanged welded union
end, or threaded. 2-1/2 inch
and larger - butt welded or
flanged
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
1 [ 102089 )
15D-1
'f
r
X4..i1
Flanges All pipeline flanges - flat
faced ANSI Class 150 with t
socket or weld neck design,
depending on size. Threaded
or slip-on flanges are not
permitted. Flange gaskets -
1/16 inch full face cloth in-
serted synthetic rubber.
Flange bolting - ASTM A307,
Grade B, double-ended studs or
continuously threaded stock
utilizing ASTM A563 Grade A
heavy hex nuts
Fittings Fittings - 2 inch and-small-
er - socket welded Class 2000
or higher
E
( Fittings 2-1/2 inch and larg-
If ! er - butt welded and compara-
ble to the piping branch con-
nections. Fittings shall be
made using standard fittings
or'preengineered branch con-
sections. Half couplings
shall not be used.
Unions Ground joint type constructed
of materials equivalent in al-
loy composition and strength
to the pipe material. Har-
dened stainless steel seating
surfaces on both faces
15D.3 FLEXIBLE HOSES. Flexible hoses shall be furnished as specified
herein and in the Mechanical Device List. Flexible hoses shall be Flex-
onics Series 401M stainless steel braided metal hoses or acceptable
equal. All hoses 2 inches and smaller shall have screwed end connections
and all hoses 2-1/2 inches and larger shall have ANSI Class 150 flanged
end co.. .,tions. All hoses shall be designed for the pressure and tem-
perature specified in the Pipeline List,
i
15D.6 SERVICE AND TYPE REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise specified or
authorized, piping application shall conform to the general requirements
which follow.
All piping furnished under ASTM A106 Grade B steel,
these specifications other 2-1/2 inches and larger
than floor drain piping shall be Schedule 40 mini-
specified in Section 2C mum. 2 inches and smaller
shall be Schedule 80 minimum.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
( 102089 ]
15D-2
r
Design pressure 75 psig
Design temperature 90 F
15D.7 PIPE INSULATION. Pipe, fittings, flanges, valves, and other ac-
cessories in cold water lines which are exposed over equipment, elec-
trical panels, or cabinets shall be insulated.
Insulation shall be a flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation,
Armstrong "Armaflex," or acceptable equal, 3/4 inch thick. Adhesive
shall be Armstrong 520 Adhesive or acceptable equal.
15D.8 PIPE JOINTS. Pipe joints shall be carefully anti neatly made in
Y~ accordance with the requirements which follow.
15D.8.1 Threaded. Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1, NPT, and
shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies. Not more than three
threads at each pipe connection shall remain exposed after thread engage-
merit. Ends of pipe shall be reamed, after threading and before assembly,
to remove all burrs.
i '
Threaded joints in piping shall be made up with thread tape or a suitable
joint compound.
f 15D.8.2 Flanged. Flanga bolts shall be tightened sufficiently to
slightly compress the gasket and effect a seal, but not so tight as to
distort the flanges. The raised face shall be machined off of any raised
face flange which is to be connected, to a flat face flange.
!I 15D.8.3 Welded. Welding shall conform to the specifications and recom-
mendations contained in the Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.1.
15D.9 PIPE SLEEVES. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, all
t pipes passing through walls or slabs which have one side in contact with
earth or exposed to the weather shall be sealed watertight with special
rubber gasketed sleeve and joint assemblies, or with sleeves and modular
rubber sealing elements.
15D.10 PIPING SUPPORTS. All piping supports shall be furnished in ac-
cordance with the Pipe Support - Support Selection Guidea, and the Hanger
Detail - Typical Small Pipe Hanger Sheets bound at the end of this sec-
tion, and the requirements specified herein.
j
Piping supports shall be designed in accordance with "Approved for Con-
struction" drawings. All supports shall properly fit and function in
place. A minimum of 71-0" of headroom clearance shall be provided on all
the walkways. Clearance less than P-0" on the walkways shall require
the acceptance of the owner,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 )
15D-3
pal
.;1E+ 1 1l
l
1
Supports shall not induce excessive strain in the piping, connected
equipment, or building structure. Pipe deflection between supports on r
steel pipe shall be limited to 1/8 inch maximum with normal operating
contents in the piping, or 3/8 inch with maximum loading. Stress result-
ing from weight shall be 3,000 psi maximum. Horizontal support spacing
for steel pipe shall not exceed that indicated in the Pipe Support - Sup-
port Selection Guide included at the end of this section. Supports shall
be located, where possible, on building steel beams or columns of 8 inch
size or larger, near concentrated piping loads (such aE valves), and near
changes in direction of piping. Supports shall not be attached to build-
ing structural angles, diagonal bracing, or truss members. Any supple-
mentary structural steel members required for support attachment shall be
{ furnished, whether indicated on the drawings or not. Any reinforcing of
building atructure. required for supports shall be furnished.
i
Support components furnished shall be manufactured by Basic Engineers,
Bergen-Paterson, Corner & Lada, Elcen Metal Products, ITT Grinnell Com-
pany, or Power Piping.
I
Piping supports shall be constructed and installed to provide an orderly
and attractive appearance. Adjacent supports shall be of the same type
and component assembly insofar as practicable. Corresponding parts of
adjacent hangers shall be set at the same elevation. The use of trapeze
type supports shall be avoided where possible. Two or more supports at-
tached to the same part of the building structure shall be in line, rath-
er than staggered.
15D.10.1 Materials. Support components shall be carbon steel material {
of an ASTM type having a minimum yield strength of 35;000 psi and a mini-
mum ultimate strength of 60,000 psi. Malleable iron materials shall not
be used. Supplementary support beams required for attaching supports to
I the building structure shall conform to ASTM A36. Supports shall be of
fireproof construction; no combustible material shall be used. Support
materials shall be sized to meet or exceed the minimum requirements as
follows. Support assemblies shall have a minimum yield strength of two
and a minimum ultimate breaking strength of four, relative to the minimum
service strength as listed above.
Strength,
Pipe Size, pounds, Rod Size, Fluorstands,
minimum inches, inches,
inches,
nominal r service minimum minimum pipe.
2-1/2 10000 1/2 1-1/2
3 1,000 1/2 2
4 10000 5/8 2-1/2
6 1,600 3/4 3-1/2
g 1,600 3/4 5
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN NST 71.0000]
102089
[ 15D-4
d. :Y c8 .
n
i3
S
R' • ti.Jd
I
The minimum thickness of steel plate against concrete shall be as fol-
Iowa.
Piping Size, nominal Plate Thickness, inches
4 inches and smaller 1/4
6 inches and smaller 3/8
8 inches 1/2
15D.10.2 Structure Attachments. Structure attachment components shall
be fastened by welding or bolting. The use of structural attachments
that apply torsional loads to structural steel is to be avoided if pos-
sible. If torsional loading cannot be avoided, only one such attachment
I per structural beam will be permitted and the following
? eccentricity and loading shall apply for the structural beam rsizes nindi-
Gated.
Eccentricity) Load,
1 Structural inches,
1 I Beam Size _ maximum pounds,
max imum
W8 4 210
E W10 6 145
1 W12 6 150
W14 8 100
.i
W16 8
i
140
W18 10 180
W21 10 200
W24 12 175
j Ceiling and wall concrete attachments shall be used only when attachment
to building steel or added supplementary steel is impractical. Anchor
bolts furnished loose with the supports shall be the cone expansion type
which conform with Federal Specification FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4,
Class 1 or 2. Expansion anchor design shall meet the following criteria.
Minimum safety factor of five
i
Use in ceilings and walls shall be limited to no more than
! 1/2 inch nominal diameter.
t
i
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
I 102089 )
15D-5
PW.
t
Minimum edge and spacing distances in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations
Special attention shall be given rigid floorstands, such as base
elbows, so that excessive forces and stresses are not induced in
piping, equipment, or building structure,
Unless otherwise indicated, supplementary steel beams shall be attached
to building steel by means of clip angles welded to the web of the build-
ing beams or columns. These clip angles shall conform to "Framed Beam
1 Connections" as indicated in the latest AISC Manual of Steel Construc-
tion. .Clip angles shall be securely attached to the supplementary beams
by bolting for shipping and installation purposes. Bolting shall be
i through elongated holes In the beam web. Permanent attachment shall be
i by field welding,
15D,10.3 Pipe Attachments. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for hor-
izontal piping nhsll be pipe clamps. On piping 1-1/4 inches and smaller
diameter, the pipe attachment may be a clevis type such as Grinnell Fig-
i ure'260.' Material for clamps, lugs, bolts, studs, and nuts shall be oar-
bon steel. Pipe clamps shall be types similar to Grinnell Company Fig-
ures 2120 216, 224, and 295; no other types will be permitted.
3
j Riser clamps shall have stock size that meets or exceeds the following
minimum requirement, unless specified otherwise. The top surfacae of the
)I clamp shall be flat and normal to the pipe.
1 3 VAR C-1 I
5 shall be equal to, or greater than, (TH)1 where,
S - design stress for clamp material (12,00 pei)
V - load on one side of riser clamp, pounds
A - arm length from pipe outside surface to load
line, inches
R - radius factor, inches (outside pipe radius
plus 1 inch)
T - thickness of clamp stock, inches
H - height of clamp stock, inches
15D.10,4 Rods. Hanger rods shall be constructed of solid, round, steel
bars not less than 1/2 inch in diameter for support of pipe 1-1/2 inches
and larger, or not less than 3/$ inch nor support of smallev pipe. The
maximum allowable stress in a rod shall be 9,000 psi average at the
(DRNTON 105671020890NST 7L.0000
15D-6
~f
3
ii
thread root cross-sectional area, or 12,000 psi in nonrhreaded rods,
Pipe, strap, chain, or other similar materials shall not be used in place
of rods. Eye rods shall have fully and neatly welded eyes. The cross-
sectional area and strength of the weld must be equal to, or greater
than, the cross-sectional area and strength of the rod. Screw threads
shall be in conformance with ANSI B1.1. Stress areas for threaded rods
shall be equal to, or larger than, the following American National Stand-
ard Unified Inch Screw Thread Series UNC,
Forged steel turnbuckles or welded steel turnbuckles similar to Grinnell
Standard 80 shall be provided in hanger assemblies unless the arrangement
provides other means of vertical adjustment under load. Steel turnbuck-
lea shall be used to couple long rods. Turnbuckles and other threaded
adjustment components shall be provided with locknuts,
15D.10,5 Bolting, Bolting shall consist of either studs and nuta, or
bolts and nuts. Threaded ends of studs or bolts shall not extend more
than one diameter beyond the.nut. Nuts for each stud shall be installed
j ! equidistant from the ends of the stud. Middle portions of studs end
shank portions of bolts shall not be threaded. Bolt heads and nuts shall
be hexagonal type conforming to ANSI B18.2. Square bolt heads or nuts
will not be acceptable. Pine with washers
be used instead of bolts where no axial load nisetotbe carried, ainere may
15D.10.6 Fabrication. Supports shall be either shop or field fabri-
cated. Hanger rod 3 4 inch in diameter or smaller may be field cut and
3 threaded, All flame cut edges shall be ground smooth.
I 15D It PIPE INSTALLATION. Pipe shall be installed as specified and as
indicatad on the drawings. In the absence of detail piping arrangement,
size, and material, the pipe size or material to be used shall correspond
to the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code or shall be proper for
the service to be performed, and installed in a manner acceptable to the
Owner.
Embedded piezometer piping shall slope upward continuously.
Pipe shall be cut from measurements taken at the site and not from the
drawings, and all necessary provisions shall be taken in laying out pip-
ing to provide throughout for thermal expansion and contraction. Pipes
shall be held free of contact with building construction so as not to
i transmit noise resulting from expansion.
15D.12 IN=ATION INSTALLATION, Pipe insulation shall be neatly in-,
stalled by akilled workm" en, `P`iping shall be clean and dry and shall have
been tested before Insulation is applied.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 1
15D-7
i
~j
U
pia; •:-s- k ;1
,i
End joints shall be- tightly butted, Seams and joints shall be held by
in cement.
oplace. Alleinsulation rjoints sshall becpointedswith shall insulatingy pasted
Fittings, flanges, and valves shall be insulated with molded insulation
or insulating cement of the same thickness as the pipe insulation, Hang-
ers shall permit insulation to pass through, and suitable saddleesCshall
be provided to prevent the weight of the piping from being suppored by
the insulation.
15D.13 HANGER INSTALLATION, Support assemblies shall Tnot he eused sasll
part of the rigging for hoisting the pipe into place. piping
be securely held in place by other means until the pipe support is com-
pletely assembled and attached to the pipe or insulation'shield and
' building structures. All rigging shall be removed in such a manner as
not to impose a sudden load on the pipe support.
Welding of pipe supports to structural steel which forms a part of the
building supporting structure shall be accomplished by the shielded metal
are method only, and the quality of welding shall be at least equivalent
I to that provided by AWS D1.l Structural Welding Code - Steel, The struc-
tural beams shall not be heated more than necessary to attach the sup-
port. All welds shall run parallel to the axis of the span and all weld-
ing shall be staggered with cooling allowed between subsequent deposits.
Loaded beams shall be unloaded or properly shored prior to field welding
if 10 percent or more of the flange or web cross-sectional area might be
heated to over 500 F at any, one time,
15D.14 CLEANING. The inside of all pipe, valves, and fittings shall be
smooth, clean, and free from blisters, loose mill scale, sand, and dirt
when erected, All lines shall be thoroughly blown before placing in
service,
15D.15 TESTING, All specified tests shall be made by and at the expense
of the Contractor in the presence, and to the Satisfaction of, the Owner.
Each piping system shall be tested for at least 1 hour with no lose in
pressure. The hydro test shall be done after fabrication and prior to
embedment. Piping shall be tested at the following pressures,
Service Test- Pressure Test Medium
Cooling water 200 psi Water
i
Other pressure piping 1-1J2 times working Water
pressure but not
less than 50 psi
1
(DENTON 1O5671GGEN ONST 71,0000
08
15D-g
~Al
a~
~jy':tk.l!51
1R
1
Leakage may be determined by loss of pressure, soap solution, chemical
indicator, or other positive and accurate method acceptable to the Owner.
All fixtures, devices, or other accessories which are to be connected to
the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to the specified test
pressure shall be disconnected, and ends of the branch lines plugged or
capped as required during the testing procedures.
Drainage and venting system shall be tested by filling with water to the
level of the highest vent stack. Opening shall be plugged as necessary.
Each system shall hold the water for 30 minutes without any visible drop
l in the.water level.
I {
All necessary testing equipment and materials, including tools, appli-
ances, and devices shall be furnished and all tests shall be made by and
at the expense of the Contractor and-at such time as directed by the Own-
er,
f ! All joints in piping shall be tight. All joints which are found to leak
by observation or during Any specified test shall be repaired and teats
f- repeated.
i
t
{ I
I
1
f
i
i
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1
( 102089
15D••9
i
-T
~a
i.
O01DE TO PIPE SOPPOATI
LOCATION: PIPING SUPPORTS SMALL 5£ LOCATED TO SATISFY THE
FOLLOMINO CONCITION31
1
To suit nominal pipe span (see Table 1-f)
24 Rear concentrated loads such as volves, branches, Ste!
3, Near Corners (within 1/M the nominal span)
N. To suit bellding stool (supplementary steel may be sddsd,
If required.)
f 51 To clear other items such to electrical and Instrement
r' i } trays, other piping, stairs, equipment Including ■aln-
I tenanee spaeo,
i
1. To Ilne-vp with (and watch, If possible), adjaoont
1 { supports,
7, Anchor and Aaldesl
J a. Provide gvldes for wind and/or watsr hammer
b. Anchor or guide high Snsrgy-density Ilnes
I and ratulating valves,
{ ! C. On warm or het piping, de net place two anchors
{ adjacent, allow for pipe movement due to expanslon.
l
LoAa3~
For ordinary opens and-solid supports the 'typloal toad'
1,
may be used, (3ee Table 1.1) i
i
Z, For oases Including vertical runs, vertically deflecting
i spsns and spans with Concentrated toads, (valved, branches, {
i etc) maximum lead shall lit Calculated.
as to determining maximum load, pips weight, cold
speing and/or expanslan loads. and hydrastatle loads 1
must be consldoeed.
t
36 The design load for solid supports at verticslly deflect-
Ing pipe stations $hall be the greater of the following
Conditions,
;j
d
BLACK I BATCH PIPE SUPPORT ,
C MWIM nonom SUPPORT SELECTION OU I DE
~ PeeMar
SMEET I OF $
15D-10
~l
a. The operating weight load plus the asiculatsd
flex load.
1. The liydrostat) a test load plus the cold spring
toad, If any.
Y. For suop.orts utlIIzing aprtngs the "actual' a0erating
weight must be calaalated.
LEMGTNt THE MINIMUM MANGER LEMGTN MM1CN MAY BE USED FOR THE
SUPPORT OF A PIPING 3Y3TEN MILL BE 1OVE7060 IY THE
FOLLOMINGt
I. Space required for Inetallstion of alt aompansnts.
(This includes vertleal sevement when spring hanger is
l used, means for adjustment and toak(ng devices - Is,
,r 1 loeknuta.) (See Table 1-I)
j 2. Adequate length to accomodste horizontal movesent of
pi Ping. (A m{nlmum of 11.0' of hanger rod for 11 of
horlaantal pipe movomsnt.)
t
EXPANSION MOYEMENTI THE MOVEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS, DUE TO TNERMAL
EXPANSION, MUST BE OM MINED TO PROPERLY LOCATE,
SELECT, AND DESIGN SUPPORTS ANO THEIR OOMPONENT3,
i
If
i
I
t
,
BLACK WATCH PIPE SUPPORT
_fl CQfllsgltYtN~ liMfMtgt SUPPORT S E L E C T I O N O U I O E oen
' SHEET 2 OF 6
f
~ 15D-11
.
TABLE t-1
PIPE NOMINAL IJAXIMUM TYPICAL MINIMUM HANGER LENGTH (HL) - INSULATED PIPE (3)
SIZE SPAN SPAN LOAD RIGID VARIABLE SUPPORT SPRING (V5)
IN. FT. (1) FT. (i) LBS. (2) HANGER NORHAL SHORT LOAD RANGE (5)
ASSEMBLY SPRING (4) SPRING (4)
1/2 5 8 100 1'-3"
4 9 100 1+-3"
1 7 }0 i00 1'-3"
1-1/2 9 12 100 1'-7" 58 - 80
2 10 13 t00 11-9" 108 - 149
2-1/2 it 14 100 11+5" 2'•1" 1'-9'r i40 - 193
3 12 16 200 1'-5" 2+-5'.' 21-0" 252 - 347
4 14 18 400 1'-9" 2+-6" 2r-0"8 - 618
16 19 500 1+-91+ 22+-2" 600 - 825
6 17 20 600 tr-}}' 21-9" 21-4" 800 - 1100
f 8 t9 23, 100 2'-0'+ 2+-11" 2+-6" 1360 - 1870
10 22 25 1400 2'•2" 3+4" „
2 10 1800 - 2475
12 23 28 2800 2'-3" 3+-8" 31-
100 -4400
I 14 25 30 3500 2'-5" 41.01f. 3+-6" 4320 -
5940
t6 2b 32 SOOO 4'-9" 4+-2" 5000 - 8250
i8 28 34 6500 +-d'+ . n
3 51 4 4.-8 8000 11000
20 30 35 9000 3'-5" 10654 - 14640
E 4 3 38 13000 3r-7r' 61-211 14150 - 19460
30 32 38 18000 4'-1'+ 6'-}0'+ 18804 - 25850
(1) Ordinarily use 'eomin41 bpan.' Up to 194Ylmum $pan' may be
used whore it is lepracticat to place supports at closer
spacing, 3p4A8 are without concentrated loads.
i
S (2) 'Typical Loads" are for schedule 40 pipe with water.
(3) Minimum Nantar length for unlnsutated pipe Is approximately
3' less than values shcwa,
(4) For vertical movement from O' to 114' aesvm♦ short spring,
For vertical movement from 1/4' to 112' assume normal spring,
(5) 'Load ratite" Is based on schedule 40 pipe, water and 2' of
16~ iaagnaala inaul4tlon at maximum span without concentrated
leads.
n
i
BIACK R VEATCH I'VE SUPPORT
COirf1it17~f tJrilMEt)a SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE
reeuiar
U SNEET 3 OF 6
151)-12
r
P^
F S T
E
1C
FORGED STEEL CLEVYS
3'
I w FORGED STEEL TURNBUCXLE
jj WELDED EYE R00
C A
-TB
STANDARD PIPE CLAMP - PIpE 1" THRU at,
HEAVY DUTY CLAMP • PIPE 8" THRU 18"
i I
NOTEt FOR MANGER LENGTH OF LESS
( AND REPLAAd WELDED FYHUROD
I WITH WELDLESS EYENJT,
NOM. MAX
PIPE
IF LOAD A 8 C D
i E F C H J X T W
SOO t/2 1/2 12 1.1/4 5-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/ 3 t-1 4 t
800 5/8 1 1 - .
2 1040 S/8 I 1 - -
t2 2-1 /2 5-1/2 1-1/2 !-1/2 3 1.1/ 9/18 t/4 1/4
3 1,040 S/8 1 /2 12 3 5-1 /2 f.1
/2 1-1 /2 3 1-1 / 976 1 /4 1/4
3-t / 1040 5/8 t 2 12 3-i M 5.1 %2 1-1 /2 I -1 /2 3 1-1 / 9/16 1 /4
4 1040 3/4 5 8 12 3-1/2 1/4
7
I 8 1600 7/8 3/4 12 S" 3 1-t i 11 16 3/8 1 /4
` e Hoo 7/8 1 12 6.1/4 7 2 2 3 1-3/ 13/18 1/2 5/18
3 00 1 1 1 2 3 1 ~3/ 1 -i /8 1 /2 5/18
f2 3200 1 1 12 9-1 4 7 2 2 3 I-3/ 1-1 8
2516
14 4300 1 »1 4 1-1 4 1 1 2 2 3 i -3/41 1.1
/8 1 /2 5 /16
18 8600 1.3/4 1-1 /2 1 11 7 3 -1 1~3 3 4 3
5 8 E R 0 8 /2 2-1 /2 4 3 1 -5/9 1 3/8
i ER S lY NSULA
20 SEE R ID ER SEM LIP - NSULA 0 PI E
24 SEE R ID ER SEA LY - NSULA EO Pt E
30X SEER ID ER SFJ
8[AC LY - NSULA ED PI E
a WATCH PIPE SUPPORT
P>riW17~I X81 um RI0I0 MANGE ASSEMBLY »UNINSULATED PIPE
SHEET 4 OF
6
151)-13
4!
i1
i}
d
F
r -I IT
e U
K
FORGED STEEL CLEVIS
1 A
S
x
3 FORCED STEEL TZJRHeUCXLE
j h W A WELDED EYE ROD
C OUILE SOLT PIPE CLAMP
a (STANDARD CLAMP FOR PIPE 1" THRU t4PP
HEAVY DUTY CLAMP FOR PIPE 16" THRU
I I i
NOTE. THAN HANGER' EPNGTH OF LESS
fHRU 14
l r S'-6" U 16" RU 30") ,
OMIT EYE ADD WITH LDLgSS EYE NAND UT
NOM. PAX
A b c D E F G k J. X T W
1 950 1/2 1/2 t2 2-1/2 -1/2 1-1/ 3 1.1/4 9/16 1/4 1/4
1-1 2 1500 5/e 5/8 12 4 15-1/ 1-1/ 1-1/ 3 1.1/4 1/16 3/8 1/4
2 1500 5/8 5/8 12 _8 .1 1-1/ 1-1/ 3 1-1/4 11/1.6 3/8 1/4
I 2-1/2
1500 5/8 5/8 12 5-1 ~t /2 1 -1 / 1-1/ 3 1-1 /4 11 /16 3/8 1/4
f 3 15 5/ 5/ I -1
1- / i-1/ 1+1 4 11 16 / 1 4
l5 5/ 1 -1 1- 1-1 3 1-1 4 1 1 3 1/4
4 no 3/4 3/4 12 6-1/2 7 2 2 3 1-1/2 13/16 t/2 1/4
6 2~0 7/8 I t2 8-1/2 7 2 2 3 1-3/4 1-1/8 1/2 5/16
8 2800 7/8 1 12 ' 9-1 /2 7 2 2 3 1 -3 /4 1-1/8 1 /2 Vie
j 10 3200 ! 1 1 10-1 7 3 1-3 4 1-1 / 1/ 5 1
12 3200 1 1 1 11-1/ 7 3 1 3/4 1 -1 /8 1 1
14 4300 1-1 /4 1.1/4 12 12-3/ 7 2 2 3 2-1/4 1-3/8 3/4 3/8
16 8000 1+3/4 1-3 /4 12 15 8 2+1/ 2.1/ 4 3 1-7/8 1 3/8
i 18 0000 2 2 12 16-1 9 3 3 4 3. /2 2.1 8 1 3 8
20 t1500 2 2 12 17-t/ 9 3 3 4 3-1/2 2.1/8 1 3/8
24 11500 2 2 12 19-1 / 9 3 3 4 3-1/2 2-1 /8 1
30 145000 2 2 12 25 9 3 3 4 3 -1 /2 2-1 /8 1 1 3/8
/2
BUCK $ VEIITC}f PIPE SUPPORT
RIGID HANGER ASSEMBLY - INSULATED PIPE
i
PRO~
SWEET S O.F t3
ISD-14
i
r
w
..1
J
sr~ 4TTACHM NTS
E E
E PIPE SIZE 1 F F
SC
HEDULE w.
A
` FREE TO SLIDE H
SPRING
i
M D !'f
1. ~ I ( Al
24
I` I{i S
j D D D
A
a
k ! A 0 C
STM97URE ATTACHMlNTS
I j
1 A 8 C D E F a H
PI Pi
l-1/2 S 1-/ 1 4 8 x 1/4 2" d x l4
5 s Bx14xa-B" 2.,dx1/a
S 1/ 1-1 4 S x 1 /4 x 0' -B" 3" x t 4
2-1/2 5 3 4 2 40 8 x 4 x 0' 0 x 1 /4 w
3/4 2.1 / 40 8 x 1 /4 x 0 ' -8" '1-1 /2 d x 1 /4
4 , x 1/4 0
j 6 B 6 34 3 4 9xJ/8x0 -4
5 UL
to x 112 0`-10' S-1 2" I x 1 4
( B 7
4o T1 x 3/4 7-1/2 1 1/4
10 8 8 [716 6 40 11 x 3/4 x O'-11" 7.172 9 x I/4 r
16 9 9 8 12 x 3 4 x I'-0" 9-1/2 3/8
e~ 1 11 11 G 40 T4 x 3/4 2" 11-1 x 3/8
20 1 1 12 4 15 x 1 x 3
12 1 12 60 15 x 1 x 13-1
4
Of PIPE ATTACHMENT AND STRUCTURE ATTACHMENT MAY BE
i NOTE.- 1. ANY COMBINATION
i USED FOR PIPE SUPPORT.
2. 3-UNIT EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLTS SMALL BE USED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
I
81ACK & lEA CH PIPE SUPPORT
COMM usixass 11PE STAND A551KOL1£S
i low SKEET 6 Of b
15D-15
s
aY5?51i•1
y
ty
` 9i-aST
o c
^ m
~ r i « C c
M 11 ■ • • •
C n • • M T •
r • w
r
• i S R s p
111 ~ • P
eci T a M tc e a r
F
C~ •in Y ~ r M C
.7 R r7 r • 0 IN ♦r C A rC Y . . • I
~ T 6± i r 5 h r 41 M IL R. r R f .rcoo
» .
• p i r
• » b
y, 1 1 M F
•
C •
t i
to
•7 P b r M
j ~ F • ,
. O ~
( • f11 r,. i •
w N 1
s F '
r ~ M tie ~ ~ c : r e ,
w i M =
q
• F R
b A f11 0 i x.711 M
s k•
~ r
! J b
.i.a isa~~wit
x M+q •►p •~I~R x qn1 •►C .L '
r--~ a
lir
Q •
'60 lp LL
Y ^ iii` Y r_• y
`
R
I•
cxi it f' '
g r . v / .J c r T e
T • i i O R r w ,
m
46 ow 10
40
• •
Y •'1rr•nrni r
~ w H N
~ • Y iI1 .r. I ~ • i r ♦ F'
T " "s wt » ~t • ~
a
rn ~t 7!•C ~ ~ r
Cf1 i ~
4S
fj
LT^QST is
.0 r"
• m m
« ..I i m
C~ iso
O m
T
111 N
anfT'I .N ~ ~
y C .4 r I +i 1
w pp low
lr r ~e m
r Q
10
` m 1
F[L IA A 1
N A
K
>
11
3w Am
w
N A
p i
j
1 H N N
Iw ~ .p
1
m r
04
fT A 1 r
r t
i~
4, r
N a ~ o
m in
N
A
'S'IT I N 1 r
N
_ N
W e
~ K
d
Gr ~ '
SY'+1F:1.6~
MLSav,.p ~
rica'f'a4
. ~ Y ~ G 4Cll
■ ~ w SM012Yl~ph k~qa 3d1~
LL~~;;;,,JJ a M M
`PK c~
s , r
MC ~e
ws
s
r■■n M. COO
N ■ I
■
on
a .
Al ' ~
N
[ " N611Th313 M01_"..iTA~ 313
I r
~ s
` 'v ONiln! j
V
1
~ ~ lrrnianrls
y I
A
`w
Jim
MoNT I(11o ~
► ( ~ ~ s ~ fMT30 001'
Z ~
n ~ ~ r N011TA313
o : N0111'rt31 f
o;rm ~
to
Mill
f
a .9fi T310kf '
~I19 E
W
i
ULM
HT3P ~I■ OOT
cJ~
i4
i
1
13
y
6T-(IST
cw
o:T
C.,
r 14y 'X~N .Q li err
OAF'
p
i T T N 1
.90
y N
Nidid 1~ .n
Q
"WIN
C
G+ i
S r~ `
M
a 10
C
41 f, ro
~1 N O
6' P79
1~ I ~ ~ N ~w I>fnl tiryAl~nwu 1
KNVNO .016 I .'ANlslwn.
~ S
s ° 'XrM .fiJE 'BNldld ivyll I.
C.
Q3dmo
e w 'XVN .L 'QNldld wo r 'v
n
rA at
-dot- dot- loll9 01 33NI
C)
rA 'eKld►d a3l+nnswl s
Ito MOM
ounnul b,
m$ 'BNU31Q3YMB
OM nNi Ifrlt rtl
' _
all
r PFI a. 'p l~T1 O N C M O
I w y N~ e+ e no
CIP r• M ~ r w
'r S N ~ ~i p M
i ~ Z r W .~i
i
m , : °
13C IMP
' N o ti o DI-
f~K ~.~uJ n
y 8 y >4 ~ i
n+ a ~ r
O rte.. C , '1{t~.1
G
N
04
9MV
,
2, ~ I
.f
OZ-a51
'pw
t op s
rw °r I j
Q ~
,11
IM4
s r C `I i ~ r T~
J! I r P
r. : i
o ~
M Ic T
~ L
~ is ti At
e
1
o F. r n
z
~m
t6 f71 , ti
_ ~ A P P
:~m
e s r
P1 1 I ~ r r I
H, a. w . M N y 1
j j
fi t!f ~t ti 4 r !
f
.b.
r
♦"4m
sn+snau
WON
j
Subsection 15D1 - PIPELINE LIST
i
i 15DI.1 GENERAL. The Pipeline List indicated below lists the major
f piping systems, including piping installed under other specifications,
j The list includes information on the operating conditions, piping type,
valve types, etc., applicable to each pipeline system.
Drawing Number Revision Title
10567-PIPE-M1001 0 PIPELINE LIST
j
I
I
E
1 ~ }
f
E
,
{
I
i
t
j
f
[DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71,0000]
15D1-1
KGYY
NIA
Inx'.;ce1d:
I
Isf
d
z-ZasT
i
n
f
1 I
60
co
f'O
11
b ,a
to
1
TQM ~
f
o~
f
E-TQSI
rt `m
H i I
b O ~
~
CA
t*~ pprodp Wnp~ a o j
I y Po w Fi p'
C+1
I
ij.
~Hb m 0
Q
o~ tl >n Mello " n g ro j
M OO t+ 00 p ~~1qq+. m M rt 4
rt 6j.
a pp~+ ~y Mgo n N~ ~y ao C ST iI
rh A.n r. M a.
I~ n ~Qy oA 1n~
{ A FS C P Nad M~ Op m .
w m W rnHM.. p M. p
C ; 9 O. p
a O
M ° dM a H
m t1.
r n m m
f
pl.
A.
1 a rt ~
E
I
a
14 1
M.
2
{
i
4
,
r.'
71
7-ta5t
e~
N ~ H ~`pyyp ~ tf
~ R7 N 1
f tob
to fA N M C13
toHDO
~C N
C7 r
M f
I ril
E-
w N N gyp'' rp"' M''d ^ m < N dp(~ m p, W h~+. ~p•+ p '
bn _c < !off m ro ro n a< n
{III f1 4 tea W n it q ro ro R N. p. OQ.. A.. y•
C r. yNy.
~ r R C d d r, go ~q OW 0
w C A a r r LI H A p r N. ro p pMtl b Fh v
wo M,
00
0 00 : 101,
L1 G N. ~ M OQ a~ ft W 0 r p j
11 n
10
10
O a a ry+ N p~ p
rr ry if. A p A t0 r
pt$
0 ~f
p' p H Rq a'aa ryn r s
q r r: A n r r r. '
I f-t<~
IA it. 1` a XM•
Mrw a. j
r. ~ i7 M ~E
r
y1Qj1~ ILV a~ST r `;~{1+~
I
"Ak' W i
t
S-iQ5i
e-
r O b co J T VOi W N Y C gyp1-{~
7 O m
~ 9 O 1
r pp ro rro roro ~ a ~ ,1
N ~
r
► In b i ID Ir ~ U 16 r b N b In b~ b~
00 00 00 00 py,~ o0 o vo o v ~,9p,,, r
4 '47 aro IIro +ero 90 ^Oro M~ M7 w~ ~I K7 -
I P P NP Y P P V V h'P NN a
roro° Mro pa°
RV V ar a!
roa
tliO U...
f
1
i
i 14
8
.,t%.~N
,a u: ;y1
t! i~
}t1
i
Section 15E - VALVES
3
}
15E.1 GENERAL, This section covers all valves to be furbished and in-
stalled under these specifications. Also covered is the Installation of
Owner-furnished valves. The Valve List provided in Subsection 15E1 con-
tains only those valves which must be purchased under th+ee specifica-
tions, The piping diagram listed in Section 1B and included in the sepa-
rately bound drawings shows the scope of Owner-furnished valves,
j I
General equipment requirements are specified in Section 15B,
Additional requirements for valves are included in the following subsec-
tions.
Subsection 15E1 VALVE LIST
Subsection 15E2 BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER THAN 24 INCHES
Subsection 15E3 BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH AND LARCER
Subsection 15E4 WAFER CHECK VALVES
j Subsection 15E5 AIR VALVES
Subsection 15E6 BALL VALVES,
\ 15E.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete specifications,
data, and catalog
cuts or a op swinge covering the items furnished under this section
shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1C.
15E.3 VALVE APPLICATION, Pressure classes, sizes, types, body materi-
als, an en preparation requirements for all valves are stated in the
Valve List. Pressure classes listed in the Valve List are intended as a
general guide to selection of the proper valve class, The Contractor j
shall be fully responsible for providing valves with ratings that meet or
exceed the design conditions in the Valve List.
1
,
e
F
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I 102099 )
15E-1
i
r
1 .
r
r~ 16
r,
t Subsection 15EI - VALVE LIST
i 15E1,1 GENERAL. The valves to be furnished together with the nominal
valve size, AWWA pressure class, end preparation, body material, and any
I special features are indicated on the following drawing included in this
{ subsection, All valves will see relatively low fluid pressures,
Drawing No, Rev Title
10567-VLV-M1001 0 VALVE LIST
1
a
{
11
t [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 013190 J
I5EI-1
j
i
•
aiS•A
~Y.V~Ai17 'y
l4+ovtiv~v~ i
Z"iil] 1
.
Como
i
i
f i
f ~
p~pp
O C!
8~ d
x
t
to
N
P
t
M
b
i
r 1<x~ro4rt(~
&.uYi tP
r r.dp IN
• iY N A
~roro a d d w r4
M
OR
s
k C7 O v.
kcGwrra~~eo ~ o i
n r
~p h
1"MpO+rw~nn►, n an
~ H M n
q AAni A„ A p p ~ if~f 00 A~, Y tn~ O t7 3 M h (+q
13 M. rf
1* 116 '4
tyAw~uye p H
n a n ~ a ►n _
Ce
W4 fA
)4 t C 11 M • r• a r. O r• f..
f ~ R ( ~ ~ r• ~ ~ vl M A I
k 0 ^r0 0
II r a ^ & pC r• r {
f
0
r. I
r ~ 1
r.
b
f M O I
3
I
i
i
uM,
RMYIi~
Ica?" ..r
lii MW.
h~t~Sl
d d b HN N 1~~flp ~Cnylpq
~~yy O f'M N h' O.O
H ro
.411 a
If/ ;
(t 1
? 111
zero Es 0z
~ rt
An
SrN N Y M •
I-W
na „4
°1'a h e AM r C e~ ~D f
4 n IC a6 p „ M 5 f
C6 R
! b ~ r '
K
' Y
I't
a r ~ f
AM M M
B~ f
i
~~~~~„1pryyy -Y
NNNppp
rwM ix
i
5-1851
Yy 3
r }
R
f
1
p' ~ A p m p ~ o
. FFn 1y~ ~ oo s' r ~ yr A
0. Al M f~1 hM,+ M M FM O t
M M ~ n~ n Qb (y14 pry ~QQ " Itt
• 1
N<
i
A ~
M, 1
~I r
a
i
i
j
i
i
i
VItF`ag r~~ 1
~ UFftig
k+y+,.e5t r
g~g 4.n. , ijt''1
9-f~ST
0
~ 1 ~ I I I I I f I t ~ 0 i N4 ~ ,
~xl me
I I ~ 1 I i~~ o
f
1 Oa N • W N r i ~ r ~
NV
00 00
mt RI SsS N'Z" zn r.1 9~ < Nv RI
pzT C Nx NQ N fog
fi m ZI<11 c " f+C oln Gycl 00 C x0 I
cc NN rn 30
AN K~ w z~ f1G C NN m fV'm 19 i
RI N m X x
I w C O
T i~t N ~ r' mo F ~ ~O I~I CC It I M I i i
m x x.. v c w < '
o mN ~
> ao ~ I
O G7 G1 b >K JE m 11
OOy N °v4 Oqv.. V.. °.V,~ °.q. V.0-40-4-4 °V..\ - 011-4 OyV
r r I
0606° 0°bo 0666 °00 ° o°O$ °p 100 ' 00 00 00 006 r iv'~
00 00 oo 00 °0 060 00 00 66
oc
.060 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 00 IZ0N
06 00 OO OO
OW (py +r +r p~ A O
NC NO 0a co 00 b0 60 0a ) o A N 0fj Op lrj N ~ J -
+ 0 ti 6 0 00
fll t!I N~ VV11
<~r
I Nn z x x x x x x = rnN < O
i o mm oqf1 I~ n I s f
1 AAA 4N ~A [A tF AN ANN ' I_r'0 r N Xn a iI fl1 rly'
f III
W W I i
O irll to t0 N ~0 Irk Iq~~~jl1 Nm ym~ ~fI ►i
TOV In VO Tb 1°ID TO ~D9 T4 TV T'p T6V T9 T~V -i t ~I Cp
"4U i
r 1 ~ i
N
(A L" (A 1A Ln I I LM O
p0j r m
W O) O
Ny Um y III y1 ~ 01 1 CCC ITI V t
~yCF (y~1~ (~1Y/1l N ~ C N yCI ~ ~ ~ l O ~l b
N N 00 6 f6J m No VoI O
O tl W W W O N b
mr my f
f IxFI 0 111 O O m 1x11 fZrl O m V0 0 b ~ i
~ 'o $ y
~ ~ a o o I ,
i
1
g J#': ti1!H
t~ Tit,
I '
I
G-1351
n
\ S
I I I I I I
to 0
!ij mmm { i
S., co V O N + W { N
5~ iopp i°y -~ivn -~~1rom1 t> e> l
9'De~ V D V Z S7y.~ TF mp I ryry~I
r -1 ~a ~n r4i ro~~ i H; S
In
co r~mm ~z mm zm I a
m m p ~ a~ p~ { -rol {
# c c m mr~ ar
li m
CO lp co 0 D ✓p 9 <
OVA O~j J 0-4-4 OVV oqJ 0V4 NV
00 00 00 00 no 00 yyJN ,yY
00 00 00 00 co :9 mIVB < f
OP o0 600 000 0 00 00 0`
n
rW OW OW0 !y1, ff
GO 00 00 00 NO NO I ~N <N j
' a z z z
MMO
J J A p '
ON Oy ON OVI ON 0•y1 AN I
0 Toro doo Toro m9 11 "0 0 f
~Kroo
OJ V Yl roro
~ "i XCd f
O
y yp~~ X9 N Zw N ZM
mN m~ jr M. H M. VLOI
0H T b.
i Inc m o m dra m mS m
"Ou
razz razz razz raz('Iz
rp o ~R~o r'pzo Ppmo a
y
cc Z". SP-' .v
z co zm O
i
i
fY2l C::i=+~ +
n V
Subsection 1SE2 - BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER THAN 24 INCHES
15E2.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the general requirements appli-
cable to the butterfly valves smaller than 24 inches to be furnished and
installed under these specifications.
I
The butterfly valves to be furnished, and specific requirements for indi-
vidual valves, are specified in Subsection 1SE1 - VALVE LIST,
f The butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by American Darling, Air.
f Valves, DeZurik, or Henry Pratt Company.
i +
15E2.2 VALVE APPLICATION. Pressure classes, sizes, types, body materi-
ala, and end preparation requirements for the butterfly valves are stated
in the Valve List. The pressure ratings stated in the Valve List are
water Yatings. The valves shall provide bubble-tight shutoff with a
differential pressure equal to the pressure rating of the valve,
I 15E2.3 CODE REQUIREMENTS, The butterfly valves shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with AWWA C504 - AWWA Standard for Rubber-
f
Seated Butterfly Valves, except where modified or supplemented by these
j specifications.
15E2.4 VALVE CONSTRUCTION. Butterfly valves shall be constructed in ac-
cordanceia-NT the of owing requirements.
15E2.4.1 Materials: Valve materials shall be equivalent to or shall ex-
ceed the strength and corrosion-erosion resistance of the following
listed materials.
Valve body Cast or ductile iron
Disk Stainless steel - Type 316
I
Shaft Stainless steel - ASTM A276
Type 316
Soft seat Buns N
Neoprene
15E2.4.2 Valve Body, Valves shell have ANSI Class 125 flanged ends
faced and dried In accordance with ANSI BI6,1,
Valve bodies shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test pressure
of two times the valve pressure class listed in the Valve List.
j
,
1 [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102080 ]
15E2-1
f
i
The valves shall be capable of withstanding, without leakage, a field
applied system hydrostatic pressure teat at 100 F, in the open or closed
position, at a test pressure of 1-1/2 times the design pressure listed itt'
the Valve List unless a special hydrostatic test pressure is specified
under "REMARKS" in the Valve List.
15E2.4.3 Valve Disk. The valve disk shall rotate approximately 90 de-
gress,from full open to tight shutoff position. Valve disks shall be
secured to the shafts by means of stainless steel or Monet dowel pins or
tapered pins extending through the shaft and mechanically secured in
place. The use of bolts, setscrews or other devices in lieu of pins will
not be acceptable,
15E2.4,4 Valve Seats. The rubber seat shall be a rubber seat vulcanized
or bonded to the valve body.
I The seating surfaces on the disk shall be ground and polished.
II 15E2,4,5 Valve Shafts, The valve shaft or shafts shall be designed for
the torques ana oorces encountered in opening and closing the valve in
service. The shaft design torque shall be determined in accordance with
i
+ Appendix A of AWWA C504.
All disk-to-shaft securing fasteners shall be 18-8 stainless steel,
15E2.4.6 Shaft Seale, Shaft seals shall be of the self-adjusting split
"V" type accessib3e for replacement without dismantling the valves or
removing the operator.
i 15E2.5 VALVE OPERATORS. Valves shall be provided with lever operators i
f with position indicator and locking device. The looking device shall be
arranged to lock the valve with the disk in any position from fully
closed to fully open.
Valves in horizontal piping shall be mounted with stems horizontal.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089 ]
15E2-2
i
~{2yrYti y
iuti3e
~~.v:Yrur;!s
fJ
Subsection 15E3 - BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH AND LARGER
15E3.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the design and construction re-
quirements for butterfly valves 24 inch and larger to be furnished and
installed under these specifications.
The butterfly valves to be furnished, and specific requirements for
indi- vidual valves, are specified in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST.
j The butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by American Darling,
{ DeZurik, or Henry Pratt Company.
15E3.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. The valves and operators shall be designed
` and constructed in accordance with AWWA C504-AWWA Standard for Rubber-
Seated Butterfly Valves, except where modified or supplemented by these
specifications.
15E3.3- DESIGN. Valves shall be of the heavy-duty type and shall provide
bubbletight shutoff in both directions with the differential pressure
specified.` The design differential pressure shall be the same as the
valve pressure class.
1
Valves and operators shall be designed and conatructad to allow
installa- tion of the valves in any position, including the flat aide of valve
disks (if applicable) in the upstream or downstream configuration, valve
stoma in the horizontal or vertical position, and/or either-side of and
adjacent to pumps, fittings, expansion points, and other commonly used
components of it pumping/piping system.
j
j 15E3.4 MATERIALS. Valve materials shall be equivalent to, or shall ex-
I teed, the strength and corrosion-erosion resistance of the following
listed materials.
l
Valve body Carbon steel - ASTM 216
Grade WCB j
y
Disk Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 i
Shaft Stainless steel - ASTM A276
Type 304 or 316
Soft seat Buns. N
Neoprene
Bearinga Self-lubricating sleeve type
bearings
.Is
i
(DENTON'10561 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
j 15E3-i
i
M001
6'IAC~.t:
Thrust bearing assembly or TypeA304 or6316lstainlesa5
steel
Copies
with
valve materials aslspecifiedl,oshallobe Certificates einoaccordancec for
I
the
Section 10.
Water chemistry data is presented in Subsection 15B1.
L5E3.5 COMPONENTS, Valve components shall be as specified herein.
15E3.5,1 Valve Bodies. Valves shall be short-body type.
The use of a stop or lug cast integrally with or mechanically secured to
the body for the purpose of limiting disk travel by means of direct con-
tact or interference with the valve disk (in either the open or closed
{ position) will not be acceptable,
r' Flanges shall be finished to true plane surfaces within a tolerance limit
of 0.005 inch. The finished face shall be normal to the longitudinal'
I valve axis within a maximum angular variation tolerance of 0.002"inch per
foot of flange diameter.
The port diameter shall be within 1-1/2 inches of nominal valve size.
15E3.5,2 Valve Disks. Valve disks shall be secured to shafts by means
of solid, h Bided, stainless steel or Monel taper pins having a
smoot
circular cross section. Each taper pin shall extend through the shaft
and shall be.mechanically secured in place. The use of bolts, setscrews,
E knurled or fluted dowel pins, flat aided taper plieu o insp
pins, tension pine, spring pins* or other specified herein will not be acceptable.
15E3.5.3 Valve Seats, Acceptable seating surfaces mating with rubber
are ASTM Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, Monel, or plasma applied
nickel-chrome overlay for all valves.
15E3.5,4 Valve Shafts,. Valve shaft or shafts shall be designed for the
torques and forces encountered in opening and closing the valve in oar-
vice.
15E3.5.5 Shaft Seals. Shaft seals shall be of the chevron or 0-ring
type,
15E3,5.6 Thrust Bearin s, Each valve shall be provided with one or more
thrust bearings in accordance with the governing standard. Thrust bear-
ings which are directly expoNed to line liquid and which consist of a
i
i
DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 1
15E3-2
)rtY,NI
.1
metal bearing surface in rubbing contact with an opposing metal bearing
surface will not be acceptable.
15E3.6 VALVE OPERATORS. Operator mounting arrangements and handwheel or
chainwhael positions shall be as indicated on the drawings or as directed
`i by the Engineer.
15E3.6.1 Manual Operators. Unless otherwise required by the Owner, the rench
t to op direction of rotation of the wheel oEach valveubody oeoperatorashallhall
.
be to the left (counterel.ockwi
. word OPEN and an arrow indicating the direction to
have cast thereon on the word OPEN
f open.
{ The housing of traveling-nut type operators shall be fitted with a remov-
able cover which shall permit inspection and maintenance of the operating
Travel limiting
1 f ~ mechanism without removing the operator from the valve.
E devices shall be provided inside the operator for the open and closed po-
sitions. Travel limiting stop nuts or collars installed on the reach rod
of traveling-nut type operating mechanisms shall be field adjustable and
{ shall be locked in position means
shofuseremof stop ovable nrollapi ,c otter pin,
or other positive locking device
f E I shaft collars which rely on clamping force or eetscrews to prevent rota-
! { tion of the nut or collar on the reach rod will not be acceptable.
The valve and operator shall be designed so that shaft seal leakage can-
not enter the operator housing.
15E3.6.2 Handwheels,. Handwheel diameters shall be not more than
30 inches for 36 inch end larger valves.
{ 15E3,6.3 Electric Operators. Electric operators shall be multi-turn
k type and shall be limited to E-I-M "Model 2000/MG," or Limitorque 1IL-126"
with "HB Series" worm gear actuator. Electric operators produced by
other manufacturers will not be acceptable,
rl i
Each electric operator shall be furnished complete with a motor, gearing,
handwheel, limit and torque switches, lubricants, heating elements, wir-
ing, terminals. Each operator shall be constructed asralsel
co assembled
e
be img Y
11 b
g,
contained unit with a cast iron housing and she
on the applicable valve by the valve manufacturer.
Motors shall be totally enclosed, high torque design made expressly for
valve operator service, capable of operating the valve under full differ-
ential pressure for a complete open-close and reverse cycle of travel at
least twice in immediate succession without overheating. Motors shall be
designed in accordance with NEMA standards and shall operate successfully
at any voltage within 10 percent above or below rated voltage. Motor
bearings shall be permanently lubricated,
1
1
(DENTON 10567GEN C NST 71.0000)
102089
15E3-3
i
Power gearing shall consist of hardened steel spur or helical gears and
alloy oronze or hardened steel worm gear, all suitably lubricated, de--
signed for 100 percent overload, and effectively sealed against entrance
of foreign matter, Steel gears shall be hardened to not less than
350 Srinall, Gearing shall be designed to be self-locking so that actua-
tion of a torque switch by a torque overload condition will not allow the
operator to restart until the torque overload has been eliminated. The
use of planetary or cycloidal gearing or aluminum, mild steel, or nonme-
tallic gears will not be acceptable.
The handwheel shall not rotate during motor operation. During handwheel
operation, the motor shall not affect the actuator operation. The opera-
tor shall be responsive to electrical power and control at all times and,
when under electrical control, shall instantly disengage the handwheel.
The handwheel shall rotate counterclockwise to open the valve. An arrow
indicating the opening direction and the word OPEN shall be cast on the
handwheel. The force required to operate the handwheel shall not exceed
80 pmsnds.
j Torque and r.hrust loads in both closing and opening directions shall be
limited by torque limit switches. Each torque switch shall be provided
f i with a micrometer adjustment and reference setting indicator. The
ad- justment shall permit a variation of approximately 40 percent in torque
setting. Switches shall have a rating of not less than 6 amperes at
120 volts ac and 0.5 ampere at 115 volts dc.
The design of each multi-turn electric operator shall be such that it is
i readily field adaptable for four limit switch assemblies. Each switch'
assembly shall have not less than throe separate limit switches. Each
switch assembly shall be operated by the driving mechanism and shall be
independently adjustable to trip at any point at and between the fully
open and fully closed valve position.
All switches shall have an inductive contact rating of not lees than
6 amperes at 120 volts ac, 3 amperes at 240 volts ac, 1.5 amperes at
480 volts ac, and 0.5 ampere at 115 volts do.
Space heating elements shall be provided to prevent condensation in the
motor and limit switch housing. Heating elements shall be rated 120 volts
ac. Neuters shall be continuously energized.
I
Terminal facilities for connection to motor leads, switches, position
transmitter, and heating elements shall be provided in readily accessible
terminal compartments.
Each motor-operated valve shall be furnished with a reversing controller
located either inside the operator hovaing or mounted on the housing in a
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 102089 ]
15E3-4
t
5 AitYM
NEMA 4 stainless steel enclosure. The controller shall be equipped with
tt the following.
t A motor overload protective device in each phase
t
A space heater element, rated 120 volts ac, sized to be
continuously energized for prevention of condensation within
the controller enclosure
A circuit breaker type disconnect
A fused control power circuit taken from one power lead on
the load side of the breaker and line side of the reversing
I` starter to ground
f ( A terminal block with connectors for all external controls.
f All leads from the operator motor and limit switch assembly
shall be routed to terminal connections in the controller
I for external connections to all other control devices.
I Reversing controllers shall be both mechanically and electrically inter-
locked and provided with the necessary direct operated auxiliary contacts
+ for required interlocking and control.
`topan-Stop-Close" push buttons and a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch and
3 red and green indicet!ng lights shall be furnishad as a part of the an
i closure,..
Valve controllers shall be expxessly selected for long life, reliable and
maintenance free service, under rugged service conditions.
15E3,6.4 Extension Stens, Extension stems shall be furnished and in-
stalled where specified, indicated on the drawings, or otherwise required
1
3 for proper valve operation. Extension stems shall be of solid
I shall be not smaller in diameter than the stem of the valve operator
f
I shaft, Extension stems shall be connected to the valve operator by means
of a Lovejoy "Type D" single universal joint with protective boot. All
stem connections shall be pinned.
15E3.6.5 Position Indicators. Unless otherwise specified, each valve
shall be provided with a position indicator to display the position of
the disk.
z
I Each valve operator, except operators that are buried, shall have a valve
disk position indicator mounted on the end of the valve shaft. A disk
position indicator shall also be provided on each operating stand or the j
:r
mounted thereon,
operator
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
y [ 102089 j
15E3-5
tea.':
~f 111k t.Y t u: 6.,3
1h1 ~rAt~
15E3.7 PROTECTION. All equipment shall be shop coated as specified
herein and protected for shipment as specified in Section 15B of these
specifications under the article entitled PROTECTION. All external r
openings shall be securely closed and sealed to protect the internals
against moisture. The valves shall be suitably crated and protected for
outdoor storage.
15E3.8 TESTS. Each valve shall be given witnessed factory tests in ac-
cordance with the tests listed in AWWA C504 except as modified. Certi-
fied factory test reports shall be submitted in accordance with Sebtion 1C.
Each completed valve/operator assembly shall be factory tested. The test
shall include operating the valve from fully closed to fully open under
no flow conditions for 10 cycles. The test shall demonstrate that the
Ei assembly is workable.
I 15E3.9 SHOP COATING. The interior surfaces of the valve bodies shall be
cleaned, prepared, and protected by shop applied coatings specified
s I herein. The materials to be used shall be as specified on the Coating
System Data Sheet at the and of this subsection. Exterior surfaces shall
be coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 158.
15E3.10 RATING CURVES. The Owner will supply ten system head/pipeline
velocity points to the valve supplier. At these ten pressures, the valve
supplier shall supply flow, torque, pressure drop, and cavitation coeffi-
cient for a minimum of twenty points, including valve wide open and valve
nearly closed. The approved throttling range shall be indicated. The
Owner will use the supplied data to create valve rating curves for system
operation.
j
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
013190
15E3-6
I
I
I
1
rqu
DESCRIPTION; Steel Tanks • Interior SYSTEM NO.
Nongotable Water Immersion A52
SURFACE
PREPARATION SSPC•SPS White Metal Blast Cleaning,
Profile depth 2 to 4 mile as recommended by coating
manufacturer,
COATING DRY FILM THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES
E
FIRST COAT 2.8 miis As recommended by manufacturer,
TOUCHUP
I ~ rJrA
i SECOND COAT 8.18 mils Two component coal tar epoxy
I As recommended by manufacturer.
r
j THIRD COAT
1 TOTAL SYSTEM 18.18 mile As recommanded by manufacturer,
I
COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
I !
MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT
Ameron Amercoet 71 N/A Amercost 78148
Poiysmlde cured
Epoxy Primer
Cerboline Carbomastlc 14 NIA Carbomostio 14
Coal Tar Epoxy
{
t7
M
0
ti
w; SLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY
072188 DATE PREPARED BYJ
ENOWEERS•ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET
I
j
1.5E3-7 f.`
pets q _T
DpgY s s: cy I
1sY1~Fr '1 e.
34
~ . q:KfYtr
J
Subsection 15E4 - WAFER CHECK VALVES
15E4.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the requirements for all wafer
I check valves to be furnished under these specifications.
The wafer check valves to be furnished are listed in Subsection 15E1 -
{ VALVE LIST.
1 ~
The wafer check valves shall be as manufactured by TRW Mission, Valmatic,
APCO/VALVE, or acceptable equal,
15E4.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. The wafer check valves shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI
I B16.34, ANSI B16,24, and MSS SP-71, except where modified or supplemented
bythese specifications.
15E4.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS. The valves shall be guaranteed for safe and
reliable operation at high and low velocities and at operating pressures
and temperatures up to the maximum ratings of the valves. All valve"
shall provide tight shutoff over a range of differential pressurea up to
their maximum pressure rating.
f
15E4.4 VALVE CONSTRUCTION. The valves shall be constructed in accord-
ance with the following requirements.
15E4.4.1 Materials. The valves shall be constructed of the following
%startale.
Body and plates Carbon steel
I
Hinge pin, stop pin, and 1
pin retainer Stainless steel
Spring Stainless steel
Seals Buna-N
15E4.4.2 Valve Bodies. The valve bodies shall be designed for installs-
tion between standard ANSI raised face flanges.
15E4.4.3 Valve Plates. Valve plates shall be of the spring-loaded dou-
ble leaf type.
15E4.5 TESTING. All valves shall be suitable for a field hydrostatic
test pressure of 1-1/2 times the design pressure listed in the Valve List i
at 100 F.
7 G [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 ]
15E4-1
,
I
plot a:
f
1
i
I
Subsection 15E5 - AIR VALVES
15E5.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the general requirements appli-
cable tote air valves to be furnished and installed under these speci-
fications.
I
The air valves to be furnished and specific requirements for individual.
valves are specified in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST, I
The air valves shall be as manufactured by APCO or Valmatie.
r
15E5,2 VALVE APPLICATION. Pressure classes, sizes, types, body materi-
also and end preparation requirements for air valves are stated in the
Valve List.
I
LJ
ti
i
a
(DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71.0000)
02089
15E5-1
~ J
~641W 1
ta;~.fcnc.~} NNfl
1~"{.~fYN
1
Subsection 15E6 - BALL VALVES
I
15E6.1 GENERAL, Thia subsection covers the requirements for ball valves
to be furnished under these specifications.
The ball valves shall be Powell, Jenkins, Crane, Hills McCanna, Jamesbury, ,
Lunkenheimer, or acceptable equal,
15E6.2 BALL VALVES. All ball valves shall have full area ports. The
valves shall be of the three piece body and end cap type. The valve body
shall be removable from the pipeline without disturbing the end con-
nections,
Valve stems shall be sealed with packing in a stuffing box. A packing
gland shall be provided in the stuffing box for packing adjustment.
0-rings will not be acceptable.
Stems shall be blowout proof,
I
The valves shall not require lubrication. j
I
Operating levers shall be provided for each valve.
Balls, stems$ and seats shall be interchangeable between similar size
valves.
The valves shall be constructed of the following materials.
j k Body and end caps Brass
Bell and stem Same as body material
Seat Teflon
All.valves shall be suitable for a field hydrostatic test pressure of >
1-1/2 times the design pressure listed in the Valve List at 100 F.
1
11 a
f
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 ]
15E6-1
IH9pi il
r
i
Section 15F - PENSTOCK INSTALLATION
15F.1 GENERAL, This section covers the installation of Contractor-
furnished coated and lined steel line pipe, concrete embedded cylinder
pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances specified in Subsections 15B3
and 15B4.
Miscellaneous piping and valves to be furnished and installed by the Con-
tractor are specified in Sections 15D
and 15E.
Field points shall be butt welded as indicated on the drawings. Field
joints shall be lined and coated in accordance with the referenced stand-
ard specifications. Valves, equipment, and branch piping shall be in-
I stalled under these specifications,
j 15F.2 DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA. Complete specifications, data, and
detailed drawings covering items furnished under this section shall be
submitted in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C,
15F.3 GOVERNING STANDARDS. Except as modified or supplemented herein,
installation of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall conform to
the applicable requirements of the following standards.
AWWA Standard Title
C205 Lining and Coating for Steel
I Water Pipe
i
0206 Field Welding of Steel Water
Pipe
C209 Cold Applied Tape Coatings for i
Special Sections, Connections,
and Fittings for Steel Water
Linea
15F.4 MATERIALS. Contractor-furnished materials shall be as follows.
Gasket compound Garlock "Compound No. 1" or
Tite-seal "T25"
Insulation kits As-manufactured by PSI Indus-
tries or Central Plastics
Insulating gaskets Type E, Pyrox 1E, glass rain-
forced epoxy, 1/8 inch thick,
{ with Buna N sealing element
f '
3
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 )
s 15F-1
1
r
.g~'.Ji Yi131
y 1'q l .t YY)S~
I
Bolt insulating sleeves Mylar, 1/32 inch thick
l
Insulating washers Phenolic laminate, 1/8 inch
thick, one for each bolt
Backing washers Steel, 1/8 inch thick, two for
each bolt
Cement mortar lining
repair and field joints AWWA C205 and C602
Cement AM C150, Type II
I Sand AWWA C205 except sand shall
pass a 16 mesh sieve
Epoxy bonding agent ASTM C881o Type II0 moisture
insensitive and suitable for
service conditions
Latex admixture Protex Industries, Inc. "Pro-
bond Vinyl"
f ! Tape coat repair
and field joint AWWA C209
1 15F.5 WELDED JOINTS, All steel line pipe joints shall be butt welded
I
Joints except where otherwise indicated on the drawings, Flanged joints ti
I shall be provided at the locations indicated on the drawings,
All welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale or slag, shall have
a tensile strength across the weld not less than that of the thinner of
► the connected sections, and shall be watertight. Butt welds shall be
used for all welded joints in line pipe assemblies. Welding of field
joints shall conform to AWWA C206, AWS D1.I and the following require-
ments.
I5F.S.I Queiification and Procedures. All welding procedures, welders,
and welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with code require-
ments before work is begun. All welding procedures shall be submitted to
the Owner for review prior to beginning the work. The submittals shall
clearly state the piping materials and wall thicknesses on which each
procedure submitted will be used. The welding procedures shall include I
Joint details and welding current and voltage values to be used, Records
of the names of the welders who make each weld shall be maintained. Cer-
tified copies of any or all of the above records shall be furnished to
the Owner on request. I
t
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
102089
15F-2
ti
r!
f!
Qualification of welders shall be performed at the site. The Contractor
" shall furnish the services of an independent testing laboratory approved
by the Owner to witness the welding, perform the required teats, and re-
port results. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, welding equlp-
ment, and supplies for the tests,
1SF,5,2 Backing Ri_ ngs. Backing rings will be permitted,
15F,5,3 Inspection and Testing, All welds shall be visually inspected
by an independent laboratory retained and paid by the Contractor, If, in
the judgment of the Owner, welds do not peas the visual inspection, the
Contractor shall provide any additional nondestructive testing determined
applicable by the Owner and correct all flaws.
i 15F.5,4 Steel ?1pe Joints.
Welded points in steel pipe, and designated
j weld ,joints between ateel lines and concrete embedded cylinder pipe,
! I shall be carefully aligned before welding. The offset at any point be-
tween pipe outside surfaces shall not exceed 1/8 inch, An internal weld- 1
k ing pass shall be made at these Joints if required to provide complete
penetration,
The Contractor shall furnish jigs and other equipment as required to
i bring the pipe Joints in round,
15F.6 SHOP AND FIELD APPLIED PROTECTIVE COATINGS. All steel pipe,
fit- tings, and speciala shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, or wrapped
as hereinafter specified,
I 1 25F,
f 6 1 Exterior Surface Repair. After installation of pipe, fittings,
I, and specials, a damage coated areas and all uncoated ends adjacent to
welded field ,joints, including the weld proper, shall be cleaned, primed,
and lined and coated as specified in accordance with AWWA C209.
15F.6.2 Interior Surface Repair. Field repair of inside joint surfaces
i shall be performed in accordance with Appendix A, Paragraph A2 of AWWA
C205, except that an epoxy bonding agent and latex admixture shall be
used in conjunction with the sand and cement mortar. The addition of
lime or pozzolan will not be permitted,
The exposed steel shell be thoroughly cleaned and all grease shall be
removed. A coat of epoxy bonding agent shall be applied over the area to
be lined in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A coat
of soupy mixture of cement and water shall be applied over the epoxy af-
ter it becomes tacky, Cement mortar to which the latex admixture has
been added shall then be packed into the area to be patched and screaded
off level with tho adjacent cement mortar lining, The patched area shall
be given an initial floating with a wood float followed by a steel trowel
finish.
3
t
f
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
} [ 102089 )
j 15F-3
,
r
i
~j : V4S:i r
~i
iR
Defective or damaged shop applied cement mortar linings shall be removed,
surfaces cleaned, and repaired as specified above for joint repair.
15F.7 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION. All recommendations and instructions
of the pipe manufacturer relative to the installation of concrete pipe
shall be followed.
15F.7.1 Ali n~ ment. The pipe shall Its installed in accurate horizontal
and vertical position with a maximum permissible deviation or installa-
tion tolerance of 3/64 inch per linear foot of pipe (3/4 inch or
0.06 foot per 16 foot length) between extended center lines of any two
connecting pipes or fittings.
15F.7.3 Rubber and Steel Joints. After a section of pipe has been
lowered into the trench, the exterior spigot and interior bell surfaces
of the joint shall be thoroughly cleaned and lubricated with a heavy
coating of vegetable soap. The rubber gasket shall then he stretched
over the spigot and settled in the spigot groove.
The pipe shall then be pushed or pulled into position. Steel inserts
shall be used to prevent the spigot from bottoming in the bell until the
position of the gasket around the entire circumference of the joint can
i be checked. A metal feeler shall be used to verify gasket position.
I' Great care shall be used in performing this check.. After proper gasket
installation is achieved, the pipe shall then be pushed or pulled "home."
1f The integrity of gasketed joints.shall be hydrostatically tested by the
I Contractor by applying a test pressure of 50 psi to each double gasketed,
I ,joint. The test shall be performed before joint routing and shall be
I performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
The deflection between two joints of pipe shall not exceed the recom-
mendations of the pipe manufacturer. The actual joint openings in pipe
deflections shall not exceed 3/8 inch.
It is essential that each gasket be in proper position. A leaking joint
will be an evidence of an improperly made joint. Each defective joint
discovered after the pipe has been laid shall be repaired. Unless other-
wise authorized by the Engineer, the repair of each defective joint shall
be made by cutting a groove entirely around the pipe adjacent to the
joint and,.after exposing the adjacent joint ring surfaces, completely
sealing the joint by means of a continuous weld, followed by .illing the
previously cut groove with cement mortar around and to the full thickness
of the pipe outside of the joint rings.
15F.7.4 Groutin The joint space remaining after installing the pipe
shall be grouted. Joint diapers furnished by the pipe manufacturer shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer'a instructions,
f
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001 102089 1
15F-4
Y!
,,.•r,
When the joint band is in its final position and properly secured, the
outer joint recess shall be filled with grout composed of one part ASTM
C150 Type II portland cement and two parts by volume sand; mixed to a
pouring consistency; and constantly stirred while being poured to prevent
{ segregation of the sand, Sand for grout shall be clean concrete sand
which has been passed through a 16 mesh screen, Joint recess filling
shall be done by pouring the grout between the previously installed joint
band and the pipe and allowing it to run down, around, and to the bottom
of the pipe until the joint recess is completely filled at all points,
While being poured, the grout shall be rodded with a stiff wire curved to
the approximate radius of the pipe.
The internal joint recess shall be filled with a one-to-one .cement-to-
sand grout applied by troweling,
I
The internal joint recess in pipe too small for grout applied by trowel- '
ing, shall be butter joint before assembling and smooth joint after
I III assembly with inflated swab.
- Pipe embedment operations shall not be resumed until initial set of the
grout has occurred. Care shall be taken to prevent damrge to the grout.
Not less than two lengths of pipe shall be in final poeltion in advance
of grouting,
15P,7.5 Anchored Joints. Harnessed joints shall be installed at the
locations indicated on the drawings and where recommended by the manufac-
turer.
All harnessed joints shall be encased in concrete with wire mesh rein-
forcement in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer',s recommends-
tions.
15F,8 HANDLING. Pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances shall, at
all times, be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure insL9lla
tion in sound, undamaged condition, and shall conform to Section 2.14,
AWWA C203.
15F,9 FIELD PROCEDURE AND INSTALLATION, All piping shall be constructed
to the lines and to the grades and elevations as indicated on the draw-
ings.
The maximum duration that the existing Corps of Engineers 60 inch low
flow conduit shall be dewatered is 14 calendar days.
The Corps of Engineers will provide operation of the lake oiA. let struc-
ture gates at no coat to the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a
written schedule and sequence of construction a minimum of 3 weeks prior
to the start of work.
,
f,
;E
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 J
f 15F-5
' t
I
~i
~i
I
{
tsPn !
I
!
I
15F,4,1 Field Procedure. Field procedure shall be in accordance with
Section 2.14 of AWWA C203 except as otherwise modified or oupplemented
under preceding articles of this section, and as follows.
Inspection, All shop applied exterior coal tar coatings on
pipe, fittings, or specials, and alJ field applied joint coat-
ings, shall be electrically inspected for holidays and other
defects after field joints are complete. All electrical in-
spection shall be made in accordance with Section 2,13 of
AWWA 0203. Holiday detect,;,>r voltage shall be 12,000 to
14,000 volts. Any flaws disclosed shall be repaired by, and
at the expense of, the Contractor.
~l Trenching, Embedment, and Backfilling. All trenching, em-
1 bedment, and backfilling for piping which is to be laid in
trench shall be in accordance with the details indicated on
the drawings and the gov-Arning requirements of Section 2A.
15F.9.2 flanged. Joints. Care shall be taken in bolting flanged joints
so that there is no -restraint on the opposite end of the piece which
would prevent pressure from being evenly and uniformly applied upon the
gasket. The pipe or fitting must be free to move in any direction while
bolting. Bolts shall be gradually tightened, each in turn, at a uniform
rate of gasket compression around the entire flange
15F,9.3 Closures, Because of mill tolerances and thermal length
changes, pipelines will not necessarily fabricate in the trench id exact
accordance with the shop layout, Length adjustments shall be made in the
field as necessary by making cuts or by use of wrapper plates in making t
closures, Wrapper plates, if used, shall be of the some thickness as the
pipe, shall be full-fillet double welded, and shall provide a lap on each
pipe end of not lees than 2-I/2 inches, the apace between pipe ends being
not lass than 3 inches.
1 Closures shall be welded early in the morning when the air and pipe are
coolest. This procedure will minimize longitudinal movement of the pipe
ends.
15F.9,4 Alignment, The permissible horizontal or vertical deviation
from the lines and grades as indicated on the drawings shall be not more
than 2 inches at any point, No tolerance will be permitted at manholes,
valves, or connections. See requirements for additional concrete pipe
installation tolerances governing concrete pipe installation,
15F.9.5 Out-of-Round Eke. Pipe which deviates from a true circle shall
be laid with its larger diameter vertical, or struts or jacks on continu-
ous head and sill timbers may be used to correct the vertical diameter
where permitted by the Owner, Struts or jacks shall be left in place un-
til the joints at each end have been completed, Final Inspection,
p
DENTON 105671020890NST 71,00001
] r~
15F-6
r
i 1
repair, and checking of interior lining shall be done after the struts or
r~ jacks have been removed,
15F,10 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT, Concrete encasement shall be installed as
indicated on the drawings. Concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as
specified in Section 3A, All pipe to be encased shall be suitably
blocked and supported in proper position, and shall be anchored against
flotation,
15F,I1 CLEANING, All pipelines shall be clean and free of dirt, rocks,
- 1 debris, or offer foreign material of any kind when placed in service.
11 i
The interior of all pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
foreign matter before being installed and shall be kept clean until the
j work has been accepted.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter from entering
j the pipe during jointing, lining repair, and inspection operation.
F Whenever pipe laying is stopped, the open end of the line shall be sealed
with a watertight plug. All water in the trench shall be removed prior
j to removing the plug,
15F,12 HYDROSTATIC TEST, After installation and before concrete encase-
ment and backfill, steel piping and embedded cylinder concrete piping
( shall be tested for defective workmanship and materials by being sub-
f I jscted to a hydrostatic test pressure as indicated below, The Contractor
IIfE i shall test the entire length of penstock furniahad under this specifica-
tion to a pressure of 72 psi,
All hydrostatic tests shall be made by, and at the,expense of, the Can-
tractor,
15F,12.1 Testing Equipment and Procedure. All necessary piping connec-
tions between the section of, line being tested and the nearest available
source of water supply, together with test pumping equipment, water me-
ter, pressure gauge, blocking, bracing, bulkheads, blanking plates, and
r other equipment, materialp, and facilities necessary to make the speci-
fied tests shell be provided, The Contractor shall furnish water for the
hydrostatic tests at his own expense.
When filling a line for testing, care shall be taken that adequate vent-
ing facilities are installed and open in the station being filled,
{ After the section of line to be tested has been filled with water, the
authorized test pressure shall be applied by means of a force pump of
such design and capacity that the required prssaure can be applied and
maintained, without interruption for the duration of the test, The spec-
ified test pressure shall be measured at the lower end of the penstock,
1
j (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
j ( 102089 J
15F-7
r
i
~i
ly
i~
The test pressure shall be measured by means of a tested and properly
calibrated pressure gauge acceptable to the Owner, The test pressure
shall be maintained for a sufficient length of time to permit the Owner
to inspect all piping under test and for a period of not less than
2 hours, In case repairs are required, the pressure test shall be re-
peated until the pipe installation conforms to the specified requirements
and is acceptable to the Owner.
15F.12,2 Leaks. All joints and seams, whetaer tested or not, shall be
watertight and airtight. All exposed shop <nd field welded seams shall
be inspected for leaks and each leak shall be plainly marked. Such marks
shall not be removed until retest has shown that the defect has been set-
isfactorily corrected. Leaks in welded joints shall be repaired by chip-
ping out the defective parts and rewelding. No hammering will be permit-
ted.
Each leak which is discovered within 1 year after final acceptance of the
j work by the Owner shall be repaired by and at the expense of the
Contrac- tors
DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.00001
(1
15F-S
i
Section 15G - TURBINE-GENERATOR ERECTION
j I50,1 GENERAL, This section covers the erection requirements for the
turbino, generator, excitation, controls and
scribed in Subsections 15A1 through 15A4. Thegentirerscopepofnsupply of
the turbine-generator manufacturer and all Contractor-furnished equipment
and materials for the turbine and generator shall be erected by the Con-
tractor.
The erector shall also perform all specified testa and startup activi-
~
ties.
Except as otherwise specified herein, or as modified by the'turbine-
J generator manufacturer's erection manuals and field representative, the
requirements of Sections 15D and 15E shall apply to the erection of all
r~' I equipment, piping, and Instruments.
Contractor shall submit all records from turbine-generator erecti
j checkout, and testing to the Owner, °n'
i
15G.2 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The manufacturer will. furnish the
services o o ne or more field service representatives, as directed by the
Owner, to provide technical direction for unloading, transport, hauling,
f storing, cleaning, installing, startup and testing of the turbine gener-
ator,
The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the field repre-
sentatives' recommendations, In the event of any departure, the manufac-
turer's field representatives will have, through the Owner, the authority
to stop that portion of the work involved, The Contractor shall Immedi-
ately take all steps necessary so that the work may be resumed promptly.
The manufacturer's field service representatives will inspect the equip-
ment after its installation and shall direct needed changes or adjust-
ments to assure proper operation. The representatives will furnish writ
ten certification to the Owner that the equipment has been inspected
under their supervision and that it is ready for ssrviee, all of whteh
will be done before initial operation of the equipment,
The Contractor shall provide craft labor, supervision, tools, and support
services to complete the changes or adjustments, No additional compensa-
tion will be allowed for this work,
The furnishing of the services of the manufacturer's field representa-
tives in an advisory capacity shall in no way relieve the Contractor of
f hie responsibility of providing competent supervision and no instructions
or advice will be given by such field representatives directly to the
Contractor's personnel
t
j
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089 j
~ 150-1
i
it
f
Ei
i.
The manufacturer's technical field representatives will be present during
the startup of the equipment and will instruct the operating personnel in
its proper operation,
15G,3 GENERAL ERECTION AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, These procedures
are intended for use as a guide for onsite er~ -ection of the turbine and
hydraulic pressure unit equipment, Such work shall be performed only by
thoae who are sufficiently skilled and experienced.
These procedures do not contain all the items of work to be accomplished,
nor do they specify all the materials which are normally supplied by the
installation contractor such as bracing, tools, crane equipment, forma,
slings, eta. It should be noted that actual field conditions or
power-
house designs may necessitate deviations from this procedure, IntheE cases of the hydraulic pressure unit (HPU),
generator# it is important to supplement these procedures with and
i refer to, the more detailed manufacturer's instructions included in sub-
sequent sections.
15G.3.I Reference Documents. Reference documents included with these
specifications are listed in Section 1E,
150.3,2 Inspection fiollowing Delivery, Perform the following in-
apections following delivery.
r
15G.3.2,1 5c_ ope of 5uPp1Y, The hydraulic turbine is delivered as a num-
i ber of major subassemblies :including the following.
Spiral case/wicket gate/servomotor assembly
Shaft seal assembly
Elbow draft tube (two sections)
Runner/shaft locking assembly
Miscellaneous nuts, boles, studs, seals, special•tool.a
(where applicable) and spare parts
The other major components include the following,
Synchronous generator with exciter
Generator incoming line cubicle
Generator soleplates and miscellaneous hardware
Neutral grounding cubicle
MNTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
I 102089
15G-2
8
F
Luba oil system unit
AC z.d DC lube pump starter cubicles
HySraulic pressure unit
Control and switchgear cubicles
Inverter
Note specifically that interconnecting wires, cables, cable trays, con-
duit, and hydraulic lines/piping between the major equipuent components
i i are not provided,
f 150.3.2.2 Condition of Delivered Equipment, Upon delivery, carefully
inspect the condition of the equipment for any damage that may have
j occured during shipment and handling. Also, check the quantity of each
turbine subassembly and item against the Turbine Material List included
in the manufacturer'a erection manuals. Check all other components
against the packing lists. If signs of damage are evident, advise the
carrier by issuing a written and signed statement in addition to inform-
ing Bouvier Hydropower, Inc. If any parts are missing, contact Bouvier
Hydropower, Inc.
150,3.2,3 Storage Before Asaembly. The equipment is packaged, crated,
and/or otherwise protected as necessary for shipment from the factory to
{ the fobsite, You will note that many machined mating surfaces are paint
ad with a removable coating to protect against corrosion during shipment.
Some surfaoes'of the turbine which are to be embedded will be completely
unpainted, It is assumed that the equipment, following delivery, will be
installed shortly thereafter and will not be subject to long-term storage
(contact Bouvier Hydropower, Inc. for any special instructions in such
cases),
Prior to installation, the equipment must be kept in a clean, dry lo-
cation protected against weather, dust, any falling objects, etc. Tura
bine assemblies and parts should be stored in such a way as to prevent ,
possiblo deformation, shifting, and/or damage to attached devices
(hydraulic connections notentiomete
ra, etc.). The hydraulic pressure
unit (HPU) and lube oil system unit should be filled with a corrosion
inhibiting oil during storage, Space heaters provided on the generator
1 should be energized continuously during storage. The generator bearings
i should be filled with a suitable oil. Refer to the HPU and generator
manufacturer's instructio:is for details (Sections b and 7)0 Refer to the
controls/swit,hgear manufacturer's instructions regarding the electrical
equipment,
150.3,2.4 Handling. Care should be taken in the use of hoisting de-
vices, cranes, slings, forklifts, ate., for lifting the equipment so as
to avoid damage to sensitive areas (machined surfaces, electrical de-
vices, etc,),
f [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
,
I 102089 ]
150-3
150.3 ,3 Preparation. Preparation shall be in accordance with the r.
following, Refer to Reference Drawing No, F77612.
At thin point it is assumed that the following has been Completed,
a. Penstock is installed including any required thrust
block(s), Penstock alignment and center line elevation
are verified. Inlet valve is mounted on the penstock
and (or in proper location),
b. Debris, obstructions, and any loose articles have been
removed from the interior of the penstock. Note that
this is important as such debris can potentially damage
4 turbine components and/or affect performance during
operation.
I C, Penstock downstream end is suitably prepared for field
welding to the turbine spiral case extension.
t
` d, First stage concrete and embedment blockouts are com-
ploted as shown on Drawing No, F77612,
i e Elevation and level of powerhouse floor and unit
center line are verified.
EE To define proper elevation and location of turbine axis and spiral case
Inlet canter linep, use appropriate instruments (transits, eta,), Alter-
natively, pull taut two horizontal stool wires (approximately l mm diam-
star), 3,0 m above the powerhouse floor, Component elevations will be
checked during erection using plumb lines.
15G,3.4 Equipment Erection and Assembly. Equipment erection and assem-
bly ahall be in accordance with the following,
156.3,4,1 a ne~rat_oc Placement,' Refer to the following drawings,
Reference Drawing No. P77612
Reference Drawing No. F77614
Reference Drawing No, C77600
Reference Drawing No. D-64542 (Generator Drawing)
Reference Drawing No. C-64320 (Generator Drawing)
Reference Drawing No. P-BH-106-03
Reference the Idea]. Electric Co, Generator Instruction Manual,
[DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71,00001 ,
15G-4
t
e
J
i
The following generally outlines the sequence in properly setting the
generator, These instructions should be used in conjunction with the
more detailed procedures included in the generator manufacturer's in-
struction manual, Note the generator incoming line cubicle is shipped
separate from the generator and is mounted later,
as The foundation should be designed having a suitable
blockout in which the generator soleplates will lie and
have properly located holes of sufficient diameter/
depth to accept the generator anchor bolts/pipe
casings. Set and embed, the anchor bolt/pipe casings,
Do not yet totally fill the pipe casing with grout or
concrete so that some horizontal adjustment of the
anchor bolt would be possible.
j b. Set the generator in place on temporary chocks with the
r~ soleplate assemblies bolted to the generator feet, Alter-
natively, the soleplates may be set separately from the
generator assuming an accurate placement can be achieved.
Mount the generator anchor bolts (two on each eoleplate)
through the holes provided on the soleplates, Level
the soleplates using the jackscrews provided and secure
j the soleplates to the anchor bolts with the nuts. -
j
C. Confirm level, elevation, and proper location of the
E generator relative to turbine/penstock center lines.
Embed the anchor bolts, casings, and blockout with a'
rich nonshrink grout (see Drawing C-64320 for in-
struotiona). A minimum of 1/2 the soleplate thickness
should be embedded below the floor level.
E
C After allowing the concrete to cure for 48 to 72 hours,
tighten the nuts on the anchor rods securing the -enera-
for aoleplates. Recheck level and location of the
LJ generator. Level adjustment may be done through use of
the Jack screws and'shims between the generator feet
and soleplates. Holes through the generator feet are
slightly oversized allowing some lateral adjustment,
Once adjusted, the hold-down bolts securing the genera-
tor to the soleplates should be tightened to 1,000 ft-1b.
150,3,4,2 Generator Shaft Preparation, Refer to Reference Drawings No,
F77613 and C77 0.
Clean generator shaft thoroughly, Set the V-ring seal (Item 3700) in
place on the generator shaft. Refer to drawing for proper orientation,
I
[DENTON 10567 C6N CONST 71,0000)
102089 J
15G-5
i
i
Place the two 0-ring seals (Items 3701 and 2712) unto the shaft for use
in subsequent steps,
Assemble the split sections of the shaft seal ring (Item 3072) onto the
generator shaft using the screws, pins, nuts and washers (Items 2902,
2905, 2906, and 2907). The seal ring should butt against the generator
side of the generator shaft shoulder. Retain the ring in place with set
screws (Item 2903).
Place 0-ring seal (Item 2701) into corresponding groove in head cover.
150,3.4,3 Setting of Spiral Case. Refer to Reference Drawings
No. F577614, F77613, and C77600.
Reference the HILTI Anchor Bolt Catalog Information,
Set the spiral cane/wicket gate assembly in place on temporary chocks
with the generator shaft extending into the bored area of the head cover.
Using the four leveling screws (Item 1823) resting against the support
blocks (Item 1020), adjust the height and position of the spiral case/
wicket gate assembly relative to the generator shaft, It is important
that the generator shaft be accurately centered within the head cover as
the runner to stationary wearing ring clearance is only 0,0197 inch
(0,5 mm),
Due to the mounting method of the runner onto the shaft, it is important
that the distance between the center line of the runner/distributor and
the face where the'shaft enters the generator be no more than 26,848 inches
(Refer to Drawing C77600), Slightly leas than 26,848 inches may be so-
captable as the spacer ring (Item 3020) between the runner and shaft
shoulder may be machined to a lesser thickness (see Article 150,3.5,3),
Check and confirm proper position of the spiral case intake relative to
the penstock/inlet valve,
Drill 24 mm diameter, 120 mm deep holes into the coucrate directly below
the anchor holes in the turbine feet (see Detail B of F77614),. Insert
threaded rod (Item 1820) with nuts and washers (Items 1821 and 1822)
through the turbine footpad and into expansior anchor. Tap assembled
anchor into the drilled hole and tighten anel..r nut to expAnd anchor,
Tighten nuts (Item 1822) above and below footpad to secure unit.
Connect spiral case drainline (by others) to the manually operated drain
valve (Item 1505) at the bottom of the spiral case inlet, Mute drain
pipe as desired,
(DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,00001
! 102089 1
150-6
yy
11
Y k'
t1
i
kl [1
Using feeler gauges, check the wicket gate clearances. The clearance be-
tween the gate ends and the faceplates in the bottom ring and head cover
shall be 0,00984 inch (0.25 mm).
i
15G,3.5 Runner Mounting on Generator_ Shaft, Refer to Reference Drawings
No. F77613 and D77599. T
Reference the LAFD Instruction Information.
i ~
The mounting of the runner onto the generator shaft must be performed
only after the turbine spiral case/wicket gate assembly and generator
have been positioned and properly adjusted,
i 156.3,5,1 Preparation, Preparation shall be as speciffpr aorein,'
r' I Clean the generator shaft as necessary.
t
Assemble the runner onto the runner handling tool (Item 6100) using
four screws (Item 6900).
I
f Place the spacer ring (Item 3020) onto the shaft and and against the
E shoulder.
j ~
15G.3.5.2 Runner Initial Mounting. Initially mount the runner as
fol- lows.
Lift runner up to the generator shaft and locate until the shaft end ex-
tends Into the runner bore
f Screw the threaded rod (Item 6821) with plate and nut (Items 6151 and
6825) through the handling tool into the shaft end,
While continuing to support Lhe runner with the hoist or crane, slowly
tighten the nut (Item 6825) until the runner is pulled against the spacer
ring, Care should be taken not to cock the runnarl it should be square
to the shaft.
15G.3,5.3 Center Line Adjustment. Center line adjustment shall be as
specified herein,
Measure the difference between the center line of the runner and the
center line of the distributor. One method to do this (refer to Draw-
ing No. F'77613) is measure the difference between the wicket gate fare-
plates (Items 2013 and 2014) and the edge of the runner's rotating wear-
ing ring. This difference, when perfectly centered is 0.00984 inches
(0,25 mm), Remove tool following measurements and insert the support pin
(Iten 6101) into the center hole of the generator shaft and,
E
I
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000] '
€ I 102089 ]
f( 15G-7
E
f,i31^;,5
pJr 15
It ~j
11
i
I
I
Remove the runner by tieing the threaded rod and nuts (Items 6821 and
6825) screwed through the handling tool and against the support pin in
the shaft end. Remove the spacer ring.
To assure that the two center lines will be in the same plane during
operation, machine from the spacer ring (Item 3020) the dimensional
difference measured above. Note that any material removed from the
spacer ring should be machined off the "wide" side of the ring,
150.3.5,4 Runner Final Mounting, Runner final mounting shall be as fol-
lows.
Remove support pin (Item 6101) from generator shaft end,
Lightly coat the spacer ring with hot liquefied tallow and place onto
generator shaft against shoulder.
i Remount the runner onto the generator shaft and (see Article 150,3,5.2
above).
Remove the runner handling tool (Item 6100). Place the LAND coupling
(Item 3510) into the runner bore. Note that coupling locking screws
should face outwards away from bottom of boring and be accessible for
E adjustment.
Push the LAFU coupling completely within the runner boring until stopped,
Lightly tighten the locking screws.
Proceed with final tightening of locking screws. For details on proce-
dure) refer to LAFD instruction information. Final tightening torque of
II looking screws should be 230 N-m or 170 ft-1b.
15G,3,5.5 Checking Runner Mounting. Runner mounting shall be checked as
follows,
Store the runner handling tool for possible future use,
Check generator bearing oil reservoirs confirming sufficient oil for
manual rotation of the unit,
Place a dial type indicator against the inside bore of the runner and
check the concentricity of the assembly through manual rotation of the
unit,
Place a dial type indicator against the edge of the runner band (rotating
wearing sing), Manually rotate the unit and check to assure that the
runner is not out of plane (square to axis of rotation).
1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
l 102089 ]
15G-8
Et
k
r
u
i
14
Check the radial clearance between the stationary wearing rings and the
runner. This clearance should be 0.0197 inches (0.5 mm), Clearance be-
tween the upper stationary wearing ring and the runr,ar may be checked
through the plugged port (Item 2515) in the head cover.
15G.3.5.6 Runner Cover Assembly. Once the runner has been final mounted
to the shaft, fill the runner boring or cavity with grease. Flace the
runner cover (Item 3011) onto the runner and secure with screws and
washers (Items 3800 and 3801),
15G,3.6 Draft Tube Assembly, Refer to Reference Drawings No. F77614,
F77612, F77613, and F77618.
E The draft tube is an assembly of two fabricated sectionst the upstream
II! portion or elbow (Item 1017) and the do%,zstream straight section
(Item 1019). Thoroughly remove the protective coating :n the machined
surfaces of both the draft tube elbow and draft tube straight section.
j
Set the d:uft tube straight section in place on temporary chocks within
the concrete blockout, Coat the upstream flange section with a suitable
f sealing paste compound.
Place the draft tube elbow on temporary chocks or supports near the tur-
bine discharge. Place the 0-ring (Item 1710) into the groove in the tur-
bine bottom ring (Item 2012), Place alignment pins (Item 1815) into the
corresponding holes in the bottom ring,
Carefully mate the draft tube elbow to the bottom ring and secure using
the eight screws (Item 1810). Note that, during this sequence, the elbow
must be sufficiently supported to prevent overhanging loads from shifting
I i or displacing the spiral case assembly. Use a properly located dial in-
dicator to check this,
f While supporting the elbow, raise the draft tube straight section to mate
t with the elbow's discharge flange. Secure the straight section to the
elbow using the scl-ous (Item 1850) provided, While tightening tha
screws, continue to check the proper locatAon and placement of the spiral `
case assembly.
I
Recheck the runner/shaft for proper placement and centering within the
j spiral case/wicket gate desembly, Readjust supports as necessary,
f
Clean any protective coatings from the flanges on the pressure relief
pipe (Item 1019). Place and assemble pipe to the draft tube connecting
flange using a suitable sealing paste, screws and nuts (Items 1852 and
f 1853) and to the spiral case/wicket gate assembly using O-rings, studs
and nuts (Items 2730, 2830) and 2831),
~I
--J fDENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71,0000)
f 102089
15G~9
i
r
rc.i
)p
Y f
ilj r4kfi~ ~ I
I'I(f(ji
3
f
1
Place and assemble the vertical length (Item 1517) of the pressure lens-
ing piping to the manifolded pipi.ng at the outlet of the draft tube. At
this point it may be desirable to set the drain pipe (by others) to which
the shaft seal leakage water will drain.
With draft tube fully assembled, secure the draft tube straight section
to the powerhouse structure by spot welding to the reinforcing bare.
150.3.7 Unit Embedment. Refer to Reference Drawing No. F77614.
Place concrete forma as necessary around the draft tube and spiral case.
Do not attach concrete forma directly to the embedded parts.
l While continuing to support the draft tube elbow, carefully pour the con-
crete embedding the draft tube straight section up to the correct ele-
vation. During this, care should be taken not to shift or disturb the
assembly,
~ f Proceed with embedment of spiral case. Embedment design should be as
shown in Drawing No. F77614. Care should be taken not'to cover the
k spiral case piezometer and pressure tape.
Recheck the runner/shaft for proper placement and centering within the
{{I f spiral case/wicket gate assembly,
1 Allow concrete to cure as necessary to achieve the proper strength,
150.3.8 Final Assembly. Make final assembly as specified herein.
j 150.3,8.1 Spiral Case Intake, Refer to Reference Drawings No, P77612
I and F77614,
Reference the VITJOINi Adaptor Catalog Information,
The spiral case is provided with an extension section'with a VITJOINT
Adaptor connecting the two, Refer to VITJOINT catalog information for
assembly and adjustment details on this type.cougling. The upst,aam end
of the spiral case extension section is a short length of constant'-diam-
eter that is suitably prepared for field welding to the penstock.
Adjust the VITJOINT, Adaptor so that the upstream flange faea is
1.5 inches from the upstream and of the spiral case inlet, Refer to
Detail. A of Drawing F77614.
Measure the distance between the penstock downstream end and the VITJOINT
Adaptor upstream fare. Taking into account the thickness of the gasket
(Item 1715) and any allowances for field welding, cut any exceos length
off the extension section at its upstream end.
(DENTON 10567 GEN GONST 71.0000]
( 102089
150-10
a
.
l
fit : ~
i
Weld the extension section to the penstock and complete assembly of the
VITJOINT Adaptor between the extension section and the spiral case,
150.3.8.2 Assembly of Shaft Seal, Refer to Reference Drawings
No. F77613 and F77614.
i
Assemble the shaft seal sleeve (Item 2200) on the generator shaft using
the screws, pins, nuts and washers (Items 2904, 2905, 2906 and 2907).
Note that the shaft seal sleeve is supplied with the CESTIDUR seal ele-
menu (Item 2720) already inserted and retained by.the set screws
(Item 2901),
Fill the positioning holes in the shaft seal sleeve with grease and
insert the springs (Item 3510) and axles (Item 3021). Slide the 0-ring
seal (Item 370I), which was previously placed on the shaft (see Arti-
cle 150,3.4.1), onto the shaft seal sleeve.
1
The shaft seal sleeve should slide freely on the shaft. The sleeve
should be placed so that the CESTIDUR seal butte against the seal ring
(2tem 3072). The seal should be flush against the seal ring along its
i entire length.
Assemble the split sections of tote shaft seal casing (Item 2201) around
the shaft seal using the pins (Item 3013), screws, and nuts (Items 2820
and 2821). During assembly, care should be taken to properly insert the
O-ring (Item 3701) into the groove in the housing.
( { Slide the shaft seal casing towards the runner drawing the seal sleeve
I with the CESTIDUR seal element against the seal ring, Secure the seal
casing to the head cover using the screws (Item 2805). Through moving
the exposed portion of the shaft seal sleeve,'confirm that the sleeve is
not binding and that it is being spring retained against the seal ring.
Assemble the split sections of the seal casing cover (Item 2202) around
the shaft using the pins (Item 3013), screws and nuts (Items 2820 and
2821), Care should be taken tot j
e. Match rod of shaft seal sleeve into the slot of the
seal casing cover.
b. Properly insert the previously placed 0-ri.ng
(Item 2712) into the groove of the casing cover,
c, Properly place the V-ring (Item 3700) within and
against the casing cover,
Referring to Drawing No, F77614, rotate the casing cover to position the
cjal water drain port (Item 2531), Secure the seal casing cover to the
seal casing using the screws (Item 2806),
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 J
1SC-l1
~uj
e R
Through manually moving the protruding seal sleeve rod, again check that
the sleeve is not binding and that it is being spring retained against
the seal ring.
Connect the seal drainline, A 2 m length of flexible rubber piping
(Item 2530) is provided to function as a shaft seal drainline. Connect
the drainline to the port (Item 2531) on the seal casing cover. Route
the drainline as desired to the customer located drain pipe (previously
embedded).
15G.3.8.3 Tap Connections. Refer to Reference Drawings No. P77614 and
F77618,
j Four manifolded pressure taps are provided at the spiral case intake for
k customer's pressure lines, gauges, etc. These taps are threaded 3/8 inch
I NPT.
Four taps are located on the downstream end of the spiral case at various
radii for use as Winter-Kennedy taps during performance testing. Each
pressure tape is piped individually and provided with a shutoff valve.
Supplied loose is either a pressure differential transducer or two pres-
3 sure tranducers for field connection to the tape.
E Four manifolded pressure tape are located at the outlet of the draft
tube. The vertical pipe (see Article 15G.3.6) connects this manifold and
extends up to floor level. Any further connection from this point to
pressure gauges, transducers, etc, is by others.
t
I5G,3.9 Turbine Hydraulic Line Connection. Refer to Reference Drawings
No. F77606, HFUB50006 HPU Manufartu~ e drawing), and HPUB50007 (HPU
Manufacturer Drawing).
There are two hydraulic connections to be made to the turbine wicket gate
operating servomotor from the HPU. Both hydraulic connections at the
double acting servomotor are 3/8 inch NPT. It is recommended that the
piping or tubing (provided by others) used between the turbine and the
Hydraulic Pressure Unit (HPU) be large enough to keep the oil velocities
below approximately 15 ft/sec. Maximum hydraulic oil flow from the HPU
to the turbine will be approximately 2,5 gpm, However, minimum tubing
size should not be less than 1/2 inch. Hydraulic lines to the turbine
should be as direct as possible, avoiding sharp bands and located in
trenches or otherwise protected,
The connection on the servomotor end nearest the turbine is for oil prea-
sure to close the wicket gates. The other connection is for oil pressure
to open the wicket gates and will be made at a port on an orifice block
(Item 5516). Orifice block purpose and adjustment shall be as discussed
in the manufacturer's Start-up Instructions.
k
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 1t
150-12
MINE
TA vm-.
F
4y
All hydraulic piping or tubing used should be thoroughly cleaned prior to
connection. All piping.connections should be made using a suitable pipe
dope material taking care not to introduce any foreign material into the
system,
The connections from the turbine servomotor are to be made to ports on
the HPU marked as follows.
I
j 1
Turbine Servomotor Connection HPU Port Designation
j
Wicket Gate Close C
I
j Wicket Gate Open (Orifice Bloak) 0
15G.3.10 Turbine Electrical Device Connection, Refer to Reference Draw-
ing No. F77606 and Referenca Catalog Information - Linear Potentiometer,
l A linear potentiometer (Item 5604) is supplied loose for field mounting
to the servomotor, The potentiometer is for use by the electrical con-
trol system for indication of servomotor position from full open to full
! closed.
Using the poste (Items 5210 and 5212), mount the potentiometer to the
support bracket (Item 5209) and to the servomotor connecting pin. Retain
the potentiometer using the snap rings (Item 5869).
ff i ,
\ The potentiometer is manufactured by Penny & Giles (50 volts do maximum
operating voltage). The 'leads from the potentiometer are not terminated
at a terminal box. If any local codes require special termination de-
vices or boxes'for wiring to the potentiometer, then they must be sup-
plied by customer,
Connect and wire as necessary from the
potentiometer to the appropriate
terminals at the control/switchgear cabinets. Wiring and cabling from
the potentiometer'to the control cabinets is by others,
Note that,the electrical stroke of the linear potentiometer may be sig-
nificantly longer than the actual mechanical stroke of the wicket gate
servomotor. Any metering or controls should be calibrated to have
100 percent opening correspond•to the actual full open wicket gate
I stroke. This is discussed later in the manufacturer's Start-up TA-
structions,
a 15G,3.11 Hydraulic Pressure Unit (HPU) Placement, Refer to Reference
Drawings No, HPUBS0006 HPU Manufacturer Drawing , HPUB50007 (HPU Manu-
facturer Drawing), and EPUA50008 (HPU Manufacturer Drawing), Reference `i
tf HPU Manufacturer's Instruction Manual, and the Reference Drawing
No, D-64542 (Generator Drawing).
i
(DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71,0000)
i5G-ls
7
j
-VT
b1Y°tl
t
f;
f
The Hydraulic Preasure Unit is shipped as a complete assembly including
valves, sump tank, motor/pump, manifold block, terminal box and other
necessary components. The unit is designed to supply oil pressure for
operation of tho turbine hydraulic servomotor and generator brake
servomotor. These instructions should be supplemented with the more de-
tailed procedures included in the HPU manufacturer's Instruction Manual.
The HPU should be located within the powerhouse and in close proximity to
the turbine (within approximately 20 feet). Generally, the HPU should be
placed on the powerhouse floor at, or lower than, the turbine servomotor
elevation. Locating the HPU at an elevation above the servomotor should
be avoided as failure of a connecting line could result in draining the
HPU tank. In addition, the HPU must be located such that all devices and
I components are accessible and room is available for opening the tank
cover and terminal box.
Empty and clean the HPU tank as necessary.
_i
Referring to Drawing No, HPUB50006, secure the HPU to the floor using
suitable anchors (by others) through the holes in the footpads.
All electrical devices except the motors are wires to a single terminal
box, Wire as necessary to the electrical control/switchgear cabinets.
All hydraulic connection ports on the HPU are 3/8 inch NPT, Tubing or
piping used between the HPU and the servomotors must be suitably cleaned
and prepared and be sufficiently sized to keep hydraulic oil velocities
at or below 15 ft/sec, However, minimum tubing size should not be less r^•
than 1/2 inch. Connections should be made using a suitable pipe dope
material taking care not to introduce foreign material into the system,
The connections from the HPU are to be made to the turbine servomotor as
` follows.
HPU Port Designation Servomotor Connection
C Wicket Gate Close
0 Wicket Gate Open (Orifice Block)
B Generator Brake (Engage)
Close tank drain valve. Follow HPU manufacturer's instructions in fill-
ing the tank. The hydraulic oil recommended for use is MOBIL D,T,E.
MEDIUM, SHELL TELLUS 29, or similar. Hydraulic oil is to ye supplied by
others,
1
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000] Yr}
[ 102089 ]
I SG-14
f{
y
i
15G.3.12 Generator Electrical Connection, Refer to Reference Drawing
No. C645429 C64544, 14C5B-13751 14CSB-I376, and the Reference Ideal Elec-
tric Co. Generator Instruction Manual,
The generator freestanding incoming line cubicle is shipped separate from
the generator itself. Place the cubicle in the correct location next to
the generator. The cubicle is shipped with the lead throat mounted. Be
aware that the lead throat does not support the cubicle. The incoming
line cubicle must be suitably adjusted in elevation to match the lead 1
throat connection ::pith the generator.
Feed leads into the incoming line cubicle and connect the lead throat to
the generator,
Referring to drawings, make appropriate connections of generator leads to
devices within the cubicle,
I~ IJ
Provisions for lead openings are in both the top and bottom of the cubi-
cle. This requires the cubicle to be connected to suitable high voltage
{
cable trays or trenches for routing the cables from the cubicle.
Referring to Drawing C-64544, connect and wire the various generator ac-
cessory devices, Ground the generator frame using the ground pad provid-
C ed,
15fl,3.13 'Bearin Lube Oil S stem Placement and Connection, Refer to
fff Reference Drawing An No, D76-4569, D-6454570, and B-64632,
f
The generator Bearing Lube Oil System is shipped as a.completa.aesemb2y
h including reservoir tank, valves, mc.or/pumps, switches, gauges, and
other necessary components. The unit is designed to supply oil at a
sufficient pressure, flow and temperature to lubricate and cool the
generator guide/thrust (drive end) bearing during rotation of the
turbine/generator. These instructions should be supplemented with the
information included in the generator installation/maintenance manual,
.The lube oil system should be located within the powerhouse and in close
proximity to the turbine.. In addition, the lobe oil system must be
located such that all devices and components are accessible and room is
available for maintenance of the unit.
The oil lube system should be installed in such a way that the pipelines
to and from the bearing are of equal or nearly equal lengths. The pipe
bends, 'C-fittings, etc., in the piping should be considered in making up
the total length, The viscosity of the all must be noted in the calcu-
lation of pipeline resistance, It is preferred that the difference in
level between the bearing and the lubrication system tank should be such
that the return pipe can be laid at a slope of approximately 15 degrees
1
f
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
102089 ]
15G-15
,
~f
ilfi~vlA!:ill
I)
p
(approximately 1 foot drop in 4 foot length). Also it is advantageous to
begin the return pipe with a greater slope directly at the bearing.
When the slope in the return lines, for design or construction reasons,
cannot be laid at a slope of 15 degrees, then the cross sections must be
selected correspondingly greater (larger cross section just behind the
bearing connection). Too slight a slope and/or too small a cross section
causes a damming-up effect which in turn can cause overflowing of the
bearing and leakage. To further reduce resistance, heaters may be added
onto the return pipe.
Empty and clean the lube oil unit is necessary.
Referring to Drawing No. D-64542, D-64569, and B-64632, make pipe con-
nections from the lube oil unit to the bearing. Note that flowmeter/
switches and a regulating valve (provided loose) are to be piped into the
circuit at the location where the high-pressure oil line is connected to
the bearing,
r
j For inlet pipelines, use precision steel tubing. The pipelines slay be
bent and welded as required, The piping cross section should be a,ch
that the flow speed does not exceed 1.5 m/s (approximately 5 fps),
For the return lines, steel piping is nearly always used due to the
required large cross section. Instead of pipe fittings, use pipe bends
of greatest possibla radii in order to reduce pipeline resistance, The
cross section should be selected such that the flow speeds do not exceed
0.15 m/s (approximately 0.5 fps), based on the full pipe cross section. ,
It is inappropriate to day return pipes only vertically and horizontally.
Not only the difference in level of the pipe but also the actual angle of
the pipe is to be regarded as the gradient.
Heat treated (welded and hot bent) and/or internally rusted or dirty pip-
ing must he pickled before pipeline laying.
Connect cooling waterlines (by others) to the 1 inch NPT connections on
the lube oil unit heat exchanger, Bearing cooling water requirements are
5 gpm. THE MAXIMUM WATER PRESSURE THE COOLING SYSTEM IS DESICNED TO
WITHSTAND IS 50 PSIG, THE PRESSURE OF THE COOLING WATER SOURCE MUST NOT
EXCEED THIS.
After installing the pipelines, rinse the whole oil circulation system to
prevent dirt or impurities from penetrating into the bearings and pipe
fittings.
Referring to Drawing 8-64570, make all electrical connections to the ter-
minal box located on the front face of the tank. Also make electrical
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 )
15G-16
f
{
connections to the flowmeters/switches now located at the bearings. Wire
as necessary to the electrical control/switchgear cabinbts,
Close the tank drain valve. Follow the generator manufacturer's in-
structions and drawings on proper filling of the unit and the proper
lubricating oil to be used. Oil is by others,
15G.4 ADDITIONAL WORK INCLUDED UNDER TURBINE-GENERATOR ERECTION, Work
included under the turbine-generator erection shall include, but not be
limited to, that described in DBS-EW document "Erection Procedure for
Small Standard S-Turbine" (Drawing No, 472051025) included in the
i drawings listed in Article 1B.3, and tl,e following items,
Field d
rillin and welding i
teat g in place the distributor index
taps
Installation of instruments, terminal boxes, free standing
and wall mounted control equipment
! Installation of interconnecting wiring, raceweyj and Junc-
tion boxes between all turbine devices and terminal boxes,
J gauge panels, monitor panels, and hydraulic power unit
Completing turbine assembly
i i Abrasive blasting and painting of field welding areas and
f defect areas
Final cleaning
Transportation to the erection location of all turbine-
generator components from the storage location
Erection of coolers and all piping
j
Installation of generator excitation cubicles
Installation of terminal boxes !
t
Installation of interconnecting wiring, raceway and function
boxes between all generator devices and terminal boxes and
gauge panels
Erection of all instrumentation, wiring, and conduit to desig-
nated terminal boxes
Erection of neutral and phase connections
i
Finishing work, cleaning, and onsite painting
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000]
l 102089 ]
15G-17
,
w
j Hit r>A,-. S
i
i
150.5 ERECTION. The erection of the turbine generator shall be in ac-
cordance with the requirements of the manufacturer as detailed by his
erection manuals and field representatives. The requirements of this
section shall supplement the manufacturer's requirements.
Welding shall be in accordance with the section titled STRUCTURAL STEEL.
Concrete shall be in accordance with the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE.
Piping erection shall be in accordance with the section titled PIPING
The turbine-generator manufacturer may supply special tools for erection
of'the equipment. The Contractor may use these special tools for erec-
tion. After completion of erection, the Contractor shall return the
tools to the Owner in good condition. The standard tools provided with
the turbine-generator equipment for unit maintenance shall not be used
I for installation by the Contractor.
All generator support floor concrete pours and all second stage eoncre(I
work shall be complete before gate and runner parts are installed,
The draft tube liner temporary supports are not designed for field assem-
bly. If the Contractor elects to assemble the draft tube liner in the
yard, temporary stiffeners shall be used while the draft tube is being
installed. The Contractor shall submit handling calculations and proce-
dures to the Owner.
15G.6 TESTS AND VERIFICATIONS DURING AND AFTER !:RECTION. During and
after erection, the following taste end verifications shall be made,
as Verification of level of all baseplates, recording the
results
b. Verification of alignment of draft tube and vaned in-
take, recording the results before and after concreting
c, Leakage test of runner hub
d. Verification of wicket gate clearances) movement, gap
in `closed position, and gate opening measurement versus
servomotor stroke
e. Before coupling with the runner, check of aligned generator-
turbine shaft. Tolerances shall conform to NEMA MG 5.2 -
1972,
{
[DENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.0000)
1 '
102089
1 ~'v
15G-18
rS
is
t~
i-
f. Check of all important clearances on runner, guide
bearing, packing box, and wicket gates operating mecha-
nism
g. After complete assembly of hydraulic oil system pipes,
performance of pressure teat with 1-1/2 times the de-
sign pressure
j 1
h. Flushing of hydraulic system piping
i, Oil filling of generator guide bearings, thrust bear-
ing, and hydraulic systems record and cheek
j
J. Final check and locking of all nuts
j k, Record of rotor preassembly measurements and tests, in-
I ! cluding precision measurement of field winding 'copper
! resistance and measurement of insulation resistance and
E final high voltage test of field winding
I 11 Record of alignment of stator base frame, aoleplates,
i and anchor bolts before and after embedment"
M. Record of alignment of generator guide bearings and
generator shaft assembly, and loading and adjustment of
thrust bearing
I
n. Record of coupling of generator shaft to turbine shaft
o. Record of shaft runout measurar_-snts of combined genera
for and turbine shaft while rotating at low speed,
' Tolerances and procedures shall conform to NEMA MG5.2 -
1972. f
p. Record of stator alignment with measurement of eight 1
points of stator bore for exact roundness within a maxi- I
mum tolerance of radius 15 mil at upper and lower edge
of iron core against piano wire plumb line at center
i
q. Record of precision measurement of armature winding
copper resistance phase by phase; measurement of insu-
lation resistance, of polarization index and leakage
current and final high voltage test of armature winding
with do at 170 percent of the ac test voltage
r, Record of rotor installation and coupling to shaft
e. Record of check of the bearing oil cooling installation
for complete and correct assembly
;r J [DENTON 105671GEN CONST 71.0000)
150-19
3
c
r
t. Record of prestress of all piston rod and shaft cou-
plings
u, Record of check of the guide bearing clearances
v. Record of check of the shaft alignment of the ready-
assembled generating unit while rotating at low speed.
Tolerances and procedure for shaft runout shall conform
to NEMA MG5.2 - 1972.
,
W. Record of check of the entire air cooling system for
complete and correct assembly
x, Record of check of the uniformity of the generator air
gap within indicated tolerances. Record of spring test
and adjustment of all collector brushes
Y. Record of tightness and hydrostatic pressure teat of
all cooling water piping and installation
I z. Record of check of all wiring and control installation
as, Record of list of deficiencies to be completed, priov
to issue of the "End of Erection Certificate"
bb, Application for the issue of the "End of Erection
Certificate"
15G,7 COMMISSIONUG TESTS. The Contractor shall,. under the supervision
of the matiufactuver, perform the following commissioning testa, as appli-
cable to ensure that the equipment has been correctly installed, all nec-
essary adjustments and sattings have been made; and the equipment is in
11 sound condition to run under load.
Commissioning of the equipment shell comprise three stages of testa, as
follows.
a. PrelIMinary testa (dry tests) shall be performed on
crii!;0 :ion of installation, before any rotation or ad-
mt,ce!,n of water, to ensure the complete and correct
installation of the equipment,
b. Precommissioning tests shall involve filling of all
water passages, initial run, and no-load testa, without
connecting the unit to the power system.
CI Performance tests shall be performed with the unit con-
nected to the power system with the purpose of ensuring
safe operation and of verifying the guaranteed perfor-
mance.
Ib;.NTON 10567GEN CONST 71,0000?
102089
15G-20
1
i
The power output of the turbine shall be determined from electric meas-
urements of the generator output and the respective efficiency values,
both of which shall be measured onsite, in parallel with the tests of the
turbine.
The details of the methods of measurement and of the conditions and con-
s
duct of the test onsite shall be mutually agreed between the Owner,
turbine-generator manufacturer, and Contractor and laid down in a sepa-
rate program, defining the sequence of the testes the equipment prepara-
tion, and operation procedure'to be followed.
Appropriate instruments, such as multi-channel recorders for the regis-
tration of transient conditions and other measuring equipment will be
d
provided by the manufacturer.
' j After successful termination of commissioning (preliminary testa, tests
on completion, perfo''mance testa), the unit shall be subject to a trial
I operation period.
150,7.1, Preliminary Tests (PrZ Tests). Preliminary tests shall comprise
the following,
I a, inspection of the complete water passage of the tur-
bine, including intake and draft tube to ensure removal
{ of all foreign or loose objects which might cause dam-
age, and verification measurements of the hydraulic
cross sections at the pressure tap locations to be used
I for acceptance tests
4 b, Adjustment of guide vanes and runner blades for uniform
closure and sealing, dry tests of closing and opening
times of guide vanes and runner blades, and calibration
of guide vane and runner blade position indicators'
co klantrical check to assure correct wiring and cabling
of all control, alarm, and auxiliary power circuits
i
1
d. Testing and setting of all relays, protective equip-
ment, and transmitters, including calibration of the
electric control equipment
as Adjustment of the shaft seal and of all turbine and
generator bearings
i
i
i
i ,
wj [DENTON 10567 CNN CONST 71,0000]
f 102084
150-21
r
G.tlar¢f_a. ..i[-Att~
,Y rpyll (
rl r{
1
f, Hydrostatic pressure test of the complete piping of the
hydraulic oil system at 1-1/2 times the kesign pressure
for 1 hour
g. Operational tests on hydropower unit which shall in-
clude the correct functioning of the lead and lag pump
operation; adjusting, setting, and checking the opera-
tion of unloader valves, relief valves, distribution
valves, pressure switches; and testing and setting of
the protective equipment
h. Checking of the cooling water circuits with appropriate
control valves and preliminary measurement of the cool-
ing water flow
1 i. Preliminary adjustment of opening and closing times of
guide vane and runner blade operating mechanism
J. Complete functional test of the gate positioning equip-
ment, simulating Manual and automatic starting and
stopping sequences, operation of oil pressure unite,
checking oil levels and pressures in regulating scheme,
and 24 hours continuous operation of oil pressure sys-
tem
k. Verification of oil supply to generator bearings and
l water supply to turbine bearing and shaft seal
1. Verification of proper fastening of all manholes and
f inspection covers
m. Operating tests on all generator auxiliary equipment
including related electric control instruments, cali-
bration of the instruments, and check of wiring cir-
cuits and pipelines for correctness
n. Operating tests of the cooling water system
Of Comprehensive operating tests and appropriate adjust-
monts of all generator safety devices and check of cor-
responding wiring circuits for correctness
p. Measurement of the armature winding insulation resis-
tance and measurement of the polarization index
q. Measurement of the insulation leakage current per phase
for obtaining basic data on aging of the winding insula-
tion
{
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000J
( 102084 )
15G-22
r
~1 T
4
1
1
r. Measurement of the ohmic resistance of the field wind-
ing
a. High voltage withstand test of the field winding and of
the armature winding in accordance with the standards
I
I
l to Measurements of the armature winding ohmic resistance
per phase
j
U. Preliminary testa of the excitation system according to
separate program as specified
v, phase sequence check and phase denomination
w. Dry-check of automatic start and stop sequences
I 156.7.2 precommissioning Tests. After successful completion of prelim-
inary teats, the Following precommissioning tests shall be performed.
f { a, Slow filling of waterways from tailwater side; checking
for leaks in the discharge ring, wicket gate ring, and
entire water system
b. Following the raising of the draft tube stoploEs, slow
j filling of the intake from the headwater side; checking
for generator cover and entire water system leakage and
adjustment of packings where required
c, Initial running of unit with stepwise increase of unit
speed up to rated speed; observation of temperature be-
haviors of bearings; shaft runout; deformation of
f covers and bearing supports; and measurement of vi-
brations
l d... Checking operational behavior of bearings under no-load
conditions
i 1
r e. Gate positioner test in speed no-load condition
I
f. Functional test of complete control equipment including
manual and automatic starting and stopping sequence up
to rated speed
g. Increasing speed of unit up to 10 percent above theo-
retical maximum load rejection speed with verifications
of shaft runout, clearances, vibrations, and deforms
tions
(DENTON 10567 GFN CONST 71,00001
102089 J
15G-23
i
i
rcwu x
1
I~v-naum
a
{ll?SS
h. Adjustment and setting of safety devices, speed switches,
and overspeed trip
i. Balancing of the rotor
i
J. Teat report about final dynamic balancing with rotor at
operating temperature
k. Final adjustments on guide and thrust bearings, ai:
coolers cooling water flow, all other auxiliaries, and
the excitation system and generator control and safety
devices
1. Any additional tests required by the Owner to ensure
the completeness and the safety of the equipment when
operated
m, When adjustments are made on generator control or
safety devices and on certain settings of the ex-
citation system, all operation tests made prior to such
adjustments shall be repeated,
! 15G.7.3 Operation and Performance Tests. Operation testa shall comprise
4 the following.
as Synchronizing of the unit
b. Preliminary load run and load rejection tests, deter-,
i mining speed and pressure rises at rejections of
30 percent, 65 percent, 90 percent, and full-load
1 c. The load shall be increased by steps and a load re-
jection shall be made from each successively higher
load up to maximum expected for the prevl.il.ing net
head. At the completion of each load rejection test,'
the pressure rise and overspeed data shall be analyzed
to ensure that the unit will not exceed the admissible
safety limits at the next greater load rejection.
During the period of load rejection teats, all precautions shall be taken
to ensure that safe values of pressure and turbine unit stresses will not
be exceeded. The precautions may include setting of gate positioner tim-
ing at rates slower than design rates. When adjustments are made on gate
positioner or regulating devices, the tests made prior to such adjuot-
ments shall be repeated.
Subsequent to the operational testa, the following performance torts
shall be performed.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102069 1
15G-24
z
V,'L4?S( -10
UXl'tyiR
R Test of the correct functioning of the gate positioning sys-
tem under any possible operating condition in accordance
with the respective IEC Publication No. 308
t
Definite load rejection test to prove the transient speed
rise at load rejections of 25 percent, 50 percent, 15 per-
cent, and full load= and measurement of the generator ter-
minal voltage slope (with governor and AVR in service) to
determine maximum transient rif,v of terminal voltage and
frequency
Determination of the no-load characteristic
I Determination of the short-circuit characteristic !
j Determination of the values for:
I
j xd, xd', xd", xp, TdO
f I TqOTqTd Td" H and s.c.r.
Instantaneous short-circuit teat at 105 percent of the rated
voltage, short circuit to be applied at high voltage side of
unit transformer
Measurement of the telephone influence factor (TIF) and
evaluation of wave form irregularities in'accordante with
l the standards
Voltage and current balance check
Determination of ac exciter characteristics
Determination of excitation system guaranteed performance
Test of the correct functioning of the entire excitation
system over the full range of possible operating'condition
VeYification of temperature rise of generator parts in ac- s
cordance with ANSI 050.12 by heat run test at continuous
output rating as specified I
All other tests required to confirm guaranteed data
r'I
1
%J [DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 )
150-25
-i
1
i
Section 15H - STARTUP
i
15H.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall perform all work required to place
all component systems and equipment into operation.
j
The Contractor shall render all services and do all work required to
place each item of equipment installed by him, including all auxiliaries
and piping, in operating condition to the satisfaction of the Owner. All
equipment shall be prepared for operation as recommended by the equipment
manufacturer and shall be operated in accordance with the recommendations
of the equipment manufacturer.
Individual systems and items of equipment shall be completed in a se-
quence that will permit systematic checkout and trial operation of each
k such component before it is incorporated In the initial operation. I
The Owner will furnish operating personnel during the startup. The Con-
tractor shall provide all other workmen required to make adjustments and
correct deficiencies during the equipment and plant checkout and opera-
Lion. It is anticipated that the checkout and operation will be in prog-
ress continuously over extended periods of time. The workmen required of
the Contractor shall be on the site as required by the Owner. All reg-
ular and overtime payrolls and all other contingencies-in connection with
i the plant startup shall be included as a part of the contract price.
f! The Contractor shall furnish and apply, in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's recommendationa, all oils, greases, and other lubricants
required to place permanent plant equipment in condition ready for opera-
tion, The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and
gauging devices required during checkout and trial operation of the
equipment and systems.
Electrical equipment and systems and control and instrumentation equip-
ment will be tested and placed in operation under Division lb.
15H,2 E4UIPMENT CHECKS, Preoperational checks and inspections shall be
performa on all equipment as specified herein and in accordance with the
equipment manufacturer's recommendations, A representative of the Owner
I
shall be prenent during the Equipment checks.
p+ Preoperational checks shall include, but not necessarily be limited to,
the following.
I Shaft Ali ng ment, Before starting, all bearings, shafts, and
other moving parts shall be checked for proper alignment.
1 Alignments shall be in accordance with Section 150 under
' ALIGNMENT,
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
`
( 102089 )
1sH~1
l
j
,
Safety Equipment. All coupling guards, belt guards, and
other personnel safety items shall be installed.
All fire protection equipment shall be installed and oper-
ative,
Piping. All spring type pipe hangers shall be checked for
proper settings.
All safety valves shall be checked for correct settings.
All temporary shipping braces, blocks, or tie rods shall be
removed from expansion joints,
j Pits. All pump suction pits shall be free of trash, mud,
silt, and debris,
Lubrication. Any oil tank_-i, reservoirs, gear cases, and 1
constant level type oilers shall be checked for proper oil
levels. Any points requiring manual lubrication shall be
greased or oiled as required.
Belts, Pulleys, and Sheaves. All belts) pulleys, and
sheaves shall be checked for correct alignment and belt
tension.
Cooling and Sealing Water. All cooling and sealing water
supplies shall be flushed and checked for proper operation,
Pump Suction Strainers, All pump suction strainers shall be
installed.
Stuffing Boxes and Packing. All stuffing boxes shall be
checked for: correct takeup on the packing.
The Contractor shall verify in writing that all work and checkouts have
been completed, and when the services of equipment manufactures' field
service representatives are specified, the Contractor shall include veri-
fication by such representatives that the equipment is ready for trial
operation,
15H.3 TRIAL OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT. After all preoperational checks and
inapections have been completed, each piece of equipment will be given a
trial operation, Trial operation of equipment will be conducted by the
Owner, A representative of the Contractor shall be present during the
trial operations.
I
I~
i
(DENTON 10567 OEN CONST 71.00001 ( 102089 ] x
15H-2
r ,
ti15R4fl 1`'1 -N.r
71'eb5~ S
I^
I
Trial operation of all equipment and subloop systems shall extend over a
period of time as required to reveal any equipment weaknesses in bear-
ings, cooling systems, heat exchangers, and other such components, or any
performance deficiencies which may later handicap the operation of main
systems and the complete plant.
j' All rotating equipment will be checked by the Owner for overheating,
noise, vibration, and any other conditions which would tend to shorten
the life of the machinery. All equipment shall operate such that the
level of vibration displacement, in mile peak-to-peak, is not more than
shown under "FAIR" on International Research and Development Corporation
Curve 305D, "General Machinery Vibti'ation Severity Chart," or as required
by the equipment manufacturer for reliability and longevity, whichever
II requirement is the more stringent,
Cooling water systems shall be adjusted by the Contractor Co provide the
I proper flow of coolant to each item of equipment.
! I Each trial operation shall be summarized by the Contractor in a written
report describing the observations and results of the operation and the
specific deficiencies discovered which require additional work, The re-
port shall indicate whether or not a retest is required, Decisions for
eats will be made by the Owner, Deficiencies which are the result of
rat
the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's
j' expense.
15H.4, MAIN SYSTEMS CHECKOUT, Main systems will be checked, operatede
! and tested by the Owner after each individual piece of equipment and its
accessories have been operated and declared ready for on-line operation.
Representatives of the Contractor shall be present during the main eye-
tems checkout.
All functional and operational testing of protective interlocking, auto-
matic controls, instrumentation, alarm systems, and all other field test-
ing of the main systems will, be completed before the systems are started,
15H.5 ON-LINE OPERATIONAL CHECKS, During on-line operation of the ante-
grated syatems, all equipment will be checked by the Owner for overheat-
ing, noise, vibration, and any other checks recommended or required by
the manufacturer of the specific piece of equipment. Representatives of
the Contractor shall be present during the on-line operational checks,
! The Contractor shall be responsible for the following,
All piping systems shall be visually checked for leaks,
I plugged pressure gauges, interferences, excessive vibration,
and other abnormal conditions.
r
j [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 )
15H-3
• IMYSWN
r %004
l^.Fi4Ytiti
Pump auction strainers shall be checked periodically for
clogging. These strainers shall be kept in service during
initial operation and shall be cleaned as required to mini-
maze pressure drop due to clogging. Whenever equipment is
shut down due to strainer clogging, the strainer shall be
cleaned immediately, regardless of the time of day, to as-
sure availability of the equipment. New gaskets, furnished
by the Contractor, shall be installed after each cleaning
operation. After initial operation, when strainer loading
no longer occurs, temporary strainers shall be removed from
the piping. Spacers shall be furnished and installed where
temporary cone type strainers are removed.
I
F
k~
1
f
i
1
f
IDENTON 1056X020 CONST 71,00001
15H-4
Y!
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 16A - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
AND MATERIALS 16A-1
16A.1 General 16A-1
16A,2 rnginsering Data 16A-1
16A.3 Correction of Errors 16A-1
n 16A4 Manufacturer's Technical Services. 16A-1
16A.5 Nameplates 16A-1
i
Subsection 16A1 - BATTERY 16A1-1 thru 16A1-3
16A1.1 General _16A1-1'
16A1.2 Codes and Standards 16A1-1
16A1.3 Design and Construction 16A1-1
E 16A1.4 Preshipment Charge 16A1-3
16A1.5 Connector Bolt Torque 16A1-3
16A1.6 Manufacturers 16A1-3
j
Subsection 16A2 - BATTERY CHARGER 16A2-1 thru 16A2-3
16A2.1 General 16A2-1
16A2.2 Codes and Standards 16A2-1
16A2,3 Battery Charger Requirements 1'6A2-1
16A244 Capacity 16A2-1
16A2.5 Battery Charger Accessories 16A2-1
16A2.6 Manufacturers 16A2-3
Subsection 16A3 - MOTOR STARTERS 16A3-1 thru 16A3-3
16A3.1 General 16A3-1
16A3.2 Manual Starters 16A3-1
16A3.3 Three Phase Magnetic Starters 16A3-1
16A3,4 Three Phase Combination Mag-
netie Starters 16A3-2
16A3.5 Single-Phase Magnetic Starters 16A3.-3
16A3.6 Manufacturers 16A3-3
Subsection 16A4 - AC AND DC PANELBOARDS 16A4-1 thru 16A4-3
16A4.1 General 16A4-1
16A4.2 Description 16A4-1`
16A4.3 Manufacturer 16A4-3
I.
`DENTON 10567 EN CONST 71,00001
102089
l
TC16-1
r
Y'!
Page
Subsection 16A5 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
16A5-1
16A5.1 General i
16A5.2 Codes and Standards 16A5-1
16A5,3 Description 16A5-1
16A5.4 Manufacturer 16A5-1
16A5-I
Subsection 16A6 - DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURF.
SWITCHES 16A6-1
16A6,1 General
16A6,2 Description 16A6-1
16A6-1
Subsection 16A7 - CONTACTORS
16A7-1 thru 16A7-2
' 16A7.1 General
16A7,2 Manufacturers 16A7-1
Separately Mounted Contactor 16A7-1
List
16A7-2
Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANSFORMER 16A8-1 thru 16A8-I2
16A8,1 General
16A8.2 Codes and Standards 16A8-1
16A8,3 Construction 16A8-1
16A8.4 Accessories 16A8-1
16A8.5 Photographs 16A8-7
16A9.6 Factory Tests 16A8
I6A8,7 Wiring Diagrams 16A8-8
c 16A8.8 Transformer Loss Evaluation I6A8-10
` Transformer Specification and Data 16AS-10
Sheets 16A8-11 thru 16A8-12
Subsection 16A9 - 15 KV OUTDOOR CIRCUIT
BREAKER 16A9-1 thru 16A9-9
16A9.1 General
16A9.2 Codes and. Standards 16A9-1
16A9.3 Construction Details 16A9-1
16A9.4 Accessories 16A9-1
16A9.5 Factory Tests 16A9-5
16A9.6 Preparation of Tanks for 16A9-7
Shipment 16A9-7
Outdoor Oil Circuit Breaker
Specification and Data Sheets
16A9-8 thru 16A9-9
j
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
0!.3190 7
T016-2
ease
Lute
Subsection 16AIO - OUTDOOR DISCONNECT
SWITCHES 16A10-1 thru 16A10-3
16A10.1 General 16AIO-1
16A10.2 Codes and Standards 16AIO-l
16A10.3 Equipment Required 16A10-1
16A10.4 Insulators 16AIO-1
16A10.5 Switch Ratings 16AIO-1
16A10.6 Switch Construction 16.410-1
16A10.7 Croup Operators 16A10-2
16A10.8 Tightening of Connections 16AIO-3
16A10.9 Manufacturer 16A10-3'
Subsection 16AII INDOOR DISCONNECT
SWITCHES 16A11-1 thru 16A11-2
16A11.1 General 16A11.1
16A11.2 Manufacturers 16AIl-I
I indoor Disconnect Switch List 16AI1-2
Section 16B - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION 16B-1 thru i6B-7
168.1 General 166-1
168.2 Miscellaneous Material 16B-1
I 16B,3 Equipment Protection I69-1
16B.4 Cleaning 16B-2
16B.5 Maintenance Tools 166-2
16B.6 Location Tolerances 168-2
16B.7 Alignment 16B-2
16B.8 Bolted Electrical Connections' 168-2
16B.9 Ferrous Welder Qualification 168-4
168,10 Lubrication 168-4
16B,11 Equipment Finish 16B-4
16B.12 Galvanized Surface Coatings 16B-5
16B.13 Batteries and Battery Chargers 16B-5
16B.14 Panelboards 168-7
Section 16C - RACEWAY 160-1 thru 160-16
I 160.1 General, 16C-1
160.2 Codes and Standards 16C-1
160.3 General Installation Requirements 16C-1
16C.4 Electrical Conduit Sybtem 16C-4
160,5 Electrical Cable Tray 16C-8
16C.6 Boxes and Cabinets 16C-12
16C.7- Underground Duct Bank 160-14
Conduit Bank 160-16
i
(DENTON 105670 EN CONST 71.00001
3190
TC16-3
'T
IPW
Page
section 16D - CONDUCTORS 16D-1 thru 16D-12
16D.1 General 16D-1
16D.2 Cable Specifications 16D-1
16D.3 Conductor Accessories 16D-1
16D,4 Installation 16D-4
Cable Test Data Form 16D-11
Cable and Termination Bank 16D-12
Section 16E - GROUNDING I6E-1 thru 16E-5
16E.1 General 16E-1
16E.2 Materials 165-1
16E.3 Installation 16E-2
16E-4 Ground System Resistance 16E-4
Section 16? - LIGHTING 16F-1 thru 16F-5
16F.1 General- 16F-1
16F,2 Materials 10-1
16F,3 Installation 16F-3
I
Section 16G SUBSTATION STRUCTURE ERECTION 160-1 thru 160-5
.160.1 General 16G-I
160.2 Wood Pole Structures 1601
16G,3 Substation Aluminum Bus 160-3
Section 16H - FIRE DFTECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 16H-1 thru 1'6H-2
16H.1 General 16H-1
16H;2 Drawings and Data 16H-1;
16H.3 Code Requirements 16H-1'
16H.4 Equipment 16H-1
16H.5 Installation 16H-2
16H,6 Acaeptanca Tests 16H-2
Section 161 -"INTRUSION ALARM AND DETECTION 161-1 thru'161-2
161.1 General 161-1
161.2 Drawings and Data 16I-1
161.3 Equipment 161-1
161;4 Installation 161-1
(DENTON 105670x3190 NST 71.0000;
TC16-4
Section 16A - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
16A.1 GENERAL, The electrical equipment and materials included in this
section shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The equip-
ment and materials are in addition to those specified elsewhere and are
necessary to make a complete operational installation as intended by the
drawings and these specifications.
All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a
complete installation of the equipment shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor.
n These specifications covering Contractor-furnished equipment and'materi-
ale describe the type, functions, and general arrangements desired. The
j scope of these epecifications does not necessarily cover all design
details and featureu.
f 16A,2 ENGINEERING DATA. The Contractor shall submit data to the Engi-
neer covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished
under these specifications. The engineering data shall be submitted as
I specs ied in Section 1C, and not later than 60 days after award of con-
tract.
16A.3 CORRECTION OF ERRORS. Equipment and mate'>'ials shall be complete
in all respects within the limits herein outlined. All errors or omis-
sions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by the manu-
I I ± £acturev or his duly authorized representative at the Contractor's ex-
f pence.
j 16A.4 MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL SERVICES, Manufacturer's technical
service- shall ba provided where indicated in the equipment subsections,
16A.5 NAMEPLATES, Nameplates shall be furnished when specified in the
detailed specification sections. Nameplates shall be made of laminated
white phenolic engraving stuck with black cove. The lettering shall be
not less than 1/4 inch square, bold engraved through the outside layer so
that the letters are the color of the core. Nameplate- shall be attached
to the equipment with stainless steel panhead screws.
t
f
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )
16A-1
Yi4V;) 10
- Subsection 16A1 - BATTERY
r 16A1,1 GENERAL, The Contractor shall furnish and instbll a generating
station battery, Except as otherwise specified in this subsection, all
equipment, materials, and accessories shall be as specified in this Sec-
tion 16A. The Contractor shall select a battery system that will fit the
area for the batteries designated on the drawings,
16A1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS, All equipment furnished under these speci-
1 fications shall conform to applicable standards of IEEE, ANSI and NEMA.
j All materials and davi:es shall be in accordance with the applicable re-
quirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards,"
16A1.3 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION, Each battery cell shall be lead-acid
pasted plate type with lead-antimony alloy plate grids,
Each plate grid shall be cast using a "bottom pour" process; the die Cast
method of grid fabrication is not acceptable,
f Cell containers shall be sealed, c.lear,'shock absorbing, heat resistant
_i plastic, with electrolyte high and low level markers and spraypreof
vents.
16A1.3.1 Rating, Each battery shall be rated in accordance' with the
following table,
Generating Station Battery
Nominal oystem voltage 125
System description 2 wire, ungrounded
Minimum ambient
j temperature 45 F E
Maximum ambient
temperature 109 F ;
Quantity of cells 60
Specific gravity of
electrolyte, fully
charged, corrected
to 77 F 1.220
E
h
1
j w
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
I 013190 )
16A1-1
r,
j
i
P
i1 tF,5,
ii
!a I
Generating Station Battery
i
Voltage, volts per cell
I
I
Floating 2.16
Final 1.75
Maximum during
equalizing or
recharging fol-
lowing discharge 2,33
the capacity of the battery shall be determined by the Contractor in ac-
cordance with IEEE 485-1983 and these specifications, With the actual
discharge capacity of the battery at 80 per cent of rated discharge ca-
pacity, with the battery initially fully charged at the floating voltage
specified, and with the battery charger disconnected, the battery shall
be capable of supplying the duty cycle specified. The ambient tempera-
tune during the duty cycle shall be the minimum ambient temperature spec-
ified, and the voltage throughout the duty cycle shall be not less than
the final voltage specified,
j Battery capacity calculations and a curve of average cell. terminal volt-
age versus time for the.specified duty cycle shall be submitted with the
Proposal. The curve may be obtained by test or by calculation.
16A1,3,2 Duty. Cycle. The duty cycle for the generating station battery 5
shall be as follows. ~n
4
1 90 amperes for 1 minute, followed by
} i 17 amperea for 119 minutes, followed by
,5 amperes for 360 minutes
F Li 7
16A1.3.3 Rack. The generating station battery shall be furnished with
one two-tier vuructural steel battery rack.
Before application of paint, all surfaces shall be carefully cleaned of
all dirt, moisture, rust, scale, lubricants and other substances, Lubri-
cants shall be removed by suitable solvents. Rust and scale shall he ra-
moved by sandblasting, power sanding, power grinding or power wire brush-
ing
All steel shall have not less than two finish coats of acid resistant
ANSI 61 gray paint or electrostatically applied epoxy coating finish.
i
[DHNTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000
[ 013190 ]
16A1-2
~}'4'T_lSYkl
(11`81}(; wf?s _ y
04v~ 0A
r:+bvii4 kkk111
J
VV
Paint films which show sags, checks, blisters, teardrops or fat edges
f 1 will not be acceptable and if any such defects appear, they shall be re-
paired by the Contractor.
Battery su
pporting rails shall be covered with a protective vinyl runner
plate not less than 1/16 inch thick.
-I 16A143.4 Accessories. The battery shall be furnished with the following
accessories.
Lead coated intercell connectors to provide not less than
1/2 inch between cells t
f Lead coated interstep connectors for the battery tack
Connector bolts with acid resistant nuts
3
F Solderless terminal Itigs for 1/0 AWG cables per polarity i
Cell lifting facilities
l Vinyl coated assembly wrenches
No-Ox-Id grease
i
One portable acid electrolyte thermometer
One portable acid electrolyte hydrometer syringe
One set of numerals (one numeral per call) suitable for per-
manent attachment to cells
1
16A1,4 PRESHIPMENT CHARGE, Each cell shall be given a full charge with-
in one wee before shipment to the construction site.
16A1.5 CONNECTOR BOLT T0. RgUE, The installation and maintenance Instruc-
tions specified in Section 1C under INSTRUCTION MANUALS shall include the j
manufacturer's recommended torque for connector bolts, i
16A1,6 MANUFACTURERS, Following is a list of acceptable manufacturers
for the battery,
C&D Batteries
Exide Power Systems Division, ESA Incorporated
i Gould Incorporated, Industrial Battery Division
1
tI
i
f
M [DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
f 102089
16A1-3
f
r
M3S14\Y -10
pis~yll
F'q 1N:0.Rr(
J Zf
i
i Suboaction 16A2 - BATTERY CHARGER
16A2,1 GENERAL. These specifications cover furnishing one battery
charger and accessory equipment.
16A2.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. The battery charger and accessories fur-
niched under these specifications shall conform to the applicable re-
quirements of the IEEE, NEC, and the Federal "Occupational Safety and
Health Standards."
16A2.3 BATTERY CHARGER REQUIREMENTS. The battery charger furnished
shall be self-regulating, solid-state silicon controlled full wave reeti-
i fiar type designed for single and parallel operation with the batteries
specified under these specifications. The parallel operation features of
i the battery chargers shall include cross compensation providing for equal
sharing of the charger loads.
l The charger will be served from a 208 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz system, f
j I The battery charger shall maintain output voltage within plus or minus
f fl 1/2 per cent from no load to full load with an input power aupply devia-
tion in voltage level of plus or minus 10 per cent and an input power
j supply deviation in frequency of plus or minus 5 per cent,
j Solid-state electronic circuits shall have ac and de transient voltage
i protection and shall be designed to recharge a totally discharged battery !
01 without overloading and without causing interrupting operation of ac or
do circuit breakers, .
16A2.4 CAPACITY. The battery charger shall have a continuous output
r ( capacity of 25 amperes do at 125 volts de and an ambient temperature of
104 F (40 C),
16A2,5 BATTERY CHARGER ACCESSORIES. The battery charger shall be
mounted in a self-supporting floor mounted NEMA Type 1 cabinet, shall not
require forced ventilation, and shall include the following features.
1 - Voltmeter, indicating, output volts, dc, 3-1/2 inch
scale, 2 per cent accuracy
1 - Ammeter, indicating, output amperes, dc, 3-1/2 inch ,
scale, 2 per cent accuracy
1 - Timer, equalizing charge, manual reset, 0.72 hour range
i 1 - Circuit breaker, charger output
I
t
Y [DENTON 10A7 CEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 j
16A2-1
i
r
f
u I
1 - Circuit breaker, charger input, amperes interrupting
capacity
I - Indicating light
1 - Charge failure alarm relay assembly, including under-
voltage relays for monitoring input and output volt-
ages. Each relay shall be provided with two sets of
apdt contacts wired to terminal blocks for connection
to external circuits.
~I
2 - Potentiometers, one "Float Voltage Adjust" and one
"Equalizing Voltage Adjust"
i - Ground detector system consisting of a relay and a
center-tapped resistor, The E f
resistor shall be
con-
nected between the positive bus and the negative bus.
The relay coil shall be connected between the center
tap of the resistor and ground. The relay shall be
furnished with one normally open and one normally
E closed contact wired to terminal blocks for connection
to external circuits.
" 1 - Ground detector voltmeter with one maintained contact
three-position selector switch connected as followsf
Switch
Position` Connect Meter Voltmeter Reading
Left of Plus bus to Full volts - bus not grounded t
center ground No volts - bus grounded
Center Plus to minus Normal bus volts bus
Right of Minus bus to. Full volts - bus not grounded
center ground No volts - bus grounded
1 Lot of nameplates as required to identify the function I
of each item mounted on the charger control panel
The battery charger cabinet shall consist of a steel framework with top,
front, back, and sides of sheet steel. The cabinet front, back, and
sides shall extend to the floor to present a finished appearance, Lou-
vers shall be provided for ventilation as required for operation in the
specified ambient but the cabinet top shall be solid,
i
i
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
i 102089 ]
16A2-2
"VYXS~v
' V4C;,s,y! I
~Q31SIV.?vKI•_
'}pqp{' iK T'idit
i
l In addition to the requirements of these specifications for exterior fin-
ishing of electrical equipment, the Interior of the charger cabinet shall
be painted with semigloss white enamel,
16A2,6 MANUFACTURERS, The battery charger shall be as manufactured by
one of the following.
M Batteries
Exide Power Systems'Division, ESB Incorporated '
Gould Incorporated, Industrial
f Battery Division
Solid State Controls, Incorporated
if I
E
s
~J
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
f 102089
16A2-3
I
,
r
1-'0
6~l lxlfl 1
+LLi i
~ I
1.
Subsection 16A3 - MOTOR STARTERS
16A3.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers motor starters which shall be
furnished and installed under these specifications,
The Contractor shall coordinate overload relay heaters with the driven
equipment.
The motor starters and accessories shall be in accordance with the require-
ments of NDIA ICS, the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational
Safety and Health Standards," and the articles which follow.
16A32 MANUAL STARTERS. Single-phase manual starters shall be' toggle
oPerated with one bimetallic t
I ype thermal overload element and one indi-
eating light. The starters shall be designed for control of 120 volt ac,
~s single-phase motors and shall be provided in enclosures arranged for sur-
face mounting.
Three phase manual starters shall be toggle operated and shall include
480 volt, 3 pole contactors with three manual reset thermal overload
relays. These starters shall be Size l or larger and shall be furnished
in enclosures arranged for surface mounting unless otherwise specified.
16A3.3 THREE PHASE MAGNETIC STARTERS. Three phase magnetic starters
- sh&l.l include 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz contactors with three manual
reset thermal overload relays, 120 volt ac operating coils, and 480 to
120 volt dry type control transformers complete with one secondary lead
fused and the other secondary lead grounded. The starters shall be
Size 1 or larger and shall be furnished in enclosures arranged for sur-
face mounting unless otherwise specified.
i
16A3.3.1 Auxiliary Contactors. Large size starters which require line !
voltage to energize the operating coils shall be equipped with auxiliary
contactors for use in the operating coil circuit. These contactors shall
be operated from the 120 volt circuit of the control transformers.
Two speed starters and reversing starters, where specified, shall be
J mechanically and electrically interlocked so that only one set of con-
tacts can be closed at any one time,
16A3.3,2 Auxiliary Contacts. Normally open and normally closed Auxil-
iary contacts all be furnished as required for application.
16A3.3.3 Overload Relays. Three manually resettable thermal overload
relays of the bimetallic strip type shall be furnished with each motor
l starter. The thermal overload relay heaters shall be rated as required
to protect the motors from damage due to overload. It shall be the
!
1
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
i 102089 j
16A3-1
Contra,_i~..'s responsibility to obtain the necessary field information
and to a overload heaters. Provisions shall be made for resetting the r
therms: :clays without opening the starter enclosure door.
16A3.3.4 Control Transformers. Control transformere shall have 60 hertz
ratings permitting operation at a primary voltage from 440 to 480 volts
and a voltage ratio of 4:1. Assuming 440 volts on the primary terminals,
each control transformer shall maintain a. minimum potential of 105 volts
at its secondary terminals during starter coil inrush, while simultane-
ously serving an additional load of 100 volt-amperes at 50 per cent power
,actor. Control transformers shall be mounted with the magnetic starter.
16A3.3.5 Remote Control. Each magnetic starter shall be equipped for
control 60W a local or remote push-button control switch, or other pilot
devices indicated on the drawings. All necessary internal wiring for
this feature shall be supplied and connected to terminal blocks so located
as to provide easy connection to the external control wiring.
E 16A3.4 THREE PHASE COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS. Combination magnetic
f starters shall include contactors, auxiliary contacts, overload relays,
i control transformers, and remote control provisions as previously speci-
fied herein for magnetic starters. Each 3 phaRe combination starter
shall be furnished with one 3pst, 600 volt branch circuit protective
device consisting of a circuit breaker or a fusible switch.
16A3.4.1 Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection. Each circuit
breaker protective deviee'shall be a 3pst, 60 volt, molded case air
JJ circuit breaker with not loss than 22,000 amperes symmetrical inter
I rupting capacity at 480 volts. Breakers shall be manually operated with
f quick-make, quick-break, trip-free mechanism of the toggle type. The
breakers shall be equippod with suitable are quenching devices. Main
current carrying contacts shall be silver-plated and shall be capable of
carrying their rated current without exceeding the Underwriters' Labora-
tories specified temperature rise. All circuit breakers shall be of the
same manufacture.
A manual operating handle shall be mounted in the enclosure door of each
starter to operate the breaker. This operating handle shall have provisions
for the use of at least one padlock in the open position. The operating
handle shall indicate when the breaker has tripped automatically,
The starter enclosure door shall be interlocked with the operating handle
to prevent opening the door normally when the breaker is in the closed
position. Provisions shall be made for overriding this interlock.,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
e,
( 102089 ~s,v.•
16A3-2
v ~a
Circuit breakers shall be of the magnetic instantaneous trip only type,
sized and rated according to the following.
NEMA Frame Rating of Breaker in Amperes
E Starter Size Minimum Approximate {
Size (amps) Continuous Instantaneous Trip Range Adjustment
1 100 25 Adjustable from 66 to 165
2 100 50 Adjustable from 160 to 360
16A3.5 SINGLE-PHASE MAGNETIC STARTERS. Each single-phase magnetic ac
starter shall include a 120 volt, 2 pole, 60 hertz contactor with one
manual reset thermal overload relay, and 120 volt ac
operating
coil SinglB-phase starters shall be Size 0 or larger and shall be furnished in
NEMA Type 12 enclosures arranged for surface mounting unless otherwise
specified,
16A3.5.1 Auxiliary Contacts. Normally open and normally closed auxil-
iary contacts shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings.
16A3.5.2 Overload Relays, One manually resettable thermal overload
relay of the bimetallic type shall be furnished with each motor starter.
The thermal overload relay heaters shall be rated as required to protect
i
1 f the motors from damage due to overload.
~ I.
` 16A3.5.3 Remote Control. Each single-phase magnetic ac starter shall be
j equipped for control from local or remote
push button, control switch, or
I f other pilot devices as specified on the drawings. All necessary internal
wiring for this feature shall be supplied and connected to terminal
1 blocks so located as to provide easy connection to the external cr,ntrol
wiring.
16A3.6 MANUFACTURERS, 'Acceptable manufacturers for the separately
mounted motor starters are as follows.
Cutler-Hammer, Inc.
General Electric Company
Siemens Energy and Au'towation, Inc,
Square D Company
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
i
i
_-J (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089
16A3-3
r
f
a
Subsection 16A4 - AC AND DC PANELBOARDS
h
16A4.1 GENERAL. The ac and do panelboards described below shall be fur-
niched and installed under these specifications.
Panelboards shall be furnished in the quantities and with components, de-
vices, and materials meeting the requirements on the drawings,
16A4.2 DESCRIPTION. Panelboards shall be designed and fabricated in ac-
rordance with NEMA standards for panelboards. Each panelboard, or all
current controlling devices in each panelboard, shall bear the UL label,
All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable re-
quirements of the Federal Occupational Safety-and fiealth Standards."
16A4.2,1 Cabinets. Each panelboard shall be enclosed in a cabinet. In-
door panelboards shall be mounted in dust resisting NE-11A 1 cabinets with
a full gasket between the box and the cabinet front and between the cabi-
net door and the cabinet front: Cabinets shall not have knockouts,
i i
Each cabinet shall be code gauge steel and shall consint of a box with a
removable front complete with hinged door, latch, and master-keying lock,
1
The box shall be flanged galvanized sheet steel. The box shall be either
galvanized after fabrication, or if galvanized before fabrication, all
f locations where the galvanized coating is damaged or bare steel exposed
{ j during-fabrication shall be cleaned to white metal and repaired with a
zinc rich coating. The repair coating shall deposit no less than
2 ounces of zinc
per square foot. Damaged galvanizing and bare steel
shall be regalvanized with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufactured by
the American Solder and Flux Oompany of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; with
Zincilate 810 as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectivee, Inc.* of
Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical
Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or acceptable equal. Boxes
shall be fabricated with straight edges and square corners, Surfaces
shall be free of waves, bellies, and other imperfections. Warped or dia-
torted boxes will not be acceptable.
f
The cabinet front shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with at leaE;t
one coat of rust resistant primer an<1 at least two coats of enamel, In-
door cabinets shall be ANSI 61 light gray.
The panelboard interior shall be equipped with a dead-front shield sepa-
rate from the cabinet front,
A circuit directory cardholder and card with a clear plastic covering
shall be provided on the inside of each cabinet door. The directory card
shall have a space to identify each circuit in the panelboard,
i
f
? "1 [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 1
16A4
7, '43
. A, N eN:x;i: A
I
j
16A4.2.2 Buses, Rigid buses of copper or copper alloy shall be in-
stalled to provide consecutive phasing of branch circuit connections.
Bolt-in branch circuit devices shall be installed to allow replacement of
any device without disturbing operation or mounting of other devices in
M the panelboard.
i
A solid neutral bus shall be provided in all panelboards designated on
! the drawings to supply phase-to-neutral loads. The neutral bus shall
! have solderless connectors, numbered to agree with the branch circuits.
The bus shall be insulated from the cabinet with provisions for ground-
ing.
All panelboards shall be furnished with an equipment grounding bus. The
equipment grounding bus shall,have a main lug and solderless connectors,
E numbered to agree with the branch circuits.
" 16A4.2 S Branch Circuit Protective Devices. Protective overcurrent de-
vices for branch circuits shall be of the size and type indicated on the
drawings.
E
Branch circuit protective devices shall be single-, double-, or triple-
pole thermal magnetic type circuit breakers, designed for automatic trip-
ping.
`ff ➢gnelboard branch circuit breakers shall be the thermal magnetic, bolt-
in, individually frout replaceable type, and shall indicate "on," "Off,"
and "Tripped." Circuit breakers indicated as multiple-pole shall be com-
mon trip.
Circuit breakers shall be ambient compensated at 40 0.
Circuit breakers installed in the panelboard shall be identified with odd
numbers on the loft and even numbers on the right.
Lighting and power panelboard circuit breakers shall be as listed in the
Following table.
AC SERVICE
Interrupting Capacity (NEMA)
AC DC
Service Frame Trip Symmetrical
Poles Volts Rating, Range Amperes Volts Amperes Volts
so amperes amperes
1 120 100 15 - 100 1O,000 120 50000 125
2 208 100 15 - 100 100000 208 51000 250
(DENTON 10561 CEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
16A4-2
10
NSnrtt-
qu,rs Alrlic
99 r+s ?avarq
J
r AC SERVICE
Interrupting Capacity (NEMA)
AC DC
Service Frame Trip Symmetrical
Poles volts Rating Range Am eres Volts Amperes Volts
ac amperes amperes
I i
j 2 480 100 15 - 100 14000 480 10,000 250
3 208 100 15 - 100 10,000 208
3 480 100 15 - 100 14,000 480
f
f ! 3 480 225 180000 480
*The construction of all 3-pole circuit breakers furnished
under these specifications shall be equivalent to the
single-pole and 2-pole circuit breakers specified. This
E shall include heavy-duty construction and spacing between
{ poles as required for do rated circuit breakers,
DC SERVICE
i, Interru tin CFA acit (NEMA)
Service AC DC
f Frame Trip Symmetrical
{ Poles Volts Rating Ran&e Ampevaa Volts AE per" Volts.
de amperes amperes
2 125 100 15 - 100 10000G 120 50000 125
I6A4.
2.4 Name fates, Each panelboard shall be identified with a
suitable engraved nameplate mounted at the top of the front plate. Each
'k nameplate shall be engraved with the panelboard identification indicated
f on the drawings,
I
16A4.2.5 Cardholders. Circuit identification for each breaker shall be
I typewritten on cards mounted in cardholders,
j .6A4,3 MANUFACTURER, The panelboard shall be as manufactured by one of
the following manufacturers,
i
i General Electric Company
Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
Square D Company
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089 )
I 16A4-3
i
'n ft t
~rt
uss
Subsection 16A5 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
16A5.1 GENERAL. The dry type transformers described below shall be
furnished and installed under these specifications.
16A5.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Transformers shall be designed and fabri-
cated in accordance with applicable ANSI, NEMA, and UL standards, Trans-
formers shall bear the UL label.
All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable
! requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards."
16A5.3 DESCRIPTION. Dry type transformers suitable for indoor mounting
shall be furnished in the quantity, voltage, phase, kVA rating, and meth-
od of mounting indicated on the drawings. Transformers shall be fur-
nished with four 2-1,/2 percent taps, 2 FCAN and 2 FCBN.
All 3-phase transformers ohall have three-winding primaries and three-
winding secondaries.
Transformers shall be Class AA.
I
Winding insulation shall be 220 C insulation system with temperature rise
3 by resistance of 115 C above a 40 C ambient.
Transformers shall have a sound level of 45 decibels or below when
measured in accordance with NEMA standards. Transformers or transformer
installations with sound levels in excess of 45 decibels shall be re-
placed or relocated as directed by the Owner.
Wall hanger brackets especially designed to accommodate the transformers
shall be furnished with all wall mounted transformers.
Transformers sha11 be thoroughly cleaned, then given a rust resisting
primer coat and.two or more finish coats of enamel. Transformers which
are to be mounted indoors shall be finished with ANSI 61 light gray
indoor enamel.
16A5.4 MANUFACTURER: The transformers shall be as manufactured by one
of the following manufacturers.
General Electric Company
Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
Sorgel Electric Corporation
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
i
i
i
Y
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 J
16A5-1
V I.J,11.A'J
au,rcrc,
~N&pj A.C.yeYY r.., .•.n.r
N J
I,IM" 1w
i
i
i
s
Subsection 16A6 - DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
{ 16A6.1 GENERAL, Differential pressure switches as described below shall
be furnished and installed as specified,
16A6.2 DESCRIPTION. A differential pressure switch shall be furnished
for each penstock screen to monitor the screen's cleanliness.
i 1
The switches shall be manufactured by Static "011 Ring or acceptable
If equal, Each switch shall have double-pole double-throw (dpdt) contacts,
and shall be equipped with screw type terminal connections on a terminal
E block for terminating field wiring. Contacts shall be of the snap-acting
type, The switch set point shall be adjustable with a calibrated scale
to indicate the set point. Switch housing shall be NEMA 4. The switch
shall actuate when the pressure differential across the screen increases
to 2 feet of water column.
The switches shall be suitable for mounting in a manhole at the intake
valve location. The switches shall be mounted below the process connec-
tions. Instrument piping from the process taps to the switches shall be
316 stainless steel, and shall be at least 1/2 inch NPT. Instrument iso-
lation and equalizing valves, or a three-valve manifold, shall be fur-
nished for each switch.
LJ
t
i.
4
i ,
(nENTON 10567GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089
16A6-1
'W ~fl
Subsection 16A7 - CONTACTORS
j
16A7.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers contactors which shall be fur-
niched and installed under these specifications.
Contactors and enclosures for mounting shall be furnished and installed
in the sizes, types, and locations indicated on the drawings and in so-
cordance with the Contactor List included at the end of this subsection,
Each contactor shall have a nameplate which shall be as specified in this
" Section 16A,
i The contactors shall be in accordance with the requirements of NEMA ICS,
! the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and
Health Standards," and the articles which follow.
r ~
f 16A7.2 MANUFACTMERS. Acceptable manufacturers for the contactors are
1 as follows.
Cutler-Hammeri Inc.
1
f
General Electric Company
Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
f" Square D Company
j Westinghouse Electric Corporation
I
I
i
e
Y/f (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089
16A7-1
1
r X'ov
ur.;wuy
A
j SEPARATELY MOUNTED CONTACTOR LIST
r
Contactor NEMA Contactor
Nameplate Ampere Enclosure Voltage Coil
Inscription Rating , Type Rating Poles Volta le
12 120
600 3
Generator 20
Space Heater
Contactor
I
i
I
{
1
I
}
1
E
i
i
i
j
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 1020$9 1
16A7-2
j
4
i7YCt •t r~
tMf .;{jj~
~i
y~
Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANSFORMER
16A8,1 GENERAL, This subsection covers furnishing of power transformer
equipment, material, and accessories as specified herein and on the in-
cluded Transformer Specification and Data Sheets. The power transformer
furnished shall be complete with all accessories ready for installation,
connection, and immediate service, Except as otherwise specified in this
subsection, all equipment, materials, and accessories shall be as speci-
fied in Division 1.
16A8.2 CODES AND STANDARDS, All equipment provided under these specifi-
cations Shall conform to the applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, and IEEE
and shall be in accordance with the applicable
'Occupational Safety and requirements of the Federal
j ~ Y Health Standards."
;
The power transformer shall be designed, fabricated, and tested in ae-
cordance with ANSI C57,12 series, NEMA TR 1, and these specifications.
In case of conflict between the requirements of the various parts of
these specifications, the requirements of the different parts shall gov-
ern to the extent of such conflict in the following sequencet mandatory
j governmental regulations, codes, and standards; Transformer Specification
and Data Sheets; this power transformer section; and the referenced in-
dustry codes and standards,
16A8,3 CONSTRUCTION. Construction of the power transformer shall be it
accordance with the requirements of the paragraphs and articles which
R f follow.
The transformer shall be capable of withstanding without damage the
stresses caused by short circuits limited only by the transformer
im- pedance on the external terminals of any winding or windings with
E 110 percent rated voltage maintained across the terminals of all other
windings intended for connection to sources of energ
f asymmetrical peak current shall be as determined inANSl%SEEEiC57,12c00-
1 1980, Article 7,1,5, using the symmetrical short-circuit current calcu-
lated from the~lvoltage specified In this paragraph, and using the multi-
plying factor X11 calculated from the transformer impedance. Temperature
limits shall be as specified In ANSI/IEEE C57,12,00-1980, Article 7,3
Duration of the short circuits shall be limited to the time periods list-
ed in the following table,
rms Symmetrical Current Time Period
in Any Wiadin_~_
in Seconds
25 or more times base current
20 times base current 2
3
I (DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.0000)
( 102089
16A8-1
i
rms Symmetrical Current Time Period
in Any Winding in Seconds r_
16,6 times base current 4
14.3 or less times bane current 5
16A8.3.1 Mechanical Construction. All tanks, bases, radiators, covers,
junction boxes when required, and any other attached compartments shall
be fabricated from steel of sufficient strength to withstand normal
servict stresses without distortion or damage to any part. The base
shall be suitable for rolling or skidding in any direction. All tanks
and enclosures subject to operating pressures of the oil preservation
system shall be designed to withstand 125 percent of the maximum operat-
ing pressures, positive or negative, of the oil preservation system fur-
nished. In addition, the transformer shall be designed with sufficient
bracing and strength to permit essentially full vacuum filling with insu-
lacing liquid.
All joints in transformer tanks, radiators, bases, etc., stall be made
gastight and oiltight by welding, except that on transformers rated above
2,500 VA the connections between oil coolers, pumpa, and tanks shall be
provided with gasketed bolt secured flanges, Unless specified otherwise,
all covers shall be welded in place. The transformer shall be equipped
with lifting lugs, jack bosses located not less than 15 inches above the
base, pulling eyes, and skids.
Ground pads shall be furnished on each transformer tank in accordance
111 with the requirements of ANSI 057.12.10-197%, Article 9.2.8,
Unless alternate acceptable provision is made to prevent corrosion of the
l exterior of the bottom of the transformer tank, the transformer tank de-
w 1 sign shall be such that ventilation is provided between the concrete
supporting slab and the bottom of the transformer tank. Only supporting
steel beneath the bottom of the transformer tank may touch the concrete
slab, Design of the steel supporting the transfo;nmer tank bottom shall
be such that the bottom is accessible for inspection after installation.
If a transformer which the Contractor proposns to furnish under these
specifications will not be supported on beams, or similar members, which
will provide ventilation between the concrete transformer support slab
and the bottom of the transformer tank, the Contractor shall provide
1/4 inch thick sheet lead material to support the transformer. The
quantity of sheet lead provided shall be as required to install 1/4 inch
thickness of lead beneath the entire part of the transformer bottom area
which is adequately braced for use in supporting the transformer.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
1 102089
16A8-2
w
"i
1
EI ~s
16A8.3.2 Core and Coils. Cores and coils shall be in accordance with
r ANSI C57 standards except as otherwise specified, and shall be braced to
withstand short-circuit forces limited only by the transformer impedance
without damage or displacement of the coil on the core and to withstand
normal moving and handling without the use of special shipping braces.
Suitable cooling liquid passages shall be provided to limit the hot spot
temperature rise abuve the average winding temperature rise at rated load
to those values specified in Table 14 of ANSI C57.12,00-1973. The com-
plate coro and coil assembly shall be readily removable from the tank for
repairs. The coils shall be insulated from the core and each other with
sufficient insulation to withstand the standard impulse and low frequency
tests for transformers of the specified voltage class. Coils shall be
copper.
The core ground connection shall be accessible at a manhole without re-
moving any oil from the transformer tank or climbing into the tank.
r' ~
16A8.3.3 Two 2.il Temperature Indicator. A dial type liquid temperature
indicator-relay shall be furnished to indicate top oil temperature. In
addition to providing visible indication of the top oil temperature, it
shall be equipped with an alarm contact and a trip contact. The indi-
cator shall be equipped with a manually reset maximum temperature indi-
cating hand. Location and mounting arrangement shall be such that the
sensing element can be removed without loss of oil and it will not inter-
fere with tanking and untanking the transformer core and coils.
i 16A8.3.4 Winding Temperature Detectors for Remote Indication. A hot'
spot winding temperature detector for remote indication shall be fur-
nished in the low voltage winding.• The detector shall be 10 ohms at 25 C
and 3 wire.
16A8.3.5 Winding Temperature Indicators. A dial type hot spot winding
temperature indicator-relay shall be furnished for the center phase of
each winding. Each winding temperature indicator-relay system shall in-
corporate a current transformer responsive to its associated phase wind-
ing current, calibrating resistor, temperature detector element, and
heater all mounted and connected to simulate the hot spot temperature of
the winding with which it Is associated.
16A8.3.6 Auxiliary Power and Control Circuits. All auxiliary power and
f cortrol circuits requiring connection to external circuits shall be ex-
Mided to terminal blocks located in a common weatherproof control cabi-
net. Terminal blocks shall be equipped with washer head binding screws,
covers, and white terminal identification marking strips. Auxiliary pow-
ar will be served from an external circuit to one point in the control
cabinet.
'i
LDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089
16A8-3
y)/R!r ail krrrl I.
The control cabinet shall be provided with space heaters to prevent con-
donsation of moisture within the cabinet. Space heater capacity shall be r,
as required to maintain the cabinet internal temperature above the dew
point. The heaters shall be spaced away and thermally insulated from any
devices or painted surfaces.
Voltage normally applied to the space heaters will be 120 volts. Space
heater voltage rating shall be 240 volts.
Space heaters shall be controlled by an adjustable thermostat, factory
set to close on falling temperature at 80 F (ON) and open on rising. 1
temperature at 95 F (OFF).
The Owner will provide a 2 wire, 120 volt, 60 hertz space heater power
j supply feeder; the Contractor shall provide acceptable branch circuit
protection.
Power Transformer Specification and Data Sheets describe auxiliary power
supply and indicate control circuit voltage.
16A8.3.7 Current Transformer Circuits. All current transformer leads,
including those from each tap of each multiratio bushing current trans-
former, shall be extended into the transformer control cabinet. The
current transformer leads shall be terminated on six-point, shorting type
terminal blocks mounted in the transformer control cabinet,
f 16A8.3.8 Insulating Oil. A sufficient quantity of insulating oil for
complete filling to the recommended level shall be furnished with the fi
transformer. The oil shall contain no measurable PCBs. Where possible,
the transformer shall be shipped filled to the 25 C oil level. The In-
itial filling of the transformer shall be made under acceptable methods
designed to eliminate entrained air from within the tank and windings.
The insulating oil shall meet all the requirements as defined by
ANSI/ASTM D3487-79 standards; shall be chemically stable, free from
acidity or other corrosive ingredients; shall possess high dielectric
strength; shall contain less than 15 ppm water when tested in accordance
with the procedures of ASTM D1533 (Karl Fischer method); and shall test
at least 30 kV upon receipt at the job delivery point when tested in ac-
cordance with the procedures of ASTM D877.
Insulating oil sampling and test procedures at the factory shall conform
to the requirements of ASTM D117,
If the dielectric teat strength of any oil received in the field, whether
shipped separately or in the transformer, tests less than 30 kV when
tested in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D877, the Contractor
shall provide al.l labor, supervision, material, and equipment required to
furnish the oil quality specified.
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( Xr
[ 102089 ]
16AS-4
(P
li
The performance of the transformer insulation system shall meet all the
requirements of these specifications when oil samples taken from the
completely filled transformer have a dielectric test strength of only
26 kV when tested in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D877.
The insulating oil shall be inhibited with 0.3 percent by weight of DBPC
(2, 6-ditertiary-butyl pars-cresol). The transformer nameplate shall
state that the oil is inhibited.
The Contractor shall certify and warrant that the equipment furnished
under these specifications contains mineral oil with no measurable PCBs,
I The equipment shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner should testing
f indicate Chat the equipment does not meet this condition.
j ) 16A8.3.9 Sealed Tank Oil Preservation S stem A sealed tank oil preser-
vation system shall be provided. All handhole covers and bushings shall
! be securely bolted to gasketed openings in the cover and the cover shall
be welded in place. The preservation system shall also include -a pres-
sure vacuum gauge ind a pressure relief device designed to seal the
i interior of the transformer from the atmosphere and hold the gas plus oil
volume constant without the internal gas pressure exceeding 10 pal gauge
positive or 8 psi gauge negative.
I
The transformer shall be shipped with all radiators, bushings, covers,
and connections in place, ready to unload, install, and place in
immediate service,
16A8.3.10 Vacuum Filling, The transformer shall be designed for easen-
tially full vacuum filling with insulating liquid in the field.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, supervision, aaterialp and
equipment required to fill the transformer in the field and all costs of
! filling shall be included in the lump sum price stated in the Proposal.
The Owner wishes to consider filling the transformer using his own
forces. Each bidder shall indicate, in the space provided in the Pro-
posal., the dollar amount to be deducted frsm the total lump sum price for
not furnishing labor, supervision, and equipment for vacuum filling in
the field.
In the event the Owner does not accept the Contractor's proposal for
field filling of the transformer but elects to do this work using Owner
equipment and forces, oil furnished separately shall be delivered at a
time and in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Delivery shall be coordi-
nated with erection schedules. All oil transportation or delnurrage costa
F caused by his failure to coordinate insulating oil delivery shall be
borne by the Contractor. If oil in quantities of 3,600 gallons or less
11 4
(DENTON 10567 09N CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 ]
16AS-5
r ,v
fj
is furnished by tank truck or rail, the Contractor shall provide one full
8 hour working day during regularly scheduled working hours for unloading r y
oil at the fobsite.
16A8.3.11 Current Transformers. Current transformers shall be bushing
type with fully distributed windings for relaying service. They shall be
five lead multiratio unless indicated otherwise on the Transformer Speci-
fication and Data Sheets,
16A8.3.12 Bushings. All transformer bushings 110 kV BIL and above shall
be oil filled and shall be in accordance with IEEE 21 and IEEE 24, and
those bushings 150 kV BIL and above shall be interchangeable with oil
I circuit breaker bushings of the same voltage class and current rating.
Bushings rated below 110 kV BIL shall be in accordance with NEMA TR 1. ~
I
All bushings above 110 kV BIL shall be provided with facilities for power
factor testing.
Ii Bushing minimum clearances shall be in accordance with the following.
E Between live parts of
III one phase and live
parts of different
j phases 12 inches
1 Between live parts of
f 1j one phase and ground 8 inches
16A8.3.13 Surpee, Arresters. Station type surge arresters, where speci-
fied, ahall be mounted near and connected to the high voltage bushings.
-i i
l L The arresters shall be mounted so that the minimum clearances specified
hereinbe£ore for bushings are obtained. Arresters shall be provided with
full capacity copper connections between arrester and transformer high
voltage bushing terminals to allow transmission line connection to the
arresters. Connections between high voltage bushings and arresters shall
contain provisions for expansion and contraction. Arresters shall be
furnished with line connectors as specified hereinafter and all required
ground connections.
16A8.3.14 Connectors. One bolted clamp type ground connector for
1/0 AWG to 360 Mem copper conductor shall be provided for .iach tank
grounding pad.
Tinned bronze connectors, stud to NEMA 4 hole pad shall be provided on
each high and low voltage phase bushing.
16A8.3.15 Undercoat. A protective undercoating shall be applied to the
bottom surfaces of the transformer tank and base.
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 J
16A8-6
R,;;I "r
16A8.3.16 Ground Sus, The transformer shall be equipped with a copper
bar ground bus connecting each surge arrester and neutral bushing speci-
fied to the transformer ground pads at base level,
i
16AB,3,17 Nameplates, All major items of equipment and each terminal
I block in the transformer control cabinet shall be identified with an
individual nameplate. Nameplate inscriptions shall be acceptable to the
Engineer.
16A8,4 ACCESSORIES. Details of the accessories which shall be furnished
with the transformer are contained in the paragraphs which follow.
Standard accessories shall be provided according to ANSI C57.12 except
I
there shall be included at least one set of spdt alarm contacts for the
magnetic liquid level indicator and for the pressure relief device.
j Transformer gauges shall be tilted for ease of reading from the ground
within 5 feet of the transformer,
i I
j There shall also be included one fault pressure relay system, sensitive
E to the rate of pressure increase. The fault pressure relay system shall
include a spat primary element controlling an auxiliary seal-in relay and
reset switch arranged and connected to provide manually resettable lock-
out function on operation of the primary element. The auxiliary relay
shall be designed for satisfactory operation on a 125 volt, do system;
shall include four normally open, electrically separate contacts for use
' with remote equipment; and shall be mounted inside the main control
cabinet, All rate of pressure rise relay equipment shall-be wired to
identified terminal points in the main control cabinet and shall have
I I complete provisions for testing. A local 125 volt do indicating light
shall be furnished to indicate relay reset required. The fault pressure
relay shall be Westinghouse Sudden Pressure Relay or acceptable equal.
1,6A8,5 PHOTOGRAPHS. Three complete sets of_photogr4pho of each core and
coil asaemn y =all be furnished, The photographs shall be takon just
prior to placing the completed core and coil assembly into the tank,
All photographs shall be 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch gloss prints properly
labeled as to the views taken, A total of five different views shall be
provided as follows,
Top view
Front view, Segment i per ANSI C57.12,10 Figure 2
Left side view, Segment 2 per ANSI C57.12,10 Figure 2
Rear view, Segment 3 per ANSI C57,12.10 Figure 2
Right side view, Segment 4 per ANSI C57,12.10 Figure 2
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
[ 102089
16AB-7
i
I
r
pL; 11 L3.
1' 1'I
ij
Ij
16A8.6 FACTORY TESTS. All routine tests specified in ANSI C57.12.00,
Article 8,2,1, plus additional tests as specified herein, shall be per-
formed on the transformer. Six certified copies of the report of each
test shall be delivered to the Engineer not later than 10 days after
completion of all factory testa. Temperature tests will not be required,
but calculated temperature rise based on tests of similar units of pre-
vious manufacture shall be furnished.
The Owner reserven the right to witness testing. The Contractor shall
notify the owner in writing not less than 90 days prior to the scheduled
starting date of the factory testa. In addition, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner of the performance date for each teat not less than
15 days prior to the da a of the test to allow the Owner to witness test-
ing if so desired,
The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer of any unusual
event or damage occurring during the fabrication of the transformer and
i of all tests which do not meet the specified standard values. The Owner
reserves the right at its option to inspect such damages or test fail-
ures, Corrective measures to overcome such damage or failure shall be
! subject to acceptance by the Owner.
f.
i Details of the nonroutine tests which shall be performed on the trans-
former are contained in the articles which follow,
16A8.6.1 Impulse Tests, Impulse tests shall be performed upon the
transformer in accordance with ANSI Standard 67.12.90-1980 using the
+ neutral current method of fault detection. Oacillographic records of the
r test shall be included in the teat reports.
I 16A8.6.1.1 Alternate Impulse puls_e Teats. The Owner wishes to consider the
I inclusion of each bidder's standard impulse tests in place of the Impulse
tests specified in the preceding article, Each bidder shall indicate, in
the space provided in the Proposal, the dollar amount to be deducted from
the lump sum price for perform ng his standard impulse test. Each bidder
Ll shall include a complete description of the proposed alternate impulse
tests with his proposal,
In the event that the Owner accepts the alternate impulse tests, oscil-
lographic records of the tests shall be included in the test reporCS.
16A8.6.2 Corona Test, The transformer shall be tested for corona for a
period of 1 hour in accordance with the following procedure,
The test voltage shall be determined in accordance with ANSI C57,14,000
Induced-Voltage Test. The frequency of the test voltage shall be held
constant during the test at a value determined in accordance with AdSI
C57,12,90, Article 10.4.2. The teat voltage shall be increased gradually
to full value in not more than 15 seconds, The corona shall be maasured
(DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
(4{
f 102089 j
16AA-8
i+
[i P
I9
i~
in microvolts at the 50 percent level and the 70 percent level of the
rated induced test voltage as the test voltage is being increased to
maximum. The rated test voltage shall be sustained at the 100 percent
level for 7,200 cycles or 60 seconds (whichever is less) and the corona
measured in microvolts. The corona at the 100 percent test voltage level
shall not exceed 150 microvolts. Immediately after completion of the
100 percent test period, the voltage shall be gradually reduced to the
50 percent level in not more than 5 seconds and the test voltage shall
remain at this level for the remainder of the hour. The corona in
microvolts shall be measured at the 70 percent level while the voltage is.
being reduced and at the 50 percent level every 10 minutes for the
remainder of the hour. The measured corona above the background shall
not exceed 100 microvolts at this 50 percent level. In addition, corona
inception and extinction voltage levels shall be observed and recorded,
i
The corona teat shall be performed after all other dielectric testa are
completed, The curve of the data obtained in the teat shall be included
in the test reports, i
16AB.6.2,1 Alternate Corona Test. The Owner wishes to consider the in-
elusion of each bidder a-stand ra corona test in place of the corona test
specified in the preceding article. Each bidder shall indicate, in the
space provided in the Proposal, the dollar amount to be deducted from the
j lump sum price for performing his standard corona test, Each bidder
shall. include a complete description of the proposed alternate corona
test with his proposal,
I
f The alternate corona test, if accepted by the Owner, shall be performed
after all other dielectric tests are completed,
16A8,6.3 Short-Circuit Withstand Teats, Following the standard routine
factory tests, impu se teat, and corona test, the Owner may require that
the transformer be subjected to short-circuit withstand tests as described
in the Proposed Power Transformer Short-Circuit Test Code, modified to
include all substitute wording contained in the discussion of Chia test
code; all as presented in IEEE Paper 71 TP 536-PWR and as follows,
,
Short-circuit rms symmetrical current for transformers shall
be limited by internal transformer impedance,
Taeh tent shall be of 30 cycles duration.
The fault types, tap connections, and terminals to which the tests are to
be applied will be established at the time of purchase. Since the most
discriminating test and connection will be a function of the transformer
j rating and design, each bidder shall describe the type of fault he
f proposes for this test and the basis for its selection as a part of his
i proposal,
t
I
(OBNTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
102089
16A8»9
i El
ri 1
Standard routine factory tests, impulse test, and corona test shall be
repeated following the short-circuit withstand test, The Owner reserves
the right to witness all tests; study all short-circuit and failure-
detection test results; and evaluate whether any critical characteristics
have been materially altered by the short-circuit teats. A transformer
which, in the opinion of the Owner, has been materially altered by short-
circuit testa may be rejected by the Owner,
16A8.6,4 Inclusion of Short-Circuit Withstand Tests, The Owner will
consider including in the work the short-circuit withstand tests.de-
scribed above, Each bidder shall indicate, in the space provided in the
Proposal, the price for furnishing short-circuit withstand tests for the
transformer.
Within 30 days from receipt of the Contractor's notification of the
scheduled beginning of the standard factory testa, the Owner will inform
I the Contractor if short-circuit withstand tests are or are not required,
Scheduled shipment of the transformer shall not be affected should the
Owner require short-circuit withstand tests,
16A8,7 WIRING DIAGRAMS, Connection and interconnection wiring diagrams
furnished by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the requirements
of Division 1,
16A8.8 TRANSFORMER LOSS EVALUATION, The guaranteed transformer losses
shall be stated in the appropriate spaces in the Proposal Data section of
these specifications. These data will be evaluated using the dollar values
given on the included Transformer Specification and Data Sheets. The vari-
ous losses multiplied by the appropriate dollar values will be added to
i the ,transformer selling price in determining the transformer having the
lowest coat,
i
Any transformer which, upon factory 'test, is found to have losses greater
than the guaranteed losses atated in the Proposal Data section shall have
its selling pries reduced. The price reduction shall be the difference
between the guaranteed losses and the actual losses, as determined by the
testa, multiplied by the appropriate dollar values given on the Transformer
Specification and Data Sheets,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001)
t 102089 )
16A8-10
•
h ,
ppi:L htl+ _ tLi
I~
FH
N
i
tF
One transformer shall be furnished with the following ratings, and in-
eluding the following accessories,
Capb_ityt 1500 kVA at 55 C temperature rise
j Cooling class: OA
Winding datat
1
High Voltage (H) Low Voltage (X) I
Primary Secondary
Voltage 13.2 kV 4,16 kV
Basic impulse level 75 kV
Line end 150 kV
i Neutral end, 150 kV
i
1 Connection Wye Delta
f Tapai 107,5/105/102,5/97,5/95 percent rated voltage, located in
j f H winding
I
I Vector relationships High voltage loading low voltage 30 degrees
Impedance at the nominal
voltage connection, based
on high voltage winding
55 C OA 0500 kVA) ratings 5,5 percent standard
i
Auxiliary powers 120 volt, :+ingla-phase, 60 hertz, furnished by
the Owner
Control powers 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz, furnished by the
Contractor from the auxiliary powar supply speci-
fied
Oil preservation systems Sealed tank
Current transformer datat
Ampere Quantity, Accuracy
Location Ratl,o Eech Bushin Total Class
0
d High Voltage
Bushings H1,
a 1i+11 H3 600/5 1 3 0800
BLACK YEATC" PROJECT 10567
ENOINEpp9•AgCHITEQTt? SPEC 71 , 0000
I
j TRANSFORMER
7", CA'TION AND DATA SHEET 16A8-ll
1
r
c
E~
11,
c.}
r~ Ampere Quantity, Accuracy
Location Ratio Each Bushing Total Class
Low Voltage
Bushings X1,
X2, X3 600/5 1 3 C800
Neutral Bushing
Ho 600/5 1 1• C400
I
'Bushing and surge arrester colori ANSI 70 gray
r I
i Bushing data:
Baaic Impulse
E
Lev.,l Location idounting
High voltage (11)
Phase 150 kV Segment 3 Cover
Neutral 150 kV Segment 4 Cover
I Low voltage (X) 75 kV Segment 1 Wall
f
Three intermediate type surge arresters rated 10 kV shs.11 be furnished,
for the transformer high voltage terminals,
Transformer high voltage terminals shall be designed and constructed for
connection to an overhead line,
1
Transformer low voltage phase terminals shall be f
tion box mounted on the transformer tank for connection to 51kV shielded
power cable,
i
The transformer high voltage neutral terminal shall be solidi
Y grounded,
The following dollar valuee will be used to evaluate transformer losses,
a
No load losses $1,500/kW
Load, losses at 1300 kVA rating $11500/kV
! m
N of
O
d
N
f
E
e~cx ~ vEATC ar~H
ENi31MEfiitg•ARCH Pkojm! 10567
srt;c 71,0000
TRANSFORMER
5pECIxICATION AND DATA SURT 16A8•-12
r
k4
a ~
S t
Fr
-F
;i
Subsection 16A9 - 15 KV OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
16A9,1 GENERAL, These specifications cover furnishing of outdoor cir-
cuit breaker equipment, materials, and accessories specified on the in-
eluded Outdoor Circuit Breaker Specification and Data Sheets, Circuit
breakers furnished shall be complete with all accessories ready for
mounting, conneetina, and immediate service, Except as otherwise speci-
fied in this section, all equipment, materials, and accessories shall be
as specified in Section 1A,
The requirements of the individual Outdoor Circuit Breaker Specification
and Data Sheets and electrical control scheme shall govern should con-
flicts occur between them and the written text of these specifications,
16A9,2 CODES AND STANDARDS.
_ All equipment provided under this
specifi- cation stal conform to the applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, and IEEE,
All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable rc-
1 quirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards,"
The circuit breaker shall be designed, fabriccted, and tested in ac-
cordanee with ANSI 037 Series, NM SG 4, and these specifications.
I
16A9,3 00
II , NSTRUCTION DETAILS, The circuit breaker shall be 3-pole
I single-t row, designs -and nd constructed for operation on a 3-phase,
60 hertz systen at an ambient temperature of 40 C. The circuit breaker
dielectric and interrupting medium shall be oil, SF6 gas or vacuum.
F I 16A9,3,1 Operating Mechanism, The operating mechaniam, shunt trip mech-
anism, and necessary auxiliary operating devices shall be provided in a
weatherproof, dust resistant enclosure mounted on one and of the breaker
unit.,
The operating mechanism shall include all auxiliary devices and other
accessories required for the type of operating mechanism furnished,
i
Each mechanism, regardless of the operating medium utilized, shall be
trip-free in all respects and shall include antipump auxiliary relays and
devices. The mechanism shall include all internal wiring and terminal
blocks,
Each operating mechanism shall include a mechanical position indicator,
The indicator shall provide a positive indication of the breaker position
by direct mechanical coupling to the operating rod. The indicator shall
consist of a suitablo sign utilizing green with the word "open" when in
the open position, and red with the word "closed" when in the closed
position.
tti
E
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
h [ 013190 )
16A9-1
J
r
Each stored ,energy operating mechanist:; shall allow a close - open -
15 second - close - open (CO-15S-CO) duty cycle without auxiliary power
available. If this requirement cannot be supplied, the breaker shall
Include an automatic throwover scheme to alternately supply each mechan-
ism motor from the Owner's 125 volt do battery system should normal
control power be lost. The Contractor, in such case, shall clearly state
the requirement for emergency do control power as an exception in the
specifications and the duty cycle available without auxiliary power.
The Owner will furnish one auxiliary power supply to the circuit breaker
at the voltage specified on the Outdoor Circuit Breaker Specification and
Data Sheet. If the Contractor chooses to furnish motors or other aux-
iliary equipment designed to operate at a different voltage from the
€ Owner-furnished auxiliary power supply, he shall furnish all equipment
required to transform the voltage of auxiliary power as supplied by the
Owner to the i_%sign voltage of the equipment furnished,
C Three 2-pole mo.led cage circuit breakers or enclosed fuss pullouts per
breaker shall be providedl one for the close circuit, one for the trip
circuit, and one for the auxiliary power circuit. Circuit voltages shall
be as specified,
One permissive control switch (69 device) shall be furnished. It shall
be a two-position, manually operated switch that in one
position permits
the closing of the circuit breaker end in the other position prevents t
he
circuit breaker from being operated, It shall be mechanically inter-
locked with a manual trip lever that Is nocesaible from outside the
breaker operator housing so that, if the breaker is tripped by this lev-
er, the 69 device must be manually reset before the breaker oan again be
i operated.
16A9.3.1,1 Pneumatic Type Operating Mecha•-,ian`s. If a pneumatic type of
1 operating mechanism is furnished, It shall consist of a self-contained
air supply system and the necessary accesoorlos including valve compres-
sor headers to meet the operational requirements of these specifications.
An air compressor of sufficient capacity shall be provided and shall be
driven by n motor designed for operation at 120 volts so, The motor
shall be controlled by a pressure switch to maintain the air pressure in
the storage tank within the normal operating range. Provision shall be
made for draining off the moisture collecting in they storage tanks, Air
inlets shall be fitted with gauze or other approved type air filter to
stop ingress of dust or insects. An accessible "tee" Pitting shall be
installed in the compressor air line for'nttachment of any emergency air
connection. The air system shall be provided with a safety valve to pre-
vent excel the air pressure and with a dial pressure sauge to indicate
reservoir air pressure, An air pressure switch with at least two adjust-
able, ungrounded, electrically independent sets of contacts for operation
on 125 volts do shall be provided, One contact shall be wired in the
electrical closing circuit of the breaker to prevent closure of the
[DENTON 10567 UN C014ST 71.00001 [ 102089 ]
M A9-2
w yy
a
n
a; ~ EI
d
t
I
Ti
~i
breaker when the air pressure is below the proper operating value, The
other contact shall, be wired to the terminal blocks for use as alarm con-
tacts for low air pressure, The combined air system shall store suffi-
cient air for not less than two successive close-open operations without
recharging. The air supply system shall be completely recharged from at-
mospheric to full operating pressure within I hour, or from a minimum op-
erating pressure to full pressure in 30 minutes,
16A9,3.1.2 Pneumo-Hydraulie Type Operating Mechanisms, If a pneumo-
hydraulicailyy operated mechanism is furnished, it shall be capable of
satisfactory performance.under the duty cycle specified in these specifi-
cations. The breaker shall be closed by a hydraulically operated mechan-
ism. The mechanism shall be provided with a sealed fluid and compressed
gas and solenoid control valvea for breaker operation. A manual trip-
close shell be provided at the mechanism housing which will permit manual
tripping or closing of the breaker at normal speeds. The accumulator
shall be capable of storing enough energy for a minimum of two successive
breaker close-open operations, and a manually operated pump shall be pro-
vided fox building up the pressure in the accumulator in case of control
power failure, Comparable pressure switches shall be furnished as
speci- fied above for the pneumatic type operating mechanisms,
16A9,3.I,3 S ace Heaters. The operating mechanism enclosure shall be
provided with space heaters to prevent condensation of moisture within
the enclosure. Space heater capacity shall be as required to maintain
the enclosure internal temperature above the dew point, The heaters
~h shall be spaced away and thermall in
surfaces. Y eulated from any devices or painted
I '
Voltage normally npplied to the space heaters will be 120 volts, Space
heater voltage rataug shall be 240 volts,
Space heaters sha11 he controlled by an adjustable thermostat, factory
set to close at 85 F (ON) and open at 95 F (OFF),
The Owner will provide a 2 wire, 120 volt, 60 hertz feeder for this aerv-
icel the Contractor shall provide suitable branch afrouit protection,
i
r 16A9~3.2 Sus. htn~ts, All bushings shall be rated in accordance with ANSI
076,2 and as specified, Bushings provided shall be directly interchange-
able with transformer bushings of the aame current and voltage rating,
j All bushings shall have a power factor tap which will permit power factor
testing of the bushing while it is in placo on the breaker,
16A9.3,3 Auxiliary Power and Control Circuits, Breaker auxiliary power,
control, end alarm circuits shall be provided with terminal blocks for
connection to external circuits, The terminal blocks shall have circuit
j
(DF;NTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
102089
16A9-3
r
. 1
i u
`i
t~
is
i
L~ II
identification and shall be located in the mechanism housing to provide
external circuit connections from a common raceway entrance.
16A9.3.4 Oil Circuit Breaker. The oil circuit breaker shall be shipped
without insulating oil, The insulating oil shall be shipped separately.
J
The insulating oil shall meet all the requirements as defined by NEMA
standards, shall be chemically stable, and free from acidity or other
corrosive ingredients, shall possess high dielectric stren;;,:h, an,! shall
teat at least 30 kV when tested upon receipt at the fob delivery point.
Insulating oil sampling and teat procedures shall conform to the require-
I 1l ments of ASTM D923. The Owner will test samples of the oil furnished be-
fore it is p1Reed in the breakers. If the dielectric test strength of
any insulating oil that is furnished tests leas than 30 kV, the Contrac-
tor shall provide all labor, equipment, and supervision required to fur-
nish the oil quality specified.
The specifications for erection of this circuit breaker will require
that, when erection of each circuit breaker is complete, samples of the
insulating oil must be tested in accordance with the procedures outlined
in ASTM D877 for dielectric acceptance. For acceptance, the insulating
oil will be required to test at least 30 W. The insulation of the
air- cult breaker furnished shall meet all the requirements of these specifi-
cations when filled with insulating oil that meets this test.
1 16A9.3.5 SFr, Circuit Breaker. Temperature compensated pressure switchea
or gas density swi.tehae sal be provided to monitor the SF6 gas density
in each breaker pole. Alternately, pressure differential switches may be
used to measure the differential pressure of the SFg gas between poles.
In no case shall the SFg in one pole be common to the SF6 gas in nnother
pole,
A drop in SF as density, in an
6 B Y Pole, shall initiate a low SF6 gas den-
sity alarm, A further drop in density, below the minimum required for
proper interruption of fault currents, shall block any breaker operation
either open or closed.
The breaker shall be furnished with sufficient SF6 gas to fill, test, and
energize each breaker, The SF6 gas shall be free of moisture and Impuri-
ties, SF6/nitrogen gas mixtures shall not be furnished.
The SF6 to air seals and gaskets shall prevent SF6 gas leakage in excess
of 2 percent per year of, gas volume, through the duration of the guaran-
tee period, Corrosive are products due to moisture infiltration shall be
prevented to the maximum extent possible through the use of desiccant
moisture absorbing chambers.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000) }
( 102089
16A9-4
t
16A9.3.6 Vacuum Circuit Breakers. In addition to conforming with ANSI
load current switching capability requirements, the breaker shall be ca-
pable of interrupting low current loads and faults as specified in this
paragraph. The breaker shall be capable of interrupting an inductive
load having a power factor in the range of 20 percent lagging to 80 per-
cent lagging, with a current value in the range of 2 percent to 100 per-
cent of the breaker continuous current rating, This load shall be inter-
rupted without exceeding the rated interrupting time by more than
2.5 cycles for opening operations and 3.5 cycles for close-open opera-
tions. The breaker shall show evidence of minimal tendency toward cur-
rent chapping and overvoltages when switching inductive and transformer
magnetizing currents.
The Contractor shall submit a certified test report verifying that the
circuit breaker identical to that furnished under these specifications
has successfully completed tests for interruption of load currents of the
type described in the preceding paragraph, The test report shall include
detailed descriptions of test equipment, arrangement, procedures, and re-
aults,
16A9.3.7 Are Containment Chamber, The are containment chamber and the
breaker tank on dead-tank breakers shall be designed to prevent mechani-
cal failure due to pressure buildup if the breaker fails to interrupt
full rated fault current,
f 16A9.3,8 Current Transformers. Current transformors shall be provided
j as specified in accordance with NEMA SG 4 Part 3,
Current transformers shall be bushing type with fully distributed wind-
ings for relaying service. They shall be five land multiratio unless
indicated otherwise on the Outdoor 01.1 Circuit Breaker Specification and
Data Sheets,
{
All secondary leads, including all tape for each transformer; shall be
brought out to shorting type terminal blocks located,in the mechanism
j housing.
16A9,3.9 Assembl.v, Oil circuit breakers specified shall be permanently
factory assembled on a structural steel frame common to all poles, The
assembly shall be complete, including bushings, if shipping clearances
will permit,
3
16A9.4 ACCESSORIES. Standard accessories shall be provided with the
IE breaker. Accessories shall include the following,
An auxiliary switch with 18 "a" and 18 "b" contacts in
addition to those required for control of breaker mechanism,
All contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks. Contact
surfaces shall be silver-plated,
I
' y_J •
1 [OF:NTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 102089 )
16A9-5
,
~i
ii {e
la
Cutoff and latch checking switches
Pressure switch for annunciation of low operating pressure
if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is fur-
nished
1
Two,grounding pads with terminals for attachment to the
Owner's bolted compression 1/0 AWG to 300 Mcm stranded cop-
per ground cables. The grounding pads shall be on diagon-
ally opposite locations on the frame.
Operation counter
Relay and operating pane]. shall be included in the operating
cabinet or in a separate weatherproof cabinet on each
breaker,
One elapsed time meter for the air compressor or oil pump
motor if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is
furnished
I
Position indicator
i
{ 120 volt ac lamp with switch, and duplex receptacle in each
control cabinet
i
A suitable nameplate showing all ratios of the bushing
current transformers shall be mounted either on the circuit
f breaker frame or inside'the control cabinet,
One maintenance closing device and one windlass type or
equivalent tank lifter shall be furniahed.
Oil level gauge (as applicable)
Provide for connections of contact travel timing test sets/
recorders.
Air system to provide for an oxtarnal emergency air supply
connection (as applicable)
Pressure switch per operating mechanism for annunciation of
low operating pressure if pneumatically or hydraulically op-
erated breaker is furnished
Pressure switch for annunciation of low aerating pressure
cutoff if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is
furnished
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 J
16A9-6
{t
i v a
i
d
A
i7 P,
tt
Relay and operating panel shall ba included in the operating
P, cabinet or in a separate weatherproof cabinet on the
breaker.
One elapsed time meter for each of the stored energy mecha-
nism motors
Density switch per pole for annunciation of low SF6 gas den-
sity (as applicable)
Density switch per pole for annunciation of low SF6 gas den-
sity cutoff (as applicable)
I
I Lose of voltage alarm relay on each auxiliary power and con-
trol power feed to the breaker
16A9,5 FACTORY TESTS, Regardless of any statements in the standards to
the contrary, the breaker shall be completely assembled at the factory,
j The assembled components, including bushings, shall be those which will
be a permanent part of the breaker assembly. After the breaker is com-
i plately assembled, it shall be subjected to anc, shall meet all require-
! I Monts of the production teats as listed and described in ANSI C97.09.
l
16A9.6 PREPARATION OF TANKS FOR SHIPMENT, Circuit breaker tanks shall j
be clean, dry, and sealed when shipped from the factory. Each tank shall J
contain s packaged moisture absorbing chemical as required to keep it
I moisture free during shipment. Tanks which are found to contain moisture
when received at the jobaite shall be dried and moisture damage shall. be
I repaired at the Contractor's expense,
{ Complete instructions outlining the Contractor's recommended procedures
{ for tank inspection upon receipt at the construction site, moisture free
maintenanca during storage, and preparation for oil filling shall accom-
pan), each breaker, These instructions shall be shipped inside the breaker
control cabinet,
i
t
f
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 )
16A9-7
i
M
.
Y~
single
following uraeingsF outdoor
i
Rated maximum voltages 15,5 kV rms
Rated voltage range factor, Ki 1,0
Rated low frequency withstand voltage: 50 kV rms
f
f ~
Rated full wave impulse withstand voltages 110 kV peak
f
Rated chopped wave impulse withstand voltages:
j j Two micro3,+.conds minimum time to eparkover: 142 kV peak
I h
1 Three microseconds minimum time to sparkovert 126 kV peak
f Rated transient recovery voltage, as 'rated 1 minus cosine envelopes
Rated peak voltage, E21 29 kV
Rated time to peak voltage, Tst 36 microseconds
Rated continuous current; 1,2110 amperes rms
Rated short ri.rcuit currents 25,000 amperes rms
Related required capabilities
Maximum symmetrical
interrupting capabilitys 25,000 amperes rase
Short-time (3 second)
current carrying capabilitys 25,000 amperes rms
Closing and latching capability: 68,000 amperes rms
Rated interrupting times 5 cycles (60 hertz basis)
Rated permissible tripping delay, Ys 2 seconds
Rated recloaing times 20 cycles (60 hertz basis)
O0 Bushing dates
N
a
o a
ANSI 076.21 Table 1
d
i ,
BLACK R8~ VEATCH
PROJECT 10567
r-•~ SPEC 71.0000
'
OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET 16A9-8
i
iI
VK A
} X ! VuY.
F+
Basic impulse level: 110 kV
r~
Color: ANSI 70 gray
f
Nominal power supply voltages:
i
Auxiliary powers 120 volts, single-phase, 60 hertz
' Breaker closing: 125 volts dc, single-phase,
60 hertz h
i i
Breaker tripping: 125 volts dc, single-phase,
60 hertz
{ Current transformer data:
I
Ampere Quantity,` Accuracy
j Location Ratio Each Bushing Total
- -.._Class
` Bushings 1, 3, 5 600:5 2
3 c400 ~
Bushings 2, 4, 6 600:5 2
3 0400 i
33i ~
1
t ~
N O
M1
a
lACif
VEATCH
ENGPNEERS,ARQN:TECTS PROJECT 10567
SPEC 71,0000 ~OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET
16A9-g
,I
7777
G
5 ~i
r
Subsection 16A10 OUTDOOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES
16Ai0.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers furnishing of outdoor discon-
nect switches, operating mechanisms, and accessories.
16A10,2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Outdoor disconnect switches furnished
under these specifications shall be in accordance with the requirements
of applicable ANSI, NEMA, and IEEE standards, All materials and devices
} shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal
"Occupational Safety and Health Standards."
16A10.3 EQUIPMENT RERUIR_ED, The Contractor shall furnish the following
quantities and types of disconnect switches,
Quantity Description
f 1 3-pole, group manually oper-
ated, vertically mounted, ver-
tical break disconnect switch,
with insulators
j 16A10,4 INSULATORS. Disconnect switch insulators shall be ANSI Tachni-•
I cal Reference Number 205, -Insulator color shall be ANSI 70, gray.
16A10.5 SWITCH RATINGS. Disconnect switches shall be furnished with the
f
following Tat~nge.
f Impulse Momentary
Withstand Continuous Asymmetrical Switch
Maximum Voltage Current, Current, ' Phase
Voltage, (ETL), kV amperes amperes Spaoing,
kV xmsk peak me rms__. inches
1515 110 10200 40,000 42
,
16A10.6 SWITCH CONSTRUCTION. Switches shall be 3-polo, group operated, {
single throw, complete with switch blades, contacta, terminals, basAs, {
and leveling devices, and with all bolts, nuts, and other hardware re-
3 quired to assemble the owitches, mount the insulators, and mount the
switches on steel structures,
Switch parts shall be capable of carrying the continuous current speci-
fied in an ambient temperature of 40 C without exceeding the temperature
rises listed in ANSI C37.:301 and shall have sufficient strength for all
mechanical requirements.
t,
i
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
3 [ 102089
~ 16A10••1
f
t.
J
~t
fi
~L
f Ie Y,
la ~ 1
All switches shall be furnished with copper or aluminum alloy live parts,
Copper switch blades shall be hard drawn and tinned after fabrication;
aluminum Swatch blades shall be extruded 6063, T6 alloy. Where discon-
nect switch terminals are fabricated of copper, the ripper shall be
tinned, All other switch components which are fabric,*ed of copper and
are in contact with aluminum shall have the copper tinned, and shall be
provided with electrical Joint compound between the contact surfaces.
Switch bearings shall be of the sealed, greaseless type.
Switch contacts shall be high-pressure, silver insert, wiping action
type, The Jaw contact fingers of switches so equipped shall be designed
to increase contact pressure with increasing current,- Contact finger
pressure springs shall be outside of the load current path.
Disconnect switches shall be furnished with single tang terminal pads
I with 9/16 inch diameter bolt holes on 1-3/4 inch centers, The quantity
and arrangement of bolt holes in each terminal
j with the switch continuous current rating and shpa ced
ad lsbelinbaccordancetwith
the following table,
Switch Continuous
Current Rating, Quantity of Bolt Hole
} amperes Bolt Hales Arrangement
601 thru 2,000 4 Square
Switch bases shall be steel. channel designed for mounting-on Steel struc-
tures. Bases shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,
E All switch components fabricated of ferrous materials shall be hot-dip
I galvanized after fabrication or shall be stainless steel,
16A10,7 GROUP OPERATORS, Group operators shall be complete with inter-
phase shafts, operating rods, couplings, guide bearings, mounting brack-
ets, offsets, manual , al o erato s
r and a ,
P ~ 11 bolts
nuts, and
other
Li i hardwa
required to assemble the operators and mount the operators on steel re
structures.
Operators shall be furnished with provisions for grounding and for pad-
locking in the open and closed positions.
All levers, interphase shafts, and operating rods shall be cut to length
and threaded at the factory, All group operator components fabricated of
ferrous materials, shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication or shall
be
stainless steel,
j
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
I 102089
16A10-2
14k?Aa
:4.r.xJ p1 d
tf
ptf V;ll'rl
16A10,7,1 Manual U eratora, Manual operators shall be located approxi-
~1 maCely 3 feet above finish grede, shall be of the swing handle type, and
shall not require an operating force greater than SO pounds,
I
Each disconnect switch operator shall be provided with an auxiliary
switch including not less than three "a" and three "b" contacts enclosed
in a weatherproof housing equipped for threaded rigid steel conduit con-
nectlon. Auxiliary switch contacts shall be field convertible.
16A10,8 TIGHTENING OF CONNECTIONS, The Contractor shall include on his .
/ erection and essemb7y drawings Compete information for tightening of all
E( electrical connections securad with bolts or studs. The information fur-
nished shall include torque wrench settings or comrl,.ste details of other
tightening procedures recommended for bus ,joints, connector attachments,
and contact attachments,
16A10,9 MANU AC~ TUgggo Disconnect switches shall be Southern States,
l Asoa Brown Boveri, Gould Incorporated or acceptable equal,
f
. 4
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102099
16A10-3
I
1 r "
011
j lti:G *h9
1,
1
f
t r. .1 Subsection 16A1i.- INDOOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES
I
16A11.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers indoor disconnect switches
which shall be furnished and installed under these specifications,
1
Indoor disconnect switches and their enclosureo shall be furnished and
installed in the sizes, types, and locations indicated on the drawings
I and in accordance with the indoor Disconnect Switch List included at the
and of this subsection.
Each disconnect switch shall have a nameplate which shall be as specified
f its this Section 16A,
All equipment provided under these specifications, shall conform to the
1 applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, UL, and MEE and shell be in accord-
I anoc with the applicable requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety
and Health Standards."
The switches shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the
(T enclosed
RD)
re- switches. quirements of NEMA KS 1 for (Type
heavy-duty
6A11,2 MANUFACTURERS, The disconnect switches shall be as manufactured
by one of t e o lowing manufacturers.
General Electric Company
Westinghouse Elecrric Company
I-T-E Electrical Products, Division of Siemens
Square D Company i
I I
1
I
J
d
(DENTON 10561 GEN CONST 71,00001
k ( 102089
~II 16A11-1
1
i
4 MM
i
INDOOR DISCONNECT SWITCH LIST
;
Disconnect NEMA Fusible
Switch
Nameplate Ampere Enclosure volts/ or
Inscriptic+n Ratia Type Poles Not Fusible
DC Luba Oil Pump 30 12 125 VD0/2 Not Fusible
\}]Ij I
1
1
,
_i
+
(DENTON 10567 GEN,CONST 71.0000)
[ 10208+? a
16A11-2
i
GI
1(
;-i
Section 16B - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION
16B.1 GENERAL. This section covers erection work for all electrical
equipment installed or furnished and installed under these specifica-
tions,
Erection work shall include receiving, unloading, storage, removal from
storage, hauling, cleaning, erection on foundations, and other work
necessary to place all equipment Into successful operation. y
In addition, erection work shall include complete assembly of equipment
r shipped unassembled; dismantling and reassembly of equipment to make
I E adjustments; and provision of personnel, equipment, and assistance to
the Owner and the Engineer in testing and placing the equipment into
j operation.
` l
Erection procedures not apecifind herein shall be in accordance with the
f recommendations and drawings of the equipment manufacturer,
1
16B.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL. All miscellaneous materials except those
specified to be furnislivd by the Owner or other contractors shall be fur
niched as required fot the complete erection of the equipment. These ma-
terials shall include, but shall not be limited to, grout, shims, wedges,
dowels, anchors, supports, bolting, gaskets, packing, welding rod) and
I consumable gases.
I I I } 16B,3. E UIPMENT PROTECTION, All equipment shall be protected from
( damage of any kind from the time it is unloaded until it is reedy for
1 initial operation.
i
During the erection period, all equipment having drive motors or rotating
parts shall be protected with a weatherproof flame resistant sheeting
which completely covers the axpoaed parts of the equipment. Sheeting
shall be PYRO-KURE 613 as manufactured by the Sisalkraft Waterproof
Papers, Laminated and Coated Products Division, St. Regis Paper Co .t
Attleboro, Massachuaetts, or acceptable equal.
Equipment shall be suitably protected from weld spatter during construc-
tion.
Equipment housed or covered with glass or equipped with easily broken
components shall be protected as required to prevent damage throughout'
the construction period,
Machine finished surfaces, polished surfaces, or other bare metal our-
faces which are not to be painted, such as machinery shafts and cou-
pli.ngs, shall he provided temporary protection during storage and con-
struction periods by a coating of No-Ox-Id 558 as manufactured by Sanchem
Inc,, Chicago, Illinois or acceptable equal rust preventive compound.
I
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
[ 10206) j
16B-1
1
168.4 CLEANING. The exterior and interior surfaces of each equipment
item shall be cleaned of sand, dirt, and other foreign materials after
its removal from storage and immediately before its movement to its final
location,
Before initial operation of individual items of equipment, the Contractor
shall remove all dirt, mortar, and other material which has been spilled,
misplaced, or otherwise has been allowed to mar the finish surfaces, The
interior of all electrical equipment, including relays and electrical
contacts, shall be thoroughly wiped and.vacuumed clean before the equip-
ment is energized, All debris shall be removed from the site and disposed
of as directed by the Owner.
16B,5 MAINTENANCE TOOLS. The contractor shall use special tools fur-
nished
furnished withtequip autharized'by
~ tools
sd by the Owner,
t 16B.6 LOCATION TOLERANCES. Equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch
s j of the dimensional lion indicated on the drawings unless otherwise
permitted by the owner,
16B.7- ALIGNMENT. Rigid components such as bus, bus duct, throat con-
nections, and enclosures shall be aligned and acted wi tidecial care
to prevent excessive stress in joints, supP
mechanisms parts such as switches, circuit breakers, and
{ I Equipment with moving
If switch operating shall be carefully aligned to assure free
mechanical operation.
16B,8 BOLTER ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, Where bolted connections are made
to aluminum, the aluminum surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire
brush, then coated with joint compound and thoroughly brushed again
through the compound. Additional compound shall then be added and the
joint bolted together. Joint compound shall be Alcoa No. 2.
Where bolted connections are mada between copper or brass surfaces, the
A as
metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned anticcoated withxpld Aroompound
manufactured by Burndy Corp., Norwalk,
as munufactured by Sanchem Inc., Chicago, Illinois.
I
The tightness of each bolt in each factory made bolted electrical cones
neetion shall be checked during erection and connection of the equipment.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to certify that the tightness
of each bolt in all bolted electrical connections, factory or field, is
in accordance with the manufacturar's recommendations,
(bENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 1
16B-2
r, Bolted electrical connections shall be tightened with manual torque
wrenches. Torque wrenches shall be so constructed that they will visu-
ally or audibly indicate when the proper torque is reached. The accuracy
of each torque wrench shall be checked by a testing laboratory acceptable
to the Owner immediately prior to its use on equipment erected under
these specifications.
16B.8.1 Torque Values, If the equipment manufacturer's erection in-
structions do not include recommended torque values for bolt tightening
or specify an alternate method for tightening bolted electrical connec-
tione, torque values shall be in accordance with those listed in the
table which follows.
TORQUE VALUES FOR DRY, UNPLATED, NONLUBRICATED BOLTS
f 1 14-8 Stain- Silicon Aluminum 316 Stain-
Bolt Site less Steel Braes Bronze 24ST-4 less Steel
r' in.-lb in.-lb in.-lb in,-lb in.-lb {
1/0-20 75.2 61.5 68.8 45.6 78.8
1/0-28 94.0 77.0 87.0 57.0 99.0
f. 5/16"-18 132 107 123 80 .18
5/16"-24 142 116 131 86 147
3/8"-16 236 192 219 143 247
,J 3/8"-24 259 212 240 157 271,
If 7/16"-14 376 317 349 228 393
! 7/16"-20 400 327 371 242 418
1/2"-13 517 422 480 313 542
1/2"-20 541 443 502 328 565
E 9/16"-12 682 558 632 413 713
9/16"-18 752 615 697 456 787 j
i
i 5/811-11 1110 907 1030 715 1160 ti
S/8"-lR 1244 1016 1154 798 1301
3/0-10 1530 1.249 1416 980 1582
3/0-16 1490 1220 1382 958 1558
7/8"-9 2328 1905 2140 1495 2430
7/8"-14 2318 1895 2130 1490 2420
1"-8 3440 2815 3185 2205 3595
j 1"-14 3110 2545 2885 1995 3250
3l~
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 J
16B-3
tp4 t
ll
else-
16B.8.2 Connection Bolt Tightness Check. The tightened bolts in in the
trieal connections shall be checked at random as selected by and in the
presence of the tlwner, The Contractor shall provide calibrated hand
torque wrenches and the necessary platforms, equipment, and personnel for
the random check.
The number of bolts checked shall be acceptable to the Owner, based upon
its observance of the quality and completeness of the tightening opera-
tions, A minimum of 10 per cent of the bolts in each connection, but not
less than two bolts in each connection, shall be checked,
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the checking-of bolt
tightness so that minimum interference with equipment erection and con-
nection will be experienced. Removal of covers and similar dismantling
of equipment to permit the Owner to witness the testing of bolt tightness
of enclosed connections shall be part of the work included under these
specifications.
' I Checking of tightness of electrical connections in the presence of the
i Owner is intended to assist the Contractor in avoiding the expense of re-
pairing costly connection failures. This check shall not relieve the
f Contractor of complete responsibility for the integrity of the electrical
connections.
16B,9 FERROUS WELDER QUALIFICATION. All workmen performing ferrous
welding of any kind shall be qualified according to the American Welding
Society Publication AWS D1.1-88, Structural Welding Code. The quali-
fication testing shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory
l ( acceptable to the Owner. The conditions of test welding shall be similar
to those for the work,
16B.10 LUBRICATION, The Contractor shall furnish all oils, greases, and
other lubricants required to place equipment in operation, The Contrac-
tor shall apply lubricants in accordance with the manufacturor's recom-
mendations. The lubricants used shall be acceptable to the Owner,
16B.11 EQUIP MENT FINISH. Surfaces of most electrical equipment, such as
panels, switchgear, transformers, and circuit breakers, are finished at
the factory. Great care shall be exercised to prevent damage to this
original finish during installation of the equipment and during con-
struction work.
If the factory finish is damaged during the course of construction, the
entira aurface of the damaged component shall be refinished by and at the
expense of the Contractor.
The refinished surface shall be equivalent in every respect to the orig-
inal surface, including color, texture, and smoothness. Refinishing
!
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
1 102089 l
16B-4
G
paint, if furnished with the equipment, may be used; otherwise, the paint
shall be obtained from the equipment manufacturer.
16B.12 GALVANIZED SURFACE COATINGS. All galvanized surfaces on which
the galvanizing is removed by cutting, drilling, or by any other opera-
tion shall be regalvanizrd with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" ae manufac-
tured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania;
with "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Yrotectives, luC.,
of Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical
Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or acceptable equal. The Con-
tractor shall furnish this protective material and shall apply it in the
field to any surface where the galvanized coating is broken or removed.
168.13 BATTERIES AND BATTERY CHARGERS. The Contractor shall install and
connect the b,stteries and battery chargers and prepare them for operation
immediately upon their arrival at the ,jobsite,
A temporary power supply shall be connected to each battery charger and
shall be maintained in service until permanent power supplies are in-
stalled and ready for continuous energization. The source for the tempo-
rary power supply shall be as selected by the Owner as being the most re-
liable. A freshening charge shall be given to each battery within 90 days
after its shipment from the factory.
16B.13.1 Assembly. The assembly of each battery and battery rack shall
-be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and assembly
ia,structiuns, -
The individual ccUls shall be lifted onto the rack using the lifting -
equipment recommended by the battery manufacturer. Cells shall be lifted
by the bottom of the case and not by the cell poets. Cell polarity shall
be checked for positive to negative connections throughout the battery.
Prior to installing intercell connectors, the Contractor shall inspect
all terminal posts and connecting hardware, Any area showing evidence
of corrosion, dirt, or acid shall be cleaned by rubbing gently with a
brass suede brush or fine emery paper, exercising care to prevent to-
! moval of load plating. A thin film of corrosion inhibiting grease
shall be applied to all contact surfaces. Intercell connections shall
be completed with connectors and associated hardware supplied by the
battery manufacturer. Where more than one intercell connector per cell
post is required, the connectors shall be mounted on opposite sides of
the post for maximum surface contact, Both ends of the connection
j bolts shall be tightened to the manufacturer's recommended torque
values,
All cell covers and containers shall be cleaned. A water moistened clean
wiper shall be used for thn removal of dust and dirt. A bicarbonate of
I
[DENTON 10567 GE14 CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 J
16B-5
r
-y
.i
w
a
yl
1 tl
i~
soda and water moistened wiper shall be used for cleanup of electrolyte
spillage. All wipers used shall be free of oil distillates. Explosion
resistant vent plugs shall be installed where provided. Individual cell
numbers in sequence with No. 1 at the positive end of the battery shall
be applied for permanent identification,
The voltage of the battery shall be measured to ensure that individual
cells are connected correctly. If the measured voltage is less than
approximately the number of cells multiplied by the measured voltage of
one cell, the individual cell polarities shall be rechecked.
Intercell connection resistance shall be measured and recorded. Any
connection with a resistance measurement exceeding 10 per cent above
the average shall be remade and remeasured.'
Final connections from the battery to the charger and do system shall
be installed after assembly of the battery has been completed,
i
After the battery assembly is complete to the stage of intercell connec-
tions, the battery shall be protected from construction dirt and debris.
16B.13.2 Freshening Charge and Testing. A freshening charge shall be
applied to each battery after installation. Freshening charges shall be
applied in-accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recom-
mendations.
j The temperature, voltage, and specific gravity of each cell shall be
measured and recorded prior to applying the charge. The cell with the
lowest specific gravity shall ba selected as a pilot call. All cells
shall be inspected and water shalt be added as necessary to bring the
electrolyte to the "Low Level" line, The quality of all water added
i I to the battery cells shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations, The specific gravity and temperature
of the electrolyte of the pilot cell shall be measured and recorded at
least once daily. After pilot cell specific gravity readings become
constant (with correction for temperature), water shall be added to all
cells to bring electrolyte up to the "High Level" line. The charge
shall be continued for 3 hours a:; which time the charge voltage shall
be returned to normal float voltage. After an additional 72 hours of
floating charge, all individual cell voltages, temperatures, and specif-
ic gravities shall be measured and recorded as specified in this sec-
tion under Records. If the specific gravity of any cell, corrected to
a temperature of 25 C, measures less than 1.200 or more than 1.220, cr
the voltage of any cell measures more than 0,04 volt below the average,
the Contractor shall notify the Owner, who will inform him as to how he
shall proceed.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000
( 102084 j
168-6
16B,13.3 Records. Data obtained from receiving, storage, and assembly
are pertinent to the maintenance and operational life of the battery.
Listed below, as applicable, are the data that shall be recorded and
submitted to the Owner.
(i) Dare of receipt of battery. Cells should not be stored
for more than the time period recommended by the manu-
facturer without applying a'charge to the battery. In
all cases, a period of 3 months storage is allowable
between charges if the cells are stored in a clean,
dry, cool location without exposure to extremely low i
ambient temperatures or localized sources of heat.
I
(2) Initial resistance values of the intercell connections
E measured as s aciEied in this section under Assembly
{ (3) Individual cell specific gravity (corrected to a tem-
persture of 25 C) and voltage measurements measured as
specified in this section under Freshening Charge and
Te s t icig
166.14 PANELBOARDS. All panel.boards shall be installed so that branch
circuit protective devices are not mere than 6 feet above the finished
j floor-or, grade. Panalboards F,hal1 be installed in accordance with the
following articles.
16B.14.1 Cabinets. The cabinets shall be leveled and securely fastened
f to the mounting surface, utilizing all of the mounting holes provided in
the panelboard cabinets. The mounting surfaces'shall be adjuste8 as re-
quirad to maintain the cabinets in a true vertical plans.
168.14.2 Panal Interior, Each cabinet shall be installed, conduits
connected, and wires pulled before the panel interior is installed. Each
panel interior shall be carefully inspected, and all connections shall be
tightened, The panel interior shall then be mounted in the cabinet using
all of the mounting provisions furnished. The panelboard interior shall
than be connected, wit,i wires tightly secured in the terminals provided
I and with unnecessary lengths of wire eliminated, Wiring shall be neatly
arranged in the gutters. A heavy cardboard panel front shall be temporarily
secured to the front of the panelboard to protect the interior from dirt
or damage until the permanent metal front is installed.
i
168,14.3 Panelboard Fronts. Each panalboard front shall be carefully
aligned and adyuste-d until its edges are parallel to the panelboard
interior and the building lines, and then shall be firmly secured with
the fasteners provided.
The directory shall be accurately and neatly completed to permit ready
{ location of the protective devices controlling circuit loads,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( tOC089 ]
16B-7
i
w
cl
~S
Section 16C - RACEWAY.
16C,1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and field installation of
a complete raceway system in accordance with these specifications, the
Raceway List, the Raceway Bank, and the drawings.
Raceways shall be furnished in quantities sufficient for a complete in-
stallation as indicated in the Raceway List and Conduit Bank, on.the
drawings, and in these specifications,
The raceway system is defined to include conduit, flexible conduit, con-
tinuous rigid cable supports called "cable tray" herein, underground
duct, cabinets and boxes, and all materials end devices required to in-
stall, support, secure and provide a complete system for support and pro-
tection of electrical conductors.
16C,2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Raceway system materials and devices fur-
nished shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ANSI, NDIA,
{ and UL. Raceway system components shall be installed in accordance with
applicable requirements of the NEC, In case of conflict bstween the re-
quirements of any of the above referenced codes and standards and the
I' requirements of these specifications, the requirements of these specifi--
i { cations shall govern. All materials and devices shall be in accordance
{ { with the applicable requirements o.f the Federal "Occupational Safety and
I Health Standards."
I i 160.3, GENERAL INSTALLATION RE UIREMENTS, The installation speeif,ica-
{ tions included in this article apply to all raceway system components,
i , 16C,3.1 Routing of Above Grade RadeM, Electrical cable tray shall be
routed as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall field route
4 conduit according to the general routing indicated on the drawings and
shall coordinate conduit locations with other equipment and atruotures,
Wherever practical, raceway shall be routed so that, except where it is
1 changing elevation or being lowered to enter equipment, the lowe6t part
of the raceway, including its associated supports and appurtenandes, is
t at least 61-8" above the closest floor or walking surface beneath it. {
{j Raceway, including its associated supports and appurtenances, routed
above work areas, walkways, platforms, and aisles shall-be at least 61-8"
i above the walking surfaces. Raceway, including its associated supports
and appurtenances, located at least 61-8" above the closest walking itur-,
face beneath it, may be routed a reasonable distance aw+iy from the sup-
porting wall, ceiling, or structural member so long as the specified sup-
port is provided, interference with other equipment and structures is
avoided, and the routing is acceptable to the Owner, Raceway, including
its associated supports and appurtenances, which meat he routed closer
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 013190 ]
1601
i
r,
sl
than 6'-B" above the closest walking surface beneath it shall be routed
as close as possible to surfaces of walls, columns, and the equipment
served.
16C.3.2 Brackets. Bracket supports as detailed on the drawings shall be
used where specifically indicated and may be substituted for other type
hangers where acceptable to the Owner,
16C.3.3 Anchors. Where supports for raceways, boxes, and cabinets are
mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with self-drilling
tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split expansion shells,
single cone expanders, and annular breakoff grooved chucking cones. An-
chors shall be Phillips "Rod Head" or acceptable equal.
1GC.3.4
Insulation, All supports for raceway connected to equipment,
piping, raceways, etc., that have been electrically insulated from con-
tact with other structures shall be properly installed to prevent shunt-
ing of the insulation,
,
f 16C.3.5 Sleeves and Openings, Sleeveri and openings for passage of elec-
t { trical raceways are indicated on the drawings. These openings are
planned for location beneath major pieces of electrical equipment and in
{ certain locations where groups of raceway will pass through floors,
The Contractor shall be responsible for all required openings. Required
openings not provided during structure fabrication shall be provided by
the Contractor using a hacksaw, a hole saw, or a core drill subject to
j acceptance by the Owner. Openings in concrete floors and walls for sin-
1 gle conduit shall be cut by the Contractor with core drills and the con-
duit grouted in place after being installed.
i
1 16C,35.1 Openings Through Steel Beams. Conduit may be routed through
building steel only when each such routing is acceptable to the Owner.
Holes required for conduit passages shall be drilled or sawed, not
burned
16C,3,5.2 Openings Through Grating. Field cutting of grating will be
allowed only where acceptable to the Owner. Alternate routing of race-
ways should be used to avoid conflict with grating. If field cutting is
absolutely necessary, the openings shall be made at divisions or ends of
grating sections. These openings shall be ,square and shall be neatly
finished as detailed on the drawings. All rough spots shall be ground
until smooth, and regalvanized an required, Openings in grating shall be
sawed, not burned,
16C.3,5.3 Finishing Boxouts, Openings that have been cut through
wells and floors of concrete for the passage of raceways shall be fin-
ished either by grouting around the conduit or by grouting 3/16 inch
(DENT.ON 10567 GBN CONST 71.0000) ~.=1 I
( 102089 J +
16C-2
1d21i ]J 0.')/
ay y`
Y i
y,!ir.4.'tIN l~~
Yr Ii
I~ •i
thick steel bands around the periphery of the openings. Where sleeves or
bands are installed in floors, they shall project 4 inches above the fin-
ished floors.
16C,3.5,4 Finishing Openings Beneath Equipment. Openings beneath equip-
ment shall be closed with Carboline Pyrofoam 700 or acceptable equal
where the cables are in conduits and the conduits project through the
openings.
Where the cables entering the equipment,are not in enclosing raceways,
the openingr, shall be closed with Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV foam,
Manville Type 103 Cara Form board, or acceptable equal flame retardant
materials. The Cara Form boards shall be not leas than 1 inch thick and
I shall be cut to fit closely around the outside surfaces of the cable
( where the cable passes through the boards. The boards shall be securely
placed in the floor opening and all openings around the cables and the
boards shall be sealed with Manville Cerablanket or acceptable equal and
all exposed surfaces of the board and Cerablanket shall be covered with a
1/8 inch thick coating of Carboline Intumastic 285.
! Openings shall not be closed until all the cables through'the openings
have been installed and tested,
Unused openings beneath equipment shall be closed with Car'rvi?ne Pyro-
oaru coated with a 1/8 innn thiclt coating
Gera Form b
~ i foam 70Q,-.Manville
{ of Carboline Intumantic 285, Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV foaw, or ac-
ceptable equal flame retardant materials.
Installation of materials shall be in accordance with tha.manufacturer'e
# recommendations, The materials shall be finished to provide a smooth,
neat appearance.
i 16C,3.6 Extensions of BuildigA Steel to Support Racewa Extensions of
building structures to support raceway shall be of the same material as
the structure being extended and shall be finished to march the finish of
the extended structure,
11 160.3,7 Beam .Clemya. Beam clamps for attachment of hanger rods to
structural steel shall be elect.rogalvanized steel as manufactured by Uni-
f strut, Globe Strut, or acceptable equal,
16C,3.8 1elding. All welding shall completely fuse the welded member to
the Pupporting steel and shall be neat in appearance. All welds shall be
made by welders whose quality of work is equivalent to that of welders
( certified by the American Welding Society.
Clamps shall be used for making attachments to structural steel for
in- stallation purposes wherever possible. Welded lugs will be permitted
only when acceptable to the Owner,
+
,
(
~i [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 107.089 ~
160-3
7
dpidJl HLS ~
itgll r7i
J,Y~sv, . ttl3
1
~!!C ..:ff19Y F ,
t
All temporary supports which hava been welded to the botIdIn g steel shall
be removed as promptly as possible. After removal, the ouo ned surface
of the building steel shall be ground smooth and a protect, ,,rimer
paint applied equal to that which was initially applied in the shop.
16C.3.9 Use of Unfinished Raceway, Unfinished runs of raceway shall not
be used. Supports and connections for each raceway run shall. be complet-
ed prior to the pull-in of any pulling line or conductor.
16C.4 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SYSTEM. An electrical conduit system shall be
furnished and installed in accordance with the drawings and the following
spticifications. Conduit shall include all fittings and supports and all
rl flexible conduit and fittings.
16C.4.1 Conduit Materials. Electrical conduit and associated materials
shall conform with the requirements of the articles which follow.
i
160.4.1.1 Rigid Steel Conduit. Steel conduit, couplings, and elbows
I shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI
C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a
continuous zinc costing with a transparent overcoat of enamel, lacquer,
or zinc chromate. Rigid steel conduit shall be as manufactured by Tri-
angle PWC, Incorporated or acceptable equal,
~ 11#
16C.4.1.2 Comings and Thread Protecturs. Each length of threaded con-
duit shall be complete with a coupling on one and and F;, thread protector
on the other. The thread protector, shall have sufficient mechanical
strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage.
16C.4.1•.3 Flexible Conduit. All flexible conduit shall be plastic Jack-
sted, liquidtight, galvanized steel, Sealtite Type EF for general service
areas or Type NC for high temperature locations,
16C.4.1,4 Metal Conduit Fittings. All metal conduit fittings shall con-
form to the requirements of ANSI/NEMA FBI and UL 514 where these stand-
ards apply. Galvanized iron or galvanized steel fittings shall be used
with steel conduit.
16C.4.1.5 Flexible Conduit Fittings. All flexible conduit fittings
shall be ligtrldtight, galvanized steel, Appleton Type STN, STB, or ac-
ceptable equal, and shall bear the UL label.
16C.4.1.6 Bushings. Insulated bushings with insulating inserts in metal
housings shall be provided for the termination of all conduit not termi-
nated in hubs and couplings, Grounding type insulated bushings shall be
provided for all conduit containing power circuits. Standard bushings
shall be galvanized.
i
r ,
1
%
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000) '
102089 )
16C-4
IRK
c r43P,S1 yy
I n;4}r r.~ '"i
4;!~Aljj J,4
wl r..,:Y;vegE
16C,4.1,7 Locknutn. One interior and one exterior locknut shall be pro-
vided for all conduit terminations not provided with threaded hubs and
couplings, Locknuts shall be designed to securely bond the conduit to
the box when tightened. Locknuts shall be so constructed that they will
not be loosened by vibration.
16C.4.1.8 Unions, Conduit unions shall be acceptable to the Engineer,
Watertight conduit unions shall be Crouse-Hinda Type UNF or acceptable
equal,
16C.4.1.9 Ra_i_ntight Conduit Hubs. Raintight conduit terminating hubs,
t where indicated on the drawings or required by these specifications,
shall be Efcor "Water-rite" rigid conduit hubs or acceptable equal.- Mal-
it i leable iron"hubs shall be used for steel conduit,
16C,4.2 Conduit Support s, Conduit supports shall. be furnished and in-
stalled in accordance with the drawings and these specifications, _Sup-
port m•Ater:.al shall comply with the requirements which follow.
16C.4,2,1 Manger Rods, Hanger rods shall be 1/2 inch dial
retr~z al.ectro-
j galvanized threaded steel rods,
i
16C.4,2.2 Conduit Clamps. Supports for conduits in single runs or
j groups of two shall he one-hole cast metal clamps and clamp-backs. They
E shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast, ferrous metal
} for steel conduit.
Supporte,fgr banks of three or more conduita shall be constructed of sup-
f port channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, or acceptable equal) with associated
cont;uit clips, Support channels shall be steel hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication with galvanized steel conduit clips for steel conduit,
~ f {
4 Conduit terminated at,cable tray.shall be clamped to the tray with j
Crouse-Hinds LCC Series cable tray conduit clamps or acceptable equal, }
} 16C.4.3 Conduit Installation. Conduit installation shall be as indiaat-
ed an the drawings and as described in these specifications.
160.4.3,1 Routing, Except as otherwise specified or indicated on the
drawings, all conduit shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or per-
pendicular to dominant surfaces with right angle turns made of symmetri-
cal bends or fittings. Conduit shall not be installed on the outside ?
faro of exposed columns, but shall be routed on the web or on the inside
of a flange of the column, Except where; prevented by the location of c
other work, a single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on
structural members.
f
Conduit shall be located at least 6 inches from hot water pipes, and from
other hot surfaces, t
t? [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089
f
arsr:*iar
!re,cran
;n; } a
.
1_1101
i
All conduit field routing shall be acceptable to the Owner. Routing not
acceptable shall be rerouted and replaced without expense to the Owner.
16C,4.3.2 Moisture Pockecs, Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from
conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit
system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C-type"
conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run.
16C,4,3.3 Couplings and Unions. Metal conduit shall be joined by
threaded conduit couplings with the conduit ends butted. The use of run-
ning threads will not be permitted,
Where metal conduit cannot be joined by standard threaded couplings, con-
duit unions or split couplings may be used if their location is aceepts-
I ble to the owner. Only ground seat type watertight unions shall be used
I outdoors or where the union may be submerged.
f } i) Where Erickson type couplings or similar unions which do not have ground
seats are used in vertical or inclined conduit runs, the noupling nut
shall be installed uppermost to prevent the entrance of water into the
i union.
16C.4.3.4 Bends and Offsets. A run of conduit shall not contain more
M than the equivalent of four quarter bends, including those immediately at
outlets or fittings, Banda in conduit shall be made without reducing the
internal diameter of the conduit. The use of a pipe tee or vise for
f bending conduit will not be permitted. The Inside radius of conduit
bends shall be not lose than six times tho inside diameter of the'con-
duit,` Conduits deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed from the
jobsite.
16C.4.3.5 Cutting and Threadin The plane of all conduit ends shall be
square with the center line. Where threads are required, they shall be
cut and cleaned prior to conduit reziming. The ends of all conduit shall
be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs.
A cutting oil shall. be used in threading operations, The dies shall be
kept sharp and provisions shall be made for chip clearance,
All steel conduit, after threading, shall be regalvanized with "Galvaniz-
ing Powder. M-321" as manufactured by the American Solder and Flux Company
of. Philadelphia,' Pennsylvania{ with "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by
Industrial Metal Prutectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich"
corning as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massa-
chusetts; or acceptable equal, The Contractor shall supply this protect-
tive material and shall apply it In the field,
i {
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 )
16C-b
)
t~
I.
~,X It'll
"i
ri
l'
l~ 4i 1
16C.4.3.6 Connections to Boxes and Cabinets. Conduit shall be securely
fastened to all boxes and cabinets. Threads on metallic conduit shall
project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against
the and of the conduit. The locknuts both inside and outside shall then
be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely to the box.
All conduit entering enclosures outdoors or in wet areas shall enter from
the side or bottom of the enclosure through E€cor "Water-Tite" hubs, or ,
acceptable. equal, or threaded openings,
160.4,3.7 Cleaning. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumu-
lation of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduit. Conduit in which
water or othor foreign materials have baen permitted to accumulate shall
be thoroughly cleaned or, where such accumulation cannot be removed by
methods acceptable to the Owner, the conduit shall be replaced,
s j 160.4.3.8 Flexible Conduit. Flexible conduit inserts not greater than
{ 30 inches in length shall be installed at the locations specified in this
article,
j
t Flexible conduit inserts shall be installed in all conduit runs which are
j supported by both building steel and by structures subject to vibration
or thermal expansion.
I
i Flexible conduit shall be installed in conduit runs which crow expansion
1
joints.
Thenecessity for•flexi.ble conduit inserts should be considered in all
long conduit runs where differential expansion problems may be expected.
i Flaxible conduit shall be installed adjacent to all equipment and devices
which move in relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal
operation of the mechanism, or thermal expansion.
The supply conduit shall be connected to pressure switches, thermotou-
3 plan, solenoids, and similar devices with flexible conduit. Flexible
conduit shall be installed adjacent to the motor terminal housing for
4 motors requiring 4 inch and smaller conduit,. Provision for vibration and
thartnml expansion at motors requiring larger than 4 inch conduit shall be
accomplished by use of pendent hangers, flexible conduit other than at
the motor termination) or other means acceptable to the Owner,
160.4.3,9 Below Grade Conduit. Steel conduit shall not be direct buried
in the earth. Below grade steel conduit shall be encased with not lass
than 3 inchus of concrete. Concrete used for conduit encasement shall
contain not less than 500 pounds of cement per cubic yard, It shall con-
tain clean and well graded aggregates and low water content. The slump,
shall be such that the mixture is stiff and will stand erect when placed.
The concrete shall be vibrated to consolidate it around the steel and
s
(bENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 ]
y 16C-7
s
r
.
t
S'A{CIA 1
i~ f5
yy~ 1'1
f
shall be slow cured for several days to provide strength and prevent
shrinkage, Conduit shall be supported for encasement by steal wire hang-
era attached to temporary supports laid across the conduit trench. After
the concrete encasement has hardened, the supports and those parts of tr.s
wire hangers not encased in concrete shall be removed.
A minimum separation of 3 inches shall be maintalned between multiple
conduits enclosed in the same concrete encasement but not assembled as a
duct bank.
Concrete used for encasing steel conduit shall contain no additives which
contain chlorides. The concrete shall be mixed with pure, clean potable
water,
The Contractor shall field route conduit according to the general routing
indicated on the drawings and shall coordinate conduit locations with
other work., Conduit shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored
before the concrete is poured to encase it.
Conduit which will be visible above the finished floor shall be straight
and plumb.
Conduit which is stubbed up shall be plugged prior to pouring of concrete
I and shall remain plugged until the conduit is extended later.
16C.4.3,10 Spacing and Attachment of Supports. Except where buried in
Concrete, ail conduit runs shall be rigidly supported. Each conduit
f ( shall be supported within one foot of junction boxes and fittings. Sup- {
port spacing along conduit runs shall be as follows,
Conduit Size Maximum Distance Betwsen Supports
~ i
112 inch through 1-1/4 inch 5 feet
1-1/2 inch and larger 10 feet
Conduit clamps shall be bolted to building steel using drilled and tapped
screw holes. Support channels for three or more conduits shall be welded
to building steel or bolted using drilledand tapped screw holes,
16C.5 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY. The electrical cable tray shall be in ac-
cordance with the requirements of NEMA VE l except that, in case of con-
flirt between the requirements of these specifications and the require-
ments of NEMA VE 1) the requirements of these specifications shall govern
to the extent of such conflict,
160.5.1 Cable TM , Trays and all tray fittings, including covers, re-
quired for the complete system shall be manufactured by one manufacturer
as ~ specified
he.rain, The trays are indicated on the drawings. Except as
j (URNTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
102089 ]
h 16C-8
I `
F'
}E{k
Ffuj{ ,
specified otherwise herein or indicated on the drawings, the trays shall
be trough type as manufactured by B-Line or T. J. Cope.
All trays shall be steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, in accord-
ance with the requirements of ASTM A123, A385, and A386. Bolts, nuts,
and pins shall be 316 stainless steel, All other hardware and accesso-
ries, except covers, shall be of the same material as the tray, Cover
material and construction shall be as specified herein under Covers. The
trays shall have bottom slots not in excess of 4 inches in width, and the
supporting surfaces of the cross members shall be of sufficient size to
prevent excessive indentation of cable insulation.
Width of bottom slots shall be measured between edges of flan cable sup-
{ port surfaces which may be greater than the distance between transverse
members for some transverse member configurations.
Construction of the tray, including elbows and fittings, shall be such
that support is provided over a minimum of 20 percent of its length to
cable laid anywhere in the tray and at least 40,percent of the tray bot-
tom is open to-provi't ventilation.
Minimum metal thickness for tray bottoms shall be 18 gauge.
f After all cutting,.punching, reaming, welding, drilling, capping, and
cleaning have been,completed, all steel tray shall be degreased, pickled,
rinsed, prefluxed, and galvanized in accordance with the latest recommen-
dations of AHDGA for compliance with the ASTM specifications,
The galvanizing coat shall cover all interior surfaces of hollow members
as well as exterior surfaces. Channels, angles, and all.other unsymmet-
rical sections having visible evidence of scarping shall be straightened
j after galvanizing,
16C.5.i,1 Structural :Requirements, Continuous rigid trays shall be
formed of one piece, shall. have bottom members formed of one piece and
wolded or upset swaged to channel type side rails, or shall be of modi-
fled ladder construction with rung spacings as specified, The trays
f shall have the depths indicated on the drawings,
s
i The cable tray dimensions stated on the drawings and in these specifics-
txons shall be the dimensions of the cross-sectional area within the tray
which is available for cable placement at that location in the assembled
tray where the cross-sectional area is minimum, Dimensions shall be
ti within the limits stated in NEMA VE 1 for inside tray dimensions,
166.5,1,2 Covers, Except as specified otherwise herein, all indoor ver-
tical trough and ].adder type trays ahall be furnished with louvored von-
ta,lated covers, All indoor horizontal trays located under grating floor
or insulated pipe shall be furnished with solid covers which, on trough
e
IDENTON 10567 GE'N CONST 71,00001
F I 102089 j
16C-9
SON
y}".cekfa'dt
t
earn pas
"c(
and ladder type trays, extend at least 2 feet beyond that part of the
trays directly exposed beneath the grating floor or insulated pipe. In-
doors, covers may be omitted on those lower trays of stacked trough and
ladder type trays where a covered tray at a higher elevation In the stack
provides complete vertical shielding to the lower tray. Trays which are
specified to have solid bottoms shall also have solid covers throughout
including all horizontal runs, all fittings, and all vertical runs.
All tray covers shall be furnished complete with joint plates.
All covers shall be of the same metal as the tray with which they are
used. They shall he of the formed type with the edges turned to provide
/ rigidity, Minimum width of turned edges shall be 3/4 inch, Cover straps
( shall be furnished as required.
{
f i Minimum metal thickness for tray covers shall be 18 gauge,. Lovers for
hot-dip galvanized steel tray shall be of sheet steel pregalvanized in
l accordance ~%-ith the requirements of ASTM A525. All cut edges and fabri-
! ? cation defects shall be factory repaired by coating with an inorganic
I zinc coatinj; which deposits zinc equal in weight and thickness to the
E ! pregalvanized zinc covering specified and presents a finished appearance
{ similar to that of the pregalvanized zinc covering.
160.5.1.3, Held-down Clamps. Hold-down clamps, fabricated especially for
the trays with which they are associated, shall be furnished as part of
the tray system. The clamps shall be designed for uer: with the hanger
rods and fasteners furnished by the Contractor. Clamps shell be of a
f design that holds the tray firmly in place on the cross members.
160,5.2 Tray; Su orts. Tray supports shall be furnished and installed
in accordance with the drawings and these specifications, The Contractor
shall be responsible for designing the cable tray support system within
the allowable limits specified by the manufacturer of the support hard-
ware. The following cable loads shall be used for calculating the weight
I of cables in each tray,
Nominal Uniform Cable Load
Per Linear Foot;
Tray Width Tray Depth as Indicated
(inches) (pounds)
3n 411 6n
6 15 20 30
12 30 40 60
18 45 60 90
24 60 80 120
30 75 100 150
36 90 120 180
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
102089 j
16C-]0
i
Each support shall be capable of supporting the uniform weight of the
trays, plus their nominal uniform cable loads, plus a 200 pound concen-
trated load without exceeding the allowable limit of any clement of the
support system. The safety factor of support hardware shall not be con-
sidered in det6 mining the suitability of any element, except that the
safety factor shall not be less than 2.0 for any support element.
Unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer, all tray••supports shall be
similar to the typical detail provided on the drawings.
Hanger rods shall not be smaller than 112 inch diameter electrogalvanized
threaded steel rods.
Cross members and bracket supports shall be assembled from strut materi-
alo hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Kindorf materials may be used
where acceptably to the Engineer.
h
Clamps, fastening hardware, and pins shall be of 316 stainless steel or
alternate corrosion resistant metal acceptable to the Engineer. All
steel accessories not of stainless steel shall be. hot-dip galvanized
II after fabrication in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A153.
j Support materials shall be Uni.strut, Globe-Strut, or acceptable equal.
s
j 15C.5.3 Installation. Cable trays and supports shall be installed in
accordance with --the able tray manufacturer's instructions and the fol-
lowing articles.
r 16C.5.3.1 Tray Surfaces, The Contractor shall cut the trays to length
as required. The trays shall be cut with saws and all surfaces over
1 which the conductors and cables will be laid shall be ground or filed to
remove any sharp edges which could cause damage to the cable jacket or
insulation either during installation or in normal service.
16C,5.3.2 Application and Location of Supports. Cable trays shall be
S bracket supported from wa11s or columns and hanger supported from over-
head structural members, at intervals not exceeding 8 feet measured along
3 tray center lines between supports. All fittings shall be supported in
r accordance with NEMA VE 1.
Supports on concrete or masonry shall be secured with concrete anchors,
Clamps shall be used to secure support to structural steel. Hanger rod
support shall include two rods, one on either side of the tray, Nuts
shall be fully threaded on the rods and not more than five rod threads
r shall be allowed to project below the lower nut.
Except where supported by wall brackets, cable tray shall. be supported by
hanger rode, hanger clamps, and cross members.
4$ [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 j
16G~11
kvl:c %:•n ~l
16C.5.3.3 Try Covers. Cable tray covers shall be notched to provide
clearance ;around clamps and supports as required for proper fit. Notches ,
shall be cut by sawing and the edges smoothed by grinding or filing.
16C.5.3.4 Tray Identification. Each tray sha7,1 be clearly identified
with its raceway number as indicated on t'he4 drawings. Identification
shall be stenciled at intervals not to exceed 20 feet.
16C.6 BOXES AND CABINETS. All boxes and cabinets required throughout
the electrical cal-caway system shall be furnished and installed in accotu 1
ante with the requirements which follow.
• 16C.6.1 Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, and Cabinets. Junction boxes, pull
boxes, and cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with UL 50 for
t their intended service. Junction boxes, pull boxes, and cabinets shall
not have knockouts.
Enclosure type, material, and dimensions 'shall be as indicated on the
drawings and as specified in these specifications. Where no type or size
is indicated elsewhere for Junction boxes, pull boxes, or cabinets, they
shall be in accordance with the requirements of the NEC, Article 370,
Paragraphs 18, 191 20, and 21 for use on systems with a nominal rating of
{ 600 volts and less, and Paragraphs 51 and 52 for use on systems with a
nominal rating of over 600 volts.
i
I Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings or iii these specifications,
electrical enclosures, except Junction boxes and pull boxes 4 inch trade ;
size and smaller, shall be as follows.
Location Enclosure Type
Indoor
Dry areas (generally
above El 440'-6-1/2") NEMA 12
Areas where moisture
conditions are more
severe than those for
which NEMA 12 enclo-
surus are intended
(generally below
El 440'-6-1/2") NEMA 4
Outdoor NERA 4
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
E 10,089
16C-12
Electrical enclosures, except junction boxes and pull boxes 4 inch trade
size and smaller and other enclosures of cast metal, shall be constructed
from steel plate reinforced as required to provide true surfaces and ade-
quate support for devices mounted thereon. Panels, cabinets, and snclo-
surse shall be of adequate strength to support mounted components during
shipping and to support a concentrated load of 200 pounds on the top
after erection.
Except as indicated otherwise in these specifications or on the drawings,
all function boxes and pull boxes larger than 4 inch trade size for use
i in indoor locations shall be sheet steel hot-dip galvanized after fabri-
cation and those for use in outdoor or damp locations shall be galvanized
n malleable iron or acceptable oqual cast ferrous metal, sheet steel hot-,
dip galvanized after fabrication, or sheet steel epoxy coated inside and
outside after fabrication. The epoxy coating; shall consist of a 2 to
3 mil base coat of Z.R.C. as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Com-
pany, followed by two finish coats of epoxy. Each finish coat shall be a
minimum of 2 mile thick.
j Except as indicated otherwise on the drawings or in these specifications,
j all junction boxes or pull boxes 4 inch trade size or smaller in any di-
mensiou shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast .fer-
rous metal for use with steel. conduit.
16C.6.2 Outlet Bores and Switch Boxes. All outlet boxes, switch boxes,
and assocj.atad fittings shall be constructed in accordance with UL 514.
{ IJ i All surface mounted outlet boxes, switch boxes, and.associated. fittings
shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast ferrous metal
J for use with steel conduit.
i Galvanized steel boxes shall be used only in n fi ish,~
.d areas where they
( are completely concealed within walls or ceilings.
16C.6.3 Instullation. Cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly mounted.
i Mounting on concrete shall be secured by self-drilling anchors. Mounting
on steel shall be by drilled and tapped screw holes, or by special sup-
port channels welded to the steel, or by both. Cabinets shall be leveler!
( and fastened to the mounting surface with not leer than 1/4 inch air
space between the enclosure and mounting surface, All mounting holes in
the enclosure shall be used,
Except as prevented by the location of other work, all junction boxes and
outlet boxes shall be cantered on structures.
Conduit openings in boxes ahall be made with a hole saw or shall be
punched.
% Y (DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
z [ 102089 J
16C-13
^liswypa(1
la; ;?549y
16C.6,4 Junction Box Identification. The identification number, of each
Junction box indicated on the drawings shall be stenciled on the cover of
the box. The lettering shall be block type and shall be not less than
one inch high.
16C.7 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANK, Concrete encased duct banks of individu-
ally assembled plastic duct, arranged as indicated on the drawings, shall
be furnished and installed in accordance with the following specifica-
tion.
16C.7,1 Earthwork, All earthwork shall conform to the section. titled
EARTHWORK,
16C.7,2 Concrete. All concrete work shall conform to the section titled
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
16C.7.3 Material. Underground duct system materials furnished under
1 i these specifications shall be new and undamaged and shall conform to the
following requirements.
Duct Polyvinyl chloride, Type DB in
11 ' accordance with NEMA TC-6
Couplings Plastic, for use with duct
ii previously specified and
I f "Duct-to-steel" adapters as
f required, including joint
cement .
Spacers Plastic high impact, inter-
locking, base and intermediate
type
Factory bends and sweeps Type DB, 36 inch minimum
radius
l 1 End bells Plastic
Plugs Plastic, high impact, tapered
to fit end bell provided
Duct binder Hemp or sisal twine
i
Riser termination couplings Rigid hot-dip galvanized mild
steel
i
i
(LENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
L 102089 j
16C-14
tv
i
Kiser bends Rigid steel conduit elbows,
factory or field made, 36 inch
minimum radius, 90 degree, en-
tirely concrete encased below
grade; hot-dip galvanized rig-
id mild steel in accordance
with ANSI C80,1 and UL 6; the
conduit interior and exterior
surfaces having a continuous
zinc coating with an overcoat
j I of transparent enamel or
! j transparent lacquer
I 160.7,4 Duct Bank Installation, Each duct bank shall be laid to exact
grade in tb.e trench and the ends shall enter manholes or buildings as
indicated on the drawings. No dips or low points which retain water in
any duct wiZI be permitted in ducts between manholes or botwe.en buildings
and manholes, End bells shall be used on individual ducts at the end of
duct banks entering manholes or buildings except where another t
terminstlon is specified or detailed on the drawin s, YPe of
g All field bends
and sweeps shall'be fabricated with straight sections of duct, bent to
provide the radlue indicated on the drawings,
i The enda of the individuaa ducts shall be cleaned and swabbed with joint
I f sealing compound, and ttae. duct shall than be forced tightly into the cou-
j plIng to make a watertight connection. The individual ducts shall be
f 4 laid in place, held by utandard spacers placed at 5 foot intervals, and
bound with hemp or sisal twine. The ends of the ducts in each of the up
J per layers shall be stepped back ap roximate
layer immediately below it. The concrete envelopeeshallobetpoured afters
the individual ducts are securely tied in place and adequately anchored
and/or weighted to completely counteract the buoyancy of the ducts in the
7 flu;[d concrete. Care ohal.l be taken in pouring the concrete to prevent
the empty ducts from being damaged or displaced, either in grade or
alignment,
Deflective ducts shall not be installed and shall be removed immediately
from the site of the work. Particular care shall be taken to keep con-
crete or other substances from the inside of the individual ducts during
construction. All reinforcing materials and other magnetic materials In-
stal:ed in a duct bank shall be parallel ducts, except for ties enclosing all ducts oofhtheaduct baankthe individual
16C,7.5 Tenting and Cleani;~, After completion of the duct bank or
before cable is pulled into existing duct banks, each duct shall be
tasted and cleaned, and ducts which will not be used immediately shall be
plugged at each end. As a clearance teat, each duct shall pass a mandrel
with a diameter 1/4 Inch less than the inside diameter of the duct. All
foreign material, earth, sand, and gravel shall be removed from the ducts
with circular stiff bristled brushes. A 1/4 inch nylon rope shall be In-
stalled in all unused durte,
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.0000)
[ 102089 J
i
nrt~ ;.s
YM -10
a?rl ira~a3i~
g§4Yl:aZf
2t p1¢lij i
I
91-D91
i
E .
I
I N
4 oOGOpoVOV~i; i b
4 i c Z
1
O
O i 0 0 0 O O 00 1" w fff
0 10000000 1 '1 -i
I
N
i! n r j
r m
- 4..
I 1 0 po
F 0 000000a S 2
J
M 1
j 1m x
N I 1,~ 2 w
wwou.
CV I000GO 0I
I
i
1
Fa~~B:i ll
Er
{J a
iR' uro~~a.~~
U l
y
_ , {
Section 16D -CONDUCTORS
~ 16D.1 GENERAL. Insulated cable, conductors, and conductor accessories
{ shall be ~urniahed and installed in accordance with the requirements of.
i Chia ueation of these apeeificati.ona. Insulated cable, conductors, and
conductor accessories shall he furnished in quantities sufficient for a
i complete installation ae indicated in the Circuit List and Cable and
! Tarminati.on Bank, on the drawings, and in these specifications,
Cable reels. shall be stored and he.ndled in a manner which will prevenC
r 3 physical damage to they cable. Cable reels shall be stored on a hard aur-
Ir ~ face to prevent .contact between cable insulation and earth due to sinking
~ ~ of the reel. Impact damage between reels shall be prevented by aligning
reels flange to flange or by using guards across flanges. During stor•~
~ ~ age, the`enda of all cablo rated 5 kV shall be protected with end cape..
✓ i
Inetalla~ion shall be defined to include placement, splfcing, terminating
I ~ ~ conductors, coiling and taping of spare conductors, identification, test- l
~I i ing, and .verification of each cirouft, ca~1e, snd conductor. ;
I 1 Terminating a conductor shall. include installing,cable termination kits
1 ~ Enr shielded sable, attaching the conducCOr at its dr.efgnated location,
' and insulating Che entire cannectinn where specified or required by the t
application.
! ~ Lighting', 120 volt ac receptacle ci.repita, Eire detection circuits, and
( ~ security system circuits are indicated on the drawings. All other qir- ~ `
j ~ Quite are described in the Circuit List. ~ 1
16D.2 CABLE SPECIFICATIONS, All cable furnished shall be as supplied by
Houston 1Tirg an Ca a ompany unless apacified otherwise. Catalog num-
r bars or cable apecificationa for individual cables shall ba as indicated ~
in .the Circuit Bank. '
r
i6D.3 L'ONDUCTOR ACCESSURIE5. A1.1 conductor accessories including con-
neotore, terminatiane, insulating materials, suppprt gripe, markara,,and
cable ties shall ba furnished and. installed,
S
Supplier's installation inetructi•ona shall be obtained for cable accea-
aoriea. These instructions she1J. be in the possession of the craftsmen
while installing the accesaurfea and shall be m<<ailable to the Owner for
~ reference.
16D.3.1 Terminal Connectors for. ?onductors 8 AWG end Lar. er. Terminal
connectors for conductors 8 ASJG .in largerahal7 b~ecompres~ion type, ~
Burndy Type YAV or YA (long barrel), Panduit Type LCA or LCC, or accept-
[ able equal, Acceptable connectors included with Owner furnished equip- +
~ ment may be lf9P.d.
4
fDENTON 10567413Ng~ONST I1,0004
f 16D-1
.
r~
k
f,
Y~
.1
E~
16D.3.2 Terminal Connectors for Conductors Smaller than 8 AWG. Terminal
connectors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be compression type
connectors properly sized for the conductor and the terminal. The con-
nectors shall be constructed of fine grade high conductivity copper in
accordance with QQ.-C-576 and shall be tin plated in accordance with
MIT.-T-10727. The interior surface of the connector wire barrel shall be
serrated, and the exterior surface of the connector wire barrel shall be
provided with crimp guides.
Noninsulated terminal connectors shall be provided on conductors termi-
nated on devices equipped with individual fitted covers, such as General
Electric Type SB-1 control switches and General Electric Type HEA lockout
relays. Preinsulated ring type terminal connectors shall be used on all
current and potential transformer circuits. All other terminal connec-
tors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be preinsulated ring type.
Preinaulated terminal connectors shall include a vinyl insulating sleeve,
color coded to indicate conductor size.
L
Ring type connectors shall be manufactured by AMP, 3M, Panduit, or ac-
I captable equal.
16D.3.3 Terminal. Blocks. Terminal blocks for conductors rated 600 volts
or less shall be strap screw type, rated 600 volts, shall have 25 percent
f more terminal points than the quantity of conductors requiring termina-
tion, and sball have white marking strspa. Terminal blocks shall be
i
f aaized for the conductor being terminated except that terminal blocks for
All conductors 10 AWG and smaller shall be Marathon 1500 Series or ac-
I ' c.eptable equal.
1
16D.3.4 Splicing Connectors. Splices in conductors other than lighting
III conductors shall be with compression type connectors. Splices-in light-
ing conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be with 3M Company "Scotchlok"
' twist type insulated spring connectors, Panduit JN wire joints, or ac-
ceptable equal. Splices in lighting conductors 8 AWG and larger shall be
with compression type connectors.
16D,3,5 Crimping Tools. Crimping tools used to secure conductors in
compression type connectors or terminal lugs shall be those made for that
purpose and for the conductor sizes involved. The crimping tools shall
accurately crimp the connector barrel and shall accurately crimp the con-
ductor insulation support sleeve where provided. Crimping tools shall be
provided with guides to position connectors in the tool, shall he pro-
vided with stops to prevent overcrimping, and shall be of a type which
prevents the tools from opening until the crimp action is completed.
Crimping tools C-all be a product of the connector manufacturer or shall
be as recommended by the connector manufacturer and acceptable to the
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000
[ 102089 ]
16D-2
w-C BG~~1
I(H
Engineer for use with the connectors, The Contractor shall establish and
maintain a tool certification program to ensure that crimping tools are
kept in accurate operating condition,
16D.3,6 Insulating Materials. Insulating materials for splice and ter-
mination insulation shall be in accordance with the following. 4
16D.3,6.1 600 Volt Cable. Insulating materials for terminal cona.ectors
or compression type splicing connectors shall consist of varnished cam-
bric tape, rubber tape, and vinyl tape. Taping materials shall be as
listed below or acceptable equal,
Varnished Cambric Tape - 3M Company Irvington 2520
i Rubber Tape - 3M Company Scotch 130C
Vinyl, Tape - 3M Company Scotch 33+
i 16D,3.6.2 Shielded Cable Rated 5 kV. Insulating'materials for terminal
connectors in motor terminal housings shall be Raychem Type MCK-5 high
j voltage motor connection kits or acceptable equal,
E Connections to insulated switchgear buses shall be insulated with re-
movable boots furnished with the switchgear connection kits or shall be
taped.
Other indoor terminal connectors, including those located in air insu-
E ; lated terminal chambers, shall be insulated using Raychem Type HVBC high
+ voltage bus connection kits or be insulated by utilizing a taped system.
Taping materials shall be as listed below or acceptable equal.
Copper Braid Tape - 3M Company Scotch 24
Rubber Tape - 3M Company Scotch 130C
Vinyl Tape _ 314 Company Scotch 33+
s
Splicing connectors for 5 kV cable shall be insulated using 3M Com-
parry 5400 Series Quick-Splice Inline Splicing Kita, Raychem type HVS
j splicing kits, or acceptable equal,
j
f 16D.3.7 Wire and Cable Markers, Markers for wire and cable circuits
shall be of an opaque nylon material arranged to include a marker heard,
nonreleasing holding device, and cable fastening tail. The marker bourd
shall not be less than 3/4 inch wide, 2-1/2 inches long, and 25 mils
thick and shall be Panduit Corp, Part No, MP250 marker plates or accept-
able equal, One aide shall be roughened to hold black nylon marking ink
from a pen similar to Thomas & Bette Company "TY-BAP" marking p'en, Cat-
alog No. WT163M-1, or Panduit Corp. Part No, PX marking pen. Identifi-
cation`shall be permanent and waterproof. The holding device shall ba
designed to allow the fastening tail to pass around the cable through the
} holding device and prevent the removal of the tail without cuttingg it
loose from the marker,
t
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
1 102089 j
16D-3
i'
k
,e.u.a, ~
~
,•13
t ..:,u
'1
16D,3.8 Cable Ties. Lacing materials for field installed cable shall be
nonraleasing weather-resistant black nylon ti.ea manufactured by Thomas & i--,.
Bette Company, Elizabeth, New Jersey; Panduit Corp „ Tinley Park, Tlli-
nois; 3M Company; or acceptable equal,
16D.3,9 Cable Termination Kita for Shielded Cable Rated 3 kV. A21 cable
termination kits for ahield~ed cable rated S kV ~halll be in accordance
with the regs~ixements of IEEE 48 for Class 1 terminations,
Cable termination kits for 5 kV shielded cable in motor terminal housings '
shall be Raychem Type HVT-I termination kits or acceptable equal,
Except for terminatiotta at motors, indoor cable termination kite (which
include kite for tertiinatione located in air insulated terminal chambers)
I for 5 kV shielded ca'~1~• shall be 3M Company Quick-Term molded rubber ter-
! urination kite which include atresa cones and inaulatars, Raychem Type
i HVT-T' germination kite, or acceptable equal.
i
I ~ 16D,4 INSTALLATION. Conductor installation shall be in accordance with
the cable manufacturer's recommendations and the articles which follow.
16D.4.1 Cable Placement. A11 cable described in the Circuit List shell
be routed as indicated therein. Routing of other cable shall be as indi-
~ ceted on the drawings.
I ~I ~ Cable shall not be handled when the cable temperature is below the mini-
' a mum temperature recommended by the manufacturer If cable heaeing is
i 4 required prior to placement, the cable shalt be stored in a heated build-
ing in accordance r~ith the manufacturer's recommendations for at least
24 hours. Cable shall be placed the same .day it •ls removed from heated
storage.
~ If at any time during the progress of the work the Contractor finds race-
ways which appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned Cable, he shall
notify the Owner at once and shall discontinue any fuxther work on the
questionable raceway until advised by the Owner as to how he aha11 pro-
ceed,
Immediately prior to the placement of each cable or Cable group, the
raceway route to be followed shall. be inspected and ascertgined to be
complete in installation and free of all mar,eriais detrimental to the
cable or 1ta placement. All cable assigned to a particular duct or con-
duct shall be grouped and pulled in simultaneously using cable grips and
acceptable lubricants.
A11-cable shall be carefully checked both as to size and length before.
being pulled into conduits or ducts. Cable pulled into the wrong conduit
~ or duct or cut too short to reek, Crain, snd splice se specified herein
E
i
i
i
(bENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
{ 102089
16D-4
T
k,ttY,n)
p ...a3
AC 1~
la
yJ
shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor.
Cable removed from one conduit or duct shall not be pulled into another
conduit or duct. i
16.D,4,1,1 Cable in Trays, All cable shall be carefully laid in or
pulled through the tray system so that neither the cable nor the trays
are damaged. Cable may be laid along the side of the tray system during 1
placement provided it is protected from dirt, water, oil, or other detri-
mental materials and from mechanical injury. Cable shall be cut suffi-
ciently long to conform to the contour of the trays, with particular
attention paid to vertical inside bends. All excessive slack shall be
removed from the cable so that it lies parallel to the sides of the
j trays. Multiple single conductor cable which constitutes a single power.
circuit shall be grouped together to minimize magnetic influence on other
cable in the area. The cable shall be tied to the trays with nylon ties
at 10 foot intervals to hold it in place. Cable clamps designed for
holding the cable inside the trays shall be installed at all vertical
bends,
16D.4,1,2 Cable Fulling, Fishing and pulling shall be done with flexi-
i ble round metal tape, C02 propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or
manila rope.
I 16D.4.1.3 Cable Grips. Factory installed pulling eyes shall be used for
pulling cable where they are available. Woven wire cable grips shall be
( used to pull all single conductor cable 2/0 AWG and larger, where pulling
eyes are not available, and all multi-conductor cable. Pulling loops
shall be used to pull single conductor cable smaller than 2/0 AWG. All
sharp points and edges on the hardware attaching the pulling rope to the
f f cable shall be taped to prevent snagging or damaging the raceway.
When a cabli grip or pulling eye is used for pulling, the area of the
cable covered by the grip or seal plus 6 inches shall be cut off and dls-
carded when the pull is completed. When pulling loops are used, the an-
tire loop shall be cut off and discarded when the pull is completed,
E As soon as the cable is pulled into place, the pulling eyes, cable grips, i
or pulling loops shall be removed and any cable which was sealed shall be
resealed.
1.6D,4,1.4 Swivels. A reliable nonfreezing type of swivel, or swivel
connection, shall be inserted between the pulling rope and the cable
( pulling eye, grip, or loop to prevent twisting under strain.
16D.4.1.5 Pulling Lubricants. Only lubricants recommended by the cable
manufacturer and accoptable to the Owner shall be used. Lubricants shall
ba applied liberally and continuously during the pull.
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 102069 1
16D-5
-Ink
ti
4r
16D.4,1,6 Inspection. The outside of each cable reel shall be carefully
inspected and protruding nails, fastenings, or other objects which might r
damage the cable shall be removed. A thorough visual inspection for
flaws, breaKS, or abrasions in the cable sheath shall be made as the ca-
ble leaves the reel, and the pulling speed shall be slow enough to permit
this inspection, Damage to the sheath or finiph of the cable shall be
sufficient cause for rejecting the cable. Cable damaged in any way dur-
ing installation shall be replaced by and at the expense of the Contrac-
tor.
16D.4,1.7 Pulling Tension. The pulling tension of any cable shall not
exceed the maximum tension recommended by the cable manufacturer.
Pull- ing mechanisms of both the manual and power types used by the Contractor
shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism,
Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended
1 pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a dyna-
mometer shall be used to show the tension on the cable and the indicator
shall be constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, the
pull- ing operation shall be stopped at once and the difficulty determined and
1 corrected.
I ! 16D.4.1.8 uidewall Pressure, To avoid insulation damage from excessive
sidewall pressure at bends, the pulling tension in pounds at a bend shall
not exceed 300 times the radius of the bend in feet,
16D,4.1.9 Cable Bends. Tape shielded, flat tape arwored, and wire ar-
mored ^ablp shall not be bent to 3 radius of loss than 12 times the over-
all cable diameter. All other cables shall not be bent to a radius of
j lens thau eight times the cable. diameter,
I
)6D.4.1.10 SUkorts. All 4iable supports and securing devices shall have
bearing yurfacaslocated psi-allel Co the surfaces of the cable sheath and
shall be inc•t•ill.ed to provide adequate support without deformation of the
cnblo -,Ackets or insulation.
Adnquata c-1.1e eud lengths shall be provided and properly placed in June-
1 k:1on hoxeo co avoid 'longitudinal strains and distorting pressures on the
cable At conduit bushings.
Final inspection shall be made after all cable is in place and, where
supports or raceway fittings deform the cable Jacket, additional supports
shall be provided as directed by the Owner. Additional cable protection
such as a wrapping of light rubber belting, friction tape, or similar
material shall be provided where required,
16D,4.1.11 Spare Conductors. All spare conductors of a multi-conductor
cable shall be left at their maximum lengths for possible replacement of
any other conductors in the cable. Each spare conductor shall be neatly
coiled and then taped to the conductors being used,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
[ 102089 )
16D-6
bills I4
1i.
16D,4.1.12 Lacing. Nylon ties shall be used to nearly lace together
conductors entering switchboards and similar locations after the conduc-
tors have emerged from their supporting raceway and before they are at-
tached to terminals.
16D.4,1.13 Cable Identification. The Contractor shall identify the ends
of a17, circuits listed in the Circuit List. The Contractor shall also
identify all circuits in pull boxes,
Each tearker shall bear the number of the circuit according to the Circuit
List and drawings.
At terminations, the Contractor shall Identify each conductor of power
I` circuits, reach multi-conductor cable, and each conductor of circuits con
slating of multiple single conductors where the conductors are not other-
wise identified. Markers shall be attached where the first individual
conductor is routed away from the assembly. Each phase of multiphase
powex circuits shall be individually identified,
I
One end of each marker board shall remain free of the fastening tail, and
the entire marker shall be so attached that it is readily visible for
circuit identification,
16D.4.1,14 moisture Seals. Each cable rated 5,000 volts shall be kept
sealed except when termination and splicing work is being performed,
The ends of all cables shall be sealed with heat shrinkable caps, Cap
sizes shall; be as recommended by the cap manufacturer for the cable OD
~ and insulation. Caps shall contain sufficient adhesive that shrinkage of
the cap during application results in formation of a positive watertight
f seal capable of withstanding complete immersion or total exposure without
permitting the entrance of moisture. Heat shrinkable caps shall be
"Thermofit" as manufactured by Raychem Corporation or acceptable equal.
Before and after pulling, the leading end seal of each length of cable
Ik shall be examined and repaired if necessary, All cut cable ends shall. be
promptly sealed after cutting except those to be spliced or terminated
immediately,
16D4.1.15 Control Wiring Jumpers. The Contractor shall. install all con-
trol wiring jumpers indicated on the schematic and wiring diagrams with
the exception of Jumpers which have been previously installed. The Con-
tractor shall be responsible for determining which jumpers are existing
and shall not duplicate any existing jumpers.
Except where otherwise specified, all ;jumpers shall be made using either
individual undamaged conductors from Contractor-furnished multiconductor
14 AWG control cable or Contractor-furnished stranded copper conductor
with flame retardant cross-linked polyethyleno insulation rated 1500 volts
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102084 j
16D-7
a '
7.i
,j
which meets the requirements of UL 44 for Type SIS. The insulation shall
also meet the requirements of ICEA 5-66-524, Paragraph 7.8.3,1, and shall
be Rockbestos Firewall 8I5, General Electric Vulkene Type SIS, SI No.
57275, or acceptable equal.
Jumpers shall not be installed in wiring gutters except where acceptable
to the Owner or where length exceeds 2 feet and a wiring gutter is fur-
nished, Where jumper length exceeds 2 feet or where an individual jump-
aria electrical path and terminations are not clearly visible, the Con-
tractor shall furnish and install opposite end designation wire markers.
The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to ensure that Jumpers are in-
stalled on the proper side of each sliding link terminal block, Jumpers
which are improperly installed shall be replaced at no coat to the Owner.
The lump sum price stated in the Proposal shall include the cost of
furnishing and installing 50 lugged jumpers with an average length of
2 feet.
` 16D.4.2 Splices, No splices shall be made in conductors for instrument
circuits or control circuits without specific acceptance by the Owner
except where required at connections to accessory devices equipped with
factory installed pigtails or where high temperature wire is necessary
locally to connect to a particular device. Shields may be spliced where
necessary to permit connection to the station ground.
j
Power cable circuits may be spliced only by methods and at locations ac-
ceptable to the Owner.
I Splices shall not be made to utilize short lengths of cable nor shall y
they be made to provide correct lengths on cable initially cut too short
€ i for a particular circuit,
I ~
Splices, joints, and connections in cable shall be made only in pull
boxes or junction boxes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings and
shall be made in accordance with the instructions of the cable manufac-
turer.
F
Splices in cable shall be prepared and insulated in a manner similar to
the cable terminations specified below,
16D.4.3 Terminations, Cable shall be terminated in accordance with the
following requirements.
Train cable in place and cut squarely to required length,
Avoid sharp bends.
Remove necessary amount of, cable jacket and Insulation with-
out damage to the conductor.
1DENTON 10567 GEN COAST 71.00001 1 102089 J
16D-8
1~ {(111' tt
S)
!i ,,lf!
Install terminals or terminal connectors as required, ensur-
ing a firm metal-to-metal contact,
Install high voltage cable termination kits for shielded
cable rated 5 kV using the procedures recommended by the
manufacturer of the kit being used.
i
Insulate each connection of cable to an insulated conductor
(whether cable, bus, or equipment bushing). The insulation
shall cover all exposed surfaces of the conductors; the in-
sulation voltage level of the completed termination shall be
not less than the insulation voltage level of the connected
conductors.
16D.4.3,1 Insulation of 600 Volt Cable Connections. Where connections
of cable rated 600 volts or less require insulation, all exposed conduc-
tor and connector surfaces shall be covered with tape in accordance with
I the following. +
One half-lapped layer of varnished cambric tape
A minimum of three half-lapped layers of rubber tape, elon-
gated not more than 20 percent, applied over the varnished t
f, cambric tape
A minimum of three half-lapped layers of vinyl. tape applied
~I
1 over the rubber tape. The vinyl tape shall extend a minimum
of two cable diameters over the cable jacket and a similar
J distance over the insulation of the conductor to which the
cable is connected,
' j 16D,4,3,2 Iaulation of Connections on Indoor Shielded Cable Rated 5 kV.
I Where indoor connections of shielded cable rate 5 kV require insulation,
the connections shall be insulated using removable boots or connection
kits or shall be taped in accordance with the following.
All exposed conductor and connector surfaces shall be covered with one
F half-.tapped layer of copper braid tape,
t
Five half-lapped layers of rubber tape, elongated not more than 20 per-
cant, shall be applied over the copper tape.
Two half-lapped layers of vinyl tape aholl be applied over the rubber
tone. The tape shall extend a minimum of two cable diameters over the
cable Jacket and a similar distance over the insulation of the conductor
to which the cable is connected.
6
16D,4,4 Tests After Placement, All insulated conductors shall be elec-
trically tested ai'fer placement.
{
1
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST %1.00001
l 102089 )
itin-9
17
'.1;t ECx'1
I
Iof p: j HJ I
All circuits, including lighting circuits, shall be tested with the cir-
cuit complete except for connections to equipment. All splices, stress .
cones on shielded cable, and terminal connector attachments shall be com-
plete prior to testing.
Any circuit failing to test satisfactorily shall be replaced or repaired
and then retested.
All equipment and labor required for testing shall be furnished by the
Contractor.
16D.4,4.1 Continuity and Identification Tests. All insulated conductors
shall be tested for continuity and conductor identification.
_ I
16D.4.4,1',1 Continuj~j Tests, Continuity tests shall include all tests
necessary to confirm that each conductor is continuous throughout its
I entire length.
16D.4.4.1.2 Identification Tests, Identification tests shall Include
all tests necessary to confirm Chat the conductor being investigated
originates and terminates at the locations designated in the Circuit List
or Indicated on the drawings.
16D,4,4.2 Insulation Pests. Resistance from ground provided by the in-
sulation on all field installed insulated conductors shall be measured.
1 160.4,4,2.1 Cable Rated 5000 Volts, All conductors with insulation
rated 5000 volts shall be given a field voltage test.
1 i
The ampacity of direct current testing equipment shall, be not less than
2,500 microamperes.
Application of test voltage shall be as specified on the Cable Test Data
form included at the end of this section. Final test voltage and the
duration of the test shall he as recommended by the cable manufacturer.
The tests shall be performed by competent personnel specializing in elec-
ttical cable testing, Cable test data on each cable tested shall be re-
ported to the Engineer in triplicate on Cable Test Data forms provided by
the Engineer,
161),4,4.2.2 Cable Rated Below 5000 Volts. All insulated conductors,
except supervisory and communication cable, rated less than 5000 volts
shall be tested with a 1000 volt megger or an equivalent testing device.
Insulation resistance measurements shall be made between each conductor
and ground and between each conductor and all other conductors of the
some circuit, Minimum acceptable resistance values shall be approxi-
mately 500 megohms.
(DENTON 10567 GI,N CONST 71.0000]
[ 102069 ]
161)-10
is
PROJECT AND LOCATION PROJECT NO,
CIRCUIT DESIGNATION DATE
OC TEST OATA
CC TEST VOLTAGE _
TIME IN MINUTES AFTER CABLE INSTALLAT10Ni NEW USED „YEARS
IOOY TEST VOLTAGE
_ CURRENT Ro CASLEt SIZE LENGTH _ FEET
19 APPLIED PH S, A HR E B PHASE C_ OPER. KV ` ORO. UNGRO.
2 r RATED CABLE VOLTAGE
3
4 INSULATION WALL
E S (TYPE i THICKNESS) JACKET WALL
7 (TYPE A THICKNESS)
B
e SHIELD
10 (TYPE)
f 1I T^ CABLE MANUFACTURER
4( 12 TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY
13
14 TYPE TERMINATIONS
IS W TYPE BPLICE I LOCATION
f
IKYX AFTER I Wlk. DECAY
i REMARKS I FAULT LOCATION
100 MICROAMPERES (pal % .1 MILLIAMPERE
APPLICATION OF TEST VOLTAGE
f THE INITIALLY APPLIED DIRECT-CURRENT VOLTAGE SHALL. BE NOT GREATER THAN 3.0 TIMES THE RATED AC
VOLTAGE OF THE CABLE, THE RATE OF INCREASE FROM THE INITIALLY A.PPIA EO VOLTAGE TO THE
SPECPIED TEST VOLTAGE SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY UI!IFORM AND SHALL BE NOT OVER 100 PER CENT
IN l0 SECONDS NOR LESS THAN 100 PER CENT IN 60 SECONDS. THE DURATION OF THE DIRCCT-CURRENT
VOLTAGE TEST SMALL. BE I5 MINUTES FOR SHIELDED CABLES AND S MINUTES FOR NONSHIELDEO CABLES.
i
£ TEST CURVE _
! L
, Z
H _
f-
U
0 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 6 9 10 It 12 13 14 15
NOTES: TIME IN MINUTES AFTER 100'/ TEST VOLTAGE IS APPLIED
ro 1. PLOT RESULTS OF TESTS ON ALL THREE PHASES UH THIS GRAPH.
i
2. ASSIQN AND INDICATE VALUES FOR EACH DIVISION ON THE MICROAMPERE SCALE AS REOUTRED FOR THE
CIRCUIT KING TESTED.
BLACK & VEATCH
p ASULTINC ENGINEERS
d CABLE TEST DATA 160-11
"IMF
.•nrar:
{,`Mm4RFY .j
W
tSliEa1 •.IRl4YHF$]
~vrn /3wkf 6;.dMRViyY
i
Zf-(19i
~ tis~ Tr vov nnn mmm r i va r `
f am o,oi bni o0o mmo o i H~ ;
rs sa
N W
A CA 0*: ~s~rs aas sss ai
i 0001 0 I ~
p
I wwW !
"W mA. tO VIN AWN[ 1 ZO d
In ~
vvv i' ~
I 1 I f
r, s as aoo aa= r
b LOON ON1NpNi pA'i ONi 01 V V v N i m
w NN OSO NNN 00« OIZ ZI f
« W mA « UTAW WO A i p 0 t
r
i
A
w l NN ~t4 1 2 H p
OII' bb GO DOo 000 QOO o o-~iO ' I
Of 00 Oo coo pOO 000 01-{ m
rn ~
{ OI. OD Op OOM 000
..ob0 OISQ
I m
1 rn
N I Do Oc Opo 0O0 COO OO 0C)c 0' X=
JR W! y NO O N « N I i
bO Doo OO' 000 OVIO cOWN
ooo OO j CN=i
M
Y
I p O
' AN DO 008 AONi OI OAA N I ~tl C
I!t Or OD 00 000 000 000 Oil 91
1
N UI(A W p „
' N aN 00 O~0 oil w
VI 0AA N t ~ ! _
r.3:rdn
. etGT.+4iG4
'XP'M'j%
A
21
Section 16E - GROUNDING
16E.1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing and installation of
grounding materials complete as indicated on the drawings and specified
herein.
16E.2 MATERIALS, All grounding materials required shall be furnished
I
new and undamaged in accordance with the following requirements,
Rods 3/4 inch 10 foot copper-clad
i
standard type. The copper
cladding shall be electro-
lytically bonded to the steel
E rod or bonded by a molten f
welding process. Cold rolled E
i
E copper-cladding is not
accept- able. Ground rods shall be an
i
manufactured by Blackburn or
f Weavers
1 Cable 1
~ Bare
Soft drawn copper, Class B
! stranding, ASTM BS r
~ Insulated
Soft drawn copper, Class B ~
ing with green colored
stoIand
polyvinyl chloride insulation,
UL 83', Type TW, THW, or THHN i
E Exothermal welds Molds, cartridges# matariala,
i and accessories as recommended
by the manufacturer of the
molds for the itsme to be
welded. Cadweld heavy-duty
or acceptable equal, Molds
and powder shall be furnished
by the same manufacturer,
Flush ground plates Cadweld B-162 Series, B-164
Series, or acceptable equal
ground plates with NEMA hole
spacing
All clamps, connectors, bolts, washers, nuts, and other hardware used '
with the grounding system shall be of ;upper.
i
[DENTON 10561 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( [ 102084 ]
16E-1
i
.
_y
•,f
16E.3 INSTALLATION. Grounding system materials shall be installed ac-
cording to the drawings and the requirements which follow.
16E.3.1 Ground Grid. Ground grid conductors under buildings or struc-
tures shall be as indicated on the drawings.
16E.3.2 Ground Rods. All ground rods shall be located as indicated on
the drawings and installed to the depth indicated. Where the required
ground rod length exceeds 10 feet, standard sections shall be welded
together to provide an extended rod with one true center line and a
minimum of joint resistance. During welding, the ground rod sections
being welded shall be supported by a guide, Cadweld B-265 cable clamp or
acceptable equal, to ensure proper alignment.
f 16E.3.3 Conductors. Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicu-
ously in vertical or horizontal positions on supporting structures. When
E located on irregular supporting surfaces or equipment, the conductors
4 shall run parallel to or normal to dominant surfaces.
1
Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment aurfacee shall be
kept in close contact with those surfaces by using fasteners located at 1
Intervals not to exceed 3 feet.
E J Damaged ground system conductors shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor as directed by the Owner.
f
4 16E.3,4 Connections. All connections shall be made by the exothermal
welding process except where otherwise indicated on the drawings or in
these specifications. The manufacturer's instructions on the use of
exothermal welding materials shall be followed in all details, All
surfaces to be joined by the welds shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint,
scale, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from surfaces
of ungalvanized structural steel members by grinding. Galvanized steel
surfaces shall be cleaned with emery paper, Powder and molds shall be
kept dry and warm until used. Worn or damaged molds shall not be used.
j Where flush ground plates are to be embedded in the concrete, the plates
shall be carefully located and firmly secured to the forma, The ground-
ing cable shall be exothermally welded to the plate.
All exothermally welded connections shall successfully resist moderate
hammer blows. Any connection which fails such test or which, upon
inspection, indicates a porous or deformed weld shall be romade.
All exothermal welds shall encompass 100 per cent of the ends of the
materials being welded. Welds which do not meet this requirement shall
be remade
i
i
{
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 J
1bE-2
}
3f
wl tl.
Worn, damaged, incorrectly sized, or improperly shaped molds which, in
the opinion of the Owner, do not make satisfactory welds shall be removed
from the jobsite.
All bolted and screwed connections shall be securely tightened.
16E.3,5 Conduit Grounding. All grounding bushings within all enclo-
sures, including equipment enclosures, shall be wired together and
connected internally to the enclosure grounding lug or. grounding bus
with a bare copper conductor.
Grounding bushings shall be grounded with conductors sized in accordance
with NEC, but not smaller than 8 AWG.
3
All grounding bushings on conduit runs which are terminated at tray shall
be connected to the tray grounding cable with bare copper conductor sized
as specified above.,
Where a conduit run is terminated at tray and the conduit carries a
separate grounding conductor, this grounding conductor shall be fermi
4 3 noted on the tray grounding cable. If the conduit run is terminated
with a grounding bushing and the separate ground conductor it carries
E is sized in accordance with the requirements of the preceding paragraph
for conduit bushing grounding, the ground conductor in the conduit run
shall be continued through the conduit bushing ground connection and ;
terminated on the tray grounding cable making unnecessary the installa-
j tton of a separate conduit bushing grounding cable.
i 16E.3.6 Tray_ Grounding, A bare grounding conductor shall be installed
the entire length'of cable trays where indicated on the drawings. The
grounding tand.uctor shall be connected to each tray section and the
f tray grounding system shall be connected to the station ground grid as ;
I ( indicated on the drawings.
!.6E.3,7 Equipment Grounding, All electrical equipment shall be con-
nected to the ground grid with copper grounding conductor. The term
} °e'lectrical equipment," as used in this article, shall include all en-
closures containing electrical connections or bare conductors except
that individual devices such as solenoids, pressure switches, and limit
i switches shall be exempt from this requirement unless the device re-
quires grounding for proper operation, Large equipment such as metal-
clad or metal-enclosed switchgear will be furnished with a grounding
! bus which the Contractor shall connect to the ground grid. Most other
equipment will be furnished with gro-Ring pads and/or grounding lugs
which the Contractor shall connect to the ground grid. All ground
connection surfaces shall be cleaned immediately prior to eonnoction.
The Contractor shall furnish all grounding material required but not
furnished with the equipment.
}
a
i
t
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 102089 3
16E-3
y
a
f
z.
Where ground grid extension stingers are indicated on the drawings to be
provided for connection to electrical equipment, the Contractor shall
connect the bare grounding conductor to the equipment ground bus, pad, or
lug. Where a ground conductor is included with the phase conductors of
power circuits, the ground conductor shall be connected to the equipment
grounding facilities and to the source ground bus. Where a ground con-
ductor is not included with the phase conductors, the equipment shall be
grounded by connecting a separate ground cable to the equipment grounding
facilities and to the tray ground cable or source ground bus. Except
where otherwise indicated on the drawings, alf equipment ground condue-
tors which are not an integral part of a cable assembly shall be sized in
\ accordance with the requirements of NEC. All ground conductors installed
y in conduit shall be insulated.
Suitable grounding Zecilities, acceptable to the Owner, shall be furnished
on electrical equipment not so equipped. The grounding facilities shall
consist of compression type terminal connectors bolted to the equipment
frame or enclosure and providing a minimum of joint resistance.
The conduit system is not considered to be a grounding conductor except
for itself and for lighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be
smaller in size than 12 AWG unless it is a part of an acceptable cable
assembly.
16E.4 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE. All ground resistance measurements
shall be made with a three terminal "megger" typo, ground tester which
applies alternating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading
in direct current ohms. Two reference ground probes shall be used and ,
all tests shall be made in accordance with the instrument manufacturer's
instructions for ground resistance tasting. Some of the scceptnbl.e
instruments are as follows.
i Meg and me
g gger ground testers, James C. Biddle and Co.
Vibroground, Associated Research, Inc.
{ Ground-Ohmer, Herman H. Sticht Co., Inc.
Prior to connection of ground rods to the grounding aystem, the Contrac-
tor shall obtain individual measured ground resistance data from selected
ground rods as indicated on the drawings. These data shall be obtained,
identified, and recorded under the supervision of the Owner and records
of the results sent to the Owner within S days.
a
After connection of ground rods to the grounding system, the contractor
shall obtain a ground resistance measurement from a selected location on
the ground grid where indicated on the drawings. These data shall be
obtained, identified, and recorded under the supervision of the Owner and
records of the results sent to the owner within S days.
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089
16E-4
C`IW;i It ~
1
i
i
The ground resistance measurement data may indicate that additional
ground rods are required. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and
connect additional ground rods as the Owner may direct. The Contractor
will be reimbursed for the extra work required in accordance with the
{ unit prices quoted in the Proposal,
j
I
J
k' j
7il
I `1
t
Lj
,
IDENTON 105671 GU CONST 71.0000]
02089
1
4
~ 161:-5
r
i
f1 a i', Ir:UF Y(t
Q~ k ^F ti9 l.t.r,R e:Ye It~t~~l~}}77y7j
(4
Section 16F - LIGHTING
y
16F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of
lighting materials and equipment complete as indicated on the drawings
and specified herein.
16F.2 MATERIALS. Lighting material and wiring devicea shall be fur-
EE nished is accordance with the following articles. All materials and de-
vices shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
Federal Occupational Safety and Health Standards."
16F.2.1 Transformers and Panelboards. All lighting transformers and
panelboards shall be as specified in Section 16A.
3
i
16F.2.2 Fixtures. Lighting fixtures shall be as specified in the light-
ing fixture lists on the drawings.-
16F.2.3 RacewaX. All lighting raceway and raceway fittings shall be as
!J f specified in Section 16C,
16F,2.4 Cable, The following cable types for use in lighting circuits
shall be provided in accordance with Cable Specification sheets Included
E in Section 16D of these apecificationu.
i
fI Cable Type Lighting Circuit Use
XHFtfd
Lighting and receptacle branch
circuits
E SF-2 Fixture connections ?
(I C Roadway lighting pole circuits
1 16F.2.5 Fixture Supports. All lighting fixture supports, hangers, f
clamps, and fasteners required shall be furnished,
16F,2.6 Receptacles, Receptacles furnished shall be of the following
manufacture and catalog number or acceptable equal,
4i Receptacle Type Manufacturer Catalog No.
r Duplex (Unfinished areas) Hubbell 5362
e Pass 6 Seymour 5362
' General Electric GE4108-1
Arrow Hart 5739
Bryant 5362
Leviton 5362
}
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 j
16F-1
J
1
k3
W
~.7
L6F.2,7 Switches, switches furnished shall be 20 ampere, 120/277 volt
totally enclosed tumbler type with side connected screw type terminals,
phenolic compound housing and operating levers, and single mounting yoke
design. Single and 2 pole switches shall be position indicating.
Switch assemblies utilizing porcelain or ceramic materials in the as-
sembly are not acceptable.
All switches shall be Underwriters' Laboratories approved for incandes-
cent and fluorescent (inductive) lighting loads to their full rated
capacities. Switches used for switching direct current shall be
20 ampere, 125 volt T-rated ac/dc switches.
Switches of the following manufacture and catalog number or acceptable
E equal switches shall be furnished.
i
s ( E j Switch Type Manufacturer Catalog No. ~
Singl4 pole (Unfinished Hubbell 1221
areas) Pass & Seymour 20AC1
General Electric GE5951-1G
Arrow Hart 1991
Bryant 4901
Leviton 1221-2
areae)waY (Unfinished Hubbell 1223
f
J Pass & Seymour 20AC3
II - General Electric GE5953-1G
Arrow Hart 1993
Bryant 4903
Leviton 1223-2
t
Momentary contact Pass & Seymour 1250
(Unfinished areas) General Electric GE5935-1G
Arrow Hart 1895
Bryant 4821
16F.2.8 Device Plates, Device plates shall be furnished for all device
boxes according to the drawings and the following.specifications.
16F.2,8,1 Device Plates for Unfinished Areas. Except where weatherproof
.receptacles or switches are indicated on the drawings, device plates for
wiring devices installed in surface mounted cast metal boxes in unfinished
areas shall be formed sheet steel, not less than 0.067 inch uncoated
thicknear3, coated with zinc or cadmium, shall comply with Underwriters'
Laboratories Standard UL 514, and shall be Appleton, or acceptable equal.
Where weatherproof receptacles are indicated on the drawings, cast alumi-
num device plates with spring-loaded cast aluminum covers shall be fur-
nished and shall be as specified in this paragraph, Device plates shall
P
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000]
[ 102089 ]
16F-2
r?
a~ r
be designed for mounting on FS boxes and shall be furnished with gaskets
and mounting screws. All metal parts except the plates and lift covers
shall be fabricated of stainless steel or Monel metal. Receptacle device
plates shall be Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. WLRS-1 or acceptable equal for
single receptacles, and Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. WLRD-1 or acceptable
equal for duplex receptacles,
Where weatherproof switches are indicated on the drawings, cast aluminum
device plates shall be furnished and shall be as specified in this pars-
graph. Device plates shall be designed for mounting on FS boxes and
shall be furnished with gaskets and mounti:ig screws. All metal parts
except the plates shall be fabricated
of stainless steel M e
Switch device plates shall be Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. DS128 oraccept-
able equal,
16F,2.9 Lamps, Lamps shall be furnished for all fixtures. Immediate
lamp replacement, whenever burnouts occurs shall be continuous until the
date of commercial operation.
All incandescent shall be group relamped immediately prior to
the Contractor leaving the aobsite unless otherwise directed by the
Owner.
16F,2,10 Lighting Contactors. Lighting contactors shall be as specified
on the drawings, i
I 16F.3 INSTALLATION. Lighting equipment, material, and wiring devices
{ shall be instalaed according to the drawings and-the following specifi-
cations.
j 16F.3.1 Fixtures, Each complete fixture shall be secured to its support
I assembly, This work includes but is not limited to all assembling, disassembling, veassemblfrng, and wiring, special drilling,
Fixture maintenance shall be continuous until the date of commercial
i operation. All fixtures shall be cleaned immediately prior to the Con-
tractor leaving the ,jobsite unless otherwise directed by the Owner,
1
16F,3.1.1 Location, Fixture locations indicated on the drawings are
approximate and shall be coordinated with other work in the same area to
i prevent interference between lighting fixtures and piping or other equip-
ment. Any fixture shall be relocated If, after installat;.on, it is found
to interfere with other equipment or is so located to prerenC its practi-
cal and intended use, No fixture shall be located to prev6nt the full
uae of any accessway beneath a removable grating or slab.
I
c
t
c
1 (DENTON 10567GGCCONST V1,00001
102089
16F-3
i
{
d 11
I
}
{
ti ff
16F.3.1.2 Alignment. Fixtures installed in rows shall be carefully
aligned vertically and horizontally. Lighting fixtures and outlet boxes,
mounted on building steel, shall be centered on the beam flanges or webs,
except where deviations are required to avoid interference with piping or
miscellaneous steel,
16F.3.2 Wiring Device Mou_ ntin Heights. Unless otherwise indicated on
the drawings, wiring devices shall be mounted the following distances
above the finished floor.
.
Wiring Device Distance
Location Above Floar
j (inches)
Receptacles All locations 36
i
Switches All locations 48
I
16F.3.3 Lighting Conductors. The following requirements shall apply to
the installation of lighting conductors in addition to applicable Instal-
lation procedures specified in Section 16D for power and control con-
ductors.
At least 6 inches of free conductor shall be left at each
E outlet except where the conductor loops through an outlet
without splice or connection.
Fixture wire shall be used to connect all incandescent
lighting fixtures. The fixture wire shall be installed in
the circuit between the lighting circuit outlet box and the'
fixture terminal,
Wires to be spliced shall be twisted together prior to
installation of the connector.
1
16F,3.4 Area or Road;vaX Lighting Installation, All pole bases, poles,
luminaires'cable, lamps, and other area or roadway lighting materials
and equipment shall be installed according to the drawings and these
specifications as required to provide a complete and operating system,
16F.3.4.1 Pole Bases, The drawings indicate an approximate location for
pole bases and luminaires, The Contractor shall stake the exact location
of each base and obtain the acceptance of the base locatien from the
Owner before proceeding with base excavation. Excavation shall be as
f specified in the section titled EARTHWORK. Concrete and reinforcements
II shall be as specified in the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, Am.
chor bolts shall be template secured during installation, The bolt ends
with threads shall be carefully located at the center line and elevation
I points indicated on the drawings.
I
a
[DENTON 10567 UEN CONST 71,00001
I 102089 ]
16F-4
z
ih'>Ylf) 1
1 l ' ~ I
ii
k;
rf FC3
f
16F.3.4.2 Poles. All poles shall be carefully plumbed with heavy square
* nuts on the anchor bolts under the pole baseplate and hex nuts on top.
After the pole has been completely equipped and connected ^he space be-
tween the steel base and the top of the concrete shall be grout filled in
accordance with the drawings and the requirements of the section titled
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
f
16F.3.4.3 Luminaires. After the pole has been installed, aligned, and
painted, the luminaire, mastarm, and cable shall be assembled and in-
stalled on the pole, cable connections completed in the handhole near the
base of the pole;, and the pole ground connected.
16F,3.4.4 Area or Roadway Lighting Conductors. The underground portion
of the lighting system shall be multiple conductor Type C. Pole riser
cable for use between the pole base and the luminaire termirials shall be
Type C. +
j 16F.3.4.5 Grounding. All lighting installations shall be grounded in
accordance with Section 16F. Installations on concrete bases shall be
grounded with driven ground rod and bare stranded copper cable connected
1 to the pole grounding lug.
t
I
I
1
ff
I
I ~ s
i
e
E
,
[DENTON 105671GGEONCONST 71,00001
16F-5
A
p
d
y
rt ~ - .a
N
N
Section 16G - SUBSTATION STRUCTURE ERECTION
16G.1 GENERAL. Substation structures shall be erected in accordance
with AISC standards, the Engineer's drawings, the erection drawings, and
these specifications.
16G.1.1 Tolerances. All structures, including each vertical component
thereof, shall be erected plumb within a tolerance of 1;1,000. Horizon-
tal components shall be level.
The limit of tolerance in vertical component plurcness shall be based on
the height from the baseplate to the point beit plumbed and shall be
measured from the true center line of the vertu:.) component.
i
16G.2 WOOD POLE STRUCTURES. The following articles cover erection work
for wood poles transmission line structures. All structure components,
j including tt,ose fabricated of metal and porcelain, shall be handled with
care to prevent damage to the components, their preservative treatment,
or their protective coatings.
i 16G.2,1 Structure Framing and Assembly. All structures shall.be framed
I and assembled as indicated on the drawings. Assembly procedures shall
I minimize the amount of pole climbing that must be done after the struc-
ture is set. Any pole which is badly spurred shall be shaved and brushed
with a preservative acceptable to the owner,
( The Contractor shall field drill all bolt holes which are not factory
r I drilled, but which are required for a complete installation. Field
drilled bolt holes shall be drilled using a bit with a diameter 1/16 inch.
larger than the diameter of the bolt to be inserted,
} Single-pole and two-pole structures shall be completely assembled prior
to setting the poles, except where existing lines will interfere with the
setting of assembled structures, Structures containing more than two
poles shall be assembled.after poles are set,
Gaining of poles, where required, shall be perpendicular to bolt holes
} and shall not exceed 1/2 inch in depth,
( Existing poles designated to be out shall be cut on a slope 15 degrees
from the horizontal.
Pole gains, bolt holes, and cut surfaces shall be treated by swabbing
with a liberal amount of 5 percent pentachlorophenol solution, The Owner
will determine whether adequate penetration has been achieved,
f
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
1 102089 1
( 16G-1
1
i
1
~f
G
,t I
r
All bolts shall extend not less than 1/2 inch nor more than 2-1/2 inches
past the locknut; all bolts shall be tightened so that the bearing sur-
faces of hardware, insulators, etc., are properly seated to the poles and
arms.
I
Each completed structure shall have all washers, locknuts, and other
hardware properly installed and tightened. Ground conductors shall be
installed when framing the structure,
.
16G.2.2 Pole Setting. Except as otherwise indicated herein, or on the
drawings, or as otherwise required by the Owner, pole setting depths
shall be 10 percent of the pole height plus 2 feet.
I
Each pole in single-pole structures and in multi-pole structures on level
ground surfaces shall be set within 3 inches of, the depth specified in
j the preceding paragraph. Each pole in multi-pole structures on sloping
ground surfaces shall be set within 3 inches of the depth specified in
the following paragraph, The butt or top of a new pole shall not be cut
j off.
On sloping ground surfaces, the depth of set of any one pole in a multi-
pole structure shall not be reduced more than 1 foot from the depth spec-
ified in the preceding table. The average depth of set for all poles in
a multi-pole structure shall not be less than the setting depth specified
in the table,
ff Each pole shall be set within plus or minus 1-1/2 inches transversely of
( E the location indicated on the drawings. Vertical alignment of all poles
shall be within 3 inches of plumb or the amount of rake indicated on the
drawings.
i
16G.2.3 Pole Hole Excavation. The diameter of each pole hole shall be
F as required for tamping of earth backfill around the pole, but not leas
than the pole diameter at the butt plus 12 inches.
Pole hole excavation shall include removal of stumps, roots, and other
obstructions as necessary to provide a clean vertical hole to the ra-
quired depth. Where necessary, the Contractor shall use split drums to
prevent the earth from caving in or spilling into the pole holes.
Excavated pole holes shall be covered with plywood not less than 3/4 inch
thick where the associated poles will not be set during the same working
day,
Pole hole excavation in earth shall be performed with a power driven
auger; pole hole excavation in rock shall be performed by hand excavation
or power driven rock auger, or blasting,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00003
( 102089 j
16G-2
r;
,
16G,2.4 Pole Hole Backfill. Pule hole backfill shall be earth as speci-
fied in thi's article and as i.ndicated on the drawings.
Earth for backfill shall he finely div.ded excavated earth free from de-
bris, organic material, and stones, and shall have a moisture content
which will ensure good compaction. No mud will be permitted,
Pole holes shall be backfilled with earth tamped at vertical intervals
not to exceed 12 inches, Tamping shall be done with air tampers only
using methods acceptable to the Owner. Earth backfill shall be banked
Watarouerndshallthe
from all holes Inches above
setting ground and stamping op-
erations.
i
The Contractor shall dispose of all excess materials such as dirt, rock,
sand, etc., after backfilling operations are completed.
16G,3 SUBSTATION ALUMINUM BUS. The Contractor shall unpack, clean, and
check all aluminum bus immediately upon receipt from the carrier. He
shall remove all materials which might damage the bus finish and shall
f store the bus in such a manner that the finish will be protected.
I
Bus delivered by the carrier with unsatisfactory finish shall be re-
jected. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the finish
on bus accepted from the carrier. Defective bus finish discovered after
initial unpacking and inspection shall be the responsibility of the Con-
tractor, Any stored or erected bus found to have unsatisfactory finish
shall be refinished or replaced by the Contractor at the option of the
Owner.. All expense for such refinishing or replacement shall be borne by
the Contractor,
i
All bus shall be carefully handled and erected to provide a complete bus
system without dents, abrasions, discolorations, or other structural or
surface damage. Any bus so damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor
L J at his expense,
16G.3.1 Field Bends, All field bends of bus shall be made with a hy-
draulic type bender which is acceptable to the Owner, Each bend shall be
smooth and uniform and shall retain the original inside bus diameter,
Each bend in 2 inch bus shall have a center line radius of at least 9-1/2
inches. Each bend in bus larger than 2 inches shall have a center line
radius of at least five times the inside diameter of the bus.
160 Ali nment, All bus components shall be alij;ned and supported
p
rior to and during the welding operation, Support and alignment shall
be as
adjacent asections coincident. Buss shall belaligned tfortweldingrinisuchoa
i
f
s
E4" (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
{ 102089 1
16G-3
i
~r-~ ~r
Muff-
}
it
a
A~
manner that the welded bus remains essentially straight after removal of
erection supports.
During splicing operations, each piece of bus shall be supported at not
less than three points in approximately equal spans of 12 feet or less.
160.3.3 Fittings. The joint components to be welded shall be fitted to
allow for expansion and contraction during welding without loss of align-
ment. The joint design shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recom-
mendations. Connections shall be positioned and located to prevent the
retention of water or drainage from copper or copper alloys to aluminum '
surfaces. Drain holes shall be provided as required. The location and
size of drain holes shall be acceptable to the Owner.
E 16G.3.4 Cleaning. Immediately Prior to welding, each surface to be
joined by the weld shall be thoroughly cleaned. Greases, oila, waxes,
etc., shall be removed by standard degreasing solutions as recommended by
the manufacturer. Oxides shall be removed from the areas to be welded by
a scrubbing of the surfaces with stainless steel wire brushes,
166.3.5 Welding. Welding processes and methods shall be subject to code
qualification and acceptance by the Engineer. Only the following welding
methods will be permitted for joining bus sections and fittings.
Gas metal are welding
j Gas tungsten are welding
Shielding gas for each process shall be welding grade argon when welding
material is less than 3/4 inch thick. A combination of helium and argon
shall be used for each proceso when the welding material is 3/4 inch
f thick and greater.
l Welding energy and filler metal requirements shall be as recommended by
AWS D10.7-86, "Recommended Practices for Gas Shielded Are Welding of
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Pipe." The following from AWS D10.7 shall
apply.
{
Biller rod Table 1
Rod size, gas flow, Table 2 through Table 11
and' welding current
j 16G.3.6 Welding Qualifications. The Contractor shall prepare written
welding procedure specifications. The procedure shall be qualified as
defined below. Welding procedure specifications, procedure qualification
reports, and welder qualification reports shall be submitted to the Owner
for review. Welding shall not begin until the owner's review is com-
plete.
I
i
[
r
4
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
[ 102089 ]
16G-4
A
[`ryyyy{l 6 ~.IM
t1
6f
~t
i
All procedure qualification testing and welder qualification testing
shall be in accordance with the methods defined in AWS D10.9-801 "Specs-
fication for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping
and Tubing."
Testing shall be conducted to the requirements of AR-1 qualification
level under the following conditions,
Materials P-Number 23, aluminum base
alloys
1 Weld Groove
Position 60
All qualification testing shell be performed by an acceptable independent
testing laboratory. Report formats shall be similar to the examples in
AWS D10.9-80 for the following.
t
Typical Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) a
Typical Contractor's Procedure Qualification Test Record
(PQR)
Typical Contractor's Welder Qualification Tests Record
All coats for testing, including material costs, shall be paid by the
Contractor.
Welders, after qualification, shall not be replaced on. this welding duty
unless guch action is acceptable to the Owner.
{
r
J
4
i
e
s
k
s
p
i [DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 J
! 160-5
iF
K f
x, l
6 J S
la
R
i1
Section 16H - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
L6H,1 GENERAL. This section specifies the fire detection system to be
furnished and installed under these specifications.
The fire detection system shall be designed to provide adequate fire de-
tection and annunciation in each of the areas where installed. Equipment
locations and other pertinent information are indicated on the Drawings,
Locations of all ionization detectors shall be as indicated on the Draw-
ings.
16H.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, The Contractor she furnish _
matic diagrams end external wire diagrams ofalldevicescandlpanels,1e
catalog sheets for all device and panels, and plan drawings indicating
r the general conduit routing between devices and conduit sizes,
~ j
+ Instruction manuals shall be furnished for the equipment as specified .'n
Section 1C.
16H,3 CODE REQUIREMENTS, The fire detection system and components shall
comply with all state and local governing regulations and other regular
published and accepted standards.
I
The fire detection and alarm system and components shall be designed in
accordance with NFPA Codes and Standards except where more stringent re-
P l quircments are specified herein.
16H,4 E UIPMENT. Components of the fire detection system shall be fur-
nished in accordance with the following requirements.
All components shall be provided with engraved nameplates.
16H.4,1 Ionization Smoke Detectors, Ionization smoke detectors shall be
120 volts ac powered, equipped with a LED located on the Enne of the unit
j for indicating normal and alarm conditions, When in the alarm condition,
the horn shall sound and the power LED shall go out until thu unit auto-
matically resets. The unit shall contain a built-in test feature and
alarm operated contacts, Detectors shall be Pyrotronik~s Model DU-3.
16H.4.2 Mounting Hardware, Each detector shall be furnished with all
necessary mounting-devices including Junction boxes.
16H,4,3 Interconnecting Raceway. and Cable. Interconnecting raceway and
cable shall be furnished in accordance with the drawings and with Sec-
tions 16C and 16D of these specifications, Fire detection circuits shall
be Type FR-EP, 14 A4 Houston Wire Cat, No. H02601. All conductors
t
S
[DENTON 10567
GEN CONST 71,0000]
( 013190 ]
1614-1
t
i
t
Riir_35 i
1F5
4
'{1
A
` I
A '
shall be installed in rigid galvanized steel conduit. The Contractor
shall provide as-built details of circuit routing on the lighting draw-
r-^
ings.
16H.5 INSTALLATION, All components and panels shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications.
The raceway and cable shall be installed in accordance with Sections 16C
and 16D of these specifications,
16H.6 ACCEPTANCE TESTS., The fire detection system shall be tested by
j the Contractor after installation has been completed. All tests will be
witnessed by the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing
at least 15 days prior to the 'scheduled test date.
I
The Contractor shall provide the owner with a test report on the system.
The system shall be placed in full fire protection service after instal-
lation and testing. Immediate verbal notification that the system is
E E ready for service shall be communicated to the Owner, followed by written
f confirmation.
Testing of the detectors shall be by actuating each detector by smoke to
verify operation. Upon detector actuation, visual and audible annuncia-
tion of the independent detection system at the control panel shall be
verified: Each alarm circuit at the control panel shall be tested to
verify proper operation.
1
I ~
1
n
ii
{
,I
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
013190
16H-2
h
a
E
~i
Section 161 - INTRUSION ALARM AND DETECTION
i 161.1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and installing a security
system, System devices or components shall be hard-wired back to the re-
mote terminal unit.
161.2 DRAWINGS 4ND DATA. The Contractor shall provide catalog sheets
for all devices furnished with the intrusion security system.
The security system shall monitor magnetic switches installed at strue-
1 tore exterior doors.
' 161.3 EQUIPMENT.
G
161.3.1 Magnetic Switches. Magnetic switches shall consist of a magnet
housing and a switch housing constructed of nonferrous metal. The de-
vices shall include a read switch, bits magnet, tataper switch, and alarm
i wiring screw terminals. The magnet housing shall be designed for mount-
ing on a door and the switch housing on the door frame.
161.3.2 Security Xey Switchev. Security key switches shall consist of a
key switch mounted in a flush mounted, weatherproof cast outlet box.
Each key switch shall have momentary contacts with spring return to can-
ter from the ENABLE and DISABLE positions. The lock type shall be Corbin
and the lock shall be keyed to the Owner's standards. A red pilot light
f I mounted on the cover shall be illuminated whenever the security system is
disabled.
Each key switch assembly shall be furnished with a tamper switch which
f shall initiate an alarm when unauthorized removal of the key switch box
cover is attempted.
One security key switch shall be installed at the gate control house'o i!
and the diesel generator building's double door.
f
161,4 INSTALLATION. All components shall be installed in accordance
with,the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications.
161 Magnet_i_c_ Switches. In addition to the manufacturer's instruc-
tions, magnet switches shall be installed on the interior of exterior
doors as indicated on the drawing,
' 161,4,2 Security Key Switch, The key switches shall be installed in a
flush mounted weat7ierproo?-box, approximately 54 inches above floor to
( the center line of the switch and shall be accessible from outside the
E structure, All raceway shall be routed through the metal wall panel on
the interior of the structure.
d
,
,
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 013190 J
161-1
f
t VAN `•z
twq
ii a:tcrys•~
su 4
161.4.3 InterconneCtin~ Raceway and Cable, All cabling interconnecting
security devices and the remote Germinal unit shall be installed in gal-
vanized steel conduit, The Contractor shall provide as-built circuitry
on the lighting drawings,
i
i
E 1
f
s`
r ,
f
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71,00001
019190 1
161-2
y
1
APPRNUIX A
REGULATORY
i
r I i ""1
I '
I w:i++.4S111```~~~yyy
E
1
E
E
I
i j
f ~
FERC LICENSE
i
l
J
s
t
4
r
i1
,
v 0 n h 4
n 00 ~+nD +.~paq.1 n0 aY nOnn'° On Orn = a I
O G• r N M n V q y p°p n
A a n J~7 9 r R 'Ov. ° n7 n7 DC ° rv p" ^ I
C n A M• an zz AK a R N p A
• O
D Y Y« n° 4° O~ N R Y° n: ,n. r Y r g n n n
A O Na 04 ) ^ h n! Y+: ;n p p
r 0, • a0bb 7 c-,C b y40«.n c a PP p• A 4 i1
nnNn 0 'b M0rl r.wb O O~nn6° Qp X'r' 0 n R 1 I
Rn 1Y'Pbq IOti'JY aAa D0 R n R-C
«
o tI RY°C• 0 V wnn ,w P y P
s n c Y a~ n r r,a p'
n A n p n n Y M I S 7'b Y 0 h n O T° N Y a ,0i.
0 1 pp
P R 0G n YN.•ppjj~n ° pD20 nn0 n06
tl y ~
a~ 1 Y on y Y b< C b b n ♦y^ Y°° C O~ n ° & n 0 f O M ° P
b h• X003«.Y yY 0 'L Zr Y R y
q K ^ A 40 ° 70 n Cyry 0`7'0 n PP u .q, 7
Y fiYr4 R 0 88 a~"a^b O~YnR OdO C1
f
N K nMc-U, ° q ~.aj~ OCy~ r 7
OwY nt)7~ ~yq 10 YYA•+ n'Y
n OOK POY b 5'0 M M 6 °M► ry G^-11 0 wy c Z,
W. N
p ;p a n w C N: R w. F 11i~55 ~
~.pr^~;S ~n 7N~ppO Opn Y nYAr nN r llnO k 0. zC q {n
O r w O ti M0+ ° 0 ° a D 0 A Y AOnw TM Gl r. 10y.!
An Ca ♦ppp ~A1 DK DrOc r~6. trDAQ~(~7•. 6 ;Iy{n Cla LI)~
1 t' y w70 0 e 7 `7nq n f°1 goo
't 7C 7•'O O '.~i Y 4 'n
{ p' A A O"KD3 a X' v+
~ ' 0 n7Jt Cp7~Y~w r C■ G D n Y y^ R w N N 1.A~ V n 50 I.O
f. n «.0>(t • O 0"K O75 n ` & p aar D... P IA yC6 Y
0a Y~n 4 A Y'" Y 0 O K~R ►f'1 ~O?
y ~ KM; Y~'b0 U0 Y~~TN7 GIn1 Y~ Ct~ Yp r O^ D7p
Y p 7n pa p R Y n ~e I
1 7
n wK SY A G •~~"O ~D7 FY ^J r S2 M)K P1= 1
Aa
q z b rri f
i F7 !1 ^ w b4s"C° a p q Y w " ,•11G ~ ~ ^
f 9 ~wYA• D n, no [ pppM m' ~1 c Af6A n M i7P° v Yn y ~
f le Yn , j► n° O b :O 0 .1{ p. y i r 0 Y 0. M 'I I~ n tl Y
,D AQ n nn R!C Y y 0 r~
I 'S )C ~ 7,ro.R Mle v. y 0 y,A Ay~ p ^~w 'r ° fps u' yZ
Ip~ ~e n, a w op V.
M €
i 1!i 'YO+n Ya
M ° n dn~G6 wna•bG 7b, S~=«,4 O KY«
7n 7~^Il ~.w A n n aDO °s b R nn)Y ~ 4a
f e n S w c ~ tl p o~ $ w O K JI G D K w a q
I G , a p y
{ ~n•D70eycaS ; yr~eo$ y e
E ♦+P-~b a m n w i
>wa nrM. n +OwDa HOOF I n ro iz
II ~ YET,., 3 ~n ~ ry1D :n o. Y ~ c
l g A p a (r.»,
i
• lw IN •"1••i 9 <n a ,Y K '7 Dnp py• 9 Krr aY GR31 "1 "
ONI~ p 6¢ Y ° ,+On i0 wp AG KO ~nw ~f p ~ 0
P Oy0 «"a8 ~3t~$x C~ji~~3i00"n n<9 „n srl r° tl~n n^M 7EEE« yiii IL
h a 0 it yMnn~KM q~ •µ~C ~^n
r.A ! ww n• a
A P~ I A
Ab g a , a wu7 na~r l'$ AS R ~,•~,aY~o !n
_ ~b n n
Y 7n
nA
3 rin 84w ~n 5 ~ o
~<P pA.. (y 80 G n rJ A.. ~p y
•V 7Y Aw ^w~K~P• K~I\YR ~waYJ Y' .14
7nin rf~fl1 .^'i 9~Kw F. h
.*Y" rain YY r•~ 1 • p.p1 M w7 °wL ww,~r~
0~r~I rI ^ r"30 of 7Y Yti~ C ORO ~$S " G
Ywa
n 40
n 4N c 4 'S rw• w..(• M.~1I n SS r1
^ M Y A ° ° nY r^. .°.oO n rM ° Y r ro D Cb C E n p
IO y ' p 90 ry y 7 4i a'F ao
wn` +11 r rh qyr r C 1
.no w 7 n • y wZ ra w 3A y~F A;r rqV M u'w 14 q
g ° 8~{ ^~r't~°"nE ry3 -MM .e10 ~O D0.~rµ n/~ µp
°.tn SM7 <<• A S w~ypwK idY C+~ tl o nK 7 o KrO n i
0.6
yy~ M .^.b .Yi N ~e~'. N r A G ip i .O a nMnO f
~K n la alb A, r^~YC~Y,r{~/00~1Y.+ nn1 {/p1•"Y,~r OF
Crt~..p 1 I
nqq A . ny2 O `y CI9^C ~~n7nYr1 ~r'7 Lr°+i,0.. Aqr
r}n7 r.~ ',1 •r 7 D' iK0 r`~F' q^ Y$>^"jP a~n~pp pw Ali
yrY N 4 ra ~r •0~ n h MS! q^y C N n 0q0n%';•rr •!p „w.4 ,
y Fy r A yr 4 11 If+~Qj Tl Q4O • Y G + 'AO,"" « aw• ^ pA i
< n w0 ■ O„n• 3 •A.«ra tl rr.a ^ A~G°~Y p~~a 7• C ■ I
M r- w nn a g •
0 D !
s ; T•~N ry+'O Y^w ~n1 y~0! Rn.IYOj, Ian AI ~NVr pM I
• Yt •n•.00 HonI.~ bpn 0'~v c1+~t CD w•7
Y 7 A ,Y< O~ r 0 +rt i Y
Y~ a N YOwe~ .a itA wWnn yH, ^ M+~°ypy0~
. .
M g ~Yg ,C6 n
^ µ r `C, n Ar Y. w<Z~ Arc r ^
of, ow r;- Ng ra 3, «2>t
0~10 q^ CrNM ~16A^~G JN rri w +r*'I
N
~R a Srra".$n~ °oi^'r" Z~,gfilyg t
!ii S ii L ! w
t:
~I
IN la O r O 0. •R nJ . n° 01 A n n r Ow 9 b
b h k p n Wpy ^
\
Y \ O tr, 0 7 C Tn
O K O . m K n n. b n 0 M • n 8 7 n O R 3 G w& 0 O
Pn m P .1 ^ rt w G n n n0ro • V.b nY 9 • r Yom. I
OK YO J n ryb
° nro• ,m nNO 0 rw.NSO n 0 p
:.~+A M .J••Gryy ^ 4p i.
a g CRC n
• o fpi
s 0 c n a n Y r C Y 0 0° •Y Y n 0 m n m c b r c n n
ia s nP m nrr
Via; °•o ^:srtn w, c ~W^
VA r R m ~n i n .0 ^ I a t i 0" o1ai ~
on a ° nm n ~ ~0i °n o
N • O 0 n 0 ; n Y
J Y w 6 • n P O ] n^ U 7 a n m D
r d Y 6 a M n > Y n a y
] 6 p✓n nRbb OMn..• N R • rnip p 90 n0^M p p .Vp
4m .w2 V
n to go e) nM Y pn7 JP]Lanl : 47 n° . ~O r V .C P 0 47
0" r S~ n 0C* 0 14 4
r~wn ry
xxg •Pr-N rras< rg
inn anA .n a go-0
x u ~ i b,r6 CMm^ e) 6 P •Y b
ry0ry O• m n J n
y
n Yn ..c non n.01q P['0 N F°M "'tea OY6
4M1K rn~ br
pamm'7 ~nn 20'm bop 38 IN•n rn Y aw A~<N,
/ \ 0 A O d . T~ °nro ^ b n n rr^< a n w. R r \ A 7 n n ~K pA q
117 p a f p ] _ 2 rt' ° Y p 6 O n b 0. Y Q 4
'f Y m b ] n^^~^; F50p 0 •K a 6 r s
A ~l] ski 0n'{ne ttN On 1
li P •a ~0..yp y•Jb6 rpi.m ^Np .R..~` J K n~...0•p 11 M00
3 E+ • 7 n D Owa 6 a is ~ < ro a h I
1 f tp n7 J r^..0 n 1e 0 W>rb 6 N t0 r Y OAm °
RV ~pyn
• m pp i P A W. • n n• n 0 . 7 pn w Y w r 7
jj[ a°G'0 ayppp carob goa h.^ nRs n nlrm►n•sr
j
F~ r OC Mrn ~^`b qn• 1 0 Pa H ADO wnb ab ,•7Mi+.M °0 0 all
{1 K 9 0 7 J m n O a p C; C D T 7 ny
3L m (~~r 7`b µnG eYY n 7 Y 0'rw cp. C n
H ° A u o n n.C rt S N O s 6 m r
I li 6• 7°p r fin Z9 nn^~14m n n I -!6 • fl '.'<KO 0 ■w~
j yn r'Or. 151.7 bV MO~OyrnO 64 P n n ~pY ■mewp q°R,• f Y
! +p r.. .n+OnY Y •O M fl q °^b J OM S1r it70f n7N n7
I nj~ h ~•p r GN (n~ (n. nMK ^Sn a^«.n N 4 bOK W a c pa Y0 o.Yt
•S 'O G uN Y 0• ~NYg~~y $.,e n w N, ^16 i 0
t
I. i f
1 A rµN Rant Efln YO9 w7N 7n yri
n ~p b 6 to C JK M~ c 00 0" 9 n, gqp 1006 i
f Y p ] r 0 n n •n~0 p0p „ 0 M K Oe M Q~ 07Sti
Y N {
I 6 Y n Y^ C a •nc0 9 n KO^gn
`penmrn n~nwn& QWn ~'Q~nY'•"'wyry]' j
a 0 q; O C n &a `O :1 n nM 6 r~ fl OLO • I
p ` c o tYC-Zn 0 . w
Ir 0 ►.0. + P~OW ~ ra~ n n n nla frN
1 I
fq p f~ ,.f p I ri,
1A rY t~f'I p ca On ~6 i no °rf0 n ~ 70] i ~1
oo y V. r.i N < di
it, f a r- m Cr Y O i
y5 • g ~N o'g7o" mad nyW 6'
b n, V►Wni! Y 6CCp r~~ b~`rf ^ r. SYrp rq~ ~1 y
6 A. C"
40 R11 0V M•¢Wyn ~Ilp`Y~ • 11 y
~2 eWGn w 7rgF ~
01 eC€` t ° CAP iMSNYB fQ~
fps p R6 Y •R Ww gyp} n
6nn iY q Yn 7 Y y S' R w O DFa' j
r. nR YAAR^p en ] <•r b bbY C 7 y Nr ! O
yi Fri„ 0^w ~ r~~ 11 Q pW ]1~° no
pang 'C 7n~pC MY O'
r1 pg7Y w • Y ^ ^b ■y p M rp. n~017 6 P7 M~Y I`
K n rI N • r+ M t 7 b~ i H 5 e 0 r G ~
(41o n6 wOi~ mM N m n ^1r W°
N r r4 K .^j ~S ~ y ' ga• a fit
• r C ~ EW ~\ro N M r p~r ~jr ryp~rypri lr Ry • ~ ~ib~~a+~ 1 r 1
:6 AdaY : ^°S 7ro 00z^ nb"+~~ R~•IYIr~gt
It
nK o°n.," ,e6 WeC $ab ~ n~r,g"g ~gpgWR !Ye
Ke~ZY M: 96
rG ~3C~3ng
7~ yyn
g^ R + r+
3 y ,6 1~ M pW W
r~n m~ r~yy bG • w0,~ ~M~ Nr ~IWI+t ~tlprM ^ L
e i ,g
0-0 a •„0 y ri; g, h nlp iry
18 ~ nrl~y
r r~ t r' 0~Y C Yltf ~Qp.b ~rl7N{~ Sw~
3r • r r W ^1M
t~
I
1i
0 -0
N rt w
la A&~ N aIY a 0 C~ W W a r n e>> r r JnJw > pp0 H r
'•n ~WN6] n.. d ° }'J7 ] 4 Ch nr pr0 r C.^..p A~ • M S 1 rQ "
F,Yaa Va [ 7w n' mm n°ara,]„a a0Sa Y Y w•100, c r 1 w]
n 6 Y r m y° r n 4 G
M. JO
4
Owy n y n n
w T 1
0 U Dr i G] h"~ °i O, T ss ° O A N w y
Fn rp Y Im
O + 9
C' Cn 0 r0 r]Nna...N. •1 " 1n,AO^T0A b r
P a a) Y w a ► Y
p
n w Y A C r b P b " ~I .0
C r7 e W ] n
^ TOO r
Xw ^O Me b b 2 A 4tP.nN ° ^ ] a O Oa:,R 0 0 ~t.. fy p~
!7Wa 1.•O0 Ar O Aa a(~nM60 w " Na pE Pin r nYM1a
m we), A G `C nn ] OAA r m 0 a.- T ' a, J]w Sn aA W
brww~ , na A r'<n iaa b' 0`t nYa 0 n 'r
. w< W7ry 0 O a nMnp~].1 a Y a 1x D.r+] ] ] • 0 Gr O
Wa:a C Mj ^ M nno`C no 6°, an u mnn!°a ~1 E]o b w 1
O}C `A n n ^ r-0 nn ^n E R'<AA ^O ° nTr r ] r O ARC
qpd'a cJ r $E A.~;»^o op °R" 000 64 p^"° Wean
~C y nr°j n ~0 P ]01 Inn tT~InxO r T3 ~•Gi a'o A
y."n AGM i ~.i a~Cw_ywn 0n' yroo~ ~•rl n' ~~,0
n N M N O x X 0 'r b i M pp g r y R r 9 n] b n
O J. b roO< n° Y n a r O O n t to
p ~S OA rk :1
n;" a n q y ]y b Yb ~y iA.14 at nO G G t r I
7 ] 1
• CC9 n a77 ^ ] Y 10 m0.3 9K n n~ 60 9 W nn 7 nPn
.0 n I
,7. 0.±~•cn^ ~,n n n CO no n9 p'1 0 nrn a 6pr7
r.. , a 1] 0 0 "nn n A, t
1 I I A,n, ~..Y O A.1 a r n^ 1n a A 0 w t L1 i0 do n w..r y 0 M s 20 -4
3 0.".j Yaa r.i'e A it j Jn~ion i ~.04 v p 0 ~~r i
< ( x i a 46
6 A V ] A jJ rY.~h .tK Yna rha0
r~$~n~ r] p 0 "^r 7 r'~^AO E~0♦ nya
'r ro > 0 7 a J n
E ' 4Roaoo . aT7nA'vyn. ne+±~aaori ° cY ;
nh .Ee ^ S E tln a w
M~j
}Yb V+°t It a Y ° x'100
7
it 1n1 n yr q ] G O ] j ; ^O n n~ w♦5rt t O
An,n ♦ p~rt n Sb}~~DA n ; it
~Tty22N r tO~A
i 'f t N r ) W 0 ] A n6Te ^S~j
n b!!fOf it drop W A AJN xr
X H C O.•sJ Ns" ] ] <
0 2was a nl j
t Tb p.. G O,J 0. Oa 7 00 ] 4 4
1 _ R•°ia^ ^ uo'~ai' t Ya a^I.~S eCw 0
1 4 . ♦•Ee p 4 OtAy~.Od rJ.y♦ '~~E~~~
ff O
`W1`AG ~ ♦H P nnW 0 i
i
ro ro IQ ~ IQ ro
1 1 " r n (IrT O 1
E ^nnn nµn IV YV Nw n n .w.0rr MNre.Y~OW 9 W N 1yI+P a4~t
1 " e ~rj~'~ n " 0 ♦ a a Al~~ rl w ~ sn 11
_ i
Y Q a1 M] w0f Y a3 ~w , 400 n•, o~^` " IT
~P ~~a"ERQO : r a p
a ail .wr~ ]p~~ re M n O I GWp"
n C ] $s
rn ww
C ~.e f
Li lid I a
ol~g
p La n eR . r w r b _
13
yq 0"~n'O<a 7n rli~ jN~YµnM prnnl ~i ana H,
Y n
' nwFr1 n" a 1.^Y2A1:Ar .per"
prr YyMaO'~r~~. Nw e R M°r"r ~ r. wnTwn ,ry~~ "ryb• 13 nMy ]b oS ' Y iM r'ar "°i ab 6,0
n O r♦S~ '
~ n r a W FI ~ I~ O 0 n y 1
' ~ M 6s.~0"• y N C M~p~~ YN,+. rMMM.Ni ga+y , 1
~q ]~A]~n' Io`<11nin WIS M^
rnr V i"a f
t
f~0 "RrY w"' n~ el Y Az
Y µO I
~'r" r iina[1~~ r
11 1
03
] ]r C
~0 ~7r "r y~" pyr MQl n•„ +0?Y +
' 11 r ew.3 C y=}( MY 11 a L O Z
'S MA p^ Qyr
a r
Z nR" r r " nA b« a r7b
"
y
p E;
a d e 0 0 J 1• b C R o [ s v y.. ,tl
OM1 LnnS ~ 4d G%i4 ~ rqR i ~ ~ nY O
n R A
S
Lb SC N 0 4 a N n< n S O O p N R M n n
7m 6 R Y nSo >-^Yqn.. [ 7 v. 'O 00•+ • •-S.• n
0~ y V Y r-N ► n-
✓^J A C M T A t Y n d n Q Y n n D b j b n r• n R R 7 n 0], S N O^ O O O" O O w•~ "
700O~SOO"" /d■M- Nr L 7~^ Nip •e Pn
< n Y] S < q] n 0 Y n Y n] 0 Y A n pp n n S A 9] n 0 n n =
n► 0 N A'nY p a rr rr r,l C Q nDro Y y7Y 7r-• 0nS0 SR 9 r•ti
®rA 0"rlOi nm a r O 8n■ NO A i'6 0 AyO]i` 0 rA A YS m KC
nn 7 ]Onn0 n n~N 06."..~ I[I° im A M1 R f CM 40 <O~O DYIA" rr d
pp p b M1n O m•-•A Tn a Y nL w
O r 7 0 ~0 A I^ Iw
5 f pY p ] A 9; ~.^•0 O. w, D' A J .OM U. CM..
R{ M .•S D n M1 n n 0 a n A wq h w n R f n T d~ n A ~ n C O w l ~
O+ D N n S C d 0 A S n r q 0 A K r 4 n w s M1► D 0 n O
anlri.O ►•A;m r•n( K 'TV O 9 T 7 3< 0.rrq r rn n. O
bS rr 3►On]' R C Kim aq4 ROr rli N~-'3 Yrf A
4Rn
7M1n r, n a=n rCv Y.A COtB8, 13 m { n n ~ 0 n4nA 1-Y ♦~~e7 RO• A Y 0 ,
~~A7~O~.Ri3 PNR 6r9r ns m3p - b, "n ]fiJF r• r0.'C OnoA C<!A
q _ N np. r . ir.{ Y10 pnj M A A^Y{Onr A GO °wZV +m i
S A n a S r H^ L M1• C r L K G{ A 6 t ry Y • A Y n G n n
O Y r^ r r r. Y 0 A i P O• M< Y g Y A n n r
E; Ay~C 6n.K`:aav SA iranT PTr ~a ,p mgr o>•pp n T~p I
HR P) 4n 3 nn ]AY] s0Y n ON.Y 0 n /m! A nQR 0 nr,W• •T^ nMS
n C a Inr•IC.C r•nnA ppOniq n yY nm C~ NFn Yy ■0• 1
"i ngi•.00 7LP 3p q!1 Y]A •r Cn►i r OS nn
a n 0 a n ry i O n Y, J V a 0 0■ < 1 ~l n A 0 r, n 0 w O J
Tc rn yp nnin A•i / I RT(~ mr ~.r ~o°R C
n oao`s~crn xo-
N'y' p r •a [ 300 Tn 0'g 0 .7 G - A n ri ]w•.• YT.. v
Pq m-] 0
n iOi O~ y Y~ r•o n i r n r a r 9 n n n D Y a O A i f r~^ N]
AA O nq 4 R r A i N 3 Y N S n A r•n npn P N n r O r
0
0 a 66 riT:rA rbN 0 L [p 'LAn, D LNA nnri A63. O' Cn
1 n r•e n rn nr.Y MPw g n O.cn Nrr Mn •ca n
i nA3nn alr r$gAn Tyelao oo M~ OnK n n Nr s.s AN1n
f' t C A 4 C R 74' n .•y C ~ n n n n ^ 9 A 6 n p n n 3 3 S
2$ ,n ^ rm~0 n0 xrp n rnA
a, n O n O o n n n n 0 S N S S Y Y 6 J n 3` g i p j r r n
{{{f {~ft Y A "o
n
O n Tr•0 Wa L i -0 i xQ J n 7TM1 n 4 6O wY N7 A C On p
on
rw.b TryA nOM n [ h pRp nnpC yp „ Hrtpr•• S!9 O m~
•1 7M~~~~K"0 in Nryy "dA Or. ~C+ w~nn_OAm C[~"V Y~r "
is fi A w L Y n a n" o 80 S y n n p Wiry a F ]n•n r w..
YS Y i nn "a A O
MC7 ngn ;"nnn np gm►{ "r Rb ~lA1 r0• nA
n{cA yon n]o om~a gton • r~n onnrnT v
k nMY O Pr N w {n 4 O yr Tr• r• . ► Y {
Y T Om9 i~•••A np N M n Sn n4 i OYDryl~ n
DOy p+ YK•-~nr<n yp k•3• •nN6Y R► Y►SY~0. nnSn 3m7► n?
i`' .L•'O r•If MM b A~• 6r ~ 0 ^ n ►KaRA O A rOi «
~p n r•OKm a Ln n IA rr.-M
~ t; ma3 •w {ay~ pbp Y Cqn gOppp DY ~~Y 7~Y]~`1i ~ N H•O OIO Y6 ~ O~ Ssw D O;
' li A r"nap"ng ~1 CO,~p~ n, 000 y7 nreR 7~ Oµ ~M~M < 7M ~ry T•
Sry Y G 2 Krn 0 S O w• •.in { On N1,1{n 6 Cr •nr w
O~{ n w Y Q] • ~jR • P r.A nq 0. O Y y
I~ R 6 A[ i n i u 0' 7 r • n 0 Y r •
L
S r$v Pt 06 q• 1~..:.1
F
i r•►nn9n Y GYr•M 07T OO ClpyA OOw0 •nOtn nA
a
n °u 3`T[~8 R°JVO°i" 4$$niO~ oo ! o
f nn a m ~n aM A e
rnn n rA• . T'; n era n 2 R
no :r 01 E ? ~S'"rr~~$n ~rd"8ron$'ir". °p~~Kn
i ph~snoQ
Y "";fir-}I"ow
n ES".~•e° n ~0,1viore 'a
7 D'D S'a n S2 n$a9 w .+0 n n 1{ N1p~w H~ray
S ryri. r~r r ■~rf~• `0" - a ~;•w„A 453 • e•10{ ~T fy~sM![{ W
sS~e„e ♦ nr.•lpln rr• ru O,'a n~•n ! u
V{ ■r w Yr n
C6
0.GC ~m+ D N Rr.•• p 1+ nMC ]nail. O r'0 0O y w
rSµRµ~? PM rv. r nr~pp . n
pC f1 YCY ]1y+,.1 7ro ••n~■„.1 •R•.a rYrn„,.1
Q 40
f, i sll^n•~{ b
A
nN.tlry PpS RffKrnPn~+r MD i0 P10SO p~aS nn"Yp On7 0{ r~O.' 7 10.
p (~~(11q r•• Y r tl •r w• • Y ; (1 • . Sw211 CR • < in •D1n 1w~~ •
r~Y M 7$+S ~A nO2"rr[.Y ~Y 7nrQ ~~h~ 115 0 n NAL +~~d'n+ nyy ~O / ~ n 1
7 T]pnC3Y C^~1° 5 S n. Y A 3 4 MJ YIb M• 11O0 K A 5M pyii M:it ^by 1. {j`•1
ryAA nn7Q: ° O]]]nr 7TH M~ 3 0. W K S 0mm ROYhprO • {nppY 11M~•
1 App~S r"°~ so Anr ►r Cr T~TR rp ei ~l 6M"S n""r ~~n"0.p" er
pit n A nYTn,M•Ny r OnYY~1Y r•rRr tlCn•J yy !
i C■
N..'OR S r•4'< D a M I Y lI f1 Y< O R r+ Y f~ { 1 O ~lr z • to
Q I~ 1. O • r
A• R O QQn YOIC r. • I+Y y0 Q
xY w~rnr >i gig n 0~r a a3 a
Yi K ~i`Q Mw
~~ror2m."• gg
r•T• ~~~"xS'~~nioa'~r ~ ■^^~"oxd~~~ `~°2Rio~ v~Q~lr~i
$ o n~. g AAS 1+~ ~ n r no Zs Co n MV .-V
MM~",~~ ~rrYr i g ~ n ^~A ~ n (fir
i n• n~ 7 hw tl ~7 ~ r ~S 7'MY p ~L1~~'Y O~ 5~~.
T> nY 10 n Y n •priY hpj~1 nY j '1 [„~r• On IL ^,q yp yS4i+
M Y 0° v yr ° U 37 1 - bb
C ■ R i 0 R i L K O
.-n A ~m n e/ II Y nM,Q
0 nRn• bb n Y
~ . p r~ R O'a + n ,qr • Y r «.O fm O
: .0 ~r o 0 0 n x 0 l~ N . wl
MC1 r I 3A tl RL R 3 < r27 rR~pp O~q
rr'D"ni0 Y0, 011 0.7Mf~ ~iwRtl ►r `M n. w•Cr RY
q r] » • • w w 40w nnAS 11 • oKn in 7
S»i to,r .o ip A S% r ■ZORYM a~ r
n~e^ ~ri ~R• ap 8 $•2 LSn6r~ Io°,:$
r ran rn snn n " Yr■° nv 2 y1jo •c r µ
D1».°RA S~rL. `"w..r. ■"°'~r2,~ ~iO^y•1w~•1j"eoi Ya"•■"SY M"Cgti
i~p•CSr"~7 ...K YR"tl`M1p ;i•"~ M1~~0I nn
O n M M9 g
8 ~ ~ r ~ $ q ~ 8 ~ ~ Ir i y • r ti,,,~r{
■ w ■ w
a
r;
BYO O P P C. Sy'm t n Lo ~ n ll~ py
K Tn ~n~ f.rD ^h R M1 ^n.P.6 nR ? t,b i'~ -.r. `Lr Nn pynyOna 4
ry4 M1C N n~.i X nn`~ no Vrt wp G4K 0r n
n n ro Y 4 i] K O h O
I n r 0 n n Y R
6 " ~ ] A 4 p~p rt CC "
n i R O n R n a n> R C K n 0 0 n n n R O r a 9 n rt h- .p M A A
0 N k P R q n 0 h w p n M1° 4 n. .n• Fry > R A n y] R • n A
N m y O nn n 0 M C, C 0^ a n a S0 y° y rv n 9 D R n n fl R^ h n► K ^
r.'0 On►1n o O r]KNO °n e z
[ 07 O[ O
o .~Cn-
n. ...nr~Y It aR na7 0. °b 0nn 0
?0 < ° r1~~b G
k a n n O T C k ".p 0 0 0 9 n n n g 9 M" ry^ o qn h r n► p
n .•TnM ■ a nw ppO gi 00 nOu n..n A'~i:-non e
(`Tin 15) 4 R a P 00a0 b Da r Y O .
A qn3 •T'pp h,•'0 k"' 000 n n°n,e 7nr.p A~ nv w~ W n• J O; C r V
n•9 YY.i ..~1 nrn-" .n..n nnngnn 3r. r'nY nMn k a .r
70 on r° w• 0 b a n
N nr n••ny n9 N r►NIJ] A. r• 0 a Z0a Cn n yy AO ^P' 00 rl n O
S • ~~G n ► s: 1- n 0• q / O n] 7 b q C > Y P O n a O O
L pL D O b lr•O wt.P ~~p o • O or • s µp n a~y nn
Y `rai e7Gi 7 ~b^rr 90hP ka nnn ~i,A Ma A: A Y•AT rC `g['yM n A
"'pyOON •6110 A 0~up anK••Oti, r01.p~ ° 4rY Yri
S~ 0 0 0 7 n rr n• O n 0 n O Y t a (i M 7 y~ 0> n S p M I p p" r p Y
p [ • ■ 7 r+Ynp.wO C w.: ~r 0•*9nn 7
n ►0 k.n ry
n
n [ 0 • N° 9 1 k! i n n ` O Y r. r {q y r0A 0 7 7 C H 0 n b Y O r" r O
p sY kKnAnn
Tns Qr rnor• o a an* ^
sea[+i.0 rn Ve and .S 7e 2 (re►1C E,p nC, - nan`CL 6c a ,
0qa ]!!0 ~1~F pp` s a 6r 7r•n k .O
]nn i9y " 0C 4 k. r n ] C
P• t■ b p n N'p n a 5 t n• n ~a n e
~fb6e"T•rnN va 0 ~nn~■ anrMrn 4ngr..r r.w
r'7 4 b n O nn 0. 0 "o 1 n° 6 0 n i n N r^ O 0' i " . S
T
i0nrw. Rn]v: °
~_1\ 0 e p r. O Y 9 n'< D J n 4 IR 4 r K ro n s O
W n
O
;
\i a G p n n It c 6 n T` Y
I ",O,'aGM n r ~ yn 7Gi09 ] y! n n>n00 r'<R n O 0 4,
ap O p s
nn Snn r M C 46ODn pkaOV 6mn i9 r1 ppp 1
j • Sn q [ M~
0 O n K n N~ r ^ r
^ OF 0 r $ n ■ Y L h rt. n n Y 4 It 4 r n n
p s 6 ..oro°"r
{ "•~~n4r.".nkV"A]O li0nn .C ro~aa nh X90 nRS n.Y. ••OOi900 P~yK
K • O ".Qnn nOn M♦n NYr~ Y ~.KM rt.N„• rry
g~yOn~~ n Y M ^n
!7 p [ L'17 4n' It-.O ~rp~ 0.0 C] ~ 1y N 7 7M0 n
r el0 0 N Tn e•n a.. i rr0^n]M r n wn Na Ono gn•nn,Cg0
el rt•O CyO .l M1S1n r•Tr]a-400°nn"'Y r n0 ar. yp"•r'<O
onnniM wp0R^A `r Thn
M w°" Y Tn 0 141 4 T>~ Mao 0 0 n
k
n♦9 010 pAry)q rnfA n9Znn f~ O nn • r5S 0 4 ; r
7 0.7Y 7.0 ~4/ At .70 nroQ Ob" Kg b G C Y~ 7 4^7^6
02
Os• n r-D'4 •a Cb
6 ]SN ^]O'n 1 pa ny
h• r~°i Kr Oar n nrrk..S ~.1 Cnnr^ Oin~C 0 P r ark pP~~j
3i rOnsi0~n%RD nY~n~m 2~i ~a°GC^aain
~j Ckr7 ro pp 9
O n 0 • > p p Q`
101 K Y M 7 0 ^'w. fqj YO'r^.O f OM o nn~T' d a
00
• p n N
•
I y YY a
d6 rpA Ma to 1, ° Z Mn~7 YN. n+~~qN~ QyyO Yrn `.{C rtl ppr''[a20 [7o~P Ap y re
( pX~ g POY<D M `pYarM. a~■7'N"0°l !O~ 0 7Y CS °
Y« r Y • } [ 'I A yyy ^6 Rp 141 1. 'tKK,~ i _
L If t • ~OORO•~C9 ti G".n n,6i Snv 0 Y j p~w2 " An• v p^ ar r^.» ~ MN ~1 y
G r n 0
r ~ PnnMM IG SY,nA ~p~ n n 1
0 . nr.A Y.0 n C nY t nn r ar n r. °
o k
i' ■ T aw ,fir ~i nnNTO we
i~°cron0 R n ( n ^ .'bke 10,
lSA p e
~r`^Jb r y nf4f of "~7 A DN n.n 0 n4 p~p~7 N0 Yr wn niO• +7p 0 Orn4 . S.r.♦
sry •°n' qr OZt6 r«C
R q w i 1i 1•'
u
a
' NNy •bK np0 • sn sn`<➢ N ° a
S, S^ yyYnnnnyryn YeYl1. gYa.Wi • Op P nN 10
Y 0 • n a404K Y.04 yy• ir..7 •C •y A~4°rny P' 1r1'r4+t. fn1 n. . ~0
rr~1 ri Y .61 a ^ n
r70n•'C ~•.M
w 6" Ii 1~,,..,{111 CM 4 0 Y rY yn7 p i
` 'i040Ir np k►n y kc..~ f A 3 7n,' r3 EAK M.07 ~H ° 0 O
9 nR/!Y~•O ~O µO tf<k 4'~O W~ nm c r'O4 Y ~Yaiii 0 Yf1 ♦ 0 0 C•
20 ^Aeyy ^n 0~p~o r.$ 1F•1 No a,~ 1•"1
1 7 e ~ n a. w~11 <.Oi~ ~n
~•~r C 1 M~~OrN~+1rr.Y k e: nnM O^ t+ • n
r[nn Ma° n k 7 1µY 1n O
t 44nY rY. OC ~0 O Sn'µ.~p~40 a 0 ^n•Y u 'pjT T~ O n~ y1 i
it MM2 C, ~
;us
~ 7 ^ Awn Irl • YO n"'rJ 1.W ±wMn n~C a a •n./ v0 0 n1$1 9q a ~ Y
rN f1
Snn 1Y~YS / 4 k'G 7 M 0 O a Y Of v p`Vy to O
~ n r r a' q t CC n r s n, Y r, YY 1
, r"n 1.kMe~e rNa"K"irTnnnw,r"'.. • b' "r..
^~~~qh r~Pr~a» 1gM3 c G'ty~ Ow. C
**yy~Sp'/1 ^1.
m k p r b P M O M y'[ O A N° C w< A 7 11 M M M Q n T Y Y, Q r
gg nt 2 -d
.r11 pS~n"'r nGnnP.r k~. .c i' a.-a ,.$~pk Yo a eY' np
4<'~g0 Yanb tlKl4 .d+O nrt.yr nrr nCr 'AY~ a.«p rn0 '
~c$;g~~M?x Ben"q~ ~.~x "no ~Q^
,."at'!°.µna$n .ittNO:. .."dWXo4~r'• rn ped ^n` o°.a o^S~ wsr
T~'+• 0u.rp.r~1 Trp0 0'ny Y Hn a0i10 gn µT m~1 ~K r s i
r ."Y M~ Oe p+' Tn, • 5 ~ 0 ~ Y Y O Y n~ r' f A ffffffffff 9S a Y n N S' O 0 me
aOn ~1C0 onK r~i nr~•ff'a~'nt„n~Mit g+ai rT..~ t• nMK 'yn w,
n~ YY MA. , ry n w r • n a eyO ~.~..D i~
M nnr ••7ppyy C p0 C AO~DO p+n • Coo y/1
:r 6 ^
y OgAe~n Mnr w110 NNv ,~nr lA w47 •y~ ~'cy ~
On ".r•O 40Mn]n~tl rr.rSQQR a 0 r Ob roY.
^ "a1 $n^"'k "r ~ rho rnnN ♦ N~01SY M~M ~Mh y i
X n r ► ~fC1 ~ Q~1µ1 n (y 1~ ~1 po
' ' w n A Y ° w y w p j N ~ N A p ~
A a n N n A 7
~r
O R 4 M n b H « ► r n b A S n $ n -V C n 0 b . Mr . b b b n. M Y r[ rlb n n
0 0] 0 7 h O n O Y T
'I b C R 0 R° V.Y n S n R n n n 0 O D D M G° A< 0 0 V h a w n 0 a 6 rt
l.1 ry r r0 wn D.n p'.R Y C 4 Y,r p r<n r n.np n r w. R~.i..~ O
0 O b n n n D
ai.°nn~A~W~i sa m.0Y`ap^49°^~ oo eonr<«p[ry ;r~"onn
V.a nm nn Y] a0a,«.prvr.°bonr■ :GvO nsti OR:. ryOgn 4* 4
O nna M 1~ nn. n
a^ O g q• n k i M Y k 7 •°I b' « 6 g K D C n n. 0 II p F E n .°n r r A 0 0 7 D► n p
n «e QMn P
] n 4 ~l11 H 6 T0 4 Sm r n C9 O h 0n.
Y In01<In n q 6 n T ^0]Y K n A brµ[ S 4 J n n O r T n n 7
tM1 ) V [A
O A 07 n A 7K 6CON w.'..j TnKn
R T 10 6 b
n a 0 r b A 4 ■ n T r a 6 6 K r N
b TV.M Nnn nEnO 0
r0 0n 1m0 A C p nnb non:•
«n 604ASr OTK AN n6An hpp 1n M►•A'h rK Anne p«. .yA.O~ V
T n m r R N N N a e O r n 4 0 n Q r n A n w O r r c v o n m n g k p' J 4«p q 9 0 '
SY . 9r Y OI1n•
nn an n7r•rmb O n NO«n'rk°k k A~N~.Tkr pnrGnn O
b n. n,prO a r♦ 0 rQ0 «'y~Or.E r AV i9'^Jm 1-0 O r
pp T n C A O] F K p G An r M S n n 3 n A a 6 n r Y 0 6 w~
10606 «-Y6n n c A A
O Qj ",Tn< m0 7 < M7 p .•6 ArnMµ
P 4 K n A 0 V< M°.^ a m c 2 A J« E n 7 Y
c O G e Y O m y 0 it k to it c n< r r o Z' ^ 6 a A n r A n n
.,r Jq O ^m^nr.-.r 7v .....«.a onn^~ R^}~n b 46r N Za`~b"y
] b i] P n 6 0 G. O 6 K K c O n n e T 1j Y 6 0? A. K b g p r A J R
g O 0 c 6 A 0 0 4 pe
iD~nb MnOrW rN 000 6 a wmY ]4.6.40 n ]pq r.4 k a " 9Y O (~N&n p1O
A n.! 0 go n W!• 0 n a p n A 0 r h i n 9 n m 6
• 8 7 7b ^ Y Op 6 O 7 A• 6 6 n 6 1+ to a C 6 0 0 0 n n Q 0 c A n r r
i J Ypo o.C ] M.G`C nn 0p ..jM1POn h.nnp n~.0]]nn V.c b ] 4nY7 r
R C nr~wl N4~^n oN V] n N na mn Y«-r. 1
p p NMY n C eSJn 01 6 V A !1 N L O 4 q M. N O ! A R 9 a p J C 0 V. n n N 1^ it a° b Y n m ~f.r0 0 7, r
b e N n n n ] [ 6 6 0] 0 A" y] n 0 ° A n n
mT06 .ern n T] 0 6 r Ao nM1 ng~~r it «c Mb Nn
14 -
' n8 n n nMnn `fro r,nno n a n apor+l4aT'C c
nna
bn psinbi .t~ ppnah^n~50rl.KinBry M^Anr°i,Sy ~Ai °AnN
1 0 ~0 q66rv6° n V• 7
7 «.M1 Q60 nt An n6.1 M 4• 6 «Y n O A m
Q60 ] nJb 611 L 6' >rJ] Yn 7 Tr nY •0 [ n n n m C 6.
' Y]rR<m ArtYnn wb C. ryn 4r.0 a00 0 b t70 nn V•r m S A 6 ]L
A ~1 V.A •Mn A7 rJ Tn60n.
gOCOnM q..nC V00 nN ❑bY nT 077 •N 0 0 Da+. 30r P4
1. Cn b ]b ]bw Kb a 00 6 nb, ~ n°J a nM nar,: 67.0.• «A , 4.0 n" 0602°0
r E « y ! a r O n n« ] n C& k n 7! n 7 6 n n n b; b 0 O r n 'On 0
Kt nf17AG~ ryK 1. c A^ryp0 m m 6 N A KC ^bn nMnA 4A
b7rD V, A
E TS4 Aa $Y6•~[ 4f.4 °t "•n/Rpr ^ ^ b ] ]n0
R n OM N K b 6 0 N O a V r• r q b M n Y k n° ^ 6 0 b L O n° r « n e n 7 $1
~U ! L n. G0 n Y n r L C K r n 0 6 7]° M n 12 o
0[ a O Y me 0 Y C
n 7 7 0 T 7 b 6 a O n n m m B K n r r ^
pp A
1{ T b.'^M<0 7r0 m io g« 6MIs ~Y1°i.0 .pn rfni . q a yG N 0 r ry0 N ° MC A
btl °b 4nn [r, 1 ^b M6 nti el wLq pr[ 0^10141^ 4kM~7pnN 7a$ M ] nyml'.4
7;' rn rw0 r T•'nb ] b 7 7 O.T.Y R O 6 •O <7n 0 ■ ° ~j
r.6 «•.q ~M ~r4jn8~.° ~.°O ]]L<l~.O JMMX...n Yr6
{ { ] O„• 4 k p 4 e O v. ] q lI N 6 0111 m« O pb N 7 7 0
O Y n 0 'C rY1 01 Qr n 10 erV b 0 n
1 S 4 Il rte. m n tl,y
``Ii y1{ b N
nn wn QyN Pv baA om n 0 CILIC
y v
QMQOr 6Ah° OA b~IC RryEYI•n;n N1~..$r~ '11
a
01 9
pp s '°1 AA X60 Y'< r n n..r n pp l1 7
r~
Wo np0i tiY ^ ff; me~nnW,M614•.p Gp;l6l~b rb nyM~n!7r p
n k 1 b n pp T IC Tb M M y n p n n n A] 1y r1 « n A n 7 y O p n M pp 4 n rS 7 n
1 Y Y r. 7L 16 1 Ym
" KQ r6 N.7 Rp nVO C µ.n..n«rl° a E °.~.•n li$Y~ : ~Y npy V•b n
{ 09 npd 0610 raY rp S• ry; a Y 0i A
O D'rr 11 0100 7Yry . .n,jln0[]`<r nn~6 0n 9~n n7bC6•16
1 e) b7 7M 0 nO~j~ rr«Ona nEY ° ] 1°1 «,p r n 1417 t0 '°j~ p
gb~
n «
DO «'an 40~i. i~..Onn aw]:.g ,^M, tn~M:7 CCM` a Mn1°ao i L'n°ry 1M1•
"'01-$eo• •AnsO bar niM .410 i4 nre1~'0 nv ~L
b r D W
rDr Iv rrb e4O Of D CV 7p6 p]lga.ntl JMnw 6x61°1 MAY1 4 &n wAn rr Sr•n pw W
61 AMO ~AO 9 6 r ^ n
iR n~.Y Y Orl°m 7 rK "7~r•0r1a'y C7 0 u
44 9 6 n 0 r w D q 4. r° 4. n
01 2. - no a
f., 6, 0D
t f 6 9 eL L•M r 4 C wtl
r7l 0t, ~ ss Cpv ~ry1 n n ry ..y
07 4
ngnn MPOCO C p 7 n1<1'~O 1 no w. Sn " WY f ] fy~ 2 to 21101 A ~fMi nl p~Il ~ m it
n0Ka AR «4 0 rb M„~ p p'Ib NO n .,,"r r ff
P
67• anonn'~ 7 M M n n ag On
r r r 60. 11 0 0 0 .n< R 4` ^ V1 j n] 0 1 son M n 4 r n •
1 n. Aryw «w1•^'J ^ p 1••j(11 8 M0 .I~MQr ] pnnq ~1 l71w Mf4~
7 M»^b YAN.u•< 4 C~1 11 r1 00 0,40 70--l °
nw0 R Ag 0 e
" -"0on.-9 Kryg~rSe ~ 0. ..g .4 K J/1ri~~"f}~r!U 0,
dt1e
ew wl4l NM Q►Os New ^o Mn7ioras .v.w °n C•a0 `L N
pr ot
a
61 pp i Mn< rg
AO rD'tl r~7R M«l1~1^.. n0►ry7°n www n7. ' VR n7Yr1 4.ry
I ` • ~M M
Rry .'00' 6a" I.. b A R n7 e 1xr10011 p 4i~ O •yaO w ~
Y v~Br eM
Y~ R$~iNr /U. 4'A 0
Y °mD `IrF $a~i]A"NY Y ~7[l,r y«3Y 1°t
DqD6 y n~M « n nIJ.•rm a p h M S w
Anf1 a 00Y ]IwN«n ~y r 4! Y C nti 0, Vr°j Y 7.-~i 0"
(~.n~n~ti1 r1 ,
{ n1 6611 pp0 R <~.16l yYp+n 0 M1 6 r r rr 7F[ n N 7 Gn ry • M". M °~.1•p ry ~l
I 0101 ryCry 11 ~Y rll ja r6 Y <yn Cpa rY7~pwM1'1 .1141~~aM OIMf H10 COK wM.'-61°1 y
bb•<n?'..( YYnY CK~a 01<7 ^707M ~ppOyS~M 7 oSol KV2
0 ~$~rgrrl~«.j~ ~n'OA•A« K
01 ~.„M[ ~i 14•. yK
0, Z
~~~f".W10Yn+
..ri 11G O pp ~y ` tl J.d Mr VOe•ir •
I~ern.g " ".M1a O`7.10WIw►&07ra6 r7T r wr
b iG"n.4.~IMn1 .°110 u R ..a
• 000.07.-
7~byyN`.nn yQ/n yR p00 7r•0iM6pM 11nnyFM/•yy].1Nb^ •
A ~ D~^ ~ SY `rp 1". MK Try ~9 ~6or ~k 0 7 11 a W C` ]e+
i l~n
1
~i
S.
n nOOY ~ Y nnr...<p„~
0 P R] Y} b S r A A r. w M'q 9
>rY K R Cn.C O7'91 QA qb 0,p^ LiO.lO v a SD ] p]n A
°r]O~Mn 5 w~jM1ti.B ^ n'a ] 7~f aR4 04'iY O +"C O] aA L °n bQ ~
A nrf YSr,. Yfa«OL]q n h n•<n ] Y~Oan
> OAC YO R]_ Yn nnn'J ^^.C.., A On Y Y ~r nA^Rg ROYJp^Y Z
.<..A~w wO Ov C nn ` .ws nr.. C~-Ke CV n' 0n 0 nNn O.Pi.°R YO ~n O
f Y o r] n n
"Or`~]naa o+'Cn°~ai "M" ga vnn0a A nYrown~`a~"nn w
~f a roan A w0n 0 an. a9 7t "o+, .«p sq h n 4 S► RY ,f '
.-naa noa oast` snm n0 n nra.. ]n,q^R ~n n,,,f n« u
p ] N 7 OM b.w «Srar, " i1A rn. nn= rn sAS a M1gfK n b
yG I
00~o Y ]n.~n0 r~e0 s0 OnV an : 0 007
0
^ Y " n m n n 1, 0 q n rw O ,Y. P
pp n n n f 7 O
"'Ln7 Q i A 7 n OON Y.L. 00 a11 w Or+M R by OO" r 'O r
ryr~ a Ol7r>10 n 9 nY"n ~d Y>"YG G,G 7? nrO.,k q rO NAM 0 S
r//~'~\1 Y' D A n J L'Oq< Y ,^r S S pp O Y R YY
R 7 n N Ic yY p a n n; r r.
C K C f p p a G C M S o i y 0< K w> b y " O N O
f M1n^ K OA Y•YA 7°a nnrw6n0 O.K b'eFFYrn 4
n n ° w.> nnM ~n e'
tt «Y ] 4nr n 't n0a 7 Rp4K A
-n Y 07 rS w Oa i1
Sa Y,~q~'O.
r. wG n OOn 04
w,,, "a 04 qry b R 0 prg0 G'1RYD, ..w
j n0 r•.r"C m p 'YOOy G,0 y~ 0 S On'01 rni.nrl a0. 4Rn07
1I nn Ra r v10 n d, ] 0"J r- '*L nn4 f6n~'00 I
^ S S O
O R C y T 9 r•
4 r'.,►r fQn O r O r Y n~ Y n O "r A A r n Sn O'r <h s S« 7 n MfMR .17 F
C R S" pp w
ry p•n > n<ROR ,n _ 11-0 "'p»6> R<W0 na4A7
bbO Y j..
' ry ~•.On M RO A a M90> QO p
Rna 4r']0 n W76 moo " " Mn Oab cr «c~lO r.a r, 1
el 4 .0
nanf fa of Y60 bN`~`0' Yt1 R5 r...n0 ~n
Y] A M n> q n p L. p
n
• nOn«yFn YC "h ~r";' 00.n S] nnn 0.n$ '7<-"JL
C. r' n>OYnn M pp 6~ n ~M,^ aq 04•C l1C Yp~ r.Q~C 7F'0 ~ f
r ? ►SY Sn n70i CGS Y n n wn« ] "yw.
non V
1 rj p O ryna f m rq rOb~~ viD e~0 Y
I.. n U X O y• A O n n s 0 w G R° n r".,. ; « O 'C w Cx t
a0ns6•.,r v~0 P2 non .n.n mnyr nbif« 'n"eny
,/<frrY rl^ry1 ."..yvONO>yI 'pneq "r a~y'< r,~'n'4 w] r<F.<~y0 i
Ow.'. p ! 4 i ~0 h
~Q^nCi i<:C C'r MR Yw«yf+f9 P"O r~i,M Y]~6rpi5~ MqY .p
~r•Y maO.,L 0 q p~'+0 7n?' 'C • Tm.^C177nC»~ r0 °I'rYj~o^ e
Rr°~ ° "agee n°~ m" ~nfiKOAO[nggqpYb• [nJiy 11 li n a j ~ ~ A~ r0i,x N wn wY`. ii W ~ f
rY.. f n r/'•.. r
I ^ 'tr Y A n, p rYy C
fir's y '
V, n (^r~ lr nArrh il
' Y ft rrM ~w„~O~ w`+r~n Y^4 M ~ rlY~ ~ f
V ~ ri r a~3n~ 7
5!^~ r yy. w V
y }w' M y b v n i0 o S« ~ o ~ 'C ~ sy9' ~ 010
7 ng 11 r.w ern YS p~ ~U.1A ~ Y' 1
a,Ybb• Cfn..h p.n,.y ~r bang
• rr pp• 0 ~ r e0~ r.i ~ Y,
N ~r M ry n 0 7' a .~1 i.
1 ~rI ~ ~~OYrM,. Tejon wYM~<if ~ ~h~~Y
t '[tl r a.rnn'. 'a^~ w~Y~hw nn'e3.,f ~j
r ~ Qgh0} a: Pr'r' r`~u0y »~Y~• j
t t1 t1 ri C
~ a~hnn ~,+^};~n ~p Atlt'f~~rOl 7,0 0 pY
nN+
MY wn .M.. n~*SrC~ei~w0M~y` w.0 C ~wi /fir r
ar°II"r'e an"+a~ I`pt r 1 n C ^ S ^N 0 a
' h ~~fµ7 M Mp'C ~M / Yr1'wJ 11 Ci~` M r0 0
no 0•6xM11 3f~l mraf I
µ0 n^ Rn moo
3 101-1
rK ; «
m
( 1 '
^
g I ~ q I hh
" I Y' N ► Y O 7 u
^ ^
O ry M Y d b Y n
pn ^ Y 9
~ n A O 4 • ,C 0.
f//~\1 0. O n r ° p b
I py Y
Sf to
m N
fl 0 c o g ;
m 6 !f~ Y n n n
{ ,C I ; 0 0 ry d
r p
yp S
s T 1
w o IN
G
n n° O ~ Y r i
• n h r ^ w
a ° Y Y
^
{ :
i
IN,
5C 0►r Yyj,T. 100R. ~ o„^, •ObryD Oa ~►O ww» ~"0 r}
NN" yy g ~r » p M iii < ry g -C IS jb 1w
d" 9hCY~ ' O r. yY II i" ~I 11 d'J~ R 1i µ
'WE
~~~~~M a~~~rK~~s~~ Mgr • M~ I,
r.u.rry~ 11rrryrM~ ~M~~~u~ ~•ry 9■Q~r ~~~0r1~/~«" ~°n ~tiry{~
~ r(Ij~Og'r, ~llµ~+p0y ~e~~0.M~~p MrM~ ~
r iM prr'~ r^,6`
wr red. .1rµs&
051
pLr r p` jf
fir' w" r6y~r i t
of of
H
L ry MN 6~r~K ~ M ~ Ina
~ee11,, 6, 5[e1, yti. ~C " t ~p t qr K ~ ~ 6 d r ~ S ~ i 0 d*
c r ~I ~ IQQi PIP f COI ~ IpF.+N N("h nnV ^M F~ ~ ~ • ~
y
S O 7 0 O1 b G N~g 0 ap p p r n' nc g0.M R A O n Y n n
O C 0 A H a G o; R N}] u rS T M R D r. ~'y C o
q n •C r,0 M n n H O n r N C n + a A R u n 3 rt p d d rt
R M H] N . p. P N r. 4 N n< b.•( .0., , N b H 6 ry~ b T 7 5 b'b R N 7 0 C r• g 00
r.n r.A• y'A H ry
0 O ¢ O Y 00. A x. N NC 0C bn qOq M h P nq pN
A ~T n b b g P a n n] q [ N 6 N M b~] G rkA n n N g p C n A C p
A W f'' b r• C 9 k g k rN in r - n C Ip H M D O N R O n Ga N ] y. 5
If]If~~ ] SONS] nn d On•w nOA 0 k D bA tl'O nOr A b•"C 6n o • '•nn,p
n O N a M] A tl b N^ C] N L •01 4 T O T] Y b A
X r H b h n NT CO y
S° ^
g
n n A b r. ~'y n y n g n gy 0
q tl 0 p b 0 0 n R n tl g K 7 •C O b 2 pp a yy 0M O R
MNn n ^ n nn 1c, n r. Ar-P U0 n C a C'+
aen
NlC bK r•. M"n 4 II IN r. a O Oy 66H0 00Has. 0 o N 90 0V.0
nR 4R A
m * 0 .1 61 a b'~pp]K w.yn0 pn]b q ]p nH yn 3f1, ,O•J
r 1R~f M n bP A A W r< T 7 E R 00. n n + n O.O a N O n A 7 4 d L 7 r. 2 n k R]'
I 0 D 0 V L T . H M C6 M gb
r r n M Y Y S< R h R A ro M C n„ T M H n N M1 S 6 A n] X' N 0] O O C R
y p K] 0 0 R R ry C 4^ 0" : R N n n h~ tl N A 0 q .«.,"a !e C V u..; K n N ".O I
I a o R r• r' rr a V D
fl ••000 H C n
G cdtl n"n[ ~"nnKanvb p y o
4 'N py G K o x Y¢ ] ❑ n 5' n n.ro 4]
o u r n n n
~ A •
N M Or-]fr S n O 'D n H] n b ] N h. h 0 M p C t O b h O<
A
d7A NyF nn OAr1Y R R Nt~O'ti •CJ. M y~ Y ] ~0'f. O•C 01 Y .a M1
t i l' • 4k db kMn q0 N u x)y P
] R n n n.C•-00
I b n g a 0 t b b R 5 2 J t yy Y M Y 1 r-+
j 1 N 07A► CCRKMY A A~kM1
r. n
hf~+~ b I
{ N'nny n0nby m Nf R.b.N2 R
+ 'A " Mtn A
k O adaa n D, a d ~N
A OO
I ~e 0 ] r
w . k H 3« eb. •a
k 4 4 O b L h N ry R M N 7 N a M ti~ v o n y] ~ M Al 4 w M M z 04 M 4 4 H 00
pR n yN'g b ae2 ,C~N 7Mr IriM y'.a..R r' n0 R R•D dryn rk p 5 ~y•'
l n'tl nN C]b .•yw.0 S0 MAh fl 0 N „NONn.~. n SC
] rtMr.b 'Gb n D q of
r M MO'
a r n R D ( G 3pI~ p v
t M'+ ry r L~` n d n q ] A 5T'9 M. O K O A 'e 0. RY . Aq N R A n
s O 0 R `<6:k h 0 0 R 0"] r. rte. 7 n 16 -0 h Ord R b b n n H n a 11 n
,n,O r. f'n^❑H R D 0 ]►Nh 4 p D O.n HnA"n T'a k A 1'• nb r,p
P r 7Hnnb6 p a M] bOOfn~ y'7N 0.b x r.
~R 70 n6bbb l- M 014 rT SC 410 A0 7p 0 OA2 p.n a Ct rf 70 0 f$1 •y`' ~`y'
9bt r 0 n.0T h JMM nR SNMBnCrc r.0. DO n'•lq 7Kn CRJ' y r~0 0
C C gp 1yN, A n (L b
` g 9 a q r. y reg
~ ankkM~r?~Mron`~'~ipp "D'a]wrn5'"p p•~4"H9wyGn
wS '^p•^ ~ r
P C SYpr u,qr n '7 M on 0c
J 0 y C y S R g M S n
wo ~
o Y 5 A ~
]]'D M b Y n H M 9p ly M pb 0 A O Y lj r M C N n ] ~
f nr•O nAr-nR r P'OO n LOnn 50 AY§ 9 nJq 7C V. 0, p
At tY7 100.'N AM ~l bu
On "•<r.rR S N H n 04 H g a C n n0.r O no
770 u.]nY RNb rA . GG JQn CO
0, r- RS
ryµ' "H 'C urt~tOA Rp a n 0r] }b lpg7M ('~n ,k r. O
B n ~MV d 7 1 I F8 dnpp dH nk CA u ~+0~
k n•NL nAq Ctl?N ~k It. V, 4
II 5 nr ° y ~•+,n
E
N
i
I MY O Vnr N nw003 n0 ✓~l4 a n[O r or 7 $ H b Nk CM ~I cm o b bNO►ea
W" C! ff 11 1ypR roY~ C'"ry C``r~,a OM b0 Yook Aft nf1 w14 0MnGG Mn
A Ela C b [ 0.] nnn Mn ••.I <npyyy'''Ok yb M0 ra A' ny'w. nnh'7n'H0 dfl- N
M d• r7 ~a 6 N dnW ryM1 C.YI bq %d Ayn' IIIIp r~AfRI940330 N D0~p. ~nrM ~Y ~ AC N Mfgr+~C1
I rOi
G NO rqj rlwl Vv.7i 7M ✓.Y 06n hb N7Y •L M6~Y f1, SM7N9 in.. 6~Ok C,'«
yaO Abu 9 ~.M 0 r11y 6Y ] u00k• yMq n.0• pM yby k1/N 1 Cd qY y ~MO 0 1
71r N M;~ ry7 r,pe O1R~ MMR 0 Afpy~N pn•M SkdO Y~•Iy,N COR MN ft v Mk
it ON In o.r6 N 0~YO. "YyyC K,,[y7O" 11n~~jj ryyyHIIr b Y1.•~•MYp`!•n7C N I.+r qD K~Oqi. I„n~
ON dArM1+M i A 6H rO AM74OM7 [On ..aN MOfr' A•1 AN~q p.„Au
NNkx my M •p ~1 'J a
r ~MMrOi• y 0 f+Y Y N~0 r"~nM k YnrI1 N0 P KO ry it i'p r~• Cr+C
WAO 0 r r~0 A K U N nJ qyM n Np"N <rn tl M N q... y'{ Y •n yqd
I tly IjGI. 2 nnbN11 '~G}O M.M. ia"101+ ON M 0 !"f
M7 pn P•1 " IS~i YYY£YI
li 00 N+7S~N Ru Y Y N`NrINI~ it N Oy) HY r0+}H ~O2 •ry, YrY 4 1 O 7OM~ 6"
k:bN tl Ctl rd r ~►Y a~V nY C'00~ M r Gn NF~•0 k r !!!"i0tltlnll
j r I~ MI~
C p■0' M. M• 1•+ W A"p0 K k Wn0 k Mr p• O M k
Ora 1Y~o•pN~ 1y~ MCI~I•ni yY<Y N'CK N MpG lyf•'O~ kt1'1~~ I¢14~fK~~ 1
rnk0 k f" [ Mr0. 0 M kO O r+C'O 1~M1 pp.~ F+ ull Ap~irr N grr7 ruMM y
rHpN• M rJ MN r YnM 00tl M 'O0 n O •A N.
r.R'A~1G.I"~~°.~'yµ "dM"sg5 eMS'n .[a~d0'oi.Nr'of "rttiQrN'
6 •kJi A CM S, nWl+r • M AIn10 i. Nr
(1 ■ a ~qf a ^ It • • N • 0 • o Ip ~y+o ,b r " k r n
~I1"i ~ 'M MN F r Y•, 7 ~1n ~aYGM C • A40 I p CA ~N
f ; a1i ~~^~N~ nC'~ •MC~" 03 enam, Um a, a,4 G ~
rn~ S IN Y Cf p P%
C "C ry~i r to "~ro{~ C •y a' '•CCC y I~w+ nQN feY1 ~.,Yf p(rp`
~I• AA~• n5 • •n•" ;'T
V r < 7 M.M•C MiW tO•i1 r. brM ►!1¢ 0 NV
Mr: ~••4ii8Y.~0 /dM M Q" r ,,++ySS~~ H. 7N b tiN Oyyti: r~ FQ tl M4 094000: GPI~....~
itl•Oy
lYB rY (~w»O « Mp a „ „'ry ~n~n ~ ^ t:;[ OYG MT ~00 ►Y y'0 5.0
.0 VV
SQ + M • M O F+ IYn~ .G fry .»T 0 eW I~ 1p
r- 6 k
3 y ~ A~^ M ry 1~+~ ry `1 ~ Siiglll
s
r
si
r,
,
i~
I
i
rte. 0 00 I
0 B:R°NC^o~naYn~nP0
08nn0 ra~osn4p.rp~
7»"~a ~7ooa►Y en~•`"nf~CnC> ,"fY h:ana14r1I9~G n""gK~s~
OO4"no+ ~~a n ropVY.pR7n w^^,~ °~tfl°GinRIDC1"i4Ya4+ M1
4pa^Y~~"~a'%7No4nn nnonnrMBORM~°oH•OAC4nrCnH
F I RF70 G:wb 0
H no k n► N0'0 "4~6 M 1 a~ 11 "n".n~O5 A Do M as 0 M.►1 tr
oQK „ O w J~ p n V fl a G r O 1 0 m 0 n p O J ~ 0 0 40 O 5 0 M y~ a n y tlY S fl A
Ydr KO rCa:C 0 a^' Il lnf r61oC w"~ n py+ 7 NO An n 90 b•~wN 3,►
4 ne 4cnV W n 4rK
70nrBr prNI~HK >~n4N Mb "a O K
y 6N Y^}
N 0 M4 n. ~Me1 BOO I-'K ON"t0n+`IQ r0
An01 eap y Nlot ~ nR74° :01 14104 :.0 On^N.0 sDOnO066w4a7 N0 7n 7
4 0.r Ayb04p0 4 4 n Sr '0 0r br4HMCO 0 f1 M. 0
a a'O n
'D Mp ►s "~O ~9 C, 7' 00-1 aa0 O ° "O~0 H M
SMiGn 0Mn M.1RN
' 4. M01 0 ~tMyS~NM 00 q0M 0. 4 0.9 to n pNN p7K ppn
j r HYC 't 4 0y0y067 M7 Q r r.•q Y ^ 'C
aO r no 00 03 }wn4p ~gy~rlprN b nKY~fpp1 AY.^7 t '
I 4 n Sn0 ~JF nM^W 60 Wr.A r..0.01 6^ S► Y ^ CO ^MO RO^(n~b b a 1-M M
,,p ' 8 p' 44 n y0 N+ S 4 r. O
yn"`J w►r+.p p 5 npab' n Mn p n 0 4 r
I ' .11 ^ 00 M H•O NN40'O gi CyR MpF'~W Q. ~r0 p9~ppM {ryCA c4 pOCM
J ~I O 3 rP~M nObbpF°•M n b ^O Y AY N w* * rOr~~ A Ry~'~ ,Oi~^ ~q 7►
+ D ^OnnMn'Mp~O6 K1~CIna.70, Q0 ■o e v nN?'°G7M A 7 '0a& ft
l
0wO 'MO N a► l H KoN 120 OM is Sion s74°n~0$oC' 8~n"$
wa n Q
a N 4 a 0 8~"^
0 r0 4.0 ~►4n at°K a~ rC.°i poo~o6tnM 7^0.p ' ►p
a 0 n . 10 N o n* + 4 M'4 I 4 M•I~ p R ~f e
1 A r4IV 66 M~tYTr ln..w R O: 'a N v0. o r on O Or bY ^ p 1ss~ 7/y~ p~^~pp M~I p0µ
~qM 7OO ~+G0 a✓ p.$A MMyO y"y.yC O fWf~~ bOp 0 n7Y Yp wan .0 HM1 s
h Nn "+M p"'OY M 4
v W w 004 M+ bZ. :0 fp31n■0 +►'S64 O p O~ pM. rf
jl h n°1 'pJ'C n,F-'rp p'Oi M4 040MY ni`nC ] t1A0 '.~a, qI +H. 0 N ^P
n ppqq
{ +""•➢.l+pN„OrNOM YM Aeb ^1°1 gMa tlGri, rMi~,NnN, pA tia aM 'NJ~ 4'~
4 MC' A i i0~h•np Na 5 R~ ~i'nnH, bR'
V +.A O~NA A 7. M '
I
i
' ~~wtl 0►,°On jM •i° p 70N~GH OnK 0~ nrwrtl ro0 ~6 b
O WW 4
IaaP naMbao , 1"
is Lena H KSg
AZT » rr y s°»^^ ~Hn ~ a~3~R~SgNC0. A
C y~ }p 4a p rO p n^o•6. r
s O^ W W N A 41••~D~ "n- SSCn'o ~'~M ~•~g~» Ms~~~r~w"t-, r~p~
a5naa 4" ~Z i• g4 ~cC CSvQH.~121"
r C•°kvC"~I~
M n W w M 0 n a M W y r
CCC
~~ASN »s,g`~oG •R•~r^^oCSr:~s»os`~N~~n~cY~:ao
W VW b 4 G N n M O O' g7~Jt
CCo7Mgwiw4a~ ""Ssro~w~i°~5 ni H~M" `rS
11oQ$° n~ eoe i25tio
s'C OroIaoaMr, N 8~"'"oI'ep~$ lM..r 6'p. L'
'a ro0 L.H H n r n n • M Q It •H" p p i
K Ij nn W~ wl~»t+: • P S 40 0Y • H N
a'el gooftor0 ~r nti r.0N Yg O ~I Oµ~•' F+i g_~•{ Osf0M M4 `~a
e p G/I M< 0KY N t
A 47N, 0• fl~1+y 11 (11111
F+n
11 ~p1' ~ 70G ~n
WY ,O1 ~Meg}n~•r ~ aH w pr •VO 71k
9
HII y'JO MO G •MM O~ fEG~ M Y R•p0
w ■ ag"00 11. 4 H nj
Ibi MrI1 L~M
ey1+ µ11 f~A~iM/ ,
E»~ 44p~bp~~ M N
►nY P# ~OGY ~MPI+GOI F• F'NI HkPPPo"1f47+ qr
$ ~1EI a ICY
Qµ ~~pr+ y~~'oryr~a i "~e wrrr' o j0
Y " 6MQ n RtI~OairCrC.'w M''''ppppMly° p S=pA
fit frw-
HE giaC
+ 7 4
N n orb
I
a
tr
Ir
Ma 40.04 a1+ bA0r~ Un AO nw
wrO 4b OaO.A C°O or
44 1+...,.
ry n " M V V0.m mk 010 00,000 ppw0 HVO Inro
7Yn nnC Wk7 'J wy 7"4
k ,1 M n o
Mp nvo 3nr rMI
S u• F h n z n O a1 n O n II 6 n. w pgg ~pp nn
n0 O • 0 ak on 0 p an<x a, u x n nn an §u.pn1i 60
na n A ~mm °nrn°n M o ro
p°nno ~prJ i.°0016, ncR} .-M 't 0
00 S O O n r R n 0~ ~ mS0 6~n Kh pO wp4) d.1 11 nY I11a ane^ 0
q w .S M bAnrW 7 E• • On O'A C7hCMri 'J ig
• h 9nAN EMF10 07on+ n6n 0 YMb"7w ww0 w7 10 Ow f.or n
n^
00sor°YnaWo n n ww~+r n aro
n v~ bshnAOn .Rnnn innKnmCa
~x ~Jw Fabnw « OOOnW aRYAnw A DatlSA G non10 QO
C'6 n
wlAl n nvn 70 °AH AY^E n~6A H`~Y~9 ib n a Ul VIA 0.0 Wk 5'C Wa ,
KG 10 O pin WY x'6 +tOn o &V an
AO a ro nMnNn nM•n rp ckp ryk47
nns~q nk AY rl xlY~ 006n kr•i r+ 7 wnG k N n n•Np;tp p,
n A, p' ro w a n D 0 0 7 p k u~ M Y m H n n a `a O L
H M
wA W Y 9OC -k~ p A kbnbn7 .A KMn MOpa
95 k r~yn k 0Pia D n
a n
n ~ swoon w non°oo <
y a -nH Wnxc a5n8. n xrnfa~~n nn, nn NI .
Am wrrAh 7 a RnAa bop np i SSA n 0:10 Y r•0 aTr1Iy K b
'<A7'7G W's s 7m KO0 C1~ nA C~n Mn al NC W p3n7r qtr
arAnn°vto ro°b~ °ana~ae"~ ?anIQ-4mv Y "a nnn7rnnny~aq
n ykAn r{ ry~1nnr. nrwnsn
oa
I An rY MQ Y n 0 n 9.r•.G y4'<Da M~•h
n wn CH WHY n.nn e e 1
i rovn.no~57"~0' °aE~nyenn Y an n a ~nvo0Wm0, au
4{ "4Yr~uvr n~ GB yryryYnn ~7nn~r,.o 004 nnnnwnpovoa
v. u 0 m 0 cYp O O m c V O a.°, n O a .aN. FV 1.. ry71 r. r O n< L4 3 w
Y r) n -
A W M, AI•+nra^ a.IwAO nng~ yo b'9
~1y+Y wM H,~n nw~KO ~V;~MMy9 y
r.
TA 0 G0 A n b Sj anY1&6, k ° Y M1 n° na aA ona NO7 Y 9~'~ n
n [00 Mn Y OAwn m t ;a A n 1Y C A Y O H Y OY1 0 n , k fn1 0 'J° 0 M• m x t n e) ro a n a ,n" r It
p Mr,' r.Yk yq~ n 6
lr. [ N
A n r 36k `(nF+r• O IO at~ Afnln n ~O nN t~
f{ ~nn5II V O07,, °IK.,Y kr• N. nn~On, is
{ 0 ~ a C 6 Ao v X k 7Y Y NM.n ~S H. w, iCE
~ a y
l ~i nn~ Sr1e~na ce9~nb~r n yy ao.
1.. wr1 CS. V, ?'~•lwWhn 0 .~60'~Tn NV yaYr• y n
y o OypkAnna ar~.wa0~o [~pno ~i o'~ana y0a t
T ~T an hY'O~EsoA D 'Irr~ H xnn~~07 ry Y60 r1 ~'C TGC 1ny
nn$oAll, nod r•~a r~ MA ok Wna921 °Zn f
03
q n y C 0 µ 6 n 0 n~ p r °
1
! !!rypprya ~'i Yoyn.rd~yeef ,,°yy nYn py rxa poM e n
OY N. b ~`tna~ Ay p Ypr rya n 170~nM Y„ en YnM JY AMM ra•C00,
a jCuno O' i61 n
~ HMO pry a~I n M ~ Ko o+e k as it nw~n~r»Y~~~wb $Iyy ~,.~ApY ggyy pA
Li
f `h p0 »M a f"1 O y1 0I 'ppm O b 0 IC w p 0"r 0 Mr, n F M n nnN m ay, h rt N
Y~~A byA 'i a~F~V n' Y- aw.Q.M MNn Cw d~ O6n r.ww
nn^n Ff. A nor}. ry 00 0 A l N Mn
H n k n w K+Ip MM
A E!
A 7 a awl y n h Y O k 7 Y l.+ sdj `Q O p MM Y V' a ° y g CA p
Y 11 y a y ~I
k "7 „"a a° w J w .Pr~n Mm ~nyi µ ON A MS Y.X6n1•+ AOaC]'~
n1+ 1O p 6 Wly aC SN.i a0 h fnl vaM 14
° m 7 x^K
oo nnn N ■ A ~fyRA^y a
M NS m nA at..3 SH Kkm nClt3 A Y m~lhm ~ Y OtlwY.
IA 9119
rn p / Z I. pV ~r .A n~.O ~•/t19 H 4r..77 A0
M
q
0IrFIi 'y~QM DQt'(p>a$ O`C 1Rr~11nw~q MHO bbA Sw+K ~aM lYx NNn..»y RRw y, YtlM O
O a Mx a NI1 H i ONYn~R pC6 ryMAW ~A tl o-
Y K g.7 ~f M y`~ q~YO C •attff77 ~1 ~<ti RugbAi '+J rM~
f a°... ~"yYi S••M t!"N" ~ ~ywN O ~n m~nO -n ° „yr Cep It
» a G ~ M p 1-0 a ft " N"ii ~ym+M~ CS m sµY O ° ps J
~a, 11a M~1 rI F+O I+M N a6 ApAp° A9~ N Y `Q M I•~^ y Y DNN.F~nA
M O
wrt "R aft cam $9 $9
yy (nI y yp A p I ^ S* /y~1 µ o ((yy
jQ'To "aNS'V6o~ YSa SL . +`eyNr b'•YrY} S Mn•~j. sy~M
C M ~ NkI i A14" -0;7S 1 1 A"'9000Y,tf MAO MM if14
1 YU NA7 Y
ftl1 ~pYy +
tj
1O M sb• OroG 0 0 nn b
nSg•0. b On pK G~•n4?rn A[nb'n
b fOj 1Y- Yrn Ary, an np D0101Y W4,< nb OK po
<'C " ~/Srr Mn~O 7 n M Y b M rn. rA•.n MAYA C nhnHrm" Ii~~'«ir111b `
me no r
0'0 n am ~0 Ou rM1 AA1+rt A 6 A OY i nnMOMA OrY ■ .7
R aQ A A r
M A n b n 0 0 n" d M I' D O H S D 0, rM 0 M 14
r. nC O 0 n p p° 1„
r rrn. r.+nm 7 r r 5Ar•nr f
n R K OM
O
W p'nA 70 b. O 0 00Y AAffi DO•Y fn1 Sn h+ M• D A yS "
PIDCIA~ yk 0n7 ♦ A 0"0 aM 1. ON p D
n n
Y ,76nN n O b A"n• qSYO n M ✓-NOM yO a L7.R70
t, 0 YM
b~ OOr w i'Y nr 1~ ~t pp
e) 1P..ry 71+MA Ab R'G • a I+ n9 M9; on 44 b<d:♦fin.6
n nppM <Iy~ R 1+.07 C 0 MY MMA b" h rR ° G 0{7M A 1„ Lf6 '1C1 K
w60~ r*C Qb nn fl i AfriOW 74M OP.67 [ S pOp C~71••n,d0
< M A < A S b
O MH n 1 ryyynH,
A Ny b' t' 6'Oi~ ppr N; 6 Ann P 0 0 it 0 t~ b M M r • 1' Gl ■ ±'f np n •r I/ 0
1 O sA n n7M R77ppA O ?a 0". 01 AO6MM C 0 nb Yy o(O p n A^00.pa•p0 D
n m no AR• n n6 0 r 0.C 171 74Y~~y11OR O nA, 6n0 YA P'10 iM11.
.'J ~nE~x A~ M. ~,OZ C1~S k A M1+P OM101 0. M '
00,
A r (y r ~i n O n
i 4 AM nY R0 0
1•.n n0 ~ ~•p 1~~t1rM70 Y M 1A1 trf.V N. tn., lpj b ~5'b! 9►rO10~~ ' 1
n b S A [ 5 b b n > Y R L 0 0 k a1 n a s 7 M D O ; j M 0 P` s
`t m a• 6 n n n b ~n n k tr
4 yN% p
.L N O b ~~0 0 a
rb ~7H.tl °r nH y R0-
0 pAk nh1-. 0.EE0 N
n yMOh 1- WQ MO
A~1 n n 6 M 5 ►^JYbA tlSk/N0 M'
; u ro~~ J a M r n nA "ro m" Y• N o n 1r+ •OM 0 M 0& 6M
~~jj 0 Y C ♦~~<11 f♦ 11
• A 0G • n 1<O LnMY OI"1M0 111N` M
r Mr•ry
Pkf b<RppnK ~33 ~~ray~ Y a g
7M.7n r~• YM°1~IW
AM Y ASkY Myh OM1[••M nA n kr 0 1 01 wok b' ~O M'p aOi. pM,
°a~gr k r 7 y.An«>;A°nnS1°eu rg=is kSr
e Y 7A7" t 15-90 077ropW 0
~1 Y'M onMw~!
DO YP G.Y6YA }r D O79 C.n ~~MOkD 'ro+0"r Mrr
~ O M.O. 'OOr.O C u,O R~pff A Y A6u~p C r~1 M M• M y~K: r♦C
1tTt r7 M A 70A 7n GAA~ 9~M t1 M02rrkr• 0 M
µ p61ki'r
0 M < 1 O n nAMUO. pp. rrp ~tr.^1~ M° SS ♦`PO V.,.7i. D oft
I P C M ~'~q Wr ~M ~ ?~i! Y A'
~ ~ n c
I
i
I i (0~ 0 ~µ1~h.YP ~QO10n!
1 M KM Rn ~.h~n kO AA
1. NO~r r'O M
{ 4° Y n11 °1G'~ F J ki1M 1~01+P Mk CC Olt p..'pQ
k bt+ b R~k w 0 • nA • AA • r 7~W poM n11lMn
o5•~i p".o•p p• yn er 1qh~ yeoy y, ~tl Kyi~ i~` •~(y~{, ~`i 11 p~1RMU.. NA
1 M~~,n 5~9Jn~L M~h7nfld Rl ~k (~~k y~~6f~1~~"pO.C 1+ CMMb`C
h ~•n ~tl }f~ryG. r ~~C~t. +p jp A f~T~~OKtr[V~i (tl~ ~ i p M Z b O ~ (Q1 nrrrrOO OFFF
t o00 1Y~ ~^1~. ^'~1Mtg R+ pAMY ~r$jrll•pN N A r1T~M~
r M 6M • M /(¢CCYp~~ M r 614 It
K n • r' M ~I}1• S r !~1`, /QSI AS~p~ P Ph 105 y41 ~11~ Q n r1+ ^ M•
' ryPb ~A •OM~M~~~w QryOM ~rMS~~t~:Y
! ` M A v~i 0 Gr F~R-"o nM 7M i1 SPA
10+M
N. ~ }r 1~ C :S' ~Pe ~1 t 1b..+ p ~p1 t1 y 1~ ~1
Magi p
Aft `1: ffA h' P DM.'S S~nMD~ r♦t lj jb }~~II M
j f a7 ~ r
If ~O
r fln.c. g
11 O0.r~+r M=10NO~Z "YO r1k~t~im.
tA1~p~Ar
•rr w M'p~a ~^k 11p 1+Mair♦doY 6r b4
iiN 7 1 ,
y. tl y(Aj~ 9r~1 A ` Qe C 1y+1({1~ S M F+ • ^ • V
7MI~f 1 '
MM(((~~~M 1y7 h`ePV1C ~7~Mh 6rM 6O<~ /w Ali ~r'M•~M D~IM+r P~M M~
H MOI•1 u.0•I'r A W ii 1111, Rt{~~Q r ■p e
7P 1" 1 k CR1r A
M
2 S1p~ii
1~ O~bnq 11 M 1+nOkt. 1~ n y tyfd~~
I MDTf1t1M`<RrOKAM r 7'OY On 1 rfMO'S
(QI p I /}nMM IZO 010181 6 1M by1n.
E • M ~ ~O ~A tyM M,1~ 0.M.NOe1Nr pp F+O eA yr 1
M fi ~I }r! • b• •w i1 ~I 1i n S
e. £ s £ 's `g£ ? µ ,..ss~1I~M a £Mc
s a°£ sus g„ss£9 ~M~g:
gyp.\1H#'f~
g :..,..:gas . 1{1{{{II
7E$ stiw'19vY....
~~r,'tktt yVl
1y19~ r0yr~177C AOnY MM
F ntlA nRAyy nfn(~
CO ^A(~ ~7K Yny'i
f 7M 01y~ r ~AfY `tlR+~Mf~ My n sM r~OM f
n a htt OF 700 nnRS9µ M.OgpY•^M
T4
Ci 711 A'~. Y6 M N h7Y'iN
-43 ~o
R9N Atftw4YAdy'~~ p~ t rot RX
E, 6-
NSpA lr+Y ~JOn~►r A` M Awa
` p6Afi tl Yo* PO n~ yy t!
~1 r Yy Y~v: 5~~7 3Y 6d r
~ysatt MK e a
K& n
Cy tl rF+0n A a Tr0t4 6 v`+O AOn A N a
{ • dN O N Mn~nAOn 1 I
Nr, 6
n C12 0 It 0 qq a'ItNO ANT j
ry o pp qq
F:, MGn7 w1GO tlnA7 wt~A C~~An
p py q ~7r I
,r{ 7h/n^~pr M Wf ~nn~9n OOO r}.~
~1 ~f 1~ r/~t p
7~YK ~nM ?'OryptlM~MAS N~DN~
P r~Tyy a 1f"
µ
troMM O7M~~. a„^ O~
15
4
II
i
i
I
a
1 ' I
1
i
i '
A
i
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
FEDERAL ENERGY REGULATORY COMMISSION
City of Denton, Texas Project No. 3939-•002
{
i
f ORDER GRANTING EXTENSIONS OF TIME
(Issued April 24, 1986)
On March 280 1986, the licensee for the Ray Roberts Dam
Hydroelectric Project requested a trio-year extension to file a
schedule for submission of design djctments, plans, and
specifications as required by article 28 of their license. The
reasons advanced by the licensee in support of the requested
extension of time are reasonable and justify the extension.
i
To provide sufficient time for the licensee to develop the
proposed project on a deferred schedule, article 37 must also be
i modified to extend the scheduled dates for starting and completing
construction by the maximum allowable time of two years. i
j The Director orders:
(A) The deadline for submitting a schedule for submission of
design documents, plans, and specifications as required by
1 article 28 is extended to January 19, 1987.
(B) The deadline f
~I or commencing F project construction is e
~ to March 20, 1989. extended
(C) The deadline for completing project construction is extended
to March 20, 1991.
(D) This order is issued under authority delegated to the Director
and is final unless appealed to the Commission under Rule 1902
1 within 30 days from the date of this order.
Kenneth M. Pusateri
Acting Director, Office
j of Hydropower Licensing
i DC-A-22
MOM
1!11'.1:44'
MM Cfi.'n(il
iJry]
9
i
1
~ I
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
REGIONAL GENERAL PERMIT
SWF-87-DISTRICT-RGP-5
OUIPALL AND INTAKE STRUCTURES
E
t
IJ
I
1
Cn A!ti[
{i
F1
f
i
US Army Corps+~ f r.
of En ubHc
gineers
Fort Worth District
The Pnpuse of this public oodce is to iafurm
of dw Regional cvneral Perrnft iisxd you of the issuance
below:
I
I NUMBER: 5W 7-8770iS'TMT-RCS-5
I AL'I'1v rryl nmm Am 114= ST
DATE ISSUED: ~ [)ece,fh.,- 9 1987
RetWsta r `Proyam
Slate its earlY history the US Army Corps of
= impoetagt role in daveio Engineers has Played
~"Y th4 bmlvatd pmeat of the iuttiu x s water t+asourccs,
_ ooastructppq of harbor tortitlcadoas and s
x'' "dAuft LaW duties Included the tO Ptv'k s of meat of 'i
01~t
. commerce. An lmporrmt an or
Ow miadoe today is the M*xdw of the wim's p
. dhae atlmidumtbm of the US Army Cotes Of ; agineem Regulatory
.f
Tbe. US A=y Carps o(Envi j f rAe U River n is dlsecxd by Congress under
to s+ag<tis0 of ail the a mork Ri or Harbor Act of 1899 (33 USC 403)
ssrrictmau to or affecrfng At course{
Corr, or O*ac ry of new' 8 614 >.WM of the Unlud stares.
The WIN= of this law is to Pn*ct the mvigable capacity of waters
to wterstsoe co>rsmesx,
Sea444 The US
Army Gaps of Engineers Is directed by Congress under
Secdoa 484 of the Clean 'hoar Act (33 USC 1344) to regulate
the dtadrm*se of dm* and jM nmttrtol true all Wagers of dM Unite,
S4,0" tnsladlxg darer ad aeftt %erlands The iatrut of this law
is to proxy the tabor's eaten from the lndiscrlmi txtet discharge
_ of maxifai ca*k of causing polludoa and to restore ane' rmtintain
their cbmical, Physical sad biological integrity,
i
Coco-,~~t ;
j V US Army Engineer District
( Regulatory Brand
Hoc 1580 Permits Section
Po awe moo
ti NM 871C3.U80 Fort %rth. TX 76=.0300 i
817/334-2681
i
+~4?Rt
I
PUBLIC No rICt
REGIONAL GENERAL PERMIT SWF-87-DISTRICI-kGP-6
DUTM L STRUCTURES AND/OA INTAKE STRUCTURES
Inter asted parties are hereby not4fIad that, In accordance with Title 4 CFR
325.2 (e) puclished In the Federal Aegistsr Novsmosr 18, 1988, the ++i Corps of EngInetrs' AIbuouerouo and Fort Worth Districts authorize
theSwarKmy
j 1 described harein by Regional General Permit pursuant to Section 10 of the
and Oarbors Act of ISO and Section 404 of the Clean Water Aol. R , vsrs
the purpose of this regional general
~ minor recurrln permit is to expedite authorization at
g work. Work which does hot comply with the provisions of this
document will require an Individual permit. Any work or structure which wIII
have unacceptable Impacts an the public Interest Is not authorized,
~ This J regional general permit contains oartaln limitations intended to protect
the environment and natural and cultural resources. Conformance with conditions
contained in the regional general
zrtian under this regional gsnsralpermit does rtot necessarily guarantee author)-
considers it necessary, an application will be required fortindiviidual permits,
Construptlon, dredging, or fill o
regional general peratlans not•epeolflaally covered by this I
Permit are Prohibited unless authorized by a sknarate permit,
{ 9COf OF_WOFiK;
I ~
Work authorizati by this regional genera) permit will be limited to the construe-
clan and maintenance at outfatl and/or Intake structures In which the discharge
of msterlal,lhto waters af'the'United States Is limited to I,600 auplo
r
In addition, uo to 1,000 cubic yards of material may be disanarged in theas,
construction of all temporary aatfardame, wcuipmaht r
tures. These structures (permanent and temporary) may not confineinormalrorrtow
flows within the stream. Following aanpletlon of the outfa)) and/or Intake
structure, al, temporary and excess material Is to be removed to an upland
locot)pn and bottom contours shall "be restored to areconstruction conditions,
All material In restricted to piton native sails obtained at the work site ano
send, gravel, rook and other oearst aggregate. Alf material utilized should ba
of suitable quality and from of toxic pollutants in toxic quantities, The
outfall end/or Int4k4 aarudturela) shall be constructed so as to prevent erosion
of the bank below the structure or to the sides.
The expavatien at material from btlow the ordinary high water mark of navigable
waters of the United Sts Hs Is limited to I,SOO cualo yards,
.7N4
N
v-
iJ 7
-3-
,
LOCATION OF WORK:
i
j The provision of this regional general permit will be applicable to all waters
of the United States and all navigable waters of the United Stags within the
Albuquerque and Fort Worth District Regulatory boundaries in the States of Texas
and Louisiana (see attacfiod map), However, In the West Fork and the main Frinlty
! River from Randal JAI II - Precinct Line Road in Tarrant County to State Highway
I I ; 34 In Kaufman County, dredged material aannat be used for cofferdams, equipment
ramps, or similar structures. Dredged material may only be used for backfill In
those projects where the trenah has boon completely dewatarad, In such oases
f dredged materlal can only be used to within two test of the top of the trench
I and shall be covered by two feet of clean fitI material. Material excavated
from this section at the river will be properly dlspoood of at an upland site
and covered to prevent Its reentry or contamination of surface or groundwater,
Disposal sites must be Included In the request for clearance of authorization.
i
AUTHORIZATION FROM OT'HEA AGENCIES:
f rho pormlttes shalt be responsible tar obtaining all other Federal, State or
local permits whore applicable Including but not limited
I to the following:
1, When send, shall, gravel, and marl are to be removed from State-owned waters
In texas, the pormittes must obtain a permit from Texas Parks and WlldiIto
Department, 4200 Smith School Road, Austin, Texas 7a744.
j 2. Ali activities In Texas located on lands under the jurisdiction of the
1 General Land Office, Austin, Texas 187010 should have prior approval from that
office.
3. Individu,wls considering work an lands or waters under Jurisdlation at a
River Authority or other operating agency are responsible for obtaining any
l~ permits required by such agency,
4. ProJocts Involving Government property an Corps lakes must submit a raquost
for authorizatlon Including dol;ailed design Information to the Reservoir Man-
agar.
6, Where a Nationil Pollutant Discharge Elimination System INPOES) permit is
required it shsil ba obtainso from the Environmental Protection Agency,
S. Obtain a local permit from the local governing authority In which the
project is located, as required by local Floodplain Management Ordinances; and
ensure that non-encroach"rit restrictions of any regulatory tioadway have boon
mat,
i
i
t s
I.
f
I
i2
i
r
L
WATER QUALITY CERTIFICATION:
j Srtatethe omWatTexerasGuaWatelltyrC Carmlontifiasaalotion for the regional general oarmit was socrovoo
! fn ort Sectomear 4, 1987 and tram the State of
Louisiana Water Pollution Central Division on November 3, 1067,
n 1
CONDITlON4,~0~ THE,~O~E(fE~RAJ~pr,RAllf:
In addition to IImitations discussed in the saaee of work, orojects authorized
by this regional general permit are subject to all
ttans eantalned in Appendix A. In addition, the ManagementaPracticesloutldined
i In Appendix B should be followed to the maximum extent oraatioable,
I
APPi,ICATION. PROCEDtlRES: i
1
Persons desiring to construct uutfalI and/or
s of the
United States, twat furnish a written dssorlotlonKatatheooroeeat, rwr po r
! aonstruotion schedule, a point at contact, address, and a teiabnonenuumber at
!ff which they can be reached during working hours, rho description of the aroieut
4 must Include but Is not Ilmitad to the following,
If I I. A location rnep
µ dlsoasslon of the Method. of constructionfAnd placamantfatltemoorrary'fillfor
j cofferdams and equipment ramps and similar structural. rho volume of material
I proposed to be excavated and/or discharged should be indicated, Also the type
and source of fill material proposed should be Indicated,
i
2, The width and depth of the water body and the waterward distance of the
I structure from the exlstlnq shoreline,
i 3. If an Intake structure Is proposed, provide the Intake valoolty,
Construction may oans:enae u
that the proleat a ~
matt the ition ^ ~'Ittrn natlflaatlon by the 0(atr:at Eng}naar
general permit, ItpIsrtheoapolicant'sorosoonssbflltdtyrto Inauveothatfthegcon-
struction Is within the conditions set forth herein, Failure to abide by these
oonditlOns will oonStftuto a violation of the Clean Water Act ano/or the Rivers
and Harbors Act of 1809.- PrOJeots outside the scoot of this general oermlt can
be Considered for Individual permit authorization.
Work description or 1;41 ries in the Fort Worth District should at addressed to
the U. S. Army Corps at Enginesrs, Fort Worth District AM: Box 17300, Fart Worth, Texas 78102-0300 or telephone the Permits Se 00o 'of' 0.
(817) 334-2681, Irtoulriaa regarding activities In the Albuquerque District
Should be adarossed to the U. S. Army Carps of Engineers, Albuousecue District
ATTN1 CESWA-CO-R, P. 0, Sax 1880, Albuquerque, NOW Mexico 87103-1680 or talt-
1 phone the Regulatory Branch at (508) 766-2779.
r
i
i
i
i
~7+7
lAi' }i
i
-B-
F
I
f This permit shall became efteetlve an the date of signature o the District
1 Englneer or the signature of his authorised representative and will
autQsQtlosily expire five years from this date unites previously Modified.
I revoked or extended. i
BY AUrWRITy of THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY:
FOR,THE DISTRICT EMINEENt
f
j 9.Dsormb~{ IOAy +
DATE
John E. Saheu hiberger-
Calanel, Corps of Engineers
Oistrlct Engineer
1
Fort Worth District
I f Kant R. Oonser
Lleutenant Colonel, Carps of Engineers
District Engineer
Albuquerque District
i F
f
i
J
t
i
L
k
ii
J
APPENDIX A
CONDITIONS OF REGIONAL GENERAL PERMIT SWF-87-0ISTRICT-RGP-5
i
i
GENERAL CONDITIONS;
i
I. Structures authorized by this regional genera) psr,nlt shat) be in compliance
E with all items and conditions hareln. Failure to abide by such conditions
! Invalidates the authorizstion and may result In a violation of law requiring
restoration of the site or other rsmsdiai action.
2. The psrmittae agrees to make every reasonable effort to prosecute the work
authorized herein In a manner so as to minimize any "verse imcact of the work
on water qual I ty,. natural environment, and fish and wildlife values.
3. The permittee shall permit the District Engineer or his authorized
i representative(s) or design**(*) to make Periodic inspections at any time deemed
necessary In order to assure that the activity being performed under authbrlty
of the District Engineer's authorization 1s In accordance with the terms and
{ conditions presorlbed herein.
f S .4. The pormittee shall molntsin the st'•uc.turs or work authorized heroin In good
i condition.
,
s S. That this permit doss not authorize the Intarterenom with any existing or
Proposed Federal project and that the permittas shall not be entitled to
compensation for dawwgs or InJury to the structures or work authorized hereln
which may be caused by or result from existing or future operations undertaken
by the United States In the public Interest.
6. This ~ regional general permit may be meui,led or suspended In whale or In
S part It It Is determined that the, Individual or cumulative impacts of work
I autherizrd are not in the public Interest. The authorization for Individual
proJeats may also be summarily modified, suspended, or revoked, In whole or in
part, upon finding by the District Engineer that Immediate suspension of the
activity would be in the general pUbllo Intarsst.
7. Any modification,'susoonsIam, or revocation of the District Engir-or'd
author)zation she)-) not be the basis for any claim for damages against the
United States. - "
8. No attamot shall be made by the parmittes to prevent the full and free use
I by the public of all navigable waters of the United States, at or adJaoent to
the activity authorized heroin.
I
I
r
it
ii
3 ~
8- There shall be no unreasonable interference with navlgaziun by the existents
or use of the activity authorized herein.
1 10. This regional general permit should not o
s eon
design features of any structure authorized, or an 'Imalloationathatpsuchicon-Chu
struction Is considered adequate for the purpose Intended, A Department cf the
Army permit merely exprasaea the consent of the Federal Government to the pro-
posed work Insofar as public rights are concerned, It does not authorize any
damage to private property, Invasion of private rights or any infringement of
Federal, state or local laws or regulations, Nor does It relieve the aermittee
from the requirement to obtain a local permit from the jurisdiction within which
the Proleot Is ideated or to address all non-encroachment restrictions within a
regulatory lloodway of such local jurisdiction as Identified by the Federal
Emergency !Management Agency,
SPEC .1 AL 5Oh1D I T.1 ONS i
I ~
I. That intake structure velocities shall not exceed 0.5 feet per second,
1 Intake structures with greater velocities are not authorized by this regional
l f general permit.
2Effects of the activities described In this permit an cultural resources
i Ilated In or eligible for listing In the National Register of Historic Places
shall be taken Into account by the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers prior to the
Initiation of work. Previously unknown cultural resources encountered In the
course of worst shall be avoided until the Corps of Engineeri can assess the
i sites for eligibility for nomination to the National Register, Sites found
during the course of work which are eligible for Inclusion in the National
i Aeglster shall be avoided or mitigated In consultation with the Corps of i
Engineers. Cultural resources Include prehistorlo and histarin archaeological
sites, and areas or structures of cultural interest which occur In the permit
area, If Items of apparent arahaaological, scientific, historical, or cultural
interest are discovered during construction, the parmittse shall avoid further
Impacts and Immediately notify the appropriate Corps of Engineers district,
3I G. That outfafl structures shall not be located In the
water supply Intake. proximity of a uubllc
4. That the actTvity•shall not occur in areas of concentrated ahellfish
` production,
S. That the construction activity shall not have as its purpose the
destruction or alteratlon of wetlands.
S. The work shall not significantly disrupt the movement of those speclas of
aquatic life Indigenous to the watorbody,
rho work shall not Jeopardize a threatened or ond*ngerad As
Identified under
the EA44"rGrOd Uncles Act'
such species. Or endanger the critical habitat of
A. That the ourfal I Sind/or Intake structures Sinai I be mark&d vjhen
appropriate
*4011 that their PrOsOfts 10 know, In river rise candItic no.
91 That all canstruct1j" &Ctivltl@s In Feder channels and/or
waterways shall be coordinated tar required set bach distances with the
ally Maintained
.appropriate COrV4 of Engin0mrs Area Off Ice or the Albuquerque or Fort Worth
01strict, prior to submittal of application tar a piarmle.
10- That the actlvlty Ohs" not Occur In 4 Q*mPcn*nt of the M4,tlonal Wild and
Sconla River $yetaga,
F~
1
4 R~
• h
APPENDIX 8
f
l1 MANAGEMENT PRACTICES OF SWF-87-DISTRICT-ROP-6
3
i
in addition to the general conditions and special conditions specified In
Appendix A, the following management praoticas shall be followed to the maximum
f extent practicable In order to minimize the adverse effects of discharges on the i
r" { aquatic environment.
i S. Oluharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United stated
f shall be avoided or minimized through the use of other practical alternatives.
2. Discharges In spawning areas during swwn ing seasons shall be avoided.
1 0, Discharges shalt not restrict oo impede the movement of aquatic species
I Indigenous to the waters or the passage of normal or expected high flows or
i cause the relocation of the water (unless the primary purpose of the fill Is to
I Impound waters).
4• Discharges to wetisods art" shall be avoided,
8. Heavy eculpnent working in wetlands shaii be placed on mats.
8. Discharges into breeding areas for migratory waterfowl shali be avoided.
i
7. All temporary fills shall be removed In their entirety.
i
i
1
r
1
{
f
,
1
r :l': L.Y.: 1 i1, t, 3
'LW
r ~ r:i~j •'.ti?;{ }'{:j'' : •T:;{ 5ywe~iiy7~.,?,S,{j:i ' j{ L ~ "}:~ati~•: r. i
. Mw
1 •
i L~ SV ttfL IV 1 ~1 ~ I J'~ Y ~ ~3 ~ '''•1.1{:
1L1 ~.y t 1~}i5 ~S:Ltit1±'L'':55::'S i5tL5, 51 / I '\5~ I !
t; 1, . l' .•51 , t, / t r III ~ ~ m 0
L 1S "i~ }L 11 r-I,
t5 4~5 ~~5L ;•'1 5 ,5• ' t~\515 1~~•; tt / • ! 1 ''r:
11
~n15'SL 1 5'•
[y{t tt 5,5 ~ t ty 5 1 Ii tty t ~ ` ! ~ 1 r~
1,, .,{t: L Iti t L;• V,1}it t 55.5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~f
5L
;L1'}1 •t~;L 'S '1ttt15, ~ I ~ ,~1 1 v
11 15 5 1 1. L ~ 1 ~ ~ YW!
LI \ 1 45 '~t 1
55V tt~l~l`y15 'r,~ Ly' f ~ Q
ALAV.
,,~L A } VIA L1 5~ 5.1Y 'ti yC 11 4
~ ttlttit~' ,L4; 1~~'sl ~ ( t- sf
~ ~ S tl5 1 : L' +Vt tit YS.~r, 5 ti V ~I , ~L
a ~ ~ ~C m . y,liti~~~1, ; 1 'It,, tt~t,y~~ •l1~ rM' i
fe1 Z ~ ' VVV 'I~V~571IV5 V tV'~ 5 i{ ~ ~
z ' Lt t 1~5 ~ ~
~ L tl 5V t 1~ M ~ • ~
t r'rY'•'f ~
~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ {ll 1
L~
ae
5 '
1
FlU3;'Jtk 1
:oVM
I
1
[%Wv 1
Y~f iu ~Y
1
3
:
k
f[
I ~
! TEEA.4 DERARTHM OF WATER RESOURCES
SECTION 401 OF CLEAN WATER ACT
i
F
1
r
r
it
I' ~ ,'s 1 1' ~ s.
Sk-~
f{RRy~~ it
ti
Ir
.V,.,..
TEXAS DEPARThiENT OF WATER RESOURCES h
1700 N, Congress Avenue
Austin, Texas
r` X-0,84 o1.•
EXAS WA'T'ER DEVELOPMENT BOARD TEXAS WATER COMMISSION
Louis A, Beeehed, Jr„ Chairman Let B. M. 8iggart, Chai, nt."
John K. Garrett, Vice Chairman is Felix McDonald
•
George W. McCloskey •4'••a:••'s John D, Stover
Glen E, Roney Harvey Davis
W. O, Bankston Bxetutivv Utreetur I
Lonnie A. "Bo" Pilgrim March 29, 1982
kEC EIV'tD
BLACK & VEATCH
David R. Savage LIAR 2, 1 1982 Re: FERC Projects 03939 03940
Black a Veatch Applicant: City of Denton
1500 Meadow Lake Parkway SYSTEMS ENG. DEPT. Denton County, Lake Ray Roberts
j P. 0. Box 8405 8 Miles North of Denton b Lake
Kansas City, Missouri 64114 LEGAL,-ENV. GROUP Lewisville, 12 Miles SE of Denton
Proposed Installation of
Hydroelectric Facilities
Dear Mr. Savage:
This is in response to your letter of March 19, 1982, in which you request
I water quality certification and information concerning regulatory constraints
for the referenced projects,
Water Quality Certification,.Certification is here by issued pursuant to the
I provers onnss-offSection 4b~ of the Clean Water Act. Contingent upon completion
of the project as described in your app'rication (summarized in Attachment I)
and within the provisions included in Attachment I, we certify that the project
j will not cause violation of established Texas Water Quality Standards, This
certification is limited to those water quality considerations under the juris-
diction of this agency according to the various statutes which this agency
I ~ administers,
Our review has been primarily of the information furnished in the application.
No review of property rights, location of property lines, nor the distinction
between public and private ownership has been made and this certification may
not be used in any way with regard to questions of ownership.
I
Water Use Constraint's. Section 6 of the draft copies of the applications for
licenses ram 1e Federal Energy Regulatory Commission relating to the referenced
projects has statements as follows: "There are no statutory or regulatory
requirements of the State of Texas that affect the project with respect to bed
and banks, and the appropriation, diversion and use of water for power purposes,"
Contrary to these statements, the State of Texas pursuant to the Texas Water Code,
has jurisdiction through the Texas Department of Water Resources over the bene-
ficial use of state (surface) water. Please refer to the enclosed sections of
the Texas Water Code, copies of Chapters I, II and V of the Texas Water Development
Board's Rules and Basic Information Regarding Permits,
l
i
P. O, Box 13087 Capitol Station 0 Austin, Texas 78711 0 Area Code 5121475.3187
-''7-
S
Ic asA
u
Page 2
David R. Savage
t
The Cities of Dallas and Denton have acquired certain water rights relating
to the use of state water associated with Lakes Aubrey (Ray Roberts) and
Lewisville. However, there is no authorization from this Agency at this
time for the use of state water from the lakes for hydroelectric purposes.
1 Thus, the City of Denton will need to submit water use applications to
amend permits No. 1106 as amended, and 3312 td add the use of state water j
for hydroelectric purposes. For the purpose of submitting these applications
for amendment, two sets of water use application forms and instructions are {
enclosed for your information and use.
( If you have any questions concerning water use constraints, call 6111 Crolley j
I at (512) 475-4311. For any questions relating to certification, call 8111
Taylor at (512) 475-7896. We appreciate your cooperation in this matter and j
11 if we can be of additignal assistance, please let us know.
Sincerely yours,
Harvey Davis
Executive Director y J. C. Newell, P.E.,
i
{ Ate mchments
I ccse Texas Department of Water Resources, District 4
R. E, Nelson, P.E,
Director of Utilities, Denton, Texas
William G. Crolley, P,E.
Head Applications Unit, Permits Division, TDWR
1
j)
♦.41A4H ]
fopO
I
3
TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF MATER RESOURCES
Dredge and Fill Certification
Re: FERC Project
ject No. #3939 & 03940
City of
ATTACHMENT I
i
WORK DESCRIPTION:
1. Construct intake and gate structure, flood release conduit, low flow
conduits and stilling basins as required at each site.
2. Install hydraulic turbine unit(s).
3. Construct power distribution lines as required,
STANDARD PRO`±ISIONS:
1. GENERAL
C !
This certification is contingent upon the work being accomplished as
described and specified in the certification application and
according to the following provisions. This certification expires
upon completion of the work.
2. DISCHARGE
a. The discharge of oil, gasoline, other fuels or materials capable
I of causing pollution is prohibited
b. Provisions.shall be,made for containment of any spillage which
may occur while servicing equipment, loading or unloading 'materials
I and for prevention of leakage of chemicals or other contaminants
used at the sites into state waters.
c. Materials resulting from the destruction of existing structures
i shalt be removed from the water or areas adjacent to the water j
1 and disposed of in some legal manner.
TURBIDITY
Adequate methods shalt be used to minimize turbidity in state waters
during all phases of the project. This includes (as applicable)
excavation, dredge, fill and construction. Additionally, adequate
methods shall be used to insure minimum turbidity from near and long
term erosion from fill, spoil and/or areas devegetated during the
project. These methods may include: grading, containment and/or
diversion structures such as berms, dikes or levees, surface stabiliza-
tion with permanent or temporary erosion resistant materials such as
i asphalt, shell, rip-rap, vegetative ground cover, etc. Spoil shall
be disposed of above mean high water.
i
{u~J1fYN3
~ti?'~iPb11.y {1
TYr4ttl...~ 5)~{f5{LN@y7,~{,'S
i
1
I I
~ I
z I
ti
I,
i
I
I
i i
I
i
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
i
f
. i
i
r
s
f.
t
y.
I
Yyt
264L y
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
MEMORANDLH OF AGREEMENT
FOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT BY THE CORPS OF ENGINEERS
AND FOR ESTABLISHING PROCEDURES FOR. ACCESS
AND SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE CITY Of DENTON
PURSUANT TO FEDERAL ENERGY REGULATORY LICENSE
FOR FERC PROJECT 3939
j E THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this jZ!Lt day of U ,
{ ! 1989, by and between the DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, Corps of
Engineers (herainafter referred to as the "Corps"), acting by and
through the Southwestern Division Commander, and the City of
f Denton, Texas (hereinafter referred to as the "COD"), acting by
j f and through its City Manager,
WITNESSETH, THAT;
WHEREAS the United States is the owner and operator of Ray
Roberts Lake, the associated lands and appurtenant works located
on the Elm Fork of the Trinity River, a navigable waterway of the
United States in Denton County, Texas; and,
WHEREAS> the Corps has constructed a low flow j
~ penstock in the
Ray Roberts Lake Outlet Works Structures for use in development
of future hydropower facilities; and
WHEREASp the COD has entered into a Contractual Agreement
F
F with the United States of America to use a portion of the
t
Conservation storage apace in Ray Roberts Lake. In addition, the
COD has a water appropriation permit from the State of Texas to
j
I
i
T,
jrrmr-,~ i
rr, r+
4 ,
impound and use water in the Conservation Storage space of the
reservoir for beneficial purposes; and,
WHEREAS, the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the
Department of the Army and the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission (FERC) requires that hydropower facilities chat will
± be an integral part of, or that could affect *the structural
integrity or operation of a Corps' project shall be designed and
I constructed in consultation with, and subject to review and
approval by the Corps; and,
WHEREAS,,the COD applied for and on March 20, 1985 was issued
a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Major License Existing
Project (hereinafter referred to as the "FERC License") to
_ s
construct, operate and maintain a facility to develop and utilize
the hydroelectric potential of the above mentioned Corps
I
facilities; and,
WHEREAS, Article 37 of the FERO License requires the COD to i
coordinate its plans with the Corps for access *to and site
} activities on lands and property administered by the Corps so
I
that the authorized purposes of the existing Ray Roberts Lake are
protected; and,
WHEREAS, Article 39 of the FERC License requires the COD to
enter into and to execute a permanent Operating Agreement for the
project approved by the Corps, prior to initiation of the Project
operation; rind,
1
PAGE 2
i
WHEREAS, terms of the Agreement shall not affect or diminish
in any way the obligation of the COD to meet the regulatory
requirements of Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (Title 33
U.S.C. Section 1344).
j
NOW, THEREFORE,-the parties agree.as follows;
ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
d k
`k( For purposes of the Agreement:
a. The term "project" shall mean the design, preparation of
plans and specifications, and construction of a hydropower
j facility located downstream of the existing earthen embankment
{ and adjacent to' the existing stilling basin at the Ray Roberts
Lake. Construction will consist of tying into the existing five
foot diameter low flow conduit and valve box, a powerhouse
structure, powerhouse discharge channel, access roads, and j
transmission facilitisao
b. The term "period of construction" shall mean the time from
the award of the first construction contract by COD for the
Project, to the time of acceptance of the work by the Corps and
COD.
c. The term "low flow bypass system" shall mean the existing
five (5) foot diameter low flow penstock and valve box located at
the existing Ray Roberts Lake Outlet Works Structure constructed
I
by the Corps.
f
PAGE 3
{
r
@.L <LLbA. 10
w mL"
T
I~~ 1
I
ARTICLE II - OBLIGATIONS OF T:?g PARTIES
a. COD shall design and prepare plena and specifications, for
construction of the Project,
b. COD shall be responsible for inspection during
i
construction of all Project features to assure conformance with
f the plans and specifications.
c. COD shall provide the Corps access to the construction
site at all times and up-to-date construction a^hedules,
j including any modifications.
j
d. The Corps shall review and approve the design, and plans
and specifications prepared by COD prior to initiation of
I construction. The Corps shall review and approve all
construction modifications to features which could affect the
structural integrity or operation of Ray Roberts Lake prior to
the commencement of work.
d. The Corps shall have the right, and intends to inspect the
construction of those features which could afftst the structural
integrity or operation of Ray Roberts Lake to ensure compliance
with the approved design, and plans and specifications; however,
in no way shall this right relieve the COD of the full
responsibility for inspection and compliance with the approved
plans and specifications.
f. The Corps retains the authority to stop construction in
cases presenting an imminent danger, in the opinion the Corps, to
PAGE 4
i Ae. i'..\ddlA Vul
f~
1
i
the structural integrity, operational adequacy or safety Of Ray
Roberts Lake,
g. COD shall reimburse the Corps all costs for design,
preparation 'of plans and specifications, and construction of the
II ~ i
3 low flow bypsas'system located at the existing Ray Roberts Outlet
Works Structure,
j i h. COD shall reimburse the Corps directly for all reasonable
1 costs associated with Corps' reviev and approval o z the design
j and construction
i , plane and specifications, and the inspection of
j construction for the Project.
I i. COD shall prepare, and submit to the Corps for review and
approval, a work area plan which defines the limits of construe-
tion, work areas and storage areas for equipment and supplies.
When practical, work areas ,shall be determined such as to not
obstruct public recreational access to fishing areas during the I
period of construction except during construction of access routes
and other activities hazardous to the Public. Alteration of
i
recreational facilities, including provision for temporary parking ;
t
I and access during construction, will be at the expense of COD.
j. The Corps shall furnish easements to the COD for construe-
tion and operation of the Project.
k. COD shall prepare and subr.it to the Corps for approval a
plan for Care of Water during construction, prior to initiation
i
of construction.
i
PAGE. 5
'e'.94Stiq Sr '
y,1 ti.
1
1. The Corps will cooperate with CO,) to facilitate
construction of the Project, including routing the releases
through the Outlet Work atest
8 , provided however, that such
cooperation does not interfere with the authorized purposes of
Ray Roberts Lake. Flood conditions in the reservoir may require
F ~ r I
interruption of construction activities to evacuate flood waters
i from the reservoir.
m, COD shall provide the 'Corps, at no charge, copies of all
"record drawings" of the Project. Such drawings shall be
E
I provided within 90 days after completion of construction of the
Project. Upon written request,by the Corps, COD shall provide
j ( specific construction, data, such as drilling logs or additional
"record drawings" as may exist for the Project, within 30 days of
said request. i
n. COD shall prepare a draft Operating Agreement as provided
by Article 39 of the FERC License within 90 days of the date of j
execution of this Agreement, and to work diligently toward the
execution of a final Operating Agreement for the Project. The
final operating Agreement shall be executed before completion of
construction of the Project.
ARTICLE III - LANDS AND FACILITIES
A4 Title to all property interests, structures, and
j improvements (Outlet Works Structure and Conduit, Stilling Basin,
Low Flow System, and Embankment) held by the United States shall
i
PAGE 6
t
s
not be affected by this Agreement.
b. This Agreement provides consent and authorization to COD
i for access to and use of Federal Government land and easements
for the Project as described in the FERC License and shown on
Exhibit A of this Agreement.
c. COD shall, subject to the FERC License- requirements,
possess title to all features and equipment installed by COD and
associated with the construction of the Project, including but
not limited to the following; a powerhouse structure and its
appurtenances, all turbines and associated facilities within the
powerhouse structure, a switchyard and interconnection facility
line to the future new Denton Water Plant.
d. The Corps shall have access to the Project in accordsnce
with and for the
purposes set forth in Article 38 of the FERC
LJ License.
e. In the event of a trar,afer of the FERC License, COD shall
transfer all rights acquired from the United States for the
Project, at the time of initial or subsequent executions, to the
E United States for re-execution with the now recipient of the F'ERC
License for the Project. In case of a surrender of the FERC
License, not involving a transfer, COD shall also transfer such
i agreement to the United States.
1
ARTICLE IV - METHOD OF PAYMENT
i
a. Prior to initiation of work by the Corps, COD shall
i
PAGE 7
r
P4
A;d[i41 10
C~
fL lrl;lfli 3
1.
s
4
i
i
1
I
provide funds presently estimated to be $35,000 for the Corps'
review of the plans and specifications prepared by COD for the
r
Project. Prior to the term of construction, COD shall provide
additional funds presently estimated to be $45,000 for the Corps'
inspection of construction of the Project. COD shall provide the
;
requisite amount to the Corps by delivering a check payable to
"FINANCE
AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER, FORT WORTH DISTRICT".
b. If any time during the Corps' review of the plans and
specifications or inspection of construction of the Project, the
1 Corps determines that additional funds will be needed from the
COD to meet i.ts costs, the Corps shall so notify the COD, and the
i
COD, within 60 days from receipt of notice, shall make the
'I
necessary funds available through the funding mechanism specified
in paragraph a. above6
i
c. upon completion of the Project, the Corps shall compute
the total costs for its review and inspection of the Project. In
the event the COD has provided funds in excess o-f the Corps costa,
the Corps shall within 90 days of the final accounting return
said excess to the COD.
d. The 000 shall repay to the Corps the amounts listed below,
which consists of the construction and design of the low flow by-
pass system and the Interest During Construction ~ computed through
September 1989. The interest is charged at a rate of nine (9)
percent, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. The COD
shall repay;
PAGE 8
MMMMMMM~
a1
k ~
CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN COST $ 675,239.20
INTEREST DUELING CONSTRUCTION
THROUGH SEPTEMBtR 1989 398,011.45
j TOTAL INVESTMENT COST ALLOCATED
TO HYDROPOWER FROM THE
RAY ROBERTS LAKE PROJECT $ 11073,250.65
i '
e. Prior to the construction of the Project, COD shall repay
the Total Investment Cost Allocated to Hydropower above, payable
to "FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING OFFICERt FORT WORTH DISTRICT". The
{ actual interest charged during construction shall be determined
i at the time the COD repays the total investment cost allocated to
the hydro power and COD shall be given a pro rata reduction in
interest paydents for every day prior to,September 30, 1989 that
payment is remitted.
f. In the event that the construction does not begin by the
1
end of October 1989, additional interest During Construction will
be charged accordingly.
a
ARTICLE V - DISPUTER
Before any party to this Agreement may bring suit in any
court concerning an issue relating to this Agreement, such party
must first seek in good faith to resolve the issue through
negotiation or other forms of nonbinding alternative dispute
resolution as stated in the FERC License of the Project.
ARTICLE V1 - LIABILITY
{ a. The COD shall hold and save the Corps free from all
? damages arising from the construction, operation and maintenance
PAGE 9
I
t
"lxiNfXl
1
Y'.1 iV! KI ~
I
ti w
j
of the Project, except for damages due to the fault or negligence
I
of the Corps or its contractorso
b. For the purposes of fulfilling its obligation under this
Article, COD shall procure and maintain or require the 1teneral
{
contractor 'to procure and maintain during the term of this
Agreement and any extensions thereof, liability insurance of at
least $500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property
i damage and an excess liability policy in the amount of at least
I
i $6,000,000. The named insured parties under the policy shall be
COD and' the United States of America. Each policy or certificate
evidencing the insurance shall contain an endorsement which
provides that the insurance company will notify the Corps and COD
.30 days prior to the effective date of any cancellation or
termination of the policy or certificate or any modification of
the policy or certificate which adversely affects the interest of
s
the United States Government in such insurance. The notice shall
be sent by registered mail and shall identify this Agreement, the
name and address of COD, the policy, and the insured, Within 30
days of execution of this Agreement or prior to commencement of
construction, which ever occurs first, COD shall furnish the
Corps with acceptable evidence showing that the insurance
coverage described in thin Article has been obtained.
ARTICLE VII - RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
The parties to this Agreement act in an independent capacity
PAGE 10
YYgeXii 10
in the performance of their respective functions under this
s
Agreement, and neither party is to be considered the officer,
E agent, or employee of the.other. I
ARTICLE VIII - OFFICIALS NOT TO BENEFIT ;
No member of or delegate to the Congress, or resident
commissioner, shall be admitted to any share or part of this
Agreement, or to any benefit that may arise therefrom.
ARTICLE IX - NOTICES
i a. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications
required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been duly given if in writing and delivered
" personally, given by -prepaid telegram, or mailed by first-class
f`f (postage-paid), registered, or certified mail, as follows:
I '
If to CODS i
Executive Director of Utilities
City of Denton
215 E. McKinney Street
Denton, Texas 76201
If to the Corps:
i
j District Engineer
i U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
P. 0. Box 17300
Fort Worth, Texas 76102-0300
S
b. A party may change the address to which such communications
. ,r
are to be directed by giving written notice to the other in the
manner provided in this Articlet
c. Any notice, request, demand, or other communication made
PAGE 11
a ,
KF
1
y
pursuant to this Article shall be deemed to have been received by
the addressee at such time as it is personally delivered or on
the third business day after it is mailed, as the case may be.
1 ( ARTICLE X - TERM
~ OF AGREEMENT
This Agreement shall become effective on the day of execution
by the Corps and shall terminate upon the final aocounting of all
costs and payment after completion of construction.
ARTICLE XI - ASSIGNMENT
The benefits and obligations of the Agreement may be assigned
by either party, This Agreement shall be binding upon any
assigns or successors to COD approved by FERC.
{ r~~ ARTICLE XII - MODIFICATIONS .
111111
The provisions of this Agreement may be modified or added 'by
j written mutual agreement of the parties.
ICI IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the day and yasr,first above written.
3 UNITED STATES CITY OF DENTON
DEPARTMENT OF TH ARMY
i
BY. BY
MOTOR t a Lloyd arra
Brigadier General, U.S.A. City Manager
Division Engineer City of Denton, Texas
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM;
I DEBRA A. DRAYOVITCH, CITY ATTORNEY
i
i I
f ,,1 BY:
PAGE 12
J acYf3.rN
i
Exhibit A
i
' Parcel A
i
A permanent easement for the purpose of creating a
right-oi'-way to access the Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project and
its related facilities with right to improve,' operate, and
maintain the facilities an right-of-way; located in Tracts 210
E and 213 of the Corps of Engineers Trinity River Basin,
Texas-Aubrey Lake real estate plot in Denton County, Texas; I
i
j consisting of 1.63 acres; and described in Attachment 1.
3
Parcel' B
A temporary easement for the purpose of access to construct
i
the Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project and its related facilities;
located in Tracts 210 and 213 of the Corps of Engineers Trinity
River Basin, Texas-Aubrey Lake real estate plot in Denton County,
Texas; consisting of 3.27 acres; and described in Attachment 2.
Parcel C
A temporary `
easement for the purpose of spoil of excess
construction excavation and temporary stockpiling. o).' construction
material, to be located as specified and required by the Corps of
Engineers.
t
1
PAGE 13
AIWNxi
NG.Ii{sU
a
I Y
S
Attachment 1 ~I
Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project
Parcel A
A tract consisting of 1.63 acres, located in Denton County,
Texas, on the property of the United States Army Corps of.
I Engineers.
Beginning at a
point on the northern edge of the boundary
which is a distance of 406.23 feet along a line of N 15° 43' 53"
W from the center line of Ray Roberts Dam at STA 93+00.000 the
intersection of the dam center line and the outlet works.
I Thence, along the eastern boundary in succession
S 17° 06' 10" E - 13.6 feet
S 71° 33' 54" w - 12.65 feet
S 17° 48' 09" E - 716.30 feet
S 2° 41' 39" W - 85.09 feet
S 16° 38' 20" E - 90.80 feet
S 31° 25''46" E - 21.10 feet ~
3 17° 49' 55" E - 150,22 feet j
N 65° 10' 14" W - 73.82 feet
S 21° 12 10" w - 373.27 feet
Thence, along the southern boundary
N 59° 37' 15" W - 67.23 feet
i
s PAGE 14
11YR~`,
1
1
~AR ty
y
I
i i
Attachment 1 (Continued)
f
Thence, along the western boundary in succession
N 15° 40'.05" W - 255.49 feet
N 4° 06' 49" W - 292.75 feet.
N 48° 07' 20" W 77.90 feet '
! N 72° 01' 07" E - 119.85 feet
S 28° 24' 46" W - 69.35 feet'
S 3° 06' 54" E - 294444 feet
I, S 64° 08' 40" E - 144.46 feet
N 23° 38' 56" E - 167.03 feet
N 15° 25' 20" E - 90.25 feet'
N 17° 31' 32" W - 39.85 fiat
N 15° 56' 43" E - 29.12 feet
N 18° 26' 06" W - 15.81 fret
N il° 11' 36" E - 86.68 feet
N 17° 54' 12" W - 715.65 feet
S 72° 53' 50" W - 13.6 feet
N 15° 56' 43" W - 14.56 feet
1
Thence, along the northern boundary
N 72° 45' 31" E - 30.36 feet
to the origination point.
1
t
PAGE 15
I
' l f i1~
of
j:.y i
rj
t•
. ti
y
Y
Attachment 2
RAY Robertadroelectric Proiecr
i
s Parma B
A tract consisting of 3,27 acres, located in Denton County,
Texas on the
property of the United States Army Corps of
1 j Snginaeva.
jj Beginning at a point on the north edge of the boundary
is a distance of 626.99 feet along a line of S. 17°'53' 03"Ewfrom
the center sine of stay Roberts Dam at STA 93+00.00, the inter-
section of the dam center line and the outlet works.
I
Thence, along the eastern boundary
S 17° 53' 03" E - 320 feet
r
Thence, along the southern.boundary
S 720 06' 57" W - 450 feet
Thence, along the western boundary
N 17° 53' 03" W - 370
foot
Thence, along the northern boundary in succession
N 72° 06' 57" E - 106,27 feet
N 40 06' 49" W -
269,38 feet
N 48° 07' 20" W - 77.90 feet
N 72° 01' 07" E - 119.85 feet
f
S 28A 24' 46" W - 69,35 fast
S 30 06' 54" E - 290,83 feet
R N 72° 06' 57" E - 193,26 feet
N 9° 23' 33" E - 180.00 feet
N 720 06' 57" E - 30,00 feet
S 17° 53' 03" E - 20,00 feet
S 72 06' 57" W - 15600 feet
S 21° 53' 42" E - 190.72 feet
N 72° 06' 57" E - 20100 feet
to the origination point.
1
PAGE 16
1
i
r F
APPENDIX B
BIDDINO DOCUMENTS
i
I
al f
t
si
1
t ADVERTISEMENT
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
1
FOR
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
r RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
BID NUMBER 1068
Sealed bide will be received by the City of Denton, Texas, at the office
i of the Purchasing Agent, 901-8 Texas Street, Denton, Texa,7, prior to
E 200 p,m „ March 230 1990, Central Standard Time, then pub)icly opened
r ; for performings
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
I f
Prospective bidders may examine copies of the drawings and specifications
at the office of Black & Veatch, Enginears-Arghitecta, 11401 Lamar, Over-
land Park, Kansas,
Drawings and specifications will be loaned only to those bidders who have
been determined by the City of Denton, Texas to be qualified to bid. De-
termination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based en-
tirely on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the
City and the Engineer not later than 21 days before the time set for open-
ing the bide. Each prospective bidder shall submit evidence that he:
Maintains a permanent place of business
Has adequate plant and equipment available to do the work
properly and expeditiously
Has an adequate financial status to meet financial obliga-
tions incident to this work
I
tt Has adequate technical knowledge and practical experience
f Has no lust or proper claims pending against him on other
similar work
Has constructed at least three other projects of'similar
type, complexity, and scope. Submitted evidence shall con-
sist of a listing of each project indicating the Owner's
name, location, approximate dollar value, type of facility,
and date of completion,
,
DENTON 10567013 EN CONST 71,0000)
190
A"1
1
,
MEN
10
:j
(i
Qualified prospective bidders will be loaned without charge one repro-
ducible copy of the drawings and two copies of the specifications which
may be obtained from the Engineer (mailing address - Black & Veatch, P.O.
Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114, Attention: Mr, D, F. Guyot),
Drawings and specifications will be available on February 9, 1990,
All bids must be made on printed contract document forme included in the
specifications,
When filed with the Purchasing Agent, each bid shall be accompanied
either by an acceptable bidder's bond, a certified check, or a cashier's
check on any solvent bank, the amount of which shall be not lees than
{ 5 percent of the amount of the bid. The bid security shall be made pays-
ble to the City of Denton, Texas, Bid security of the successful bidders
will be returned when their contracts have bean signed, filed with, and
approved by the City. Bid security of unsuccessful bidders will be re-
j ; i turned on award of contractor rejection of bide.
No bid,may be altered, withdrawn, or resubmitted within 120 days from and
after the date set for the opening of bids,
The City of Denton, Texas reserves the right to reject any and all bids
and to waive defects in bids.
k CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
1
John J. N?arshall
Purchasing Agent
I
I
t t;
fDENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
f 013190 j
A-2
1
i
,.r
x
ij
f5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
i
B.1 GENERAL. These instructions apply to the preparation of proposals
for construction work for the City of Denton, Texas acting through its
Public Utilities Board and City Council., hereinafter referred to as the
"Owner." 0.11 proposals shall be prepared and submitted in accordance
with the Advertisement, these instructions, and the letter transmitting
these specifications and documents,
1 F B.2 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION, The specified construction will be in-
corporated in the weer eLew`41 ville Hydroelectric Project located at the
outlet works of the Ray Roberts Reservoir near Aubrey, Texas.
Section 1A of the specifications defines the scope of work to be included
j in the proposal.
{ B,3 BIDDER UALIF~__ ICATIONS, In order for their proposals to be conaid-
E ered,bidi)er9 must amonstrata that they are qualified to perform the
work satisfactorily, Each prospective bidder shall nubmit written evi-
dence of his qualifications as stated in the Advertisement.
B,4 DOCUMENTS FOR BIDDING. Qualified prospective bidders may obtain
copies of the drawings and specificationa as stated in the Advertisement.
f Drawings and specifications loaned for submittal of proposalst except
those loaned to the successful bidder, shall be returned to the Engineer
within 30 days after the date set for the opening of bids,
Documents will be available to
i ~ suppliers and subcontract bidders only
through prospective bidders who intend to make a direct proposal to the
owner,
Prospective bidders who have not been qualified may obtain copies of the
drawings and specifications from the Engineer subject to the deposit and
refunds listed below,
Prospective bidders may obtain additional copies of the documents from
the Engineer, for themselves and for their suppliers or subcontractors,
subject to the deposit and refunds listed below. All requests for such
additional copies shall be submitted not less then 7 days before the date
sat for receiving proposals.
Deposit Refund
a $
r
Specifications and documents,
each ropy 60,00 30.00
i ~
.
i
{ ""1 (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
( 013190 ]
r B~1
E
Y
a t'
V
of
. (i
s
Deposit Refund
$ _T__
Drawings, each set 57.50 28.75
I
Individual drawings, each 2.50 None
Deposit amounts will not be refunded, Refund amounts will be paid only
when documents are returned to the Engineer within 30 days after the date
set for the opening of bids.
E All documents are the property of the Owner and shall not be reproduced
by the bidders.
The mailing address of the Engineer ist Black & Veatch, P,O, Box 8405,
Kansas City, Missouri 641143 Attentiont Mr. D. F. Cuyot,
B.5 PROPOSALS.
Proposals shall be prepared in accordance with the re-
quirements of these instructions to Bidders, Proposals that are not pre-
pared in accordance with such instructions will imply that the bidder
does not intend to comply with all of the proposed contract conditions
and such proposals will be considered irregular.
Four copies of each proposal shall be prepared and submittede
8,5,1 Preparation, Each proposal shall be carefully prepared using the
proposal and proposal data forma included as a part of the bidding docu-
ments. Entries on the proposal and proposal data forms shall be typed,
using dark black ribbon, or legibly written in black ink, All prices
shall be stated in words and figures except where the forms provide for
figures only,
{
The bidder shall acknowledge, in the apace provided in the proposal form,
receipt of each addendum issued for the specifications and documents dut-
ing the bidding period.
The bidder shall assemble all drawings, catalog data, and other supple-
mentery information necessary to thoroughly describe materials and equip-
ment covered by the proposal, and shall attach such supplemental Informs-
tion to the copies of the bidding documents Submitted.
B,5.2 Exceptions. Each bidder shall list in the space provided on the
proposal form all exceptions ov conflicts between his proposal and the
specifications and documents. If more apace is required for this list-
ing, additional pagan may be added. If the bidder takes no exceptional
he shall write "None" in the space provided, proposals that do not com-
ply with this requirement will be considered irregular and may be reject-
ed at the discretion of the Owner. In case of conflicts not stated as
i
(DENTON 1056X020 CONST 71.00001
t
B-2
j
i
{
t
directed, the requirements of the specifications and documents shall
gov- ern,
If the bidder takes exception, than all such exceptions shall be specific
in nature and carefully referenced to the applicable
page number, article
number, and article title of the specifications and documents. If the
bidder proposes deletion of specification language and substitution of
revised language, then such deletion and substitution shall be carefully
presented by typing complete paragraphs or articles of the original spec-
ification language and incorporating the substitute language, Proposed i
deletions shall be set off by brackets and proposed substitute language
shall be indicated by underlining. For examples "[delete this language)
substitute this Ion ua e," Exceptions that are general, that make refer-
once to the bidder s standard terms and conditions, or that make refer-
once to the bidder's descriptive information as a whole will not be ac-
ceptable. Proposals that do not comply with these requirements for the
j presentation of exceptions will not be acceptable and may be rejected,
I If a proposal includes express or implied exceptions that are not listed
as ,cquirod, the requirements of the specifications and documents shall
( govern, The bidder shall not alter any part of the specifications and
documents in any way, except by stating his exceptions,
i `
85,3 Signatures, Each bidder shall sign the proposal with his usual
signature an shall give his full business address, The bidder's name
stated on the proposal shall be the exact legal name of the firm. The
{ names of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below the
signature.
Proposals by partnerships shall be signed with the partnership name fol-
lowed by the signature and designation of one of the partners or other
authorized representative, A complete list of the partners shall be i-s-
eluded with the proposal,
i
Proposals by a corporation shall be signed in the official corporate name
( of the corporations followed by the signature and designation of the
presidents secretary, or other person authorized to bind the corporation,
A proposal by a person who affixes to his signature the word "president,"
"secretary," "agent," or other designation, without disclosing his prin-
cipal) will be rejected, Satisfactory evidence of the authority of the
officer signing in behalf of the corporation shall be furnished, Bidding
corporations shall designate the state in which they are incorporated and
the address of their principal office.
j 8,5,4 Submittal, The original proposal (and its accompanying copies)
shall be transmitted to arrive at the designated address not later than
the date and time stipulated in the Advertisement,
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
C 102099 )
8-3
i
.RI
Submit the original proposal and three signed copies of the proposal to
the following.
City of Denton Purchasing
901-B Texas Street
Dsnton, Texas 76201
Attentions Mr. John J. Harshall
Purchasing Agent
}
Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope or package. The enve-
E lope shall be plainly marked in the upper or lower left-hand corner with
the name and address of the bidder and the words "Proposal for," followed
by the name of the proposed work and the specification number as stipu-
lated in the Advertisement. The proposal guarantee shall be enclosed
! with the original proposal in the envelope or package mailed to the Own-
j er.
A single proprietary interest shall not submit multiple proposals for the
same work even though the individual proposals are submitted under dif-
ferent names. The Owner reserves the right to reject all proposals so
submitted,
8,5,5 Withdrawal. Proposals may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted
at any time before the time set for receipt of proposals. Proposals may
F not be withdrawn, altered, or resubmitted within 120 days after the time
{ set for the opening of bide.
i 85.6 Acceptance and Rejection, of Proposals,. The owner reserves the
right to accept the proposal which, in its judgment, is the beat reepon-
f sive proposal; to reject any and all proposalal and to waive irregulari-
ties and informalities in any proposal that is submitted.
{ Proposals received after the time specified for receipt of proposals will
t not be considered,
i
All, proposals shall become the property of the Owner,
B.6 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE, Each proposal shall be accompanied by a pro-
posal guarantee in an amount not less than 5 percent of the total pro-
posal price. The guarantee shall be a certified check or cashier's check
drawn on any solvent bank, or an acceptable bidder's bond executed by the
bidder and a surety company authorized to do business in the state of
Texas,
The proposal guarantee shall be made payable without condition to the
{ City of Denton, Texas, and the amount thereof may be retained by said
$ City if the bidder's proposal is accepted and the bidder fails to enter
(DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71.00001
( 102089 )
j B-4
i
u
E!
r
ri
into contract in the form prescribed, with legally responsible surety,
within 10 calendar days after the presentation of the contract document
for signature.
The proposal guarantee of each unsuccessful bidder will be returned. The
proposal guarantee of the bidder to whom the contract is awarded will be
fulfilled when said bidder executes the Contract Agreement and files set-
isfactory Performance and Payment Bonds, as required, The proposal guar-
antee of the second evaluated bidder may be retained for a period not to
exceed 130, days pending the execution of the Contract Agreement, perform-
ance Bond, and Payment Bond by the successful bidder,
1
B,7 TAXES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES, The bidder's attention is directed to
1 the GENERAI, CONDITIONS, regarding taxes, ermits and licenses.
It shall be the bidder's responsibility to determine the applicable tax-
ss, permits, and licenses. If the bidder is in doubt as to whether or
not a tax, permit, or license is applicable, he shall state in his pro-
posal whether this item has been included in his bid price and the amount
of the applicable text permit, or license in question,
B,B INVORMATION TO BY SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL. Each bidder shall submit
with his poposal pertinent information concerning pruposed equipment and
materials and proposed construction organization.
B, 8,1 Equipment and Materials. In addition to the information submitted
! on the proposal and proposal data forms, each bidder shall subunit all
specifications, preliminary drawings, and similar descriptive information .
necessary to describe completely the equipment and materials he proposes
to furnish.
The proposal shall be based on new equipment and materials which comply
with specifications and documents in every respect unless the bidder
takes specific exception is provided hereinbefore, if alternate equip-
ment or materials are indicated in the proposal, it shall be understood .
that the Owner will have the, option of selecting any one of the alter-
nates so indicated and such selection shall not be a cause for extra com-
pensation or extension of time.
pi
@ B,8.2 Contractors Field Organization. Each bidder shall submit with
his prcpoeal an organization c art a owing the names and r6sumia of field
management, supervisory, and technical personnel, and the details of the
management, supervisory, and technical organization which he proposes to
use for this project, The successful bidder's organization will be sub- j
! ,sect to the review and acceptance of the Owner. The experience record of
i the Contractor's field superintendent shall be submitted wiLh the pro-
posal.
p
!
3
IDENTON 105671GGENQ8CCONST 71,00001
B-5
s
~s
7
t~ ~4
,
k
r
~i
r B.9 TIME OF COMPLETION. The time of completion of the work is a basic
consideration of the contract. The proposal shall be based upon comple-
tion of the work ir, accordance with the specified schedule. It will he
necessary that the bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete
the work within the stipulated time.
In this connection, attention is called to the provisions of the General
Conditions relative to delays and extensions of time.
8,10 LOCAL CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall visit the site of the work and
I thoroughly inform himself of all conditions and.factors which would af-
fect the work and the cost thereof, including but not limited to, the ar-
rangement and condition of existing or proposed structures affecting or
affected by the proposed work; the procedure necessary for maintenance of
uninterrupted operation; the availability and cost of labor; and facili-
ties for transportation, handling, and storage of materials and equip-
i ment.
I i
It must be understood and agreed that all such factors have been properly
investigated and considered in the preparation of every proposal submit-
ted. No claims for financial adjustment to any contract awarded will be
permitted by the Owner which are based on lack of such prior information
j or its effect on this coat of the work.
!I! Visits to the site shall be coord'rated with the (4mer by contacting
Mr. Joe Cherri at telephone nuLoar (817)566-8123,
B,ll INTERPRETATION, If Any prospective bidder is in doubt as to the
true meaning of any part of the proposed contract documents, he may sub-
mit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation, The person
submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery, and
all requests must be received by the Engineer at least 10 working days
before the time specified for receipt of proposals. Any interpretation
of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum transmitted to
each party receiving a net of such documents. The Owner will not be re-
sponsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed
documents.
It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Engineer, before
the time specified for receipt of proposals, of conflicting requirements
or omissions of information which require clarification. Those questions
not resolved by addenda shall be listed in the apace provided on the pro-
posal form, together with statements of the basis upon which the proposal
C~ is made as affected by each question.
t 8,12 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. Concurrent with the execution of
the Contract Agroement, tine Z ntractor shall furnish good and sufficient
Performance and Payment Bonds to the City of Denton, Texas on the forms
bound herewith, each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the contract
1
3
[DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
! 013190 1
B-6
I
r~ -1
Et
I
I
amount. All provisions of the bonds shall be complete and in full ac-
cordance with statutory requirements. The bonds shall be executed with
the proper surety through a company licensed and qualified to operate in
the state of Texas and acceptable to the Owner. The bonds shall be
signed by an agent resident in the state of Texas and the date of the
bonds shall be the date of execution of the Contract Agreement. The
bonds shall be accompanied by a power-of-attorney document certified to
include the date of the policy.
If at any time during the continuance of the contract, the surety becomes
irresponsible, the Owner shall have the right to require additional and
sufficient sureties which the Contractor she" furnish to the satisfac-
tion of the Owner within 10 days after notice to do so. In default
thereof, the contract may be suspended and all payments on moneys due to
the Contractor withheld.
The Performance Bond shall guarantee the faithful parformance of all cov-
enants, stipulations, and conditions of the contract. The Payment Bond
shall guarantee the faithful, payment of all obligations which may arise
under the contract,
The cost of the bonds shall be included in the lump sum proposal prices,
8.13 MAINTENANCE BOND,
j ~ The Contractor shall file with the City of
Denton, Texas, before final payment, a maintenance bond with an approved
surety in an amount equal to 10 percent of the total coat of this proj-
I eet, guaranteeing that the workmanship and materials furnished under
these specifications and used are in all respects first class and of such
kind and quality that for a period of one year from the completion and
official acceptance thereof by the said City of Denton, the work shall
require no repairs, the necessity for which shall be occasioned by de-
fects in said workmanship or material. If during the said period, the
said improvements or associated structures and equipment shall require
repairs and the necessity for such repairs, shall, in the opinion of the
Owner, be occasioned by defective workmanship or materials furnished in
i the construction of any part thereof or any of the accessories thereto,
built by the Contractor, then such repairs, on due notice being given at
any time during said period, by the Owner, to the Contractor, shall
promptly be made by the Contractor,
Should the Contractor fail. to make such repairs as are deemed necessary,
the Owner will give the Contractor and his surety written notice to make
the repairs, If, after 10 days, the Contractor or his surety shall fail
to make the repairs, then the Owner shall have the right, without further
notice, to proceed to make such repairs or cause the same to be done
t either by contract or otherwise, the coat of such repairs to be paid by
I{ the Contractor.
r
(DEN4'ON 10567 GEN CON5T 71,0000
( 013190
j B-7
c
t
l
13
If, upon receipt of notice of the amount thereof, the Contractor or his
surety fails to pay the cost ui repairs, the Owner shall have the right
of action on the maintenance bond; oz in case the repairs shall not ac-
tually be made by the Owner after such failure on the part of the Con-
tractor or his surety, the Owner shall have the right to ascertain and
determine the casts of such repairs and to maintain an action against the
Contractor or his surety, or both under said bond, to recover the amount
so determined in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the amount so ,
determined shall be conclusive upon the Contractor and his surety in any
action upon said bond. The maintenance bond is not an exclusive remedy
and the Owner shall have all remedies available by law.
B.14 PROPOSAL PRICING, Bidders shall submit firm price proposals that
are not subject to adjustment. All prices shall be in United States dol-
lars,
B,15 DOMESTIC MATERIALS, The bidder's attention -4a directed to the
SOURC$3F MATERIALS article of the General Conditions regarding require-
Monte for use of domestic materials,
B16 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS, Each bidder shall be responsible for.deter-
mining the type; of sace materials which will be found. Test boi-
{ Inge have been made on the site. The locations and logs of the test bor-
Inge are bound as an appendix to these specifications and documents.
Information on subsurface materials made available shall not be a part of
the contract documents and there is no expreamed or implied guarantee of
the data given nor of the interpretation thereof, i
j ( 8,17 PREFERENCE LAW, Proposal evaluation will take into consideration j
R the P'reforr' tnee awe of the Statutes of Texaa*
i
f
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
r ( 013190 )
I i
f
v S13YC1 _ y
k
i
1
PROPOSAL
Tos CITY OF DENTON PURCHASING
901-B TEXAS STREET
DENTON, TEXAS 76201
r
ATTENTION: Mr. John J, Marshall
Purchasing Agent 1
i
PROPOSAL FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
RAY ROBERTS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
Gentlemen:
s
The undersigned bidder having read and examined the specifications and
1 associated contract documents for the above designated construction work
which will be incorporated in Lowisville Hydroelectric Project does
hereby propose to perform the work and provide the services set forth in
this Proposal, All prices stated herein are firm and shall not be
sub- Jett to adjustment provided this Proposal is accepted within 120 days
f after the official opening of proposals.
The undersigned hereby declares that the following list states any and
all variations from and exceptions to the requirements of the contract
II documents and that, otherwise, it is the intent of this Proposal that the
11Jb%l work will be performed in strict accordance with the contract documents, 3
I M. ~~.+~r~S rapQa~„s.l„ ~w.w,~~@O ~n \~~'to~• ,
111.1'0'1-fit. ~tC.~.~ C.•1~.. Q1~~. • ~l`~{ Ct'~C",r~OM1'til i
1 - ~ 1
QR~1'G~z- W~~s,, C3~°.. JT~s-c~r~r1 ~Nt,`t lt= •,~yyk:n,Aw~
`0 C.e►a~tx+.~eC~'o~.ars.►vata.r.iCt,.•{ wrc~ ~1,P-D pF
1 -AcKY ~n--u+~►a, 'S-yd~.~H "Qal.w~~+c." J taus, C~z ,~►_w C•3
1
__._...~►~w., t3e} ~sn.w.~~aa W~W~N ~4 er-kaH4 ~e~aas,
~
'S_~tiy. ~'ca,r+~s Suomi PaKO1 tk ~ca<ua~.. ~.v
A Llt1, . tt ~at'S44g0 Wiva> y ZOt WeRf~ uu, t,~a 5 - ctz~
(Add additional pages as required)
~ "vt0 11ti~,
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
I 102089 J
j
i
I
t
i NrM1GV
!j
~~ir--plf,:p
C.1 LUMP SUM PRICE. The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish
F equipment and materials; labor; labor supervision; construction tools and
equipment and construction services and utilities as required to perform
the General Construction work for the Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project
complete in accordance with the specifications and associated contract
documents as defined in Article GC.1 of the General Conditions;
f C, 1.1 0 Lion 1. Lump sum price to construct Ray Roberts Hydroelec<.•.ric
Project;
(Price in Words)
~ i
j C.1.2 Option 2. Lump sum price to construct Ray Roberts Hydroelectric
Project if the Contractor is concurrently awarded construction of Lawis
11 P villa Hydroelectric Project:
1
f (Price in Words}
1 ~
i f C.2 UNIT ADJUSTING PRICES, The following unit prices may be used to
j adjust the Item C, lump sum price (additions or deletions) in accordance
with the applicable requirements of the General Conditions to compensate
for modifications to the work. Each unit adjustment price is the total
cost of the spacific unit of work to be billed to the Owner for additions
or to be deducted from the contract amount for deletions. Each unit
price is a firm price, includes furnishing and installing the specific
unit designated, and includes all overhead and profit markup.
Unit Adjustment Price
-
Excavation
Pawpaw shale, per cu yard
~e
~ Common, per cu yard
Structure backfill, per cu yard
Riprap, per cu yArd c~5ee
Cast-in-place base slab concrete
to provide for adjustments to
the structure base elevation,
per cu yard
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 020190
I
i
4
C1
Unit Adjustment Price
S
Cast-in-place, 4-1/2 inch high
equipment banes, per sq ft (Q`°
Anchor bolts, per pound o0
Miscellaneous metals, A36
'r
Galvanized, erected, per 1b 4.•
Placement of 36 inch thick riprap
on 12 inch thick bedding, per eq yd 5°O
Separately mounted motor
starters
Three phase combination magnetic
starters, nonreversing
Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure
1 ' T
Size 1 in NEMA 4 enclosure
Three phase combination magnetic
starters, reversing
I ~ t
Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure
Single-phase magnetic starters.
f Size 1 in NERA 12 enclosure
f Raceway
Conduit, including
Unit Adjustment Price
fittings and supports for 10 Linear Feet
Steel Plastic EMT f
3/4 inch ti wa~
1 inch
1-1/4 inch r ~t
1-1/2 inch
2 inch `t
3 inch t%
4 inch
(DEN'roN 105670GEN CONST 71,0000)
13190
C-3
ti
{
;.i,' r
d
7!i
Ea
1
Unit Adjustment Price
J" for One Linear Foot
j $
! Cable tray, including fittings
and supports (tray sizes indi-
cated are loading depth x width)
f
3 inch x 12 inch r ; „C~,
5 inch x 18 inch
Three pole separately mounted
contactor, 600 volts, 20 am-
peres, 120 volt operating coil,
mounted in a NEMA 12 enclosure
t
Underground steel conduit,
including encasement, ex-
cluding earthwork
i
3 inch 4 ~NG~ ; a i7
j
Duct banks, including encase-
ment, excluding earthwork
1 5 inch duct \ y I
5 ~ 5 inch ducts "
E 6 - 5 inch ducts j
Cable, per 100 feet (exclud-
ing terminations)
Installation in
Under-
ground
Material Conduit Duct Tray
Type A
1 4/0 AWC
Type tl
3 - 8 AWC with ground
k 3 - 6 AWG with ground
(DENTON 10567102084ONST 11,0000]
C-4
frYw;`v) ~ • `
• ...p c4 .~i 1
c i
~~al,SEC1t5 I,
Installation in
Under-
ground
Material Conduit Duct Tray
3 - 1/0 AWG with r
ground wtvG
i Type C
2 cond 10 AWG
3 cond 10 AWC
i 4 cond 10 AWC ;i
Type D ,
2 cond 14 AWG
' c.tyG ~ eyG, f
5 cond 14 AWG
9 cond 14 AWC
Type F
i
2 pair 16 AWG +LG „~lG
4 pair 16 AWG kk E
Type G
I triad 16 AWG
~e. tyC ~ r
Type XHHW a
12 AWG ~V
Type GI
r
I cond 2 AWG
Insulated ground
i
f~
r
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.OOOOJ
( 102089 j
t G"5
3 ,
4;tl%Y4v -
Cable term nations (includ-
ing termination of Insulated
conductors, shield wires,
and ground conductors) and
coiling and taping of spare
j conductors, per cable end
Material Installation
tI $ $
Type A
4/0 AWG
( Type B I'
ff~ I '1
3 8 AWG with ground.,
3 6 AWG with ground l\
3 - 1/0 AWG with
ground
Type C l
2 - 10 AWG \~Pt,`. w:~( !
J
3 10 AWG i 4
f
4 10 AWG
Type D
2 cond'w~-\^. 1 Ski G., SI~V; „ C .
5 cond
r
4 cond ! S A
Type F
2 pair cs.taG
4 pair kk `L
Type G
1 triad
f
(DENTON 10567 GE1 CONST 71,0000)
! ( 102084 )
f C-6
1
t~
Material Installation
5
Type XM
12 AWG
'o Type GI
1 cond G AWG
insulated ground ~~~?•t~~C. ~C•_ ;~'p t ' fot
I -
I
Unit Adjust
ment Price
Lighting
Fixture Typo A, each U ~ ~ ~
E r
Fixture Type BV, each k1
Fixture Type DR, each 4
E Fixture Type G, each l~
t Fixture Type El, each 11
] Fixture Type EK, each t~
rmi~ t
Fixture Type ELU, each t
Fixture Type SL, each }I
I Fixture Type SU, each l
y
C,3 PRICE ADJUSTMENTS, The following firm prices will be used Co adjust
the lump sum price. The indicated work is spe4ified in Subsection 16A8,
C.,3,1 Vacuum Fi- iling, Price deduction for not furnishing vacuum filling
of the tranmtformer in the fields
r-'
(Price in Words)
C,3,2 Alternate Impulse Tests, Price deduction for furnishing the
manufacturer a standard impulse tests in lieu of the specified impulse
te8tst
f (Price in Words)
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
c~7
I
,
Xrtlt la?H1:2'
C.3.3 Alternate Corona Zest. Price deduction for furnishing the manu-
facturer- s standard corona test in lieu of the specified corona test!
(Price in Words)
C.5.4 Short-Circuit Withstand Tests. Price addition for furnishing the
short-circuit withstand testsr
(Price in Words)
C.4 S11$CONTRACTORS. The undersigned proposes that he will perform the
majority of the work with his own forces and that specific portions of
the work not performed by the undersigned will be subcontracted as fol-
low s.
Work Subcontracted Name of Subcontractor
C„ 5 ADDENDA. The undersigned bidder acknowledges receipt of the follow-
iag AUTe dat which have been considered in preparing this Proposal.
Dated 3 -~o -90
Number _ 00A± -
Number 'TwA Dated - *3 -Qn
Number Dated
Number Dated
wa (DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 101089 l
C-8
a
CA.
u
i
C.6 DECLARATIONS AND SIGNATURES, Enclosed herewith is the required Pro-
posal Guarantee in the amount of five (S) percent of the total of the
lump sum price(s) bid., ^ I D Di
FIVe- 40ere-CA C n 1 f*MDULAT ck - -
U.S. Dollars (U,S,
(Amount in Words)
which the undersigned bidder agrees is to be forfeited to and become the
property of the City of Denton, Texas, should this Proposal be accepted
and a contract be awarded to him and should he fail to enter into a con-
tract in the form prescribed and to furnish the required bonds, but
otherwise the aforesaid Proposal Guarantee will be returned upon his
signing the Contract Agreement and delivering the approved bonds.
i
j j The undersigned bidder further agrees that, in case of default in execu-
tion of such Contract Agreement with necessary bond, the check or bond
accompanying this Proposal and the money payable thereon (a) shall cover
the costs associated with such default, (b) shall cover a portion of the
costs associated with such default and the bidder shall be liable for the
balance, or (c) the residual obligation of such surety, after deducting
the costs associated with such default, shall be released to the bidder,
E The undarsigpad hereby certifies that he has visited the site of the pro-
posed work and has familiarized himself with the conditions affecting the
work.
The above prices are firm and include all taxes which might be lawfully
asstasad aginst the Owner or the bidder on the date of this Proposal,
4 The undersigned hereby declares that only the persona or firms interested
f in tho Proposal as principal or principal.n are named herein, and that no
other persons or firms than herein mentioned have any interest in this
Proposal or in the contract to be entered into; that this Proposal is
made without connection with any other person, company, or parties like-
wise submitting a bid or proposal; and that it is in all respects for and
in good faith, without collusion or fraud,
If this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned bidder agrees to perform
the work in accordance with the specified schedule, The undersigned
fully understands that time is a basic consideration of the contract,
If written notice of the acceptance of this Proposal is delivered to,the
undersigned within 120 days after the time set for receipt of proposals,
or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn by the bidder,
the undersigned will, within 10 days after presentation of the document '
k
1 !y
(DENTON 10561 GEN CONST 71.00001
{ 102089 J
C-9
E
S,
ff
for signature, execute and deliver to the City of Denton, Texas a con-
tract in the form of the Contract Agreement attached, complete with ac-
ceptable Performance and Payment Bonds.
Dated at ) 0.m • this 30 day of ~~14yd. 1916 t
Bidder "Ic
F D (SEAL)
BY ~
# (Signature)
hoc ~-'~Kc~e~cth
t (Printed or typed)
i
Title V i LLt
t"rec'4"
q Attea .
\1_1K - , L L~0.
G Y!5 ow(4Y ) 95505 AK eerdary
Complete Business Address of Bidder rave-1
Fot4 Wojr". 12
~~I18
State of Incorporation o NSQS j
Complete Address of Principal Office 610 IV
a i,vk
► _ -_LJ 1'r.L :5 L7~ 3
Name, Address, and Telephone
Number of Person to Contact
Regarding this Propooal.
Include Both Mail and Street
Addresses. A_. G, i e~r r
___P O_ Box ~~y3r~~
64 ray r. I
For y o r4 ` `r`X ro { I S
Telephone
Telecopy c$I'?) 5~5 -043'7
i
I (DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,0000)
( 102089 J
C-10
i
EvREREYA R-•.?'I tip.]
.I
(fi{{{r .G3 ff♦tV M11j3 1_
ti
v
`r
SECRETARIAL CERTIFICATION
's
i
I, Roberta D, Nielsen, Secretary of Marti. K,
Eby Construction Co., Inc., a Kansas Corporation, certify
that the following Resolution was adopted at the Annual
Meeting of the Board of Directors of Martin K, Eby
Construction uo., Inc. held March 27, 1989r
I
"RESOLVEDs That the President and
those persons elected to the
office of Vice President be and
are hereby authorized to execute
contracts, bid documents and other
corporate documents for and in
behalf of the corporation,"
At the same meeting, upon motion duly made,
seconded and carried, Joseph Lindeman was duly elected
Vice President of Martin K. Eby construction Co,, Inc. i
Given under my hand and the seal of the said +
corporation this .:30i:b day of M0.rcl~ , 1980 .
oberta D, Nielsen, Sertretary~
{
1
♦ 11 .
OOOppp7l1777 ~
tj Y01 Rt1 t}
it
r
7
}
f SECRETARIAL CERTIFICATION
I, Roberta D. Nielsen, Corporate Secretary of
Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc,, a Kansas
corporation certify that Charles Howard was elected to the
office of Assistant Secretary of Martin K. Eby
Construction Co:, Inc. at the Annual Meeting of the Board
III of Directors of Martin K. 8by Construction Co,, Inc, held
€ March 27, 1989.
I
Oiven under my hand and the seal of the said
corporation this 3oN` day of _ Mgr(.- j 1990
- Roberta D. Nielsen, Corporat Secretary
I
t
I
i
{j
i
to -
i
t•
PROPOSAL DATA
D.1 GENERAL. Each bidder shall submit complete and definitive informa-
tion on his offering in sufficient detail to permit a complete analysis
of the bid. The requirements stated in the Instructions to Bidders rela-
tive to information submittal shall ba followed.
The requirements for information contained in this section are basic re-
quirements. Additional information shall be provided as requested by the
Owner or Engineer.
The blank data sheets included in this section shall b completely filled
in. The data listed therein Shall not relieve the Contractor of his re-
sponsibility for meeting the requirements of the detailed specifications.
I
i i
Unless otherwise stated herein, it will be assumed that the bidder's in-
tention is to meet all specifications and.,iob requirements and that to
his best knowledge and belief the materials and equipment described in
this Proposal Data will meet all specifications and job requirements.
In the event that any materials and equipment listed by the successful
bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be
f unsuitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be substi-
tutad. Substitutions shall be made only as acceptable to the Engineer,
and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional financial com-
pensation nor shall they invalidate the Contract in any way,
' S- $iaterials and equipment described herein which meet all specifications
and job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described.
E
The bidder shall not alter the original Proposal Data sectinr. page mum-
bars. If it becomes necessary to add pages, at other than the end of the
section, a suffix such as a, b, or c, etc,, shall be add,ad to the original
number to designate the added page number, Pages added at the end of the
section shall be numbered sequentially by continuation of originally es-
tablished numbering.
IF the bidder finds it necessary to reproduce any of the Proposal Data
pages, methods of reproduction shall not appreciably reduce or enlarge
the reproduced pages. In the process of preparing the bid evaluation,
{ the right-hand portion of Proposal Data pages which have a trim line will
be trimmed off and matched with corresponding pages received from other
bidders. It is therefore desirable that these pages match as nearly as
practicable with the original left-hand
portion of the page when placed
r side by side. The bidder shall make no changes to the left of the trim
line,
i
[DENTON 10567 GEN CON5T 71.0400)
[ 102089 )
D-1
j
Write entries boldly with black ink or type entries using carbon black
ribbon, Do not use ball point pens or blue ink.
f
D.2 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION, The following supplementary information,
! shall be submitted with the proposal,
Contractor's field organization in accordance with
Article 8.8.2 of the Instructions to Bidders
Listing of major construction equipment including cranes,
earthmoving equipment, concrete pump, etc., used in
construction
f Schedule of major construction activities which support the
I II
I t construction milestones in Section 1A
Description of method of powerhouse excavation, aide slope
gg stabilization or cofferdam, and dewatering
n Concrete mix design qualification, if based on field
experience
! D.3 MATERIAL nj EQUIPMENT DATA. The following required information is
to assist the bwr'ar in evaluating the Technical Proposal,
l ~
The data listed herein is stated for definitive purposes and for the
convenience of the Owner. ;
i 1
F ~
y
i
I
1 ~
i
i
[DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,0000)
102089 )
D-2
In'r Rl'Y!k ~
~t1'~, 11; lit
Mark;A EbU LMSi.nn
c..o, Inc,
(Bidder's Name)
Name and addresses of independent
? inspection and testing companies
Site and earthwork
^.:Icrete
' i ilflidittg ~Yasctr><c'. ~t3
i -
E~
1 Section 2B - CONSTRUCTION
COFFERDAM ;
k
Name and address of cofferdam
designer C1~ T Q E.
s
i Section 2D - DEWATERTNG ,
I (i Name and address of da-
.~i~ p~=
I watering designer
I { : L^`+C~,_, CQty'Sy,~'~~1.C41.Ut~l -
Section 2E - RIPW
r
Source of riprap -
Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Nams,of supplier and location of El
concrete batch plant ~orac~tQc*•l
. r 1
1 ti
,
t
1
1 .
~ `DENTON t0567GEN t9p NST 71,0000I
013
D-3
i
ra < v
y ,
Y
t~ni.~M tW'1,7~~
fif`4U3~JJJ{
_ ~~Ei15'IV SAY Y. "y;P,xFd~y+
"7 !r~
I
1
S I~
Qr~;n EY q COnS~ ,
(Bidder's Name)
Name and address of reinforcing
supplier
'~'r• ~ 14SLlC't! _
:
Total concrete quantity,
cu yd
Total reinforcing quantity,
~J tons
Batch plant and truck fleet
delivering capacity
I Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND ;
MI L SOUS META
Name and address of steel fabri- ;
cater :RO~r.1 ~84'„AA~`►Jnn
,
Subsection '.551 --SUMP PUMPS
' Sump Pumps
Pump manufacturer as.i 1O°4'vRS
I
Model
`
G Subsection'1583 -WELDED STEEL V
PENSTOCK : i
SE TIO S f
Name and address of welded steel f
penstock supplier _
Subsection 1584 - CONCRETE PIPE C;
+ Name of fabricator C~ArypI
Plant location
Pipe manufacturer "
{ s
1 Fittings manufacturer t1
- - ti
i I
i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.00001
( 013190 1
D-4
f -
I
~ax+enur~py]jj +
'A 1>IkY
1....-RSA
AEII +i'S 4'.1:13
1
l
IV1Qr-;,i E~ i 'onsf. Co. h
(Bidde 's Name)
Type of pipe-,.-- eLN-U' O tv
s
AWWA standard designation
Standard laying length
3 i
Wall thickness, in,
Inner concrete core
j Steel cylinder rt
s
4 Outer concrete coating (ECP
only) l`
I
I
Mortar coating t~
I
rl
'Dotal thickness '
Total number of restrained field '
Joints
tit e
Total number of restrained joints"
. , for each fitting, upatream/down- ;
stream !1/ s
Type of joint restraints ti~
Pipe to soil friction factor used
in calculating restraint require- 11
menta
Total number of standard field tit
Joints without restraints
Field man-hours estimated to make
up each joint
dStandard joint
a '1
s'
Restrained joint W' 3
i
,
Total lineal feet of p'
Total number of fittings and spe-
cials
,
.
(DENTON 10567 CEN CONST 71,0000)
( 013190 ) r
D-5 r
f'
v_
7, WR
LwMk4
4f3 Wsn
i
s
(Bidder's ;Jame)
,
Darcy friction factor
As installed`
Ater 25 years service _ 0
Subsection 15B5 - ELECTRIC HEATB.tS Manufacturer Model No,
Electric unit heaters Ca~~G~t r~G ,W G.,
Subsection 1586 - POWER ROOF ;
VENTILATORS ;
.
E ,
Manufacturer >
Model No, - t
Subsection 15E1 - LARGE BUTTERFLY
VALVES Manufacturer Model No, l
Powerhouse inlet (6011)
t Minimum flow line (4811) a
,
Subsection 16A1 BATTERY Station Battery
Cell catalog number
La•. p
Number of plates per cell ~1 2
Nominal ampere-hour capacity
11 at 8 hour discharge rata
. 1
Overall dimensions of battery f
rack, inches
•
Length
.
Width ty
Height
F.
Subsection 16A2 - CHARGER W
Station Battery Charlex
Manufacturer
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
( 013190 )
D-6
c
lEn4PJ1
~ Mar+~„ 1~ Eb, Pn s~- C.,~,
' Uidde 's Name)
Station Hatter Charger
Type or Catalog No.
Charger dimensions,' inches
,
Height Iy
.
1 Width
Depth
Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANS^FORMBR
i Manufacturer
Cooling class t,
Continuous kVA 55 C OA rating '
Ympedance at nominal voltage con-
nection, in percent based on high
voltage winding 55 C OA (1500 kVA) y1
- rating 3
Guaranteed efficiency, in percent
1
i At the following percentages
{ of maximum MVA 55 C (1500 kVA)
R ( rating ;
100 percent
75 percent It
50 percent
vVoltage regulation at 100 percent H
of maximum MVA 55 C (1500 kVA)
raking, in percent
s~ .
H100 percent power factor Il
,
1 80 percent lagging II
power factor
80 percent leading li
power factor
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
013190 )
D-7
I
j
i
x ~a xx 1
r ~4l
xr.+se.
lYlQl~in K ~tlV ns~S~ lg IHC
(Bidde 's Name)
;
Excitation current at 100 percent ;
rated voltage, in percent based
on maximum MVA 55 C CA (1500 kVA)
rating !
Guaranteed losses at 100 percent t
rated voltage kvar kW
No load
Total losses at maxi-
mum MVA 55 C (1500 kVA) 1 {
I rating
j '
Maximum expected calculated
{ sound level et 100 percent of
maximum MVA 55 C rating
(1500 kVA), in decibels accord-
ing to NEMA TA 1
@'1 s r~
foor, r,;a1a6 tJa @ 6 feet
I kanufacturer Type
IIII Bushings c
f
1 high voltage
,
Low voltage 1
Neutral tt
Current transformers
High voltages t•~CJ.'.N C~
Low voltage
Neutral.
Surge arresters
Approximate waight, pounds
Core and coils y L 1. , ;ti
j
' i
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71.0000)
013190 )
D-8
W513~<I -y!
P.T.n5:1'd} I
Y.:9dAtit
t
VIP
i9 r
(Bidd is Name) -T
r
Tank and fittings ~e'~* C
II
E Oil -
i Total assembled, with 1
oil -
Total, shipping weight
Largest piece for
E handling during erec-
Lion
Gallons of oil
Approximate dimensiond,
inches
f
i
Height, overall
f Width l~
r~
Depth
«v
i
e Haight, over tank ~E
E Height, for untanking
I Tyne of coil and core : t
i 1 - construction ,r ~Scs.1•..,-~ n
Type of material used in
coil windings
Subsection 16A4 - 13.22 KV CIRCUIT : j
{ BREAKERS 11200 Amperes -
Manufacturer:
,
Catalog No, and type a ' ~E
N
:
,
rr ,
i j
`DENTON 105670 EN C NST 71,0000'
N
13190
D-9
.t
(Bidders Name)
1,200 Amperes
j Rating and capabilities
Maximum symmetrical, kA rma
Nominal 3 phase MVA class tit
3 second short circuit,
{ kA rms
I Closing and latching,
kA rms
Interrupting time
25-100 percont of ti
rating, cycles 1
0-25 percent of
rating, cycles
Rated overhead line charging
(`"4 current, switching, amperes -
f Closing time, cycles
I '
Open time to part contacts, t~
cycles ; - -
Operating mechanism Catalog No.
and type ;
Number of close-open operations
without recharging stored energy
system
Control power requirements p;
Closing current at ~J
1~.ti4
125 volts dc
Tripping current at 11
125 volts do ;
: II
l
`DRNTON 105670EN C N5T 71,0000'
13190
D-10
YfiYilH9 -10
G^+SSwIY
~{{ppp'12CYitl.•
}H
4 r,••4tffit
i
F t
Ma ;n K, Eby Cons Co TKO
(Bidder's Name)
:
_ 1,200 Amper,a ~
Line-to-ground withstand
voltage at 0 psi$ SFr, gas
I pressure If SF~ e in e kV
is 1oaC while n service, , kV
Bushings t
,
Make and type 4
,
kV rating
Ampere rating ; ~I 1
Dimensions, in inches
~ tength ~
I Width
i
t
Height
n~ Tank diameter
Distance between lowest live ll
part and ground level, inches
.x
Maximum noise level at 100 feet, Li i
dBA l~
;
Gallons of oil
Subsection 16A10 - OUTDOOR
DISSECT
lY ES
Group manually operated d `
Manufacturer
M
Switch catalog number or 1
type 1
Manual operator catalog l1
# number or type
(DENTON 10567 GEN CONST 71,00001
( 013190 ]
D-11
s
M
i
fJA11 A9
f
1
I fVIQY~:~t K, cby ~nft c.
(Bidder's Name)
3ti CC ~ t, lCa I
Extent of field assembly required
II ~
i
I '
I ,
~ a
f
.
~f
f
dC,a
tt
J ,
H'
,
I
(DENTON 10567 OEN CON3T 71,0000) E
t 013190 )
D-12
10
a
G
APR-05-'90 THU 09117 IDICITY OF DENTON UA 'EL NO1817-566-8236 #333 P15/26
APR 04 190 15104 P.14/26
y, AP Adjustuslat' Price
Cast-in-plaar, 4-112 iaah high
equip"at lasass per s4 !t ,
Arbor belts, per pound
liifso61Jraaeous metals, A36
s Galvanised, arsatsd, per lb
Placement of 36 lash MUCk viprap
on 12 iaah thick b6dding, per sq yd ,
8sysxswiy mouactd z>4tor ~
starters
I I
Three p406 aombiaatioa magnet !
starters, nouaversing
size 1 is NDU 12 aaalosu a ~j
1 Size 1 is N6MA ~ anelosur~
Throe phase aoabimation majastic
startars, reversing f
f !
f Siza 1 is NEMA 12 enaloauta 1~~0
i single~phas,e magaatia stareara
gis! 1 in NWA lZ analoeutt 0
x" way
Conduit, including Unit Adjw tmeut Price
fittings and supports toe 10 Linear Put
stool Plastic EMT
3/4 inah .~7si.....» .Iild.' r.~...
1 incks.,. .rZ[._.
14/4 inch
~ 1-1/2 inch
2 inch gs .iCfL,.
3 inch
4 inch,
(DLNTON 103670CaN9CONST 71.0000;
j
seer;-sa
APR-05-'90 THU 01:1? M CITY OF DENTON UA TEL N0181?-~566-8236 tt333 P16i~6
APR 04 '90 15+04 3,15626
i. Unit A4justm•4t Price
ar ~0120 ea Toot
t
i CAble txay, including fittings
on3 supports (bray sizes iml-
Cased era loading daptb x Width),'
3 ir►oh s 12 inch
26
5 such x It inch
1 ; xhres pole 84fparately mounted
I E contsorar, 600 volts. 20 as-
pares, 126 volt cparatUS coils
A j r
mounted 3a a, tM.12 enclosure
f( underground steel conduit,, l
including anciss"At. ox-
Cluding earthwork
3 inab
f i Duct bonks► including 0ACA64- `
Clem, exaludiug earthwork
1 S inch dual WWI
5 5 5 inch duets "r
6 S inch ducts -
{ t
able# par 100 feat (exclud.
iatnerminstions)
Installation- in
ground
xW6481 Conduit Duct
Type'
l - 4 /0 AWC aM rL.diG=~ L
Type 8
10 Ad
3 - B AWC With ground .Zy .02. ..1.L
3 b AWC with ground , .GM .talc-' '
i
i
I
ry
1
(UbNTON ~QS67i4 OA~ON8T 71.4040]
( C;a
'I'rp{'4 Vi "r
tr,aFSy1`Y
~I
' t
(j
A
NPR-05-'90 THU 09418 IDIOITY OF DENTON UA TEL NOi817-566-8236 4333 P17/26
APR 04 '90 15163
P.16i26
...r..r. a+ll t-490 in
a er-
(sound
verfal conduit ae Tr
3 1/0 ANN with
;round
j SYpe ~ i
00-
Z toad 10 AN AL!t
~ .
3 c.oud 10 Aita j Q00 y
40
j 4 toad 10 Axa /Q
Tyye C
i
2 coal 14 AN N ~
,
egad 14 AWa 60ffmff ~A•'~„~.
E 9 cord 14 AWG 4 ':Q
Type
2 pair 16 AWO
i 4 pair lb AWG
f
Typo C '
1 es4ad 16 Awa .
Type xaw
12 Awa
Type Ci
1 toad $ Awa
iaaulAted Sround - D
i
i
fDENTON 1056710208bOm 71,00001
i
r My
l
F}
i3
R S- 0,THJ~09i18 1U:ClTY OF DENTON UA TEL NOt817-566-8236
. 15+ 4333 P18/26
i
P117128
Cabin terminations (include
aonduotoeeo sbi414 viral,
and graved aonduotors) and
aoiiigS and taping Of spare
a0aduators, par 4sbla epd
Hst-.,.!31 last& ation
Ty" A
4/0 Awo
Q 'AVG with ground AOO, 120
J 5 AWG with ;r0WK1
I=ound0 AwQ with i Typo c
i 1
a 10 AW4
,f f 3 - ip AVG
a - 10 AWG
Type D
' Z toad
aond
9 sand ! ~J aw
Type 1
pair
4 pasr
Typo 1:
1 triad
1
(UNTON 10561 OIN dON$'T 71,0000)
~1az0s~ ~
~ 0~6 1
t-
1
1
4
~.tW9]!1 na.i;w].
~i
APR••05-]90 THU 09119 iD1C(TY OF DENTON UP TEL N01917-566-8236 #333 P19/26
APR 04 'Sa 15106 P,16i26
Material Install tion
Type
~ 1T ANti ~0 2,~~
Type 01
I
1 cond 4, WO ~d ede?
j Ausulated around
yns.t Adiuetmtit~pr
r ~ Lightias ! ••~p ,
f ~ rixture 'Type .ach ~ ~3 . .
f Fixture TYPR BY, each r
Fixture Type aft, each
'
Fixture Type a, each
rixtirs Type 110 each L to
rixture Type a, eaab
lixtuz4 Type $L0, eaeh AlAd
Fixtuvs Type SL, each i Pad
Aid
~ Fixture, Type SV, each
C,3 PAXOE Ab1V~STWTS. The followinj firm prices will be used to adjust
the lump sum price. The Indicated wogk is specified in Subitdtion 16AS.
C.,3.1 _Vacu F 1 Price daductibo for not furnishing vaouum filling
of the ttr&n"formar in the field=
?
s c# /3'' Ott
Mve in Wargo)
w
CJ.2 Altoats Im ui Tests, price dsduation for furnishing the
manufatturer s standard impulse taste in lieu of the opeotlied impulaa
teeiat
12>4010d 140do
r as in ors UrN (DENTON 1056710 20I890NST 71.00001
Y '
C-?
i .met fyRi/
,f4'itA.,.. 1
v
W,.., on •Y i'.~f
APR-05-'90 THU 09119 M CITY OF DENTON UA TEL NO,8i7-566-6236 4.133 P20/26
APR (34 190 15x06 P.19/E6
10.3.$ tsroatt Corona, T, eat. Priem deduction for furnishing the msau-
f' factures s st and car*" test is lieu of the specified corona tests
NAP +
rice %A Words)
C..3.4 lbart-CiraYAC Xitbata Testa, ]?Vic* addition for fkaishlus the
Short-circuit *It stand tsetst
f
1 ,
i Fr a Lis W de
C.4 5 , The uadsrsiftadiprop*400 that ke 14ill perfore the
majority o the work vith'bis asp forbas red that specific portions of
the work not performed by the undirsitned will be subcontracted as fol-
j Iowa,
Work 5$tbe tracked !less of Subcontr_satof
C.5 ADS, The twAarsianad bidder acknovledgeS 164e4pt•ef the follow-
iqp Addenda, Which have boon aoaridered In preparing this Proposal,
Number Dared
Number Dated
Number Davod
E
Number Dated
3
`#f
[DENTON 1054' oxx CONST 71.00001
C-a
JltYfi9 IIf:St!}` ~
aLS+rl •
APR-05-190 TNL; 99120 IDICITY OF DENTON UA TEL NOl817-566-9235 p33~3c~tl26
APR 04 '90 0107
i
8 ar s Nam.
Darcy friatioa !actor .
t As installed.....
Alter 2$ years service
Subsection 1135 • tL_„Ic U .I Maauls~urer_ Mode tio. 1
=,lectYic wait btsi
I Subsection 1516 POWU 1001
1
I MiAll~aCturer Y ~
Model.
LAME y
l subssoxion 1581 - SbUTTE Y
I MasiYlaCtur~r 994*1 o.
t
! Powerhouse ialst (64u)
t
win sAm flew liar (4$11) -
lubsa¢tl.on 16At - 8A„~TTERY j~ •ststioA„tattstY
Call catalog number AN I b9-dumber of plates per 4611
Oftiaal aapeza-hour osp6eity
at a hour discharge rata /bd ~ll.,..~s
E
Ovtrall dimensions of battery
rack# tpobos f ;
{ Lange a, . d
76
wlldtl► N ' r
arigbL H • ~ Q
.
Subsection 16A2 - C v
Station saCltilEY C U"
•r. .rrr..wY.+~,++.+•
Manulacturar
`DZNTON 10567 GEN C0146T 71,00001
013190 ~
f .s ss~
!ell
I
I
f
. a darn s amr
Station lattr Chirser
i
Type or Cataio; No,
4 SCE/`'~Q._.1
Charger dimensims, inches ;
Width 17
Depth
subaaotioo 16AE O Plt T A~18F08I~1
j
1 >samufactus.r ~ s JJI
r' CooAiA; aloe
Continuous 14VA 55 C OA rating ~ ,ter!
f Impedance at nin4 voltage con=
{ nectionr in p614snt bawd on high
volts;e 11414!10; $6 C CA (1500 VA)
III , rsCiui ~ f
~,,>~.Y 6uarsntud allialenay, In percent
! At the folhavin; prrcentages
of saximum !NA $5 C (1500 kVA)
~ ~ Yana;
100 pore out
7S rrorat ~ f I
30 percept
Voltarr se;ttlatioa at 100 pperoant I
of maxim" MVA $54 (1500 kVA)
Wing, In peraeat
100 p6rceAt paver !actor
io
per4ank irggist; `
j power .tAatos ;
00 percent leading
power factor '
. { (UNION 10567 QTM COM 71,0000)
( 013190,
D-7
p op.RaC;f
¢7Q~ [4Yli[,i
II/f l'x,'}V Y~ 1~
~ . ` 1..111
MP~RW S-,:401TH 09121 IDICITY OF DENTON UA TEL N01817-566-8236 4333 P22/26 y
Nd P.22/26
ors atie
rXestatien Currant at 100 percent '
j sated voltage, in percent based
on "xiat'a WA 55 0 0A (1500 kvA)
rating ~
I
' Guaranteed lessee at 100 percent
j rated voltage k~
No lead a N i zureza
Total Uses* at maxi.
Run WA 55 0 (1500 WA)
tat~gs
I MUIRva $0691ed ealanlAeed ~II
sound level at 100 p•rseat of ,i
ma~cisam WA 55 C. rstiag .f
(1300 kVA), in 4440ala word- `
ins to NF,JfA TA 1 ~E Q 1 foot Q 6 feat's
1i *at= Or
- i e
I Bualfings :f ,
s Ush voltage p ~1 h y15
Low voltage Jt t4
Neutral :I M +
Currant tzaasformara
Nigh Voltage i .il(,{L~ - .r+/ R
Lev voltage l~ it 61
Neutral +Jr~
Surge arzasters e.
AMA
♦ 1"'~+
•ApproxUsta vaight, pounds
Cori Cad veils
f
.I ,
Jj
(DZVTQN 10367 c8N CONST 71.0000
( 015140
a..s
rax;.vx.
1{~jj~!+.tusi G
h'
i~
Y A%$5-,ZIM 09121 IDICfTY OF DENTON UP TEL N01817-566-5236 #333 P23/26
b aka P. 23/26
7
. ~ bidder s Neee)
Tank and ftttinss
i 011
Total essasiblad, with
ail ,
i
Tow shipp4ai asiiht _
Wriest piers for
haLdlia~ during srac.
tift
~ SWOON of oil
' AAptoximl~Cc disagsions, ,
I ~
~ 'laabss
I ti ;
~ 8siihl~ aversll ~ "
width
Dap
f =MA~ I th
iciiht, aver tank
t
Iigtjbt, !ax unraaking
Type of coil sAd aors E
construction tim C•W,~'~w
Type of soteriaf used ~A -
E
veil wi~adtn~r ' iPA5
N
8ubasn
tion 1W 13OT VY2 j
t 11206, crs
1lanuf aC Curs r
Catalot Ro, and typo »1t'~ y.X • 7'yz' F~
IF ~~I1~li~~ T
SM~ ,
1
1 1?t1iT4N 10567 QZN CONST 71,0000
013190
I n~4
-10
C JAf
i,'A rp v*'1 .
1
t
I
~~ah+hlrl P,, ',1
APR-05-190 THU 09122 IDiCITY OF DENTON UA TEL N0,817-566-8236 #333 P24/26
APR 04 '90 15109 P,24i26
(Siddsr s Naas)
r,
I hating sad aapsbllitiee ' : ,
maxim= Oymastrioals U rsa
AA
~ Norit+al 3 pheea iNA alaaa
3 seaond.short circuit,
t
I
I r
i.
cla.ia;,utd Ltbbing, f , r~®
I U rxv
%aterruptin; time j 23-300 p4ia4ot of F; -
# rrbin;► ayal4a I ' .,~.._..,.~..,....._~,r.
I '
j 4-23 psra4nt of
i retie;, ayC14A
Rated Overhead line aharging
currents switching, aazpsse4 I ;
f Closing rises, cycler ~ r so
Apra time to part cosstacta
cyglea p
7 C)
ail
Opesatinj m4ah4taism Catalog No.
and type /,~/.)~'(JeL►,f~,r' '
j Number of 61006-open aparatiow j ;
without riahar;in; 4torOd 424rxy, ;
ey4tam 1
.Control power raQuirewnta ;
Closing current at ;
125 volts do;
Zrippia; aurreap at
.I
W volts do ;
• r
i
f
DEMON 105670 EN CONST 71.0000'
r
~i•10
P-9 -
yq~
X
W60119 i7 •IIAt:'f
~j .•v q rdt
rk-05t-~ di f~ '91 22 I U i.l TY OF UENTuN uA TEL NO t 817-566-8236 0333 P25/26
Id4 5 P. 25/a6
' Di ar r Naafi)
' 1.200 aru'
Lino-to-groarad aiChO>+aud
voltage at 0 prig gro Ras
prasouve if Syp ;aa prsssurd ;
is lost while is sesviaoo kv 17,
Make and type «
kv vatinf,
'
Asprra satiar L 7~
~ ~ DSaenrioas is iaehar
Width
Laight
F Tank dia inter ~f
Dirtaaoe between lovest live !
f f ,
i pare and ground Leval, inahas
imam 00100 level at 110 feet.
,
t~ s
Gallons of oil
J SubrsOCtou 16410 - oUM00
Group aaoually operat6d
Mattyfaarurrr ~ '
.t
' $witdh 1444101 number or
type v
j 1~atsual OpeYtSOr oatrlog ~ ~ 4'J .
nusber AJV
or type AQ
!MITON 105670 E
N CONST 71.00003
13190
n•• i 1
r tcttvs.?
t 4 :!.ikt
rry Kftk St4
i{
1 ` F~'k ~~.~pR ~01IHU~ 9,23 IDiCITY OF DENTON UR TEL NQi817=566-£3236 #333 P26/26 4
Id~~ 5 t 1
' P.'c6/26
{
1
e
f 3tdd~r • lama)
Intwut o! bald saaawbiy requind
M x
r
i
11 ) ,
i i
w
1
Ih M
1.0
E
i
(DENTON 10567001H C NI 71,0000'
D-12
„
a
it
G
CHUBB GROUP of Insurance Companies
WJ. lia4.•, '
FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
f
BID BOND
Bond No. 81029702-D
Amount $ 5% of Bid
"Know All Men By These Presents,
i
That we, MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
P. O. Box 18337
I Ft. Worth, TX 76118
(hereinafter the ,
f as Principal, and the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, Warren, New Jersey, a
corporation dully organiPod uinde)r
)r'' the laws of the State of New Jersey, (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surely, are held and firmly bound unto
CITY OF DENTON, TX
(hereinafter called the Obllgee),
j in the sum of Five percent off amount bid `
5% of Hid Dollars )
for the payment of which we, the sald Principal and the said Surety, bind oursolves,
i our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these pru~vnls.
' .,FAy Sealed with our seals and dated thin 30th day of March
A. 0. nineteen hundred and h<nety. ,
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid, dated March 30
to 90
for Lewisville Hydro Project and Ray Roberts Hydro Project
NOW, THERE-FORE, It the Obliges shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter Into a
tract with the Obligee in accordance with such bid and give bond with good and sufflclent surely for the fato,.wl
performance of such contract, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give
such bond, if the principal shall pay to the Obllgee the difference, not to exceed the penalty hereof, between the, 1
amount specified In said bid and the amount for which the Obilgee may legally contract with another party to per-
form the work covered by said bid, If the latter amount be In excess of the former, then this obilgallon shall be
t null and void, otherwise to remain In full force and effect.
MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
Principal
gy;
I AV_M", Vice. 0-ts;cler%+
FEDERAL INSU NCE COMPANY
By;
Roberta Heorman, Attorney-in-fact
Kam W OM (Aw. 1.691
250 N. t4AteY, Wichita, 67202 MIN reo
(316) 267-9221 .ui us'A
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know all Men by the" Pre en1j, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 16 Mountain Vfev Road, '.Maven, New Jersey, I. New Jersey Corpora-
lion. has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint W. C. Cohen, Jlt. , R. B. Mataosarin, Joe E.
Mc.""fell, Jr., Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Post, Richard K. Scoria, Jay B. Chapple, Roberta 1.
Heollnan, James E. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A, Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita,
Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D. Westcott, Howard C, Evans, Velma M. Pollock and
Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas--_,•--------------------------------------------------------
each Ile true and lawful Altorney-In•Fact to execute under rich designation in its name and to affix Ns corporate seal to and deliver for and on its behalf as
surely hallow of otherwise, bonds of any of the following Oisses, to-wit:
j 1. Bonds and Undertakings filed In any suit, metier or proaseding In any Court, or filed with any Short" or Magislrate, for the doing or rot doing of anythrnp
speDlliad In win Bond or Undertaking,
2. Surat' bonds to the Unifed Slates of America or any agency thereof, lneluding those required or permilled under the laws or regulations relating 10 CUltorrn
or Internal Revenue; License and P•rmll Bonds or otht r Irldamnity bonds under the laws, ordinances or roqulafions of any State, City, Town, Vdlagn,
Board or Other body or organization, pubho or private; ti)nds to Transportation Companies, Lost Instrument bonds' Lease bonds. Workue' Compgnsa'
(tort bonds, Miscellaneous Surely bonds and bonds err behalf of Notaries Public, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and simitar public officials.
a 3. Bonds on behalf of contractors in conrwcWn with bids, proposals or contracts.
1 M r/N„oy NY,aver. W4 and MCUL 1011110"NCa COW"y Me. N"WA N k NI erelaw.'. M"d V*H Prw»Me k a Wpwd by ne A064UM V44-1`tt W Ml and A"*WA Is"44" and iq
caoaava 16boho ON400ow let loyal January la 86
I ~ ~ cdroaw aw
l
E i ' r ~
r ; • r PaDOPAL ale DOAIPA Y
t
I Rich 0, C'C VW Osnrw IAttaaa,f
rarw a.er.I,ry AaNarW vaa~nwad
i aTAfi Nlw VlllhlY ,
County of Somerset -
lot days January 486 abr.mod ww."*Ow, RkMra 0.0•cawA am VWmon laveer"b.aw, lobe ArWaN Ows" el nr R0110". Mt. ,
eUM~R OoIMANY, lave roroo,aae ellabad M ana wMCyf w,vevrN va fapeNe Paver a AIIpAay, aM Ina wd R,chad O.0'Cafna hang Vr me avy wars de dadoae aw NY txa M 4 ANIWWN S~ W t
at dr gaeRN. "wows" cdM►ANY ww know, do taxpaaN s" efaaa; Ma 114 "41 Wood b rM IWO" Foe" of Aoanty a w N taeaw lw and yr Mfrae Wlaed by aue,a,y a UN ar,awl
a daa oar, and lave ha+rsn.e►Waraw a Arwrfey r AaWarx ev«araya a.k Oe„w„r by e,a audwhy; arw eve M w+ewwdae w;th Oaael McCMYM a,d 4w„a n+n k a me a.eidnr v,NP,~adw
Of Ise. CenpM/. Md WIN IM W~a odd 0"" MOCIUNn auaabM a odd PdwM 91 AIWW y WWI the Wwiy M040" Of W paOreW ukCWlWf and wY MMrae watrtlad by aw" a "4 ~ ~ r..
ayuw rind M *01, '1 efeaa ba.
Motors U& F, 4 f ON `
7 Aau.aoade" W Swam k bade ma
WNW 9 an rho aw'" ryNan.
MAW
1 1t' ; ALICE LEONARD No"io'tgc
UATift"noN WtAn PUSUC OF NEW JERSEY
STATe of Ng* Aft" Y JAy C011* skR Exldrds June 28, 1988
County of Sorr»raet
I, rho undaaprrad, A" W" e"W" a ft FteeRAL WOURAN" cow"V, 40 rwaay "Miry Iha W4140" 4 a UA adrM can IM eyLawl of " ra Cafwny a ft**w by w sew a Oltoww a i~
on Sol" 11, /sea w eaa rwwwy *"0*4 1, t I I. Ilea aM e4t A* ar+aw a in N11 kna a" $een.
"ARTICLE WC
SaelhM t. Ax bends. w,dlnWnq, W,draal aM.ayw inWNnwe1 aMr than r ebovi Ja shed do atwt d IM Convent' r,nfkh 114 au1MrUNd pt' aw a Na dMrfer k aveuN, mar
V J Mla be OAUOW A" nanw old en ahrl 6 (the Cawwny 6WW by lM Cha+man a the V+eaChWtW of eN PrpgaM a a VN►PyI,"aa, )Wty with lM Seytauy Of arnAexWMr
eWY, wow rnW rrwclM 41MQf,aaM, vaaFl IhW any o,w a men oexsn of 44a,*V94M" dawynkd M aft' naawron a n,e good a OUloaw a the
a.auUrl V DIyleNxaa,
a N any sees a aaawy nee AId Y eraaad b M Sanon ! Wlow, mod aaadYp aq Wxh bond, NkMW4r e a odw obYea on M Prevaad M k M algkl4n a Power a aaanry,
Seeuen 9.APM" 4,18W
ryybi MdenaAWla eM CbMany,wayardW+aaavaNWndfe nurw wM afbarM Ol dM Caryany.aMaeyrMChahmanatrrY~caGlr,mana dr PrMidad
aavo►FraWdadaanAaWWwv VktaFreWdwd,ldrdyfWM dr aaerWryaalAaa,daaBaerWary, undlrVMMxapMMdNrgfeMe,a.YMWpwwaawa+enNa. n4yaargraved, MheM
a wWysq,dd."
I ruMa ewldyefa rid AO M4 Nre AhliO'COMPANYaduybr,fladk UaMaIAdWYyawd away buwfr in wMarM saga the Ur S4W#fAmoi40tlhktd CMwnbA, Puwk NO, ad aaM at Ma 1
hawnewaCafaeWrYa vwoww+bdna►nnredwadww,a:a.dawodar+,aanerkeannw lea wrar en eww.wfewraMer, ae., wrmMaea npwaa et' aw. 1
I, and vt.wdgtfaa Arrard s.aslsya fiDeRU wauRANCa noMPANr, ao hawya.rdylha e.I brepoMp PoweyaANaney a M ruabrol andadeN.
,,,IS
armrhadaaunaaaawdcayaraww«,N ,mr 30th March 90
AeWowl edaelaY
•
e~ A'J~~ ~ rAiryryx,e
'amP•r00~11 idANtAAI VTA
10
I
~.a,•n'ritA7
I
y
1.H, IE1.
. 11,91' :1,.V .L:.
PVPrlltt.'ING GiJ7AfIT)V1tNT BID INVITATION
Ctrl u' ~anlr.n
i P'O~ nJqnI ii ' 1".O~ S1.
7U201 CIIY Of DENTON. TEAS
1
Dais MARCH 21 , l y(jU
1a0f4.• UIU 100NUMLjIgR IU63
PROPOSAL Diu
HiU71ILE kAY R"rRTS/I,EWr)!iV1LLl', }tYDRO
15 1lAlif;11 '3U, I99G RULCTRiC - AD-OL- 11.1✓.114 @2
i
' $9010 bld plopousis WI11 us IY.91Y1U U11111 ,.W
p ni.
fit ,1:n olnta ul I11e
Punehrting AEanr, Who lpxAS 51., i urluu, It'tat !0LUI i
Pot BgUIIIUnAI In lofrtlAliWl Crynlect
Tons 0 SIIAW. C.P,K
e
A11566EJ11 WFW xlelro 'f
n I r•:~w•wt~
' ADDENDUM #2
13r11 muwrn 810 PROPOSALS PAO& of
Cllr GI DMlon, T#K" 001-1 TOW $1, r1
IumnMfrlp U~potio"rtf 09,11ar, T11ru 70201 j 5
..L.~-...-..i._...-.ter......-rnri+w.~....~.
063CHIPI'ION +t
1 "".~....,,~......,wr.«.........wN,•..~-•....,..'.».».....~...~«.....w,.-rw.w•.-»~'.,-..~n.,~«...-.. f1UAH PiiICE A6IGUII'i
'.1
THIS AO!)FINDUM IS '1'U L:0KXf;(;); THE. DUE DATE
f 'rIT MARCH I , 190 CROM APY.1L 30, 14yo q'p
MARCH 50, )990.`
NO (ITHEK 011ANGE$ A$$U(j1.A'L'B11 WITH THIS AbUEW)UH, 1
1L_
SYOiI AND kf,TURN 't ILLS FUKAI WITH YOUR DID RE$P(K'.jj ,
t
1
)
...-ice, .~S':';Y 1; !a'-rt-, ~•.af u'~t::.. {1
GIs
• YWOIf
G1/ U I$ 2,y
~`„I d ♦ ~ 61UAUYN IM/PhW.1~~ZJ _ ~,~,,...xC rtet~lty~T _........,W
IqA
YYESiv
9SYAq
lr:~4P77 t1
I t{
` .1Ti_U~_EtkllTi?!!TLIIU.~1~'.
1 ~ t
PUHCHASINI3 LlWARTMENT BID INVITATION
City o! Pontoa
9V1•d tPxe~ 31.
i r Donlon, EeAas 76201 CIIT OF DEI1TtlN, 1LXA$
I
Dal" MARCH 200 3 990
BIU NUMBER 10613
BID TITLI! RhX Rt)ISLkx'4/L;:WdSV11.L1? 11'YIiI:U
I~ L:11F:(iTR1C - AIMENUUn4 01
11E Ounted bid proposah *It[ he rouelwod unlit 2.xj p.m
Al Ine 011100 Of Ina
f'u1011da1t+N A1.40N, 901-B TAaJs at, }enlnn lehos )6201
4 f rot eddltlonnl Inlounallnn cumad }
i
gg z
I I t TOM 0, `,'IIM . 0P.M.
rvac,tnsetn~atnr
j iy 411100 DIFYi Mello 5
E11.Os1a'0.711 A11161LOd2
AWA."NUUM M1
l Nvm8Eri BID PROPOSALS Peye Of
t IA
City of byntnn, Taxay 90l•1f >i0kaa bl,
rr lutcUagwe dtitrtlimolll COMO, Tvm r6201
•I EM WGHINI'IVN WAN. 'In I
e,s
.r~+'qf.,r..n.tM~.+~~'wslTM'w,w•aN1LI~~R~•;rYfl•MtNl,.....yt++^-..,. ^t n{IMS:hffYt+t- ..•.iv~thNw.wM.. ~ ........a~t.: Fr
I`t il:Itl UU6 ))ATE HAS f!lWiN rXT6ND8j) E
Ut4'.('IL 2s1)0 L1~M., b*)<•lt)AY, APRIL 30, 1990 t)13 091181{ CIIANW3 L, A860C1'ATED w.um THIS
AUULHUUM,
SIGN AND F V-TURN T111 V010M WITH YOUR
p3U Ur'ssilt)NSC,
i
i
I
L v. n .........r...wr..r~. .t. Y.,,U. l.ftY .._...h h.. wr
I l\~ MiIItM1f) RduwH OdM
5J QCrrbt ~lS _ ~~ol /y f
26-
Lilt "lip ~4Nnaw.
T.i,p7tdd y..bow
rj
'~iV'FSVN 'ti
r' 'r
EBY _ MARTIN K, EBY CONSTRUCTION CO.,INC. Joa No.~LDY~t~o OcLrew~~no~
PROJECT r t~W%yjky.6A _ 2 g% .pQD BY CRC
SHEETNtl._~ Of
_
LOCATIOW_3 EtwLtC>PaJ
ca uN~` GATE
i
E
f. a..
to
4_1
I
-
0
_ a
- p - -
_
)-4 (11 /86)
Y
~J 1111',11
(:1dd: V.Ij'
ff ktF3
r1 1
r0
ry
6eY _ MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. - [DATE 8 NO, at, l~P. UsT % PROJECTt \.a1y551~ boar - ~(pQp tm, ,~CKD
I LOCATI0N1-_~ N Co~y~ry SHEETNO.--~OF~
t
- - - . _4..
.l..t, 11/86
,wsa,71U :,.I:In li
Y
f
1
O
s
! j' II II 11 I r I ~ f f I, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~
fi: 1~ f fl I~ C
Koo
+ I
r~~ I 1 I I ~ 1 f r ~ ~tr I t'
° IJ R
m1p
C~O
~~41 I 1 ~I li !I I
a~ it I
j i I f i_ 1 I 1 I
' II I'
r f
I s
1
j
f I I I 1 i 1 I~ I 46
! ' I li II ~i fl I' 1! 1 l
'II If i. f .I I, ' IC,
i '
I+ I
,j
f I ~ I I
9 ♦ ~ i f i ~ I r ~1 f ' i 1
♦ I I I 1 i1i ; 1 IfI I' j i I I l: f
li 1 f II r il: i! ~i I I i f
I I i ~
i
I i I Y C4~VtC M,
~ smavv .
E®Y _ MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. Joa No
PROJECTi ! Ro~'C iiKGR.b BYa CKD `
y
LOCATION, COLAt ~ OATE SHEET NO, OF
t
t
w
4 _ A .I
IRO'
- - S4
- f
k
rt~,::4 nFYW ,~i
Ee _ MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO.,INC, Jos No,
=bal
PROJECT:...\S\l1$ MST --~r~tO~s_ BY -"~s- CKD
L OC A T {ON, DATE 's SHEEP NO. OF~
14- r.Lr 0-, - __1 Y _ _..s H_. _ - - - - -
Q S. . Q
y.
k
4r'•~,...~ i
~ , , . - s{
'e
,r
uub
i
r''
f I
I s
I
i
} ~
1I 1 1
f t~ (M
11I~ r f
V
k
(~;a
?S
~I~.
I~rtt
j~E. i
Yt(`.
e
t i(
+iz.'
;A,,
~t
[5 {
s